Skip to main content

Full text of "[Publications]. Original series"

See other formats 


liMDlNG  LiCT  AUG  1  5  192S 


%rtfxxtB  $xtos  of  Saints. 


Agents  for  the  sale  of  the  Early  English  Text  Society's  Publications. 

DUBLIN:  William  M°Gee,  18  Nassau  Street. 
EDINBURGH  :  T.  G.  Stevenson,  22  South  Frederick  Street. 
GLASGOW :  Ogle  &  Co.,  1  Royal  Exchange  Square. 
BERLIN :  Asher  &  Co.,  Unter  den  Linden,  20. 
NEW  YORK  :  C.  Scribner  &  Co. ;  Leypoldt  &  Holt. 
PHILADELPHIA  :  J.  B.  Lippincott  &  Co. 


>eJe^r 


4  ui 


gMjfrk's  %m%  4  ^tim\% 


BEING 

&  Sbet  of  sermons  on  SratW  Bags  formerly  obserbefc 
bg  tfie  IBngltsft  Cfmrcj), 

EDITED   FROM   MANUSCRIPT   JULIUS   E.  VII   IN   THE   COTTONIAN 

COLLECTION,   WITH    VARIOUS    READINGS    FROM 

OTHER    MANUSCRIPTS, 


REV.  WALTER  W.  SKEAT,  Litt.D.,  D.C.L,  LL.D.,  Ph.D, 

Elrington  and  Bosicorth  Professor  of  Anglo-Saxon  in  the  University  of  Cambridge. 


VOL.    II.— CHAPTERS    XXIII B- XXXVII. 


J?a  halgan  weras,  ]>e  gode  weorc  be-eodon, 
heora  gemynd  J)ui*hwuna6  nu  &  to  worulde. 

Aelfric  :    On  the  Old  Testament, 


\8L 

LONDON: 


PUBLISHED  FOR  THE  EARLY  ENGLISH  TEXT  SOCIETY, 
BY  KEGAN  PAUL,  TRENCH,  TEUBNER  &  CO.,  Ltd. 

PATERNOSTER    HOUSE,    CHARING    CROSS    ROAD,    W.C. 
M  DCCCC. 


PR 
u  is 

As 


114. 


OXFORD 

HORACE  HART,  PRINTER  TO  THE  UNIVERSITY 


4/ 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


VOLUME   I. 

PAGB 

Preliminary  Notice v 

The  Author's  Preface 2 

Incipiunt  Capitula  (Here  begin  the  Chapters)      .       .  8 

I.  Dec.  25.    The  Nativity  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ      .        .  10 

II.  Dec.  25.     St.  Eugenia,  Virgin 24 

III.  Jan.  1.    St.  Basilius,  Bishop 50 

IV.  Jan.  9.     St.  Julian  and  his  wife  Basilissa        ...  90 
V.  Jan.  20.     St.  Sebastian,  Martyr 116 

VI.  Jan.  15.    St.  Maur,  Abbot 148 

VII.  Jan.  21.     St.  Agnes,  Virgin 170 

Alia  Sententia 186 

VIII.  Feb.  5.     St.  Agatha,  Virgin 194 

IX.  (Dec.  13  \)     St.  Lucy,  Virgin 210 

X.  Feb.  22.    Chair  of  St.  Peter 218 

XL  March  9.    The  Forty  Soldiers,  Martyrs          .        .        .  238 

XII.  Ash- Wednesday  (In  Caput  leiunii) 260 

XIII.  The  Prayer  of  Moses  (Mid-Lent) 282 

XIV.  April  23.     St.  George,  Martyr 306 

XV.  April  25.     St.  Mark,  Evangelist 320 

Item  Alia:  the  pour  Evangelists    .        .        .326 

XVI.  Memory  of  the  Saints 336 

XVII.  On  Auguries 364 

XVIII.  From  the  Book  of  Kings  . 384 

XIX.  June  22.    St.  Alban,  Martyr 414 

Item  Alia  :  Ahitophel  and  Absalom         .        .  424 

XX.  June  23.     St.  JEthelthryth,  Virgin 432 

XXI.  July  2.    St.  Swithhun,  Bishop 440 

Item  Alia:  St.  Macarius 470 

XXII.  July  23.     St.  Apollinaris,  Martyr 472 

XXIII.  July  27.    The  Seven  Sleepers 488 

Notes  to  Volume  1 543 

Errata  in  Volume  1 554 

1  St.  Lucy  is  associated  with  St.  Agatha ;  hence  the  date  of  her  day  is  omitted. 


VI 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 


VOLUME   II. 

PAGE 

Preface  to  Volume  II vii 

§  i.  Account  of  the  MSS.     §  2.  Some  account  of  iElfric. 
§  3.  List  of  JElfric's  Writings.   §"§.  Some  events  in  the 
Life  of  iElfric.     §  5.  iElfric's  Accomplishments  and 
Sources.     §  6.  His  Alliteration.     §  7.  His  Character. 
§  8.  Conclusion. 
Tables  of  Homilies  in  MS.  Camb.  Gg.  1.  33  .        .    lvii 
Table  of  Homilies  in  MS.  Cotton,  Julius  E.  7   .     lxi 
Errata lxiii 


XXlllB. 

XXIV. 
XXV. 


XXVI. 

XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX. 

XXX. 

XXXI. 

XXXII. 

XXXIII. 

XXXIV 

XXXV. 

XXXVI. 


(April  2).    St.  Mary  of  Egypt  [not  by  ^Elfric] 
July  30.     Sts.  Abdon  and  Sennes,  Kings 
Item  Alia  :  The  Letter  of  Christ  to  Abgarus 
August  i.    The  Maccabees  . 

§  1,  p.  66;   §  2,  p.  80;   §3,  p.  84;   §4,  p.  88;   §  5,  p 
92;   §6,  p.  98;   §7,  p.  102;   §8,  p.  106;   §9,  p.  no 
§  10,  p.  114;   §  11,  p.  116. 
Item  Alia  :  Beadsmen,  Labourers,  and  Soldiers 
August  5.     St.  Oswald,  King  and  Martyr    . 
Sept.  14.     The  Exaltation  of  the  Holy  Cross 
Sept.  22.     St.  Maurice  and  his  Companions 
St.  Denis  and  his  Companions 
St.  Eustace  and  his  Companions     . 
St.  Martin,  Bishop  and  Confessor 
St.  Edmund,  King  and  Martyr 
St.  Eufrasia  (or  Euphrosyne),  Virgin 
St.  Cecilia,  Virgin 
Sts.  Chrysanthus  and  Daria  . 
St.  Thomas,  Apostle 


Oct.  9. 
Nov.  2. 
Nov.  n. 
Nov.  20. 
Feb.  11. 
Nov.  22. 
Nov.  29. 
Dec.  21. 


54 

58 
66 


120 
124 
144 
158 
168 
190 
218 
314 
334 
356 
378 
398 


APPENDIX. 

XXXVII.  (Jan.  22).     St.  Vincent,  Martyr 426 

Notes  to  Volume  II .  -445 

Index  of  Words 457 

Index  of  Proper  Names 469 


PEEFACE  TO  VOLUME  II. 


In  the  '  Preliminary  Notice,'  prefixed  to  vol.  i,  I  explained 
that  the  present  series  of  Homilies,  on  the  Lives  of  the 
Saints,  is  supplementary  to  the  two  Series  of  Homilies  which 
were  edited  by  Thorpe,  in  1844-6. 

§  1.  Account  of  the  Manuscripts. 

Some  account  of  the  MSS.  consulted  is  given  in  the  Notes  to 
vol.  i,  at  p.  543  ;  and  again,  in  the  Notes  near  the  end  of 
the  present  volume,  at  p.  445.  I  here  give  a  somewhat  fuller 
account  of  them. 

1.  The  MS.  adopted  as  the  basis  of  the  text  throughout  is 
the  Cotton  MS.  Julius,  E.  7;  usually  denoted  by  'A.',  but 
occasionally  by  'Jul.' 

This  MS.  is  fully  described  by  Wanley,  in  the  third  volume 
of  Hickes'  Thesaurus,  at  p.  186.  Wanley  quotes  the  Latin 
and  A.S.  Prefaces  (as  printed  in  vol.  i.  pp.  2,  4) ;  and  then 
gives  a  summary  of  the  book,  under  48  headings.  The 
numbering  of  these  headings  is  somewhat  misleading,  as  the 
real  number  of  independent  articles  is  only  39  \  exclusive  of 
one  Homily  (no.  23  b),  which  did  not  originally  belong  to 
the  set ;  see  vol.  ii.  p.  446.  The  reason  for  the  discrepancy 
is  that  JElfric  has  sometimes  treated  two  or  three  subjects 
in  the  course  of  a  single  Chapter,  as  we  learn  from  the  Table  of 

1  The  thirty-ninth  article  is  only  inferred  from  the  MS.  Table  of 
Chapters ;  the  MS.  is  incomplete  at  the  end,  having  lost  art.  39  and 
a  part  of  art.  38. 


VI 11  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    II. 

Chapters  given  in  the  MS.  itself,  and  printed  in  vol.  i.  pp.  8-10. 
The  scribe  who  compiled  this  Table  made  a  curious  double 
mistake,  as  explained  in  the  footnotes  1  and  2  on  p.  8.  He 
counted  Chapters  VIII  and  IX  as  one,  but  afterwards  missed 
counting  in  Chapter  XVIII,  so  that  the  numbering  comes 
right  again  with  Chapter  XIX.  We  must  therefore  ignore 
this  double  error,  and  treat  the  Chapters  as  if  he  had  numbered 
them  correctly. 

It  is  then  easy  to  collate  Wanley's  headings  with  the 
Chapters  in  the  MS.  ;  with  the  following  results  : — 

I.  The  Nativity  (Wanl.  I).  II.  St.  Eugenia  (Wanl.  II). 
III.  St.  Basil  (Wanl.  III).  IV.  St.  Julian  (Wanl.  IV). 
V.  St.  Sebastian  (Wanl.  V).  VI.  St.  Maurus  (Wanl.  VI). 
VII.  St.  Agnes,  with  an  Appendix  entitled  Alia  Sententia 
quam  scripsit  Terentianus  (Wanl.  VII,  VIII).  VIII.  St. 
Agatha  (Wanl.  IX).  IX.  St.  Lucy  (Wanl.  X).  X.  St.  Peter 
(Wanl.  XI).  XI.  Forty  Soldiers  (Wanl.  XII).  XII.  Be- 
ginning of  the  Fast  (Wanl.  XIII).  XIII.  The  Prayer  of 
Moses  (Wanl.  XIV).  XIV.  St.  George  (Wanl.  XV).  XV. 
St.  Mark,  with  an  Appendix  entitled  Item  Alia  (Wanl.  XVI, 
XVII).  XVI.  Memory  of  the  Saints  (Wanl.  XVIII).  XVII. 
Of  Auguries  (Wanl.  XIX).  XVIII.  Book  of  Kings  (Wanl. 
XX).  XIX.  St.  Alban,  with  an  Appendix  entitled  Item  Alia 
(Wanl.  XXI,  XXII).  XX.  St.  ^Ethelthryth  (Wanl.  XXIII). 
XXI.  St.  Swithhun,  with  an  Appendix  entitled  Item  Alia 
(Wanl.  XXIV,  XXV).  XXII.  St.  Apollinaris  (Wanl.  XXVI). 
XXIII.  Seven  Sleepers  (Wanl.  XXVII).  XXIII  b  (not  by 
iElfric,  and  not  belonging  to  the  set,  but  inserted  into  the 
MS.  by  the  scribe) :  St.  Mary  of  Egypt,  with  two  very  brief 
Prefaces,  the  latter  referring  to  the  archangel  Eaphael  (Wanl. 
XXVIII,  XXIX,  XXX).  XXIV.  Abdon  and  Sennes,  with 
an  Appendix  entitled  Item  Alia  (Wanl.  XXXI,  XXXII). 
XXV.  The  Maccabees ;  which  Wanley  divides  into  two  Parts, 
the  former  consisting  of  Section  1  only  (vol.  ii.  pp.  66-80), 
and  the  latter  consisting  of  Sections  2  to  1 1  (vol.  ii.  pp.  80- 
120);  with  an  Appendix,  entitled  Qui  sunt  Oratores,  Labora- 


ACCOUNT    OY   THE    MANUSCRIPTS.  IX 

tores,  Bellatores  (Wanl.  XXXIII,  XXXIV,  XXXV).  XXVI. 
St.  Oswald  (Wanl.  XXXVI).  XXVII.  The  Holy  Cross  (Wanl. 
XXXVII).  XXVIII.  The  Theban  Legion  (Wanl.  XXXVIII). 
XXIX.  St.  Denis  (Wanl.  XXXIX).  XXX.  St.  Eustace 
(Wanl.  XL).  XXXI.  St.  Martin  (Wanl.  XLI).  XXXII.  St. 
Edmund  (Wanl.  XLII).  XXXIII.  St.  Euphrasia,  or  rather, 
St.  Euphrosyne  (Wanl.  XLIII).  XXXIV.  St.  Cecilia  (Wanl. 
XLIV).  XXXV.  St.  Chiysanthus  (Wanl.  XLV).  XXXVI. 
St.  Thomas  (Wanl.  XLVI). 

The  three  remaining  Chapters  do  not  form  a  necessary  part 
of  the  Homilies  on  the  Saints'  Lives,  and  are  therefore  omitted 
from  the  present  collection  \  They  are  as  follows  :  XXXVII. 
The  Questions  of  Sigewulf  (Wanl.  XLVII.)  XXXVIII.  Of 
False  Gods  (Wanl.  XLVIII).  XXXIX.  Of  the  Twelve  Abuses, 
not  numbered  by  Wanley,  because  the  MS.,  being  imperfect 
at  the  end,  no  longer  contains  it. 

Wanley's  note,  as  to  the  conclusion  of  the  MS.,  is  as  follows : 
'XLVIII.  fol.  236.  De  falsis  Diis.  [beginning]  O  fratres 
dilectissimi,  &c,  ut  in  pag.  43.  Incip.  Eala  ge  gebrocra  oa 
leofestan  pcet  godcunde  gewrit  us  taehte  }>one  biggeng  anes 
sobes  godes.  Truncatur  hcec  homilia,  nam  post  hcec  verba  Hi 
worhton  eac  anlicnyssa  fa  arwurcSum  godum.  sume  of  smaetum 
omnia  desiderantur,  una  cum  homilia  de  XII  Abusivis,  quam  in 
hoc  Codice  primitus  extitisse,  ostendit  Praefatus  Index  Capituhrum. 
Quarum  tamen  jacturam  supplent  multi  alii  Codices,  supra  memo- 
ratV  He  ends  by  describing  the  MS.  as  '  Codex  iElfrici 
temporibus  competens,  pulchre  et  accurate  scriptus  in  folio 
minori.' 

That  the  MS.  is  well  and  (on  the  whole)  accurately  written 
may  be  readily  granted,  but  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  goes 
back  to  the  lifetime  of  ^Elfric,  or  whether  we  may^  place  it  in 
the    earlier   half  of  the  eleventh  century2.     At  any  rate,   it 

1  Yet  they  were  probably  written  by  JElfric,  and  at  the  same  time, 
being  added  as  an  Appendix.     See  Anglia,  vi.  442. 

2  However,  Dr.  Mac  Lean  places  it,  at  the  latest,  '  in  the  second  quarter 
of  the  eleventh  century ' ;  Anglia,  vi.  443. 


X  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    IT. 

exhibits  several  examples  of  somewhat  late  spellings,  and  the 
inflexions  are  often  confused  and  uncertain  l. 

Chapter  XXXVII  is  entitled,  in  the  Table  of  Contents, 
'De  Interrogationibus  Sigewulfi  Presbyteri.'  It  was  first 
printed,  from  the  MS.  here  described,  at  p.  17  of  a  publica- 
tion entitled  '  Screadunga,'  i.  e.  Fragments,  edited  by  K.  W. 
Bouterwek,  Elberfeldse,  1858;  and  was  reprinted,  together 
with  the  Latin  original  of  Alcuin,  by  G.  E.  Mac  Lean,  in 
Anglia,  vol.  vii.  pp.  1-59.  A  full  description  of  both  Texts 
and  of  the  various  MSS.,  also  by  G.  E.  Mac  Lean,  is  given  in 
Anglia,  vol.  vi.  pp.  425-473;  to  which  the  reader  is  par. 
ticularly  referred.  See  also  Wiilker's  Grundriss  zur  Geschichte 
der  angelsachsischen  Litteratur,  pp.  464-5. 

Chapter  XXXVIII  is  entitled  'De  Falsis  Diis,'  and  is 
incomplete,  as  noted  above.  A  considerable  portion  of  the 
latter  part  of  it  is  printed  (from  the  MS.  here  described)  in 
Kemble's  Solomon  and  Saturn,  pp.  120-125  ;  an<^  the  whole  of 
the  fragment  was  printed  (in  1846)  by  C.  R.  Unger,  in  Annaler 
for  nordisk  Oldkyndighed,  udgivne  af  det  kongelige  nordiske 
Oldskrift  Selskab  ;  Kjobenhavn.  See  Wtilker  (as  above), 
p.  462.  It  is  somewhat  differently  worded  from  the  Homily 
with  the  same  title  printed  by  Napier,  in  his  edition  of 
Wulfstan's  Homilies2,  pp.  104-107  ;  but  both  versions  seem 
to  have  been  made  from  the  same  original.  Kemble's  extract 
begins  with  1.  32,  p.  105,  of  Wulfstan  (Napier's  ed.) ;  and  the 
two  versions  run  parallel  as  far  as  1.  108  in  Kemble,  within 
1  o  lines  of  the  close  of  the  piece. 

Chapter  XXXIX,  entitled  l  De  xii  Abusiuis,'  is  lost  from 
the  MS.  ;  but  its  contents  can  be  inferred  by  reference  to  the 
Homily  l  De  Octo  Uitiis  et  de  Duodecim  Abusiuis,'  printed  in 
Appendix  II  to  Morris's  Old  English  Homilies,  First  Series,  pp. 
296-304,  from  MS.  Corp.  Christi  Coll.  Camb.  S.  6  (now  no.  178), 

1  The  nature  of  such  inflexions  is  easily  understood  by  comparing  the 
spellings  of  Homily  XXXII  (St.  Edmund)  with  the  normalized  text  in 
Sweet's  A.  S.  Primer. 

a  Napier  duly  notes  (Pref.  p.  viii)  that  this  Homily,  though  found 
amongst  Wulfstan's,  is  really  .Mfric's. 


ACCOUNT    OF   THE    MANUSCRIPTS.  XI 

p.  73  ;  which  is  our  MS.  H.  (no.  8  below).  Dr.  Morris  also 
printed  a  later  version  of  the  same,  pp.  101-118.  The  'De 
Duodecim  Abusiuis '  is  only  a  portion  of  the  Homily,  omitting 
the  'De  Octo  Uitiis.'  This  portion  begins  with  the  words 
'Nu  synd  twelf  abusiua '  (see  Morris,  Old  Eng.  Horn., 
as  above,  p.  299,  line  1),  and  occurs  separately  from  the 
other  portion  in  at  least  three  MSS.,  viz.  in  Junius  23  (fol. 
116),  MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.  S.  17  (p.  296),  Cotton,  Vesp. 
D.  14  (fol.  17).  Indeed,  the  last  of  these  MSS.  contains  both 
portions  of  the  Homily,  but  in  the  reverse  order,  the  latter 
portion  coming  first. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  present  work  contains  Chapters 
I-XXXVI  only,  which  form  the  whole  of  the  third  set  of 
.Mfric's  Homilies,  and  is  here  entitled  iElfric's  Lives  of  the 
Saints.  Most  of  these  are  now  printed  for  the  first  time, 
though  a  few  of  them  have  been  previously  printed  from 
single  copies,  without  collation.  These  I  now  proceed  to 
indicate  ;  cf.  Wtilker's  Grundriss,  p.  462. 

Of  Chapter  XIII,  the  Prayer  of  Moses,  portions  were  printed 
in  Wheloc's  edition  of  Beda's  Eccl.  History  (Cambridge,  1643), 
pp.  309-10,  from  MS.  W.  (Camb.  Ii.  4.  6).  These  portions 
correspond  to  11.  28-68,  87-90,  and  216-8. 

Homily  XIX  (St.  Alban)  was  printed  by  Wheloc  in  the 
same  volume,  pp.  36-40,  from  MS.  U.  (Ii.  1.  33) ;  and  reprinted 
by  Ettmiiller  (following  Wheloc)  in  his  Engla  and  Seaxna 
Scopas  and  Boceras,  Leipzig,  1850,  pp.  61-3. 

Homily  XXVI  (St.  Oswald)  was  printed  in  Sweet's  A.  S.  Primer 
(of  which  the  first  edition  appeared  in  1882)  from  MS.  A. 

Homily  XXVII  (The  Holy  Rood)  first  appeared  in  Morris's 
Legends  of  the  Holy  Rood  (E.  E.  T.  S.,  1871),  pp.  98-107,  and 
was  printed  from  MS.  A.  It  was  accompanied  by  a  translation, 
which  (with  a  few  slight  alterations)  I  have  adopted. 

Homily   XXXII    (St.    Edmund)  was  printed   in   Thorpe's 
Analecta  Anglo- Saxonica,  London,   1834  (2nd  ed.  1846),  from 
MS.  B.  (Bodley  343).     Thorpe  remarks,  at  p.  ix  of  ed.  1846 
that   'manuscripts  of  the  homily  are  extant  in  pure  Anglo- 


Xll  PREFACE   TO    VOLUME    II. 

Saxon  ;  but  the  present  text  is  given  as  an  interesting  specimen 
of  the  dialect  of  East  Anglia.  It  is  from  MS.  Bodley  N.  E.  F. 
4.  12  [=  Bodley  343],  and  was  apparently  written  at  Bury; 
see  p.  125.  It  is  alliterative.'  And  he  adds  in  a  footnote: 
'Of  the  East  Anglian  dialect  the  most  remarkable  deviations 
are :  b  for  /,  as  ob  for  of,  libgende  for  lifigende,  Mabenlic  for 
heofonUc  ;  e  for  ce, '  as  pet  for  pcet ;  ce  for  e,  as  ivcel  for  wel ; 
u  for  w  and  b,  as  suin  for  sivin,  uene  ualete  for  bene  valete ;  i  for 
c  and  a  for  0,  as  sia  for  seo,  wiarald  for  weorold ;  I  for  hi,  as 
laford  for  Maford;  iiov  ge,  prefix.'  The  reference  to  'p.  125/ 
as  proving  that  the  MS.  was  written  at  Bury,  is  somewhat 
extraordinary.  His  p.  125  simply  contains  lines  228-270  of 
the  Homily,  and  we  must  suppose  that  he  refers,  in  particular, 
to  lines  247-258.  But  as  these  lines  stand  in  the  same  words 
in  all  four  copies  (A.,  U.,  V.,  and  B.),  the  inference  is,  either 
that  all  four  copies  were  written  at  Bury,  or  that  there  is  no 
real  reason  for  supposing  that  any  of  them  were  especially 
connected  with  that  place  ;  and  the  latter  of  these  alternatives 
is  doubtless  the  correct  one.  Thorpe  seems  to  have  looked 
upon  spellings  as  'East-Anglian'  which  were,  in  fact,  only 
due  to  lateness  of  date.  Such  changes  as  the  putting  of  e  for 
<b,  as  pet  for  pcet,  I  for  hi,  and  i-  for  ge-  (prefix),  are  common 
enough  in  the  twelfth  century,  and  need  no  illustration.  Some 
of  the  other  changes  are  more  remarkable,  but  it  may  greatly 
be  doubted  if  there  is  anything  to  connect  them  with  East 
Anglia ;  particularly  when  it  is  remembered  that  similar 
changes  occur  in  other  parts  of  the  Bodley  MS.,  as  may 
be  seen  from  the  footnotes  to  the  long  life  of  St.  Martin. 
But  the  most  bewildering  and  extraordinary  part  of  the  matter 
is  that  many  of  his  alleged  examples  do  not  occur  in  his  own 
text  I  I  can  neither  find  b  for  /,  nor  suin  for  swin,  nor  uene 
ualete  for  bene  valete.  On  the  contrary,  I  only  find  of  (as  in 
1.  21),  not  ob  ;  only  lyfigenden  (as  in  1.  272,  footnote),  not 
libgende ;  only  eo,  as  in  leofode  (1.  25),  deofel  (1.  30,  footnote), 
not  liafode,  diafel ;  and  still  less  liabode,  diabel.  In  fact, 
the  principal  tests  which   are   thus   supposed   to   prove  that 


ACCOUNT   OF    THE    MANUSCRIPTS.  Xlii 

the  dialect  is  East  Anglian  have  the  misfortune  to  be  con- 
spicuously absent ;  and  it  suffices  to  refer  to  Napier's  edition  of 
The  History  of  the  Holy  Kood-tree  (E.  E.  T.  S.,  no.  103),  p.  lvii, 
where  the  dialect  of  this  MS.  is  shown  to  be  pure  West  Saxon. 

2.  MS.  B.— MS.  Bodley  N.  E.  F.  4.  12  (now  Bodley  343)  ; 
described  by  Wanley,  p.  15.  Collated  for  Horn.  X,  XXXI, 
XXXII ;  it  also  contains  Horn.  I,  as  I  afterwards  dis- 
covered ;  see  note  in  vol.  i.  p.  544.  This  is  the  MS.  referred 
to  just  above,  as  being  of  a  late  date  ;  it  belongs,  according 
to  Wanley,  to  the  time  of  Henry  II,  i.e.  to  the  latter  part 
of  the  twelfth  century.  On  account  of  this  lateness,  its  various 
readings  are  numerous,  since  it  usually  presents  later  inflexions 
than  those  in  the  text ;  and  its  variations  are  of  some  interest 
and  value,  as  we  can  thus  see  the  precise  way  in  which  the 
language  was  affected.  There  is  (as  shown  at  p.  xii)  no 
reason  for  assigning  its  dialect  to  East  Anglia.  The  Life  of 
St.  Martin  in  this  MS.  is  much  shorter  than  that  in  MS.  A. 

According  to  Wanley's  enumeration,  it  contains  no  less  than 
82  articles  ;  out  of  which  49  belong  to  iElfric's  first  and 
second  series  of  Homilies,  and  4  to  his  Saints'  Lives.  The 
remaining  29  are  nos.  6-9,  11,  15,  23,  27,  28,  36,  50,  53,  60, 
63,  64,  65-71,  76-82.  Nos.  36,  65,  68,  69,  70,  and  71  are 
homilies  by  Wulfstan,  and  correspond  to  nos.  LVI,  V,  VIII, 
XIII,  XII,  XVI,  XXXIII  and  II  in  Napier's  edition  \ 

3.  MS.  C— MS.  Corpus  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.  S.  8  (now  no.  198) ; 
described  by  Wanley,  p.  125.  Collated  for  Horn.  V,  XV, 
XXV.  According  to  Wanley,  this  MS.  contains  7 1  [72]  articles, 
of  which  51  belong  to  the  first  and  second  series  of  Homilies, 
and  4  to  the  Saints'  Lives.  The  remaining  17  are  nos.  1,  7, 
16,  20-3,  26-9,  57-8,  63-4,  67,  71.  The  MS.  is  a  good 
one,  and  well  written,  but  in  several  hands. 

4.  MS.  D.— MS.  Corpus  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.  S.  17  (now  no. 
303);  see  Wanley,  p.  133.  Collated  for  Horn.  XII,  XIII, 
XVI,  XVII,  XIX  (latter  part),  XXV.     It  contains  74  articles  ; 

1  No.  69  is  divisible  into  three  parts,  and  so  corresponds  to  Wulfstan's 
Homilies,  nos.  XIII,  XII,  and  XVI. 


XIV  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    IT. 

of  which  44  belong  to  the  two  other  series,  and  7  to  the  Saints' 
Lives.  Three  more,  nos.  64,  66,  and  67,  correspond  to 
Chapters  XXXVII-XXXIX  of  MS.  A.  ;  and  the  remaining 
20  are  nos.  3,  8,  10,  14,  16,  17,  22,  23,  26,  27,  35,  40-2, 
44-6,  65,  70,  74.  It  is  a  well-written  MS.  ;  but,  according 
to  Wanley,  written  after  the  Conquest. 

5.  MS.  E.— MS.  Corpus  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.  S.  9  (now  no. 
302);  see  Wanley,  p.  128.  Collated  for  Horn.  XII,  XVII. 
It  contains  34  articles,  of  which  20  belong  to  the  two  other 
series,  and  2  to  the  Saints'  Lives.  The  remaining  12  are 
nos.  1,  5,  9-12,  14,  zt,  24,  27,  31,  33.  No.  33  is  a  Homily  by 
Wulfstan,  viz.  no.  XLIX  in  Napier's  edition.  Written  after 
the  Conquest. 

6.  MS.  F.— MS.  Corpus  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.  S.  5  (now  no. 
162);  see  Wanley,  p.  116.  Collated  for  Horn.  XIII.  It 
contains  56  articles,  of  which  31  belong  to  the  two  other 
series,  and  1  to  this.  The  remaining  24  are  nos.  4,  5,  11,  13, 
16,  18-20,  22-4,  26,  28,  30-4,  37-40,  53,  56  ;  of  which  no. 
1 1  contains  the  Interrogations  Sigewulfi.  Written  before 
the  Conquest. 

7.  MS.  G. — The  Gloucester  fragments,  edited  by  Professor 
Earle.  They  contain  a  part  of  Horn.  XXI,  and  a  part  of 
Horn.  XXIII  b  ;  the  latter  of  which  was  not  written  by 
^Elfric.     See  further  in  vol.  i.  p.   552. 

8.  MS.  H.— MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll,  Camb.  S.  6  (now  no.  178). 
This  contains  Homilies  XVII  and  XXV  (last  part  only,  11. 
812  to  the  end).  I  have  collated  the  latter.  It  also  contains 
the  Homilies  De  Falsis  Diis,  and  on  the  Twelve  Abuses,  and 
fifteen  of  the  Homilies  in  the  first  and  second  series. 

9.  MS.  J. — MS.  Junius  23,  in  the  Bodleian  Library ;  see 
Wanley,  p.  36.  Collated  for  Horn.  XVIII  and  XIX  (latter 
part).  It  also  contains  Horn.  XVII,  and  the  concluding  lines 
(812-862)  of  Horn.  XXV;  but  I  omitted  to  collate  it,  having 
already  sufficient  MSS.  from  which  to  form  the  text.  It 
contains  39  articles ;  of  which  no.  3  corresponds  with  Horn. 
XX  in  the  first  series,  whilst  7-10  and  19-24  correspond  to  10 


ACCOUNT    OF    THE    MANUSCRIPTS.  XV 

Homilies  in  the  second  series.  No.  15  is  a  homily  by  iElfric, 
printed  as  no.  VIII  in  Napier's  edition  of  Wulfstan.  The 
remaining  23  are  nos.  1,  2,  4,  6,  12-4,  16,  17,  25-30,  32-9. 
Written  soon  after  the  Conquest. 

10.  MS.  K.—  MS.  Cotton,  Caligula  A.  14.  This  MS.  is 
fragmentary ;  it  contains  a  part  of  St.  Martin  (Horn.  XXXI), 
beginning  at  1.  374,  and  Horn.  XXXVI  on  St.  Thomas ; 
see  Wanley,  p.  190.  The  only  other  piece  in  the  MS.  is  an 
imperfect  life  of  St.  Mildred,  of  which  there  appears  to  be  no 
other  copy.  The  readings  given  from  this  MS.  are  very  few  in 
number,  on  account  of  the  extreme  closeness  with  which  it 
agrees  with  MS.  A.,  of  which  it  is,  practically,  a  duplicate,  as 
far  as  it  goes.  It  is  very  neatly  and  regularly  written,  somewhat 
earlier  than  the  Conquest.     See  further  at  p.  452  below. 

11.  MS.  O.—  MS.  Cotton,  Otho  B.  10  ;  see  Wanley,  p.  190. 
Once  a  valuable  MS.,  but  now  much  burnt  and  partially 
destroyed.  Such  various  readings  as  can  be  made  out  are 
duly  given,  and  they  are  often  of  considerable  service, 
especially  in  the  corrupt  passages  in  Horn.  XXIII  b  and 
XXXIII.  When  perfect,  it  contained  Horn.  II-VII,  XIV, 
XX,  XXI,  XXIII,  XXIII  b,  XXXII,  XXXIII.  It  should 
be  noticed  that  St.  Julian  (vol.  i.  p.  90)  is  Horn.  no.  5  in  this 
MS.  ;  but  Wanley  accidentally  gives  the  same  no.  (viz.  5)  to 
the  next  Homily  also,  viz.  St.  Sebastian,  after  which  he 
divides  the  Homily  following  this— which  happens  to  be 
St.  Agnes  (vol.  i.  p.  170) — into  two  parts,  corresponding  to 
11.  1-295,  and  11-  296-429.  Further,  the  Life  of  St.  iEthel- 
thryth  formerly  occupied  sections  18  and  32  of  the  MS., 
owing  to  a  misplacement  of  the  leaves.  Four  of  the  articles 
belong  to  the  first  and  second  series  of  the  Homilies. 

Since  the  MS.  was  burnt,  some  of  the  leaves  have  been 
collected  and  bound  up,  but  are  much  out  of  order  and 
partially  destroyed  ;  and  most  of  those  that  can  be  partly 
read  are  much  charred  and  blackened.  The  leaves  have 
been  renumbered  in  their  present  hap-hazard  order,  as  this 
is  the  best  that  can  now  be  done ;    hence  all  my  references 


XVI  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME   II. 

are  to  the  present  numbering,  the  old  numbering,  as  partly 
preserved  in  Wanley,  being  no  longer  of  use.  I  have  made 
a  few  notes  as  to  the  present  state  of  the  MS. ,  and  possess 
some  that  were  made  by  Mr.  Coekayne.  These  I  throw 
together,  as  well  as  I  can. 

Leaf  i.  From  the  A.  S.  Hexameron,  capp.  XIII-XV ;  ed. 
Norman,  p.  22,  1.  1,  beginning — f>urh  god. 

Leaf  3 -Leaf  6.  Parts  of  St.  Basil  (Horn.  III).  Collated 
where  practicable;  see  vol.  i.  pp.  50-62,  70-74.  As  noted 
at  p.  70,  one  of  the  leaves  in  this  MS.  (leaf  50)  does  not 
belong  to  the  MS.  at  all,  so  that  the  collations  are  here 
marked  with  the  symbol  02.  It  is  easy  to  see  whence  the 
leaf  came,  viz.  from  the  other  much  burnt  Cotton  MS.  with 
similar  contents,  i.e.  from  MS.  V.  (Vitellius  D.  17). 

Leaf  7.  Part  of  St.  Julian  (Horn.  IV).  See  vol.  i.  pp.  92, 
94  ;  lines  28-86. 

Leaves  8,  9.  From  St.  Agnes  (Horn.  VII)  ;  see  vol.  i. 
pp.  170,  172,  and  190-194. 

Leaves  10,  n.  From  St.  Eugenia  (Horn.  II).  See  vol.  i. 
pp.  32-40;  lines  117-260. 

Leaf  12.  From  St.  Euphrosyne  (Horn.  XXXIII).  See 
vol.  ii.  pp.  338-343. 

Leaf  13  (inside  out)  ends  St.  Eugenia,  and  begins  St. 
Euphrosyne. 

Leaf  15.  From  St.  Mary  of  Egypt  (Horn.  XXIII  b)  ; 
beginning  with  gehyrde,  vol.  ii.  p.  32,  1.  484,  and  ending  at 
1.  528. 

Leaf  16.  From  the  same,  but  earlier;  beginning  with  fram 
me  onpy  gemete,  vol.  ii.  p.  22,  1.  318,  and  ending  at  1.  360. 

Leaf  17.     Continues  the  same,  from  1.  360  to  1.  401. 

Leaves  18-22.  From  the  Seven  Sleepers  (Horn.  XXIII); 
see  vol.  i.  pp.  516-539;  lines  470-647,  773-818.  Cf.  note 
to  1.  560  (p.  532),  and  see  the  remark  at  p.  553,  that  the  correct 
order  of  the  leaves  is  21,  19,  20,  22,  18. 

Leaves  37-4L  Part  of  St.  Swithhun  (Horn.  XXI),  lines  17- 
440,  not  collated  ;  see  a  remark  to  this  effect,  in  vol.  i.  p.  552. 


ACCOUNT    OF  THE    MANUSCRIPTS.  XV11 

Leaves  42-44.  Part  of  St.  Edmund  (Horn.  XXXII) ;  see 
vol.  ii.  pp.  3T4'325;  from  1.  1  to  1.  154;  mostly  illegible. 
Hence  come  the  following  readings:  bcliydd  in  1.  128,  hyra 
in  1.  152,  and  clypunge  in  1.  153  ;  all  from  Leaf  44. 

Leaf  45.  From  St.  ^thelthryth  (Horn.  XX) ;  see  vol.  i. 
pp.  436-440;  11.  68-122. 

Mr.  Cockayne  printed,  from  this  MS.,  seven  lines  on  the 
'Worship  of  Springs,  Trees,  and  Stones,'  in  The  Shrine, 
p.  162. 

Not  only  have  several  leaves  of  this  MS.  been  destroyed, 
but  some  fragments  went  astray ;  as  Prof.  Napier  has  dis- 
covered that  a  leaf  of  it  came  into  the  possession  of  Thomas 
Hearn,  the  antiquary,  who  wisely  deposited  it  in  the  Bodleian 
Library,  where  its  class-mark  is  'MS.  Eng.  th.  e.  i.'  The 
contents  of  this  leaf  were  printed  by  Prof.  Napier  in  Modern 
Language  Notes,  no.  7,  Nov.  1887.  It  contains  11.  204-260  of 
Horn.  Ill  (St.  Basil) ;  see  vol.  i.  pp.  62-66.  I  am  therefore 
now  enabled  to  add  the  following  various  readings  to  those 
already  given : — 

Horn.  IV".  207.  O.  micelre  fyrdunge.  211.  Forgeaue  ; 
filygdes.  212.  hlafas.  213.  breac.  215.  sillan ;  men.  216. 
Horsa.  218.  underfencg.  219.  )?9es.  220.  O.  om.  (5e.  221. 
biglyfan.  223.  sigefaest.  224.  gewurce  hi  to.  225.  buruhware. 
227.  ]?a3rto  {for  to  J^aere).  239.  rafte  ;  andgit.  240.  aredde. 
241.  bysceop.  243.  heofen-.  244.  hire.  245.  martir.  248. 
suna.  251.  asasnd.  252.  crystes  ;  siege.  255.  j?9ere  cyrican. 
256.  martir;  myclum.       258.  cyricweard. 

12.  MS.  U.— MS.  Camb.  Univ.  Library,  marked  Ii.  1.  33  ; 
see  Wanley,  p.  162.  Collated  for  Horn.  X,  XIV,  XV,  XVI, 
XIX,  XX,  XXIV,  XXV  (of  which  11.  1-3 1 8  are  lost),  XXVI, 
XXVII,  XXIX,  XXXII  (except  11.  1-12),  XXXVl  (except 
11.  1-12).  Moreover,  I  now  observe  that  this  MS.  contains  a 
large  part  of  Horn.  XVII  (De  Auguriis),  beginning  with  1.  67. 
I  have  omitted  to  collate  this  with  MS.  U.,  though  it  has  been 
collated  with  D.  and  E.  Further,  Horn.  XIX  forms  two 
articles  in  U.,  and  so  does  Horn.  XXV;    so  that  16   articles 

b 


XVlll  PREFACE   TO    VOLUME    II. 

are  thus  accounted  for.  It  also  contains  9  articles  belonging 
to  the  first  series,  and  9  articles  belonging  to  the  second, 
which  brings  the  whole  number  of  articles  belonging  to  the 
three  series  up  to  34  :  the  whole  number  of  articles  in 
the  MS.  being  (according  to  Wanley)  4  4*  Of  the  remaining 
10  articles,  one  is  the  Homily  De  Falsis  Deis,  which  follows 
the  Interrogations  of  Sigewulf  in  MS.  A.  The  9  remaining 
articles  are  nos.  1,  8,  22,  37,  40-44.  No.  22  is  the  unique 
Homily  on  St.  Vincent,  privately  printed  by  myself  several 
years  ago  ;  and,  as  it  has  never  been  published,  I  take  the 
opportunity  of  reprinting  it  now,  as  an  Appendix  to  the 
present  collection  :  see  p.  426.  It  will  be  observed  that  it  is 
in  yElfric's  alliterative  manner,  and  seems  to  have  been 
written  by  him  \ 

This  is  rather  a  late  MS.,  written,  according  to  Wanley,  long 
after  the  Conquest ;  but  it  is  nevertheless  a  fairly  good  one, 
and  of  considerable  service. 

13.  MS.  V.— MS.  Cotton,  YitelliusD.  17  ;  see  Wanley,  p.  206. 
It  is  much  burnt,  and  partially  destroyed  ;  and  the  leaves 
that  remain  are  misplaced.  It  once  contained  59  articles, 
which  Wanley  counts  as  60,  as  he  accidentally  omits  to  insert 
a  no.  45.  It  is  an  early  MS.,  and,  if  preserved,  would  have 
been  of  great  value  ;  its  injury  is  much  to  be  deplored.  I  here 
add  some  notes  as  to  its  present  state,  because  it  is  veiy  difficult 
to  find  one's  place  in  it.  I  give  the  numbering  of  the  leaves  as 
now  renumbered. 

Leaves  1,  2,  3  are  in  Latin,  and  belong  to  articles  1-3  in 
Wanley.     Leaf  2  was,  originally,  fol.  10. 

Leaves  5  and  6  are  illegible  and  uncertain. 

Leaf  7,  back,  has — 'an  blac  Jrostle  flicorode  ymbe  his  neb.' 
This  leaf,  'which  has  been  reversed,  contains  an  extract  from 
the  Horn,  on  St.  Benedict ;  see  Horn.  ed.  Thorpe,  ii.  156, 11.  1 1- 
158,  1.  32. 

1  Collation  of  this  Homily  with  others  would  soon  prove  the  point. 
Thus  1.  31 — Hwaet  J>a  datianus  se  deofellica  cwellere — is  parallel  to  V.  447 
(vol.  i.  p.  144) — J>a  beseah  dioclitianus  se  deofollica  cwellere. 


ACCOUNT    OF   THE    MANUSCRIPTS.  XIX 

Leaf  8  contains  nearly  the  whole  of  the  Invention  of  the 
Holy  Cross ;  see  Thorpe  (as  above),  ii.  302-6. 

Leaf  9  (back)  has — 'ancran  to  his  swuran';  see  Horn,  on 
St.  Clement,  in  Thorpe,  i.  562  (1.  29^566  (1.  13).  The  leaf  is 
reversed. 

Leaf  10  belongs  to  St.  Oswald.  This  is  our  homily  no. 
XXVI;  11.  155-236. 

Leaf  11  belongs  to  St.  Cecilia.  This  is  our  homily  no. 
XXXIV;  11.  230-301.  And  we  see  that  a  leaf  holds  from  70 
to  80  lines. 

Leaves  13  and  12  belong  to  St.  Apollinaris.  This  is  our 
homily  no.  XXII;  lines  13-80  and  154-188. 

Leaf  14  (reversed)  is  from  the  Assumption  of  St.  Mary,  near 
the  end.     Cf.  Thorpe,  as  above,  i.  448  (13^452  (9). 

Leaf  15  has — 'mid  snode  mid  ealle,'  from  St.  Stephen. 
See  Thorpe,  ii.  28  (22^30  (34). 

Leaf  16  has — 'seo  cwaciende  swustor';  from  the  same. 
See  Thorpe,  ii.  30  (35H4  («). 

Leaf  17  belongs  to  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul.  See  Thorpe,  i. 
374  (io)-378  (3). 

Leaf  18  belongs  to  St.  Philip  and  St.  James;  Thorpe,  ii. 
294  (i4)-298  (8).    Leaf  19  to  St.  James;  id.  ii.  298  (8)~300  (33). 

Leaves  20  and  21  end  St.  James  and  begin  St.  Bartholomew; 
Thorpe,  ii.  302  and  i.  454  (ioy-456  (14). 

Leaves  22  and  23  end  St.  Simon  (Thorpe,  ii.  498)  and  begin 
St.  Mark.  This  is  our  homily  no.  XV ;  11.  1-96.  And  Leaves 
24  and  25  belong  to  the  concluding  portion  of  the  same; 
11.  97-213. 

Leaves  26-35  contain  two  portions  of  the  Nativity  of  St. 
Stephen,  Thorpe,  ii.  24-26  (8),  and  ii.  34  (i2)~36  (17);  the 
Passion  of  St.  Stephen,  Thorpe,  i.  44  (7)-end  of  56  ;  and  two 
portions  of  the  Holy  Innocents,  Thorpe,  i.  76-78  (24),  and 
82  (8)-88  (26). 

Leaves  36-40  belong  to  St.  Sebastian,  which  is  our  homily 
no.  V,  and  really  begins  on  Leaf  35,  back.  See  vol.  i.  p.  116 ; 
11.  1-333,  and  459  to  the  end. 

b  2 


XX  PREFACE   TO    VOLUME    II. 

Leaves  41-49  belong  to  St.  Pantaleon.  This  is  a  unique 
copy,  but  injured  and  imperfect,  ending  on  Leaf  50. 

The  rest  of  Leaf  50  and  Leaves  51-53  belong  to  St.  Matthew, 
which  ends  on  Leaf  54.     See  Thorpe,  ii.  468-480. 

Leaves  54-57  belong  to  St.  Benedict,  like  Leaf  7  above  and 
Leaf  64  below.  The  order  of  leaves  is  54,  7,  57,  55,  (gap),  64, 
(gap),  56,  58  (on  which  it  ends). 

Leaves  58-63  belong  to  St.  Martin ;  see  Thorpe,  ii.  498-518. 
It  is  not  the  same  as  our  homily  no.  XXXI,  though  there  is 
a  good  deal  of  similarity  between  the  two  accounts.  The  order 
of  leaves  is  58,  59,  60,  62  (reversed),  61,  63. 

Leaf  64  has — 'swa  swa  ic  eow  on  swefne  dihte.'  From 
St.  Benedict;  Thorpe,  ii.  172  (i6)-i76  (3). 

Leaf  65  is  from  St.  Gregory;  Thorpe,  ii.  130  (14).  It  is 
from  the  end  of  that  homily,  as  St.  Michael  (Thorpe,  i.  502) 
begins  on  Leaf  65,  back. 

Leaves  66  and  67  are  from  Sts.  Alexander  and  others ; 
Thorpe,  ii.  308-312  ;  with  part  of  St.  Andrew,  i.  586  (28)- 
538  (16). 

Leaves  68-70  are  from  St.  Lawrence  ;  Thorpe,  i.  416,  &c. 

Leaf  7 1  belongs  to  St.  Clement,  like  Leaf  9  above. 

Leaves  72  and  92  belong  to  St.  Eustace.  This  is  our  homily 
no.  XXX;  see  11.  121-167,  and  226-8. 

Leaf  73  mentions  Hermogenes  and  Philetus  ;  from  St.  James; 
Thorpe,  ii.  416  (13H18  (33). 

Leaves  74  and  75  belong  to  the  Exaltation  of  the  Cross. 
This  is  our  homily  no.  XXVII ;  see  11.  66-205. 

Leaf  76  ;  from  the  Nativity  of  Many  Apostles ;  Thorpe,  ii. 
528-530  (20). 

Leaf  7  7  ;  from  the  Nativity  of  One  Confessor  ;  see  Wanley, 
p.  207,  art.  42.     [Not  as  in  Thorpe,  ii.  548,  &c] 

Leaf  78,  back ;  Dedication  of  a  Temple  begins;  Thorpe,  ii.  574. 

Leaf  79  ;  St.  Edmund.  This  is  our  homily  no.  XXXII ;  see 
from  1.  249  to  the  end. 

Leaves  80-82.  From  St.  Basil,  which  begins  on  Leaf  79, 
back.     This  is  our  homily  no.  Ill ;  from  1.  1  to  1.  309. 


ACCOUNT    OF    THE   MANUSCRIPTS.  XXI 

Leaves  83-87  are  chiefly  from  St.  Paul ;  Thorpe,  i.  384-400. 

Leaves  84  and  85,  and  again  Leaves  86  and  87,  have  been 
transposed  ;  so  that  St.  Paul  ends  on  Leaf  86,  back. 

Leaf  86,  back,  begins  the  Maccabees.  This  is  our  homily 
no.  XXV;  first  29  lines. 

Leaf  88  is  from  the  Nativity  of  One  Confessor ;  Thorpe,  ii. 
556-558. 

Leaves  89-91  belong,  I  believe,  to  the  Dedication  of  a  Temple, 
like  Leaf  78  above.     For  Leaf  89,  see  Thorpe,  ii.  578,  1.  8  ;  &c. 

Leaf  92  belongs  to  St.  Eustace,  like  Leaf  72  above. 

I  think  there  can  be  little  doubt  that,  with  the  exception  of 
articles  1-3,  which  are  in  Latin,  and  were  only  accidentally 
associated  with  this  MS.  (as  Wanley  notes),  the  whole  of  this 
once  valuable  MS.  was  filled  with  works  by  iElfric.  There 
are  56  such  articles,  of  which  all  but  3  are  found  in  the  first, 
second,  or  third  of  our  series.  The  remaining  three  are  (1)  the 
Life  of  St.  Pantaleon  (unique  copy) ;  (2)  De  Uno  Confessore 
(five  other  copies) ;  and  (3)  the  last  article,  on  the  Burial-places 
of  Saints  (unique  copy).  Besides  those  Saints'  Lives  already 
mentioned  above,  the  MS.  once  contained  others  belonging 
to  the  same  set  of  which  I  now  find  no  trace ;  these  are 
Homilies  nos.  VII,  VIII,  IX,  X,  XIV,  XIX,  XX,  XXIV, 
XXVIII,  XXIX,  and  XXXVI ;  eleven  in  all.  Of  the  remain- 
ing  10,  only  scraps  remain ;  these  are  nos.  Ill,  V,  XV,  XXII, 
XXV,  XXVI,  XXVII,  XXX,  XXXII,  XXXIV. 

14.  MS.  W. — MS.  in  the  Camb.  Univ.  Library,  marked 
Ii.  4.  6  ;  see  Wanley,  p.  160.  This  contains  nos.  XII  and 
XIII.  It  also  contains  25  homilies  belonging  to  the  first 
and  second  series.  The  articles  not  included  in  these  sets 
are  nos.  4,  11,  25,  26,  28,  31,  33,  34,  35. 

15.  MS.  in  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.  S.  14  (now  no.  419); 
see  Wanley,  p.  132.  This  contains  our  Homily  no.  XVII  (De 
Auguriis),  but  I  have  not  collated  it.  The  first  1 1  articles  are 
homilies  by  Wulfstan,  all  printed  by  Napier.  The  12  th  is  our 
Horn.  XVII,  and  there  are  three  more  articles  in  the  MS.  ;  of 
these,  two  are  entitled  '  Lar-spell,'  and  the  third  'De  Virginitate. ' 


XXU  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    IT. 

16.  MS.  Cotton,  Faustina  A.  9  ;  see  Wanley,  p.  199.  The 
1 8th  article  is  our  Horn.  XIII  (The  Prayer  of  Moses)  ;  but 
I  have  not  collated  it,  having  three  other  good  MSS.  at  hand 
in  Cambridge.  It  also  contains  1 1  Homilies  of  the  first  series, 
and  1 2  Homilies  of  the  second  series.  The  remaining  articles 
are  nos.  3-6,  8,  14,  20,  23,  24,  31,  33,  34,  36,  38. 

17.  MS.  Junius  22,  in  the  Bodleian  Library;  see  Wanley, 
p.  31.  This  contains  our  Horn.  XIII  (The  Prayer  of  Moses)  ; 
which  I  have  not  collated;  see  just  above.  It  also  contains 
25  articles  belonging  to  the  first  and  second  series,  and  three 
homilies  by  Wulfstan ;  see  Napier's  edition.  There  are  1 2 
other  articles,  nos.  8,  9,  13,  16-18,  33,  34,  38~4°,  42. 

18.  MS.  Junius  24,  in  the  Bodleian  Library;  see  Wanley, 
p.  40.  This  MS.  contains  yet  another  copy  of  Horn.  XVII, 
which  occurs  so  frequently.  It  also  contains  all  three  of  the 
additional  articles  following  Horn.  XXXVI,  viz.  the  Inter- 
rogations of  Sigewulf,  De  Falsis  Diis,  and  the  Twelve  Abuses  ; 
and  14  of  the  articles  in  the  first  series.  Art.  1  is  the  Life  of 
St.  Chad,  printed  by  Prof.  Napier  in  Anglia,  x.  141.  The 
remaining  9  articles  are  nos.  10,  11,  18,  19,  24-28.  MS.  Junius 
104,  in  the  Bodleian  Library  (see  Wanley,  p.  98),  is  merely  a 
transcript  of  the  Interrogations  of  Sigewulf,  from  an  older  MS. 

There  are  also  copies  of  the  homily  on  the  Twelve  Abuses 
in  MS.  Cotton,  Vesp.  D.  14,  and  in  the  Lambeth  MS.  487  ;  the 
latter  is  printed  in  Morris's  O.  Eng.  Homilies,  i.  100. 

§  2.  Some  Account  of  ^Elfric. 

With  regard  to  the  personality  of  iElfric  several  writers 
have  recorded  notions  that  are  now  known  to  be  erroneous. 
An  excellent  summary  of  his  life  and  works  is  given  in 
Wulker,  Grundriss  zur  Geschichte  der  angelsachsischen  Lit- 
teratur;  Leipzig,  1885,  pp.  452-481;  to  which  the  reader 
is  specially  referred.  A  similar  account  is  given,  in  English, 
by  Prof.  A.  S.  Cook,  Biblical  Quotations  in  Old  English 
Prose  Writers,  pp.  lxiv-lxxv.  Both  accounts  are  from  the 
same  source,  viz.  the  excellent,  careful,  and  exhaustive  article 


SOME    ACCOUNT   OF   J3LFIUC.  xxil'i 

by  Dr.  E.  Dietrich,  of  Marburg,  who  has  left  little  more  to 
be  said  upon  the  subject.  This  article  is  divided  into  4  sections, 
which  discuss,  respectively,  (1)  j-Elfric's  Writings;  (2)  The 
Teaching  (according  to  iElfric)  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  Church  ; 
(3)  ^Elfric's  acquirements  and  character  ;  (4)  his  Life.  Sections 
I  and  II  appeared  in  Niedner's  Zeitschrift  fur  historische 
Theologie,  vol.  xxv,  for  the  year  1855,  pp.  487-594  ;  and 
Sections  III  and  IV  in  the  same,  vol.  xxvi,  for  the  year  1856, 
pp.  163-256. 

Dietrich  proves,  conclusively,  that  iElfric  was  a  distinct 
personage  from  iElfric,  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  who  died 
in  1005  \  whereas  iElfric's  Life  of  JEthelwold  is  dedicated  to 
bishop  Cenwulf,  who  became  bishop  of  Winchester  when  his 
predecessor  JElfheah  succeeded  ^lfric  of  Canterbury  in  the 
archiepiscopal  see  (p.  xxxv).  Neither  is  he  to  be  confounded 
with  iElfric  Putta,  archbishop  of  York  from  1023  to  1051, 
who  had  no  reputation  for  learning,  and  is  described  by 
William  of  Malmesbury  (Gesta  Pontificum,  1.  iii.  p.  270,  ed. 
1 601)  as  a  man  of  fierce  and  violent  character2. 

Among  later  writers,  the  theory  which  identified  our  author 
with  '  Alfric  of  Canterbury '  was  adopted  by  Thomas  Wright, 
in  his  Biographia  Britannica  Litteraria  (Anglo-Saxon  Period), 
1842,  p.  480;  whilst  Thorpe  identified  him  with  ^Elfric  Putta 
(though  our  iElfric  had  no  such  surname)  on  the  strength  of 
an  article  to  that  effect  in  Henry  Wharton's  Anglia  Sacra 
(London,  1691),  i.  125-134,  which  was  contradicted  by  E.  R. 
Mores  in  a  book  published  posthumously  by  Thorkelin  in 
1789.  As  Wright  and  Thorpe  wrote  before  the  publication 
of  Dietrich's  article,  they  were  unaware  of  the  cogency  of  the 

1  This  identification  appears  in  Bale,  who  was  followed  by  Pits,  Camden, 
Usher,  Junius,  Wanley,  Elstob,  and  others.  It  has  been  erroneously 
stated  that  there  is  MS.  evidence  for  this  view ;  but  this  merely  means 
tbat,  when  Junius  made  a  transcript  (now  MS.  Jun.  45  in  the  Bodleian 
Library)  from  MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Cam.  S.  18  (now  no.  201),  he  added  a 
rubric  on  his  own  account,  beginning — '  Insigne  fragmentum  Epistolae  ab 
.Mfrico  Episcopo  scriptae,'  &c.  ;  which  is  of  no  authority. 

2  There  is  nothing  to  show  that  our  iElfric  survived  the  year  1020 ;  and 
in  105 1  he  would  have  been  about  96  years  old. 


XXIV  PREFACE   TO    VOLUME   II. 

producible  evidence  ;  but  the  account  of  JElfric  in  the  Dictionary 
of  National  Biography  is  likewise  hesitative,  so  that  the  writer 
cannot  have  seen  Dietrich's  article.  Indeed,  Niedner's  Zeit- 
schrift  is  not  a  very  obvious  book  to  consult  for  an  account  of 
an  Old  English  author. 

It  is  worth  notice  that  Mr.  Cockayne,  in  the  Preface  to  vol.  iii. 
of  his  Leechdoms,  pp.  xiv-xxix,  published  in  1866,  seems 
likewise  to  have  overlooked  Dietrich's  article.  This  is  im- 
portant, as  it  shows  that  he  had  arrived,  independently,  at  the 
same  results  in  several  noteworthy  particulars.  He  observes, 
for  example,  that  the  iElfricus  Abbas,  who  wrote  the  Life 
of  JEthelwold  in  1006,  could  not  have  been  the  archbishop 
of  Canterbury  who  died  in  1005  ;  and  adds— *  there  never  was 
any  passable  authority  for  the  misstatement.'  Again,  he  says 
(p.  xxv)  that  '  some  people  want  to  make  him  archbishop  of 
York,  who  was  known  for  iElfric  Puttuc  or  Putta,  as  much 
as  to  say,  quite  a  different  iElfric' ;  &c.  Other  points  as  to 
which  Cockayne  is  in  perfect  accord  with  Dietrich  are  such 
as  these :  that  his  first  book  was  a  collection  of  Homilies  (as 
published  by  Thorpe),  of  which  the  first  volume  was  finished 
about  994,  and  that  he  was  then  a  priest  and  had  taken  the 
monastic  vows  ;  that  the  Lives  of  the  Saints  were  written 
soon  afterwards  ;  that  he  became  abbot  before  1006  ;  that  he 
was  probably  '  the  first  abbot  of  Eynesham  on  the  Thames 
(now  Isis)  near  Oxford ' ;  that  he  wrote  the  treatise  on  the 
Old  and  New  Testament  after  his  rise  to  an  abbacy  ;  that  he 
strongly  advocated  the  celibacy  of  the  clergy ;  that  he  wrote 
a  piece  addressed  to  Wulfgeat,  and  another  addressed  to 
Wulfstan,  archbishop  of  York ;  and  that  he  certainly  was 
never  bishop  of  Peterborough,  according  to  a  wild  suggestion 
put  forward  by  the  anonymous  author,  in  1830,  of  Ancient 
History,  English  and  French,  exemplified  in  a  Eegular  Dis- 
section of  the  A.  S.  Chronicle. 

In  order  to  make  more  sure  of  his  results,  Dietrich  goes 
over  some  of  the  ground  twice  ;  that  is,  by  way  of  analysis 
and  by  way  of  synthesis.     He  first  draws  up  a  rather  long 


LIST    OF   ^LFRIC'S    WRITINGS  XXV 

list  of  ^Elfric's  works,  from  which  he  extracts  such  passages 
as  contain  allusions  to  the  author  and  his  friends  and  furnish 
chronological  data  ;  after  which,  he  constructs  from  these 
hints  an  account  of  iElfric,  and  rearranges  his  writings  in 
what  is  probably  their  chronological  order.  It  is  sufficient 
to  give  the  results  ;  for  which  purpose  it  is  convenient  to 
consider  JElfric's  writings  first,  and  his  life  afterwards. 

His  writings  are  easily  divided  into  two  sets :  those  which 
he  wrote  whilst  still  a  monk,  and  those  which  he  wrote  after 
he  became  abbot.  The  chronological  order  separates  these 
at  once  ;  and  all  that  it  is  necessary  to  observe  is  that  the 
earliest  work  in  which  he  calls  himself  abbot  is  that  which  is 
described  below  as  being  number  VI. 

§  3.  List  ot  jElfric's  Writings. 

I.  Liber  Sermonum  Catholicorum  Anglice  ;  commonly 
known  as  ^Elfric's  Homilies.  The  edition  by  Thorpe  for 
the  jElfric  Society,  London,  1844-6,  is  well  known  and  com- 
plete. Several  of  the  Homilies  have  been  published  separately 
(see  Wiilker). 

Dietrich,  like  ^Elfric  himself,  counts  this  work  as  being  two 
distinct  books  ;  but  it  is  more  convenient  to  consider  it  as 
one  book  in  two  volumes,  since  the  second  volume  succeeded 
the  first  almost  immediately.  The  full  title  of  vol.  1  is — 
'Liber  Catholicorum  Sermonum  Anglice,  in  ecclesia  per  annum 
recitandorum ' ;  and  of  vol.  2  is — 'Liber  Sermonum  Catho- 
licorum Anglice,  in  anno  secundo.'  In  other  words,  vol.  1 
contains  a  set  of  sermons  suitable  for  the  principal  Sundays  and 
Festivals  throughout  the  year  ;  and  vol.  2  contains  a  similar 
set,  for  a  second  year. 

Vol.  1  contains  a  Latin  Preface  and  an  English  Preface. 
In  the  former  we  read — 'Ego  iElfricus,  alumnus  Adelwoldi, 
benevoli  et  venerabilis  Presulis,  salutem  exopto  Domno  Archi- 
episcopo  Sigerico  in  Domino.'  He  adds  that  his  object  is 
the  edification  of  tl^e-unlearned  ;  that  he  follows  Latin  originals 
by  Augustine,  St.  Jerome,  Beda,  St.  Gregory,  Smaragdus,  and 


XXVI  PREFACE   TO    VOLUME    II. 

Haymo ;  that  the  collection  contains  forty  distinct  sermons ; 
and  that  he  proposes  to  write  a  second  set  of  a  similar  kind. 
In  the  latter  (I  cite  Thorpe's  translation)  he  says — '  I,  iElfric, 
monk  and  mass-priest,  although  more  weakly  than  for  such 
orders  is  fitting,  was  sent,  in  king  iEthelred's  day,  from 
bishop  JEU [h]eah,  ^Ethelwold's  successor,  to  a  minster  which 
is  called  Cernel  [Cerne  in  Dorsetshire],  at  the  prayer  of 
iEthelmser  the  thane,  whose  birth  and  goodness  are  known 
everywhere.  Then  it  occurred  to  my  mind,  I  trust  through 
God's  grace,  that  I  would  turn  this  book  from  the  Latin  lan- 
guage into  the  English  tongue;  not  from  confidence  of  great 
learning,  but  because  I  have  seen  and  heard  of  much  error  in 
many  English  books,  which  unlearned  men,  through  their 
simplicity,  have  esteemed  as  great  wisdom :  and  I  regretted 
that  they  knew  not  nor  had  not  the  evangelical  doctrines 
among  their  writings,  those  men  only  excepted  who  knew 
Latin,  and  those  books  excepted  which  King  JElfred  wisely 
turned  from  Latin  into  English,  which  are  to  be  had.  .  .  . 
It  appeared  to  me  that  I  should  not  be  guiltless  before  God 
if  I  would  not  declare  to  other  men,  by  tongue  or  by  writings, 
the  evangelical  truth  which  he  himself  spake,  and  afterwards 
to  holy  teachers  revealed.  Very  many  I  know  in  this  country 
more  learned  than  I  am,  but  God  manifests  his  wonders 
through  whom  he  will.' 

The  allusions  to  iEthelwold  and  others  will  be  considered 
below,  in  the  account  of  his  life  ;  it  is  only  necessary  to  remark 
here  that  the  apologetic  tone  of  the  Prefaces  suggests  that  this 
was  his  first  work  ;  and  that,  as  both  volumes  are  dedicated 
to  Sigeric,  who  was  archbishop  only  from  September,  989,  to 
995,  and  was  absent  on  a  visit  to  Eome  till  about  the  end 
of  989,  iElfric  must  have  been  at  work  upon  these  two  large 
volumes  during  the  period  from  990  to  995.  We  may  con- 
fidently date  this  first  work  as  being  completed  about  994  or 
995.  This  is  confirmed  by  the  Latin  Preface  to  the  second 
volume,  where  we  read — 'iElfricus,  humilis  servulus  Christi, 
honorabili  et  amando  Archiepiscopo  Sigerico  perpetuam  sospi- 


LIST   OF    -ELFRIC  S    WHITINGS.  XXVll 

tatem  optat  in  Domino ' ;  and  adds,  with  reference  to  his 
former  volume — *  licet  multis  injuriis  infestium  piratarum 
concutiebamur,  postquam  praefatum  libellum  tua3  Sanctitati 
transmisimus,  tamen  nolentes  repperiri  falsidici  promisores, 
dolente  animo  hoc  opus  perfecimus.'  This  obviously  refers  to 
the  Danish  occupation  of  Southampton  in  994,  as  mentioned 
in  the  A.  S.  Chronicle  ;  which  must  have  been  sufficiently 
disturbing  to  iElfric,  as  he  was  then  resident  at  Winchester, 
where  he  had  been  brought  up. 

II.  ^Elfeic?s  Grammar  and  Glossary.  The  best  edition 
is  that  by  Zupitza,  Berlin,  1880.  The  Grammar  and  Glossary 
were  first  printed  at  the  end  of  Somner's  A.  S.  Dictionary  ; 
and  the  Glossary  appeared  alone  in  Wright's  Volume  of  Vocabu- 
laries, 1857,  and  in  Wright's  A.  S.  and  Old  English  Vocabularies, 
ed.  Wiilker,  2  vols.,  London,  i884. 

In  the  A.  S.  Preface  to  the  Grammar,  iElfric  expressly  says 
that  he  translated  it  from  Latin  soon  after  he  had  completed 
his  two  books  of  Homilies.  Our  busy  author  lost  no  time,  and 
we  can  hardly  be  far  wrong,  judging  from  the  works  that  follow, 
in  dating  this  work  about  995. 

III.  ^Elfric's  Lives  of  Saints  ;  as  now  first  edited.  The 
first  volume  was  issued  in  two  parts,  in  1881  and  1886  ;  and 
the  second  likewise  in  two  parts,  in  1890  and  1898. 

In  the  Latin  Preface,  vol.  i.  p.  2,  he  refers  to  his  two  former 
books  of  Passions  or  Lives  of  Saints,  i.  e.  to  the  two  volumes  of 
Homilies  which  formed  his  first  work ;  and  he  apologizes  for 
translating  sacred  narratives  into  the  vulgar  tongue,  saying  that 
he  did  so  at  the  express  desire  of  ^Ethelweard  and  jEthelmaer. 
In  the  last  sentence  he  says —  '  I  have  resolved  at  last  to  desist 
from  such  labour  after  completing  the  fourth  book  [i.  e.  the 
fourth  of  which  he  was  author,  the  Homilies  being  counted  as 
two],  that  I  may  not  be  regarded  as  too  tedious. ' 

The  probable  date  of  this  work  is  996  or  997.  It  was  not 
dedicated  to  Sigeric,  like  the  former  collection,  because  he  had 
died  in  995.  Again,  this  work  was  not  written  earlier  than 
996,  because  (according  to  Dietrich,  in  Niedner's  Zeitschrift,  vol. 


XXV111  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    II. 

xxvi,  p.  231)  that  was  the  year  when  ^Ethelwold  was  canonized, 
and  JEUric  here  speaks  of  him  as  l  the  holy  bishop,  who  now 
worketh  miracles';  see  vol.  i.  p.  265,  1.  65.  Neither  could 
it  have  been  later  than  997,  as  it  was  soon  followed  by  other 
works,  as  shown  below.  We  should  particularly  note  the 
allusions  to  bishop  JElfstan  (Horn.  xii.  41)  and  to  iEthelwold, 
bishop  of  Winchester  from  963  to  984  (Horn.  xii.  65  ;  xxi.  16, 
28>  37>  83>  223>  46°);  the  life  of  St.  Swithhun  of  Winchester 
(Horn,  xxi),  wherein  iElfric,  then  resident  at  Winchester, 
sometimes  speaks  from  personal  knowledge  (see  1.  456) ;  the 
lives  of  St.  Alban,  St.  iEthelthryth,  and  St  Oswald  (Horn,  xix, 
xx,  xxvi) ;  and  the  life  of  St.  Edmund  (Horn,  xxxii),  in  the 
Preface  to  which  JElfric  says  that  he  translated  it,  'within 
a  few  years '  of  the  time  of  its  appearance,  from  Abbo  of  Fleury, 
who  wrote  it  in  985,  three  years  before  the  death  of  St.  Dunstan. 
Cf.  p.  315  below. 

Ill  b.  The  Inteeeogations  of  Sigewulf  ;  on  false  gods  ; 
and  the  twelve  abuses.  Appended  to  these  Lives  of  the 
Saints  are  the  three  Homilies  numbered  XXXVII,  XXXVIII, 
and  XXXIX  in  the  Table  of  Contents  in  vol.  i.  p.  10. 
These  are  also  probably  by  iElfric,  and  have  been  discussed 
above,  at  p.  x. 

IV.  The  Pentateuch  and  Joshua.  A  translation  of  selected 
portions  of  the  Pentateuch  and  the  Book  of  Joshua.  First 
printed  by  Thwaites,  who  added  iElfric's  translation  of  part  of 
the  Book  of  Judges  and  of  the  Book  of  Job.  The  title  is, 
*  Heptateuchus,  Liber  Job,  et  Evangelium  Nicodemi,  Anglo- 
Saxonice ;  Historic  Judith  Fragmentum,  Dano-Saxonice. 
Edidit  nunc  primum  ex  MSS.  codicibus  Edwardus  Thwaites, 
e  Collegio  Keginse.  Oxonias,  e  Theatro  Sheldoniano.  An.  Dom. 
mdcxcviii.'  The  'Heptateuch'  was  a  title  invented  by 
Thwaites,  to  express  the  Pentateuch  together  with  Joshua  and 
Judges.  Another  edition  is  that  of  Grein,  published  at  Cassel 
and  Gottingen,  1872. 

The  A.  S.  Preface  to  the  Book  of  Genesis  begins  with  the 
words — '  JElfric  the    monk    humbly   greets    iEthelwserd    the 


LIST    OF  JELFRIC  S    WHITINGS.  XXIX 

alderman.  Thou  didst  pray  me,  friend,  to  translate  the 
Book  of  Genesis  from  Latin  into  English.  Then  it  seemed 
to  me  wearisome  to  accede  to  thee  in  this  matter,  and  thou 
saidst  that  I  need  only  translate  the  book  as  far  as  to  the 
account  of  Isaac,  son  of  Abraham,  because  some  other  man  had 
already  translated  the  book  for  thee  from  that  point  to  the  end. ' 
Nevertheless,  we  afterwards  find  him  speaking,  in  his  Treatise 
on  the  Old  Testament,  of  having  translated  Leviticus,  Numbers, 
and  Deuteronomy.  It  is  most  likely  that  JElfric  translated 
at  least  the  first  twenty-four  chapters  of  Genesis  \  and  revised 
and  corrected  the  work  of  a  predecessor  who  had  translated  the 
rest  of  the  book  and  other  parts  of  the  Pentateuch  as  well. 
This  will  account  for  the  use  of  expressions  different  from  those 
which  we  should  otherwise  expect  from  him.  The  probable 
date  of  this  work  is  about  997.  See  further  in  Prof.  Cook's 
Biblical  Quotations  in  Old  English  Prose  Writers,  pp.  lxx- 
lxxiii. 

That  there  is  an  evident  connexion  between  this  translation 
of  the  Book  of  Numbers  and  iElfric's  metrical  Homily  on  the 
Judges,  appears  from  comparing  the  following  passages  : — 

iEfter  J>am  pe  Moises  se  maera  heretoga 
mid  Israhela  folce,  swa  swa  him  bebead  god, 
ofer  )>a  readan  sae  ferde  and  Pharao  adrenced  wses 
and   siSSan   se  aelmihtiga   god   him  ae   gesett  haefde  ;  &c. 

Numbers,  xiii.   1. 

^fter  J>am  ]>e  Moyses  se  maera  heretoga 

}>aet  goddes  folc  gelaedde  of  Pharaones  peowette 

ofer  \>a,  readan  sae  and  god  him  ae  gesette  ;  &c. 

Preface  to  Judges. 

IV  b.  Judges.*  The  translation  from  the  Book  of  Judges 
is  really  a  distinct  work,  and  is  rather  to  be  considered  as 
a  metrical  (or   alliterative)   Homily.     This  was  pointed  out 

1  MS.  Camb.  Univ.  Library,  Ii.  1.  33,  begins  with  .Mfric's  translation 
of  Gen.  i-xxiv,  with  a  short  note  at  the  end  to  the  effect  that  JElfric 
implores  the  alderman  to  ask  him  for  no  more  translations.  But  he  was 
evidently  one  of  those  who  decline  to  do  a  thing,  and  then  do  it  never- 
theless. I  may  add  that  this  note  verbally  agrees  with  U.  26  34  (ed. 
Grein)  at  the  end  of  JElfric's  A.  S.  Preface  to  Genesis. 


XXX  PREFACE   TO    VOLUME    IT. 

by  Dietrich  (in  Niedner's  Zeitschrift,  vol.  xxv.  p.  496).  It 
is  printed  as  prose  by  Thwaites  and  Grein  ;  but  the  latter 
afterwards  arranged  it  as  verse,  in  which  form  it  was  printed, 
after  his  death,  by  Prof.  Wlilker,  in  Anglia,  vol.  ii.  pp.  142-152. 
The  number  of  lines  in  this  piece  is  480.  It  is  clearly  a  com- 
panion piece  to  the  'Sermo  Exceptus  de  Libro  Begum,'  which 
appears  as  Homily  XVIII  in  the  present  collection,  and, 
curiously  enough,  likewise  runs  to  just  481  lines;  and  to 
Homily  XXV,  taken  from  the  two  Books  of  Maccabees. 

IV  c.  Job,  Esther,  and  Judith.  A  translation  of  the 
Books  of  Job,  Esther,  and  Judith.  The  Book  of  Job  is  only 
given  in  an  epitome.  That  it  is  iElfric's  is  clear  from  the  fact 
that  it  coincides,  almost  word  for  word,  with  the  Homily 
entitled  '  Dominica  Prima  in  Mense  Septembri,  quando  legitur 
Job,'  as  printed  in  Thorpe's  Homilies,  vol.  ii.  pp.  446  to  460, 
beginning  with  1.  7  (Sum  wer  wses  geseten),  and  ending  at 
p.  460, 1.  3  (heahfaedere).  The  variations  are  due  to  the  fact  that 
Thwaites  and  Grein  follow  a  transcript  made  by  W.  L'isle, 
whereas  Thorpe  follows  MS.  Gg.  3.  28  in  the  Camb.  Univ. 
Library.  It  seems  to  me  to  be  quite  a  mistake  to  regard  this 
Homily  (for  such  it  really  is)  as  being  anything  new.  It  was 
one  of  the  first  things  that  our  author  ever  wrote  \ 

1  [I  leave  this  remark  (with  the~following  note)  as  I  wrote  it.  But 
Prof.  Napier  points  out  that  the  same  observation  has  already  been  made 
by  Max  Forster  ;  see  Anglia,  xv.  473-7.] 

Dietrich  seems  to  regard  W.  L'  isle's  transcript  as  representing  <a  second 
edition '  of  the  Homily  on  Job.  And  here  I  think  he  is,  for  once,  mis- 
taken. Ten  Brink  follows  suit,  and  says  that  '  it  much  resembles  the 
homily  on  Job.'  But  collation  shows  that  the  sole  differences  are  due  to 
the  fact  that  L'isle  omitted  just  a  few  sentences,  one  of  the  omissions  being 
due  to  accident,  whilst  the  rest  were  probably  intentional,  and  are  almost 
justifiable.     The  omissions  are  these  : — 

1.  The  first  six  lines  of  Preface  (Thorpe,  ii.  446). 

2.  A  Latin  note  : — 'Una  translatio  dicit  filii  Dei,  et  altera  dicit  angeli 
Dei' ;  id.  446.    And  this  note  is  retained  in  L'isle's  transcript ! 

3.  A  needless  remark:— 'We  have  said  to  you,  and  will  yet  say,  that 
we  cannot  recount  to  you  all  this  narrative  in  detail,  because  the  book  is 
very  great,  and  its  hidden  sense  is  above  our  capacity  to  investigate ' ; 
Thorpe's  translation,  p.  457. 

4.  A  needless  note  :— '  It  was  usual  in  old  days,  that  men  offered  such 


LIST    OV    JELFItlC  S    WRITINGS.  XXxi 

The  same  remark  does  not  apply,  however,  to  the  Books 
of  Esther  and  Judith.  Concerning  these  Prof.  Cook  says 
(Biblical  Quotations,  p.  lxxiii) :  '  The  Esther  and  Judith  are 
published  in  Assmann's  Angelsaclisisclie  Homilien  unci  Heiligm- 
Icben  (Bibliothek  dcr  AngelsdchsiscJien  Prosa,  iii),  Kassel,  1889  ; 
the  Esther  occupying  pp.  92 — ior,  and  the  Judith  pp. 
102-116.  .  .  .  The  Esther  is  edited  by  Assmann  from  L'isle's 
copy,  no  original  MS.  being  known  to  exist.  This  copy  is  MS. 
Bodley,  Laud  E.  381.  The  Judith  is  edited  by  Assmann  from 
MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Cam.  303,  formerly  S.  17  (see  Wanley, 
p.  137),  and  MS.  Cotton,  Otho  B.  10  (see  Wanley,  p.  192).  In 
the  former  the  end  of  the  Judith  is  lost :  of  the  latter,  which 
suffered  in  the  fire  of  1731,  only  two  leaves  are  preserved, 
containing  11.  62-123  and  384-445  of  Assmann's  edition.' 
The  article  on  Esther  had  previously  appeared  in  Anglia,  ix.  25  ; 
and  that  on  Judith  in  the  same,  x.  76. 

V.  -<Elfric's  Canons.  Edited  by  Spelman,  in  his  Concilia, 
1639;  and  by  Wilkins,  in  his  Leges  Anglo-Saxonicae,  17  21. 
The  best  edition  is  that  in  Thorpe's  Ancient  Laws  and  Institutes 
of  England,  vol.  ii.  342-363. 

The  short  Latin  Preface  begins  with  the  words  'iElfricus 
humilis  frater  venerabili  episcopo  Wulfsino  salutem  in  Do- 
mino.' It  ends — 'Nos  vero  scriptitamus  hanc  epistolam, 
quae  Anglice  sequitur,  quasi  ex  tuo  ore  dictata  sit,  et  locutus 
esses  ad  clericos  tibi  subditos,  hoc  modo  incipiens.' 

gifts  to  God  of  living  cattle,  and  then  slew  them  ;  but  that  offering  is  now 
unallowable  after  Christ's  passion  ' ;  id.  p.  457. 

5.  A  remark  that  is  not  called  for: — 'Though  Job's  countenance  was 
horribly  swollen,  and  all  his  body  swarmed  with  worms,  it  is  nevertheless 
written,  that  the  Almighty  accepted  his  countenance,  when  he  prayed  for 
his  friends' ;  id.  p.  459.     To  omit  this  was  in  accordance  with  good  taste. 

6.  A  moral  remark  : — '  By  this  is  to  be  understood,  that  he  who  prays 
for  others  profits  himself  greatly,  so  as  the  holy  writ  says,  that  when  Job 
prayed  for  his  friends,  God  turned  to  pity  on  him,  and  as  easily  healed 
him  again,  as  he  had  before  with  disease  afflicted  h'm '  ;  id.  p.  459.  The 
latter  part  of  this  sentence  is  a  repetition  of  a  preceding  paragraph. 

7.  A  necessary  sentence,  omitted  by  mere  accident,  owing  to  the  repeti- 
tion of  'eft  he  cwseo"  : — 'Again  he  said,  Have  mercy  on  me,  Lord;  my 
days  are  not  naught ' ;  p.  457. 


XXXll  PREFACE   TO    VOLUME    II. 

The  person  addressed  is  Wulfsige,  bishop  of  Sherborne  from 
993  to  iooi.  iElfric  is  still  only  'humilis  f rater,'  not  'abbas.' 
Dietrich  suggests,  as  a  probable  date,  the  year  998  ;  in  any 
case,  it  was  before  1001.  iElfric  was  certainly  abbot  in  1005  ; 
but  can  hardly  have  been  appointed  much  earlier,  as  we  shall 
see  hereafter.  It  is  worth  notice,  that  the  arbitrary  date  1000 
fairly  divides  the  works  of  iElfric  when  a  monk  from  those 
which  he  wrote  when  an  abbot. 

VI.  Abridgement  from  ^Ethelwold.  An  Abridgement  (in 
Latin)  from  the  work  'De  Consuetudine  Monachorum'  of 
bp.  iEthelwold  of  Winchester,  who  died  in  984  \ 

This  is  contained  in  MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Cam.  K.  2  (now 
265).  Wanley  has  printed  the  Latin  Preface,  which  is  of  much 
interest : — 

'iElfricus  Abbas  Egneshamensibus  fratribus  salutem  in 
Christo.  Ecce  uideo,  uobiscum  degens,  uos  necesse  habere,  quia 
nuper  rogatu  iEJ?elmeri  ad  Monachicum  habitum  ordinati  estis, 
instrui  ad  mores  Monachiles  dictis  aut  scriptis.  Ideoque  haec 
pauca  de  libro  Consuetudinum,  quern  Sanctus  iEbelwoldus 
Uuintoniensis  Episcopus  cum  Coepiscopis  et  Abbatibus  tem- 
pore Eadgari  felicissimi  Kegis  Anglorum  undique  collegit  ac 
Monachis  instituit  obseruandum,  scriptitando  demonstro  .... 
nee  audeo  omnia  uobis  intimare  quae  in  scola  eius  degens  multis 
annis  de  moribus  seu  consuetudinibus  didici ; '  &c. 

^Elfric  was  now  an  abbot,  and  writing  to  the  monks  of 
Eynesham  or  Ensham  (near  Oxford),  amongst  whom  he  was 
then  living.  In  fact,  he  was  Abbot  of  Eynesham,  as  we  shall 
see  below,  having  been  elected  abbot  in  the  year  1005  or  in 
the  year  before  it.  The  date  of  this  work  is  clearly  1005,  ov 
very  near  it. 

Observe  (remarks  Dietrich)  that  ^Ethelwold  is  called  Sanctus, 
and  that  he  was  not  canonized  till  996  ;  so  that  Mr.  T.  Wright 
is  obviously  incorrect  when  dating  this  work  before  995,  and  in 
making  iElfric  archbishop  of  Canterbury  in  995.     In  fact,  it 

1  Printed,  together  with  an  A.  S.  version,  in  Anglia,  xiii.  365. 


XXXlll 

"  is  obvious  that  he  was  not  even  an  abbot  in  that  year,  and 
that  he  was  never  archbishop  of  Canterbury  at  all. 

Observe  also  that  iElfric  had  spent  many  years  in  the  school 
of  iEthelwold  at  Winchester. 

VII.  Letter  to  Wulfgeat  at  Ylmandun.  Printed  by 
Assmann  (cf.  no.  X  below) ;  contained  in  MS.  Laud  E.  1 9  (see 
Wanley,  p.  69) ;  part  of  it  occurs  in  the  form  of  a  Homily  on 
Matt.  v.  25  in  MS.  Junius  121  (see  Wanley,  p.  58).  It  begins  : 
'Ic  iElfric  abbod  on  olsum  Engliscum  gewrite  freondlice 
grete,  mid  Godes  gretinge,  Wulfget  set  Ylmandune.' 

This  Wulfgeat  was  probably  a  favourite  thane  of  king 
iEf>elraed  II,  who  was  driven  from  his  honours  and  had  his 
goods  seized  in  1006  (A.  S.  Chron.),  by  the  influence  of  a  new 
favourite  named  Eadric  (Freeman,  0.  E.  Hist.,  1875,  p.  214). 
The  letter  was  probably  written  just  before  Wulfgeat's 
disgrace.  The  phrase  Ho  Ylmandunes  gema3re'  occurs  in 
the  boundaries  of  some  property  situate  near  Tredington  in 
Worcestershire;  see  Kemble,  Cod.  Dipl.  no.  620.  It  is  the 
modern  Ilmington,  due  west  of  Tredington,  not  far  from 
Shipston-on-Stour,  and  about  30  miles  from  Ensham. 

VIII.  Introduction  to  the  Old  and  New  Testaments. 
Printed  by  W.  L'isle,  in  1623,  as  'A  Saxon  Treatise  concerning 
the  Old  and  New  Testament ' ;  in  Grein,  Bibliothek  der  angel- 
sachsischen  Prosa,  vol.  i,  1872  ;  and  (partly)  in  some  editions 
of  Sweet's  A.  S.  Keader. 

There  is  a  note  at  the  beginning,  to  this  effect :  '  This 
writing  was  composed  for  the  use  of  one  man,  but  it  may 
nevertheless  be  profitable  to  many.'  The  dedication  is :  '^Elfric 
abbod  gret  freondlice  Sigwerd  set  East-heolon ' ;  iElfric  the 
abbot  sends  friendly  greeting  to  Sigwerd  [=  SigeweardJ  at 
East-healas.  And  he  goes  on  to  say  that  he  had  once  paid 
a  visit  to  Sigeweard,  then  in  his  own  home,  when  that  thane 
besought  him  to  send  him  some  of  his  writings. 

Dietrich  points  out  that  East-healas  is  mentioned  in  Kemble, 
vi.  113  (line  1) ;  that  some  land  near  it  was  granted  to  the 
monks   of  Abingdon,    not   far  from   Ensham ;    and  that,  ac- 

c 


XXXIV  PREFACE  TO  VOLUME  II. 

cording  to  Domesday  Book,  there  is  an  Esthale  in  Oxfordshire. 
I  suspect  that  this  is  the  modern  Asthal,  situate  hardly  more 
than  twenty  miles  from  Abingdon,  and  only  about  twelve  miles 
from  Ensham.  Sigeweard  is  a  common  name  ;  but  the  person 
here  meant  was  probably  one  of  the  two  thanes  named  Siward 
who  signed  the  Ensham  charter  in  1005  (Kemble's  Cod.  Dipl. 
iii.  345),  in  which  the  names  of  iEthelweard  and  iEthelmaer 
are  so  conspicuous  ;  especially  as  '  ^Elfric  abbas '  and  '  Wulfgeat 
minister '  are  also  found  among  the  witnesses. 

The  date  of  this  piece  is  of  course  later  than  1005,  but 
probably  not  much  later  ;  say,  1008.  It  is  further  interesting 
as  containing  allusions  to  some  of  his  previous  works ;  as,  for 
example,  his  translation  of  a  part  (at  least)  of  the  Pentateuch 
(see  Grein's  ed.,  p.  5,  1.  43) ;  of  Joshua,  which  he  translated 
at  the  request  of  iEthelweard  the  alderman  (id.  p.  6,  1.  8) ; 
of  Judges  (id.  p.  6,  1.  27) ;  of  stories  from  the  Books  of  Kings 
(id.  p.  8, 1.  4) ;  of  Job,  '  concerning  whom  I  formerly  translated 
into  English  a  certain  Homily'  (sumne  cwide,  id.  p.  11,  1.  1); 
of  Esther  (p.  11,  1.  14);  of  Judith  (p.  11,  1.  17)  ;  and  of  the 
Maccabees,  viz.  in  his  Lives  of  Saints  (p.  12,  1.  1).  In  his 
Introduction  to  the  New  Testament  (p.  13,  1.  45),  he  says  that 
he  had  written  forty  homilies,  and  more  too,  taken  from  pas- 
sages out  of  the  four  Gospels  ;  whence  we  may  safely  conclude 
that  he  was  not  the  author  of  the  literal  translation  of  the  four 
Gospels  which  was  made,  about  the  same  time,  by  another 
hand.  In  fact,  when  we  compare  his  quotations  with  those 
in  the  complete  version,  we  usually  find  a  wide  difference. 

In  a  curious  passage,  just  at  the  end,  he  reminds  his  friend 
Sigeweard  how  he  had  tried  to  make  him  (iElfric)  drink  more 
than  was  his  wont,  for  the  sake  of  conviviality ;  and  he  re- 
minds him  that  whoever  constrains  another  to  do  this  is 
wholly  responsible  for  any  mischief  that  may  come  of  it. 

It  should  also  be  observed,  that  this  work  is  almost  wholly 
alliterative,  though  printed  by  Grein  as  prose.    Thus  it  begins : — 

'  Ic  secge  ]>§  to  soSan — 
]>set  se  biS  swlde  wis,  se  Je  mid  weorcum  spricS, 


LIST    OF   2ELFEIC  S    WRITINGS.  XXXV 

and  se  haefS  forftgang,  for  godo  and  for  woruldo, 
se  })e  mid  godum  woorcum  hine  sylfne  geglengS  ; 
and  J>set  is  swlSe  geswutelod  on  halgum  gesctnissum, 
])a3t  ]>a  halgan  weras  J>e  gode  weorc  be-eodon, 
]7a?t  hi  wurSfulle  waeron  on  }>issere  worulde, 
and  nu  halige  sindon  on  heofenan  rices  mirhSe,  , 
and  heora  gemynd  JmrhwunaS  nu  a,  to  worulde 
for  heora  anrsednisse  and  heora  trywSe  wiS  god.' 

IX.  JElfric's  Life  of  St.  .ZEthelwold  ;  written  in  Latin. 
Printed  in  the  Chronicon  Monasterii  de  Abingdon,  ed.  Steven- 
son, ii.  255-266.  Mabillon,  in  his  Acta  Sanctorum  ordinis  S. 
Benedicti,  saec.  v.  p.  606,  quotes  the  Preface  only.  Mabillon 
also  printed  a  Latin  Life  by  Wolstan  [Wulfstan],  in  the  same 
volume ;  see  T.  Wright,  Biographia  Britannica  Literaria,  A.  S. 
Period,  pp.  471-4.  The  latter  seems  to  be  little  more  than 
a  copy  from  ^Elfric's  work,  with  several  additions. 

The  preface  begins  :  '  iElfricus  Abbas,  Wintoniensis  alumnus, 
honorabili  Episcopo  Kenulfo  et  Fratribus  Wintoniensibus  salu- 
tem  in  Christo. '  See  Dietrich,  in  Niedner's  Zeitschrift,  xxv.  524. 

This  dedication  to  Kenwulf ,  bishop  of  Winchester,  settles  the 
date  as  being  1006.  For  Kenwulf  died  in  that  year  (see  the 
A.  S.  Chron.),  not  many  months  after  his  election. 

For  a  short  life  of  St.  iEthelwold,  see  Alban  Butler's  Lives 
of  the  Saints.  He  was  a  native  of  Winchester,  and  was  brought 
up  under  St.  Dunstan.  He  was  made  abbot  of  Abingdon  in 
947,  and  bishop  of  Winchester  in  963.  He  died  Aug.  1,  984, 
and  was  canonized  in  996.  There  are  numerous  allusions  to 
him  in  the  present  work,  in  the  Homily  on  St.  Swithhun  (vol.  i. 
p.  440) ;   see  p.  xxviii  above,  line  7. 

X.  A  Homily  on  the  text  Matt.  xxv.  1 3  (Vigilate  ergo) ; 
entitled  Sermo  in  Natale  Unius  Confessoris.  Distinct  from 
the  Homily  In  Natale  Unius  Confessoris,  as  printed  in  Thorpe's 
edition  of  iElfric's  Homilies,  ii.  548.  It  occurs  in  MS.  Corp. 
Chr.  Coll.  S.  7  (now  188),  p.  451  ;  and  begins:  'Matheus  se 
godspellere  us  ssede  on  Sysum  godspelle  bset  ure  haelend  crist ' 
(Wanley,  p;  125).  It  was  added  to  the  set  of  Homilies  at  a 
much  later  date,  as  appears  from  a  note  in  the  MS.  emanating 
from  iElfric  himself :  *  Hunc  sermonem  nuper  rogatu  venerandi 

c  % 


XXXVI  PEEFACE    TO   VOLUME  II. 

Episcopi  Athelwoldi,  scilicet  iunioris,  Anglice  transtulimus, 
quern  huius  libelli  calci  inscribi  fecimus ;  ne  nobis  desit,  cum 
ipse  habeat.'  On  which  Wanley  remarks,  that  this  particular 
MS.  must  once  have  been  in  iElfric's  own  possession. 

The  date  is  to  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  it  was  written 
for  iEthelwold  II,  bishop  of  Winchester  from  1006  to  1013  ; 
probably  not  far  from  the  year  1008.  It  was  obviously  written 
after  Nov.  16,  1005,  the  date  of  the  death  of  ^Elfric,  archbishop 
of  Canterbury.  This  homily  is  printed  in  Assmann's  Angel- 
sachsische  Homilien  und  Heiligenleben  (Kassel,  1889),  p.  49. 

X  b.  A  Homily  on  the  Birthday  of  St.  Mary.  This 
Homily  occurs  in  MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Cam.  S.  7  (now  188), 
p.  357  ;  and  in  other  MSS.  (This  is  the  same  MS.  as  that 
mentioned  just  above,  as  containing  the  Homily  on  the  text 
Matt.  xxv.  13.)  It  is  in  two  parts,  as  is  more  clearly  shown 
in  MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Cam.  S.  17  (now  303),  p.  132  ;  the  latter 
part  being  headed  —  De  Sancta  Virginitate.  It  is  in  ^Elfric's 
alliterative  style,  and  there  can  be  little  doubt  as  to  its 
authenticity.     It  has  been  printed  by  Assmann  (as  above). 

There  are  probably  a  few  more  Homilies  of  the  like  kind, 
also  by  iElfric,  some  of  which  are  mentioned  below.  A 
complete  list  of  iElfric's  genuine  Homilies  will  be  given  here- 
after by  Professor  Napier. 

XI.  Pastoral  letter,  written  for  Wulfstan  ;  with  an 
epistle  entitled  Quando  dividis  chrisma.  Printed  in  Wilkins, 
Leges  Anglo-Saxonicae,  1721,  p.  171;  and  in  Thorpe,  Ancient 
Laws  and  Institutes,  ii.  364-393. 

The  Latin  Prologue  begins  :  '  iElfricus  Abbas  Vulstano 
venerabili  Archiepiscopo  salutem  in  Christo.  Ecce  paruimus 
vestrae  Almitatis  iussionibus,  transferentes  Anglice  duas 
Epistolas  quas,  Latino  eloquio  descriptas,  ante  annum  vobis 
destinavimus '  ;  &c. 

Wulfstan  was  archbishop  of  York  from  1002  to  1023,  and 
during  part  of  the  time  he  was  also  bishop  of  Worcester,  viz. 
from  1002  to  1016.  In  the  latter  capacity  he  would  some- 
times be  in  the  neighbourhood  of  iElfric,  who  was  resident  at 


LIST   OF   iELFRIC  S   WRITINGS.  XXXV11 

Ensham  after  1005.  We  may  therefore  date  this  work  in 
the  period  between  1005  and  1016.  Dietrich  sees  in  it  an 
allusion  to  a  council  held  by  ^Ethelred  in  1014,  which  brings 
the  probable  date  near  to  the  year  1015.  It  is  the  last  work 
of  which  we*  have  any  clear  trace,  in  the  order  of  dates. 

Besides  the  above,  there  are  several  others,  the  dates  of 
which  are  indeterminate.     These  are  as  follows : — 

XII.  A.  S.  version  of  the  Hexameron  of  St.  Basil.  Edited, 
with  an  E.  translation,  by  the  Rev.  H.  W.  Norman,  London, 
1848  ;    2nd  ed.,  London,  1849. 

It  is  in  iElfric's  usual  alliterative  manner,  though  the  editor 
prints  it  as  prose.  Though  it  does  not  bear  his  name,  there 
is  no  doubt  as  to  its  authenticity.  It  occurs  at  the  beginning 
of  MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  Cam.  S.  7  (now  188),  and  is  there 
immediately  followed  by  a  long  series  of  jElfric's  Homilies. 
In  the  very  first  line  there  is  an  allusion  to  one  of  these : 
1  In  another  discourse  we  said  sometime  since,'  &c. 

XIII.  A.  S.  version  of  St.  Basil's  Admonitio  ad  filium 
spiritualem.  Edited,  with  an  E.  translation,  by  the  Rev. 
H.  W.  Norman,  in  the  same  volume  as  the  above,  pp.  32-57. 
It  is  incomplete  at  the  end. 

In  iElfric's  usual  alliterative  manner  throughout,  though 
the  editor  prints  it  as  prose.  It  begins :  '  Basil  the  blessed, 
concerning  whom  we  have  formerly  written';  &c.  That  is  to 
say,  it  was  composed  later  than  the  Homily  on  St.  Basil, 
printed  in  the  present  work  ;  vol.  i.  p.  50.  Near  the  beginning 
he  remarks :  '  Basil  wrote  a  certain  wonderful  book  .  .  . 
called  the  Hexameron ' ;  but  he  does  not  proceed  to  remark, 
as  is  usual  with  him,  that  he  had  translated  that  book  into 
English.  This  would  lead  us  to  suppose  that  he  translated  the 
Hexameron  at  a  later  date.     See  further  below. 

XIV.  A.  S.  version  of  Beda's  De  Temporibus.  Printed  in 
T.  Wright's  Popular  Treatises  on  Science,  1841,  pp.  1-19  ; 
with  an  E.  translation ;  also  in  C.  W.  Bouterwek,  Screadunga, 
1858,  pp.  23-31  ;  and  in  Cockayne's  Leechdoms,  Wortcunning 
and  Starcraft,  iii.  231-281,  with  an  E.  translation. 


XXXV111  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    II. 

Dietrich  points  out  that  a  passage  in  Ch.  6  (De  Equinoctiis) 
discusses  the  Lenten  equinox,  saying  that  i  it  belongs  rightly 
to  the  eighth  day  before  the  kalends  of  April,  i.  e.  the  mass- 
day  of  Mary  [March  25];  but  all  the  Easterns  and  Egyptians, 
who  are  best  acquainted  with  arithmetic,  reckoned  that  the 
Lenten  equinox  is  certainly  on  the  twelfth  day  before  the 
kalends  of  April,  i.  e.  on  the  mass-day  of  St.  Benedict '  [March 
21].  This  is  repeated  in  iElfric's  Homilies,  ed.  Thorpe,  i.  100, 
where  we  read  :  l  Now  the  Hebrews  begin  their  year  on  the 
day  when  all  the  seasons  were  appointed,  that  is,  on  the  fourth 
day  of  the  world's  creation,  and  the  doctor  Beda  reckons,  with 
great  discretion,  that  that  day  is  the  twenty-first  of  March, 
the  day  which  we  celebrate  in  honour  of  the  holy  man 
Benedict.'  Observe  the  direct  reference  to  Beda.  It  is  a  fair 
inference  that,  when  iElfric  wrote  his  Homilies,  he  was 
already  well  acquainted  with  Beda's  treatise. 

Many  other  arguments  are  adduced  to  show  that  this  treatise 
is  really  ^Elfric's.  For  example,  it  is  worth  notice  that,  if 
Thorpe  had  only  printed  the  MS.  which  he  followed  through- 
out the  Homilies  (MS.  Camb.  Univ.  Library,  Gg.  3.  28)  without 
any  omission,  we  should  have  had  before  us  the  text  of  this 
treatise.  He  folhows  the  MS.  exactly  as  far  as  vol.  ii.  p.  594, 
corresponding  to  p.  492  of  the  MS.,  but  then  proceeds  (on 
p.  596)  to  p.  505  of  the  same,  silently  omitting  the  intervening 
pages,  on  which  the  A.  S.  version  of  Beda's  De  Temporibus 
occurs.  As  far  as  this  MS.  is  concerned,  there  is  another 
omission  at  the  end  of  the  book  ;  for  the  last  piece  printed  by 
Thorpe  is  there  immediately  followed  by  a  copy  of  iElfric's 
Canons.  In  fact,  the  whole  of  the  MS.  contains  writings  by 
iElfric,  and  nothing  else. 

There  is  plenty  of  internal  evidence  tending  to  the  same 
result.  I  will  give  one  instance  which  I  have  observed  for 
myself.  In  the  sixth  sentence  in  this  treatise  occurs  the  state- 
ment that  the  heaven,  i.  e.  the  firmament,  belycd  on  liyre  bosme 
ealne  middan-eard,  and  heo  ccfre  tyrnd  on-outan  us,  swiftre  ponne 
cenig  mylun-hweol,  call  swa  deop  under  Pyssre  cordan  swa  heo  is 


LIST   OF    JELFRICS    WRITINGS.  XXXl'x 

bufan.  But  in  the  A.  S.  version  of  the  Hexameron,  ch.  v  (ed. 
Norman,  p.  8),  we  read  that  the  same  firmament  belycd  on  his 
bosme  ealle  cord  an  bradnysse  .  .  .  and  he  ccfrc  gced  abutan  siva  siva 
yrnende  hweowol .  .  .  se  g aid  under  das  eordan  edlswa  deop  swa  bufan. 

XV.  JElfric's  Colloquy.  This  Latin  Colloquy  was  com- 
posed by  iElfric  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  boys  in  learning 
Latin,  and  was  afterwards  augmented  (to  what  extent  is 
uncertain  l)  by  a  pupil  of  his  named  -Mfric  Bata.  This  we 
learn  from  the  title  in  MS.  Cotton,  Tib.  A.  3.  In  another 
copy  in  St.  John's  College,  Oxford,  is  a  similar  title,  in  these 
words  :  '  Hanc  sententiam  Latini  sermonis  olim  iElfricus  abbas 
composuit,  qui  meus  fuit  magister,  sed  tamen  ego  iElfric 
Bata  multas  postea  huic  addidi  appendices.'  The  use  of  the 
word  olim,  and  the  fact  that  the  pupil  added  to  the  master's 
treatise,  suggest  that  he  did  so  after  his  master's  death  ;  and 
further,  that  our  iElfric  never  acquired  a  higher  title  than 
that  of  Abbas. 

This  favourite  piece  has  been  often  printed  ;  as,  e.  g.  in 
Thorpe's  Analecta  Anglo-Saxonica,  2nd  ed.,  1846,  pp.  18-36  ; 
and  in  Wiilker's  edition  of  T.  Wright's  Vocabularies,  1884, 
vol.  i.  pp.  89-103.  The  copy  in  MS.  Tib.  A.  3  is  accompanied 
with  an  Anglo-Saxon  gloss,  added  at  a  later  date.  The  original 
copy  was  '  sententia  Latini  sermonis ' ;  and  the  fragment  in 
MS.  Addit.  32246  (Brit.  Mus.)  is  not  glossed. 

XVI.  A  treatise  concerning  Purity  (emb  cl^ennysse).  Not 
printed.  This  is  an  alliterative  Homily,  beginning  with  the 
words :  '  Ure  Hselend  Crist  cydde  baet  he  lufode  .  ba  halgan 
clamnysse  on  his  beowum  swutelice';  see  Wanley,  pp.  128, 
199,  202,  210,  239.     In  MS.  Cotton,  Vesp.  D.   16,  at  fol.  3, 


1  At  the  same  time,  there  seems  to  be  a  distinct  break,  and  an  altera- 
tion both  in  manner  and  plan  at  the  end  of  the  Counsellor's  speech  (Wiilker's 
ed.  of  Wright's  Vocabularies,  p.  100,  1.  30)  ;  which  closes  with  a  moral 
sentiment,  completing  the  piece.  Then  JElfric  Bata  speaks  in  his  own 
person  :  '  0  pueri,  quomodo  uobis  placet  ista  locutio  ? '  And  the  pupils 
reply  that  it  is  too  difficult  for  them,  and  they  want  something  easier. 
They  are  then  asked  how  they  spend  the  day,  and  what  they  eat  and 
drink. 


Xl  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    II. 

back,  it  is  entitled :  '  Emb  Cla3nnysse  Ipe  gehadede  mam 
healden  scylen '  ;  and  it  is  preceded  by  a  dedication  to  one 
Sigeferth,  of  whom  nothing  is  known  :  '  iElfric  Abbod  gret 
SigefercS  freondlice '  (quoted  in  full  in  Wanley,  p.  199,  col.  2). 
It  was  therefore  written  after  iElfric  became  abbot. 

XVII.  Prayers  and  Creeds  in  English;  and  A  Homily 
on  Penitence.  These  are  printed  at  the  end  of  Thorpe's 
edition  of  JElfric's  Homilies,  vol.  ii.  pp.  596-608.  They  are 
found  in  the  same  contemporary  MS.,  viz.  MS.  Cam.  Univ. 
Library,  Gg.  3.  28.  They  are  in  iElfric's  manner,  and  there  is 
no  reason  for  doubting  their  genuineness.  The  translation 
of  the  Lord's  Prayer  agrees  verbally  with  that  in  the  Homilies, 
vol.  i.  p.  258,  except  in  two  trivial  points,  viz.  the  use  of 
gecume  for  cume,  and  the  use  of  the  expression  swa  swa  on 
heofenum  swa  eac  on  eorcfan  instead  of  on  eordan  swa  swa  on 
heofenum.  In  the  Homily  on  Penitence  occurs  one  of  iElfric's 
most  characteristic  remarks  :  '  Of  this  we  have  written  in 
another  place  ;  let  him  read  it  who  wxill '  (p.  605). 

XVIII.  A  Homily  on  the  Sevenfold  Gifts  of  the  Holy 
Spirit.  In  iElfric's  usual  alliterative  manner.  Printed  in 
Napier's  edition  of  Wulfstans  Homilies,  pp.  56-60  ;  with  a 
note  in  the  Preface  (p.  viii)  that  it  is  by  JElfric.  Indeed, 
iElfric  expressly  claims  it,  in  his  Introduction  to  the  Old 
Testament,  where  he  says :  '  Moreover,  he  gives  sevenfold 
gifts  to  mankind,  concerning  which  I  formerly  wrote  in  another 
writing  in  English,  even  as  Isaiah  the  prophet  set  it  in 
a  book  in  his  prophecy'  (swa  swa  Isaias  se  witega  hit  on  bee 
sette  on  his  witegunge).  He  is  here  quoting  the  very  words 
he  had  used,  as  the  Homily  begins  with — '  Isaias  se  witega 
awrat  on  his  witegunge.'     Cf.  Isaiah  xi.  2. 

In  Napier's  edition  of  Wulfstan's  Homilies,  pp.  50-56,  there 
is  a  similar  homily,  evidently  of  later  date,  expressed  in 
similar  terms  and  obviously  founded  upon  it ;  but  with  several 
interpolations  and  an  additional  passage  at  the  end.  The  writer 
has  disregarded  iElfric's  alliterative  arrangement,  and  turned 
it   into   prose   by  the   method  of  amplification.     In  iElfric's 


SOME    EVENTS    IN    THE    LIFE    OF   ^LFMC.  xll 

Homily,  for  example,  we  find  the  following   passage  (p.    57, 

1.  16):  — 

'and  se  haefS  modes  strengfte,  ]>e  micel  maeg  forberan, 
and  on  eallum  earfoSnyssum  sefre  biS  geSyldig, 
and  eft  on  godum  gelimpum  ne  forlset  his  anraednysse.' 

This  becomes,  in  the  later  imitation  :  '  and  se  haof  (5  modes 
strengcSe  durli  gocles  gyfe  Ipe  micel  ma3g  forberan  and  geftolian, 
and  on  eallum  earfocmyssum  sefre  bicS  geftyldig,  and  eft  on 
godum  gelimpum  ne  forlaet  his  anrsednesse,  ac  Md  aa  gefcedd 
on  ceghwylce  wisan,  swa  pcet  lie  ne  old  ne  on  gefean  to  fccgen  ne  on 
wean  to  ormod'  (p.  51,  1.  20).     Cf.  Anglia,  vii.  535. 

The  above  list  contains  all  iElfric's  principal  works,  which 
sufficiently  evince  his  amazing  industry. 


§  4.  Some  Events  in  the  Life  of  ^Elfric. 

As  JElfric's  name  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  many  of  his 
writings,  and  there  are  frequently  some  hints  as  to  the  circum- 
stances under  which  they  were  produced,  it  is  not  difficult  to 
draw  up  an  outline  of  his  life,  which  Dietrich  has  done  with 
much  success.     I  only  note  here  some  of  the  chief  results. 

He  was  born,  probably,  about  955,  a  few  years  before  the 
commencement,  in  959,  of  the  reign  of  Edgar.  He  refers  with 
satisfaction,  in  the  present  work  (vol.  i.  p.  295),  to  the  peace 
which  the  kingdom  enjoyed  under  that  king,  before  the  time 
of  the  famine  in  976,  and  the  attack  made  by  the  Danes  on 
Southampton  in  981  ;  cf.  also  Horn.  XXI.  11.  1-3  (vol.  i.  p.  441). 
His  youth  was  spent  in  the  Benedictine  monastery  at  Win- 
chester, under  iEthelwold,  who  was  bishop  from  963  to  984. 
Hence  he  describes  himself  as  ' Wintoniensis  alumnus'  in 
his  Preface  to  the  Life  of  St.  iEthelwold  ;  and  in  his  Preface 
to  the  abstract  of  ^Ethelwold's  De  Consuetudine  Monachorum 
he  says  that  he  had  lived  many  years  in  that  teacher's  school  *, 
i.e.  in  the  'old  monastery'  to  which  he  refers  several  times  in 

1  So  also  in  the  Latin  Preface  to  his  Grammar  :  '  sicut  didicimus  in 
scola  ASelwoldi,  uenerabilis  praesulis,  qui  multos  ad  bonum  imbuit. 


Xlil  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    II. 

his  Life  of  St.  Swithhun  (Horn.  XXI.  28,  89,  118;  vol.  i. 
pp.  443,  447,  449).  Many  of  the  allusions  in  this  Life  were 
doubtless  derived  from  personal  knowledge  ;  on  which  account 
it  has  a  peculiar  interest.  He  had  no  very  high  opinion  of  the 
master  who  undertook  to  teach  him  Latin ;  see  his  Preface 
to  Genesis,  1.  13  (ed.  Grein,  p.  22).  He  was  already  a  priest, 
and  therefore  over  30  years  of  age,  when  he  was  sent  by  bishop 
iElfheah,  iEthelwold's  successor,  to  Cerne  Abbas  in  Dorsetshire : 
probably  at  the  time  of  its  endowment  by  the  thane  iEthel- 
majr  in  987,  or  soon  after  ;  see  Homilies,  i.  3.  He  frequently 
alludes  to  iEthelmser  as  his  patron,  by  whom  he  was  evidently 
much  esteemed.  It  was  during  his  residence  there  (as  he  tells 
us)  that  he  planned  his  first  book,  a  great  collection  of  forty 
Homilies.  It  is  not  probable  that  he  remained  at  Cerne  Abbas 
very  long ;  it  is  supposed  that  he  soon  returned  to  Winchester, 
and  there  completed  his  first  set  of  Homilies  about  993,  and 
the  second  set  about  995.  Being  now  desirous  of  a  change  of 
work,  he  compiled  his  Latin  Grammar  and  Glossary,  which 
he  completed  without  loss  of  time  ;  and  then  again  returned  to 
his  Homilies,  producing  the  third  series,  or  Lives  of  Saints, 
about  996  or  997. 

Next  followed,  without  intermission,  his  versions  of  extracts 
from  the  Pentateuch  and  the  Book  of  Joshua.  The  alliterative 
Homily  containing  stories  from  the  Book  of  Judges  was  written 
somewhat  later. 

Soon  after  this  he  wrote  his  Canons,  with  a  letter  to 
Wulfsige,  bishop  of  Sherborne  (993-1001).  The  date  of  this 
work  must  be  about  998-1000.  In  it  he  still  describes  him- 
self as  f rater,  i.e.  monk  ;  but  he  speaks  with  some  authority, 
seeing  that  he  was  now  well  known  as  being  an  experienced 
writer. 

The  most  important  event  in  JElfric's  life  was  his  appoint- 
ment as  abbot  of  Eynesham,  in  1005.  That  he  was  made 
abbot  of  Eynesham  (Ensham)  is  easily  inferred  from  his 
address  to  the  monks  of  Eynesham,  prefixed  to  the  extracts 
from  St.  iEthelwold's  De  Consuetudine  Monachorum,  in  which 


SOME    EVENTS    IN    THE    LIFE    OF    .ELFIUC.  xllil 

he  describes  himself  as  living  amongst  them.  His  promotion 
was  doubtless  due  to  his  patron  iEthelmser,  who  in  the  year 
1005  established  a  fraternity  of  monks  under  the  Benedictine 
rule  at  Eynesham,  as  he  had  previously  done  at  Cerne  Abbas 
in  987. 

By  good  fortune,  the  very  charter,  granted  by  king  iEthelred 
in  1005,  is  still  extant;  and  is  printed  in  Kemble's  Codex 
Diplomaticus,  iii.  339.  In  this  the  king,  at  the  request  of  his 
most  faithful  and  beloved  JEthelmser,  grants  full  privileges  to 
the  new  monastery  near  the  Thames,  at  the  place  vulgarly 
called  'Egnesham.'  It  is  expressly  stated  (p.  340)  that 
iEthelmser  proposed  to  reside  with  the  monks  of  Eynesham 
himself,  and  that  he  had  appointed  the  first  abbot ;  and  (at 
p.  344)  that  the  monks  are  to  be  under  the  Benedictine  rule ; 
to  which  he  adds :  '  And  I  desire  that  the  elder  (i.e.  abbot) 
who  is  now  there  shall  preside  over  them  as  long  as  his  life 
shall  last.'  Among  the  witnesses  are  the  names  of  Wulfstan, 
archbishop  of  York,  iElfheah,  bishop  of  Winchester,  the  thane 
JEthelmsBT  and  his  son-in-law  iEthelweard,  all  of  whom  were 
well  known  to  iElfric.  We  also  find,  twice  over,  the  signature 
'Ego  JElfrie  abbas';  and  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  one  of 
these  refers  to  our  author. 

This  elevation  of  ^Elfric  to  the  dignity  of  abbot  was  accom- 
panied by  another  great  change  in  his  life,  viz.  his  removal 
from  the  familiar  and  famous  city  of  Winchester  to  an  obscure 
village  bej^ond  the  boundary  of  Wessex,  in  the  province  of 
Mercia.  It  is  a  curious  reflexion  that  the  famous  author, 
speaking  the  Wessex  dialect  in  its  most  elegant  and  polished 
form,  must  have  had  frequent  intercourse  with  some  peasant 
who  could  only  address  him  in  the  comparatively  rude  dialect 
of  Mercia.  Great  would  have  been  the  astonishment  of  the 
two  interlocutors  in  such  a  conversation  if  it  could  have  been 
revealed  to  them  that  a  time  would  come  when  the  Mercian 
dialect  would  be  familiar  all  over  the  world,  whilst  the  polished 
Wessex  would  be  regarded  as  a  comparatively  negligible  form 
of  speech. 


xliv  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    II. 

iElfric's  promotion  to  the  abbacy  still  left  him  some  leisure 
for  authorship,  and  we  possess  several  writings  in  which 
'JElfricus  abbas'  is  conspicuous  at  the  commencement. 
Among  these  may  be  specially  mentioned  his  Letter  to 
Wulfgeat  at  Ylmandun  (about  1006) ;  his  Introduction  to  the 
Old  and  New  Testaments  (about  1008) ;  his  Latin  Life  of 
St.  ^Ethelwold,  dedicated  to  Kenwulf,  bishop  of  Winchester, 
in  1006  ;  and  his  Pastoral  Letter  or  Wulfstan,  archbishop 
of  York,  which  may  have  been  written  as  late  as  1015.  In 
a  charter  of  iEthelred,  dated  10 12,  which  relates  to  Whitchurch 
in  Oxfordshire,  not  30  miles  from  Eynesham,  we  again  find 
the  names  of  Wulfstan,  archbishop  of  York,  of  the  thanes 
iEthelmaer  and  iEthelweard,  and  of  iElfricus  Abbas  (Kemble, 
Cod.  Dipl.  vi.  165).  It  is  not  improbable  that  this  relates  to 
the  abbot  of  Eynesham,  who  was  then  hardly  60  years  old. 
The  name  of  'iElfric  abbot'  occurs  still  later,  in  the  will  of 
iEJ>elnaed  (id.  iv.  304),  which  is  to  be  dated  about  1020,  as  it 
contains  also  the  names  of  ^Ethelnoth,  archbishop  in  1020,  and 
of  iElfun,  apparently  an  error  for  jElfwine,  bishop  of  London. 
If  this  also  refers  to  our  abbot,  he  may  have  lived  till  1020, 
when  he  was  probably  about  65  years  old. 

§  5.  -<Elfkic's  Accomplishments  and  Sources. 

Dietrich  gives  an  excellent  summary  of  iElfric's  accomplish- 
ments and  merits,  for  which  the  reader  must  consult  his  pages  ; 
from  which  I  here  throw  together  a  few  notes. 

He  was  educated  in  the  usual  learning  of  the  age,  in  the 
trivium  and  quadrivium  ;  and  was  fairly  skilled  in  grammar  and 
rhetoric.  As  to  the  former  of  these,  his  treatise  on  Latin 
Grammar  deserves  especial  notice.  His  Latin  is  not  classical, 
neither  is  it  barbarous  ;  it  is  simple  and  clear.  He  was  ignorant 
of  Hebrew  and  of  Greek.  Thus,  in  his  Homilies  (ed.  Thorpe, 
i.  492)>  ne  follows  JBeda  in  explaining  Nain  (or  Nairn)  as 
meaning  ' inundation'  or  'agitation';  and  further  (i.  390) 
explains   Ananias   as  meaning   'sheep.'      In   another  passage 


JELFMCTS    ACCOMPLISHMENTS    AND  SOUKCE.  xlv 

(ii.  1 1 8),  he  says  that  l  Gregorius  is  a  Greek  name,  which 
in  the  Latin  tongue  signifies  Vigilantius,  that  is,  More 
Watchful1';  and  again  (i.  50)  says  that  the  Greek  name 
Stephanus  is  equivalent  to  the  Latin  coronatus,  or  crowned 
with  glory. 

Of  astronomy  he  probably  knew  more  than  did  many  of 
his  time  ;  as  is  shown  by  his  version  of  Beda's  De  Temporibus. 
He  was  fairly  proficient  in  such  history  and  theology  as  were 
then  usually  taught.  Among  the  theological  authors  whom,  and 
writings  which,  he  consulted  we  may  especially  notice  Abbo  of 
Fleury,  from  whom  he  derived  the  Life  of  St.  Edmund  ;  the 
fabulous  letter  of  Christ  to  Abgarus  (p.  59  of  the  present 
volume) ;  the  bishop  Abdias,  who  wrote  the  story  of  St.  Simon 
and  St.  Jude,  which  was  afterwards  translated  into  Greek 
by  his  disciple  Eutropus,  and  by  Africanus  (Homilies,  ii.  499) ; 
Alcuin's  work  on  the  Interrogationes  of  Sigewulf  the  priest; 
St.  Ambrose,  who  is  his  authority  for  the  Life  of  St.  Agnes 
(Lives  of  Saints,  i.  171)  ;  and  St.  Augustine,  in  several  of  his 
Homilies.  From  St.  Basil  he  made  the  version  of  the  Hexameron 
and  the  Admonitio  ad  Filium  ;  and  he  gives  a  Life  of  St.  Basil 
among  his  Lives  of  Saints  (ch.  III).  From  Beda  he  compiled 
his  version  of  the  De  Temporibus  ;  and  drew  various  material 
for  some  of  his  Homilies,  such  as  that  on  St.  Gregory  (Horn. 
ii.  116),  the  Life  of  St.  Cuthberht  (ii.  132),  the  Vision  of 
Drihthelm  (ii.  348),  the  Sermon  on  the  Efficacy  of  the  Mass 
(ii.  356) ;  and  for  some  of  his  Lives  of  Saints,  such  as  that 
of  St.  Alban  (ch.  XIX),  St.  iEthelthryth  (ch.  XX),  and  St. 
Oswald  (ch.  XXVI);  besides  quoting  from  him  on  other 
occasions.  For  some  points,  he  consulted  Cassianus,  De  In- 
stitutis  Ccenobiorum.  The  tract  on  the  Twelve  Abuses  is 
from  St.  Cyprian. 

He  made  extracts  from  the  treatise  De  Consuetudine  Mona- 
chorum,  written  by  his  teacher,  St.  iEthelwold.  Eusebius 
he  cites  at  second  hand  ;  that  is  to  say,  he  was  acquainted  with 

1  Thorpe  has  '  Watchful,'  but  the  A.  S.  text  has  wacolre,  in  the  compara- 
tive degree. 


Xlvi  PREEACE    TO    VOLUME    IT. 

his  Ecclesiastical  History  in  the  Latin  version  by  Rufinus, 
and  with  St.  Jerome's  translation  of  the  Chronicon.  He 
knew  some  of  the  works  of  St.  Gregory  the  Great,  whence  he 
took  many  of  his  Homilies.  He  twice  cites  the  name  of  the 
Doctor  Haynio,  or,  in  the  A.  S.  form,  Hsegmon  (Horn.  i.  120, 
510)  \  He  gives  a  short  account  of  St.  Jerome's  translation 
of  the  Bible,  at  the  head  of  his  Homily  on  the  Assumption  of 
the  Virgin  Mary,  which  is  taken  from  that  author  (Horn.  i. 
436)  ;  and  the  same  father  is  his  authority  for  a  story  about 
*a  certain  faithful  woman'  and  for  an  account  of  the  Four 
Evangelists  (Lives  of  the  Saints,  vol.  i.  pp.  274,  326).  He 
quotes  a  treatise  attributed  to  St.  Hilarius  (Horn.  i.  304),  by 
whom  (says  Dietrich)  is  meant  Hilary  of  Poitiers ;  see  also 
the  Lives  of  the  Saints,  vol.  ii.  p.  229,  1.  133;  p.  233,  1.  190. 
The  views  expressed  in  his  famous  Paschal  Homily  (Horn.  ii. 
262)  are  properly  taken  from  Eatramnus.  In  the  Latin 
Preface  to  his  Homilies  he  mentions  Smaragdus,  by  whom  he 
probably  meant  the  abbot  of  a  Benedictine  monastery  in 
Lorraine  2,  who  wrote  a  treatise  on  Virtues  and  Vices.  Severus 
Sulpicius  is  the  authority  for  his  long  Life  of  St.  Martin ; 
cf.  p.  452  below.  To  the  Life  of  St.  Agnes  (see  vol.  i.  186) 
he  appends  '  alia  sententia  quam  scripsit  Terentianus ' ;  this 
must  refer  to  the  Terentianus  who  was  converted  by  behold- 
ing the  constancy  of  Saints  John  and  Paul  during  their 
persecution  by  Julian  the  Apostate  (see  vol.  i.  p.  195,  11.  409, 
417,  428).  Alban  Butler  briefly  gives  the  story  under  the 
date  of  June  26,  and  refers  us  to  Rondininus. 

In  Horn.  i.  545-7,  -Mfric  gives  some  account  of  the  book 
entitled  Vitae  Patrum.  Of  this  work  there  are  many  varying 
forms,  so  that  it  is  not  easy  to  say  which  of  these  came  into 
our  author's  hands.  Dietrich  considers  this  question,  and  con- 
cludes that  his  copy  differed  somewhat  from  the  best-known 

1  '  Haymo  was  bishop  of  Halberstadt,  about  the  middle  of  the  ninth 
century ;  he  compiled,  from  the  works  of  the  fathers,  commentaries  on 
almost  every  part  of  the  scriptures ' ;  Thorpe,  pref.  to  Horn.  p.  vi. 

2  Thorpe  describes  him  as  'abbot  of  St.  Mihiel,  a  monastery  in  the 
diocese  of  Verdun,  in  the  eighth  century ' ;  Horn.  i.  pref.  p.  vi. 


JELFRIc's    ACCOMPLISHMENTS    AND   SOURCES.  xlvii 

edition,  as  printed  by  Eosweyd  in  1615.  Dietrich  further 
tells  us  that  he  found  nearly  all  of  iElfric's  extracts  from  this 
work  in  an  undated  copy  in  the  library  of  the  university  of 
Marburg,  which  begins  thus :  '  Incipit  Prologus  in  vitas 
Sanctorum  patrum  :  Benedictus  deus  qui  vult  omnes  homines 
salvos  fieri.'  This  copy  is  in  five  books ;  and  iElfric's  extracts 
are,  nearly  all  of  them,  taken  from  the  first  book  and  the 
last.  The  problem  of  determining  the  precise  form  of  the 
Vita3  Patrum  to  which  iElfric  had  access  still  awaits  solution. 

Much  more  recent  than  Dietrich's  Essay  are  the  two  follow- 
ing works,  to  which  the  reader  is  referred  for  more  minute 
particulars : — ■ 

(1)  Ueber  die  Quellen  der  Heiligenleben  in  iElfric's  Lives  of 
Saints,  [vol.]  I.  Inaugural-Dissertation,  &c.  Vorgelegt  von 
J.  H.  Ott,  aus  Watertown,  Wise.  Halle-a.-S.,  C.  A.  Kaem- 
merer  &  Co.,  1892. 

(2)  Ueber  die   Quellen   von  ^Elfric's   Homiliae  Catholicae. 

I,  Legenden.  Inaugural-Dissertation,  &c.  Von  Max  Forster, 
aus  Danzig.     Berlin,  C.  Vogt[i892]1. 

I. here  add  the  names  of  the  principal  works  which,  accord- 
ing to  Ott,  should  be  consulted  for  comparison  with  ^Elfric's 
Lives  of  the  Saints  (in  vol.  i.  only)  ;  and  I  subjoin,  in  each 
case,  the  number  of  the  Homily  which  each  one  illustrates. 

MombritiuB,  Sanctuarium  sive  Vitae  Sanctorum,  Milan,  ab. 
1480.- II,  IV,  V,  Vllb  (p.  186),  IX,  XV,  XXII. 

Vitae  Patrum;  in  Migne's  Cursus  Patrologise,  vol.  lxxiii. — 

II,  XXI  b  (p.  470). 

Surius,  De  probatis  sanctorum  historiis;  Col.  Agrip.  1570. — 

III,  V,  VI,  VII,  IX,  XXII. 

1  In  the  former  of  these  dissertations,  p.  38,  the  author  points  out  an 
unlucky  error  of  mine  in  vol.  i.  p.  252,  1.  242.  I  have  here  altered  the 
MS.  reading  we  to  he ;  wrongly.  The  Latin  text,  in  the  Acta  Sanctorum 
(March  10,  p.  21),  has  Vidimus.  For  the  phrase  gesawe  we,  compare  Sievers, 
A.  S.  Grammar,  2nd  ed.,  1887,  §  360.  2. 

In  vol.  i.  p.  420,  1.  92,  he  points  out  that  ftenunge  does  not  mean  l  meal '  ; 
and  he  proposes  to  translate  it  by  '  attendants.'  I  would  rather  translate 
it  by  '  attendance.' 


xlviii  PREFACE   TO    VOLUME   II. 

Acta  Sanctorum,  as  edited  by  the  Bollandists.  —  III- VII, 
VII  b  (p.  1 86),  VIII,  X,  XI,  XV,  XXI-XXIII. 

Acta  Sanctorum  ordinis  Sancti  Benedicti,  ed.  Mabillon, 
1 733-- VI,  XXI. 

Vincentius  Bellovacensis,  Speculum  Historiale  ;  ii.  13.  131. 
—XIV. 

Lipsius,  Die  apokryphen  Apostelgeschichten  und  Apostel- 
legenden  ;  ii.  2.  321. — XV. 

Lazius,  Abdias ;  Parisiis,  1560;  fol.  132. — XV. 

Hieronymus,  Liber  de  viris  illustribus. — XV  b  (p.  326). 

Hieronymus,  Preface  to  St.  Matthew. — XV  b  (p.  326). 

Isidore,  De  veteri  et  novo  Testamentis  ;  88. — XV  b  (p.  326). 

Gregorius,  Homilia  in  Ezech.  i.  4. — XV  b  (p.  326). 

Beda,  in  Natale  sancti  Matthaei  apostoli  ;  in  Migne's  Cursus 
Patrologise,  vol.  xciv.  col.  249. — XV b  (p.  326). 

Beda,  Historia  Ecclesiastica,  lib.  i.  c.  6 ;  and  lib.  iv.  c.  19. — 
XIX,  XX. 

Kufinus  ;  as  in  Migne's  Cursus  Patrol,  vol.  xxi.  451. — XXI  b 
(p.  470). 

Ambrose;  as  in  Migne's  Cursus  Patrol,  vol.  xvii.  813. — VII. 

This  list,  together  with  the  few  imperfect  notes  at  the  end  of 
the  present  volume  (pp.  446-456),  will  give  some  idea  of  the 
probable  sources  of  the  Lives  numbered  XXIII  b-XXXVII. 

Besides  the  above  works,  Max  Forster  mentions  Fabricius, 
Codex  apocryphus  novi  Testamenti  (cf.  Horn.  ed.  Thorpe,  i, 
58);  Messingham,  Florilegium  Insulae  Sanctorum,  Paris,  1624, 
fol.  379  (cf.  Horn.  i.  416);  Hieronymus,  Epistola  ad  Paulum 
et  Eustochium  (cf.  Horn.  i.  436);  Augustinus,  De  Civitate  Dei, 
lib.  xxiii.  c.  8.  §  8  (cf.  Horn.  ii.  24) ;  Gregory  of  Tours,  Historia 
Francorum,  lib.  x.  c.  1  (cf.  Horn.  ii.  116);  Eusebius,  Ec- 
clesiastica Historia,  in  the  Latin  version  by  Eufinus  (cf.  Horn, 
ii.  304).  At  p.  41  of  the  same  dissertation,  Forster  discusses 
the  various  sources  of  the  Life  of  St.  Martin,  which  iElfric  gives 
twice  over,  but  not  quite  in  the  same  form,  viz.  in  his  Homilies 
(ii.  498),  and  in  the  present  volume  (p.  220). 

From  the  discussion  of  iElfric's   acquaintance  with  Latin 


iELFRIc's    ACCOMPLISHMENTS    AND    SOURCES.  xlix 

authors,  Dietrich  turns  to  the  consideration  of  his  acquaintance 
with  works  in  English.  After  observing  that  he  nowhere 
shows  any  acquaintance  with  the  poems  of  Caedmon  or  of 
Cynewulf,  he  quotes  a  passage  from  the  Homilies  (ii.  521): 
'The  passion  of  Thomas  (says  iElfric)  we  leave  unwritten, 
because  it  has  long  since  been  turned  from  Latin  into  English 
in  song-wise  (on  leo(5-wison).'  This  is  a  clear  indication  of 
the  existence  in  his  days  of  a  poem  now  lost,  similar  to  the 
poem  on  St.  Andrew  which  has  only  been  preserved  to  us  in 
a  single  copy. 

In  his  Treatise  on  the  Old  Testament  (ed.  Grein,  p.  n) 
MMiic  refers  to  a  poem  on  the  subject  of  Judith,  which  may 
well  be  the  same  as  that  of  which  we  still  possess  a  fragment. 
He  says :  '  This  book  has  also  been  set  forth  in  English  in  our 
manner  (on  are  wlsan)  as  an  example  to  you  men,  that  ye  may 
defend  your  own  country  with  arms  against  an  invading  army.' 
The  expression  'on  tire  wlsan'  means  in  alliterative  verse, 
which  is  here  employed  by  iElfric  in  the  original  text : — 

*  seo  is  eac  on  Englisc      on  ure  wlsan  gesett 
eow  mannum  to  bysne      \>set  ge  eowerne  eard 
mid  wsepnum  bewerian      wiS  on-winnendne  here.' 

He  refers  more  than  once  to  books  in  English  prose  as  being 
ignorantly  written  and  likely  to  mislead.  'I  have  seen,' 
he  says,  'and  heard  of  much  error  in  many  English  books .  .  . 
those  books  excepted  which  king  Alfred  wisely  turned  from 
Latin  into  English,  which  are  to  be  had  '  (Horn.  i.  3).  In 
another  passage  (Horn.  ii.  333),  he  speaks  of  'the  false  com- 
position (ba  leasan  gesetnysse),  which  they  call  the  vision 
of  Paul' ;  but  whether  this  refers  to  a  story  in  Latin  or  in 
English  we  have  no  means  of  knowing.  Nevertheless,  he 
expressly  tells  us,  with  regard  to  the  history,  of  the  martyrdom 
of  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul,  that  'their  passion  is  everywhere 
fully  set  forth  in  the  English  tongue'  (Horn.  i.  371). 

He  bears  direct  testimony  to  Alfred's  translation  of  Beda's 
history  in  his  Life  of  St.  Gregory  (Horn.  ii.  117) :  'Many  holy 
books  testify  his  conduct  and  his  holy  life,  and  also  the  Historia 

d 


1  PKEFACE   TO    VOLUME   II. 

Anglorum,  which  king  JElfred  turned  from  Latin  into  English. 
This  book  speaks  manifestly  enough  of  this  holy  man.  We 
will  now  briefly  relate  to  you  something  concerning  him, 
because  the  aforesaid  book  is  not  known  to  you  all,  although  it 
is  turned  into  English.'  Elsewhere  (Horn.  ii.  359)  he  says  of 
pope  Gregory's  book  of  Dialogues,  that  it  'is  turned  into  English.' 

§  6.  -^Elfric's  Alliteration. 

It  is  remarkable  how  large  a  quantity  of  ^Elfric's  work 
is  in  an  alliterative  verse,  of  a  kind  which  he  seems  to  have 
constructed  according  to  rules  of  his  own.  Except  in  the 
present  edition,  this  fact  has  been  but  little  noticed  by  the 
editors,  who  do  not  seem  to  have  been  sufficiently  aware  of  the 
fact.  Even  in  his  Homilies,  as  printed  by  Thorpe,  there 
are  several  that  are  alliterative  to  a  large  extent.  I  can 
find  no  clear  examples  in  the  first  set  of  Homilies ;  Dietrich 
refers  to  pp.  330,  356,  506,  but  it  is  difficult  to  see  in  any  of 
these  examples  even  three  or  four  consecutive  lines  of  an  allitera- 
tive character.  But  in  the  second  set  of  Homilies  there  are 
at  least  six  Homilies  that  are  alliterative  throughout  a  great 
part  of  the  narrative.  These  are  :  The  Deposition  of  St.  Cuth- 
berht  (pp.  138-154)  ;  Midlent  Sunday,  second  part  (212-224)  ; 
De  Passione  Domini  (240-262)  ;  Saints  Alexander,  Eventius, 
and  Theodulus  (308-312)  ;  On  the  Greater  Litany  (314-332); 
and  St.  Martin  (498-518).  The  following  extract  from  the 
last  of  these  (p.  502)  will  illustrate  this  statement,  and  may 
profitably  be  compared  with  the  Life  of  St.  Martin  in  the 
present  volume,  pp.  228,  230,  lines  151-160: — 

'  pa  ©a  he  com  to  munton,       pa  gemetton  Ijine  sceatfan, 
and  heora  an  hine  sloh      mid  aexe  on  his  heafod. 
He  wear®  pa  gebundon      and  heora  anum  betaeht. 
Da  befran  se  sceaSa      }>e  hine  on-sundron  heold, 
hwaet  he  manna  waere,       oSfte  waere  ofdraed  ? 
Martinus  him  to  cwseS       past  he  cristen  waere, 
and  on  eallum  his  life      nsefre  swa  orsorh.' 

From  which  it  appears  that,  in  the  later  version,  seven  lines 
have  been  expanded  into  ten. 


-ELFRIC'S    ALLITERATION.  H 

There  are  many  alliterative  passages  in  his  translation  of  the 
Pentateuch,  though  the  lines  are  not  always  consecutive, 
but  are  used  by  way  of  embellishment ;  see,  for  example, 
Genesis,  xiv.  12-16,  xvi.  10-12,  xx.  1-4,  7-14,  xxi.  7-1 1,  14-21  ; 
xxii.  3-5,  7-19  ;  Numbers,  xiii-xxxi.  So  also  Joshua,  ii.  1-6, 
and  several  other  passages.  The  Book  of  Judges  is  really  an 
alliterative  Homily,  as  has  been  already  noted  ;  and  other 
examples  have  been  given  above. 

It  is  easily  seen  that  ^Elfric's  alliterative  lines  are  rather 
loosely  constructed,  and  that  the  alliteration  is  by  no  means 
regular.  The  usual  number  of  strong  accents  in  a  line  is  four  ; 
but  there  are  many  lines  in  which  there  are  five  or  six. 
The  alliteration  often  falls  on  the  wrong  syllable,  and  sometimes 
it  is  difficult  to  find  any  at  all.  Sometimes  a  piece  contains 
a  large  number  of  alliterative  lines,  joined  together  by  passages 
that  are  really  prose.  In  such  cases,  I  have  divided  the  matter 
into  lines  as  well  as  I  could,  usually  following  the  guidance 
of  the  points  introduced  into  the  MS.  itself ;  these  usually  occur 
at  the  end  of  what  is  meant  to  be  a  line,  and  frequently  also  at 
the  pause  in  the  middle.  If  any  reader  thinks  that  in  many 
places  I  have  adopted  a  wrong  division,  I  should  not  be  dis- 
posed to  dispute  the  point.  I  would  only  urge,  in  defence, 
that  it  is  a  great  convenience  to  have  the  lines  numbered  as  if 
they  were  verses ;  and  further,  that  in  a  considerable  number 
of  instances  the  lines  are  fairly  good  ones.  There  is  usually 
a  certain  cadence  in  them  that  satisfies  the  ear.  It  is  sufficient 
to  note  here  a  few  characteristic  lines  : — 

1.  The  first  and  third  accented  syllables  are  alliterated: — 

and  an  scinende  culfre  .  scset  of  J>am  fyre ;  iii.  73. 

2.  The  first  and  fourth  accented  syllables  are  alliterated  : — 

gebugan  to  drihtne  .  mid  geleafan  on&ryrde  ;  iii.  58. 

3.  The  second  and  third  accented  syllables  are  alliterated  : — 

and  genam  J>aet  Msel  .  Je  se  ft&lend  gebletsode ;  iii.  121. 

4.  The  second  and  fourth  accented  syllables  are  alliterated  : — 

]>a  wearS  se  frisceop  .  mycclum  a&licgod ;  iii.  120. 

d  % 


Ill  PREFACE    TO    VOLUME    II. 

5.  The  first,  second,  and  third  accented  syllables  are  alliter- 
ated : — 

ssede  be  him  sylfum  .  on  sumne  timan  ;   iii.  202. 

6.  Or  the  second,  third,  and  fourth : — 

ac  ic  hrymde  sona  .  mid  sarlicre  stsemne  ;   ii.   188. 

7.  Or  all  four  accented  syllables  : — 

on  wgestene  wmnigende  .  fela  wundra  z^yrcende  ;   iii.  494. 

8.  Or  none  of  them  : — 

and  hi  begon  gesmyrode  .  mid  gehalgudum  ele ;   iii.  79. 

In  many  cases  the  alliteration  is  only  discoverable  by  reading 

the  line  a  second  time.     In  the  following  example  two  lines 

are  taken  together,  and  the  h  and  s  in  the  former  answer  to  the 

s  and  h  in  the  latter  : — 

9.   Ealle  J:sere  h&Venra,  godas  .  s^ndon  deofla 

and  dryhten  soolice  /teofenas  geworhte  ;   ii.  39. 

Great  licence  is  taken  when  proper  names  have  to  be  introduced.; 
thus  there  are  two  consecutive  lines  in  ii.  41,  42,  without  allitera- 
tion (except  that  w  occurs  in  both),  because  the  names  Protus 
and  Iacinctus  have  to  be  mentioned ;  and  similar  liberties  are 
taken  when  Latin  quotations  are  inserted,  of  which  it  is 
desirable  that  the  translation  shall  be  literal.  In  some  cases 
an  initial  h  appears  to  alliterate  with  a  vowel. 

If  it  be  urged  that  iElfric's  lines  can  hardly  be  called  poetry, 
it  is  easy  to  reply  that  they  constitute  excellent  and  flowing 
prose.  The  very  fact  that  he  does  not  go  much  out  of  his  way 
to  drag  in  alliteration  renders  his  style  easy  and  pleasing.  '  The 
English  of  these  Homilies  is  splendid  ;  indeed,  we  may  con- 
fidently say  that  here  English  appears  fully  qualified  to  be  the 
medium  of  the  highest  learning1.'  In  this  connexion  we  may 
well  remember  iElfric's  own  words  as  to  the  object  of  his  labours: 
'non  garrula  verbositate,  aut  ignotis  sermonibus,  sed  puris 
et  apertis  verbis  linguae  huius  gentis,  cupientes  plus  prodesse 
auditoribus  simplici  locutione  quam  laudari  artificiosi  sermonis 

1  Earle,  A.  S.  Literature,  p.  222.  See  the  whole  of  ch.  x  (pp.  207-224). 
Cf.  Ten  Brink,  Early  Erig.  Literature,  bk.  i.  c.  9. 


-ELFRIC'S    CHARACTER.  lili 

compositione,    quam   nequaquam    didicit    nostra    simplicitas.' 
Horn.  ii.  i. 

For  further  remarks  on  iElfric's  alliteration,  see  Schipper, 
Altenglische  Metrik,  p.  60,  and  an  article  by  Holthaus  in 
Anglia,  vi.  part  2.  104. 

§  7.  JElfric's  Character. 

It  is  impossible  not  to  see  in  iElfric  a  man  of  humble,  honest, 
and  upright  heart ;  one  born  to  be  a  teacher,  who  simply 
strove,  with  unflagging  industry,  to  do  his  duty  in  instructing 
men  in  all  such  truth  as  he  believed  to  be  for  their  profit. 
Avoiding  heresies  and  superstitions,  he  sets  before  his  readers 
many  valuable  and  primary  truths,  in  so  far  as  the  learning  and 
spirit  of  his  time  enabled  him  to  do.  He  was  a  true  patriot  ; 
and  we  can  hardly  help  seeing  that,  in  describing  the  exploits 
of  Judith  and  Judas  Maccabeus  against  their  enemies,  his 
thoughts  sometimes  turned  towards  the  troubles  of  his  native 
land,  then  harassed  by  the  invasions  of  the  Danes.  His 
writings  were  usually  addressed  to  the  laity,  whom  he  advises 
and  encourages  with  careful  wisdom.  He  sets  before  them  the 
best  of  examples,  the  stories  of  martyrs,  and  saints,  and  heroes. 

Dietrich  concludes  his  excellent  and  learned  essay  with  just 
remarks  on  iElfric's  services  and  influence,  both  of  which  he 
estimates  very  highly,  ^lfric's  endeavour  to  be  popular  must 
have  been  successful,  and  his  teaching  must  have  been  much 
appreciated  ;  indeed,  his  Homilies  continued  to  be  copied  out 
long  after  the  Norman  Conquest.  '  Mehr  als  Beda  und  selbst 
als  Lanfranc  und  Anselm  glanzt  unter  den  Lehrern  seiner 
Nation,  die  ihr  sich  wirklich  ganz  hingaben,  sein  Name,  nur 
zu  vergleichen  mit  dem  Euhme  eines  Aldhelm  in  fruherer  und 
eines  Wickliff  in  spaterer,  reiferer  Zeit.' 

§  8.  Conclusion. 

In  bringing  to  a  conclusion  these  few  imperfect  notes  con- 
cerning a  great  and  important  writer,  I  feel  that  I  owe  the 


Hv  PREFACE   TO   VOLUME    II. 

members  of  the  Early  English  Text  Society  some  words  of 
explanation  for  the  prolonged  period  over  which  the  work 
has  been  extended,  as  it  is  now  seventeen  years  since  the  first 
Part  was  published  in  1881.  Much  delay  has  been  caused  by 
the  peculiar  nature  of  the  work.  Each  Homily  is  distinct  from 
the  other,  in  the  sense  that  it  is  founded  on  a  different  set  of 
MSS. ;  there  is  only  one — that  is  to  say,  that  taken  as  the  text — 
which  remains  the  same  throughout.  Hence  the  collation 
required  much  travelling  from  place  to  place,  and  it  was 
usually  necessary  to  treat  each  piece  separately.  Perhaps  I 
may  be  permitted  to  plead  that  I  have  had  much  other  literary 
work  in  hand  at  the  same  time,  including  two  Dictionaries,  two 
works  on  English  Etymology,  two  editions  of  Chaucer,  and  some 
other  books ;  whilst  the  Early  English  Text  Society  has  mean- 
while received  from  me  Part  IV  (sect,  ii)  of  the  Notes  to  Piers 
Plowman,  The  Wars  of  Alexander,  and  Part  IV  of  The  Bruce. 
But  the  chief  delay  arose  from  a  misfortune  which  caused  much 
discouragement  and  a  long  delay,  and  nearly  put  an  end  to  the 
work  altogether.  This  was  the  loss  of  a  considerable  part  of 
the  transcript  of  the  principal  MS.,  after  it  had  been  already 
prepared  for  press  ;  so  that  most  of  the  text  in  the  present 
volume  had  to  be  transcribed  all  over  again,  and,  in  default 
of  other  help,  I  made  the  transcript  of  sections  33-36  myself. 
I  derived  some  assistance  from  the  possession  of  a  transcript  of 
a  large  portion  of  the  work  made  by  my  late  friend,  Mr.  Oswald 
Cockayne,  which  was  partly  collated  with  other  MSS.  ;  but  it 
has  two  drawbacks.  The  first  is,  that  it  is  copied  out  in  the 
*  Anglo-Saxon'  characters  ;  and  the  second,  that  the  marks  of 
contraction  have  not  been  regarded.  Otherwise,  it  is  extremely 
correct ;  as  might  have  been  expected. 

I  have  now  only  to  acknowledge,  with  sincere  thanks,  the 
great  help  and  encouragement  I  have  received  from  many. 
Amongst  these  my  chief  thanks  are  due  to  Miss  Gunning,  of 
Cambridge,  and  the  late  Miss  Wilkinson,  for  the  preparation 
of  the  greater  part  of  the  English  translation  which  accom- 
panies the  old  text.     With  great  perseverance  and  care,  they 


CONCLUSION.  lv 

translated  nearly  the  whole  of  both  volumes ;  the  chief  excep- 
tions being  the  Lives  of  St.  Eugenia,  St.  Julian,  St.  Lucy,  and 
St.  Vincent,  and  the  Homily  on  the  Holy  Kood.  I  afterwards 
revised  the  whole  of  it  before  sending  it  to  press ;  but  the 
alterations  made  were,  on  the  whole,  inconsiderable. 

I  am  especially  indebted  to  Professor  Napier,  who  has  an 
unrivalled  knowledge  of  our  Anglo-Saxon  Homilies,  for  much 
valuable  advice  and  generous  assistance.  Also  to  the  editors 
who  have  previously  published  some  of  the  Lives  ;  viz.  to  the 
late  Rev.  C.  Hardwick,  editor  of  St.  George ;  to  my  late  friend 
Dr.  Morris,  who  edited  the  Homily  on  the  Holy  Cross  (with  an 
English  translation)  for  the  Early  English  Text  Society  in  1871  ; 
to  the  Rev.  Professor  Earle,  who  published  the  Gloucester  frag- 
ments of  the  Lives  of  St.  Swithhun  and  of  St.  Mary  of  Egypt ; 
and  to  Dr.  Sweet,  who  printed  the  Life  of  St.  Oswald  in  his 
well-known  and  most  helpful  Anglo-Saxon  Reader,  and  the 
Life  of  St.  Edmund  in  his  Anglo-Saxon  Primer.  The  Rev. 
W.  M.  Snell,  formerly  fellow  and  librarian  of  Corpus  Christi 
College,  Cambridge,  most  kindly  lent  me  his  carefully  pre- 
pared transcripts  of  the  copies  of  the  Homily  on  the  Maccabees 
preserved  in  the  famous  library  of  his  college.  My  thanks  are 
also  due,  for  facilities  afforded  me,  to  the  authorities  of  the  British 
Museum  ;  to  the  late  Mr.  S.  S.  Lewis,  and  his  successors  in  the 
office  of  librarian  to  Corpus  Christi  College,  Cambridge ;  to  Mr. 
E.  B.  Nicholson,  Bodley's  Librarian ;  to  Mr.  F.  J.  Jenkinson, 
of  the  Cambridge  University  Library ;  and  last,  but  most  of  all, 
to  his  predecessor,  the  late  Henry  Bradshaw,  for  many  years 
my  unfailing  teacher  and  guide.  Many  have  mourned  his  loss  ; 
few  more  than  I. 


Cambridge, 

March  5,  1898. 


I.     TABLES  OF  HOMILIES  IN  MS.  CAMB.  Go.  1.  33. 


This  MS.,  printed  by  Thorpe  in  the  'Homilies  of  the 
Anglo-Saxon  Church,'  consists  of  two  parts.  The  tables  on 
pp.  lviii-lx  show  all  the  copies  of  the  homilies  in  both  parts. 
The  column  of  '  stray  copies '  shows  the  copies  of  homilies 
which  could  not  easily  be  entered  in  the  tables. 

The  homilies  are  numbered  as  in  Wanley's  Catalogue. 
Thorpe's  numbering  is  different  ;  see  pp.  lviii  and  lxi. 

The  first  table  shows,  e.g.,  that  of  homily  V  in  MS.  Gg.  3. 
28  there  are  eight  other  copies  :  viz.  No.  IV.  in  MS.  Bodley 
NE.  F.  4.  10;  No.  V  in  MS.  C[orpus]  C[hristi]  C[ollege], 
Cambridge,  class-mark  S.  7  ;  and  so  on. 

The  MSS.  are  described  in  Wanley's  Catalogue  at  the  fol- 
lowing pages : — 


Camb.  Gg.  3.  28      . 

P-  153 

C.C.  C.S.  13  [421] 

p.  131 

Bodl.  NE.  F.  4.  11 

1 

C.C.C.S  17  [303] 

•     i33 

Bodl.  NE.  F.  4.  10 

9 

Camb.  Ii.  4.  6. 

160 

Bodl.  NE   F.  4.  12 

15 

Camb.  Ii.  i.  33 

162 

Junius  22 

3i 

Trin.  Coll.  Camb.   . 

.     166 

Junius  24 

40 

Bib.  Keg.  7.  C.  12   . 

.     174 

C.  C  C.  S.  5  [now  162]   . 

116 

Faust.  A.  9      . 

.     199 

C.  C.  C.S.  6  [now  178]    . 

120 

Vesp.  D.  14     . 

.     202 

C.  CCS.  7  [188J    . 

.     123 

Vitel.  D.  17     . 

.     206 

C.  C  C.  S.  8  [198]    . 

■     125 

Vitel.  C  5       . 

.     208 

C.  C  C.  S.  9  [302]    . 

128 

N.B. — It  is  possible  that  a  few  copies  may  have  been  missed, 
and  that  the  tables  are  not  quite  exhaustive. 


Ivill         I.     JELFRIC  S    HOMILIES,    BK.  I  ;     ED.  THORPE,  VOL.  I. 


3 

j 

d 

N 

10 

>o 

£ 

00 

d\ 

CO 

t^. 

4 

„• 

. 

1^. 

00 

M 

CO 

be 

^ 
W 

P* 

a 

s 

t-3 

c 

3 
1-9 

02 

d 
0 

02 

d 

0 

02 
O 
O 

02 
d 
d 

02 

d 
d 

02 

d 
d 

02 
d 
d 

1 

S 

3  5 

■so 

1= 

O 

fc 

fc 

fc 

6 

d 

O 

d 

d 

d 

d 

O 

S5 

I 

1 

5 

1 

1 

66 

! 

2 

33 

*9 

2 

6 

3 

2 

3 

2 

3 

2 

7 

20 

3 

4 

3 

4 

3 

8 

10 

4 

5 

4 

5 

4 

21 

5 

6 

5 

47 

I 

20 

5 

6 

7 

6 

2 

6 

6 

7 

8 

9 

20 

10 

7 

9 

1 

I 

8 

9 

10 

35 

3 

22 

8 

10 

9 

IO 

18 

26 

5 

15 

9 

18 

16 

5 

6 

10 

ii 

6 

17 

10 

56 

18 

6 

8 

11 

12 

10 

25 

12 

22 

9 

12 

12 

13 

14 

22 

4 

18 

13 

H 

28 

13 

14 

37 

14 

25 

1.3 

18 

14 

15 

28 

38 

14 

26 

15 

30 

15 

*9 

I 

15 

16 

29 

15 

35 

27 

16 

3i 

23 

4 

16 

17 

30 

3 

36 

17 

32 

29 

24 

5 

17 

18 

2 

39 

18 

30 

13 

43 

29 

9 

18 

19 

4 

12 

2 

4 

19 

32 

14 

36 

10 

r9 

20 

8 

46 

3 

20 

34 

15 

11 

20 

21 

10 

40 

20 

29 

43 

16 

49 

30 

12 

21 

22 

11 

4i 

21 

41 

30 

21 

44 

2 

5o 

32 

14 

22 

23 

12 

48 

42 

23 

45 

5i 

*9 

23 

24 

J5 

49 

45 

24 

54 

21 

23 

25 

16 

42 

27 

2 

25 

47 

18 

24 

26 

19 

43 

28 

3 

26 

5o 

!9 

25 

27 

20 

44 

29 

4 

27 

5i 

20 

26 

28 

21 

45 

30 

5 

28 

52 

21 

7 

27 

29 

24 

48 

29 

57 

28 

28 

30 

13 

6 

30 

62 

24 

23 

29 

31 

54 

3i 

7 

31 

30 

32 

14 

32 

8 

32 

59 

J3 

3i 

33 

9 

33 

25 

32 

34 

29 

5r 

5i 

36 

61 

33 

35 

73 

35 

12 

37 

65 

29 

34 

36 

30 

52 

52 

38 

62 

35 

37 

37 

55 

36 

13 

39 

30 

36 

38 

38 

56 

37 

14 

40 

3i 

39 

39 

15 

4i 

32 

32 

37 

40 

45 

29 

16 

42 

33 

38 

4f 

46 

17 

43 

34 

9 

39 

42 

40 

3i 

54 

44 

2 

40 

43 

41 

1 

32 

55 

45 

3 

4i 

Note.— Thorpe  reduces  the  number  of  pieces  in  MS.  Gg.  3.  28  (Part  I)  to 
40.  His  26  comprises  26  and  27  ;  his  36  comprises  37  and  38  ;  and  his  38 
comprises  40  and  41. 


I.  iELFRIC  S  HOMILIES,  BK.  I  ;  ED.  THORPE,  VOL.  I. 


3 
4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 

JO 

ii 

12 

13 
14 
15 
16 

17 
18 

19 

20 


22 
23 

24 

25 
26 

27 
28 

29 
30 
31 
32 

33 
34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 

41 
42 

43 


21 
25 
29 
30 


16 


l8 


31 


3° 


40 


23 


2 
3 
5 
6 
8 

9 
ro 
11 

12 
r3 
14 
17 
l8 

'9 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 

27 
28 
29 
37 
38 
39 
40 

4i 
42 
46 

49 
50 
51 
52 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 
59 
60 
61 


Remarks. 


A.  Otho  B.  10 ;  1 — Cleop.  B.  1353  (pp.  190,  201). 

B.  Lambeth  35  ;   1  {Wanley,  p.  266). 

C.  Jun.  99  ;  30  {Wanley,  p.  30). 

D.  Jun.  99;  31  {Wanley,  p.  30). 

E.  Jun.  99  ;  32  {Wanley,  p.  30). 


F.     Lambeth  35  ;  2  {Wanley,  p.  266). 


G.  See  also  Bodl.  NE.  F.  4.  11  ;  2. 
H.  Jun.  99  ;  27.  Lambeth  35  ;  5. 
I.     Jun.  23  ;  3  {Wanley,  p.  36).     See  also  Gg.  3. 

28  (2)  ;  55. 
K.     Lambeth  185  ;  9  {Wanley,  p.  267). 


L.     Otho  B.  10  ;  19  {Wanley,  p.  192). 


M.     Otho  A.  18  ;  1  {Wanley,  p.  234). 


N.     Lambeth  35 ;  3  {Wanley,  p.  266). 


0.     Jun.  121  (last  part)  ;  6  {Wanley,  p.  58). 
P.     Jun.  121  (last  part)  ;  7  {Wanley,  p.  59). 


*  Misprinted  30. 


lx         I.     JELFRIC'S    HOMILIES,    BK.    II  ;     ED.    THORPE,    VOL.    II. 


06 

S 

6 
4- 

<*3 

QQ 

•0 

5C 

3D 

t/2 

DO 

0" 

co 

S| 

< 

"S. 
0 

CO 

PH 

C 

0 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

| 

i 
0 

.  s 

•go 

CO 
r03 

p. 

09 

■© 

I 

C5 

£ 

fc 

fc 

Ha 

d 

d 

0 

d 

d 

03 

H 

fe 

k 

£ 

SQ 

I 

A 

2 

13 

3 

34 

21 

4 

74 

9 

8 

I 

5 

44 

15 

24 

12 

x5 

13 

2 

3 

7 

6 

17 

25 

14 

17 

15 

4 

5 

9 

7 
8 

19 

23 

19 

19 

9 

12 

B 

21 

24 

20 

7 

10 

13 

C 

9 

II 

22 

11 

24 

22 

D 

10 

12 

12 

11 

13 

13 

5 

20 

12 

13 

8 

14 

J7 

J4 

27 

25 

23 

11 

16 

2 

*9 

15 

12 

29 

24 

26 

12 

17 

22 

E 

16 

37 

28 

20 

26 

F 

17 

38 

21 

2 

27 

18 

39 

22 

3 

28 

19 

31 

23 

33 

11 

7 

20 

32 

24 

34 

12 

8 

21 

33 

25 

35 

24 
25 

G 

22 

34 

26 

36 

H 

23 

3 

7* 

27 

24 

5 

8 

39 

25 

6 

9 

40 

26 

7 

10 

27 

9 

28 

47 

28 

13 

43 

45 

52 

20 

I 

29 

14 

44 

46 

53 

2 

30 

17 

48 

15 

3i 

18 

57 

49 

32 

22 

1 

46 

55 

25 

K 

33 

23 

2 

47 

56 

26 

34 

25 

58 

53 

14 

5 

35 

26 

x4 

36 

27 

18 

49 

9 

58 

17 

37 

19 

!9 

38 

10 

29 

43 

39 

28 

4 

5o 

59 

K 

40 

28 

60 

4i 

23 

18 

42 

16 

15 

x9 

43 

16 

10 

44 

68 

45 

30 

69 
70/ 

46 

3i 

r9 

36 

21 

L 

47 

32 

20 

37 

43 

M 

48 

33 

59 

21 

40 

38 

N 

49 

34 

61 

22 

41 

39 

44 

0 

5o 

35 

62 

23 

42 

P 

5i 

36 

72 

24 

46 

Q 

*Jun.  23  begins  at  Horn.  23. 
A. — Jun.  99;  29. 
B.— Jim.  85  ;  5. 
C.-Vit.C.  5;  15. 
L\—  Jun.  53 ;  i- 


E.— Tib.  A.  3;  34. 

E. — See  Wardey,  p.  305. 

G.H.— Otho.  B.  10;  13  and  14. 

I.— Vit.  C.  5  ;  30. 

K.— Vit.  C.  5 ;  34  and  45- 


L.— C.  C  C.  S.  13 ;  3. 
M.-O.C.C.L.  12;  4. 
N.O  P.— C.  C.  C.  S.  13  ;  4-6. 
Q.— Lambeth  MS.  (Wankjt, 

p.  266) ;  6. 


II.     TABLE    OF    HOMILIES    IN    MS.    COTTON,    JULIUS  E.   7.         Ixi 

Note. — 55  pieces  in  MS.  Gg.  3.  28  (Part  II),  as  numbered 
in  Wanley's  Catalogue  (see  p.  lx),  answer  to  45  pieces  in 
Thorpe's  second  volume.  His  1 2  corresponds  to  Wanley's  1 2 
and  13  ;  his  18,  to  19  and  20  ;  his  28,  to  30  and  31  ;  his  36,  to 
39  and  40  ;  his  37,  to  41  and  42  ;  his  39,  to  44  and  45  ;  and  his 
45>  to  51,  52,  54,  55,  56.  He  omits  the  pieces  numbered  53 
and  57. 


II.    TABLE  OF  HOMILIES  IN  MS.  COTTON,  JULIUS  E.  7. 

The  following  table  (at  p.  lxii)  shows  at  a  glance  where  the 
various  copies  of  the  homilies  in  MS.  Julius  E.  7  may  be  found. 
Each  homily  is  numbered,  in  the  first  column,  as  in  the 
present  edition,  but  in  the  second  column  as  in  Wanley's 
Catalogue.  Thus  of  the  1 2  th  homily  (XIII  in  Wanley)  there  are 
three  other  copies,  viz.  one  in  MS.  C[orpus]  C[hristi]  Cfollege], 
Cambridge,  old  class-mark  S.  17,  new  class-mark  303,  the 
number  of  the  homily  being  LXVIII ;  another  is  homily  VII 
in  MS.  Ii.  4.  6  in  the  Cambridge  University  Library ;  and 
a  third  (as  shown  by  the  side-note  A)  is  homily  XVII  in  MS. 
C.  C.  C  S.  9.  The  column  of  '  stray  copies '  at  once  shows 
which  homilies  are  occasionally  found  quite  detached  from 
the  rest. 

The  connexion  between  the  old  and  new  class-marks  of  the 
Corpus  MSS.  is  as  follows :  S.  5  is  now  162  ;  S.  6  is  178  ;  S.  8 
is  198 ;  S.  9  is  302  ;  S.  14  is  419  ;  and  S.  17  is  303. 

These  MSS.  are  described  in  Wanley's  Catalogue  at  the  fol- 
lowing pages : — 


Julius  E.  7  .  p.  186 
Bodl.  NE.  F.  4.  12  15 
Jun.  23  .     36 


C.C.  C.  S.  8  p.  125 
C.  CCS.  17  .  i33 
Camb.  Ii.  4.  6.   .     160 


Camb.  Ii.  1.  33  p.  162 
Otho  B.  10.  .  190 
Vitel.  D.  17         .     206 


For  note  A  (p.  lxii)  see  Wanley,  p.  129 — B,  pp.  32,  116, 
200— C,  pp.  120,  128,  133,  42 — D,  p.  121 — E,  p.  190— F, 
pp.  117,  42,  98— G,  pp.  121,  43— H,  pp.  120,  42;  also  90,  132 
202,  267. 


lxii 


II.     JELFRIC  S    LIVES    OF  SAINTS. 


tC. 

Ek 

fO 

od 

"05 

c 
"3 

| 

7 

.2  ™ 

00 

3 

1 

1-9 
1 

/* 

d 

CO 

-^ 

1 
M 

t-i 

1 
0 

T 

1 

75 

2 

2 

3 

3 

4 

4 

5 

5 

55 

6 

6 

7 

7 

>> 

8 

8 

9 

9 

10 

10 

11 

21 

11 

12 

12 

13 

13 

14 

14 

J5 

15 

16 

54 

>? 

17 

54 

16 

18 

17 

19 

5 

18 

20 

3i 

19 

21 

» 

22 

18 

20 

23 

21 

24 

» 

25 

22 

26 

23 

27 

236 

28 

>> 

29 

>> 

3o 

24 

3i 

>> 

32 

25 

33 

60 

» 

34 

60 

>> 

35 

11 

61 

26 

36 

27 

37 

28 

38 

29 

39 

30 

40 

3i 

4i 

n 

32 

42 

30 

33 

43 

34 

44 

35 

45 

36 

46 

71 


o 
I 


17 


3i 


48 


34 

lift 

12 


3o 


Remarks. 


See  vol.  i.  p.  544. 


a.    So  misnumbered. 


Unique. 
A   A.  See  C.  C.  C.  S.  9  ;  17. 
B   B.  SeeJun.22;  11.  C.C.C.S. 
5  ;  6.     Faust.  A.  9  ;  18. 

b.  Misprinted  XV. 


C.  SeeC.  C.  C.  S.  6;  7.   S.9; 
4.  S.  14  ;  12.  Jun.  24  ;  22. 


c.     Cf.  horn.  18  (same  MS.). 

Gloucester  MS. 

Unique. 


Gloucester  MS. 


D.     See  C.  C.  C.  S.  6 ;  r3. 


E.     See  Calig.  A.  14  ;   1, 


Unique. 

F.  See  Calig.  A.  14  ;  2. 


47 

3o 

67 

G 

48 

66 

33 

H 

49 

29 

64 

I 

H.    SeeC.  C.  C.  S.  6;  17. 
23. 


Jun.  24; 


G.     See  C.  C.  C.  S.  5;    n. 

Jun.  24  ;  20.     Jun.  104. 
Lost  in  Jul.  E.  7. 

I.    See  C.  C.  C.  S.  6 ;  6.    Jun.  24  jar. 
AlsoWanley,  pp.  90,  132,  202,  267* 


<" 


ERRATA   IN   VOLUME   I. 

P.  26,  1.  34.     For  of  read  of. 

P.  62,  11.  207-258.     For  some  more  various  readings,  see  vol.  ii.  p.  xvii. 

P.  163,  footnote.     Read  See  lines  264,  348,  353. 

P.  165,  1.  275.     For  large-sized  read  small-sized. 

P.  194,  Horn.  VIII.  1.  1.     For  GEICGED  read  GECIGED. 

P.  218,  last  footnote.     For  4U.  menn.  read  5  U.  menn. 

P.  222,  1.  52.     For  saroniscan38  read  saroniscan  13. 

P.  232,  last  footnote.     For  3B.  read  13B. 

P.  243,  footnote.     For  gaderod  read  gcederod. 

P.  246,  note  2.     For  looks  like  ei,  read  looks  like  ie. 

P.  250,  1.  206.     For  martyru  read  martyrum. 

P.  252,  1.  242.     For  he x  read  we  ;  and  delete  the  footnote. 

P.  253,  1.  242.   Read  then  we  saw  the  light,  and  he  immediately  believed. 

P.  269,  note  to  1.  in.     Read  W.E.  un-ateorendlican  ;  &c. 

P.  282,  1.  5.     For  feohtend  read  feohtende. 

P.  294,  1.  157.     For  beho'da  read  bebo'da. 

P.  345,  note  to  1.  114.     Read  U.  ge-eaftmette. 

P.  368,  title  to  1.  67.     For  sancto  read  sancti. 

P.  381,  note  to  1.  247.     For  thrice  read  twice  ;  and  for  twice  read  thrice. 

P.  394,  1.  180.     For  cwse  read  cwse'S. 

P.  398,  1.  229.    For  ferdeswa  read  ferde  swa. 

P.  421,  1.  92.     For  meal  read  attendance  (cf.  vol.  ii.  p.  xlvii,  footnote). 

P.    34,  1.  29.     For  J)urh-wuna  read  )mrh-wunao\ 

P.  543.     Description  of  MS.  0. 1.  3.     For  XV  read  XIV. 

„  „  „        U.  1.  2.     Insert  XIV  after  X. 

P.  551, 1.  5.     For  XVII  read  XVIII. 


ERRATA  IN   VOLUME   II. 

P«  37>  1-  56r.     For  song  read  songs. 

P.  219,  1.  496.  'The  Kalends'  refers  to  Nov.  1  ;  but  the  usual  date 
is  Nov.  2. 

P.  268,  1.  792.     Tlie  second  word  is  hatte. 

P.  282,  1.  1030.    For  cnajan  read  cnapan. 

P.  296,  1.  1246.     For  onstod  read  on  stod. 

P.  389,  1.  192.  The  translation  of  hostige  by  ■  rough '  is  fairly  correct. 
It  is  clear  that  hostige  is  an  error  for  ostige,  i.e.  knotty,  rough.  See  ost, 
ostig  in  the  A.  S.  Dictionary. 


JSLFBIO'S    HOMILIES. 

THIRD   SERIES   (continued). 


iELFRIC'S  HOMILIES. 

(THIRD  SERIES.) 

[Cotton  MS.  Julius  E.  VII,  fol.  120,  back.  Partially  collated  with  G. 
(^Gloucester  fragments,  ed.  Earle)  and  0.  (  =  Otho  B.  10);  both  very 
imperfect.] 


B 


XXIII B. 

DE  TRANSITU  MARIAE  AEGYPTIACE. 

AS  Heeigendlicestan  gehwyefednysse  segper  ge  dseda  ge 

}?eawa .  and  ba  micclan  hreowsunga  .  and  swa  ellenlic  gewinn 

bsere  arwurSan  l  egyptiscan  marian  .  hu  heo  hyre  lifes  tida  on  bam 

4  westene  gefylde  .  of  grecisc  gebeode  on  lseden  gewende  .  paulus  se 

arwurSa  diacon  .  mncte  neapolis  bsere  cyrcan  . 

"TTTitodlice  hit  is  gersed  pcet  rapliahel  se  heah-engel  wsere  to  tobie 
sprecende  .  gefter  bsera  eagena  forlsetnysse  .  and  eft  sefter 
8  bsera  wulderfsestan  onlihtnysse  .  and  sefter  bam  forS-gewitendum 
frecednyssum  .  be  he  of  genered  wses  .  and  bus  .  cwceS  .  soolice  hit 
is  switSe  derigendlic  pcet  [man]  2  mancynnes  digle  geopenige  .  and 
eft  bgere  sawle   is  micel   genyt5rung  .  pcet  mon   ba  wuldorfsestan 

12  godes  weorc  bediglige  .  for  bam  bingum  ic  naenige  binga  ne  for-su- 
wige  ba  halgan  gersecednyssa  .  se  me  gecydde  pcet  ic  on  gefealle 
on  bone  genycSredan  cwyde  bses  slawan  beawas 3  .  se  bone  onfange- 
nan  talent  fram  his  hlaforde  butan  geweaxnysse  ahydde  on  eorSan  . 

16  ac  ne  sy  me  nan  man  to  tingeleafful  be  bam  bingum  writende  pe  ic 
gehyrde  .  and  ge-axode  on  bissa  wisan  .  ne  gewurSe  hit  pcet  ic  on 
bam  halgum  gerecednyssum  wsege  obbe  ic  pa  sprsece  forsuwige  : 

ITEM  RATIO  DE  EADEM. 
QTJM  wee  wms  on  anum  mynstee  on  palestina  o^eee  maegbe 
on  his  lifes  beawum  he  wses  swibe  gefrsetewod  .  se  wses  fram 
cild-hade  on  munuclicum  beawum  healice  getyd  .  and  gelsered  .  se 

1  Leaf  121.  2  man  seems  required  here.  3  Sic  ;  read  j>eowe8. 


iELFRIC'S  HOMILIES. 

(THIRD  SERIES.) 


XXIII  B. 

DEATH  OF  ST.  MARY  OF  EGYPT  (Apkil  2.) 

The  most  praiseworthy  conversion,  both  in  deeds  and  in  morals, 
and  the  great  repentance,  and  the  very  valiant  conflict  of  the  vener- 
able  Mary  of  Egypt,  and  how  she  fulfilled  her  life-time  in  the 
desert,  all  this  did  Paul,  the  venerable  deacon  of  the  church  of  holy  4 
Neapolis,  translate  from  the  Greek  language  into  Latin. 

Verily  it  is  read,  that  Raphael  the  archangel  was  speaking  to 
Tobit,  after  the  loss  of  his  eyes,  and  again  after  their  glorious  en- 
lightenment, and  after  the  past  dangers  from  which  he  was  de-  8 
livered,  thus  saying  :  {  Truly  it  is  very  harmful  that  the  secrets  of 
mankind  be  revealed  ;  and  again  it  is  a  great  disgrace  for  the  soul 
that  one  should  conceal  the  glorious  works  of  God  V 

For  these  reasons  I  will  in  no  wise  be  silent  concerning  the  holy  1 2 
records.  He  hath  made  known  to  me  that  I  may  fall  into  the  dis- 
graceful sentence  of  the  slothful  servant,  who  hid  the  talent  received 
from  his  Lord,  without  increase,  in  the  earth  ;  but  let  no  man  be  too 
unbelieving  in  me,  when  writing  about  those  things,  which  I  have  16 
heard  and  learnt  by  enquiry  in  this  wise  ;  may  it  never  be  that  I 
should  falsify  the  holy  narratives  or  keep  silence  from  speech. 

ACCOUNT  OF  THE  ABOVE-NAMED  SAINT. 
There  was  a  certain  man  in  a  minster  in  the  country  of  Palestine  ; 
he  was  greatly  graced  by  his  conduct  in  life,  and  was  from  child-  20 
hood  highly  instructed  and  learned  in  monastic  customs,  and  was 

1  [Tobit,  xii.  6.] 

1-2 


4  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MA11IAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

W3BS  gehaten  Zosimus  ;  Des  witodlice  swa  ic  aar  cwasS  .  on  anum 
palestina  mynstre  fram  frymf>e  drohtnode  .  and  he  wses  on  for-has- 

24  fednysse  weorcura  se  afandedesta  geworden  on  eallum  J?am  mun- 
uclicum  regolum  ;  And  lie  ealle  fses  regoles  bebodu  .  and  fulfremed- 
nysse  pses  munuclican  j?eowtscypes  untallice  gelieold  .  and  he  eac 
swilce  wisan  him  f>a?r  sylf  to-eacan  geihte  .  for-)?an  pe  he  gewilnode 

28  his  flsesc  f>am  gaste  under-f>eodan ;  Swa  sotSlice  he  wees  fulfremod 
on  eallum  nmnuclicuwi  !  feawum  .  pcet  wel  oft  munecas  of  feorrum 
stowum  .  and  of  mynstrum  to  him  comon  .  pcet  hi  to  his  bysne  . 
and  to  his  larum  .  hi  gewri(Son  .  and  to  J>eere  onhyringe  his  for- 

32  haefednysse  hi  under-tSeoddon  ;  Das  wisan  he  ealle  on  him  haebbende 
wees  .  and  he  nsefre  fiam  J>am  smeagungum  haligra  gewrita  his  mod 
awenda  (sic) ;  And  ealle  J?a  godnyssa  pe  he  bebreac  .  he  wses  gast 
brucende  .  and  an  weorc  he  hasfde  tinforswigod  .  and  naefre  ge- 

36  teorod .  pcet  wass  sealm-sang  meersung .  and  haligra  gewrita  smeagung ; 
Wel  oft  eac  swilce  J?a3s  (Se  hi  rehton  .  Ipcet  he  wsere  gefremed  wyrtSe 
beon  J?9ere  godcundan  onlihtnysse  f>urh  seteowednyss  fram  gode 
pddve  gastlican  gesihfe  .  swa  Ipcet  nan  wundor  [is]2  ne  eac  unge- 

40  lyfedlic  jrincg  .  be  tSsewr  pe  drihten  sylf  cweeS ;  Eadige  beotS  f>a 
clsen-heortan  .  for  (San  pe  hi  god  geseotS ;  Swa  miccle  ma  J>a  ge- 
sceawiatS  f>a  opennysse  J>sere  godcundan  onlihtnysse  pe  heora  licha- 
man  symle  geclsensiatS  mid  syfrum  J?eawum  .  and  mid  J^urhwaec- 

44  cendlican  mode  for(S  heonon  to  under3  f>a  toweardan  mede  on  J>eere 
ecan  eadignysse  witodlice  swa  he  sylf  ssede  Zosimus  .  Ipcet  he  sylf 
wsere  fram  Jrnm  modorlicum  beortSruw  on  Ipcet  mynster  befaast .  and 
of)  pcet  f>reo  and  fiftigtSe  gear  he  wses  f»a?r  on  f»am  regole  drohtni- 

48  gende .  and  sefter  Jrysum  he  wses  gecnyssed  fram  sumum  gef>ancum  . 
swa  swa  he  wsere  on  eallum  Jringum  fulfremed  .  and  he  nanre 
maran  lare  bysene  ne  be-J?orfte  on  his  mode  ;  and  he  wses  J>us 
sprecende  .  hwaatSer  senig  munuc  on  eor(San  sy  .  pcet  me  mage  aht 

52  niwes  getsecan  .  otStSe  me  on  senigum  J^ingum  gefultumian  .  f>8es 
pe  ic  sylf  nyte  .  o(S(Se  pcet  ic  on  f»am  munuc-licum  weorcum  sylf  ne 
gefylde  .  of>f>e  hwe(Ser  aenig  J^sera  sy  .  pe  westen  lufia(S  .  pe  me 
on  his  dasdum  beforan  sy;  Das  and  f>ysum  gelicum  him  fencendum  . 

56  him  set-stod  sum  engel  .  and  him  to  cwecS  .  Eala  J>u  Zosimus  . 
1  Leaf  121,  back.  2  is  seems  required.  3  Sic;  read  under-fonne. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MA11Y    OF    EGYPT.  5 

named  Zosimus.      This  man  verily,  as  I  said  before,  lived  from  the 
beginning  in  a  minster  in  Palestine,  and  he  had  become  the  most 
approved  in  works  of  self-denial,  and  in  all  the  monastic  rules.  24 
And  he  blamelessly  observed  all  the  directions  of  the  rule,  and  the 
perfection   of  the   monastic   service,  and   added   similar  practices 
for  himself  thereto,  because  he  desired  to  subject  his  flesh  to  the 
spirit.     So  truly  was  he  perfected  in  all  monastic  customs,  that  28 
very  often  monks  came   to   him  from    distant    places,  and  from 
[other]  minsters,  that  they  might  bind  themselves  to  his  example 
and  to  his  lore,  and  subject  themselves  to  the  imitation  of  his  self- 
denial.     He  kept  all  these  customs  in  himself,  and  he  never  turned  32 
away  his  mind  from  the  meditation  of  the  Holy  Scriptures.     And 
all  the  goodnesses  which  he  practised,  he  practised  in  the  spirit, 
and  one  work  he  kept  unceasingly  and  never  tired  of ;  that  was 
psalm-singing,  praise,  and  meditation  on  Holy  Scripture.     Very  36 
often  also,  according  to  what  they  said,  he  was  made  to  be  worthy 
of  the  divine  illumination  through  a  revelation  from  God  of  the 
heavenly  vision,  so  that  [it  is]  neither  a  wonder,  nor  eke  an  in- 
credible   thing,  concerning  those  whom    the    Lord    Himself  said,  40 
1  Blessed  are  the  pure  in  heart,  because  they  shall  see  God.'     So 
much  the  more  shall  those  behold  the  openness  of  the  divine  en- 
lightenment, who  ever  cleanse  their  bodies  by  sober  habits,  and  by 
a  mind  ever  awake  to  receive  hereafter  the  future  meed  in  the  44 
eternal  blessedness ;   even  as  Zosimus  himself  said,  that  he  himself 
had  been  committed  to  the  minster  from  his  mother's  womb ;  and 
until  his  three  and  fiftieth  year  he  was  dwelling  there  under  the 
rule,  and  after  this  he  was  assaulted  by  certain  thoughts,  as  if  [sup-  48 
posing  that]  he  were  perfected  in  all  things,  and  needed  not  in  his 
mind  the  example  of  any  more  teaching  ;  and  he  was  thus  speaking 
— '  whether  there  can  be  any  monk  on  earth  who  can  teach  me 
anything  new,  or  advance  me  in  any  thing  of  which  I  myself  know  52 
nothing,  or  that  I  have  not  myself  fulfilled  in  monastic  works;  or 
whether  there  be  any  of  those  who  love  the  desert,  who  can  be 
before  me  in  his  deeds." 

Thinking  these  [things],  and  others  like  to  these  within  himself,  56 
there  stood  before  him  an  angel  and  said  to  him,  '  Oh,  thou  Zosi- 


6  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

swi<5e  licwyrSlice  f>u  gefyldest  .  swa  f>eah-hwae(5ere  .  nis  nan  man 
pe  liine  fulfremedne  seteowe  ;  *  Miccle  mare  is  pcet  gewinn  pcet  pe 
toweard  is  .  J>onne  petit  fortS-gewitene  )?eah  p\x  hit  nyte  .  ac  pcet  J>u 

60  msege  ongytan  .  and  oncnawan  hu  miccle  syncl  of»re  hselo  wegas  ; 
Far  ut  of  f>inum  earde  .  and  cum  to  Jmm  mynstre  pcet  neali  iordane 
is  geset ;  He  pa  sona  witodlice  of  Jmm  mynstre  for  .  p e  he  fram 
his  cild-hade  on  drohtnode  .  and  to  iordane  becom  ealra  wsetera 

64  J>am  halgestan ;  He  eode  J>a  innon  f>am  mynstre  pe  him  se  engel 
bebead  .  J>a  ongan  he  asrest  sprecan  to  J>am  munece  pe  pees  mynstres 
geat  bewiste  .  and  he  hine  J>am  abbude  gecydde  .  and  him  to 
gelsedde ;  Da  sefter  j?am  onfangenum  gebede  .  swa  hit  mid  mune- 

68  cum  J>eaw  is  .  he  him  to  .  cwcecS  .  Hwsenne  come  pu  hider  brotSor  . 
oJ>J>e  for  hwilcum  fingum  ge(5eoddest  pu  pe  to  swa  eadmodum 
munecum ;  Zosimus  him  andwyrde ;  Nis  me  nan  neod  feeder  pe  to 
secgenne  hwanon  ic  come  .  ac  ic  for  lare  intingan  eow  her  gesohte  . 

72  forJ>on  ic  her  fela  gastlica  (sic)  J>eawa  on  eow  geaxode  .  and2  }?a 
synd  beforan  gesegnes-se  gode  licwurfte ;  Se  abbod  him  to  cwcecS  . 
god  se  pe  ana  gehealt  .  and  gehseleS  .  swa  fela  mettrum-nyssa  .  he 
pe  and  us  on  his  godcundum  bebodum  gestrangige  .  and  us  gerecce 

76  pa  weorc  to  begangenne  pe  him  licige ;  Ne  maeg  senig  mann  oferne 
getimbrian  buton  he  hine  sylfne  gelomlice  behealde  .  and  he  mid 
syfrum  andgyte  poet  beo  sylf  wyrcende  .  god  to  gewitan  hsebbende  , 
ac  swa  ^eah-hwseSere  forf>an  pe  pu  cwsede  pcet  pe  cristes  sdcSe  lufu 

80  hyder  us  gelsedde  .  eadmodne  munuc  us  to  gesecenne ;  Ac  wuna 
her  mid  us  gif  f>u  fortSy  come  .  and  us  ealle  se  goda  hyrde  setgsed- 
ere  fede  mid  J>sere  gife  pses  halgan  gastes ;  Dysum  f>us  gecwede- 
num 3  wordum  fram  f>am  abbode  .  Zosimus  his  cneowa  gebigde  . 

84  and  onfangenum  gebede  on  J>am  mynstre  wunode  .  pser  he  geseah 
witodlice  ealle  witon  on  peawum  and  on  daeduin  scinende  .  and  on 
gaste  weallende  .  and  drihtne  J>eo4wigende  .  J?aer  wees  unablinnend- 
lic  stajtolfaestnys  godes  herunge  aeghwylcne  da3g  .  and  eac  nihtes  ; 

88  And  J>a?r  nsefre  unnytte  sprsece  nseron  .  ne  gef>anc  goldes 5  and 
seolfres  .  off>e  opra  gestreona  .  ne  furSon  se  nama  mid  him  nses 


1  Leaf  122.  2  Here  beforan  is  inserted  {needlessly).  3  gecwed- 

enem,  alt.  to  gecwedenvm  (=gecwedenum),  *  Leaf  122,  back. 

5  Here  o$S  (sic)  follows  (not  wanted). 


XXIII B.      ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  7 

mus !    very  well-pleasingly  hast  thou  done  ;  nevertheless  there  is 
no  man  that  showeth  himself  perfect.     Much  greater  is  the  conflict 
which  is  before  thee  than  that  which  is  passed,  though  thou  know  60 
it  not ;  but  that  thou  mayest  perceive  and  understand  how  great 
are  other  ways  of  salvation,  go  out  of  thy  native  country  and  come 
to  the  minster  that  is  placed  near  Jordan.'     Then,  verily,  he  de- 
parted immediately  from  that  minster  wherein  he  had  lived  from  64 
his  childhood,  and  came  to  Jordan,  the  holiest  of  all  waters ;  he 
went  then  within  the  minster  to  which  the  angel  had  directed  him. 
Then  began  he  first  to  speak  to  the  monk  who  kept  the  minster- 
gate,  and   he  made   him  known  to  the  abbot,  and  brought  him  68 
to  him. 

Then  after  the  performance  of  prayer,  as   is  the  custom  with 
monks,  he  said  to  him,  '  When  earnest  thou  hither,  brother,  or  for 
what  reason  hast  thou  joined  thyself  to   such  humble    monks  V  72 
Zosimus  answered  him,  'There  is  no  need  for  me,  father,  to  tell 
thee  whence  I  come;   but  I  have  sought  you  here  for  the  sake 
of  learning,  because  I  have  heard  of   many  spiritual  habits  here 
amongst  you,  such   as   are  well-pleasing   to  God  beyond  expres-  76 
sion.'      The    abbot    said   to    him,    '  God,    who    alone   preserveth 
and    healeth   so   many   infirmities,    strengthen    thee   and   us   in 
His   divine    commands,  and    direct   us   to   perform   those   works 
which  please  Him.    No  man  may  edify  another  unless  he  frequently  80 
look  to  himself,  and  unless  he  be  himself  working  with  sober  mind, 
having  God  for  a  witness.     Nevertheless,  because  thou  hast  said 
that  Christ's  true  love  brought  thee  hither  to  us,  to  seek  us  as  a 
humble  monk  ;    now  dwell  here  with  us  if  thou  earnest  for  that  84 
purpose,  and  may  the  Good  Shepherd  feed  us  all  together  with  the 
grace  of  the  Holy  Ghost/    At  these  words  thus  spoken  by  the  abbot, 
Zosimus  bowed  his  knees  ;  and,  after  the  performance  of  prayer, 
dwelt  in  the  monster,  where  he  saw  verily  all  the  elders  shining  in  88 
manners  and  deeds,  fervent  in  spirit,  and  serving  the  Lord  ;  where 
was  unceasing  steadfastness  in  God's  praise  every  day,  and  also 
by  night. 

And  there  were  never  useless  speeches  there,  nor  thought  of  gold  92 
and  silver,  or  of  other  treasures ;  nor  even  was  the  name  [of  them] 


8  XXIII B.       DE   TRANSITU    MARIAE   AEGYPTIACE. 

oncnawen  .  ac  ]>cet  &n  waes  swiSost  fram  heom  eallum  geefst  .  \>cet 
lieora  aelc  waere  on  lichaman  dead  .  and  on  gaste  libbende  ;  Mid  J>am 

92  softlice  hi  haafdon  ungeteorodne1  \oet  waeron  f>a  godcundan  gespraecu  . 
heora  lichaman  witodlice  mid  ]^am  nyd-f>earfnyssum  anuni  feddon  . 
])cet  waes  mid  hlafe  .  and  mid  waetere  .  to  J?am  \>cet  hi  Ipe  scear- 
pran  on  J^aere  socSan  godes  lufu  hi  aeteowdon  ]ms  weorc ; 2  Zosimus 

96  behealdende  hine  sylfne  geornlice  to  fulfremednysse  a)?ened[e] 
gemang  ]?ara  emn-wyrlitum  .  Ipe  Ipone  godcundan  neorxne-wang 
butan  ablinnendnysse  geedniwodon  .  Jm  aefter  j^ysum  genealaehte 
seo  tid  J>aes  halgan  lencten-faestenes  p>e  eallum  cristenum  mannum 

100  geset  is  to  maersigenne  .  and  hi  sylfe  to  claensunga  for  wurSunga 
J>aere  godcundan  f>rowunga  .  and  his  aeristes ;  Daet  geat  soSlice  J>aes 
mynstres  naefre  geopenod  waes  .  ac  symle  hit  waes  belocen  .  and  hi 
swa  butan  aeghwilcre  gedrefednysse  heora  ryne  3  gefyldon  .  ne  hit 

104  naefre  uses  to  geopenigenne  buton  wenunga  hwilc  munuc  for  hwilc- 
ere  nyd]?earfe 4  ut  fore  ;  Seo  stow  waes  swa  westen  and  swa  digle  . 
Ipcet  naes  na  Ipcet  an  .  \>cet  heo  wses  ungewunelic  .  ac  eac  swilce  uncutS 
J?am  land-leodum  him  sylfum  .  on  J?as  wisan  waes  se  regol  fram 

108  ealdum  tidum  gehealden  .  and  fram  ]?ysum  weorcum  is  to  gelyfanne  . 
}pcet  god  Zosimus  on  pcet  mynster  gelaedde ;  Nu  ic  wille  aefter  J>ysum 
areccan  hu  J>aes  mynstres  gesetnysse  healdende  waes  on  ]?am  drih- 
tenlican  daege  f>aere  forman  faesten-wucan  Ipe  we  nemniatS  halgan 

112  daeg  J>aer  waeron  gewunelice  gedone  J?a  godcundan  gerynu  .  and 
J>onne  gemaensumedon  heo  p>aes  libbendan  .  and  J?aes  unbesmitenan 
licha5man  ures  drihtnes  haelendes  cristes  .  and  J>onne  aefter  Tpam 
aetgaedere  hwon  gereordende  sy))f>an  .  waeron  ealle  on  Ipcet  gebaed-hus 

116  gegaderode  .  mid  gebigedum  cneowum  .  and  eadmodum  gebede 
heora  aelc  of>erne  grette  .  and  heora  abbudes  eadmodlice  bletsunga 
baedon  .  \>a>t  hi  on  J>am  godcundan  gewinne  J>e  faestlicor  gestrang- 
ode   waeron ;    Dysum  J?us  gefylledum  J?aes  mynstres  geatu  waeron 

i2ogeopenode  .  and  hi  J>one6  f>isue  sealm-sang  sungon  togaedere; 
Dominus  illuminatio  mea  et  salus  mea  quern  timebo  ;  And  swa 
set-gaedere  tit  foron  .  aenne  otStSe  twegen  on  fam  mynstre  hi  for- 
leton  .  naes  na  to  )mm  .  Ipcet  hi7  £>a  begytanan  gestreon  heoldon ; 

1  Supply  Jjeaw  ?  2  I  think  this  stop  should  precede  J)as  weorc. 

3  rine,  alt.  to  ryne.     i  MS.  nydfeafe.     5  Leaf  123.     6  Read  J)onne.      7  MS.  he. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MAIIY    OF    EGYPT.  9 

recognised  amongst  them;  but  this  alone  was  most  earnestly  striven 
for  by  them  all,  that  each  of  them  should  be  dead  in  body  and 
living  in  spirit.  96 

At  the  same  time  they  had  verily  an  unfailing  [custom],  that  is 
to  say,  divine  conversations.  Their  bodies  indeed  they  fed  with 
mere  necessaries  alone,  viz.  with  bread  and  water,  to  the  end  that 
they  might  show  themselves  the  keener  in  the  true  love  of  God.  100 
Zosimus  beholding  these  works  applied  himself  zealously  to  perfec- 
tion among  his  fellow-workers,  who  renewed  without  ceasing  the 
divine  Paradise. 

Then  after  this  approached  the  time  of  the  holy  Lenten  fast  104 
which  is  appointed  for  all  Christian  men   to  celebrate,  and  for 
cleansing  themselves  for  the  worship  of  the  divine  Passion,  and  His 
resurrection.     Now  the  gate  of  the  minster  was  never  opened,  but 
it  was  always  locked,  and  they  thus  fulfilled  their  course  without  108 
any  distraction  ;  neither  was  it  ever  to  be  opened,  unless  by  chance 
any  monk  went  out  for  any  necessity.     The  place  was  so  desert 
(lonely)  and   so  secret,  that  it  was  not  only  that   it  was  unfre- 
quented, but  even  unknown   to   the  people  of  the  country  them-  112 
selves  ;    in  this  wise  the  rule  was  kept  from  old  times,  and  on 
account  of  these  works  it  is  to  be  believed  that  God  led  Zosimus  to 
the  minster.     Now  after  this,  I  will  relate  how  the  ordinance  of 
the  minster  was  being  kept.    On  the  Lord's  clay  of  the  first  fasting-  116 
week,  which  we  name  Holy  Day,  the  Divine  Mysteries  were  cus- 
tomarily celebrated  there,  and  then  they  received  the  communion 
of  the  living  and  undefiled  body  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ ;  and 
then  after  that,  after  breaking  their  fast  together  in  some  degree,  1 20 
they  were  all  gathered  in  the  house  of  prayer  with  bended  knees 
and  humble  prayer,  and  greeted  each  other,  and  humbly  besought 
their  abbot's  blessing,  that  they  might  be  the  more  surely  strength- 
ened for  the  divine  conflict.     These  things  being  thus  fulfilled,  the  124 
gates  of  the  minster  were  opened,  and  they  then  sung  together  this 
canticle,  [Ps.  .27],  '  Dominus  illuminatio  mea  et  salus  mea;  quern 
timebo.'    And  thus  they  went  out  together;  one  or  two  they  left  in 
the  minster,  [but]  it  was  not  to  the  end  that  they  should  keep  safe  128 
the  acquired  treasures — there  was  no  such  thing  there — but  that 


10  XXIII B.      DE    TRANSITU    MARIAE   AEGYPTIACE. 

124  Nses  fser  swilces  nan  J>incg  .  ac  pcet  hi  pcet  gebed-hus  butan  J?am 
godcundan  symbelnyssum  ne  forleton  .  and  heora  aeghwilc  hine 
sylfne  metsode  swa  swa  he  mihte  olplpe  wolde .  sum  him  mid  bser  Ipsds 
lichaman   genihtsumnysse  .  sum   J?sera  palm-treowa  seppla  .  sum 

128  beana  mid  wsetere  ofgotene  .  sum  nan  J>incg  buton  J^one  lichaman 
semie  .  and  f>one  gegyrlan  .  ac  hi  wseron  gefedde  mid  Ip&s  gecyndes 
neadpearfnysse  absede  .  pcet  wees  mid  f»am  wyrtum  p e  on  f»am 
westene  weoxon  .  and  hine  Ipser  seghwylc  sylfne  on  forhaefednysse 

132  band  swa  him  sylfum  ge)?uhte  .  swa  pcet  heora  nan  nyste  ofres 
wisan  olplpe  daeda  ;  Donne  hi  haefdon  iordane  fa  ea  oferfaren  Jponne 
asyndrede  hine  aeghwilcne  feor  fram  ofrum  .  and  heora  nan  hine 
eft  to  his  geferum  ne  gef>eodde  .  ac  gif  heora  hwilc  oj^erne  feorran 

1 36  geseah  wi<5  his  weard  .  he  sona  of  fam  siSfaete  beah  .  and  on 
ofre  healfe  wende  .  and  mit  him  sylfum  leofode  .  and  wunode  on 
singalum  gebedum  .  and  faestenum ;  On  J>as  wisan  witodlice  Ipcet 
faesten  gefyllende  .  hi  eft  to  J?am  mynstre  cyrdon  .  aerSan  drihten- 

140  lican  aeristes  daege  .  faet  waes  on  f>am  symbel -daege  .  J>e  we  palm- 
daeg  gewunelice  nemnacS  .  aeghwilc  on  his  agenum  ingehyde  mid 
him  sylfum  habbende  waes  .  his  agenes  geswinces  gewitfnysse 
hwaet  he  wyrcende  waes  .  and  hwilcra  geswinca  saede  sawende  . 

144  and  heora  nan  oj^erne  ne  axode  on  hwilce  wisan  he  )?aes  geswinces 
gewin  gefylde ;  Dis  waes  witodlice  f>aes  mynstres  regol  .  and  J>us 
fulfremodlice  waes  gehealden  aeghwilc  swa  ic  aer  cwceS  .  pcet  hine 
sylfne  on  pcet  westen  to  gode  gefteodde  .  and  mid  him  sylfum 

148  wunnon  pcet  hi  mannum  ne  licodon  buton  gode  sylfum  ;  Da  witod- 
lice Zosimus  mid  J?sere  gewunelican  .  a?  .  J?ses  mynstres  Iordane 
pcet  waeter  ofer-for  .  lytles  hwega  for  J?ses  lichaman  ned-behaefed- 
nyssum2  mid  him  haebbende  .  and  on  faes  regoles  maersunge  geond 

152  Ipcet  westen  for  .  and  on  paere  tide  fses  gereordes .  and  pses  gecyndes 
nydj>earfnysse  brucende  .  on  niht  on  eorj?an  sittende  .  and  hwon 
restende  .  and  sl£p  swa  hwoer  swa  hine  seo  cefen-repsung  gemette ; 
And  eft  on  seme  mergen  forgangende  swa  he  waes  unablinnendlice 

1:6  on  fore  geseted  .  and  begangende  .  forSan  pe  he  gewilnode  swa 

swa  he  eft  saede  .  pcet  h6  sumne  feeder  on  }mm  westene  funde  . 

pe  hine  on  sumum  ]?mgum  getimbrede  fees  (5e  he  sylf  aer  ne  cuSe  ; 

1  Leaf  123,  back.  2  MS.  -nysse,  alt.  to  -nyssvw  (  = 


XXIII B.      ST.    MAltY    OF   EGYPT.  11 

they  might  not  leave  the  house  of  prayer  without  divine  solemnities ; 
and  each  of  them  fed  himself  even  as  he  could  or  would :  some 
bare   with  them   a  sufficiency  for  the  body,  some   apples  of   the  132 
palm-trees   [dates],  some  beans  moistened  with  water,  some  no- 
thing save  the  body  alone  and  the  garment,  but  they  were  fed 
with*  [that  which]  might  wait  upon  the  necessity  of  nature,  that 
is.  with  the   herbs  which  grew  in  the   desert;    and   there    each  136 
one  bound  himself  in  self-denial,  even  as  it  seemed  well  to  him, 
so  that  none  of  them  knew  the  ways  or  deeds  of  others.    "When 
they  had  gone    over  the   river  Jordan,  then  each  one  sundered 
himself  far  from  the   others,  and  none  of   them    joined  himself  14° 
again  to  his  companions ;    but  if  any  of  them  saw  another  afar 
[coming]  towards  him,  immediately  he  turned  out  of  his  [chosen] 
direction,  and  went  another  way,  and  lived  by  himself,  and  con- 
tinued in  perpetual   prayers  and  fastings.     Verily  after   accom-  144 
plishing  the  fast  in  this  manner,  they  returned  again  to  the  min- 
ster before  the  Lord's   resurrection-day,  that   is  to   say,    on  the 
festival  which  we  commonly  call  Palm-day  ;    each  one  had  within 
himself,  in  his  own  conscience,  the  witness  of  his  own  labour,  as  to  148 
what  he  was  employed  in,  and  the  seeds  of  what  labours  he  was 
sowing;    and  none  of  them  asked  another  in  what  wise  he  had 
fulfilled  the  conflict  of  the  labour. 

Verily  this  was  the  rule  of  the  minster,  and  thus  perfectly  was  152 
each  one  preserved,  as  I  before  said,  so  that  he  joined  himself 
to  God  in  the  desert ;  and  they  fought  with  themselves  in  order 
that  they  might  not  please  men,  but  only  God  Himself. 

Then  verily  Zosimus,   according  to   the  customary  law  of  the  156 
minster,  went  over  the  river  Jordan,  having  with  him  a  very  little . 
for  the  necessities  of  the  body ;  and  in  the  observance  of  his  rule 
went  across  the  desert,  taking  at  due  time  a  meal,  and  [supply- 
ing]   the  necessity  of   nature,  sitting  at   night  upon  the    earth,  160 
and  resting  little;  and  he  slept  wheresoever  the  close  of  evening 
found  him. 

And  again,  in  the  early  morning,  [he  kept]  proceeding  on  his 
journey  as  he  was  unceasingly  determined,  and  going  about,  because  164 
he  desired,  as  he  said  afterwards,  to  meet  a  father  in  the  desert 


12  XXIII B.      DE   TRANSITU    MAHIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

And  swa  six  and  twentig  daga  pcet  fsereld  f urhteah  .  swilce  he  to 

160  sumuni  menu  mid  gewisse  fore;  Da  fa  seo  tid  middseges  to  becom  . 
fa  oSstod  to  sumere  hwile  hine  fram  fam  sicSfsete  ahsebbende  . 
and  east-weardes  wendende  .  and  hine  gewunelice  gebsed  .  forf  an  f  e 
he  gewunode  on  fam  gesettum  tidum  f  ses  dseges  f  one  ryne  his 

164  si(5fsetes  gefsestnian  .  and  standende  singan  .  and  mid  gebigedum 
cneowum  gebiddan;  Da  fa  he  soSlice  sang  .  and  mid  fsere 
geornfullan  behealdnysse  up  locode  .  and  pone  heofon  beheold  . 
fa  geseah  he  him  on  fa  swicSran  healfe  f  ser  he  on  gebedum  stod  . 

168  swa  swa  h6  on  mennisce  gelicnysse  on  lichaman  .  hine  seteowan  . 
and  fa  wses  he  oerest  swif  e  afyrht  .  forf  an  f  e  he  wende  f  cet  hit 
wsere  sumes  gastes  scin-hyw  .  p cet  he  fair  geseah  ;  Ac  sona  swa 
f  eah-hwsef  ere  mid  cristes  rode-tacne  getrymmede  hine  .  and  him 

172  fone  ege  fram  awearp  ;  *Da  eac  witodlice  se  ende  his  gebedes  wses 
gefylled  .  he  fa  his  eagan  bewende  .  and  fair  softlice  man  geseah 
westweardes  on  f  cet  westen  efstan  .  and  witodlice  f  cet  wses  wifman . 
f  cet  f a?r  gesewen  wses  .  swiSe  sweartes  lichaman  heo  wses  for  f  sere 

176  sunnan  hseto  .  and  fa  loccas  hire  heafdes  wa/ron  swa  hwite  swa 
wull  .  and  fa  na  siddran  f onne  of  f one  swuran  ;  Da  witan  Zosi- 
mus  georne  behealdende  wses  .  and  for  f  sere  gewilnedan  swetnysse 
f sere  wuldorfsestan  gesih(5e  .  he  fsegen  gefremed  ofstlice  am  .  on  fa 

180  healfe  f  e  he  efstan  geseah  .  f  cet  him  f  ser  seteowde  ;  Ne  geseah  he 
witodlice  on  eallum  fam  dagum  ser  nane  mennisclice  gesituSe  .  ne 
nanre  nytena  .  of  f  e  fugela  .  ocSSe  wildeora  hiw  .  and  he  forSy  arn 
geornlice  .  and  gewilnode  to  oncnawenne  .  hwset  f  cet  wildeora  wsere  . 

184  f e  him  seteowde  ;  Sona  swa  hi2  geseah  Zosimus  fa  witodlice  his 
ealdan  ylde  .  ofer-getiligende  ;  And  f  cet  geswinc  his  sy(5-fsetes  ne 
under-standende  mid  hrsedestan  ryne  f  enigende  arn  .  for(5am  f  e  he 
gewilnode  hine  gecSeodan  fam  f e  Sser  fleah  ;    He  witodlice  hire 

188  wses  ehtende  .  and  heo  wses  fleonde  ;  Da  wses  Zosimus  ryna 
hwsecSra  stic-mselum  near  gefremed  ;  Da  fa  he  swa  neah  wses  f cet 
heo  mihte  his  stemne  gehyran  .  fa  ongan  he  forcS  sendan  f yllice 
stemne  mid  hluddre  clypunga  wepende  and  f  us  .  cwceft  .  Hwi  flihst 

192  fu  me  forealdodne  syngigan  .  fu  godes  f  eowen  .  geanbida  min 
for  fam  hihte  f ses  edleanes  Se  f u  swa  micclum  geswunce  ;  Stand 
1  Leaf  1 24.  2  he,  alt.  to  hi. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  13 

who  might  edify  him  in  some  thing  which  he  himself  knew  not 
before.     And  thus  for  six  and  twenty  days  he  continued  his  jour- 
ney,  as  if  he  were  certainly  going  towards    some    man.     When  168 
the  hour  of  noon  approached,  he  stopped  for  some  time,  abstain- 
ing from  the  journey,  and  turning  eastwards ;  and  prayed  in  the 
usual  way,  because  he  was  accustomed  at  a  fixed  hour  of  the  day 
to  determine  the  course  of  his  journey,  and  to  sing  standing,  and  172 
to  pray  with  bended  knees.     Whilst  then  he  sang,  and  with  fervent 
regard  looked  up  and  beheld  the  sky,  then  he  saw  on  his  right 
side,  as  he  stood  in  prayer,  as  if  some  one  was  appearing  to  him 
in  the  likeness  of  a  human  form  bodily,  and  thereupon   he  was  176 
at  first  much  affrighted,  because  he  thought  it  was  a  delusion  of 
an  [evil]  spirit  which  he  there  saw.     But  nevertheless  he  instantly 
fortified   himself  witli    the   sign  of    Christ's  rood,  and  cast  away 
his  fear  from  him.     Then  also  the  end  of  his  prayer  was  indeed  180 
fulfilled ;    he   turned   his   eyes,  and  there  actually  saw  a  person 
hastening  westwards  in  the  desert,  and  in  truth  it  was  a  woman 
that  was  visible    there ;    she  was  very  swart  of  body  by  reason 
of  the  sun's  heat,  and   the  locks  of  her  head  were  as  white  as  184 
wool,  and  they  [reached]  no  farther  than  to  the  neck.     Zosimus 
was  on  this  wise  earnestly  beholding,  and  on  account  of  the  [long] 
desired  sweetness  of  the  glorious  vision  he  ran  very  quickly,  being 
rendered  glad,  in  the  direction  whither  he  had  seen  that  hastening  igs 
which  had  there  appeared  to  him.     Truly  before,  in  all  those  days, 
he  had  seen  no  human  appearance,  neither  the  form  of  any  beasts 
or  of  birds  or  of  wild  animals ;  and  he  therefore  ran  eagerly,  de- 
siring to  know  what  manner  of  wild  creature  that  might  be  which  192 
appeared  to  him.     Verily  as  soon  as  Zosimus  saw  her,  then,  over- 
coming his   old  age,    and  making   nothing  of  the  labour  of  his 
journey,  he  ran  on  advancing  with  a  very  swift  course,  because  he 
desired  to  associate  with  that  which  there  fled  away ;  for  he  was  1 96 
pursuing  her,  and  she  was  fleeing.     Then  was  Zosimus,  by  his 
running,  in  some  measure  made  nearer.     When  he  was  so  near 
that  she  could  hear  his  voice,  then  began  he  to  send  forth  such  a 
voice  as  this,  with  loud  calling,  and  thus    said,  weeping,  '  Why  203 
fleest  thou  me,  an  aged  sinner,  thou  servant  of  God  1     Wait  for  me, 


14  XXIII B.      DE    TRANSITU    MATIIAE   AEGYPTIACE. 

and  syle  me  fines  gebede9  bletsungan  f  urh  f  one  god  f  e  him  naanne 
fram  rie  awyrpcS ;  Das  word  softlice  Zosimus  mid  tearum  geypte  . 
196  fa  becom  heo  yrnende  to  sum  ere  stowe  .  on  faare  wses  getaenod 
swilce  fordruwod  burna  .  fa  (5a  hi  witodlice  f  yder  becomon  .  fa 
sceat  heo  inn  on  f  one  burnan  .  and  eft  upp  on  of  re  healfe  ;  Zosi- 
mus fa  softlice  clypigende  .  and  na  hwider  furc5-clypigende *  .  stod 
200  fa  on  of  re  healfe  fees  burnan  fe  faer  gesewen  wses  .  and  to  ge2ihte 
fa  tearas  f  am  tearum  .  and  gemsenig-fealdode  fa  sworetunga  f  am 
fciccetungum  .  sw&  pcet  f  aer  nan  fincg  gehyred  nses  buton  seo 
geomerung  f  ses  heofes  ;    Da  witodlice  se  lichama  f e  (5ser  fleah . 

204  Syllice  stemne  for(5-sende  and  f  us  cwsecS ;  Du  abbod  Zosimus 
miltsa  me  for  gode  ic  Se  bidde  .  for  f  on  ic  ne  maeg  me  f e  geswute- 
lian  .  and  ongean-weardes  f  e  gewenden  .  forf  on  ic  eom  wif-hades 
mann  .  and  eallunga  lichamlicum  waafelsum  bereafod  .  swd  swa  f  u 

208  sylf  gesihst  .  and  fa  sceame  mines  lichaman  haebbende  unofer- 
wrigene;  Ac  gif  fu  wille  me  earmre  forworhtre  fine  halwendan 
gebedu  to  forlastan  awyrp  me  f  onne  hyder  f  inne  scyccels  f  e  f  u 
mid  bewasfed  eart  .  pcet  ic  meege  fa  wiflican  tyddernysse  ofer-wreon  . 

212  and  to  cSe  gecyrran  and  finra  gebeda  onfon  ;  Da  gegrap  Zosimus 
swiSlic  ege  .  and  fyrhtu  witodlice  forf  an  f  e  he  gehyrde  pcet  heo  be 
his  uaman  nsemnede  hine  f  one  Se  heo  nsefre  afr  ne  geseah  .  ne 
naefre  fore  secgan  ne  gehyrde  .  buton  f  cet  he  swutellice  ongeat  f cet 

216  heo  mid  f aere  godcundan  fore-sceawunge  onliht  wass  ;  He  fa  fsest- 
lice  swa  dyde  swa  heo  bebead  hine  f  am  scyccelse  ongyrede  .  f  e  he 
mid  bewsefed  wass  on  bseclincg  gewend  hire  to  wearp  ;  Heo  fa 
f  aes 3  onfeng  .  and  hire  lichaman  ofer-wreah  ;  And  gegyrede  hire  be 

220  f  am  dsele  f  e  heo  msest  mihte  .  and  maest  neod  wass  to  beheligenne  ; 
Heo  fa  to  Zosimam  wende  .  and  him  to  cwsecS  .  Hwi  wses  f e  la 
abbod  Zosimus  swa  micel  neod  .  me  synful  wif  to  geseonne  .  o(5$e 
hwses  wilnast  f  u  fram  me  to  hsebbenne  .  of  f  e  to  witenne  pcet  f  u 

224  ne  slawedest  sw£  micel  geswinc  to  gefremmanne  for  minum  f  ingum  ; 
He  fa  sona  on  fa  eorcSan  hine  astrehte  .  and  hire  bletsunga  bsed 

219.  G.  om.  And  gegyrede  hire.  221.  G.andheoSahi  {for  Heo  ]>a). 

220.  G.  oferhelianne  {for  behelig-  225.  G.  sona  hine  on  [Sa]  eorSan 
enne).                                                             streccan  .  .  . 

1  clipigende    has   two   dots   over  the  y ,  probably  for  exjunction;    it  is 
wrongly  repeated ;  read  forft-gangende.  2  Leaf  124,  back. 

3  Here  begins  the  Gloucester  Fragment,  ed.  Earle. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  15 

for  the  hope  of  the  reward  for  which  thou  hast  so  greatly  toiled. 
Stand  and  give  me  the  blessing  of  thy  prayer,  through  the  God 
who  rejecteth  no  man  from  Him.'     These  words  Zosimus  verily  204 
pronounced  with  tears. 

Then  came  she,  running,  to  a  certain  place,  in  which  were  signs 
as  it  were  of  a  dried  up  burn  [stream] ;    when  they  had  come 
thither,  then  she  shot  into  the  burn,  and  again  up  on  the  other  side.  208 
Then  Zosimus   crying   aloud,  and  in   no  direction    advancing  (?) 
forwards,  stood  there  on  the  other  side  of  the  burn  which  was  there 
visible,  and  added  tears  to  tears,  and  multiplied  sighs  upon  sighs, 
so  that  nothing  was  heard  there  save  the  lamentation  of  mourning.  212 
Then  indeed  the  figure  which  fled  there  sent  forth  this  voice  and 
thus   spake,  '  Thou,  Abbot  Zosimus,  have  pity  on  me  for  God's 
sake,  I  pray  thee,  because   I    cannot  show   myself  to   thee  and 
turn  towards  thee;  for  I  am  a  person  of  female  sex,  and  totally  216 
bereaved  of  bodily  clothing,  even  as  thou  thyself  seest,  and  having 
the  shame  of  my  body  uncovered.     But  if  thou  desirest  to  grant 
me,  a  poor  evil-doer,  thy  salutary  prayers,  then  cast  me  hither 
thy  mantle  with  which   thou  art  clothed,  that  I  may  cover  my  223 
womanly  weakness,  and  turn  to  thee  and  receive  thy  prayers.' 

Then  indeed  a  great  awe  and  fright   seized  Zosimus,  because 
he  heard  her  name  him  by  his  name,  whom  she  had  never  before 
seen,  nor  had  ever  heard  tell  it  before,  except  that  he  manifestly  224 
perceived   that   she  was   enlightened  with  divine    foreknowledge. 
Then    he   confidently   did    even    as    she    had   prayed   him,  un- 
girded  the  mantle  with  which  he  was  clothed,  and,  turning  his 
back,  threw  it  to  her.     This  she  then  received,  and  covered  her  228 
body,  and  girded  herself  about  the  part  that  she  most  required 
to  do,  and  [which  there]  was  most  need  to  conceal.     Then   she 
turned  to  Zosimus  and  said  to  him,  '  Why  hadst  thou,  oh  Abbot 
Zosimus,    so   great   need   to   see   me,  a  sinful  woman,   or  what  232 
desirest  thou  to  have  from  me  or  to  know,  that  thou  hast  not 
slacked  to  perform  so  great  labour  on  my  account?'     Then  he 
straightway  prostrated  himself  on  the   earth,  and  besought  her 
blessing;  she  in  turn  prostrated  herself  and  besought  his  blessing.  236 
Then  after  the  space  of  many  hours  the  woman  said  to  Zosimus, 


16  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

heo  ongean  hine  astrehte  .  and  his  bletsunga  baed  ;  Da  aefter 
manega  tida  faece  cwct (S  pcet  wif  to  Zosime  ;  De  gedafenacS  abbud 

228  Zosimus  to  biddenne  and  to  bletsigenne  .  for}?an  p\x  eart  under- 
wrec5ed  mid  psere  1sacerdlican  lare  .  and  bu  eart  tellende  cristes 
ger/nu  mid  ]mm  gyfum  baera  godcundlican  set  his  bam  halgan 
weofode    manegum   gearum    beowigende  ;     Das    word    witodlice 

232  gebrohton  on  Zosime  micelne  ege  .  and  fyrhtu  .  and  he  wses  byf* 
igende ;  And  he  wass  geondgoten  mid  f>aes  swates  dropum  ;  Da 
ongan  he  sworettan  swa  swd  eallunga  gewasced  on  )?am  oreSe 
belocen  .  and  )?us  .  cwcbcS  .  Eala  (Su  gastlice  modor  .  geswutela  nu 

236  hwset  pu.  sy  .  of  p sere  gesihbe  .  forjmm  f>u  eart  so<51ice  godes 
)?inen  ;  Gebinga  me  nu  of  J?am  geongran  daele  for  byssere  worulde 
dead2  gefremed  on  bam  geswutelacS  on  pe  .  seo  godcunde  lufu  ealra 
swiSost  pcet  pu  me  be  naman  nasmdest  .  pone  p\i  nasfre  aer  ne 

240  gesawe ;  Ac  for  f>am  be  seo  gyfu  ne  bi(S  oncn&wen  of  baere  medem- 
nysse  .  ac  gewuna  .  he  is  to  getacnigenne  of  f>sere  sawla  dsedum . 
bletsa  pn  me  for  drihtne  ic  pe  bidde  .  and  syle  me  pcet  un-bereafi- 
gendlice  gebaad  binre  fulfremednysse  ;  Da  ongan  heo3  hire  on-emn- 

244  frowigan  pses  ealdan  witan  staSolfasstnysse  .  and  cwceft  .  god  sy 
gebletsod  se  <5e  is  sawla  haelu  tiligende  ;  Da  for-geaf  heo  Zosime 
andswarigende  .  AMEN  ;  Da  arisan  hi  butu  of  baere  eor)?an  \_A  gap 
in  the  story  in  MS.  Julius  E.  7.     It  is  supplied,  up  to  1.  292,  from 

248  the  Gloucester  Fragments,  ed.  Earle.]  [ — ba  ongan  eft 4  {?set  wif 
sprecan  to  f>am  ealdan  and  (5us  cwaej)  .  Eala  man  for  hwylcre  wisan 
come  pu  to  me  synfulre  .  Swa-J?eah  hwaecSre  forbam  pe  seo  gyfu  f>aes 
haligan  gastes  to  pam  gerihte5  fast  (Su    hwylce    f>enunga    minon 

252  lytlan  lichaman  to  gehySnysse  gegearwige  .  Sege  me  hu  nu  to 
dsege  on  middan-earde  cristes  folc  sy  gereht  .  and  hu  cSa  caseres 
o<5(5e  hu  is  nu  gelaeswod  seo  heord  cristes  rihtgeleaffullan  gesam- 

226.  G.    ongean    t>am   heo   eac   hi  230.  G.  gyfum  his  godcundlicnesse 
astrehte ;  G.  wilnode  {for  bsed).  and  his. 

227.  G.  manegra tida;  G.Zosimum.  231.  G.  J?eowiende  ;  Da. 

228.  G.  gebiddanne ;  G.  bletsianne  232.  G.  ongebrohton   Zosime;    G. 
for  Sam  ]>e  Su.  fyrhto. 

229.  G.  are  (for  lare).  233.  G.  dropung. 

1  Leaf  125.  2  MS.  dea'S  ;  but  read  dead,  as  in  G  ;  (Latin  version, 

mortua).  3  MS.  he  ;  read  heo,  as  in  G.  *  Supplied  by  guess. 

0  Letters  or  words  printed  in  italics  are  indistinct  or  uncertain. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MAEY    OF    EGYPT.  17 

1  It  befitteth   thee,  Abbot  Zosimus,  to  pray  and  to  bless,  because 
thou     art     authorised     by    the     sacerdotal    dignity,    and     thou 
preachest  Christ's  mysteries  with  the  gifts  of  divine  things,  serving  240 
at  his  holy  altar  for  many  years.' 

These  words  verily  brought  upon  Zosimus  great  awe  and  fright, 
and  he  trembled,  and  was  suffused  with  drops  of  sweat.     Then 
he  began  to  sigh  as  if  utterly  weakened  and  choked  in  his  breath,  244 
and  thus  said,  '  Oh  thou  spiritual  mother,  reveal  now  who  thou 
art  in  that  appearance,  because  thou  art  verily  God's  handmaiden. 
Intercede  for  me  now,  [thou  who  art]  rendered  dead  to  the  younger 
portion  as  regards  this  world ;  herein  appeareth  in  thee  the  divine  248 
love  most  of  all,  that  thou  hast  named  me  by  name  whom  thou 
never  before  sawest.      But  because   grace  is   not   discovered   by 
(personal)  merit,  but  [its]  wont  is  to  be  witnessed  by  the  soul's 
deeds;  bless  thou  me  for  the  Lord's  sake,  I  pray  thee,  and  give  252 
me  the  prayer,  never  to  be  taken  away,  of  thy  perfection.' 

Then  she  began  to  sympathise  with  the  wise  old  man's  stead- 
fastness, and    said,    '  God   be    blessed  who  taketh    care    for   the 
salvation   of  souls.'     Then   she  gave   Zosimus  [her  blessing,  he]  256 
answering,  '  Amen.' 

Then  they  both  arose  from  the  earth.  Then  began  the  woman 
again  to  speak  to  the  old  man,  and  thus  said :  '  Oh  man,  for 
what  purpose  earnest  thou  to  me,  a  sinner  1  Nevertheless,  since  260 
the  grace  of  the  Holy  Ghost  has  directed  thee  so  that  thou  mayest 
perform  some  small  service  to  the  advantage  of  my  poor  body, 
tell  me  how,  now-a-days,  Christ's  people  are  governed  in  the 
world,  and  how  the  emperor's  [matters  stand] ;    or  how  the  flock  264 

234.  G.  sprecan  (for  sworettan)  ;  enne ;  G.  sawle. 

G.  eallinga  ;  G.  and  J>am  orfte.  242.  G.  J>set  be]>earflice  gebed. 

236-8.  G.  forSam  ]>e  Jra  eart  beforan  243.  G.  ongann  heo  ;  om.  hire;  G. 

drihtnegejmngenandof  para  strengran  emprowian  (omitting  on), 

dsele  J)isse  worulde  dead  gefremed.  245.  G.  om.  se  Se  is  ;  G.  haelo  tili- 

238.  G.  gyfu  (for  lufu).  end.   Zosime  (alt.  to  Zosimas)   and- 

240.  G.  bi$  na  oncnawen.  swarode.     Ame», 

241.  G.  gewuna  is  hi  to  getacni-  246.  G.  arison ;  G.  buta. 


18  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MAB.IAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

nunga  .  Zosinms  hire  andswarode  .  Eala  pu.  halige  modor  binum 

256  halgum  gebedum  god  hsefcS  forgyfen  staftolfseste  sibbe  .  [ac  geldest  nu 
pd  frefrunge  unweortflices1]  muneces  .  and  for  drihtne  [gebide  for 
pdni\  middan-earde  and  for  me  synfullum  £>9et  me  ne  wurcfe 
ge[idlod  pcet]  geswinc  Jrises    si(5-fsetes  .  and  se  weg  svva  inyccles 

260  west  [e?ies  .  J)d  cwced  heo  .  de  gedafjenaft  abbot  zosimus  for  me  and 
for  eallum  gebiddan  for  (5am  pe  [pu  sy  on  pdm  sacerdJijade  swa  swa 
ic  ser  cwsef)  .  [ac  for  dinum  pingum]  and  for  J?am  pe  we  habba'S 
fset  gebod  n[yrsumnysse  .pcetpe  mepurh  de  geboden  is  .  mid  godum\ 

264  willan  ic  do  .  and  fus  cwe(5ende  hi  to  para  [eastern  gewend]  ujpah- 
afenum  eagum  on  Jm  heahnysse  and  afenedum  earmum  ongan  ge- 
biddan mid  j^sere  welera  sfyrungum  on  stilnesse  swa  J^set  (5aer  nses 
eallinga  nan  stemne  gehyred  J>aes  be  man   oiigyten  mihte  .  fees 

268  gebedes  eac  swylce  zosimws  nan  ping  ongytan  ne  mihte  .  He  stod 
witodlice  swa  swa  he  sylf  seede  byfiende  and  fa  eorban  beheald- 
ende  .  and  nan  f>ing  eallinga  sprecende  .  He  swor  witodlice  god 
him  to  gewitan  on  his  wordum  fore-settende  f>aet  (5a  get  pa  J>a  heo 

272  pus  [purhwunode]  on  fsere  gebedes  astandendnysse  he  his  eagan 
lythwon  fram  (5eere  eorSan  up-ahof  feet  he  geseah  hi  up-ahefene 
swa  swa  mannes  elne  fram  paere  eor&an  .  and  on  peare  lyfte  hangi- 
ende  gebiddan  ongan  .  Da  J>a  he  J?is  geseah  pa  wearcS  he  gegripen 

276  mid  mycelre  fyrhto  .  and  hine  f>a  on  eorcSan  astrehte  and  mid  swate 
ofergoten  wear(5  and  swi(51ice  gedrefed  .  naht  gebrystlcefae  specan  . 
butan  wiS  him  sylfum  ]?set  an  .  [drihten  .  gemiltsa  me  .  ]  Da  pa  he 
on  bsere  eor(5an  lseg  astreht  J>a  g[edrefed  wearfi  he  on  his  gepance  . 

2S0  smedgende  hwce&re] 2  hwon  hit  gast  wsere  f»8et  t5aer  mid  hwylcere 
hiwunga  gebaede  hi  .  Heo  (5a  pset  wi/  hi  bewende  and  J>one  munuc 
up  areerde  J?us  cwe(5ende  .  To  hwy  gedrefest  pu  abbotf  pine 
ge])ohtas  to  geaeswicianne  on  me  swylce  ic  hwyle  gast  syrwiende 

1  Words  within  square  brackets,  and  printed  in  italics,  are  supplied 
purely  from  conjecture ;  the  Latin  text  has- — Sed  suscipe  indigni  monachi 
consolationem,  et  per  Dominuin  ora  pro  omni  mundo  et  pro  me  peccatore  ut 
non  hujus  cursus  et  itineris  labor  sine  fructu  mini  efficiatur  tantae  solitudinis 
via.  Et  ilia  respondit  ad  eum :  Te  quidem  oportet,  abba  Zosima,  sacerdotii 
ut  dixi  habentem  honorem  pro  omnibus  et  pro  me  orare;  in  hoc  enim  et 
vocatus  es.  Sed  quia  obedientiae  praeceptum  habemus,  quod  mihi  a  te  jussum 
est,  bona  faciam  voluntate. 

2  Lat.  '  scandalizabatur  in  mente  putans  ne  spiritus  esset,  qui  se  fingeret 
orare  ' 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  19 

of  Christ's  right-believing  congregation  is  now  pastured.'    Zosimus 
answered  her  :   '  Oh  thou  holy  mother,  God  hath  granted  permanent 
peace  to  thy  holy  prayers.     [But  fulfil  the  consolation  of  an  un- 
worthy] monk,  and  for  the  Lord's  sake  [pray  for  the]  world  and  for  268 
me,  a  sinful  man,  that  the  toil  of  this  journey  may  not  be  [rendered 
vain]  to  me,  and  the  way  over  so  much  desert.'     [Then  said  she :] 
'It  becometh  thee,  abbot  Zosimus,  to   pray  for  me  and  for  all, 
because  that  [thou  art  in  the  priest]hood,  as  I  before  said.     [But  272 
for  thy  sake]   and  because  we  have  the  command  of  obedience, 
[that  which  is  commanded  me  by  thee]  I  will  do  with  a  good 
will/     And  thus  saying,  she,  [having  turned  to  the  east,]  with 
eyes  uplifted  towards  heaven  and  with  her  arms  stretched  out,  276 
began    to  pray  with  the  motions  of  her  lips  in  silence,  so  that 
no  voice  at  all  was  heard  that  anyone  could  perceive;  and  thus 
Zosimus  could  not  understand  anything  of  the  prayer.     He  stood 
indeed,  as  he  himself  said,  trembling  and  looking  down  upon  the  280 
earth,  and  speaking  nothing  at  all.     He  swore  verily,  taking  God 
as  a  witness  to  his  words,  that  while  she  thus   [continued]   in 
the  perseverance  of  her  prayer,  and  he  lifted  up  his  eyes  a  little 
while  from  the  earth,  that  he  saw  her  lifted  up,  as  it  were  the  284 
space  of  a  man's  ell,  above  the  earth,  and  began  to  pray  hanging 
in  the  air.     When  he  saw  this,  he  was  seized  with  great  fright, 
and  prostrated  himself  on  the  earth,  and  was  suffused  with  sweat 
and  vehemently  agitated.     He   durst  not    speak   anything,  save  288 
only,  to  himself,   ['Lord,  have   mercy  upon  me'].     Whilst  then 
he  lay  prostrate  on  the   earth,  he   [was   troubled   in  his  mind, 
considering  whether]   at  all  it   might  be  a  spirit  that,  by  some 
strange   appearance,  was  praying  there.     She  then,  I  mean  the  292 
woman,  turned  about  and  lifted  up  the  monk,  thus  saying:  'Why 
dost   thou   trouble   thy   thoughts    to   take   offence    at  me,   as   if 
I  were  some  spirit  praying  deceitfully]     But  know,  thou  man, 
that  I  am   a  sinful   woman,    though    endued,   nevertheless,  with  296 

2-3 


20  XXIII B.      DE    TRANSITU    MARTAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

284  gebedu  fremme  .  Ac  \vite  J?u  man  ]?aet  ic  eom  synful  wif  .  Swa- 
peah-hw defter e  utan  ynibseald  mid  J>am  halgan  fulluhte  .  and  ic 
nan  gast  ne  eom  ac  semerge  and  axe  and  eall  flaesc  and  nan  gast- 
lice  [hiwunge  hcebbende  .  Da  heo  dus  cw~\sdp  heo  hire  andwlitan 

288  gebletsode1  mid  psere  halgan  rode-tacne  .  and  hire  eagan  and 
iveleras  and  eac  hire  breost  mid  J>aere  bletsunga  heo  getrymede  and 
J?us  cwce§ .  God  us  alyse  ahhot  zosimws  fram  urum  wi(Serwinnan  and 
fram  his  anbmicgellan  forSam  J?e  his  aefst  is  mycel  ofer  us  .  Das 

292  word  se  ealda,  hyrende  hine  adune  astrehte  .  ]  [Here  both  MSS.  fail. 
The  Latin  version  has  : — et  apprehendit  pedes  eius,  dicens  cum 
lacrymis  :  Obsecro  te  per  Dominum  Iesum  Christum,  verum 
Dominum  nostrum,  qui  de  virgine  nasci  dignatus  est,  pro  quo  has 

296  carnes  expendisti,  vt  nihil  abscondas  a  seruo  tuo,  qua?  es,  et  vnde, 
et  quando,  vel  ob  quam  caussam  solitudinem  hanc  inhabitasti,  sed 
et  omnia,  quae  circa  te  sunt,  edicito  mihi,  vt  Dei  magnalia  facias 
manifesta.     Sapientia  enim  abscondita  et  thesaurus  occultus,  quae 

300  vtilitas  in  vtrisque  1  sicut  scriptum  est.  Die  mihi  omnia  propter 
Deum  ;  nee  enim  pro  gloriatione  aut  ostentatione  aliquid  dicis,  sed 
vt  mihi  satisfacias  peccatori  et  indigno.  Credo  enim  Deo,  cui 
viuis,    cum    quo   et    conuersaris,    quoniam   ob   huiuscemodi    rem 

304  directus  sum  in  hanc  solitudinem,  vt  ea  quae  circa  te  sunt,  Deus 
faciat  manifesta.  Non  enim  nostrse  virtutis  est,  iudiciis  resistere 
Dei.  Nisi  fuisset  acceptabile  Christo  Domino  manifestare  te  et 
qualiter  decertasti,  nee  teipsam  permiserat  videri  ab  aliquo,  nee 

308  me  confortaret  tantam  properare  viam,  nusquam  valentem  progredi, 
aut  potentem  de  cella  mea  procedere. 

Cap.  XII.  Hsec  eo  dicente,  sed  et  alia  plura,  eleuans  eum 
mulier,  dixit :  Vere  erubesco,  ignosce  abba  meus,  dicere  tibi  tur- 

312  pitudinem  meorum  actuum  :  tamen  quia  vidisti  nudum  corpus 
meum,  denudabo  tibi  et  opera  meorum  actuum,  vt  cognoscas  quam 
turpis  luxurise  et  opprobrio  confusionis  repleta  est  anima  mea.  Non 
enim,  vt  tuipse  considerasti,  propter  aliquam  gloriam,  quae  circa 

316  me  sunt  volo  narrare.     Quid  enim  potero  gloriari,  quae  diabolo 

1  Lat.  'fa villa  et  cinis  et  totum  caro  et  nihil  spiritualis  phantaeise  ali- 
quando  vel  ad  mentem  reducens.  Hsec  dicens,  signo  crucis  signat  frontem 
suam,'  &c. 


XXIII B.       ST.    MARY    OP    EGYPT.  21 

holy  baptism;   and  I  am  no  spirit,  but  embers  and  ashes,   and 
all    flesh,    and    [having    no    spiritual    appearance.'      When    she 
had   thus  said],  she  blessed  her  face  with  the  holy  sign  of  the 
cross,  and  she  fortified  her   eyes   and  lips  and  even  her  breast  300 
with  the  sign  of  blessing,  and  thus  said :  {  God  deliver  us,  Abbot 
Zosimus,  from  our  adversary  and  from  his  instigations,  because 
that  great  is  his  spite  against  us.'     The  old  man,  hearing  these 
words,  prostrated  himself,  [and  seized  her  feet,  saying  with  tears :  304 
'  I  conjure  thee,  by  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  our  true  Lord,  who 
condescended  to  be  born  of  a  virgin,  for  whose  sake  thou  hast 
wasted  this  thy  flesh,  to  hide  nothing  from  thy  servant,  as  to  who 
thou  art,  and  whence,  and  when  or  for  what  reason  thou  didst  308 
first  dwell  in  this  solitude ;  but  tell  me  all  things  about  thyself, 
that  thou  mayest  make   manifest  the  wondrous  doings  of  God. 
For  as  to  hidden  wisdom  and  a  hidden  treasure,  what  use  is  there 
in  either,  as  it  is  written?     Tell  me  everything  for  God's  sake;  312 
for  thou  wilt  not  say  anything  for  vainglory  or  ostentation,  but 
to  satisfy  me,  who  am  a  sinner  and  unworthy.     For  I  trust  in 
God,  for  whom  thou  livest  and  with  whom   thou  hast  converse, 
that  for  this  very  cause  I  was  directed  to  this  wilderness,  that  3l6 
God  might  make  manifest  the  things  concerning  thee.     For  it  is 
not  in  our  power  to  resist  the  judgments  of  God.     Unless  it  had 
been  acceptable  to  Christ  the  Lord  to  make  known  both  thee  and 
thy  strivings,  He  would  neither  have  permitted  thee  to  be  seen  320 
by  any  one,  nor  would  He  have  strengthened  me  to  set  out  on 
so  long  a  journey,  who  was  not   able  to  travel  anywhere,   nor 
strong  enough  to  walk  beyond  my  cell.' 

Chap.  XII.  Whilst  he  was  speaking  thus,  and  saying  other  324 
things  besides,  the  woman  lifted  him  up,  and  said :  "  Of  a  truth 
I  blush — pardon  me,  father  abbot — to  tell  thee  the  vileness  of 
my  deeds ;  yet,  since  thou  hast  seen  my  body  naked,  I  will  also 
lay  bare  to  thee  the  very  performances  of  my  deeds,  that  thou  328 
mayest  know  how  replete  is  my  soul  with  vile  lechery  and  shame 
of  confusion.  For,  as  thou  hast  thyself  truly  supposed,  I  do  not 
wish  to  tell  the  things  concerning  myself  out  of  any  vainglory. 


22  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MA11IAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

vas  fui  electionis  effecta?  Scio  autem,  quia  si  coepero  narrare1] 
p&  (Sincg  be  be  me  synd  .  sona  bu  flihst  fram  me  on  £>i  gemete  swilc 
man  nseddran  fleo  ;    Ac  swa  beah-hweecSere  ic  be  areece  naht  for- 

320  haelende  .  and  be  serest  bidde  .  pcet  pu  ne  geteorige  for  me  gebiddan  . 
pcet  ic  ge-earnige  and  gemete  on  domes  dsege  liwilce  hwugu  mild- 
heortnysse ;  Se  ealda  mid  tearum  ofergoten  ongan  biterlice  wepan  . 
fa  ongan  pcet  wif  cyftan  and  gereccan  eall  ba  bincg  pe  be  hire  gedone 

324  waeron  fus  cwsecSende  .  ic  hsefde  brobor  and  ecSel  on  egyptum  and 
J?ser  mid  minum  magum  wunode  .  pa,  on  bam  twelftan  geare  minre 
ylde  .  pa  ongan  ic  heora  lufu  forhycgan 2  .  and  to  alexandrian  J>8ere 
byrig  becom ;    Ac  me  sceamacS  nu  to  gereccenne  hu  ic  on  J>am 

32 8  fruman  arrest  minne  fsemnhad  besmat  .  and  hu  ic  unablinnendlice  . 
and  unafyllendlice  bam  leahtrum  .  and  bsera  synlusta  .  Iseg  under- 
feoded  .  J>is  is  nu  witodlice  sceortlice  to  areccanne ;  Ac  ic  nu  swa- 
J?eali  hracSor  gecyfte  pcet  bu  msege  oncnawan  bone  tinalyfedan  bryne 

332  minra  leahtra  pe  ic  haefde  on  bsere  lufe  bees  geligeres  .  ac  miltsa 
me  abbud  .  eac  on  .  xvii  .  wintrum  ic  openlice  folca  meniu  geond- 
ferde  on  bam  bryne  forligeres  licgende;  Ne  forleas  ic  na  minne 
fsernn-had  for  seniges  mannes  gyfum  ;  Obbe  ic  witodlice  ahtes  on- 

336  fenge  fram  senigum  pe  me  aht  gyfan  woldon  .  ac  ic  wees  swi(5e 
onseled  mid  bsere  hatheortnysse  fses  synlustes  .  pcet  ic  gewilnode 
butan  ceape  pcet  hi  me  pe  msenigfealdlicor  to  geurnon  .  to  pj  pcet 
ic  pe  ecS  mihte  gefyllan  ba  scyldfullan  gewilnunga  mines  forligeres; 

340  Ne  J>u  ne  wen  na  pcet  ic  aht  underfenge  for  senegum  welan  .  ac 
symle  on  wsedlunge  lyfde  .  for  bon  ic  heefde  swd  ic  eer  ssede  unafyl- 
lendlice gewilnunga  swa  pcet  ic  me  sylfe  unablinnendlice  on  J?am  adale 
(sic)  baes  manfullan  forligeres  besylede  and  pcet  me  wees  to  yrincSe. 

344  and  pcet  ic  me  tealde  to  life  pcet  sw&  unablinnendlice  fmrhtuge  bses 

318.  0.  (leaf  16)  begins  here  with  329.  O.  om.  and  after  leahtrum. 
on  ]>y  gemete.     O.  J>e  (for  swilc).             0.  under]>eod. 

319.  0.  naedran  flyh ;  hit  (for  ]>e);  330.  O.  scortlice. 

naht  ne  forhelende.  331.   O   raJ>or;    "Sane;    unfylledan 

323.  O.  reccan.     0.  om.  eall.  (for  unalyfedan). 

324.  O.  cwe>ende.  332.  0.  lufan  forgeligres ;  0.  om.  ac 

326.  O.  hyra  lufa.  333.  O.  seofantyne  wintran ;  mjenigo 

327.  O.  birig;    scamaS;   gemynd-       geond-for. 

gianne  (for  gereccenne).  334.  0.  San;  forligres. 

328.  O.  fsemnanhad. 

1  The  Latin  continues  with  :  ea  quae  sunt  de  me,  &c.  2  Leaf  125,  back. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  23 

For  of  what  shall  I  be  able  to  boast,  who  was  made  a  vessel  of  election  33  2 
by  the  devil  himself1?     For  I  know  that,  if  I  begin  to  narrate] 
all  the  things  concerning  me,  thou  wilt  soon  flee  from  me  in  the 
manner  in  which  a  man  may  flee  from  an  adder.    Nevertheless,  I  will 
relate  all  to  thee,  concealing  nothing,  and  will  first  of  all  pray  thee,  $?fi 
that  thou  wilt  not  grow  weary  of  praying  for  me,  that  I  may  merit 
and  meet  with  at  least  some  share  of  mercy  in  the  day  of  judgment.' 
The  old  man,  suffused  with  tears,  began  to  weep  bitterly.     Then 
began  the  woman  to    tell   and    relate    all   the   things   that    had  34° 
happened   to  her,   thus   saying  : — '  I  had  a   brother  and  a  home 
in   Egypt,   and   there   dwelt  with   my  relatives.       Then,  in   the 
twelfth  year  of  my  age,  I  began  to  despise  their  love  and  betook 
myself  to  the  city  of  Alexandria.     But  I  am  ashamed  to  recount  344 
now  how    at  the   outset  I  first  polluted   my  virginity,  and  how 
ceaselessly  and  insatiably  I   [gave  myself  up]  to  sins,  and  con- 
tinued  in    subjection    to    sinful    lusts.       It    must    now    indeed 
be   told  briefly ;    yet   I  now  the  rather  tell  of  them,  that  thou  348 
mayest   perceive    the    unlawful    burning    of    my    misdeeds    that 
I  felt  in  my  love   of  fornication.      But   pity  me,  abbot;     even 
for   seventeen   years   I    openly    surpassed   a   number   of   people, 
continuing   in    the    desire    of   fornication.       Neither  did   I   lose  352 
my  virginity  for  any   man's   presents,  nor   would  I   indeed  re- 
ceive  anything   from  any  one   who    desired   to    give   me   some- 
what;   but   I  was  greatly  excited  with  the  heat  of   sinful  lust, 
so  that  I  desired  that  they  would  come  to  me  in  greater  num-  356 
bers  without  any  price,  to  the  end  that  I  might  the  more  easily 
satisfy  my  culpable  desires  for  wicked  living.    Nor  do  thou  suppose 
that  I  would  receive  anything  for  any  world's  wealth,  but  ever 
lived  in  poverty,  because  I  had,  as  I  said  before,  insatiable  desires,  360 
so  that  I  ceaselessly  polluted  myself  in  the  puddle  of  wicked  adul- 
tery, and  this  was  my  misery ;   and  this  I  accounted  as  life,  that  I 
might  thus  ceaselessly  fulfil  the  vexations  of  the  flesh,     Whilst  I 


335-  0.  geofum.  341.  0.  symble;   forpan  pe  ic;   ic 

336.  0.  onfengc ;  but  see  1.  340.    0.  pe  ser. 

om.  aht.  O.  gyfon;  ic  swa  swiSe  wees.  343.  O.  gewilnunge;  adele. 

337.  O.  onhaeled  (!).  343.  O.  geligres  ;    to   myrcffe   (}n- 

338.  0.  om.  \<zt  after  ceape;  pam  distinct ;   but  perhaps  it  is  the  right 
{for  py).  reading). 

339.  0.    ic   mihte   pe   eft ;    gewil-  344.  0.  gif  ic  {for  pset  swa). 
nunge;  geligres. 


24  XXIII  B.       DE    TltANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

gecyndes  teonan ;  ba  ic  bus  leofode  J?a  geseali  ic  on  sumere  tide 
miccle  meniu  affricana  and  egypta  togsedere  yrnende  swa  swa  to 
sse  ;  Da  gemette  ic  fserunga  heora  sumne  .  and  ]?one  axode  hweeber 

348  he  wende  \>cet  seo  mseniu  efstan  vvolde ;  He  me  amZswarode  and 
bus  cwse(5  pcet  hi  to  hierusalem  faran  woldon  for  faere  halgan  rode 
wurSunga  Ipe  man  sefter  naht  manegum  dagum  wurSian  sceolde  . 
Da  cwcec5.  ic  to  him  ;    Wenst  f>u  hwsecSer  hi  me  underfon  willan  . 

352  gif  ic  mid  him  faran  wille  ;  Da  cwce'cS.  he  ;  Gif  f»u  hsefst  pcet  fsereht 
ne  forwyrnb  be  heora  senig ;  Da  cwcecS.  ic  to  him ;  *  BrocSor  socSlice 
nsebbe  ic  nan  fsereht  to  syllanne  .  ac  ic  wille  faran  .  and  an  fsera 
scypa  astigan  .  and  J?eah  hi  nellan  hi  me  afedatS  .  and  ic  me  sylfe 

356  heom  befseste  .  and  heebben  hi  minne  lichaman  to  gewealde  for  J>am 
fserehte  .  Ipcet  hi  me  be  hrsedlicor  underfon  ;  Miltsa  me  abbud  forcSon 
ic  gewilnode  mid  him  to  farenne  .  pcet  ic  Ipe  ma  em-wyrhtena  on 
bsere  ]?rowunge  mines  wynlustas  ha3fde ;  Ic  cwceft.  eer  to  J?e ;  Da 

360  halga  wer  miltsa  me  .  Ipcet  bu  me  ne  genyde  to  areccenne  mine 
gescyndnysse  ;  God  wat  Ipcet  ic  heora  forhtige  .  for  }>am  pe  ic  wat 
Ipcet  bas  mine  word  seg^er  gewenimatS  ge  be  .  ge  £>as  lyfte  ;  Zosimus 
socSlice  }>a  eorc5an  mid  tearum  ofer-geotende  hire  to  cwcecS ;  Eala 

364  }>u  gastlice  modor  sege  for  gode  ic  pe  bidde  .  and  ne  forlset  Jju  J>a 
sefterfylgednysse  .  swa  halwendre  gere  [ced]  nysse  .  and}>uscwa3(S;  Se 
geonglineg  gehyrde  sona  Ipcet  bysmor  minra  worda  .  and  hlihhende 
me  fram  gewat ;  Ic  f>a  sona  J?a  swingle  me  fram  awearp  .  Ipe  ic 

368  seldon  gewunode  on  handa  to  hsebbenne  .  and  to  f>sere  see  arn  .  £>a?r 
bair  ic  hi  geseah  gesamnode  .  f»a  geseah  ic  tyn  geonge  men  .  setgaed- 
ere  standende  be  bam  warucSe  .  genoh  J^seslice  on  lichaman  .  and 
on  gebserum  .  and  ful  licwurSe  me  buhte  to  mines  lichaman  luste  . 

345,  6.    O.   ic  J>a   ]>us   lufode ;    ic  352.  0.  fserriht. 

sumre  tide  on  sumra  healue  micclo  354.  0.  nabbe ;    faerriht ;    and  me 

mtenigeo  of  affricana  and  of  egypta.  on  an  J>ara. 

347.  O.  f seringa  hira;  and  ic  J>one  355.  0.  gestigan;   forjjam  ic  (for 
ahsode  hwider  (?).  and  ic). 

348.  0.  msenigeo.  356.  0.  him  (for  heom) ;  him  (for 

349.  O.  om.  ])us.  hi)  ;  and  J)ane  wiS  J>am  fasrrihte  onfon 

350.  0.  weorjmnge ;  0.  inserts  sefter  (for  for   pam  faerehte). 

Iset  before  wurSian.  357.  O.  om,  ]>cet  hi  .  .  .  underfon; 

351.  0.  wast  (for Wenst);  hiwillen       0.  ins.  Zosimus  after  abbud. 

me  underfon.  358.  0.  wilnode  ;  emnwyrhtena. 

1  Leaf  126. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  25 

thus  lived,  I  saw  at  a  certain  season  a  great  multitude  of  Africans  364 
and  Egyptians  running  together  as  it  were  towards  the  sea.    Then  I 
suddenly  met  one  of  them,  and  asked  him  whither  he  supposed 
that  the  multitude  desired   to   hasten.      He    answered    me,  and 
spake  thus,  saying,  that  they  wished  to  go  to  Jerusalem  out  of  368 
reverence  for  the    Holy  Rood,  which  should  receive  due  honour 
not  many  days  afterward.     Then  said  I  to  him :  "  Thinkest  thou 
that  they  will  take  me  too,  if  I  wish  to  go  with  them  1 "     Then 
said  he:    "If  thou  hast  the  "passage-money,  none  of  them  will  re-  372 
fuse  you."      Then  said    I  to  him:    "Brother,  verily  I  have  no 
passage-money  to  give  ;   but  I  wish  to  go  and  embark  in  one  of 
the  ships,  and  they  shall  support  me,  though  they  do  not  wish  it ; 
and  I  will  entrust  myself  to  them  ;  and  let  them  have  my  body  at  376 
their  pleasure  for  the  passage-money,  that    they  may  the   more 
readily  receive  me."     Pity  me,  abbot,  because  I  desired  to  go  with 
them,  that  I  might  have  the  more  associates  in  the  passion  of  my 
desires.    I  said  before  to  thee,  "  pity  me,  thou  holy  man ; "  in  order  380 
that  thou  shouldst  not  compel  me  to  recount  my  shame.      God 
knoweth  that  I  fear  my  own  words,  because  I  know  that  these 
words  of   mine  pollute  both  thee  and  the  very  air.'     Zosimus 
indeed,  bedewing  the    earth  with  his  tears,  said   to  her  :    '  Ah,  384 
thou  spiritual  mother,  say  on,  I  pray  thee,  for  God's  sake,  and 
be  not  silent  as  to  the  sequel  of  so  sanctifying  a  history.'     And 
then  she  said  thus  :  '  The  young  man  soon  heard  the  shamefulness 
of  my  words,  and  departed  from  me,  laughing.     Thereupon  I  soon  388 
cast  from  me  the  flax-stick  [better,  spindle]  which  I  was  seldom 
wont  to  have  in  my  hands,  and  ran  to  the  sea,  where  I  saw  them 
assembled.     Then  I  saw  ten  young  men  standing  together  on  the 

359.  0.  J)am  (for  >sere) ;  wynlustes.  366.  0.    Se   geongling    >a    soolice 

361.  O.  gesceandnysse ;  hira.  gehyrende  \>eet  bysmorgleow  :  0.  om. 

362.  0.  wemma'5.  and. 

363.  O.  witodlice  (for  soolice) ;  on  367.  O.  soolice  (for  sona)  ;  spinle 
(for  J>a) ;  ofer-geotendum.  (for  swingle;   which  is  far  better; 

364.  O.  sege  me  for.  Lat.  text :   proiiciens  quam  gestabam 

365.  O.  gerecednysse  (MS.  Julius  colum). 

has  gerenysse,  which  seems  to   be  a  368.  0.  habbanne. 

mistake).    For  and  Jms  cwseS  0.  has  369.  O.  hi  gegaderade  geseah. 

beo  pa  togeycte  J)aere  aerran  cySnysse  370.  O.  werofte. 

(i.e.  let  those  be  added  to  the  former  371.  0.  lfcwyr'Se  }>?es  pe  me    lus- 

exposition).  turn. 


26  XXIII B.       DE    TRANSITU    MARIAE   AEGYPT1ACE, 

372  ic  me  jm  unsceandlice 1  swa  swa  ic  gewuna  wses  .  to-middes  heora 
gemengde  and  him  to  cwasS  .  NimatS  me  on  eower  faereld  mid  eow  . 
ne  beo  ic  na  eow  unlicwyrt5e  ;  And  ic  hi  J>a  ealle  sona  to  )?am  man- 
full  um  leahtrum  .  and  ceahhetungum  bysmerlicum  astyrede ;  Mid 

376  manegum  obrum  fullicum  .  and  fracodlicum  gespreecum  .  hi  Ipa. 
witodlice  mine  unsceamlicam  gebsera  geseonde  me  on  heora  scip  . 
namon  to  him  .  and  for(5  hreowan ;  Eala  Zosimus  hu  maeg  ic  be 
areccan  .  obj^e  hwilc  tunga  mseg  hit  asecgan  .  obf>e  eara  gehyran  . 

380  ba  rnan-dseda  pe  on  fam  scip-fsereldS  wseron  .  and  on  bam  sitSfsete 
gefremede  .  and  hu  ic  to  syngi2genne  genydde  segcSer  ge  (5a  earman 
willendan  .  and  J>a  earman  syllendan  ;  Nis  nan  asecgendlic  ocStSe 
unasecgendlic  fracodlicnysse  hiwung  J^ses  (sic)  ic  ne  sih  tihtende  .  and 

384  lserende  .  and  fruma  gefremed  ;  Beo  la  nu  on  f>ysum  gehealden  . 
forban  pe  ic  wundrige  hu  seo  see  atSolode  .  and  adruge  mine  J?a 
unrihtlican  lustas  .  o(5(5e  hu-meta  seo  eor(5e  hyre  mucS  ne  untynde  . 
and  me  swa  cwyce  on  helle  ne  besencte  pe  swa  manega  sawla  on 

388  forspillednysse  grin  gelaedde  .  ac  pses  pe  ic  hopige  poet  god  mine 
hreowsunga  sohte  .  se  (5e  nsenne  ne  forlsetacS  forwurcSan  .  ac  ealle 
hale  gedecS  .  p e  on  hine  gelyfacS  .  forcSon  soolice  he  nele  J^aes  synful- 
lan  deacS  .  ac  langsumlice  his  gehwyrfednysse  bicS ;  "We  f>a  swa  mid 

392  micclum  ofste  .  witodlice  to  hierusalem  foron  .  and  swa  msenige 
dagas  swa  ic  eer  J>aere  [rode]  symbelnysse  on  bgere  ceastre  wunode  mid 
[gelicum]  fullicum  weorcum  me  gemse[n]gde  .  and  eac  [wyrsum] ; 
Nses  ic  na  geniht-sumigende  on  J?am  geongum  .  t5e  on  f>sere  sae  mid 

396  me .  oc5(5e  on  Jmm  si(5feete  haemdon .  ac  ic  eac  swilce  msenga  selcSeodige . 
and  ceaster-gewarena  .  on  ba  dseda  minra  scylda  [gegadrigende]  . 

372.  0.  unsceandlice  (rightly) ;  the  380.    O.   man    (om.    daeda)  ;    om. 
un-  has  been  erased  in  MS.  Julius,       wseron;  o'SSe  (for  and). 

by  mistake;  on  (for  ic) ;  hira.  381.   0.   gefremede    waeron;    syn- 

373.  O.  on  eowrum  fserelde;    om.       gienne. 

mid  eow.  382.  0.  nellendan  (for  syllendan) ; 

374.  O.  eow  na;  0.  And  hi  ealle.        this  seems  rights   Lat,  text — vel  in- 

375.  6.    0.  bysmer  ceahhettungum       vitos. 

astyrode   wurdon   (with   a  different  383.  0.  J>aes  (as  in  text) ;  si  (for 

construction) ;  fraco'Slicum.  sih) ;  tihtend. 

377.  O.  gebsero.  384.  O.  laerend;  gehealdan. 

378.  O.  reowan.  385.  0.  wundrie ;  aj>olade. 

379.  O.  tunge  (better);   gesecgan ;  386.  0.  ontynde. 
eare  (better). 

1  unsceandlice,  with  un  erased.  3  Leaf  1 26,  back. 


XXIII B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  27 

shore,  sufficiently  comely  in  body  and  in   demeanour,  and  very  392 
suitable,  methought,  for  my  bodily  lust.     Then  I  shamelessly,  as  I 
was  wont,  went  amongst  them,  and  said  to  them  :    "  Take  me  with 
you  on  your  voyage  ;  I  shall  not   be  displeasing  to  you."     And 
I  soon  excited  them  all  to   wicked  vices  and  shameful  jestings,  396 
with    many    other    filthy    and    lewd    expressions.       Then    they, 
seeing  my  shameless  behaviour,  took  me  with  them  in  their  ship, 
and  rowed  away.     Oh,  Zosimus,  how  can  I  relate  to  you,  or  what 
tongue  may  say,  or  what  ear  hear,  the  evil  deeds  that  took  place  400 
upon  the  voyage,  and  that  were  done  in  the  passage  ;  and  how 
I   compelled   to    sin   both   the   wretches    who   were  willing   and 
the  wretches  who  gave  me  money.      There  is  no  description  of 
lewdness,   utterable   or   unutterable,   which    I   did   not  allure  to  404 
and   teach,   and   first   performed.      Be   now  satisfied  with   this; 
for   I   wonder   how    the    sea   could   suffer    and    endure  my    un- 
righteous desires,  or  how  the  earth  at  any  rate  did  not  open  her 
mouth,  and  sink  me  all  alive  down  into  hell,  who  led  so  many  408 
souls  into  the  snare  of  perdition,  except  that  I  suppose  God  sought 
my  repentance,  He  who  suffereth  none  to  perish,  but  saveth  all 
who  believe  upon  Him.     For  verily  He  clesireth  not  the  death  of 
the  sinner,  but  patiently  expecteth  his  conversion.     Thus  we,  with  412 
great  haste,  journeyed  on  to  Jerusalem ;  and  as  many  days  as  I 
lived  in  the  city  before  the  day  of  the  festival  [of  the  Rood],  I  asso- 
ciated myself  with  similar,  and  even  worse,  foul  deeds.     I  did  not 
restrict  myself  to  the  young  men  who  associated  with  me  on  the  sea  41 6 
or  on  the  journey,  but  I  also  gathered  together  many  of  the  strangers 
and  citizens  in  the  deeds  of  my  sins,  and  betrayed  and  contaminated 

387.  0.   om.   swa;   cwucuwe  {for  394.    O.   gelicum    {rightly ;    MS. 
cwyce).  Julius    has    lichaman) ;     gemaengde 

388.  0.  forspillendnysse ;  fser  {for  {rightly ;  MS.  Julius  has  gemsegde) ; 
}>ses).  wyrsum    {rightly ;    MS.   Julius   has 

389.  O.    naenne   nele    forweoroan.  wyrcum. 

Ac  ealle  weorftan  hale  ]>e,  &c.  395.  0.  mid  me  on  fsere  see. 

390.  0.   om,    gedeft    .   .   gelyfaft;  396.  0.  msenega  a?r5eodie. 

0.  forjjam.  397.  0.   ceaster-wara.      O.    gega- 

391.  O.anbit  {forbift) ;  O.om.  mid.  driende;    Jul.    gegadrigendum ;    we 

392.  O.  foran;  manige.  must  prefer   the  former,   and  read 

393.  0.  inserts  rode,  which  the  text  gegadrigende. 
omits. 


28  XXIII  B.      DE   TRANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

and  beswicende  besmat  .  Da  fa  seo  symbelnyss  becom  f  sere  halgan 
deorwurSan  rode  .  up-ahefennysse ;   Ic  fore-geode  fa  geongan  swa 

400  swa  ser  on  pcet  grin  forspillednysse  teonde  .  fa  geseah  ic  softlice  on 
serne  mergen  hi  ealle  anmodlice  to  f  sere  cyrcan  yrnan  .  fa  ongan  ic 
yrnan  mid  f  am  yrnendum  .  and  samod  mid  heom  teolode  toforan 
f  am  temple  becuman  .  fa  fa  seo  tid  becom  fa  halgan  rode  to  wur- 

404  f igenne  .  fa  ongan  ic  nydwrseclice  gemang  f am  folce  wicS  f aes  folces 
f ringan  .  and  swa  mid  micclum  geswince  ic  ungesselige  to  fees 
temples  dura  becom  mid  f am  f e  f eer  in-eodon  .  fa  ic  sceolde  in  on 
fa  dura  gangen  .  fa  ongunnon  hi  butan  selcere  lsettinge  ingangan  . 

408  m6  witodlice  f  cet  godcunda  msegen  *f  ses  ganges  bewerede  .  and  ic 
sona  wses  ut  af  rungen  fram  eallum  f  am  folce  .  ocS<5e  ic  senlipigu  on 
f am  cafertune  to  lsefe  of stod  .  fa  ongan  ic  f encan  f cet  me  f cet 
gelumpe  for  f sere  wiflican  unmihte .  and  ic  me  fa  eft  ongan  msenc- 

412  gan  to  of  rum  .  Ipcet  ic  wolde  on  sume  wisan  inn  gef  ringan  .  ac  ic 
swanc  on  idel  .  mid  f  am  f  e  ic  f  one  (Serscwold  f  sera  dura  gehran  . 
and  hi  ealle  f yder  inn  onfangene  wseron  butan  eelcere  lettinge  .  fa 
wses  ic  ana  ut  asceofen 2 ;  Ac  swilce  me  hwilc  Strang  meniu  ongean 

416  stode  .  f  cet  me  f  one  ingang  beluce  .  swa  me  seo  fserlice  godes  wracu 
fa  duru  bewerede  ;  0(5(5e  ic  eft  standende  on  f ses  temples  cafertune 
wses  .  f  us  ic  f rywa  .  of f  e  feower  sif  um  f rowode  minne  willan  to 
geseonne  .  and  eac  to  fremanne  .  and  fa  Sa  ic  naht  ne  gefremode  . 

420  fa  ongan  ic  ofer  f cet  geor[n]e  w£nan  and  min  lichama  wses  swicSe 
geswenced  for  fam  nyde  fses  gefringes;  Da  gewat  ic  witodlice 
f anone  .  and  me  ana  gestod  on  sumum  hwomme  fses  cafertunes  . 
and  on  minum  mode  geornlice  f  ohte  and  smeade  for  hwilcum  intin- 

424  gum  me  wsere  forwyrned  fses  liffsestan  treowes  ansyn  .  fa  onhran 
soSlice  min  mod  and  fa  eagan  minre  heortan  hselo  andgit  mid  me 
sylfre  f encende  f cet  me  f one  ingang  belucen  fa  onfeormeganda  (sic) 
minra  misdseda  .  Da  ongan  io  biterlice  wepan  .  and  swiSe  gedrefed 

428  mine  breost  cnyssan  .  and  of  inneweardre  heortan  heofonde  for<S- 
bringan  .  fa  geomorlican  siccetunga ;  Da  geseah  ic  of  f sere  st6we 

398,  9.  0.  halgan  rode  deorwurftan  428.    Here  G.    begins   again.     G. 

upahafenes.  heofiende  forSbrohte. 

401.  0.  urnan.     (0.  breaks  off).  429.  G.  siccetunge. 

1  Leaf  127.  2  asceafen,  alt.  to  asceofen. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  29 

them.  When  the  festival  of  the  elevation  of  the  precious  Rood  arrived, 
I  went  before  the  young  men,  as  before,  enticing  them  to  the  snare  420 
of  perdition.     Then  indeed  I  saw  them  all  run  with  one  accord  to 
the  church  early  in  the  morning.     Then  began  I  to  run  with  the 
runners,  and  together  with  them  endeavoured  to  arrive  before  the 
temple.    When  the  time  came  for  reverencing  the  Holy  Rood,  then  424 
I  began  violently  to  push  among  the  people  against  the  people, 
and  so  with  much  toil  I,  poor  wretch,  arrived  at  the  temple-door 
with  those  who  were  entering  therein.     When  I  ought  to  have 
entered  at  the  door,  the  rest  began  to  enter  without  any  hindrance;  42§ 
but  the  divine  might  prevented  me  from  going  in,  and  I  was  soon 
thrust  out  from  amid  all  the  people,  until  I  stood  behind  alone  in 
the  vestibule.     Then  I  began  to  think  that  this  had  happened  to 
me  on  account  of  my  womanly  want  of  strength,  and  so  I  began  432 
once  more  to  mix  myself  with  others,  that  I  might  somehow  push 
my  way  in.     But  I  toiled  in  vain,  whenever  I  touched  the  thres- 
hold of  the  doors.     And  they  were  all  received  therein  without  any 
hindrance,  when  I  alone  was  pushed  out.     Just  as  if  some  strong  436 
company  of  men  opposed  me  to  prevent  my  entrance,  so  the  sudden 
vengeance  of  God  barred  the  door  to  me,  until  I  was  again  standing 
in  the  vestibule  of  the  temple.     Thus  thrice  or  four  times  I  endea- 
voured to  behold  and  also  to  fulfil  my  will ;    and  when  I  in  no  44° 
wise  succeeded,  then  I  began  to  think  earnestly  about  it,  and  my 
body  was  extremely  wearied  by  the  compulsion  of  the  pressure. 
Then,  verily,  I  departed  thence,  and  stood  alone  in  a  corner  of  the 
vestibule,  and  earnestly  deliberated  in  my  mind,  and  considered  for  444 
what  cause  the  sight  of  the  quickening  tree  was  denied  me.     Then 
indeed  a  knowledge  of  salvation  touched  my  mind  and  the  eyes  of 
my  heart,  while  pondering  with  myself  that  the  filthiness  of  my 
misdeeds  had  closed  the  entrance  against  me.     Then  I  began  to  448 
weep  bitterly,  and  in  great  sorrow  to  beat  my  breast,  and  sighing 
from  my  inmost  heart  to  bring  forth  sorrowful  sobbings.     Then 


30  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MA1UAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

pe  ic  on  stod  .  J^aere  halgan  godes  cennestran  anlicnysse  standende  . 
and  ic  cwaecS  to  hire  geornlice  and  unforbugendlice  behealdende  and 

432  cwec5ende  ;  Eala  bu  wuldorfseste  hkefdige  be  bone  so(5an  god  sefter 
flaesces  gebyrde  acendest .  geara  ic  wat  pcet  hit  nis  na  gedafenlic  .  ne 
bceslic  .  pcet  ic  [be] 1  swa  grimlice  forworht  eom  .  pcet  ic  bine  anlicnysse 
sceawige  .  and  gebidde  mid  swa  maenigfealdum  besmitenum  2  gesih- 

436  bum  .  bu  waere  symle  fsemne  oncnawan  .  and  binne  lichaman  hseb- 
bende  cloene  .  and  unwemmed  .  forbon  witodlice  genoh  rihtlic  is  me 
swa  besmitenre  fram  binre  claenan  ungewemmednysse  beon  ascirod8 . 
and  fram  aworpen  .  ac  swa  beah-hwBetSere  forban  tSe  ic  gehyrde  Ipcet 

440  god  wsere4  mann  forSy  gefremod  be  bu  sylf  acendest .  to  bon  pcet  he  ba 
synfullan  to  hreowsunge  gecygede  .  gefultuma  me  nu  anegre  eelces 
fylstes  bedseled  .  forlset  me  and  me  ba  leafe  forgif  to  geopenigenne 
bone  ingang  binre  bsere  halgan  cyrcan  .  pcet  ic  ne  wurSe  fremde  ge- 

444  worden  bsere  deorwurban  rode  gesih<5e  .  on  bsere  gefaestnod  wees 
ealles  middaneardes  hselend  .  bone  bu  femne  geeacnodost  eac  swilce 
faemne  acendest .  se  be  his  agen  blod  ageat  for  minre  alysednysse  .  ac 
hat  nu  bu  wuldorfaeste  hlsefdige  .  me  unmedemre  for  baere  godcundan 

448  rode  gretinge  .  ba  dura  beon  tintynede  .  and  ic  me  Ipe  bebeode  .  and 
to  mundbyrdnyese  geceose  w'icS  bin  agen  bearn  .  and  inc  bam  ge- 
hate  Ipcet  ic  neefre  ofer  bis  minne  lichaman  ne  besmite  burh  Ipcet 
grimme  bysmer-gleow  baes  manfullan  geligeres  .  ac  sona  ic  halige 

4=2  f&emne  bines  suna  rode  geseo  .  ic  mid  bam  wiSsace  bissere  worulde  . 
and  hire  daedum  mid  eallum  bingura  be  on  hyre  synd  .  and  sycSSan 
fare  swa  hwider  swa  bu  me  to  mundbyrdnysse  geredst  bus  cwaecS- 
ende  .  ic  wean5  pa,  gelaed  mid  baere  haetu  baes  geleafan  .  and  mid 

456  bam  truwan  obhrinon  .  and  be  baere  arfaestan  godes  cennestran 
mild-heortnysse  bryst-laecende  .  ic  me  of  baere  ylcan  stowe  astyrede 
"Se  ic  bis  gebaed  .  cwcecS  .  and  me  eft  to  bam  ingangendum  gemengde  . 

431,  2.  G.  om.  and  cweftende.  438.  G.  om.  swa;  besmitene. 

433-  G.  geare.  438.  G.  &&cxmodKperhaps  rightly  ; 

434.  G.  om.  )>e.  G.  om.  eom  }>aet  ic.  hence  the  false  reading  ascimod   in 

435-    G".    bidde    oS#e    gesceawie ;  MS.  Julius), 

inaenigfealdlicum.  439.  G.  awurpon  ;  forfam. 

436.  G.  oncnawen.  440.  G,    wsere   fbrSi   mann;    }>am 

437.  G.  unwaemme.  forfam.  (for  >on). 

1  \>e  inserted  by  a  later  hand.  2  Leaf  127,  back. 

3  ascimod,  alt.  (later)  to  ascirod.  4  re  (Ho),  alt.  (later)  to  waare. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  31 

from  the  place  where  I   stood  I  beheld  the  likeness  of  the  holy 
Mother  of  God  standing  there  ;  and  I  eagerly  spake  to  her,  without  452 
turning  away  from  beholding  her,  and  saying  :   "Oh!  thou  glorious 
lady,  who  according  to  the  birth  of  the  flesh  didst  bear  the  true 
God,  well  I  wot  that  it  is  not  fitting  nor  meet  that  I,  who  am 
so  grievous  a  sinner,  should  behold  thy  form,  and  should  pray  456 
with  looks  that  have  been  so  repeatedly  polluted.     Thou  wast  ever 
known  as  a  virgin,  keeping  thy  body  pure  and  undefiled;  wherefore 
indeed  it  is  very  right  that  I  who  am  so  foul  should  be  separated 
and  cast  out  from  thy  pure  virginity.     Nevertheless,  inasmuch  as  I  460 
have  heard  that  the  God  whom  thyself  barest  was  made  man  for 
that  very  reason,  that  He  might  call  sinners  to  repentance,  assist  me 
now,  who  am  desolate  and  deprived  of  any  help.     Permit  me  and 
give  me  leave  to  open  the  entrance  of  thy  holy  church,  that  I  may  464 
not  be  exiled  from  the  sight  of  the  precious  Rood  on  which  the 
Saviour  of  all  the  earth  was  fastened,  whom  thou,  a  virgin,  didst 
conceive  and,  still  a  virgin,  didst  bear,  who  poured  out   His  own 
blood   for  my  redemption.     But  command  now,  O  glorious  lady,  468 
that  for  me,  unworthy  though  I  be,  the  doors  may  be  unclosed  to 
let  me  greet  the  divine  Rood,  and  I  will  give  myself  up  to  thee  and 
choose  thee  for  my  protector  against  thine  own  Son  ;  and  I  promise 
you  both  that  I  will  never  hereafter  pollute  my  body  with  the  472 
dire  lust  of  evil  fornication  ;    but,  as  soon  as  I  see  the  Rood  of  thy 
Son,  O  holy  virgin,  I  will  thereupon  forsake  this  world  and  its  deeds 
with  all  things  that  are  therein. ;   and  will  afterwards  go  whither- 
soever thou  dost  advise  me  to  go  for  my  protection."    Thus  saying,  476 
I  was  led  by  the  fervour  of  ^belief,  and  touched  with  faith,  and 
being  made  bold  by  the  pity  of  the  worthy  mother  of  God,  I  stirred 
myself  from  the  place  where  I  said  this  prayer,  and  again  mingled 
with  those  who  were  entering.     After  this  there  was  nothing  to  4S0 

441.  G.  gecigde  .  Gefultma;  G.  om.       to  halge\ 

nu  ;  anegra  selces  oftres  fylstes.  452.  G.  sona  (for  mid  |>am) ;  J>isse. 

442.  G.  bedaelede;  geopenienne.  454.  G.  gerecst. 

443.  G.    om.   ])3ere;   G.    beo    (for  455.  G.  wearfi  onseled  mid ;  hseto. 
wurfte).  456.  G.  sethrinen. 

445>  6.  G.  fsemne  geeacnodest ;  G.  457.  G.  om.  pryst-lsecende ;    asty- 

om.  eac  .  .  .  acendest.  rode. 

448.  G.  untyned.  458.  G.  past  io  (with  ]>e  ic  me  in 

450.  G.  me  (for  minne  lichaman).  margin^;  gebed  ;  ic  me  J)a  eft  (for 

451.  G.  Bona  swa  ic  Jm  halga  (alt.  me  eft). 


32  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

syf f an  noes  nan  f  incg  f  e  me  dtsceofe  of  f  e  me  f  aes  temples  dura 

460  bewerede  .  and  ic  fa  ineode  mid  f  ani  ingangendum ;  De  gegrap  me 
witodlice  stranglie  fyrhto  .  and  ic  waes  eall  byfigende  gedreTed  .  fa 
ic  me  eft  to  f  aere  dura  geSeodde  f  e  me  wees  ser  ingang  belocen  . 
1  swilc  me  eall  ]>cet  maegen  f  e  me  ser  f  aes  inganges  duru  bewerede 

464  aefter  fan  f  one  ingang  f  aes  siSfaetes  gegearwode  .  swa  ic  waes 
gefylled  mid  fam  gastlicum  gerynum  innon  fam  temple  .  and  ic 
waes  gemedemod  gebiddan  fa  gerynu  f  aere  deorwurSan  and  f  aere 
geliffaestan  rode ;  Da  ic  f  aer  geseah  fa  halgan  godes  gerynu  hu  he 

468  symle  geare  is  fa  hreowsigendan  to  underfonne ;  Da  wearp  ic  me 
sylfe  forcS  on  fa  flor  .  and  fa  halgan  eorc5an  gecyste  ;  Da  ic  ut-eode 
fa  becom  ic  eft  to  f aere  stowe  of  f  aere  ic  aer  f  aere  halgan  cennestran 
[anlicnysse]  geseah  .  and  mine  cneowa  gebigde  beforan  f  am  halgan 

472  andwlitan  f  ysum  wordum  biddende  ;  Eala  f  u  fremsumesta  hlaefdig 
f e  me  fine  arfsestan  mildheortnysse  aeteowdest  .  and  mine  fa  un- 
wurSan  bena  [f  e]  fram  ne 2  awurpe  ic  geseah  f  cet  wuldor  f  e  we 
synfulle  mid  gewyrhtum  ne  [geseo'S  .  sy]  wuldor  aelmihtigum  gode 

476  se  f  e  f  urh  f  e  onfehtS  f  sera  synfulra  .  and  forworhtra  .  hreow- 
sunge  and  dsedbote  .  hwaet  maeg  ic  earm  for-(5oht  mare  geSencan  . 
oc5(5e  areccan  .  nu  is  seo  tid  to  gefyllenne  .  and  to  gefremmane 
swa  ic  aer    cwcecS  .  f  inre   (5aere    licwur<5an    mundbyrdnysse  .  ge- 

480  rece  me  nu  on  f one  waeg  f e  fin  willa  sy  .  beo  me  nu  haelo  lat- 
teow  aeteowod  .  and  sotfraestnysse  ealdor  .  beforan  me  gangende 
on  f one  waeg  f e  to  dsedbote  laet ;  Da  ic  f us  .  cwcecS  fa  gehyrde  ic 
feorran  ane  stefne  clypigende ;  Gif  f  u  iordane  f  cet  waeter  ofer-faerst . 

484  f aer  f u  gefaerst  and  gemetst  gode  reste  ;  Da  ic  fas  stemne  gehyrde  . 
and  for  minum  f  ingum  ongeat  beon  geclypode  .  Ic  wepende  spraec 
and  to  f  aere  [halgan]  godes  cennestran  anlicnysse  hawigende  .  and 

459.  G.  >ing ;   ut-ascufe ;  J>ses,  alt.  468.    G.   symle    is    geare    his    }>a 
to  >sere  ;  om.  temples.                                 hreowsiendan. 

460.  G.  om.  and  ic  }>a  ineode.  469.  G.  sylfne ;    J>am  eorSan  {for 

462.  G.    j>a   (for  eft) ;    duru   ge-  )>a  flor)  ;    flor  cyssende  (for  eor&an 
J>ydde ;  G.  inserts  se  before  ingang.  gecyste) ;  om.  Da  ic. 

463.  G.  swylce;  G.  om.  duru.  470.  G.    stowe   ]>e   ic;    G.   inserts 

464.  G.  gerymde  and  (for  ]>ses  .  .  .  godes  after  halgan. 
gegearwode).  471.  G.  supplies  anlicnysse. 

466.  G.  to  gebiddanne.  472.  G.  fremsumesta,  alt.  to  -te ; 

467.  G.  liflfoestan ;  and  (for  Da).  hlsefdige. 

1  Leaf  128.  2  MS.  me. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MAltY    OF    EGYPT.  33 

push  me  out  or  to  keep  me  from  the  temple-door  ;  and  so  I  entered 
with  those  who  were  entering.     Then  indeed  a  strong  terror  seized 
me,  and  I  was  all  trembling  and  troubled,  as  I  again  approached 
the  door  that  before  was  fastened  against  me  ;  just  as  if  all  the  484 
force  that  had  formerly  debarred  me  from  entering  the  door  had 
afterwards  assisted  my  entrance  in  advancing.     Thus  was  I  filled 
with  spiritual  mysteries  within  the  temple,  and  I  was  considered 
worthy  to  pray  for  the  mysteries  of  the  honoured  and  quickening  488 
Rood.    Then  I  beheld  there  the  mysteries  of  the  holy  God,  how  He 
is  ever  ready  to  receive  the  repentant.    Then  I  cast  myself  forward 
on  the  floor,  and  kissed  the  sacred  earth.     As  I  went  out,  I  again 
arrived  at  the  place  whence  I  before  saw  the  holy  mother's  likeness,  492 
and  bent  my  knees  before  the  holy  presence, saying  these  words :  "  Oh, 
thou  most  benign  lady,  who  hast  shewn  me  thy  gracious  mercy,  and 
didst  not  cast  from  thee  my  unworthy  prayers,  I  have  seen  the  glory 
that  we  sinners  by  our  merits  never  behold;   glory  be  to  Almighty  496 
God,  who  through  thee  receiveth  the  sorrow  and  repentance  of  sinners 
and  misdoers.     What  more  can  I,  a  despairing  wretch,  think  or 
tell  of  1     Now  is  the  time  to  perform  and  fulfil,  as  I  before  said, 
thy  favourable  protection.     Direct  me  now  in  the  way  that  thou  500 
wiliest ;  let  an  evident  guide  to  salvation  and  a  teacher  of  truth  now 
appear  to  me,  going  before  me  in  the  way  that  leadeth  to  amendment," 
While  I  thus  spoke,  I  heard  a  voice  calling  afar  off :  "If  thou  wilt 
pass  over  the  river  Jordan,  there  thou  shalt  experience  and  find  good  504 
rest."    When  I  heard  this  voice,  and  understood  that  it  was  uttered 
on  my  account,  I  spake  with  weeping,  looking  towards  the  likeness 

473.  G.  arfestan ;  G.  itu.  ser  before  480.  G,  latjjeow. 

seteowdest.  481.  G.  om.  seteowod;  mebeforan, 

474.  G.  ]>e ;  Jul.  Jra  {wrongly) ;  G.  482.  G.  weg ;  gelset. 

ne  {rightly) ;  G.  ins.  nu  before  >aet.  483.  G.   feorranne ;    stemne    cly- 

475.  G.  geseoft  wuldor  sy  Sam ;  Jul.       piende ;  iordanem, 

geseow  {sic)  seo  wuldor.  484.  G.  om.  gefaerst  and ;  gemetjst. 

476.  G.  hreowsunga.  {Here  0.  begins  again  with  gehyrde;) 

477.  G.  daedbota;  earme  forworht.  485.  G.  O.  minon  omgon.     G.   ic 

478.  G.  oftSe  to  areccan,  alt.  to  to  ongeat. 

areccanne  (oSoe  being  underlined);  486.  G.  0.  supply  halgan ;   G.  om. 

fremmanne.  anlicnysse  ;  G.  hawiende  ;  G.  0.  om. 

479.  G.  swa  swa.  and. 


34  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

eft  clypigende  ;    Eala  pu  hlaefdige  ealles  middan-eardes  cwen  .  purh 

48S  Se  eallum  menniscum  cynne  haelo  to  becom  .  ne  forlaet  pu  me; 
Dus  cwaeSende  ic  pa  tit  eode  of  paes  J  temples  cafertune  .  and 
ofstlice  [for] ;  Da  gemette  ic  sum  man  .  and  me  pry  penegas 
sealde  .  mid  pam   ic  me  pry  hlafas  gebohte  .  [(5a]  ic  me  haefde 

492  genoh  gehySSo  to  mines  sicSfaetes  geblaedfaestnysse ;  Da  axode  ic 
pone  pe  ic  pa  hlafas  set  bohte  .  hwilc  se  waeg  waere  pe  to  iordane 
paere  ea  rihtlicost  gelaedde  ;  Da  pa  ic  pone  weg  [wiste]  ic  wepende 
be  pam  sitSfsete  arn  symle  pa,  axunga  paere  aescan  [to-wriSende]   . 

496  and  gemang  pam  Saes  daeges  sicSfaet  wepende  gefylde  ;  Witodlice  paes 
daeges  waes  undern-tid  pa  Sa  ic  gegyrnode  pa  halgan  deorwurSan 
rode  geseon  .  And  sunne  heo  pa  to  setle  ahylde  .  and  paere  aefen- 
repsunge   genealaehte ;    Da   ic  becom    to  sanctes  iohannes  cyrcan 

500  paes  fulwihteres  wiS  iordanen  gesette  .  and  ic  me  pyder  inn 
eode  .  and  me  paer  gebaed  .  and  sona  in  iordane  pa  ea  astah  . 
and  of  pam  halgan  waetere  mine  handa  and  ansynu  pwoh  .  and 
me  paer  gemaensumode  para  liffestan  and  pam  unbesmitenum  ge- 

504  rynum  ures  drihtnes  haelendes  cristes  on  paere  ylcan  cyrcan  . 
paes  halgan  for-ryneles  .  and  fulluhteres  iohannes  .  and  pser  ge-aet 
healfne  dael  paes  hlafes  .  and  paes  waeteres  ondranc  .  and  me  paer 
on  niht  gereste  .  and  on  aerne  morgen  ofer  pa  ea  for  .  pa,  ongan 

508  ic  eft  biddan  mine  laettewestran  sancta.  marian  .  pcet  heo  me 
gerihte  pyder  hire  willa  waere;  Dus  ic  becom  on  pis  westen  . 
and  panone  otS  Sisne  andweardan  daeg  ic  feorrode  symle  fleonde 
minne  [god  anbidigende]  .  and  gehihtende  .  se  pe  hale  gedetS  ealle 

512  fram  pissere  worulde  brogan  pa  tSe  to  him  gecyrracS;  Zosimus 
hire  to  cwaetS  .  eala  min  hlaefdige  hu  maenige  gear  synt  nu  pcet 
pu  on  pysum  westene  eardodost ;  Ipcet  wif  him  cmdswarode ;  Hit 

487.  G.  clipode,  G.  J>a ;  Jul.  Sser. 

488.  G.  0.  >a  (for  $e).     0.  maen-  492.  G.  gehySe ;  O.  gehy)>e. 
niscon.    G.   mancynne  (for  mennis-  493.  G.  se  weg ;  0.  geweg  (sic). 
cum  cynne).     0.  Jm  me  nu ;    G.  me           494.  G.    rihtost  waere ;    0.   rihtor 
nu  (for  Jm  me).  waere    (for  rihtlicost  gelaedde).     G. 

489.  G.  O.  om.  ]>a\  om.  Da.      G.  0.  wiste  ;    Jul.  ongaet 
'490.  G.  f6r  (rightly);  O.  for;  MS.       (later  hand).     0.  ins.  ]>ider  after  ic. 

Jul.  forft.     G.    sumne.     G.  ]>e   (for  495.  0.  symble.     G.  axunge  ]>aere 

and).     O.  paeningas.  aescan    to-gewriSende ;    0.   ahsunge 

491.  0.  seald.     G.  bohte.    0.  Da;       }>aere   aesc[an]  to-wri>ende  (Jul.   to- 

1  Leaf  128,  back. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OP    EGYPT.  35 

of  tlie  holy  mother  of  God,  and  saying  :    "  O  lady,  queen  of  all  the 
earth,  through  thee  came  salvation  to  all  mankind ;  do  not  forsake  5<^8 
me."  Thus  saying,  I  went  out  from  the  vestibule  of  the  temple,  and 
went  hastily  onward.    Then  I  met  a  certain  man  who  gave  me  three 
pence,  wherewith  I  bought  for   myself  three  loaves,  which  I  con- 
sidered sufficient  subsistence  as  provision  for  my  journey.     Then  I  512 
asked  the  man  of  whom  I  bought  the  loaves,  which  was  the  w.iy 
that   led  most  directly  towards  the  river  Jordan.      As  soon    as 
I  knew  about  the  way,  I  ran  continually,  still  weeping,  upon  my 
journey,    continually  adding    enquiry    to    enquiry   [see  footnote]  ;  516 
and  so  fulfilled  the  day's  journey  weeping.     Verily  it   was   the 
undern-tide  of  the    day  when  I   [first]   desired  to  see    the  holy 
worshipful   Rood;    and  now  the   sun  was  declining   towards   its 
setting,  and  the  even-tide  approached.     Then    I   arrived   at  the  520 
church  of  St.  John  the  Baptist,  built  beside  the  Jordan,  and  went 
in  thither,  and  there  prayed.     Soon  after,  I  went  down  into  the 
river  Jordan  and  washed  my  hands  and  face  with  the  holy  water, 
and  then  participated  in  the  quickening  and  pure  mysteries  of  our  524 
Lord  Jesus  Christ  in  the  same  church  of  St.  John,  the  holy  fore- 
runner and  baptist.     There  also  I  eat  a  half  part  of  one  loaf,  and 
drank  of  the  water,  and  lodged  there  at  night,  and  then,  early  in 
the  morning,  crossed  over  the  river.     Then  began  I  to  pray  once  528 
more   to  my  guide,  the   holy  Mary,  that  she  would  direct  me 
according  to  her  will.     So  came  I  into  this  wilderness,  and  until 
this  present  day  I  have  kept  apart  thence  [i.e.  from  the  world], 
ever  fleeing  and  awaiting  my  God,  and  rejoicing  [in  Him],  who  532 
saves  from  the  terror  of  this  world  all  that  turn  to  Him.' 

Zosimus  said  to  her :    '  O  my  lady,  how  many  years  hast  thou 
now  dwelt  in  this  wilderness  ? '     The  woman  answered  him,  '  It 

wri^enne)  ;  Lat.  text :  interrogation!  507.  O.  mergen. 

interrogationem  iungens.  508.  0.  om.  sancta  marian. 

496.  G.  sioTsec.  510.  0.  symble. 

497.  Here  G.  breaks  off.  0.  ear-  511.  MS.  Jul.  tor ongly  has  g<5d  for 
node  {for  gegyrnode).                                  god,    and    anbidigenne  for    anbidi- 

498.  9.    0.  hi  (for  heo).  0.  om.       gende;   0.  is  indistinct,  but  anbidi- 
and  J)£ere  .  .  .  genealsehte.  gende  can  be  read;  Lat.  text — expec- 

500.  0.  fulluhteres.  tans  dominum  meum.     O.  om.  ealle. 

501.  O.  on  (for  in).  512.  O.  Jjysse. 

502.  O.  ansyne  aSwoh.  513.  O.  synd. 

5°3«  O.  gemsensumede ;  liffsestnm.  514.  O.  eardodest;  andwyrde  (for 

506.  0.  anes  (for first  J)ses).  andswarode} ;  om.  Hit  is. 

3-2 


36  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

is  for  seofon    and   feowertigum  wintrum  .  is   Joes  pe  me  f>incft  . 

5J6  pcet  ic  of  J?eere  halgan  byrig  ut  for ;  Zosimus  hire  to  cwsecS  . 
and  hwset  mihtest  J?u  pe  *to  sete  findan  .  o)?]?e  be  hwilcum  J>ing- 
um  feddest  p>u  (5e  o]}]?is  .  heo  him  andswarode ;  Twsegen  healfa 
hlafas  ic  brohte  hidermid  me  .  J?a  ic  iordanem  ofer-for  .  naht  mic- 

520  clan  fsece  f>a  adruwodon  hi  swa  swa  stan  .  and  aheardodon ; 
And  J>aera  ic  breac  notigende  to  sumere  hwile ;  Zosimus  hire  to 
cwcetS ;  And  mihtst  pu  swa  manegra  tida  lencgu  ofer-faran  .  Ipcet  Jm 
ne  freode  J^one   bryne  J^sere   flsesclican  gehwyrfednysse ;    Heo  J?a 

524  gedrefedu  him  andswarode  .  Nu  \>u  me  axast  J>a  (Sincg  pe  ic  swicSe 
j?earle  sylf  beforhtige  gif  me  nu  to  gemynde  becumacS  ealle  J?a 
frececlnysse  pe  ic  ahrefnode  .  and  J>sera  unwislicra  gej^anca  pe  me 
oft  gedrefedon ;    ])cet  ic  eft  fram  J?am  ylcan  gefohtum  sum  ge- 

528  swine  f>rowige;  Zosimus  cwceS  .  Eala  hlsefdige  ne  forlset  f>u  nan 
J>incg  Ipcet  J?u  me  ne  gecytSe  .  ac  geswutela  ealle  pa,  fincg  be  ende- 
byrdnysse ;  Da  cwcetS  heo  .  Abbud  gelyf  me  .  seofontyne  wintre 
ic  wan    on  J?am  gewilnunga  fsere   manSwsera2  .  and  tingescead- 

532  wisra  wildeora  lustum  .  porrne  me  hingrigan  ongan  .  J>onne  waeron 
me  f>a  flsescmettas  on  gewilnungum  r  ic  gyrnde  J^ara  fixa  pe  on 
egyptum  wseron  .  ic  gewilnode  fees  wines  on  fam  ic  ser  gelust- 
fullode  to  oferdruncennysse  brucan  .  and  nu  hit  is  me  ea*c  swilce 

536  swytSe  on  gewilnunga  .  forfon  pe  ic  his  ser  ofer  gemet  breac  .  f>a 
ic  on  worulde  wees  .  eac  ic  her  wees  swifte  gej)rest  for  pjses  westenes 
waeter-wsedlnysse  uneaSe  J?a  frecendlican  nyd£>earfnysse  adreogende ; 
Me  wses  swilce  swiSlic  lust  J?sera  sceandlicra  sceopleofta  me  gedref- 

540  don3 .  f>onne  hi  me  on  mode  gebrohton  J?a  deoflican  leo]?  to  singanne 
pe  ic  ser  on  worulde  geleornode  .  ac  ic  ponne  mid  j?am  wepende  mine 
breost  mid  minum  handum  cnyssende  .  and  me  sylfe  myngode 
mines  fore-gehates  .  and  J>sere  mundbyrdnysse  pe  ic  ser  fore  geceas  . 

544  and  swa  geond  J?is  weste  hreafigende  4  J>urh  min  geftoht  becom 
toforan  paere  godan  .  and  paere  halgan  godes  cennestran  anlicnysse . 

515.  0.  feowertigon;  om.  is,  butO.  520.  0.  om.  and. 

ins.  is  after  Jjincft.  521.  notigende  follows  hwile  in  0. 

518.  O.  andwyrde.    Twegen  healfe.  522.  O.  mihtest ;  manigra;  lengo. 

519.  0.  ofer  for.     Da  sefter  naht.  523.  0.  gefreode;  Se  (for  Heo  )>a). 

1  Leaf  129.  2  fullra  over  Swsera,  in  a  later  hand. 

3  Mead  gedrefde.  *  Leaf  129,  back. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  37 

is  seven  and  forty  years,  as  I  suppose,  since  I  went  forth  from  the  536 
holy  city.'     Zosimus  said  to  her :  '  And  what  mightest  thou  find 
for  thee  to  eat,  or  upon  what  food  hast  thou  fed  thee  until  now  1 ' 
She  answered  him  :  '  I  brought  hither  two  and  a  half  loaves  with  me 
when  I  passed  over  Jordan  ;  in  no  short  time,  they  became  dried  up  540 
and  hardened,  like  stone ;  and  these  I  partook  of,  using  them  for 
some  time/     Zosimus  said  to  her:  'And  couldst  thou  pass  through 
the   length  of  so  many  seasons  without  loving  the  burning  of 
fleshly  inclination  1 '     She  then,  as    if  troubled,  answered   him :  544 
'  Now  thou  askest  me  of  the  things  that  I  myself  greatly  dread, 
whenever  all  the  perils  that  I  underwent  recur  to  my  memory, 
and  the  foolish  thoughts  that  often  disturbed  me,  so  that  I  again 
endure   some   misery  from   such  thoughts.'     Zosimus  said :    '  Ah,  548 
lady,  do  not  leave  anything  that  thou  wilt  not  tell  me,  but  dis- 
close all  things  in  due  order.'     Then  said  she  :    '  Abbot,  believe 
me,   for   seventeen    years   I   fought    against   the   desires    of  the 
appetites    of   the   gentle   and    irrational  wild   animals.     When  I  55  2 
began  to  hunger,  then  the  flesh-meats  came  amongst  my  desires ; 
I  yearned  for  the  fishes  that  were  in  Egypt;    I  longed  for  the 
wine,  wherein  I  formerly  delighted  to  indulge  unto  intemperance ;  • 
and  even  now  it  is  extremely  among  my  desires,  because  I  formerly  556 
indulged  in  it  beyond  measure  when  I  was  in  the  world.     Even 
here  I  was  extremely  athirst  on  account    of  the  want  of  water 
in  this  wilderness,   scarcely  enduring  my  terrible  necessity.     It 
was  as  if  an  excessive  longing  after  wanton  poems  troubled  me,  560 
when  they  brought  it  into  my  mind  to  sing  the  devilish  song  which 
I  formerly  learnt  in  the  world;  but  thereupon  I,  weeping  and 
knocking  my  breast  with  my  hands,  reminded  myself  of  my  promise 
and  of  the  protection  that  I  had  before  chosen;  and  so,  transporting  564 
myself  in   my   thoughts   beyond    this   desert,    I   arrived    before 
the   likeness    of   the   good   and   holy  mother  of   God    who    for- 

524.  0.  ins.  Heo  before  him.  rihtwislic[ra]  ge)>oh.ta. 

525.  0.    self  beforhtige.      Ac   me  527.  O.  gedrefdon  for}>am   ]>set  ic 
nu  to  mynde.  ondred[e]   J>set  ic  from  J>am.     Here 

526.  0.  frecednyssa  ;  araefnde;  un-  0  breaks  off. 


38  XXIII B.       DE    TRANSITU    MAltlAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

pe  me  ser  on  hyre  trdwan  under-feng  .  and  icbeforan  byre  wepende 
bsed   .  p^et  heo  me  frani  aflymde    pa,   fulan  ge(Sances    .  pe    mine 

548  earman  sawla  swencton  .  tSoimg  ic  sooliee  oferflowendlice  sorgi- 
gende  weop ;  And  ic  heardlice  mine  breost  cnyssende  .  ponne  ge- 
seah  ic  leoht  gehwanon  me  ymbutan  scinende  .  and  me  Ipoime  sona 
sum  staj^olfsestlic  smyltnyss  to  becom ;  Ara  me  nu  abbud  .  hu  mseg 

552  ic  Se  gecycSan  mine  ge]?ances  .  (Sa  ic  me  ondrsede  eft  genydan  to 
J>am  geligre  poet  swycSlice  iyv  .  mimie  ungesseligan  lichaman  innan 
ne  forbernde  .  and  me"  eallunga  J>rsescende  to  fsere  hsemetes  geseah  . 
Iponne  f>yllice  gef>ohtas l  on  astigan  .  ponne  astrehte  ic  me  sylfe  on 

556  eorSan  .  and  f>a  wangas  mid  tearum  ofergeat  .  forc5on  pe  ic  to 
soSan  gehihte  me  setstandan  fa  (5e  ic  me  sylfe  ser  of  f>sere  eorftan  . 
ser  me  seo  swete  stemn  gewunelice  ofer-lihte  .  and  me  Sa  gedrefedan 
gec5olitas  frara  aflymde;  Symle  ic  witodlice  minre  heortan  eagan 

560  to  f>sere  minre  borh-handa  on  nydfearfnysse  np  ahof .  and  lii  bid- 
dende  poet  heo  me  gefultumode  on  J>ysum  westene  to  rihtre  dsed- 
bote  .  p>a  pe  Ipone  ealdor  seghwilcre  clsennysse  acende ;  and  £>us  ic 
seofontyne  geare  rynum  on  msenig-fealdum  frecednyssum  swa  swa 

564  ic  ser  cwcecS  .  winnende  wses  on  eallum  pingum  dp  J>isne  andweard- 
an  dseg  and  me  on  fultume  wses  .  and  mine  wisan  reccende  seo 
halige  godes  cennestre  .  Zosimus  hire  to  cweecS  .  and  ne  bef>orftest 
})u  nanre  andlyfene  .  o(5(5e  lirseglunge ;  Heo  him  cmdswarode  and 

568  cwce'5  .  seofontyne  gear  swa  ic  pe  ser  ssede  .  ic  notode  fsere  hlafa  . 
and  sy(5(5an  be  J?am  wyrtum  leofode  pe  ic  on  f>ysum  westene  funde  . 
se  gegyrla  witodlice  pe  ic  hsefde  sona  swa  ic  iordanen  ofer-for  . 
mid  swiSlicre  ealdunge  to-torene  2  forwurdon  .  and  ic  syf>J>an  mse- 

§j2  nigfeald  earfeSu  dreah  .  hwilum  fsere  isihtan  cealdnysse  J^ees  win- 
tres  .  hwilum  £>ses  unmsetan  wylmes  padre  sunnan  hseto  .  ic  wses 
grimlice  beswseled  for  f>am  micclan  byrne  .  and  eft  for  f>sere  micclan 
forstigan  cealdnysse  fses  wintres  .  swa  post  ic  for  oft  ofdune  on  j?a 

576  eorSan  .  and  forneah  eallunga  unastyrigendlic  butan  gaste  lseg  . 
J?us  ic  wseslange  on  msenig-fealdum  .  and  mislicum  nydf>earfnyssum  . 
and  on  unmsetum  costnungum  winnende  .  and  wraxligende  .  and  me 
<5a  siJ)J)an  6\>  J?eosne  andweardan  dseg  .  and  mine  earman  sawle  . 

580  and  minne  lichaman  poet  godcundlice  msegen  geheold  .  mid  me 
1  agunnon  supplied  here  in  a  later  hand.  2  Leaf  130. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  39 

merly  received  me  into  her  favour ;  and  I  prayed,  weeping  before 
her,  that  she  would  drive  away  from  me  the  foul  thoughts  that  568 
vexed  my  miserable    soul.     Then  indeed  I  wept,  sorrowing   ex- 
cessively;   and,  severely  beating  my  breast,  I  then  beheld  light 
shining  all  around  me ;  and  soon  after  a  steadfast  peace  came  to 
me.     Pity  me  now,  abbot;  how  can  I  tell  thee  my  thoughts,  since  572 
I  dread  to  compel  myself  again  to  evil  living,  lest  extreme  fire 
should  burn  within  my  wretched  body.     And  when  I  perceived 
such    thoughts   arise    within    me,    vexing   me    utterly    unto   the 
thought  of  uncleanness,  then  I  prostrated  myself  upon  the  earth,  5  76 
and  suffused  my  cheeks  with  tears,  because  that  I  had  certainly 
trusted  that  I  would  resist  (1)  them ;  so  that  I  [would  not  rise 
again]1  from  the  earth,  before  the  sweet  voice  in  its  usual  manner 
lighted  upon  me,  and  drove  away  from  me  my  troubled  thoughts.  580 
Verily  I  continually  raised  the  eyes  of  my  heart  to  my  security 
in  trouble,  praying  her  to  support  me  in  this  wilderness  unto  a 
right  repentance — her  who  bare  the  lord  of  all  purity.     And  thus, 
during  the  course  of  seventeen  years,  I  was  striving  in  every  way  584 
against  manifold  perils,  as  I  before  said,  unto  this  present  day,  and 
the  holy  mother  of  God  aided  me  and  directed  my  ways.'     Zosimus 
said  to  her ;  '  And  didst  thou  not  want  any  means  of  subsistence 
or  any  clothing V     She  answered  him  and  said:  'For  seventeen  588 
years,  as  I  said  before,  I  made  use  of  the  loaves,  and  afterwards 
lived  upon  the  roots  that  I  found  in  this  wilderness.     The  raiment 
indeed  that  I  had  when  I  passed  over  Jordan  perished,  being  torn 
asunder  by  extreme  oldness,  and   after  that  I  suffered   manifold  59 2 
miseries,  at  one    time  from   the  icy  coldness   of  winter,  and  at 
another  time  from  the  immoderate  scorching  of  the  sun's  heat.     I 
was  terribly  parched  by  the  excessive  burning,  and  again  by  the 
extreme  frosty  coldness  of  the  winter ;  so  that  I  often  came  down  596 
upon  the  earth,  and  lay  almost  entirely  motionless  without  spirit. 
Thus  was  I  striving  long  and  wrestling  in  manifold  and  various 
hardships  and  in  extreme  temptations;    and  afterwards,  even  to 
this  present  day,  the  divine  might  preserved  me  and  my  wretched  600 
soul  and  body ;  always  considering  with  myself,  from  how  many 

1  Something  seems  missing  here  ;   the  text  generally  is  extremely  corrupt, 
and  abounds  with  grammatical  errors. 


40  XXIII B.      DE   TRANSITU   MARIAE   AEGYPTIACE. 

sylfre  symle  smeagende  of  hu  micclum  yfelum  heo  me  alysde  ;  Soft- 
lice  ic  eom  afeded  of  J>am  genihtsumestan  wist-mettum  minre  fylle  . 
pcet  is  mid  J?am  hihte  minre  hgele  .  and  ic  eom  ofer-wrigen  mid  f»am 

584  oferbrsedelse  godes  wordes  .  se  fte  ealle  piucg  befehcS  and  befsed- 
ma(S ;  Ne  leofaft  na  se  man  soSlice  be  hlafe  anum  .  ac  of  seg- 
hwileum  worde  pe  fortS-gastS  of  godes  muj?e  ;  Zosimus  J>a  witodlice 
gehyrende  pcet  heo  £>3era  haligra  boca  cwydas  for(5-brohte  .  segfter 

588  ge  of  J»am  godspelle  .  and  of  manegum  oJ>rum  .  and  he  hire  to 
cwceft ;  Eala  modor  leornodest  \>u  sefre  sealmas  .  oJ?f>e  oJ?re  halige 
gewritu ;  Da  heo  J>is  gehyrde  J?a  smearcode  heo  witS  his  weardes 
j?us  cweftende ;  Gelyf  me  ne  geseah  ic  nsenne  man  buton  pe  .  oSSe 

592  wildeor  .  olplpe  seniges  cynnes  nyten  si$(San  ic  iordanen  pcet  wseter 
oferferde  .  and  ic  hyder  on  J>is  westen  becom  ;  Ne  ic  stsefcyste 
witodlice  ne  leornode  ne  }>8era  nanum  ne  hlyste  pe  }>a  smeadon  and 
rseddon  .  ae  godes  word  is  cucu  .  and  scearp  innan  lserende  J>is 

596  mennisce  anc^gyt  .  and  £>is  is  se  ende  nu  j?aera  )?inga  pe  be  me 
gefremede  synd ;  Nu  ic  pe  halsigende  .  cmdbidde  J?urh  pcet  ge- 
flsescode  godes  word  .  Ipcet  pu  for  me  earmlicre  forMegenre  gebidde ; 
Da  heo  fis  cwceft  .  tSa  arn  se  ealde  wiS  hire  weardes  mid  gebige- 

600  dum  cneowum  to  pon  pcet  he  hine  on  f>a  eor]?an  astrehte  .  and  mid 
wopegum  tearum  hlude  clypigende  .  gebletsod  sy  god  se  pe  }>a 
msenig-fealdan  wundru  ana  wyrceaft ;  and  sy  pu  gebletsod  drihtew 
god  pe  me  seteowdest  p&  wuldorfaestlicnysse  pe  pu  ondrsedendum 

604  gyfest ;  Nu  ic  to  socSan  wat  pcet  pu  nsenne  J>aera  ne  forlsetest  pe 
fte  gesecacS ;  Heo  f>a  soolice  J>one  ealdan  forene  forfeng  .  and 
him  ne  gejmfode  fulfremodlice  on  j?a  eorSan  astreccan  .  ac 
cwcecS    to    him   J?as    }>incg   J>u   gehyrdest    mann    .    eac   ic    pe   la 

608  halsige  J>urh  j?one  drihten  hselendne  crist  urne  alysend  pcet  J?u 
nanum  menn  ne  asecge  ser-J>an  pe  me  god  of  flsesces  bendum  alyse  ; 
Ac  J>as  jnncg  ealle  J>us  oncnawenne  .  far  ham  mid  sibbe ;  And  ic  pe 
eft  binnan  geares  fyrste  on  ]?yssere  ylcan  tide  eeteowe  .  and  J>u  me 

612  gesihst .  And  do  j?u  huru  sotSlice  .  swa  ic  pe  nu  bebeode  f>i  halgan 

lencten-fsestene  J>8es  toweardan  geares  eft-hwyrfende  .  ne  ofer-far  J>u 

na   iordanen   swa   swa   gewuna   synt    of   eowruin    mynstrum    to 

farenne  ;  Da  ongan  eft  Zosimus  wundrian  .  pcet  heo  swa*  gewislice 

1  Leaf  1 30,  back. 


XXIII B.      ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  41 

evils  she  had  preserved   me.     Verily  I  am  fed  to  the  full  with 
sufficient  sustenance,  that    is   to  say,   with   the    promise   of  my 
salvation ;    and  I  am  clothed  upon  with  the  protecting  garment  604 
of  the   word   of    God,    who   encloses    and   embraces    everything. 
Verily  man  liveth  not  by  bread   alone,  but  by  every  word  that 
proceedeth  out  of  God's  mouth.'     Then  indeed  Zosimus,  hearing 
her  utter  the  words  of  the  holy  scriptures,  both  of  the  Gospels  and  608 
of  many  other  books,  said  unto  her :    '  Ah,  mother !    didst  thou 
ever  learn  the  psalms  or  other  holy  writings  1 '     When  she  heard 
this,  she  glanced  smilingly  towards  him  and  said :  '  Believe  me, 
I  have  never  seen  anyone  but  thee  or  wild  beasts,  nor  creature  of  612 
any  kind  since  I  passed  over  the  water  of  Jordan   and   arrived 
hither  in  this  wilderness ;  nor  did  I  ever  learn  to  read,  nor  ever 
listened  to  any  of  those  people  who  pondered  and  read.     But  the 
word  of  God  is  quick  and  sharp,  teaching  this  human  intelligence  616 
within  me.     And  this  is  now  the  end  of  those  things  that  are 
accomplished   concerning    me.     Now  I  beseech   thee,    entreating 
thee  by  the  incarnate  Word  of  God,  to  pray  for  me,  a  miserable 
sinner/     When  she  had  said  this,  the  old  man  ran  towards  her  620 
with  bent  knees,  to  prostrate  himself  upon  the  earth,  crying  aloud 
with  sorrowful  tears :  '  Blessed  be  God,  who  alone  worketh  mani- 
fold wonders ;  and  blessed  be  thou,  O  Lord  God,  who  hast  shewn 
me  the  gloriousness  that  thou  givest  to  them  that  dread  Thee.  624 
Now  I  wot  verily  that  Thou  forsakest  none  of  them  that   seek 
Thee.'     Then  she,  however,  anticipated  the  old  man,  and  suffered 
him  not  to  prostrate  himself  fully  upon  the  earth;    but  said  to 
him,    '  O  man,   thou   hast   heard   these   things.      Behold  I   also  628 
beseech   thee,  by  the  Lord   Jesus  Christ   our  Kedeemer,    not   to 
recount  them  to  any  man  before  God  shall  release  me  from  the 
bonds  of  the  flesh.     But  now  that  these  things  are  disclosed,  go 
home  in  peace.     And  I  will  again  appear  to  thee,  within  the  space  632 
of  a  year,  at  this  same  season,  and  thou  shalt  see  me.     And  do 
thou  at  least  truly  as  I  now  bid  thee :  when  the  holy  Lenten  fast 
recurs  in  the  coming  year,  do  not  pass  over  Jordan  as  men  are 
wont  to  go  from  your  minster.'    Then  began  Zosimus  to  wonder  yet  636 
again,  how  she  knew  with  such  exactness  the  rule  of  the  minster ; 


42  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MAEIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

616  paes  nrynstres  regol  cuSe  .  and  he  elles  nan  pincg  ne  cwceft  .  pcet  lie 
god  wuldrode  se  pe  maenigfealdlicor  gifaS  rnannuw  ponne  he  seo 
gebeden  |)am  pe  hine  lufiacS  ;  Heo  pa  eft  cwcecS  ;  Onbid  mi  Zosimws 
swa  swa  ic  aer  cwaeS  .  on  pinum  mynstre  forSon  witodlice  peah  pu 

620  ier  wille  faran  ahwyder  pu  ne  miht  .  ponne  to  pon  halgan  sefenne  paes 
halgan  gereordes  .  poet  is  to  pam  halgan  purres-daege  aer  pam  drih- 
ten-lican  easter-daege  *  genim  sumne  da3l  on  gehalgodum  faete  paes 
godcundan  lichaman  .  and  paes  gelyffaestan  blodes  .  and  hafa  mid 

624  Se  .  and  geanbida  min  on  pa  healfe  iordanen  pe  to  worulde 
belimpecS  oppe  ic  pe  to  cume  ;  Da  lyffestan  gerynu  to  onfonne 
soolice  sippan  ic  on  paere  cyrcan  paes  eadigan  fore-ryneles  2  paes 
drihtlican   lichaman  .  and   his    blodes   ne3  gemaensumode    aer    ic 

628  iordanen  oferfore  naefre  sycStSan  ic  paes  haligdomes  ne  breac  . 
ocSSe  pigde  .  and  for-pon  ic  bidde  poet  pu  mine  bene  ne  forseoh  . 
ac  pcet  pu  huru  me  bringe  pa  godcundan  .  and  pa  liffsestan 
gerynu  to  p sere  tide  pe  se  haelend  his  tSaegnas  tSaes  godcundlican 

632  gereordes  daelnimende  dyde  .  cyS  pu.  eac  iohanne  paes  mynstres 
abbude  pe  pu.  on  bist  pcet  he  hine  sylfne  georne  besmeage  ;  And 
eac  his  heorde  forpon  paer  synd  sume  wisan  to  gerihtenne  .  and 
to  gebetenne  .  ac  ic  nelle  pcet  pu  him  set  pysum  cyrre  fas  pincg 

636  oy<5e  .  aer-pam  pe  god  bebeode  pus  cwaeSende  ;  Heo  eac  fram  para 
ealdan  gebedes  baed  .  and  to  pam  inran  westene  hraedlice  efste  ; 
Zosinmspa  hine  soSlice  forcS  astrehte  on4  pa  floras  [sic]  cyssencle  .  on 
Ipcet  hire  fet  stodon  god  wuldrigende  .  and  miccle  pancas  clonde  .  and 

640  eft-cyrrende  waes  herigende  .  and  blaetsigende  time  drihtera.  hael- 
endne  crist ;  And  he  wees  eft-cyrrende  purh  pone  ylcan  siSfat  paes 
westenes  pe  he  aer  pyder  becom  .  and  to  pam  mynstre  ferde  on 
paere  ylcan  tide  .  pe  heora  easter-gewuna  waeron  to-gaedere  becuman  . 

644  and  eall  pcet  gear  geornlice  pa  gesihcSe  forsweogode  lsestra  pinga 
gecSrystlaecende  aht  secgan  paes  Se  he"  geseah  .  ac  symle  mid  him 
sylfum  geornlice  god  baed  poet  he  him  eft  aeteowde  pone  gewilnodan 
andwlitan  .  and  he  on  maenig-fealdum  sworettungum  pa  laetnysse 

648  Sees  geares  rynes  geanbidode  :  Da  pa  seo  halige  tid  lencten-faestenes 
becom  on  pone  drihterclican  daeg  .  pe  we  nemniatS  halgan  daeg  .  pa 

1  MS.  earster  daege.  B  Leaf  131. 

2  ne  it  not  wanted;  read  me  ?  *  altered  io  and  in  a  later  hand.     ■ 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  43 

and  he  said  nothing  more  except  that  he  praised  God  who  in  so 
many  ways  giveth  to  the  men  that  love  Him,  when  He  is  besought. 
Then  she  spake  again :    '  Now,  Zosimus,  abide,  as  I  said  before,  640 
in  thy  minster;  for  verily,  though  thou  shouldst  desire  to  come 
hither  sooner,  thou  mayest  not.     Then  on  the  holy  eve  of  the  holy 
festival,  that  is  to  say,  on  the  holy  Thursday  before  the  Lord's 
Easter-day,  put   into    a   sacred    vessel  a  certain   portion   of  the  644 
divine  Body  and  of  the  life-giving  blood,  and  bring  it  with  thee, 
and  wait  for  me  on  the  side  of  Jordan  pertaining  to  the  world, 
until  I  come  to  thee  to  receive  the  quickening  mysteries.     Verily, 
since  I  partook  of  the  Lord's  Body  and  Blood  in  the  church  of  648 
His  holy  forerunner,  before  I  crossed  over  Jordan,  I  have  never 
since  enjoyed  or  tasted  the  holy  elements ;  wherefore  I  pray  thee 
not  to  despise  my  request,  but  bring  me  at  any  rate  the  divine 
and  life-giving  mysteries  at  the  hour  when  the  Saviour  distributed  652 
to  His  disciples  the  divine  feast.     Tell  also  John,  the  abbot  of  the 
minster  in  which  thou  art,  diligently  to  take  heed  to  himself  and 
to  his  flock  also,  because  that  there  are  some  customs  there  for 
him  to  set  right  and  to  improve.     But  I  desire  that  thou  wilt  not  656 
tell  him  these  things  at  this  present  time,  before  God  bid  thee.' 
Thus  saying,  she  also  asked  the  old  man  for  a  prayer,  and  quickly 
hastened   to   the   inner  part   of  the    wilderness.     Then    Zosimus 
prostrated  himself  on  the  ground,  kissing  the  spot  on  which  her  660 
feet  had  stood,  praising  God,  and   giving  many  thanks;    and  so 
returned,  praising  and  blessing  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.     And  he 
returned  by  the  very  same  path  through  the  wilderness  whereby  he 
had  before  come  thither,  and  came  to  the  minuter  at  the  very  same  664 
hour,  at'  which  it  was  their  custom  of  Easter  to  assemble  together. 
All  that  year  he  was  diligently  silent  about  the  vision,  [not]  daring 
to  say  any  of  the  least  things  which  he  saw  there,  but  continually 
and  earnestly  prayed  to  God  in  private,  that  He  would  again  shew  668 
him  the  desired  presence.     With  manifold  sighs  he  awaited  the 
slowness   of   the    year's    circuit.     When    the  holy  season   of  the 
Lenten  fast  arrived,  on  the  Lord's  day  which  we  call  the  Holy-Day1, 

1  It  means — the  first  Sunday  in  Lent. 


44  XXIII  B.      DE    TRANSITU   MAltlAE   AEGYPTIACE. 

gebrobru  sefter  bam  gewune-lican  gebedum  .  and  sealm-sangum  ut 
foron  .  and  he  sylf  on  J>am  mynstre  to  lafe  wearS .  and  Ip&v  gewunode 

652  for  sumre  lichamlicre  mettrumnysse  gehaeft  .  and  he  eac  swicSe 
georne  gemunde  Zosinws  bgere  halgan  gebod  .  £>a  heo  him  sae'de  . 
J>eah  he  iit  faran  wolde  of  his  mynstre  \>azt  he  ne  mihte ;  Swa-beah- 
hwaeSre  sefter   naht  mane^gum   dagum    he    hine  J>a3re    seocnysse 

656  gewyrpte  .  and  on  J>am  mynstre  drohtnode  ;  SocSlice  J>a  J>a  munecas 
ham  cyrdon  .  and  on  ]mm  halgan  sefen  J>33s  gereordes  hi  togsedere 
gesamnodon  .  ]?a  dyde  he  swa  him  ser  beboden  wees  .  and  on  asnne 
lytelne  calic  sende  sumne  dsel  baas  unbesmitenan  lichaman  .  and 

660  j^ges  deorwurftan  blodes  ures  drihtnes  heelendes  cristes  .  and  him 
on  hand  genam  senne  lytelne  teenel  mid  caricum  gefylledne  .  and 
mid  palm-treowa  wsestmum  J?e  we  hataS  finger-aeppla  .  and  feawa 
lenticula  mid  wsetere  ofgotene  .  and  on  hrepsunge  becom  to  iordanes 

664  ofrum  baes  wseteres  .  and  beer  sorgigende  gebad  bone  tocyme  bass 
halgan  wifes  ba  heo  ba  byder  becom;  Zosinms  nsenige  binga 
hnappode  .  and  geornlice  \>cet  westen  beheold  .  and  mid  him  sylfum 
smeagende  bohte  .  bus  cwecSende  ;  Eala  hwsefter  heo  hider  cumende 

668  syo  .  and  me  ne  gyme  .  and  me  eft-eyrrende  hwearf  bus  cwaatSende  . 
and  biterlice  weop  .  and  his  eagen  up  to  bam  heofone  haabbende  . 
and  eadmodlice  god  waas  biddende  bus  cwaaSende  .  ne  fremda  bu 
drihtew  baare  gesihcSe  *2be  bu  me  aarest  aateowdest  .  Ipcet  ic  huru  idel 

672  heonone  ne  hwyrfe  .  mine  synna  on-breagunge  berende  ;  Dus 
he  mid  tearum  biddende3  .  him  eft  ober  gebanc  on  befeoll  bus 
cwecSende  .  and  hu  nu  gif  heo  cym"S  .  hu  sceall  heo  bas  6a  ofer-faran 
nu  h£r  nan  scip  nys  pcet  heo  to  me  unwurSan  becuman  maage ; 

676  Eala  me  ungesaaligan  swa  rihtwislicre  gesih(5e  afremdad  me ;  Da 
he  bis  bohte  .  ba  geseah  he"  hwaar  heo  stod  on  6\>re  healfe  bses 
waateres;  Zosimus  soSlice  hi  geseonde  mid  micclum  wynsumi- 
gendum  gefean  .  and  god  wuldrigende  up  aras  .  swa-beah-hwaacSere 

671.  B.  huru  heonon  idel.  674.  B.  cwaeSende;  sceal;   wsettru 

672.  B.  ne  bere  (for  berende).  (for  6£). 

673.  B.  om.  he".  675.  B.  unwurSum. 

1  Leaf  131,  back. 

2  The  portion  of  the  text  between  these  asterisks  (in  11.  671  and  682)  is 
repeated.  The  repetition  (which  I  call  b)  does  not  exactly  coincide  with 
the  text.     I  give  the  variations,  marked  B. 

3  Leaf  132  begins  with  the  word  biddende  in  the  repealed  portion. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  45 

the    brethren    went    abroad    after    the    customary   prayers    and  672 
psalm-singings ;  and  he  himself  was  left  in  the  minster,  and  there 
remained   kept  in   by  a  bodily  infirmity.     Zosimus  very  readily 
called  to  mind  the  holy  command,  when  she  said  to  him  that  he 
would  not  be  able  to  go  out  of  his  minster  though  he  wished  it.  676 
Nevertheless,  not  many  days  after,  he  recovered  of  the  sickness, 
and  served  in  the  minster.     Truly,  when  the  monks  returned  home 
and  assembled  themselves  together  on  the  holy  eve  of  the  sacred 
day,  then  he  did  as  was  bidden  him  before,  and  put  into  a  little  680 
cup  some  portion  of  the  pure  Body  and  of  the  precious  Blood  of 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  took  in  his  hand  a  little  basket  filled 
with  dried  figs,  and  with  the  fruits  of  the  palm-tree  that  we  call 
finger-apples   [dates],  and   a   few   lentils   steeped   in  water,    and  684 
arrived  in  the  evening  on  the  banks  of  the  river  Jordan,  and  there 
sorrowfully  awaited   the   arrival  of  the   holy  woman,  when   she 
should  come  thither.    Zosimus  in  no  wise  slumbered,  and  earnestly 
looked  towards   the  wilderness ;    and,  considering   with   himself,  688 
thus  thought  and  spake :    '  Ah,  what  if  she  come  here,  and  heed 
me  not,  and  has  turned  from  me,  and  gone  back ! '    Thus  speaking 
he  wept  bitterly,  lifting  up  his  eyes  to  heaven,  and  humbly  prayed 
to  God,  thus  saying :    '  O  Lord,  do  not  banish  the  vision  that  692 
Thou  didst  before  shew  me,  that  I  may  not  at  any  rate  return 
hence  in  vain,   bearing  the  reproach  of  my  sins.'      As  he  was 
praying  thus  with  tears,  again  another  thought  came  into  his  mind  : 
1  And  how  now  if  she  cometh  ?    How  shall  she  cross  over  the  river,  696 
now  that  there  is  no  ship   wherein  she   may  come  to  me,  who 
am  unworthy  1     Ah  !  me  miserable  !  me,  who  am  banished  from  a 
vision  so   righteous  ! '      Whilst  he  thought   thus,  he   saw   where 
she  stood  on  the  other  side  of  the  stream.     Zosimus  seeing  her,  700 
rose  up  with  great  and  happy  joy,  and  praising  God.    Nevertheless 

677.  B.  J>aer  (for  hwaer).  seonde). 

678.  B.  heo  to  geseonne  (for  hi  ge-  679.  B.  gefean  wynsigendum. 


46  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

680  on  his  mode  tweonigende  .  hu  heo  mihte  iordanes  waeteru  ofer- 
faran  .  pa  geseah  he  witodlice  pcet  heo  mid  cristes  rode-tacne 
iordanes  waeteru  bletsode  .  softlice  ealra  paera*  nihte  peostru  pa 
(5a?s  monan  byrhtnysse  onlihte  sona  swa  heo  paere  rode-tacn  on  pa 

684  waetru  drencte  .  swa  eode  heo  on  uppan  pa  hnescan  ycSa  wiS  his 
weardes  gangende  swa  swa  on  drigum  .  Zosimus  wundrigende  . 
and  teoligende  his  cneowu  to  bigenne  hire  ongean-weardes  .  heo 
ongan  of  pam  wsettrum  clypigan  .  and  forbeodan  .  and  pus  cw<#(5 . 

688  Hwset  dest  pu  abbud  .  wite  pcet  pu  eart  godes  sacerd  .  and  pa  god- 
cundan  geryne  pe  mid  haebbende  ;  He  pa  sona  hire  hyrsumigende 
up  aras  ;  Sona  swa  heo  of  pam  wseterum  becom  pa  cwce<5  heo  to 
him  .  feeder  bletsa  me  witodlice  him  an *  gefor  swiSlic  wafting  on 

692  swa  wuldorfaestan  wuldre  .  and  pa  pus  cwcecS  .  Eala  pu  socSfaesta  . 
god  is  se  pe  gehet  him  sylfum  gelice  beon  pa  pe  hi  sylfe  aer  claen- 
siatS  .  wuldor  sy  pe  drihten  god  .  pu  pe  me  purh  pas  pine  peowene 
aeteowdest  hu  micel  ic  on  minre  agenre  gesceawunge  on  pam  gemete 

696  psera  opra  fulfremodnysse  pus  cwaecSende  ;  Da  baed  heo  maria  Ipcet 
heo  ongunne  pcet  riht  geleaffulnysse  gebaed  .  Ipoet  is  credo  in  dewm  . 
and  paer  aefter  pcet  drihtenlice  gebaed  .  pater  noster  .  pyssum 
gefylledum  .  pa  brohte  heo  pam  ealdan  sibbe  coss  .  swa  swa"  hit 

700  peaw  is  .  and  peer  onfeng  pam  halgum  gerynum  .  cristes  lichaman 
and  blodes  .  mid  abraededum  handum  .  and  in  pa  heofon  locigende . 
and  mid  tearum  geomrigende  .  and  pus  cwcetS  .  forlaet  nu2  drihten 
pine  peowene  aefter  pinum  worde  in  sibbe  faran  .  forpon  pe  mine 

704  eagan  gesawon  pine  haelo  ;  And  eft  to  pam  ealdan  cwccS  .  miltsa 
me  abbud  .  and  gefyl  nu  oper  gebaed  minre  bene  .  gang  nu  to  pinum 
mynstre  mid  godes  sibbe  gereht  .  and  cum  nu  ymb  geares  rynu  to 
pam  burnan  .  pe  wytt  unc  aerest  gespraecon  .  ic  pe  bidde  for  gode 

708  pcet  pu  pis  ne  forhaebbe  .  ac  pcet  pu  cume  .  and  pu  m£  ponne  gesihst 
swa  swa  god  wile  .  pa  cwceS  he  to  hire  .  Eala  waere  me  gelyfed  pcet 
ic  moste  pinum  swacSum  fyligan  .  and  pines  deorwurtJan  andwlitan 
gesiftSe  brucan  .  ac  ic  bidde  pe  modor  pcet  pu  me  ealdan  anre 

712  lytelre  bene  getySige  .   pcet  pti  lytles  hwaet-hwegu  gemedemige 

680.  B.  wsetru.  682.  B.  waeter. 

1  MS.  hfman  (for  him  an  =  him  on). 
3  Leaf  132,  back. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  47 

he  doubted  in  his  mind,  how  she  should  cross  over  the  waters  of 
Jordan. 

Then  indeed  he  saw  that  she  blessed  the  waters  of  Jordan  with  704 
the  sign  of  the  cross  of  Christ ;  then  the  brightness  of  the  moon 
illuminated  all  the  darkness  of  the  night,  as  soon  as  she  dipped 
into  the  water  with  the  sign  of  the  cross.     So  she  went  towards 
him,  walking  on  the  soft  waves  as  if  on  dry  land.    Zosimus  wonder-  708 
ing  and  endeavouring  to  bend  his  knees  before  her,  she  began  to 
cry  aloud  from  the  waters  and  to  forbid  him,  and  spake  thus  : 
'  "What  art  thou  doing,  abbot  1     Know  that  thou  art  God's  priest, 
and   hast   with    thee   the    divine    mysteries.'     He   then,  obeying  712 
her,  at  once  rose   up.     As  soon  as  she  came  off  the  water,  she 
said  to  him  :  '  Father,  bless  me.'    Verily,  extreme  amazement  came 
upon  him  at  so  wondrous  a  miracle,  and  he  thus  spake  :  '  Oh  !  thou 
truthful  one,  good  is  he  who  promises  for  those  who  early  purify  716 
themselves  to  be  like  Himself;  glory  be  to  Thee,  O  Lord  God,  who 
has  shewn  me,  by  means  of  this  Thy  handmaid,  how  much,  by  my 
own  perception,  I  [fail]  in  the  measure  of  the  perfection  of  others  V 
Then,  she,  Mary,  begged  that  she  might  begin  the  true  prayer  of  72° 
belief,  that  is  to  say,  credo  in  deum ;    and,  after  that,  the  Lord's 
Prayer,  the  pater-noster.  These  ended,  she  gave  the  old  man  the  kiss 
of  peace,  as  the  custom  is,  and  then  received  the  holy  mysteries, 
Christ's  Body  and  Blood,  with  extended  hands  ;  and,  looking  up  to  724 
heaven,  and  mourning  with  tears,  thus  spake  :  '  Lord,  now  let  thy 
handmaid  depart  in  peace,  according  to  Thy  word ;    for  mine  eyes 
have  seen  Thy  salvation/     Again  she  said  to  the  old  man  :  '  Pity 
me,  abbot,  and  now  fulfil  the  second  request  of  my  prayer;  go  now  728 
straightway  to  thy  minster  with  God's  peace ;  and  come  again,  in 
about  a  year's  space,  to  the  bourn  where  we  first  spake  to  each 
other.      I  pray  thee,  for  God's  sake,  not  to  draw  back  from  this, 
but  to  come;  and  then  thou  shalt  see  me,  even  as  God  will.'     Then  732 
said  he  to  her :    '  Oh  !  that  it  were  permitted  me  to  follow  thy 
footsteps,  and  to  enjoy  the  sight  of  thine  honoured  countenance ! 
But  I  pray  thee,  mother,  to  grant  me,  an  old  man,  a  small  request, 
namely,  that  thou  deign  to  receive  from  me  just  a  little  of  that  736 
1  Some  omission  here  :  Lat.  'quanto  intervallo  distem  a  perfeetione.' 


48  XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU  MA11IAE   AEGYPTIACE. 

under-fon1  me  f  ses  (5e  ic  hider  brohte  and  f  us  cwcecS .  do  hider  f  one 
taenel  f  e  ic  me  mid  brohte  .  heo  fa  sona  mid  hire  ytemestan  fingrum 
f  sere  lenticula  pcet  syndon  pysan  heo  onhran  and  on  hire  mutS 

716  sende  freora  corna  gewyrde  .  and  fus  cwcecS  .  Ipcet  faes  gyfe  geniht- 
sumode  .  f  e  f  aere  sawle  statSol  unwemme  geheold  .  and  heo  cwcecS . 
to  f  am  ealdan  -.  gebide  for  me  .  and  for  mine  ungesaelignysse 
gemunde  .  he  sona  hire  fit  mid  tearum  of  ran  .  biddende  pcet  heo 

720  on  J)a  halgan  godes  gesamnunga  gebaede  .  and  hine  fa  alet  wepende 
and  heofende  .  and  he  ne  gecSrystlaehte  aeniga  "Singa  .  heo  to  lettenne 
heo  aeniga  f  inga  gelet  beon  ne  mihte  .  heo  fa  eft  mid  (Saere  halgan 
rode  gedryncnysse  iordanem  of  hrinan  [ongan] 2  .  and  ofer  fa  hnescan 

724  y(5a  faes  waeteres  eode  swa  swa  heo  aer  dyde  fyder-weardes  ;  Zosi- 
mus  fa  softlice  wearS  micclan  gefean  cyrrende  and  faerlice  wearS  mid 
micclan  ege  gefylled  swicSlice  hine  sylfne  hreowsigende  f reade  pcet 
he  f  aere  halgan  naman  [ne] 3  axode  .  f  eah-hwaeSere  hopode  Ipcet  he"  py 

728  aefter-fyligendan  geare  Ipcet  gewiste .  fa  aefter  ofer-farenuwi  faes  geares 
rynebecom  onf^widgillewesten  .  and  geornlice  efste  tof  aerewuldor- 
lican  gesihSe  .  and  f  aer  lange  hyderes  .  and  f  yderes  secende  for .  op 
pcBt  he  sum  swutol  *  tacn  f  aere  gewilneden  gesihffe  .  and  wilnunge 

732  f  aere  stowe  under-geat  .  and  he  geornlice  mid  his  eagena  scearp- 
nyssum  hawigende  ge  on  fa  swicSran  healfe  .  ge  on  pa,  wynstran  . 
swa  swa  se  gleawesta  hunta  gif  he  f  aer  mihte  faes  sweteste  wildeor 
gegripan  ;  Da  he  fa  styrigendlices  nan  f  incg  findan  ne  mihte  .  fa 

736  ongan  he  hine  sylfne  mid  tearum  ofergeotan  .  and  mid  upahafenum 
eagura  gebaed  and  cwce<S  .  Geswutela  me  drihten  pcet  gehydde  gold- 
hord  .  pe  f  u  me  sylfum  jer  gemedemodest  aeteowan  .  ic  bidde  pe 
drihten  for  f  inum  wuldre  .  Da  he  fus  gebeden  haefde  fa  becom  he 

740  to  f  sere  stowe  f  aer  se  burna  getacnod  waes  f  aer  hi  aerest  spraecon  .  and 
f  aer  standende  on  of  re  healfe  geseah  swa  swa  scinende  sunne  {sic)  . 
and  fees  halgan  wifes  lichaman  .  orsawle  licgende  .  and  fa  handa 
swa  heo  gedafenodon  alegdon  beon  .  and  eastweardes  gewende; 

744  Da  sona  f  yder  arn  .  and  hire  f$t  mid  his  tearum  f  woh  .  ne  gef  ryst- 

laehte  he  so  (Slice  nan  ofer  faes  lichaman  otShrinan  .  and  pa,  mid 

micclum  wope  p aere  byrgenne  gebaed  geworhte  .  mid  sealm-sange  . 

and  mid  of  rum  gebedum  pe  to  p aere  wisan  belumpon  .  fa  ongan 

1  MS.  underfoh.  2  I  supply  ongan. 

3  /  supply  ne.  *  Leaf  133. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY    OF    EGYPT.  49 

which  I  have  brought  hither.'     And  she  said :  '  Reach  hither  the 
basket  that  thou  hast  brought  with  thee  V     Then  immediately  she 
touched  with  the  very  tip  of  her  finger  the  lentils  (which  are  peas), 
and  put  into  her  mouth  about  the  quantity  of  three  grains,  and  740 
said  thus,  that  such  a  gift  sufficed  for  one  who  kept  her  soul  stead- 
fast in  purity.     And  she  said  to  the  old  man  :  '  Pray  for  me,  and 
protect  me,  for  my  unhappy  state.'     At  once  he  touched  her  feet 
with  tears,  praying  that  she  might  worship  in  the  holy  assembly  744 
of  God.     And  then  she  left  him,  weeping  and  sighing;    and  he 
dared  in  no  wise  to  hinder  her.    She  could  in  no  wise  be  hindered ; 
but  again  [began]  to  touch  the  Jordan  by  dipping  in  it  the  mark 
of  the  holy  rood,  and  went  over  the  water's  soft  waves  just  as  she  74§ 
did  before  thitherwards.    Then  Zosimus  returned  with  great  joy, 
and  was  suddenly  filled  with  great  awe.    Regretfully  he  reproached 
himself  that  he  had  [not]  asked  the  Saint's  name.     Nevertheless 
he  hoped  that,  in  the  succeeding  year,  he  might  know  it.     Then,  752 
after  the  space  of  a  year  had  passed  away,  he  came  to  the  wilder- 
ness, and  diligently  hastened  towards  the  wonderful  vision;  and 
went  for  a  long  while,  seeking  hither  and  thither,  until  that  he 
should  perceive  a  sure  token  of  the  desired  vision  and  some  in-  756 
dication2  of  the  place;    eagerly  looking,  with   the    sharpness  of 
his  eyes,  both  on  the  right  hand  and  on  the  left,  just  like  a  most 
skilful  hunter,  if  he  could  catch  there  that  sweetest  creature.  When 
he  could   not   find   anything   that   stirred,  he   began   to   suffuse  760 
himself  with  tears ;    and,  with  eyes   uplifted,  prayed   and   said : 
'Make  known  to  me,  0  Lord,  that  hidden  treasure  which  thou 
didst  once  deign  to  reveal  to  myself ;  I  pray  thee,  Lord,  for  Thy 
glory's  sake.'     When  he  had  thus  prayed,  he  arrived  at  the  place  764 
where  the  bourn  was  marked  out  where  they  first  spake  together; 
and  there,  standing  on  the  other  side,  he  saw  as  it  were  a  shining 
sun,  and  the  body  of  the  holy  woman  lying  lifeless ;  and  the  hands 
were  laid  as  they  should   be,  and  turned  eastwards.     Then  he  768 
immediately  ran  thither,  and  washed  her  feet  with  his  tears ;   he 
did  not  dare  to  touch  any  other  part  of  the  body.     Then,  with 
much  weeping,  he  performed  the  burial-service,  with  psalm-singing 
and  other  prayers  that  belonged  to  that  matter.     Then  he  began  773 

1  The  A.  S.  version  is  a  mass  of  confusion ;  it  actually  has — '  that  I  have 
brought  with  me  ! ' 

2  Lit.  '  desire ' ;  wilnunge  can  hardly  be  right. 


50         XXIII  B.       DE    TRANSITU    MAEIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

748  he  f encan  hwseSer  hit  hire  licode  .  fa  he  fis  tSohte  .  fa  wses  fser  an 
gewrit  on  f  sere  eortSan  getacnod  fus  gecweden  .  bebyrig  abbnd 
Zosimus  .  and  miltsa  maria  lichama  (sic)  .  ofgif  f  sere  eortSan  pcet  hire 
is  .  and  pcet  dust  to  fam  duste  .  geic  eac  gebidde *  f  eah-hwseSere  for 

752  me  on2  fyssere  worulde  hleorende  on  fam  monSe  f  e  aprilis  .  fsere 
nigef an  nihte  .  pcet  is  iduS  apeelis  .  on  fam  drihten-lican  gereord- 
dsege  .  and  sefter  fam  husl-gange  .  fa  se  ealda  fa  stafas  rsedde  fa 
sohte  he  serest  hwa  hi  write  for-f  an  f  e  heo  sylf  ser  ssede  pcet  heo 

756  nsefre  naht  swilces  ne  leornode  .  swa-f  eah  he 3  on  f  am  switSe  wyn- 
sumigende  geseah  pcet  he  hire  naman  wiste  .  and  he  swutole  ongeat 
sona  swa  he 4  fa  godcundan  gerynu  set  iordane  onfeng  f sere  ylcan5  tide 
fyder  becom  and  sona  of  middan-earde  gewat  .  and  se  siSfset  f  e  Zo- 

760  simus  on  .xx.  dagum  mid  micclum  geswince  oferfor .  pcet  eall  maeia  on 
dnre  tide  ryne  gefylde .  and  sona  to  drihtne  hleorde ;  Zosimus  fa  sotS- 
lice  god  wuldrode .  and  his  agene  lichaman  mid  tearum  oferge&t  and 
cwce<S  .  Nu  is  seo  tid  eannincg  Zosimus  pcet  f  u  gefremme  pcet  f  e 

764  beboden  is  .  ac  hwset  ic  nu  ungesselige  for-f  on  ic  nat  mid  hwi  ic 
delfe  nu  me  swa  wana  is  segf  er  ge  spadu  ge  mattuc  .  fa  he  f  us  on  his 
heortan  digollice  sprsec  .  fa  geseah  he  fser  swilc  hwugu  treow  lic- 
gende  and  pcet  lytel  .  ongan  fa  fser  mid  delfan  .  witodlice  swiSe 

768  georne 6  .  and  [seo  eorcSe]  wses  swicSe  heard  and  ne  mihte  heo  adel- 
fan  for-f  on  he  wses  swiSe  gewseced  segSer  ge  mid  fsestene  ge  on 
f  am  langan  geswince  .  and  he  mid  sworettungum  wses  genyrwed  . 
and  mid  [swate  .  and  hefiglice  of]  f  sere  heortan  deopnysse  geom- 

772  rode  .  fa  he  hine  beseah  fa  geseah  he  unmsettre  micelnysse  leon  wi5 
f sere  halgan  lichaman  standan  .  and  hit  his  fot-lastes  liccode  .  fa 
wear^  he  gefyrht  mid  ege  f  ses  unmsetan  wildeores  .  and  ealre  swi$ost 
for-f  on  f  e  pcet  halige  wif  him  ser  to  cwceS .  pcet  heo  fser  nsenig  wildeor 

776  ne  gesawe  .  ac  he  hine  sona  seghwanon  mid  f  sere  rode-tacne  gewsep- 
node  .  and  mid  [msegene]  f sere  licgendan  .  fa  ongan  seo  leo  fsegnian 

770.  G.begins  againwithvteeB.  772«  G.   ins.   faeringa    after    hine. 

771.  G.  mid  swate    and   hefiglice      G.  unmsetre. 

geomrode  of  Jjaere  heortan  deopnysse.  773-  G.  om.  hit.     G.  fet-lastas  lic- 

MS.  Jul.  omits  swate  ...  of.  ciende. 

1  Bead  gebiddan.  2  Bead  of.  s  MS.  heo.  4  Bead  heo  ; 

the  passage  still  remains  corrupt.  5  Fol.  133,  back. 

6  MS.  georde  ;  read  georne;  it  has  been  confused  with  eorSe,  which  latter  is 
omitted. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MARY   OF    EGYPT.  51 

to  think  whether  this  would  have  pleased  her.     Whilst  he  thought 
this,  there  was  pointed  out  to  him  a  writing  upon  the  earth,  thus 
expressed  :  '  Abbot  Zosimus,  bury  and  compassionate  the  body  of 
Mary;  render  to  the  earth  that  wdiich  is  the  earth's,  and  dust  to  776 
dust.     Add  also  to  pray  moreover  for  me,  (who  am)  departing  from 
this  world,  on  the  ninth  night  of  the  month  that  [is  called]  April, 
that    is,  the  Ides1  of  April,  on    the    feast-day  of  the  Lord,  and 
after  the  time  of  the  Eucharist.'     When  the  old  man  had  read  780 
the  letters,  he  first  of  all  looked  to  see  who  had  written  them, 
because  she  herself  said  before  that  she  had  never  learnt  anything 
of  the  kind.     Yet  he  looked  extremely  pleased  that  he  knew  her 
name,  and  he  perceived  clearly  that  as  soon  as  she  had  received  the  784 
divine  mysteries  at  the  Jordan,  in  the  same  hour  she  had  arrived 
thither  [i.e.  at  the  bourn],  and  had  immediately  departed  from  this 
world.     And  the  journey  which  Zosimus  had  performed  with  mucli 
toil  in  twenty  days,  all  that  Mary  had  fulfilled  in  the  course  of  an  788 
hour,  and  immediately  departed  to  God.  Then  Zosimus  glorified  God, 
and  suffused  his  own  body  with  tears,  and  said :  '  Now  is  the  time, 
poor  Zosimus,  for  thee  to  perform  that  which  is  bidden  thee.     But 
what  am  I,  unhappy  one,  to  do  1     For  I  know  not  wherewith  to  dig,  79 2 
now  that  I  lack  both  spade  and  mattock.'     Whilst  he  thus  spake 
secretly  in  his  heart,  he  saw  there  as  it  were  a  piece  of  wood  lying,  and 
that  but  a  little  one.     Therewith  he  began  to  dig  very  diligently; 
and  [the  earth]  was  very  hard,  and  he  could  not  dig  into  it,  because  796 
he  was  much  weakened,  both  by  fasting  and  by  the  long  toil,  and  he 
was  exhausted  with  sighing  and  sweat,  and  sighed  heavily  from  the 
depth  of  his  heart.     When  he  looked  around  him,  he  saw  a  lion  of 
exceeding  bigness  stand  beside  the  holy  body;  and  it  licked  the  traces  8°o 
of  its  [the  body's]  feet.     Then  was  he  affrighted,  for  fear  of  the  huge 
wild  beast;  and  most  of  all,  because  the  holy  woman  had  before 
said  to  him,  that  she  had  never  seen  a  wTild  beast  there.     But  he 
soon  protected  himself  on  every  side  by  the  sign  of  the  cross,  and  by  804 
the  power  of  her  who  lay  there.     Then  began  the  lion  to  fawn  upon 


774.  G.   afyrht   for  Jjam    ege ;  G.  777.  Jul.  msenege ;   but  read  mse- 
om.  and ;  G.  ealra.  gene.      G.  gewsepnode   mid  gewisse 

775.  G.forJ>am;  G.om.aer;  G.  nsefre  truwiende  \cet  hine  ungederodne  ge- 
yser nan  (/or  Jjser  nsenig).  heolde  >aet  maegn  Jisea  licgendan. 

776.  G.  om.  seghwanon  ;  om.  J>9ere. 

1  Apr.  9  is  the  fifth  day  before  the  Ides. 

4-3 


52  XXIII  B.       DE   TRANSITU    MARIAE    AEGYPTIACE. 

wi(5  b&es  ealdan  weard  .  and  hine  mid  his  leoftum  styrgeudura 
grette ;   Zosinms  ba  sotSlice  to  pa,m  leon  cwceS  ;  Eala  pu  nieeste 

780  wildeor  .  gif  bu  fram  gode  hider  asend  wsere  .  to  J>on  poet  bu  bissere 
lialgan  godes  £eowene  lichaman  on  eorf>an  befseste  .  gefyll  nu  post 
weorc  binre  benunge  .  ic  witodlice  for  yldum  gewseht  eom  p oet  ic 
delfan  ne  mseg  .  ne  naht  gehySes  hsebbe  J?is  weorc  [to  began- 

784  genne  .  ne  ic  efstan  ne  niseg  swa  myccles  siftfates  hider  to  bringanne . 
Ac  pu  nu  mid  J?sere  godcundan  hsese  bis  weorc]  mid  J)inuw& 
clifrum  [do]  .  of)  poet  wit  bisne  halgan  lichaman  on  eortSan  befseston; 
sona  sdfter  his  wordum  seo  leo  mid  hire  clifrum  .  earmum  scrsef 

788  geworhte  .  swa  micel  swa  genihtsumode  bsere  halgan  to  byrgenne  ; 
And  he  mid  xhis  tearura  hire  fet  (Swoh  .  and  mid  forS-agotenum 
[benum]  msenigfealdlice  bsed  poet  heo  for  eallum  Jnngode  .  and  swa 
f>one  lichaman  on  eorcSan  ofer-wreah  .  swa  nacode  swa  he  hi  aerest 

792  gemette  buton  gewealdan  bses  toslitenan  rsegeles  .  pe  he  Zosimus 
hire  ser  to-wearp  .  of  pam  maria  sumne  hire  lichaman  beweefde  .  and 
heo  ba  setgasdere  cyrdon  .  seo  leo  .  in  Ipcet  inre  westen  [gewat]  .  swa 
swa  pcet  mildeste  lamb;  Da  gewat  Zosimus  to  his  mynstre  .  god 

796  wuldrigende  .  and  bletsigende  .  and  mid  lofum  herigende .  sona  swa 
he  to  bam  mynstre  becom  .  J>a  rente  he  heom  eallum  [of]  frymSe  ba 
wisan  .  and  naht  ne  bediglode  ealra  bsera  binga  pe  he  geseah  ocStSe 
gehyrde  .  poet   hi   ealle  godes   mserSa   wurcSodon   and  [mid    ege 

800  and  lufan  and  micclan  geleafan]  maersodon  .  }?aere  eadigan  fortS-fore 
daeg  ;  Iohannes  so'Slice  ongeat  sume  f»a  mynster-wisan  to  ge- 
rihtanne  swa  swa  seo  halige  aer  fore-saede  .  ac  he  J>a  sona  gode  fultu- 
migendum  [gerihte  ;  and]  Zosimws  on  bam  mynstre  waes  drohtni- 

804  gende  .  an  hund  wintra  .  and  pa,  to  drihtne  hleorde  .  wuldor 
sy  urum  drihtne  haelendum  criste  .  pe  leofatS  .  and  rixacS  a  on 
worulda   woruld.      AMEN. 

778.  G.  mid  lijmm  styrungum.  788-9.  G.  lialgan  lichaman  to  byrg- 

779.  G.  leonan.  else.     Se  ealda   )>a   soSlice   mid ;  G. 

780.  G.  om.  hider ;  G.  come  (for      J>aere  halgan  (for  hire). 

wsere)  ;  to  J>sem  ]>cet ;  >isse.  790.  G.  benum    (but  Jul.   repeats 

781.  G.  om.  on  ;  G.  gefyl.  tearum  here). 

782.  G.midylde;  G. om. eom }>atic.  791.  G.  mid  (for  on);  G.  swa  swa 

783.  G.haebbende;  G.  supplies  to  be-  (for  2nd  swa). 

gangenne  . . .  weorc,  which  Jul.  omits.  792.  G.  butan  gewealden ;  hrsegles ; 

786.  G.    supplies    do,   which  Jul.       hire  aer  (for  he). 

omits.    G.  om.  o]> ;  G.  om.  on  ;  G.  793.  G.  om.  eer ;  G.  mid  (for  of) ; 

befsesten.  G.  sume ;  G.  ins.  limu  after  lichaman. 

787.  G.  Mid  J>am  soSlice  sefter  J>as  794.  G.  hi  (for  heo)  ;  G.  ins.  panne 
halgan  wordum  ;  G.  om.  clifrum.  before  cyrdon  ;   G.  Se  (for  seo).     G. 

3  Leaf  134. 


XXIII  B.       ST.    MAEY    OF    EGYPT.  53 

the  old  man,  and  greeted  him  with  its  moving  limbs.    Then  Zosimus 
said  to  the  lion  :  '  O  thou  huge  wild  beast,  if  thou  wert  sent  hither 
by  God  that  thou  mightest  enclose  in  the  earth  the  body  of  this  808 
holy  handmaiden  of  God,  fulfil  now  the  work  of  thy  service.    I 
verily  am  weakened  by  age,  so  that  I  cannot  dig,  nor  have  I  any- 
thing suitable  for  undertaking  this  work  ;  nor  can  I  speed  on  so 
great  a  journey,  to  bring  [tools]  hither.     But  do  thou  now  perform  812 
this  work,  at  the  divine  behest,  with  thy  claws,  until  that  we  two 
enclose  this  holy  body  in  the  earth.'    Immediately  after  his  words, 
the  lioness,  by  means  of  her  claws,  wrought  a  grave  with  her  arms, 
as  great  as   sufficed  to  bury  the  saint  in.     And  he  with  his  tears  816 
washed  her  feet,  and  with  prayers  that  poured  forth  continually 
prayed  that  she  would  intercede  for  them  all ;  and  so  he  covered 
the  body  over  within  the  earth,  as  naked  as  when  he  first  saw 
her,  except  for  the  protection  of  the  torn   strip  which  Zosimus  820 
formerly  threw  to  her,  wherewith  Mary  had  covered  a  part  of  her 
body.    Then  they  at  the  same  time  departed ;  the  lioness  [going]  to 
the  remoter  part  of  the  desert  like  the  gentlest  lamb  ;    whilst  Zosi- 
mus departed  to  his  minster,  glorifying  God  and  blessing  Him,  and  824 
praising  Him  with  praises.     As  soon  as  he  came  to  the  minster, 
he  related  to  them  all  every  circumstance  from  the  beginning,  and 
concealed  none  of  all  the  things  that  he  had  seen  or  heard ;  so  that 
they  all  worshipped  the  wonders  done  by  God,  and  magnified  the  828 
day  of  her  happy  departure  with  awe  and  love  and  much  faith. 
Afterwards  John  perceived  howT  to  amend  some  of  the  customs  of 
the  minster,  as  the  saint  had  predicted ;  but,  with  God's  help,  he 
soon   amended   them.      And   Zosimus  continued   serving   in  the  832 
minster  for  a  hundred  years,  and  then  departed  to  God.     Glory 
be  to  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  who  liveth  and  reigneth,  ever  world 
without  end.     Amen. 

on  (/or  in);  ins.  gewat  (after  westen).  801.  G.  witoftlice    (for    softlice); 

795.  G.  mildoste  ;  G.  and  (for  Da  after  whichG.  inserts  se  sibhod. 
gewat) ;  G.  ins.  gecyrde  after  mynstre.  803  -4.  G.  fultumiende ;  G.  supplies 

796.  G.    wuldriende ;     bletsiende;  gerihte  and,   which  Jul.    omits;   G. 
heriende.  om.  wses;  G.  drohtniende  hundteontig 

797.  G.  swa  (for  )>a) ;  G.  of  (for  geara  gefylde  .  and  ;  G.  ins.  mid  sibbe 
which  Jul.  has  on)  ;  G.  ins.  ealle  after  after  drihtne  ;  G.  leorde. 

frymtJe.  805.  G.hselende;  G.Se  %e(for  \>e); 

799.  G.  supplies  mid  ege  .  .  .  ge-       G.  rixaS  on  ealra  worulda  woruld  a 
leafan,  ichich  Jul.  omits.  butan  ende. 

800.  Jul.  inserts  and  (in   margin) 
before  J>aere,  which  G.  omits. 


54         XXIV.      NATALIS    SANCTORUM   ABDON    ET   SENNES. 

XXIV. 

[Leaf  135.] 

III.  KAL.  A[U]GUSTJ.  -NATALIS  SANCTORUM 
ABDON.    ET  SENNES. 

[Collated  with  U  =  MS.  Cambridge  University  Library,  Ii.  1.  33.] 
/~\N    DECIES    DAGVM  VMS    DEOELICAN    CASEEES    . 

waeron  twegen  kyningas  on  crist  gelyfde  . 
Abdon  and  Sennes  .  mid  soSum  geleafan  . 

Da  asprang  heora  word  to  Sam  wselhreowan  casere  .  4 

J>e  Sa  ana  geweold  ealles  middan-eardes  . 
and  ealle  oSre  cyningas  to  him  cneowodon  . 
and  heora  rice  wunode  swa  swa  he  ana  wolde  . 
f>a  asende  deems  to  Ip&m  foressedum  cyningum  .  8 

and  het  hi  gebringan  on  bendum  to  him  . 
wolde  hi  gebigan  fram  godes  biggencguwt  . 
to  his  gedwyldum  .  and  to  his  deofolgildum  . 
Hwaet  j?a  cwelleras  .  J?a  J?a  cynincgas  gebundon  .  12 

and  on  isenum  racenteagum  to  Sam  arleasan  gebrohton 
for  cristes  geleafan  .  to  cwealm-bserum  witum  . 
Decius  J?a  het  J>a  halgan  cyningas 

his  godura  geoffrian  .  ac  hi  awc^wyrdon  J>us  .  16 

"We  offriaS  ure  lac  J?am  lyfigendan  gode  . 
hselendum  criste  .  and  we  hopiaS  to  him  . 
geoffra  Su  sylf  f>inuw  sceandlicum  godum  . 
Pa,  cwseS  decius  se  deofles  biggenga  .  20 

frysum  is  to  gearcigenne  }?a  rej>estan  wita  . 
Abdon  and  sennes  him  tmdwyrdon  Sus  . 
Hwses  abitst  J>u  casere  cyS  hwset  pu  wylle  . 
Ipcet  J?u  wite  soSlice  .  pcet  we  orsorge  syndon  24 

on  urum  hselende  criste  •  f>e  hsefS  J>a  mihte  . 
"pcet  he  Sine  geJ?ohtas  .  and  J>e  sylfne  maeg 
mid  ealle  towurpon  .  and  on  ecnysse  fordon  . 

1.  U.  kaseres.  8.  kyningum. 

2.  cyningas  ;  gelyfede.  10.  biggenguw. 
6.  kyningas;  cneowdon. 


XXIV.      ABDON   AND   SENNES,    KINGS.  55 


XXIV. 

JULY  30.     ABDON  AND  SENNES,  KINGS. 

In  the  days  of  Decius  the  diabolic  emperor 

there  were  two  kings,  Abdon  and  Sennes, 

believing  in  Christ  with  true  faith. 

Then  their  fame  reached  the  bloodthirsty  emperor  4 

who  then  ruled  alone  over  the  whole  earth ; 

and  all  other  kings  kneeled  to  him, 

and  their  dominion  continued  as  he  alone  willed. 

Then  sent  Decius  to  the  aforesaid  kings,  8 

and  bade  that  they  should  be  brought  in  bonds  to  him, 

desiring  to  turn  them  from  God's  service 

to  his  errors  and  to  his  idolatries. 

So  then  the  executioners  bound  the  kings,  12 

and  brought  them  in  iron  chains  to  the  wicked  [Decius], 

for  the  faith  of  Christ,  unto  deadly  tortures. 

Then  Decius  bade  the  holy  kings 

to  sacrifice  to  his  gods,  but  they  answered  thus  :  16 

*  We  offer  our  sacrifices  to  the  living  God, 
Jesus  Christ,  and  we  hope  in  Him; 

do  thou  thyself  sacrifice  to  thy  shameful  gods/ 

Then  said  Decius,  the  devil's  worshipper;  20 

*  For  these  men  must  be  prepared  the  sharpest  punishments.' 
Abdon  and  Sennes  answered  him  thus, 

*  For  what  waitest  thou,  Emperor  1   declare  what  thou  wilt, 
that  thou  mayest  know  of  a  truth  that  we  are  without  care       24 
through  our  Saviour  Christ,  who  hath  the  power 

utterly  to  overthrow  thy  counsels  and  thyself, 
and  to  destroy  [thee]  for  ever/ 

12.  cyngas.  21.  reSsestan. 

16.  andwevdon.  27.  towurpan. 


56  XXIV.       NATALIS    SANCTORUM    ABDON    ET    SENNES. 

Pa,  on  ]?am  oSrum  dsege  .  het  decius  se  casere  28 

lsetan  leon  and  beran  to  p&m  geleaffullum  cynegum  . 

pcet  hi  hi  abiton  .  buton  hi  bugon  to  his  godum  . 

and  be-tsehte  J?a  wican  Sam  wselhreowan  ualeriane  . 

f>a  cwoeS  ualeriam«s  to  )mm  cynegum  J>us  .  32 

BeorgaS  eowrum  gebyrdura  .  and  bugaS  to  urum  godum  . 

and  geofFriaS  him  lac  .  Ipcet  ge  lybban  magon  . 

gif  ge1  J>is  ne  doS  .  eow  sceolon  deor  abitan  . 

Abdon  and  sennes  ssedon  f>am  arleasan  .  36 

We  gebiddaS  us  to  drihtne  gebigdum  limum  . 

and  we  nsefre  ne  onbugaS  .  J?am  bysmorfullum  anlicnyssura  . 

manna  hand-geweorc  .  pe  ge  habbaS  for  godas  . 

{'a  het  ualerianus  .  (5a  halgan  unscrydan  .  40 

and  lsedan  swa  nocode  (sic)  to  Ssere  sunnan  anlicnysse  . 

forSan  Se  hi  wurJ?odon  Sa  sunnan  for  god  . 

and  bebead  his  cempum  .  pcet  hi  8a  cristenan  cynegas 

to  psere  offrunga  geneadodon  .  mid  eges-licum  witum  .  44 

f»a  cwaedon  Sa  cynegas  to  J>am  cwellere  Sus  . 

Do  pcet  pxx  don  wylt  .  and  se  dema  het 

beswingan  fa  halgan  hetelice  swySe  . 

miS  leadenum  swipum  .  and  Isedde  hi  sySSan  48 

to  Sam  wsefer-huse  .  fser  Sa  deor  wunodon  . 

beran  .  and  leon  .  pe  hi  abitan  sceoldon  . 

and  het  lsetan  him  to  .  twegen  leon  . 

and  feower  beran  .  binnan  ]mm  huse  .  5  % 

}>a  urnon  J>a  deor  egeslice  grymetende  . 

to  J»aere  halgena  fotum  .  swylce  hi  frySes  bsedon  . 

and  noldon  awseg  gan  .  ac  hi  weredon  hi  swySor  . 

swa  pcet  nan  man  ne  dorste  for  Saera  deora  ware  56 

Jmm  halgum  genealecan  .  oSSe  into  Sam  huse  gan  . 

J>a  cwoeS  ualerianus  to  Sam  cempum  Sus  . 

Heora  dry-craft  is  gesyne  swutollice  on  Sysum  . 

28.  )>e  (for  se).  37.  gebigedum. 

29.  kyninguwi  (and  in  1.  32).  39.  hand-geworc. 

30.  abugon.  40.  unsrydan. 
3,5.  sculon.  41.  nacode. 

1  Leaf  135,  back. 


XXIV.      ABDON    AND    SENNES,    KINGS.  57 

Then  on  the  second  day  the  emperor  Decius  bade  men  28 

let  loose  lions  and  bears  against  the  believing  kings. 

that  they  might  devour  them  unless  they  would  submit  to  his  gods, 

and  committed  this  duty  to  the  cruel  Valerian. 

Then  spake  Valerian  to  the  kings  thus,  32 

'Preserve  your  rank,  and  submit  to  our  gods, 

and  offer  them  sacrifice  that  ye  may  live ; 

if  ye  will  not  do  this,  beasts  shall  devour  you.' 

Abdon  and  Sennes  said  to  the  wicked  man,  36 

'We  pray  to  the  Lord  with  bowed  limbs, 

and  we  will  never  bow  down  to  the  shameful  images 

of  men's  handiwork,  which  ye  have  for  gods/ 

Then  Valerian  bade  men  unclothe  the  saints,  40 

and  bring  them  thus  naked  to  the  image  of  the  sun, 

because  they  worshipped  the  sun  as  God; 

and  commanded  his  soldiers  to  compel  the  Christian  kings, 

by  awful  tortures,  to  offer  the  sacrifice.  44 

Then  spake  the  kings  to  the  executioner  thus ; 

'  Do  that  thou  wilt  -do.'     And  the  judge  bade  him 

to  scourge  the  saints  very  furiously 

with  leaden  whips,  and  he  led  them  afterwards  48 

to  the  amphitheatre  where  the  beasts  abode, 

bears  and  lions,  who  were  to  devour  them; 

and  bade  men  let  loose  upon  them  two  lions 

and  four  bears  within  the  theatre.  53 

Then  ran  the  beasts,  awfully  roaring, 

to  the  Saints'  feet,  as  if  they  prayed  for  protection, 

and  would  not  go  away ;  but  they  protected  them  rather, 

so  that  no  man  durst,  by  reason  of  the  beasts'  guard,  56 

approach  the  Saints  or  go  into  the  arena. 

Then  spake  Valerian  to  the  soldiers  thus, 

'  Their  sorcery  is  manifestly  seen  in  this.' 

43.  kyningas.  51.  twa  (/or  twegen). 

44.  oii'runge  geneadodan  ;  )>reatum  52.  U.  om.  binnan  J>ain  huse. 
(  for  witum).  54.  J>aera  ;  friSes. 

46.  J)e  {for  se).  56.  U.  om.  deora. 

50.  abiton  sceoldan.  59.  swutelice. 


58         XXIV.      NATALIS    SANCTORUM   ABDON    ET    SENNES. 

and  he  wear8  swy8e  gram  for  j^aere  deora  ware  .  60 

and  het  8a  eet  nextan  pa.  ha38enan  cwelleras 

ingan  mid  swurdum  .  and  ofslean.Jm  halgan  . 

£a  8e  J?is  gedon  wass  .  f>a  het  se  dema  teon 

]?aera  halgena  lie  to  8am  ha3]?engilde  .  64 

Ipcet  8a  cristenan  sceoldon  sceawian  be  him  . 

and  bysne  niman  .  and  bugan  to  J?am  godum  . 

£>e  lses  pe  hi  wurdon  .  swa  waelhreowlice  acwealde  . 

Da  aefter  ]?rym  dagum  .  com  sum  diacon  J>aer  to  .  68 

quirinus  gehaten  .  and  he  8a  halgan  lie 

nihtes  gelsehte  .  and  ledde  to  his1  huse  . 

and  lede  hi  digellice  on  ane  lsedene  8ruh  , 

mid  mycele  a[r]wur8nysse  .  and  hi  mannum  Ipsdr  72 

bediglode  lagon  .  to  langum  fyrste  . 

otS  Ipcet  constantinus  .  se  cristene  casere  .  eft  to  rice  feng  . 

and  hi  8a  afundene  wurdon  .  Jmrh  cristes  onwrigennysse  . 

Ge  habba8  nu  gehyrod  hu  8a  halgan  cyningas  76 

heora  cynedom  for-sawon  for  cristes  geleafan  . 

and  heora  agen  lif  forleton  for  hine  . 

Nima8  eow  bysne  be  8am  .  pcet  ge  ne  bugon  frara  criste 

for  senigre  earfo8nysse     .  Ipcet  ge  Ipcet  ece  lif  habbon  .  80 

Item  Alia. 

Nu  we  sprsecon  be  cynegum  we  willa8  fysne  cwyde  gelencgan  . 

and  be  sumum  cynincge  eow  cy8an  git  .  Abgarus  wses  geciged '.' 

sum  gesselig  cynincg  on  Syrian  lande  . 

and  se  laeg  beddryda  on  8am  timan  84 

£>e  se  hselend  on  f>ysum  life  waes  . 

He  hsefde  ge-axod  be  8a3S  hselendes  wundrum  . 

and  sende  8a  ardlice  }>is  serendgewrit  him  to  . 

Abgarus  gret  eadmodlice  }>one  godan  hgelend  .  88 

60.  U.  ins.   $a  after  wearB;  U.  65.  sceoldan. 

J>fera.  66.  bysene. 

62.  inngan.  70.  lsedde. 

63.  Ba  (for  Be) ;  Be  (for  se).  71.  ledde  ;  leadene. 

64.  J>ara.  72.  micelre  arwurtfnysse. 

1  Leaf  136. 


XXIV.       ABDON    AND    SENNES.     (ABGARUS).  59 

And  he  was  very  wrath  on  account  of  the  beasts'  guardianship,    60 

and  at  last  bade  the  heathen  executioners 

go  in  with  swords  and  slay  the  Saints. 

When  this  was  done,  the  judge  bade  men  draw 

the  Saints'  bodies  to  the  idol,  64 

that  the  Christians  might  behold 

and  take  warning  by  them,  and  bow  to  the  gods, 

lest  they  should  be  as  cruelly  killed. 

Then  after  three  days  came  a  certain  deacon  to  that  place,     68 

called  Quirinus,  and  he  took  the  holy  bodies 

by  night,  and  brought  them  to  his  house, 

and  laid  them  secretly  in  a  leaden  coffin, 

with  great  reverence,  and  there  they  lay,  72 

concealed  from  men,  for  a  long  time,  until  Constantine, 

the  Christian  emperor,  afterwards  succeeded  to  the  kingdom  ; 

and  they  were  then  found  through  Christ's  revelation. 

Ye  have  now  heard  how  the  holy  kings  76 

renounced  their  kingdom  for  the  faith  of  Christ, 

and  gave  up  their  own  lives  for  Him. 

Take  you  example  thereby  that  ye  turn  not  from  Christ 

for  any  hardness,  that  ye  may  have  the  eternal  life.  80 

The  letter  of  Christ  to  Abgarus. 

Now  we  are  speaking  about  kings,  we  will  lengthen  this  discourse, 

and  tell  you  yet  about  a  certain  king,  who  was  named  Abgarus, 

a  certain  blessed  king  in  the  Syrian  land. 

He  lay  bedridden  at  the  very  time  84 

when  our  Saviour  Christ  was  in  this  life. 

He  had  enquired  concerning  our  Saviours  miracles, 

and  sent  thereupon  speedily  to  him  this  letter: 

'Abgarus  greeteth  humbly  the  good  Saviour  88 


72-5.  U.  om.  and  .  .  onwrigennysse.  81.  cynmgum ;  gelengan. 

76.  gehyred;  ]>a,a  (for  f$ a,);  kyning-  82.    kyninge  ;  geclypod    (for   ge« 
1.  ciged). 

77.  kynedom.  83.  kyning. 

78.  aletan  (for  forleton).  84.  he  (for  se) ;  bedrida. 

79.  bysna  ;  bugan.  85.  <$e  (for  se). 


60         XXIV.      NATALIS    SANCTORUM   ABDON    ET   SENNES. 

f>e  becom  to  mannum  mid  iudeiscum  folce  . 

Ic  hsebbe  gehyred  be  Se  .  hu  Su  gehselst  tSa  untruman  . 

blinde  .  and  healte  .  and  bedrydan  arsest  (sic)  . 

hreoflige  J)u  geclaensast  .  and  J>a  unclsenan  gastas  afligst  .        92 

of  wodum  mannum  .  and  awrecst  Sa  deadan  . 

Nu  cwaetS  ic  on  minum  mode  .  Ipcet  "Su  eart  selmihtig  god  . 

oSSe  godes  sunu  tSe  sylf  come  to  mannum  . 

Ipcet  ftu  $as  wundra  wyrce  .  and  ic  wolde  Se  biddan  96 

pcet  tSu  ge-medemige  ]>e  sylfne  .  \>cet  Jm  siftige  to  me  . 

and  mine  untrumnysse  gehsele  .  for  tSan  f>e  ic  eom  yfele  gehsefd  . 

Me  is  eac  gesaed  Ipcet  Sa  iudeiscan  syrwiaS  . 

and  runiatS  him  betwynan  hu  hi  Ipe  beraedan  magon  .  100 

and  ic  haebbe  ane  burh  Ipe  unc  bam  genihtsumacS  . 

pa  awrat  se  hselend  him  sylf  jns  gewrit  . 

and  asende  ©am1  cynincge  Sus  cwse'Sende  him  to  . 

Beatus  es  qui  credidisti  in  me  .  cum  ipse  me  non  uideris  .    104 

Scriptum  est  enim  de  me  .  quia  Mi  qui  me  uident  non  credent 

In  me  .  et  qui  non  uident  me  .  ipsi  credent  et  uiuent  . 

De  eo  autem  quod  scripsisti  mihi  ut  ueniam  ad  te  . 

oportet  me  omnia  propter  quce  missus  sum  hie  explere  .  108 

Et  postea  quam  compleuero  recipi  me  ad  eum  a  quo  missus  sum  . 

Cum  ergo  fuero  assumjytus  .  mittam  tibi  aliquem 

ex  discipulis  meis  ut  curet  cegritudinem  tuam  . 

et  uitam  tibi  atque  his  qui  tecum  sunt  prestet  .  112 

Ipcet  is  on  engliscum  gereorde  .  Eadig  eart  Su  abgar  . 

J>u  Ipe  gelyfdest  on  me  .  f>onne  $u  me  ne  gesawe  . 

Hit  is  awriten  be  me  on  witegung-bocum2  . 

\>(Bt  8a  J?e  me  geseotS  .  hi  ne  gelyfatS  on  me  .  116 

and  }>a  ]>e  me  ne  geseoS  .  hi  gelyfaS  and  libbatS  . 

Be  )?am  f>e  $u  awrite  to  me  .  Ipcet  ic  come  to  f>e  . 

ic  sceal  serest  afyllan  ]?a  f>incg  f>e  ic  fore  asend  eom  , 

and  ic  sceal  beon  eft  genumen  to  f>am  ylcan  $e  me  asende  .        120 

And  ic  asende  to  Se  .  sytSSan  ic  genumen  beo  . 

91.  bedridan  arsest  (sic).  102.  Se  (for  se).  103.  cyninge. 

1  Leaf  136,  back.  a  MS.  witegu,  alt.  to  witegung. 


XXIV.       ABDON    AND    SENNES.     (ABGARUs).  61 

who  hath  come  to  men  amid  the  Jewish  people. 

I  have  heard  concerning  Thee  how  Thou  healest  the  sick, 

blind,  and  halt,  and  raisest  the  bedridden, 

[how]  Thou  cleanest  lepers,  and  puttest  to  flight  unclean  spirits  92 

out  of  men  possessed,  and  awakest  the  dead. 

Now  I  said  in  my  mind  that  Thou  art  Almighty  God, 

or  God's  Son,  who  Thyself  hast  come  to  men, 

that  Thou  mayest  work  these  wonders,  and  I  would  pray  Thee     96 

that  Thou  wouldst  vouchsafe  Thyself  to  journey  to  me 

and  heal  my  infirmity,  because  I  am  evilly  afflicted. 

It  is  also  told  me  that  the  Jewish  people  lay  snares, 

and  conspire  among  themselves  how  they  may  dispossess  Thee  ;  100 

and  I  have  a  city  which  will  suffice  for  us  both.' 

Then  the  Saviour  Himself  wrote  this  letter, 

and  sent  it  to  the  king,  thus  saying  to  him; 

'  Beatus  es  qui  credidisti  in  me,  cum  ipse  me  non  uideris.       104 

Scriptum  est  enim  de  me,  quia  hii  qui  me  uident  non  credent 

in  me,  et  qui  non  uident  me,  ipsi  credent  et  uiuent. 

De  eo  autem  quod  scripsisti  mihi,  ut  ueniam  ad  te, 

oportet  me  omnia  propter  quos  missus  sum  hie  explere ;  108 

et  postea  quam  compleuero,  recipi  me  ad  eum  a  quo  missus  sum. 

Cum  ergo  fuero  assumptus,  mittam  tibi  aliquem 

ex  discipulis  meis,  ut  curet  cegrltudinem  tuam, 

et  uitam  tibi  atque  his  qui  tecum  sunt  prestet*  112 

That  is,  in  the  English  language,  'Blessed  art  thou,  Abgar, 

thou  who  believedst  on  Me  when  thou  hadst  not  seen  Me. 

It  is  written  concerning  Me  in  the  books  of  prophecy, 

that  they  who  see  Me  will  not  believe  in  Me,  116 

and  they  who  see  Me  not  will  believe  and  live. 

Concerning  that  which  thou  has  written  to  Me  that  I  should 

come  to  thee, 
I  must  first  fulfil  the  things  for  which  I  am  sent, 
and  I  must  afterward  be  taken  to  the  same  who  sent  Me ;     120 
and  I  will  send  to  thee  after  I  am  taken  up 

104- 1 1 2.  U.  omits  the  Latin.  119.  £rserst  (/or  aerest),  wrongly  ; 

113.  U.  om.  \>cet  .  .  gereorde.  gefyllan ;  J>ing. 


62         XXIV.      NATALIS    SANCTORUM   ABDON    ET   SENNES. 

senne  minra  leorning-cnihta  .  J?e  gelacniaS  J^ine  untrumnysse  . 

and  Ipe  lif  ge-gearcaS  .  and  J>am  J>e  gelyfaS  mid  tSe  . 

J?is  gewrit  com  £>a  to  J>am  cyninge  sona  .  124 

and  se  hselend  fore-sceawode  sySSan  he  to  heofonum  astah  . 

\>cet  he  sende  J?am  cyninge  swa  swa  he  eer  gecwceS  . 

senne  of  Sam  hund-seofontigum  .  pe  he  geceas  to  bodigenne  . 

se  wses  tatheus  gehaten  .  pcet  he  gehaelde  Sone  cynincg  .        128 

He  com  Sa  ]?urh  godes  sande  .  to  psere  fore-ssedan  byrig  . 

and  ge-hselde  f>one  untrumne  on  Ipaes  hselendes  mihte  . 

swa  pcet  Sa  ceaster-gewaran  swySe  fees  wundrodon  . 

Jm  gemunde  se  cyning  .  hwaet  crist  him  ser  behet  .  132 

and  het  him  to  gefeccan  Jxme1  foressedan  tatheum  . 

se  wses  eac  gehaten  o]?rum  naman  iudas  . 

and  mid  Sam  he  ineode  .  J>a  aras  se  cyning  . 

and  feoll  to  his  fotum  setforan  his  Segnum  .  136 

forSan  pe  he  geseah  sume  scinende  beorhtnysse  . 

on  Ipsds  iudan  andwlite  Jmrh  godes  onwrigennysse  . 

and  cwceS  Ipcet  he  wsere  soSlice  cristes  discipulus 

him  to  hsele  asend  .  swa  swa  he  sylf  behet  .  140 

Pa,  andwyr&e  se  tatheus  Sam  arwurSan  cyninge  J>us  . 

For-San  Se  lp\i  rihtlice  gelyfdest  on  ]?one  Se  me  asende  . 

forSam  ic  eom  asend  to  Ipe  .  Ipcet  Su  gesund  beo  .  143 

and  gif  Su  on  his  geleafan  Jmrhwunast  .  he  wile  Se  getiSian 

J)inre  heortan  gewilnunga  to-eacan  J>inre  hsele  . 

Abgarus  him  andwyrde  anraedlice  and  cwseS  . 

To  fam  swySe  ic  gelyfe  on  J?one  lyfigendan  hselend  . 

Ipcet  ic  wolde  ofslean  gif  hit  swa  mihte  beon  148 

J>a  Se  hine  gefsestnodon  on  rode-hencgene  . 

i>a  cwceS  tatheus  him  to  .  Crist  ure  hselend  wolde 

his  feeder  willan  gefyllan  .  and  eft  faran  to  him  . 

Abgarus  cwseS  him  eft  to  .  Ic  wat  eall  be  J»am  .  152 

123.  gearcaS.  130.   ]>ser  untrume  (for  J>one  un- 

1 24.  U.  adds  Ahgare  after  cyninge.  trumne). 

125.  Je  {for  ae).  132.  Se  kyng. 

126.  kyninge.  133    tatdeum. 

128.  J>e(/orse);  tatdeus;  cyning.  135.  inn-eode;  Se  cyng. 


Leaf  137. 


XXIV.      ABDON    AND   SENNES.     (ABGARUS).  63 

one  of  my  disciples  who  shall  heal  thy  infirmity, 
and  prepare  [eternal]  life  for  thee  and  those  that  believe  with  thee.' 
Then  this  letter  came  straightway  to  the  king,  124 

and  the  Saviour  provided,  after  He  had  ascended  to  Heaven, 
that  He  should  send  to  the  king,  as  He  had  before  spoken, 
one  of  the  seventy  whom  He  had  chosen  to  preach, 
who  was  called  Thaddeus,  that  he  might  heal  the  king.  128 

He  came  then,  by  God's  commission,  to  the  aforesaid  city, 
and  healed  the  afflicted  king  in  the  Saviour's  might, 
so  that  the  citizens  greatly  wondered  thereat. 
Then   the   king   remembered  what    Christ   had   before    promised 
him,  132 

and  bade  men  fetch  to  him  the  aforesaid  Thaddeus, 
who  was  also  called  by  a  second  name,  Judas. 
And  when  he  entered,  then  arose  the  king 
and  fell  at  his  feet  before  his  thanes,  136 

because  he  saw  a  shining  brightness 
on  the  face  of  Judas  through  God's  revelation, 
and  said  that  he  was  verily  Christ's  disciple 
sent  to  heal  him,  even  as  He  himself  had  promised.  140 

Then  Thaddeus  answered  the  venerable  king  thus, 
'Because  thou  hast  rightly  believed  on  Him  who  sent  me, 
therefore  am  I  sent  to  thee  that  thou  mayest  be  whole  ; 
and,  if  thou  continuest  in  His  faith,  He  will  grant  thee         144 
thy  heart's  desires  besides  thy  health.' 
Abgarus  answered  him  steadfastly,  and  said, 
'To  that  degree  I  believe  on  the  living  Saviour 
that  I  would  slay,  if  so  it  might  be,  148 

those  who  fastened  Him  on  the  gibbet  of  the  cross.' 
Then  Thaddeus  said  to  him,  'Christ  our  Saviour  desired 
to  fulfil  His  Father's  will,  and  again  to  go  to  Him.' 
Abgarus  said  to  him  again,  'I  know  all  about  that,  152 


136.  }>egenum.  143-  forSan. 

137.  U.  om.  sume.  145-  gewilnunge  to-ecan. 
139.  so-Slice  wsere.  H9-  gefsestnode  ;  -hengene. 
141.  Setatdeus;  kynge.  150.  Se  tatdeus. 


64         XXIV.      NATALIS    SANCTORUM    ABDON    ET   SENNES. 

and  ic  on  hine  gelyfe  .  and  on  his  halgan  feeder  . 

Tatheus  cwceS  ba  gyt  to  (5am  wanhalan  cyninge  . 

forbi  ic  sette  mine  hand  on  (Saes  hselendes  naman 

ofer  "Se  untrumne  .  and  he  [eac]  swa  dyde  .  156 

and  se  cyning  wearS  gchseled  sona  swa  he  hine  hrepode  . 

fram  eallum  his  untrumnyssura  .  be  he  ser  on  browode  . 

Abgarus  pa,  wundrode  .  poet  he  wearcS  gehseled  . 

butan  laece-wyrtum  .  J>urh  tSaes  haelendes  word  .  160 

swa  swa  he  him  ser  behet  J>urh  his  serend-gewrit  . 

Tatheus  eac  si&San  sumne  mann  gehselde 

fram  fam  micclan  fot-adle  .  and  fela  oftre  menn 

on  J?asre  byrig  gehselde  .  and  bodode  him  geleafan  .  164 

Da  cwceS  abgarus  him  to  .  On  cristes  mihte 

pu  wyrcst  fas  micclan  wundra  .  and  we  ealle  (Sses  wundriacS  . 

sege1  me  ic  pe  bidde  soS  be  (Sam  haelende  . 

hu  he  to  mannura  come  .  and  of  middan-earde  ferde  ,  168 

Tatheus  andwyrde  abgare  .  and  cwseS  . 

Ic  eom  asend  to  bodigenne  hat  bine  burh-ware  cuman 

ealle  to-somne  .  on  serne  mergen  . 

poet  ic  him  eallu?7i  cy(5e  cristes  tocyme  .  17a 

and  be  his  wundrum  pe  he  worhte  on  life  . 

Jm  het  se  cynincg  cuman  his  ceaster-gewaran  . 

and  tatheus  him  bodade  bealdlice  be  criste  . 

and  him  eallum  ssede  J>one  softan  geleafan  .  176 

and  mancynnes  alysednysse  burh  tSone  mildan  hselend  . 

poet  he  wolde  hine  sylfne  syllan  to  deatSe  . 

and  to  helle  gecuman  to  gehelpene  adames  . 

and  eac  his  gecorenra  of  adames  cynne  .  180 

and  hu  he  syj^ban  astah  to  his  soSfsestan  fgeder  . 

and  cymt5  eft  to  demenne  selcum  be  his  dsedum  . 

iEfter  tSyssere  bodunge  .  bead  se  cyning  ]?am  bydele  . 

goldes  .  and  seolfres  godne  dael  to  lace  .  184 

154.  Tatdeus;  wanhalum.  163.  ]>am  miclan  ;  men. 

156.  U.  eac  ;  which  J vl.  omits.  164.  bodade. 

157.  fte(/orse).  166.  miclan. 
162.  Tatdeus. 


Leaf  137,  back. 


XXIV.      ABDON    AND    SENNES.      (  ABGARUS.)  65 

and  I  believe  in  Him,  and  in  His  holy  Father.' 

Thaddeus  said  yet  again  to  the  sick  king, 

'  Therefore  I  lay  my  hand  in  the  name  of  Jesus 

upon  thee,  sick  man.'     And  he  [moreover]  did  so,  156 

and  the  king  was  healed,  as  soon  as  he  touched  him, 

from  all  his  sicknesses  which  he  had  before  suffered. 

Abgarus  then  marvelled,  that  he  had  been  healed 

without  medicine  through  the  Saviour's  word,  160 

even  as  He  had  before  promised  him  by  His  letter. 

Thaddeus  likewise  healed  afterwards  a  certain  man 

of  a  great  disease  in  his  feet,  and  healed  many  other  men 

in  that  city,  and  preached  the  faith  to  them.  164 

Then  said  Abgarus  to  him,  'In  Christ's  might 

thou  workest  these  great  wonders,  and  we  all  marvel  thereat. 

Tell  me,  I  pray  thee,  truly  concerning  the  Saviour 

how  He  came  to  men  and  departed  from  the  world.'  168 

Thaddeus  answered  Abgarus  and  said, 

'I  am  sent  to  preach;    bid  thy  citizens  come 

all  together  at  early  morning 

that  I  may  declare  to  them  all  Christ's  advent,  172 

and  [speak]  concerning  His  wonders  which  He  wrought  in  life.' 

Then  the  king  bade  the  men  of  his  city  come, 

and  Thaddeus  preached  to  them  boldly  concerning  Christ, 

and  told  all  of  them  the  true  faith,  176 

and  the  redemption  of  mankind  through  the  mild  Saviour ; 

that  He  had  willed  to  give  Himself  to  death, 

and  to  descend  into  hell  to  help  Adam, 

and  likewise  His  elect  of  Adam's  kin,  180 

and  how  He  afterward  ascended  to  His  righteous  Father, 

and  shall  come  again  to  judge  every  man  according  to  his  deeds. 

After  this  preaching  the  king  offered  the  preacher 

a  good  portion  of  gold  and  of  silver  as  a  gift,  184 


168.  manne  ;  U.  om.  ferde.  175.  Tatdeus. 

169.  Tatdeus.  179.  helpenne  {read  gehelpenne) 
171.  morgen.  adame. 

174.  fle  kyning.  183.  Se  kyning. 

5 


66  XXV.      PASSIO   MACHABEORUM. 

ac  he  nolde  niman  nan  'Singe  to  medes 
his  wunderlicre  mihte  .  c-(5(Se  his  mserlican  bodunge  . 
and  ssede  Sam  cyninge  .  We  forsawon  ure  sehta  . 
and  forleton  ure  agen  .  hwi  sceole  we  of>res  inannes  niman  .  188 
l»is  waes  f>us  geworden  .  and  £>aer  wunode  a  sycSSan 
se  softa  geleafa  .  on  fsere  landleode  . 
j?am  hselende  to  lofe  .  pe  leofacS  a  on  ecnysse.     AMEN. 
185.  J)ing.  186.  wunderlicra  mihta. 

XXV. 

KAL.  A[U]GUSTVS.  PASSIO   S^M^ORVM 
MACHABEORUM. 

[The  various  readings  are  from  C.  (=  MS.  C.C.C.  198);  from  D.  (=  MS. 
C.C.C.  303)  ;  and  from  U.  =  (Camb.  Univ.  Library  Ii.  1.  33,  beginning 
at  1.  319.     The  copy  in  V.  (  =  Vit.  D.  17,  fol.  86  b)  ends  at  1.  29]. 

7i"lrTEB  Dam  De  Alexandek  se  egefulla  cyning 
-^J-^     to-daelde  his  rice  his  dyrlingum  ge-hwilcum 
on  his  for(5-si(5e  •  and  hi  fengon  to  rice 

gehwyle  on  his  healfe  .  J>a  weoxon  fela  yfelu  4 

wide  geond  eor(5an  for  <5aera  cyninga  gewinne  . 
An  (Saera  cyninga  wses  heora  eallra  for-cuftost  . 
arleas  and  upp-ahafen  antiochus  gehaten  . 

se  feaht  on  segypta  x  lande  and  afligde  tSone  cynincg  .  8 

and  ferde  sytScSan  to  hierusalem  mid  mycelre  fyrde  . 
and  be-reafode  godes  tempi  goldes  and  seolfres  . 
and  fela  gold-hordas  forcS  mid  him  gelsehte  . 
and  (Sa  halgan  macSm-fatu  and  Tpcet  msere  weofod  .  12 

and  ofsloh  Ipses  folces  fela  on  tSsere  byrig  . 
and  modelice  sprsec  on  his  mihta  truwigende  • 
Eft  sefter  sumum  fyrste  asende  se  cyning 

on  serend-gewritum  .  ]>cet  ealle  menn  gebugon  16 

to  his  hseften-scipe  and  to  his  gesetnyssum  . 

N.  B.    The  text  is  denoted  hy  A. 

1.  D.  Efter.  weoxan.     C.  feola. 

2.  C.  D.  deorlingum.  5.  A.  ftaere,  corrected  to  tfeera;   C. 

3.  C.  heo  So  also  in  I.  20.  tSsere;  D.  J>aera. 

4.  D.  gehwilce.     C.  V.  weox ;   D. 

1  Leaf  138. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  67 

but  he  would  take  nothing  as  meed 
for  his  wonderful  power,  or  his  mighty  preaching ; 
and  said  to  the  king;    'We  have  forsaken  our  possessions 
and   have  abandoned   our   own,    why   should   we   take    those    of 
another  man?'  !88 

This  was  thus  accomplished,  and  thereafter  the  true  faith 
ever  continued  in  that  nation, 
to  the  praise  of  the  Saviour  who  liveth  ever  in  eternity.      Amm. 

189.  si$$an.  191.  lyfaft  ;  U.  om.  Amen. 

190.  ]>e  (for  se). 

XXV. 

AUGUST  1.     THE  MACCABEES. 
§  I.     1  Macc.  i.  1-64;  2  Macc.  vi.  18-vii.  42. 

Aftee  that  Alexander  the  terrible  king 

divided  his  kingdom  amongst  his  several  favorites 

on  his  decease,  and  they  took  to  the  kingdom, 

each  in  his  portion,  then  grew  up  many  evils  4 

wide-spread  on  the  earth,  because  of  these  kings'  battles. 

One  of  these  kings  there  was  of  them  all  the  wickedest, 

irreverent  and  proud,  named  Antiochus, 

who  fought  in  Egypt  and  put  to  flight  the  king;  8 

and  marched  afterwards  to  Jerusalem  with  a  great  army, 

and  despoiled  God's  temple  of  gold  and  silver, 

and  took  many  gold-hoards  away  with  him, 

and  the  holy  treasure-vessels,  and  the  great  altar,  12 

and  slew  many  of  the  people  in  the  town, 

and  spake  haughtily,  trusting  in  his  might. 

Again  after  some  time,  the  king  sent, 

by  a  written  message,  that  all  men  should  bow  down  16 

to  his  heathendom  and  to  his  ordinances; 

6.  A.  Saere,  corrected  to  "Saera;    C.  11.  C.  feala  ;  here  and  elsewhere. 
J>ara  ;  D.  Jjsera.    C.  D.  ealra.  12.  C.  maft-fatu. 

7.  C.  D.  up-ahafen.    C.  antiochius.  14.  C.  modiglice.      V.  truwiende ; 

8.  C.    egypta;    D.    egipta.      C.  D.  D.  truwigendae. 

cyning.  15.  C.  D.  assende.     So  in  1.  18,  &c. 

10.  C.  be-reTode;  tempel  gdldes.  16.  C.  D.  V.  men. 

5-2 


68  XXV.      PASSIO   MACHABEOHUM. 

and  asende  to  hierusalem  iudeiscre  byrig 

on  bsere  wses  Sa  gewurcSod  se  eall-wealdende  god 

sefter  (5sere  ealdan  .  se  .  J?e  hi  ana  J>a  heoldon  .  20 

and  liet  hi  gebugan  frara  gode  and  frara  his  biggengum  . 

and  arserde  Ipcet  deofol-gild  uppon  [drihtnes]  weofode  . 

and  het  hi  ealle  offrian  to  tSsere  anlicnysse  . 

and  selcne  acwellan  }?e  wi(5-cwsede  his  hsesum  .  24 

WearS  f>a  mycel  angsumnyss  on  eallura  J^am  folce 

J?e  on  god  gelyfdon  for  (5am  gramlicura  dsedum  . 

and  manega  gebugon  to  Sam  manfullan  hseSengilde  . 

and  eac  fela  wi(5-cwsedon  bses  cyninges  hsesum  .  28 

and  woldon  heora  lif  forlsetan  ser]?an  Se  heora  ge-leafan  . 

and  noldon  hi  fylan  mid  )?am  fulan  hseftenscype  . 

ne  godes  se  to-brecan  Ipe  hi  on  bocum  rseddon  . 

Hwset  fa  wearS  gelaeht  sum  geleafful  bocere  .  32 

har-wencge  and  eald  .  se  hatte  eleazarus  . 

and  hi  bestungon  him  on  muf>  mid  mycelre  Sreatunge 

}?one  fulan  mete  fe  moyses  forbead 

godes  folce  to  ficgenne  .  for  fsere  gastlican  getacnunge  .  36 

We  moton  nu  secgan  swutellicor  be  (Sysum  . 

hwylce  mettas  wseron  mannura  forbodene 

on  (Ssere  ealdan  .  se  .  pe  mann  ett  nu  swa-Seah  . 

Moyses  for-bead  for  mycelre  getacnunge  40 

on  (5sere  eaPdan  .  se  .  sefter  godes  dihte 

fa  nytenu  to  etanne  J>ara  ealdan  folce 

J?e  heora  [cudu]  ne  ceowacS  and  het  Sa  unclsene  . 

and  fa  f  e  synd  gehofode  on  horses  gelicnysse  44 

unto-clofenura  clawum  .  wseron  unclsene  eac  . 

fa  clsenan  nytenu  f  e  heora  cudu  ceowatS  . 

getacniaft  fa  men  f  e  on  heora  mode  smeagacS 

embe  godes  willan  .  sytSSan  hi  his  word  gehyratS  48 

19.  C.  D.    ealwealdenda ;   V.   eal-  drihtnes;  A.  V.  godes. 

waeldende.  23.  C.  hio ;  here  and  elsewhere. 

21.  C.  hio  ft  a  gebugon ;  D.  hi  bugan.  24.  A.  cwsellan,  altered  to  acwellan ; 
C.  biggencgum.  C.  D.  V.  acwellan. 

22.  D.  om.  J>aet;   C.  has  ]?a.     CD.  25.  V.angsumnysse;C. angsumnys. 
uppan    here    and    elsewhere.     C.  D.  27.  D.  manfulluw  hej>en-gylde. 

1  Leaf  138,  back. 


XXV.      THE   MACCABEES.  69 

and  sent  to  Jerusalem  the  Jewish  town, 

in  which  was  then  worshipped  the  all-ruling  God 

after  the  old  law,  which  they  alone  then  kept,  20 

and  commanded  them  to  turn  from  God,  and  from  his  services, 

and  raised  up  the  devil's  form  upon  the  Lord's  altar, 

and  commanded  them  all  to  offer  sacrifice  to  that  idol, 

and  to  kill  each  one,  who  spake  against  his  commands.  24 

There  was  then  great  sorrow  amongst  all  the  people, 

who  believed  on  God,  because  of  the  cruel  deeds ; 

And  many  bowed  down  to  the  wicked  idol; 

and  also  many  spake  against  the  king's  commands,  28 

and  would  lose  their  lives  rather  than  their  belief, 

and  would  not  defile  themselves  with  the  foul  heathendom. 

nor  break  God's  law  which  they  read  in  books. 

Now  there  was  taken  a  certain  faithful  scribe [2  Mace.  vi.  18],  32 
hoary  and  old,  who  was  called  Eleazar ; 
and  they  stuck  in  his  mouth,  with  many  threatenings, 
the  foul  meat  which  Moses  forbade 

God's  people  to  taste  because  of  its  spiritual  signification.        36 
"We  must  now  speak  more  plainly  concerning  these, 
as  to  what  meats  were  forbidden  to  men 
in  the  old  law,  which  one  eats  now  nevertheless. 
Moses  forbad,  because  of  its  great  significance  [Levit.  xi.  2]     40 
in  the  old  law,  according  to  God's  ordinance, 
the  old  people — to  eat  those  beasts 

which  chew  not  their  cud,  and  commanded  them  [to  be]  unclean ; 
and  those  that  are  hoofed  in  a  horse's  likeness,  44 

those  with  uncloven  claws,  were  unclean  also. 
The  clean  beasts  who  chew  their  cud 
betoken  those  men  who  meditate  in  their  mind 
about  God's  will,  after  that  they  hear  his  word  48 

30.  C.  noldan.      C.  fflan;   D.  be-  39.  A.  aett,  alt.  to  ett;  D.  yt.     C. 
fylan.  nu  et. 

31.  C.   to-breecon;    A.   to-braecan,  42.  C.  etene;  D.  etenne.    C.  D.  eal- 
alt.  to  to-brecan ;  D.  tobrecan.  dim. 

33.  C.  harwenge  ;  D.  harwenge.  43.  C.  D.  cudu ;  A.  cude ;  but  see  11. 

37.  C.  ssecgan.     C.  D.  swutollicor.       46,  56. 
C.  Sissum.  47.  C.  om.  on.     D.  sme 


70  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

of  lareowa  muftum  swylce  hi  heora  mete  ceowan  . 
And  (5a  synd  unclsene  J»e  heora  cudu  ne  ceowatS  . 
for-(5an  Ipe  hi  getacniaS  fa  (Se  tela  nellaS  . 

ne  nellacS  leornian  hwset  gode  leof  sy.  52 

ne  on  heora  mode  wealcan  fses  hselendes  beboda  . 
and  syndon  for-(5y  uncbene  swa  swa  fta  forcuSan  nytenu  . 
pa  nytenu  synd  clsene  J>e  to-cleofaft  heora  clawa 
and  heora  cudu  ceowatS  .    hi  getacniatS  £>a  geleaffullan  56 

on  godes  gelatSunge  .  f>e  mid  geleafan  underfo'S 
f>a  ealdan  gecytmysse  and  cristes  gesetnysse  . 
\>cet  is  seo  ealde  .  se  .  and  seo  niwe  gecytmyss  . 
and  ceowacS  godes  beboda  symle  mid  smeagunge  .  60 

pa  nytenu  wseron  unclsene  gecwedene  on  J>sere  .  se  . 
pe  ne  to-cleofacS  heora  clawa  J?eah  (5e  hi  cudu  ceowan  . 
otScSe  gif  hi  to-cleofacS  and  ceowan  nellacS 

for  tSsere  getacnunge  Ipe  (Sa  towerd  wses  .  64 

Ipcet  we  to-cleofan  ure  clawa  on  j?am  twam  gecyftnyssum  . 
on  tSsere  ealdan  .  and  on  (Ssere  niwan  ]>cet  is  .  se  •  and  godspel  . 
and  Ipcet  we  on  mode  smeagan  fses  selmihtigan  hsese  . 
and  se  tSe  af>or  forlset  .  se  leofaS  unclsene  .  68 

Swa  swa  t5a  iudeiscan  Ipe  urne  drihten  forseo'S  . 
and  his  godspel  bodunge  to  bysmre  habbatS 
syndon  unclsene  .  and  criste  andssete 

J?eah  'Se  hi  moyses  .  se  •  on  heora  muSe  wealcon  .  72 

and  nella(5  under- standan  butan  Ipcet  steaflice  andgit  . 
Fela  wseron  forbodene  godes  folce  on  ftsere  .  se  . 
1  Ipe   nu  syndon  clsene  sefter  cristes  to-cyme  . 
sitSftan  paulus  cwceS  to  fam  cristenum  tSus  .  76 

Omnia  munda  mundis. 

49.  C.  larewa.  A.   ceowan;    D.           62.  C.  cleofaft.     After  hi   a  later 
ceowon.  hand  inserts  heora  in  A.,  which  is 

50.  D.  synde.  omitted  by  C.  D.   D.  ceowun. 

51.  C.  nyllaS.  63.  C.  cliofaS.    A.  has  heora  clawa 

53.  D.   heore   mode  wealcen.      D.       above  the  line,  before  and.    C.  nyllaS. 
hselendas.  64.  C.  toweard. 

54.  D.  for-cuJ>ostan.  65.  After  J>aet  is  written,  above  the 

59.  C.  om.   and.      A.   gecyftnysse,       line,  getacnaS  \o&t,  which  D.  omits, 
alt.  to  gecySnyss ;  C.  gecyftnis.  D.  gecyonessum.     C.  om.  this  line. 

60.  D.  symble. 

1  Leaf  139. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  71 

from  teachers'  mouths,  as  if  they  chewed  their  meat. 
And  those  are  unclean  which  chew  not  their  cud, 
because  they  betoken  those  who  desire  not  rightly, 
neither  will  learn  what  may  be  pleasing  to  God,  52 

nor  revolve  in  their  minds  the  Saviour's  commands, 
and  they  are  therefore  unclean  just  like  the  wicked  beasts. 
Those  beasts  are  clean  that  cleave  their  claws, 
and  chew  their  cud ;    they  betoken  the  believers  56 

in  God's  congregation,  who  with  belief  receive 
the  old  testament  and  Christ's  ordinance, 
that  is,  the  old  law  and  the  new  testament, 
and  chew  God's  commands  ever  with  meditation.  60 

Those  beasts  were  called  unclean  in  the  law, 
who  do  not  cleave  their  claws,  although  they  chew  the  cud ; 
or  if  they  do  cleave,  and  will  not  chew; 

for  the  betokening,  which  was  then  still  to  come,  64 

that  we  cleave  our  claws  in  the  two  testaments, 
the  old  and  the  new,  that  is  Law  and  Gospel; 
and  that  we  ponder  in  mind  the  Almighty's  behest; 
and  he  who  forsakes  either,  he  liveth  unclean.  68 

Even  so  the  Jews  who  despise  our  Lord, 
and  have  in  contempt  his  Gospel-preaching, 
are  unclean,  and  to  Christ  odious, 

although  they  in  their  mouth  revolve  Moses'  law,  72 

and  will  only  understand  the  literal  meaning. 
Many  things  were  forbidden  to  God's  people  in  the  law, 
which  now  are  clean,  after  Christ's  advent, 
since  Paul  saith  to  the  Christians  thus:  76 

omnia  munda  mundis  (Titus  i.  15); 

66.  A.  has  \cet  is  on  Seere  ealdan  .  ae .  67.  C.  D.  hsesa. 

1  on  Ssere  niwan  \>cet  is  .  ae  .  ~)  godspel ;  70.  C.  bysmore ;  D.  bismore. 

with  gecy'Snysse  above  the  line  after  73.  C.  nyllaS.   A.  -standen,  alt.  to 

niwan.     Here  the  former  J>eet  is  and  -standan ;    C.   -standen.      C.   buton. 

ae  are  both  superfluous,  and,  accord-  C.  D.  staeflice. 

ingly,  the  passage  is  squeezed  in  over  74-  A.  ^as  ealdan  after  ftaare,  above 

an  erasure ;  C.  omits  from  J>set  we  (1.  the  line ;  which  C.  D.  omit. 

65)    down    to    niwan  ;     D.   has — }>a  76.  After  mundis  A.  has,  above  the 

ealdan  .  t    J?a   niwan  .  ]>cet  is  .  ae  .   ~)  line,  \>a:t  is  on  englisc  — which  C.  D. 

godspel.     C.  god-spell.  omit. 


72  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEOItUM. 

Ealle  Sincg  syndon  clame  J?am  clsenum  mannum  . 

J?am  ungeleaffullan  and  unclaenum  nis  nan  j?incg  chene  . 

Hara  wees  Sa  unclsene  forSan  Se  he  [nis]  clifer-fete  . 

and  swin  wees  Sa  unclsene  forSan  J»e  hit  ne  ceow  his  cudu  .   80 

Sume  waeron  J?a  fule  f>e  mi  synd  eac  fule  . 

ac  hit  hip  to  langsum  eall  her  to  logigenne 

be  Sam  clsenura  nytenum  .  oSSe  be  Jmm  unclsenum 

on  Ssere  ealdan  ,  se  .  J>e  mann  ett  nu  swa-Seah .  84 

pa  wolde  eleazarus  werlice  sweltan 

serSan  pe  he  godes  .  se  .  forgegan  wolde  . 

and  nolde  forswelgan  Sas  spices  snsed 

pe  hi  him  on  muS  bestungon  .  forSan  pe  moyses  for-bead         88 

swyn  to  etenne  swa  swa  we  ser  ssedon  . 

pa  baedon  Sa  cwelleras  for  heora  eald  cySSe  . 

pcet  hi  moston  him  beran  unforboden  flsesc  . 

and  dyde  swilce  he  sete  of  (Sam  offrung-spice  .  93 

and  swa  mid  Ssere  hiwunge  him  sylfum  geburge  . 

Da  cwceS  eleazarus  .  Ic  eom  eald  to  hiwigenne  , 

and  wenaS  ]?a  geongan  poet  ic  wille  for-gsegan 

godes  gesetnysse  for  Sisum  sceortan  life  .  96 

and  biS  f»onne  min  hiwung  him  to  forwyrde  . 

and  ic  sylf  beo  and-ssete  J?urh  swylce  gebysnunge  . 

Deah  Se  ic  beo  ahred  fram  manna  reSnysse  . 

ic  ne  mseg  J?am  almihtigan  ahwar  setberstan  ,  100 

on  life  oj?J>e  on  deaSe  .  ac  ic  lsete  bysne 

Jmm  iungum  cnihtum  gif  ic  cenlice  swelte 

arwurSum  deaSe  for  Ssere  halgan  .  se  . 

pa  wurdon  Sa  cwelleras  pe  him  cuSlice  to-sprsecon  .  104 

swySe  geyrsode  for  Ssere  andsware  . 

and  tugon  hine  to  f>ain  witum  pcet  he  wurde  acweald  , 

and  he  Sa  mid  geleafan  his  lif  ge-endode  . 

77.  C.  D.  blng  synd.  82.  C.  om.  hit.    C.  D.  logienne. 

78.  C.    D.   ungeleaffullum.     C.  D.  84.  D.  man.    C.  et ;  D.  yt. 
J>mg.                                                                   85.  C.  D.  wserlice. 

79.  nis   must  be  the  reading ;    see  86.  C.  D.  forgaegan ;   A.  forgaegan, 
Levit.  xi.  6 ;  but  A.  C.  D.  have  is.  alt.  to  forgegan. 

80.  C.  D.  omit  Sa.  C.  D.  read  hit;  87.  D.  snset, 
has  hi   icith  t  above  the  line 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  73 

All  things  are  clean  to  clean  men ; 

to  the  unbelievers  and  the  unclean  there  is  nothing  clean. 

A  hare  was  then  unclean,  because  he  is  [not]  cloven-footed, 

and  a  swine  was  then  unclean  because  it  chewed  not  its  cud.  80 

Some  were  then  foul,  which  now  are  also  foul; 

but  it  will  be  too  tedious  to  discourse  here  fully 

concerning  the  clean  beasts  or  concerning  the  unclean 

in  the  old  law,  which  one  eats  now  nevertheless.  84 

Then  would  Eleazar  manfully  die 
rather  than  he  would  transgress  God's  law, 
and  would  not  swallow  the  bit  of  the  bacon 
which  they  stuck  in  his  mouth,  because  Moses  forbade  [them]    88 
to  eat  swine;    as  we  before  said. 

Then  the  executioners  prayed  him,  for  old  acquaintance  sake, 
that  they  might  bring  him  unforbidden  flesh, 
and  he  should  do  as  if  he  ate  of  the  sacrifice-bacon,  92 

and  so  with  that  deception  save  himself. 
Then  spake  Eleazar,  'I  am  old  to  practise  deceit, 
and  the  young  ones  will  think  that  I  am  ready  to  transgress 
God's  ordinance  for  [the  sake  of]  this  short  life,  96 

and  then  shall  my  deception  be  to  their  destruction, 
and  I  myself  shall  be  an  opponent  [to  God]  by  such  an  example. 
Though  I  be  saved  from  men's  cruelty, 

I  may  not  anywhere  escape  from  the  Almighty  100 

in  life  or  in  death;    but  I  shall  afford  an  example 
to  the  young  folk,  if  I  boldly  die 
an  honourable  death  for  the  holy  law.' 

Then  became  the  executioners,  who  had  addressed  him  kindly,  104 
very  much  angered  because  of  that  answer, 
and  they  dragged  him  to  the  tortures  that  he  might  be  killed ; 
and  he  then  ended  his  life  with  faith. 

88.  C.  bestungen.    C.  for'Sam;   D.  96.  C.  scortan. 

forJ)am.  98.  CD.  self.    A.  has  gode  after 
90.  D.  cwelleres.                                      andsaete,  above  the  line ;  0.  D.  omit. 

91!  C,  hio  mostan.  99-  c-  rySnysse. 

92.  D.  ofirincg-,  102.  D.  geongum. 

93.  C.  selfuw.  104-  D-  cwellerea, 
95.  C.  D.  gungan,  J07.  C.  ge-sendode. 


74  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

pser  wurdon  eac  gelsehte  .  and  *  gelsedde  to  Sam  cynincge  .    108 

seofon  gebroc5ra  swycSe  ge-lyfede  . 

and  heora  modor  samod  .  and  hi  man  mid  swingle  Sreade  . 

pcet  hi  etan  sceoldon  ongean  godes  .  se  .  spice  . 

pa  cwcetS  se  yldesta  .  hwset  axast  (5u  aet  us  .  na 

we  synd  gearwe  to  sweltenne  swy(5or  ponne  to  forgsegenne 

ures  scyppendes  .  se  .  \)e  he  gesette  purh  [moysen.] 

J?a  yrsode  se  cynincg  .  and  het  for-ceorfan  his  tungan  . 

and  hine  behsettian  and  his  handa  forceorfan  .  116 

and  eac  befotian  .  and  het  feccan  senne  hwer 

and  hine  pser-on  seoftan  .  otS  Ipcet  he  sawlode 

setforan  his  gebrobrum  Ipcet  hi  abtigan  sceoldon  . 

Hwset  J>a  six  gebrobra  hi  sylfe  ba  tihton  .  120 

and  seo  modor  samod  secgende  him  betwynan  . 

Ipcet  hi  sweltan  woldon  .  for  godes  gesetnyssum  ; 

god  sylf  gefrefracS  us  swa  swa  moyses  geswutelode 

on  (5sere  fiftan  bee  .  Ipcet  god  ge-frefra(5  his  "Seo wan  .  124 

pa  gebundon  tSa  cwelleras  J?one  oberne  broftor  . 

and  hine  behsettedon  hetelice  .  and  axodon 

hwseSer  he  etan  wolde  ar<5an  f>e  he  behamelod  wurde  . 

He  cwceS  \cet  he  nolde  .  and  he  (5a  gelice  witu  .  128 

swa  swa  his  yldra  broSor  ardlice  under-feng  . 

and  cwcecS  to  Sam  cyninge  J>e  hi  acwellan  het  . 

Du  forscyldegodesta  cynincg  .  ofslihst  us  and  amyrst . 

ac  se  selmihtiga  cyning  us  eft  arserS  132 

to  J>am  ecan  life  .  nu  we  for  his  .  se  .  sweltatS  . 

Hi  bundon  (Sone  pryddan  and  mid  bysmore  [heton] 

his  tungan  forS-rsecan  .  and  he  hratSe  swa  dyde  . 

and  his  handa  him  rsehte  and  mid  anrsednysse  cwseS  .  136 

Das  lima  ic  hsefde  ]?urh  tfone  heofonlican  cynincg  . 

108.  C.  D.  cyninge.  hut  see  1.  186. 

109.  D.  seofan.    C.  gelefede.  115.  C.  cyninge;  D.  cyning. 
no.  C.  hiora.  116.  C.  D.  behsettigan. 
in.  C.  scoldon.     C.  D.  spic.                      117.  C.  D.  befotigan. 

112.  D.  elststa  (sic).  122.  D.  wolden.  I).  -nessum.  After 

1 14.  C.  D.  sceppendes ;   where  A.       gesetnyssum     A.     has,     above     the 

has    scyppendes    drihtnes,    by    mis-       line — *j  hi  cwaedon  }ms ;  which  C.  D. 

take.     C.   D.  moysen;    A.   moyses;       omit. 
1  Leaf  1 39,.  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  75 

There  were  also  taken  and  led  to  the  king  [2  Mace.  vii.  1.]  108 

seven  brethren,  very  believing; 

and  their  mother  together,  and  them  they  vexed  with  scourging, 

that  they  should  eat  bacon,  against  God's  law. 

Then  saith  the  eldest,  '  what  askest  thou  of  us  1  112 

we  are  ready  to  die  rather  than  to  transgress 

our  creator's  law  which  he  ordained  by  Moses.' 

Then  the  king  grew  angry  and  commanded  to  cut  out  bis  tongue, 

and  to  scalp  him  and  to  cut  off  his  hands,  116 

and  also  to  cut  off  his  feet,  and  commanded  to  fetch  a  cauldron, 

and  to  boil  him  therein  until  he  gave  up  the  ghost 

before  his  brethren,  that  they  might  yield. 

Moreover  the  six  brethren  themselves  there  testified  120 

and  the  mother  together,  saying  amongst  themselves, 

that  they  would  die  for  God's  ordinances. 

1  God  himself  comforteth  us,  as  Moses  revealed  [Deut.  xxxii.  43] 

in  the  fifth  book,  that  God  comforteth  his  servants.'  124 

Then  the  tormentors  bound  the  second  brother, 

and  they  scalped  him  hatefully  and  asked  him 

whether  he  eat  would  before  he  should  be  hamstrung. 

He  saith  '  that  he  would  not,'  and  he  then  the  like  punishment  128 

as  his  elder  brother  immediately  received, 

and  saith  to  the  king  who  commanded  to  kill  them, 

•  Thou,  most  guilty  king,  slayest  and  consumest  us, 

but  the  Almighty  King  will  raise  us  up  again  133 

to  the  eternal  life,  now  that  we  die  for  his  law.' 

They  bound  the  third  and  in  derision  they  commanded 

him  to  put  out  his  tongue,  and  he  quickly  did  so. 

and  reached  out  his  hands  to  them,  and  with  firmness  quoth,  136 

'  These  limbs  I  had  through  the  heavenly  king, 

123.  D.  self.     C.  geswutulode.  131.  C.  D.  forscyldgodesta.    C.  of- 

124.  After  t>  A.  has,  above  the  line,       slyhst;  D.  of  slehst.    D.  amerst. 

— is  ]>cet ;  which  C.  D.  omit.  C.  frefraft.  133.  C.  D.  ecan;    in  A.,  an  e  is 

126.  D.  behaettodon.     C.  axoden.  added,  above  the line,here  and inl.145. 

127.  D.  hwaeder.    C.  D.  wurde  be-  134.  C.  D.  heton;  A.  hetan. 
hamolod  (be-hamelod).  135.  D.  raSe. 

128.  A.   wita,    alt.    to    witv   (for  136.  C.  hes  {sic);  om.  handa.     D. 
witu) ;  C.  D.  wita.  -nesse. 

130.  C.  cwaeS  )>a  to;  hio.  137.  C.  lioma.     C.  D.  cyning. 


76  XXV.      PASSIO   MACHABEORUM. 

ac  ic  hi  nu  forseo  for  his  gesetnysse  . 

forjmn  pe  ic  hopie  to  hira  .  pcet  ic  hi  eft  under-fo  set  him  . 

And  se  cynincg  wundrode  and  pa,  pe  mid  him  waeron  140 

(Sees  cnihtes  anreednysse  pcet  he  Sa  cwylmincge  *  forseah 

JEfter  Syses  forS-siSe  .  hi  ge-fengon  Sone  feorSan  . 

and  eall-swa  getintregedon  .  ac  he  anrsedlice  cwceS. 

Selre  us  is  to  sweltenne  and  soSlice  anbidian  144 

J>33S  ecan  aeristes  .  set  Sam  selmihtigan  gode  . 

ac  Se  ne  biS  nan  serist  to  Sam  ecan  life  . 

Se  Sa  ge-endode  mid  anrsedum  geleafan  . 

and  hi  gefengon  to  dreccenne  J>one  fiftan  broSor  .  148 

He  beseah  (5a  to  (5am  cynincge  .  and  cwceS.  him  Ipus  to  . 

Nu  Su  mihte  hsefst  betwux  mannum  sume  hwile  . 

j>u  dest  swa  swa  Su  wylt  .  ac  ne  wen  Su  swaSeah 

Ipcet  se  god  us  forlsete  pe  we  on  gelyfaS  .  15  a 

p\x  afindst  his  mihte  ungefyrn  on  Se  sylfum  . 

hu  he  p e  tintregaS  teartlice  on  witum  . 

Se  geendode  Sa  .  and  hi  ardlice  gelsehton 

J?one  sixtan  broSor  .  and  he  svveltende  .  cwceS.  156 

Ne  dwela  Su  on  idel  .  J>eah  Se  drihten  Se  gebafige 

pcet  we  for  urum  synnum  to  swylcere  wsefersyne  synd  . 

and  ne  wen  Su  na  be  pe  Ipcet  pu  unge-witnod  beo  . 

nu  Su  winst  ongean  god  .  and  se  ge-wat  pa,  swa  sona  .  160 

pa  wundrode  heora  modor  pcet  hi  swa  wel  ongunnon  . 

and  heo  mid  blibrun  mode  hyre  beam  sefre  tihte  . 

selcne  on-sundron  and  ssede  heom  eallum . 

Ne  fegde  ic  eowre  lima  .  ne  ic  eow  lif  ne  forgeaf .  164 

ac  middan-eardes  scyppend  eow  sealde  gast  .  and  lif . 

and  he  eft  eow  for-gifS  pcet  ece  lif  mid  him 

swa  swa  ge  nu  syllaS  eow  sylfe  for  his  .  se  . 

Hwset  Sa  antiochus  se  arleasa  cynincg  168 

behet  j?am  anum  cnapan  pe  f?ser  cucu  wses  ]?a  git 

138.  C. -nyssum;  D. -nessum.  143.  C.  D.  eal-.    C.  D.  tintregodon. 

139.  C.  hopige.  144.  C.  swelten ;  andbidian. 

140.  C.  D.  cyning.  145.  A.    ecan,   alt.    to    ecean;   C. 

141.  D.  -nesse.     C.  cwelrainge  ;  D.  e'acan;  D.  ecan. 
cwylminge.     C.  forseoS.  146.  D.  aeristS ;  ecain. 

1  Leaf  1 40. 


XXV.      THE    MACCABEES.  77 

but  I  now  despise  them  for  [the  sake  of]  His  ordinance, 

because  I  have  hope  in  him  that  I  may  receive  them  again  from  him.' 

And  the  king  wondered,  and  they  that  were  with  him,  140 

at  the  young  man's  constancy,  that  he  despised  the  death-torment. 

After  this  one's  departure  (from  life),  they  took  the  fourth, 

and  tormented  him  in  like  manner,  but  he  firmly  quoth, 

'It  is  better  for  us  to  die  and  soothly  to  abide  144 

the  eternal  resurrection  at  (the  hands  of)  the  Almighty  God; 

but  for  thee  shall  be  no  resurrection  to  the  eternal  life.' 

He  then  ended  (his  life)  with  constant  belief, 

and  they  took,  to  torment  (him),  the  fifth  brother.  148 

He  looked  then  towards  the  king,  and  quoth  thus  to  him, 

'Now  (that)  thou  hast  might  amongst  men  for  a  while, 

thou  dost  as  thou  wilt,  but  think  not,  nevertheless, 

that  the  God  upon  whom  we  believe  forsakes  us.  152 

thou  shalt  find  His  might,  not  far  hence,  over  thyself, 

how  He  will  torment  thee  sharply  with  punishments/ 

He  ended  (his  life)  then,  and  they  quickly  caught 

The  sixth  brother ;    and  he,  dying,  quoth,  156 

'Err  not  thou  vainly,  though  the  Lord  permit  thee 

that  we  for  our  sins  become  such  a  spectacle ; 

and  think  not  thou  concerning  thyself  that  thou  shalt  be  untormented, 

now  (that)  thou  tightest  against  God; '  and  he  departed  then  soon.  160 

Then  wondered  their  mother  that  they  strove  so  well, 

and  she  with  blithe  mood  ever  exhorted  her  children, 

each  one  severally,  and  said  to  them  all, 

'I  joined  not  your  limbs,  nor  did  I  supply  you  with  life,       164 

but  the  world's  Creator  gave  you  your  spirit  and  life, 

and  He  again  will  give  you  the  eternal  life  with  Him, 

even  as  ye  now  offer  yourselves  for  His  law.' 

Thereupon  Antiochus,  the  impious  king,  168 

promised  the  one  boy  who  was  still  alive 

147.  C.  ge-aendode  mid  ftam.  159.  C.  sy  (for  beo). 

148.  C.  draencenne;  D.  drencenne.  160.  C.  D.  om.  sona. 

149.  C.  D.  cyninge.  162.  C.  hiore. 

152.  C.  gelefaS.  163.  A.  him,alt.  foheom;  C.  hiom; 

153.  C.  afinst;  D.  afintst.     C.  D.       D.  him. 
selfum.  164.  C.  forgaef. 

154.  C.  om.  teartlice  on  witum,  165.  C.  scyppen;  D.  sceppend. 
J55-  0,  ge-aendode.  167.  D.  om.  nu.     C.  D.  sellaS. 

157.  C.  dwele.  168.  C.  antiochius.  C,  D.  cyning. 

158.  D.  wafer-sine.  169.  C.  get;  D.  gyt. 


78  XXV.      PASSIO   MACHABEORUM. 

mycele  woruld-sehta  gif  he  wolde  him  abugan 

and  bsed  eac  Sa  modor  Ipcet  heo  hire  beam  tihte  . 

pcet  he  huru  ana  abuge  feah  ]>e  his  gebroSra  noldon  .  17a 

and  seo  modor  behet  him  pcet  heo  wolde  hine  laeran  . 

pa  abeah  seo  modor  1  to  hire  bearne  and  cwoeS . 

Gemiltsa  me  min  sunu  ic  Se  to  men  gebser  . 

beseoh  nu  to  heofonum  .  and  besceawa  ]ms  eorSan  .  176 

and  ealle  Sa  ge-sceafta  ]>cet  him  on  synd  nu  . 

and  under-stand  be  Sam  hu  se  selmihtiga  god 

hi  ealle  gesceop  butan  antimbre  of  nahte  . 

and  ne  forhta  Su  ana  for  Sysum  feondlican  cwellere  .  180 

ac  under-foh  f>one  deaS  swa  swa  Sine  gebroSra  dydon  . 

\)cet  ic  Se  eft  under-fo  on  eadignysse  mid  heom  . 

pa  clypode  se  iungling  to  Sam  cwelleruw  Jms .  and  cwceS. 

Hwses  andbidige  ge  .  ne  beo  ic  184 

na  gehyrsum  fees  cyninges  hsesum  . 

ac  godes  bebodum  J>e  he  bebead  J>urh  moysen  . 

and  pu  manfulla  cyning  Jrinre  modignysse  scealt 

soSlice  on  godes  dome  susle  Srowian  .  188 

Ic  sylle  min  agen  lif  .  and  minne  lichaman  samod 

for  godes  gesetnyssum  .  swa  swa  mine  six  gebroSra  . 

and  ic  clypige  to  gode  Ipcet  he  urum  cynne  gemiltsige  . 

and  Ipcet  he  do  mid  witum  Ipcet  Su  wite  Ipwt  he  is  ana  god  .192 

J»a  wearS  se  cynincg  waelhreow  \ am  cnihte 

ofer  ealle  pa  oSre  J>a  he  a3r  acwealde 

for  Ssere  forsewennysse  .  and  se  gesseliga  cniht 

on  J>am  teartum  witum  gewat  J?a  of  life  196 

mid  fullum  geleafan  .  and  seo  geleaffulle  modor 

wearS  eac  acweald  set-foran  J>am  cyninge  . 

sefter  hire  seofon  sunum  gesseliglice  for  gode  . 

pyssera  martyra  gemyiid  is  on  hlaf-msessan  dseg  .  200 

swa  wide  swa  godes  J>eowas  godes  penunge  gymaS  . 

1 70.  C.  miccle  weoruld-.  175, 1 76.  C.  om.from  ic  to  heofonum 

171.  D.  heara  [for  hire].  177.  D.  syndon. 

172.  C.  hura;  gebroSro.  180.  D.  forhte.    C.  "Seossum  feond- 
174.  C.  beseah  [for  abeah].  D.  se.       licum.     D.  cwelleran. 

C.  hiore.  181.  D.  T  under-foh. 

1  Leaf  140,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  79 

much  worldly  wealth,  if  he  would  submit  to  him, 
and  prayed  also  the  mother  to  exhort  her  child, 
that  heat  least  should  alone  submit,though  his  brothers  would  not.  1 72 
And  the  mother  promised  him  that  she  would  teach  him. 
Then  bent  down  the  mother  to  her  bairn,  and  quoth, 
'  Pity  me,  my  son,  I  bore  thee  as  a  man ; 

look  up  now  to  the  heavens,  and  behold  this  earth,  176 

and  all  the  creatures  that  are  now  thereon, 
and  understand  by  them  how  the  Almighty  God 
shaped  them  all,  without  material,  of  nothing; 
and  fear  not  thou  only  because  of  this  fiendlike  murderer,      180 
but  receive  the  death,  even  as  thy  brothers  did, 
that  I  may  again  receive  thee  in  blessedness  with  them.' 
Then  called  the  youngster  to  the  tormentors  thus,  and  quoth, 
'What  are  ye  waiting  for]    I  shall  not  be  184 

in  no  wise  [any  wise]  obedient  to  the  king's  behest, 
but  to  God's  commandments  which  He  commanded  by  Moses. 
And  thou,  king  full  of  evil,  for  thy  pride  shalt 
soothly,  in  God's  doom,  suffer  torment.  188 

I  offer  my  own  life  and  my  body  together 
for  God's  ordinances,  even  as  did  my  six  brothers; 
and  I  cry  to  God  that  He  will  pity  our  kindred, 
and   that  He   may  cause,  by  torments,  that   thou   mayst  knew 
that  He  is  God  alone.'  192 

Then  became  the  king  infuriated  against  the  boy 
over  all  the  others  that  he  before  had  killed 
for  that  contemptuousness ;    and  the  sainted  boy 
amid  the  fierce  torments  departed  then  from  life  196 

with  full  belief;   and  the  faithful  mother 
was  also  killed  before  the  king, 

after  her  seven  sons,  happily,  for  [the  sake  of]  God. 
The  commemoration  of  these  martyrs  is  on  Lammas  day,       200 
as  far  and  wide  as  God's  servants  pay  heed  to  God's  service. 

182.  C.  D.  -nesse.    C.  D.  him;  A.  191.  C.  gemildsige. 
him,  alt.  to  heom.                                              194.  C.  cwealde. 

183.  D.    clepude.      D.    cwelleran.  195.  C.  gesselige. 

C.  D.  om.  ]ms.  197.  C.  sio  gelefulle. 

184.  C.  Hwaet.     C.  om.  ge.  199.  C  hiora.     D.  seofan. 

185.  C.  ge-hersum.  200.  D.  Jjysra.. 

187.  C.  manfulla  ;  D.  manfulle.  201.  C.  j^egnunge;  D.  Jenunga.  D. 

189.  C.  D.  selle.     C.  lichoman.  gemaS. 

190.  C.  gebroSro. 


80  XXV.      PASSIO   MACHABEORUM. 

Manega  halgan  wseron  under  moyses  .  se  . 

ac  we  nabbatS  heora  gemynd  mid  nanum  mgesse-dsege 

butan  f>yssera  gebrotSra  Ipe  swa  bealdlice  cSrowodon  .  204 

Item.    [§  II.] 

XYTE  wyllaS  eac  awritan  hu  \>cet  gewinn  ge-endode  . 

and  hu  se  selmihtiga  god  fa  arleasan  afligde 
mid  my^elre  sceame  .  swa  swa  us  ssegS  seo  racu  . 
Mathathias  wses  gehaten  sum  heah  godes  j?segn  .  208 

se  hoefde  fif  suna  ful  cene  mid  him  . 
an  hatte  iohannes  .  ocSer  symon  . 
(Sridda  Iudas  .  feor(5a  eleazarus  . 

fifta  ionathas  .  binnan  hierusalem  ;  212 

j?as  bemaendan  sarlice  mid  swy(51icre  heofunge  . 
]>cet  hi  swylce  yrmtSe  gesawon  on  heora  life  . 
and  noldon  abtigan  to  'Sam  bysmorfullan  haeften-scipe . 
pa  asende  se  cynincg  to  8am  fore-ssedan  Segene  .  216 

and  het  hi  ealle  bugan  to  his  blindum  godum  , 
and  him  lac  offrian  .  and  forlsetan  godes  .  se' . 
ac  mathathias  nolde  J?am  manfullan  gehyran  . 
ne  godes  .  se  .  forgsegan  for  his  gramlican  cSreate  .  220 

Efne  J?a  eode  on  heora  eallra  gesihSe 
an  Iudeisc  mann  to  pam  deofol-gilde  . 
and  ge-offrode  his  lac  swa  swa  antiochus  h6t . 
Hweet  (5a  mathathias  on  mode  wear  (5  ge-ang-sumod  .  224 

and  rsesde  to  (Sam  were  \>e  8eer  wolde  offrian  . 
and  ofsloh  hine  sona  .  and  sicSSan  bone  o]?erne 
paes  cynincges  "Segn .  Ipe  hine  (5aer-to  neadode  . 
and  to-wearp  Ipcet  deofol-gild  .  and  wearS  him  awege  .  228 

Clypode  j?a  hlude  .  selc  Ipe  geleafan  haebbe  . 
and  godes  .  se  .  recce  .  gange  him  to  me  . 

203.  C.  msessan-dsege.  asecgan,  which  C.  D.  omit.   C.  D.  ge- 

204.  C.  D.  buton.    A.  ]>yssere  (alt.       win. 

to  Jjyssera) ;  C.  J>issera;  D.  Jnssa.  207.  C.  scame.  C.segS;  D.  secgeS. 

Item.    So  in  A. ;  C.  D.  have  here  208.  C.  D.  pegen. 

the  number  II.  209.  C.  sunu.     A.  ful,  altered  to 

205.  Over  awritan  is  the  gloss  i  full  by  later  hand. 

1  Leaf  141. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  81 

Many  saints  were  (there)  under  Moses'  law, 

but  we  hold  not  their  commemoration  on  any  mass-day, 

except  of  these  brethren,  that  so  boldly  suffered.  204 

§  II.     1  Macc.  ii.  1-70. 
II.  We  will  also  write  how  that  contest  ended, 
and  how  the  Almighty  God  put  to  flight  the  impious  ones 
with  mickle  shame,  even  as  the  narrative  tells  us. 
A  certain  high  servant  of  God  was  named  Mattathias,  208 

who  had  five  sons,  full  bold  ones,  with  him. 
One  was  named  John ;    a  second  Simon, 
a  third — Judas ;    a  fourth — Eleazar, 

a  fifth — Jonathan,  within  Jerusalem,  212 

who  bemoaned  sorely  with  vehement  mourning 
that  they  saw  such  distress  in  their  life, 
and  would  not  submit  to  the  reproachful  heathendom. 
Then  sent  the  king  to  the  aforesaid  thane,  216 

and  bade  them  all  bow  down  to  his  blind  gods, 
and  offer  to  them  sacrifice,  and  abandon  God's  law. 
But  Mattathias  would  not  hear  the  wicked  one, 
nor  transgress  God's  law  for  his  wrathful  threat.  220 

Therewith  there  came  in  sight  of  them  all 
a  Jewish  man  to  the  devil-image, 
and  offered  his  offering,  as  Antiochus  commanded. 
However,  Mattathias  was  enraged  in  his  mood,  224 

and  rushed  at  the  man  who  would  there  offer, 
and  slew  him  soon,  and  afterwards  the  other, 
the  king's  thane,  who  had  urged  him  thereto, 
and  cast  down  the  devil-image,  and  departed  from  it.  228 

He  cried  then  loudly — 'each  one  who  hath  belief 
and  heedeth  God's  law,  let  him  come  to  me.' 

211.  C.    D.    >ridda  ;     A.    J>ridde,  219.  D.  manfullura. 

altered  to  >ridda.  2  20.  C.  fram  (for  for).     D.  gram- 

212.  C.  binna.  licen. 

213.  C.  D.  bemsendon.  C.  swioli-  221.  C.  om.  eallra;  D.  ealra. 
cere.  222.  C.  fudisc  ;  diofol-. 

215.  C.  D.  bysmorfullum.  223.  C.  D.  lac.     C.  antiochius. 

216.  D.  assende.    C.  D.  cyning.  D.  224.  C.  ge-anc-sumod. 
foren-ssedan.     C.  J>egne.                                  225.  C.  resde.     C.  D.  ge-offrian. 

217.  C.  gebtigan;  D.  gebugan.  227.  C.  D.  cyninges  J>egen. 

6 


82  XXV.      PASSIO    MACHABEOHXJM. 

He  fleah  tSa  to  westene  .  and  fela  manna  mid  him 

mid  anrsedum  mode  .  and  t5a  manfullan  for-sawon.  232 

pa  asende  se  cynincg  him  sona  sefter 

mycele  meniu  to  Sam  wid-gillum  muntum  . 

J>ser  hi  floc-mselum  ferdon  mid  heora  hiwum  . 

pa  wearcS  J?ser  ofslagen  sum  dsel  j^ses  folces  236 

pe  on  fyrlene  wses  fram  mathathian 

for(5an  pe  hi  noldon  [feohtan]  on  pam  freols-dsege  . 

ac  leton  hi  ofslean  on  unscse(5(5ignysse  . 

\>oet  werod  weox  Sa  swycSe  pe  wses  mid  mathathian  .  240 

and  hi  anrsedlice  fuhton  .  and  afligdon  (5a  hse(5enan 

1  mid  mycelre  strseng(5e .  pe  modegodon  ongean  god  . 

Mathathias  ]?a  ferde  mid  his  maga  fultume 

and  ehte  f>sera  hsej>enra  .  and  mid  ealle  adrsefde  .  244 

and  godes  .  se  .  arserde  .  and  him  eac  god  fylste  . 

He  ealdode  p&  .  and  his  ende  genealsehte  . 

and  lserde  his  suna  mid  geleafan  and  cwseS  . 

OnginnacS  nu  f>egenlice  .  nu  eow  J>earf  mycel  is  .  248 

and  syllaS  eower  agen  lif  for  (5sere  softfsestan  .  se  . 

and  for  ura  fsedera  cy(5nysse  .  hit  cymcS  eow  to  wuldre  . 

Beo<S  gemyndige  nu  mine  beam  . 

hu  se  msera  abraham  on  mycelre  costnunge  252 

gode  wses  getrywe  .  and  him  com  poet  to  riht-wysnysse  . 

Eall-swa  ioseph  .  and  hiesus  naue  . 

dauid  .  and  danihel  .  and  ealle  (5a  pe  on  god  truwodon  . 

wurdon  sefre  getrymde  .  for  heora  trywtSe  wi(S  hine  .  256 

BeotS  nu  gehyrte  .  and  gehihtaS  on  god  . 

and  healdaS  mid  (5egen-scipe  (5a  halgan  godes  .  se  . 

forSan  pe  ge  beo(5  wuldor-fulle  on  hire  . 

Ne  forhtige  ge  ic  bidde  for  (5ses  fyrn-fullan  f>reatum  .  260 

forSan  pe  his  wuldor  is  wyrms  .  and  meox  . 

231.  Sa,  added  above  the  line  in  A. ;  239.  D.  unsce))Jnnysse. 

C.  D.  have  )>a.     C.  westenne.  240.  C.  weorod.     D.  mathathiam. 

237.  A.  niathian,  altered  to  matha-  242.  A.  strsenSe,  alt.  to  strangle ; 

thian;    C.   mathathian;    D.  matha-  C.  strsegfte  (!);  D.  strengSe.    C.  mod- 

thiam.  goden  ongsen. 

338.  C.  D.  feohtan ;  A.  feohton. 

1  Leaf  141,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  83 

He  fled  then  to  the  wilderness,  and  many  men  with  him, 

with  constant  minds,  and  despised  the  wicked  one.  232 

Then  sent  the  king  soon  after  him 

a  great  company  to  the  vast  mountains, 

where  they  by  troops  went  with  their  families. 

Then  was  there  slain  a  part  of  the  folk,  236 

that  were  at  a  distance  from  Mattathias, 

because  that  they  would  not  fight  on  the  feast-day  [sabbath], 

but  let  them  slay  them  with  impunity. 

The  host  then  waxed  exceedingly  that  was  with  Mattathias,        240 

and  they  firmly  fought,  and  put  to  flight  the  heathen, 

with  great  strength,  who  were  highminded  against  God. 

Mattathias  then  went,  with  his  kinsmen's  help, 

and  chased  the  heathen,  and  altogether  drove  them  away,       244 

and  reared  up  God's  law,  and  God  also  helped  them. 

He  then  grew  old,  and  his  end  approached, 

and  he  taught  his  sons  with  faith,  and  quoth, 

1  Contend  now  manfully,  now  your  need  is  great,  248 

and  proffer  your  own  life  for  the  true  law, 

and  for  our  fathers'  testimony;    it  shall  come  to  your  glory. 

Be  ye  mindful  now,  my  children, 

how  the  great  Abraham,  in  much  temptation,  252 

was  true  to  God,  and  that  was  imputed  to  him  for  righteousness. 

Also  Joseph,  and  Jesus  [Joshua]  son  of  Naue  [Nun], 

David  and  Daniel,  and  all  they  who  trusted  in  God, 

were  ever  encouraged,  for  their  trust  in  Him.  256 

Be  ye  now  heartened,  and  rejoice  in  God, 

and  hold  with  (true)  service  the  holy  law  of  God, 

because  that  ye  shall  be  glorified  therein. 

Fear  ye  not,  I  pray,  the  threats  of  the  sinful  one,  360 

because  his  glory  is  corruption  and  muck; 

244.  A.  ehtae,  alt.  to  ehte.     CD.  251.  C.  Bio$  nu  gemyndige. 

to-drsefde.  253.  D.  -nesse. 

246.  C.  aende.     D.  nealsehte.  254.  C.  D.  Eal- ;   iosep.     C.  iesu ; 

247.  C.  J),  sunu.  D.  iesus. 

248.  C.  is  mycel.  255.  C.   dauit.     C.  D.  daniel.     D. 

249.  C.  D.  sella©.  truwdon. 

250.  C.  D.  ure.     D.  cumj).  256.  D.  treowfte.      261.  D.  wyrm. 

6-3 


84  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

im  todseg  he  modega(5  .  and  to-mergen  he  ne  bi(5  . 

lie  awent  to  eorcSan  .  and  his  ge(5oht  forwyrft  . 

Eower  broSor  symon  is  snotor  .  and  raedfsest  .  264 

he  bicS  eow  for  feeder  folgiac5  his  rsedum  . 

Iudas  machabeus  is  mihtig  .  and  Strang  . 

beo  he  eower  ealdor  on  selcum  gefeohte  . 

and  gaderiacS  eow  to  }>a  pe  godes  .  se  .  lufiaS  .  268 

and  wrecacS  eower  folc  .  on  <5am  fulum  hsecSenura  . 

and  healdacS  godes  .  se  .  on  godum  biggencgnm  . 

He  bletsode  <5a  his  suna  .  and  swa  ge-wat  of  life  . 

and  his  lie  wees  bebyriged  on  his  agenre  byrig  .  272 

and  israhel  hine  beweop  on  ba  ealdan  wisan  . 

[III.]  Hwset  (Sa  iudas  machabeus  mihtiglice  aras 

on  his  fseder  stede  .  and  wicSstod  his  feondum  . 

and  his  feower  gebrocSra  him  1  fylston  anrsedlice  276 

and  ealle  c$a  pe  wseron  wunigende  mid  his  feeder  . 

and  fuhton  (Sa  mid  blisse  .  and  afligdon  pa  hse^enan  . 

Iudas  "Sa  hine  gescrydde  mid  his  scinendan  byrnan  . 

swa  swa  ormsete  ent  .  and  hine  ealne  gewaepnode  .  280 

and  his  fyrde  bewerode  wicS  fynd  mid  his  swurde  . 

He  wearc5  jra  leon  gelic  on  his  gewinnum  .  and  dsedum  . 

and  todrsefde  pa,  arleasan  .  and  his  etSel  gerymde  . 

His  fynd  pa  flugon  afyrhte  for  him  .  284 

and  ealle  tSa  yfel-wyrcendan  wurdon  gedrsefde  . 

and  seo  hsel  wear<S  gesped  on  iudan  handum  Sa  . 

and  he  geblissode  his  cynn  pe  wses  gecweden  iacob  . 

and  his  hlisa  ba  asprang  to  bam  ytemestan  landura  .  288 

Da  gegaderode  appollonius  sum  gramlic  heretoga 

of  samarian  byrig  swySlice  fyrde  . 

262.  C.  -dsege.      D.  modigaS.  C.           272.  C.  wearS  (for  wses).    C.  B. 
tomergan.  bebyrged.     C.  agenne. 

263.  C.  his  goda  )>oht.  273.  1).  israel. 

264.  C.  snoter.  274.  III.  in  C.  D;  not  in  A.     C. 

265.  D.  beo)).     C.  om.  for.  mihtlice ;  D.  mihtelice. 
267.  C.  aldor.  277.  D.  wuniende. 

270.  D.  biggengum.  279.  D.  Iuda;  gescylde. 

271.  C.  sunu. 

1  Leaf  142. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  85 

now,  to-day,  he  is  highminded,  and  tomorrow  he  shall  not  be, 

he  returneth  to  earth,  and  his  thought  perisheth. 

Your  brother    Simon  is  wise  and  prudent,  264 

he  shall  be  your  father ;    follow  ye  his  counsels. 

Judas  Machabeus  is  mighty  and  strong, 

let  him  be  your  elder  in  every  fight ; 

and  gather  to  yourselves  them  who  love  God's  law,  268 

and  avenge  your  folk  on  the  foul  heathen, 

and  hold  God's  law  in  good  services.' 

He  blessed  then  his  sons,  and  so  departed  from  life, 

and  his  body  was  buried  in  his  own  city,  272 

and  Israel  wept  for  him,  in  the  ancient  wise. 

§  III.     1  Macc.  iii.  1-26. 
HI.  Moreover,  Judas  Machabeus  mightily  arose 
in  his  father's  stead,  and  withstood  his  enemies, 
and  his  four  brothers  supported  him  with  one  accord,  276 

and  all  they  who  were  dwelling  with  his  father, 
and  fought  then  with  joy,  and  defeated  the  heathen. 
Judas  then  girt  himself  with  his  shining  breast-plate, 
even  as  an  immense  giant,  and  completely  armed  himself,       280 
and  guarded  his  host  against  the  foes  with  his  sword. 
He  became  then  like  a  lion  in  his  strifes  and  deeds, 
and  pursued  the  heathen  apd  cleared  his  country. 
His  enemies  then  fled  (being)  afraid  of  him,  284 

and  all  the  evil-workers  were  driven  away. 
And  safety  then  prospered  in  Judas'  hands, 
and  he  made  his  kin  joyful,  that  was  named  Jacob; 
and  his  glory  then  extended  to  the  uttermost  lands.  288 

Then  gathered  Apollonius,  a  wrathful  leader, 
from  the  city  of  Samaria,  an  immense  army, 

281.  C.  D.  ferde.    D.  feondum;  C.  286.  A.  se  (corrected  to  seo),  bu 
his  feondum ;   A.  fynd,  altered  to  his       C.  D.  have  se.     D.  handan. 

fynd;  (his  in  the  margin).  C.sweorde.  287.  C.  geblessode.     D.  cyn. 

D.  om.  mid — swurde*.  288.  C.  om.  fa.     A.  lande  (altered 

282.  D.  om.  He — gelic.     C.  leone.        to  landvm). 

284.  C.  feond.  289.  D.  gaderode.     C.  grim-lfc. 

285.  C.  -wyrcenden  wurdan.  290.  D.  saniarigan. 


86  XXV.      PASSIO   MACHABEORUM. 

and  of  inanegum  tSeodum  menn  to  ge-feohte 

to-geanes  israel  and  iudan  maegcSe  .  29a 

ac  iudas  him  com  to  .  and  acwealde  hine  sona  . 

and  fela  his  folces  .  and  $a  0(5re  aetflugon  . 

Iudas  (5a  gelsehte  J^aes  appollonies  swurd  . 

pcet  wses  mserlic  waepn  .  and  he  wann  mid  }>am  296 

on  aelcum  gefeohte  on  eallum  his  life  . 

Eft  Sa  waes  sum  heretoga  gehaten  seron 

on  Syrian  lande  .  se  .  cwcetS .  to  his  leode  . 

Ic  wille  wyrcan  me  naman  and  ofer-winnan  iudan  .  300 

and  ]?a  tSe  him  mid  synd  pe  forsawon  $one  cyning  . 

He  gesamnode  J>a  his  fyrde  .  and  ferde  mid  prasse 

to  iudea  lande  .  and  fela  leoda  mid  him  . 

Iudas  f>a  him  com  to  .  and  his  geferan  cwaedon  .  304 

Hu  mage  we  J>us  feawa  feohtan  ongean  Sas  meniu  . 

nu  we  synd  gewsehte  mid  gewinne  and  mete-leaste  . 

Iudas  him  andwyrde  anrsedlice  and  cwaetS  . 

Nis  nan  earfocSnyss  t5am  aelmihtigan  gode  308 

on  feawuw  mannum  .  ocStSe  on  micclum  werode 

to  helpe^ne  on  ge-feohte  .  and  healdan  f>a  c5e  he  wile  . 

fortSan  J?e  se  sige  biS  symle  of  heofonura  . 

Das  cumatS  to  us  swylce  hi  cenran  syndon  31a 

and  willaS  us  fordon  .  and  awestan  ure  land  . 

we  soSlice  feohta(S  for  us  sylfe  witS  hi  . 

and  for  godes  .  se  .  and  god  hi  eac  forded 

setforan  ure  gesihcSe  .  ne  forhtige  ge  nates  hwon  .  316 

iEfter  Syssere  sprsece  hi  eodon  to-gaedere  . 

and  iudas  fta  afligde  )?one  fore-saedan  seron 

and  his  here  samod  mid  swySlicre  bylde  . 

and  J?83r  wurdon  ofslagene  eahta  hund  wera  .  320 

and  Sa  ocSre  setflugon  to  philistea  lande  . 

291.  C.  J)iodum.     C.  D.  men.  303.  A.  leode  (altered  to  leoda)  ; 

292.  C.  israhel.  294.  C.  feala.       C.  leode ;  D.  leoda. 
296.  D.  mserlice.     C.  D.  wan.  304.  C.  him  ©a. 

299.  D.  syrien.  305.  C.  magon.  C.  feawse;  D.  feawe. 

301.  C.  J>a  (for  J>e).  C.  fihtan. 

302.  D.  ferde  (twice).  306.  C.  om.  this  line. 

1  Leaf  142,  back. 


XXV.      THE   MACCABEES.  87 

and  from  many  people  men,  for  fighting 

against  Israel,  and  Judas'  family.  292 

But  Judas  came  to  him,  and  killed  him  soon, 

and  many  of  his  people,  and  the  others  fled. 

Judas  then  seized  Apollonius'  sword, 

that  was  a  famous  weapon,  and  he  fought  therewith  296 

in  every  battle,  throughout  his  whole  life. 

Again  there  was  a  leader,  named  Seron, 

in  the  land  of  Syria,  who  quoth  to  his  people, 

'  I  will  get  me  a  name  and  overcome  Judas,  300 

and  them  that  are  with  him,  who  despised  the  king/ 

He  gathered  then  his  host,  and  went  with  great  array 

to  Judea-land,  and  many  people  with  him. 

Judas  then  came  to  him,  and  his  companions  said,  304 

'  How  may  we,  being  so  few,  fight  against  the  multitude, 

now  that  we  are  weakened  with  toil  and  fasting  1 ' 

Judas  answered  them  resolutely,  and  quoth, 
<\  '  It  is  no  difficulty  to  the  Almighty  God,  308 

<    with  few  men  or  with  a  vast  army 

to  help  in  battle,  and  support  them  whom  He  will, 

because  that  victory  is  ever  from  heaven. 

These  come  against  us  as  though  they  are  more  warlike,        312 

and  desire  to  destroy  us  and  lay  waste  our  land; 

we  verily  fight  for  ourselves  against  them, 

and  for  God's  law,  and  God  shall  eke  destroy  them 

before  our  sight ;    fear  ye  not  ever  so  little.'  316 

After  this  speech  they  came  together, 

and  Judas  then  defeated  the  aforesaid  Seron, 

and  his  army  together  with  exceeding  boldness ; 

and  there  were  slain  eight  hundred  men,  320 

and  the  rest  fled  away  to  the  land  of  the  Philistines. 

307.  A.  him  {altered  to  heom)  ;  G.       syndon;  C.  synd ;  D.  synde. 

him;  D.  heom.  316.  D. set-foren.  D.  fortigge.  CD. 

308.  C.  D.  earfotmys.  om.  ge. 

309.  C.  monnum.     C.  myclum.  317.  D.  Jrisre. 

310.  C.  helpanne.  318.  D.  foresaedon. 

311.  D.  symble.  319.  C.  swiSlicere. 

312.  A.    Sonne    we    written    over  320.  D.  wundon(!).     C.  ofslaegene. 


88  XXV.       PASSIO    MACIIABEOItUM. 

Iudan  ege  Sa  asprang  wide  geond  land  . 

and  his  gebroSra  oga  ofer  ealle  (Sa  hseSenan  . 

and  ealle  }?eoda  spreecon  hu  "Segenlice  hi  fuhton  .  324 

Iudea  land  wses  tSa  lange  butan  cyninge 

on  eallum  f>ysum  gewinnroro  .  ac  hi   werode  iudas  . 

and  eft  his  gebrocSra  setter  his  geendunge  . 

[ML]   Hwset   <5a  wear's  gecydd  J?am   cyninge  Antioche  328 

embe  iudan  sige  .  and  he  geswearc  Sa  on  mode  . 

and  sende  (5a  his  here  mid  anura  heah-]?egne 

lisias  gehaten  on  iudea  lande  . 

on  ftsere  fyrde  wseron  feowertig  fmsenda  .  332 

and  seofon  Jmsenda  swycSe  gewsepnode  . 

and  comon  <Sa  mid  J>rymme  to  iudeiscum  cynne  . 

Iudas  }>a  gehyrte  his  geferan  mid  wordum  . 

and  fasston   senne  dseg  fultumes  biddende  336 

set  Jjara  selmihtigan  gode  .  Ipcet  he  hi  gemundian  sceolde  . 

and  his  halige  tempi  healdan  wi(S  f>a  hseSenan  . 

Hi  ferdon  <5a  gehyrte  to   ]mm  gefeohte  werd  . 

and  iudas  eft  t5a  sprsec  to   eallum  his  geferum  .  340 

beocS  ymb-gyrde  stranglice  to  )?ysum  sti(5an  gewinne  . 

for'San  Ipe  us  is  selre  Ipcet  we  [swelton]  on  gefeohte  . 

J>onne  J?as  yrnrcSe  geseon  on  urum  1  cynne  tSus 

and  on  urum  halig-Home  .  ac  swa  swa  se  heofonlica  god        344 

wylle  don  be  us  .  gewurSe  hit  swa  . 

Beoc5  gemyndige  hu  mihtiglice  he  ahredde 

ure  fsederas  iu  .  wi<5  pharao  f>one  kyning 

on  Ssere  readan  see7  on  J^sere  Se  he  besanc  to  grunde ;  348 

Uton  clypian  to  heofonum  Ipcet  god  ure  helpe  . 

and  to-bryte  ]?isne  here  .  Ipcet  j?a  hsetSenan  to-cnawon 

322.  U.  asprang  8a.  in  A.    D.  U.  gecyd.     U.  cynge. 

323.  C.  ealle  >a  >eoda.  329.  D.  ymbe.  A.  geswarc  {altered 

325.  D.  buton.  to  geswearc) ;  C.  D.  U.  geswearc.     C. 

326.  A.   wirmww   {altered    to  ge-       inserts  his  before  mode, 
winnuw) ;  C.  D.  gewinnuw.  33°-  c-  ssende.     D.  TJ.  -J)egene. 

327.  C.  geaendunge.  33 l-  C.  D.  U.  to  [for  on], 

328.  IIII.  in  C.  D ;   III.  in  U  ;  not  337.  D.  mundian.     C.  scolde. 

1  Leaf  143. 


XXV.      THE    MACCABEES.  89 

The  fear  of  Judas  then  extended  far  across  the  land, 

and  the  dread  of  his  brethren,  over  all  the  heathen; 

and  all  peoples  said  how  nobly  they  fought.  324 

Judea-land  was  then  long  without  a  king 

in  all  these  contests,  but  Judas  defended  them, 

and  afterwards  his  brethren,  after  his  ending. 

§  IV.     1  Macc.  iii.  27 — iv.  54. 

IIII.  Afterwards  it  was  made  known  to  king  Antiochus         328 

concerning  Judas'  victory,  and  he  grew  angry  in  his  mood, 

and  sent  then  his  army  with  a  high-thane  [nobleman], 

named  Lysias,  to  Judea-land. 

In  that  army  were  forty  thousand  [foot],  332 

and  seven  thousand  [horse]  well  armed, 

and  they  came  with  power  to  the  Jews'  kindred. 

Judas  then  encouraged  his  companions  with  words, 

and  fasted  one  day,  praying  for  assistance  336 

from  the  Almighty  God,  that  He  would  protect  them, 

and  defend  His  holy  temple  against  the  heathen. 

They  went  then,  thus  encouraged,  towards  the  battle, 

and  Judas  then  again  spake  to  all  his  companions —  340 

'  Be  ye  girt  about  strongly  for  this  hard  contest, 

because  that  it  is  better  for  us,  that  we  should  die  in  battle 

than  see  this  misery  upon  our  kindred  thus, 

and  upon  our  sanctuary ;    but  even  as  the  heavenly  God        344 

will  do  concerning  us,  so  let  it  be  ! 

Be  ye  mindful  how  mightily  He  delivered 

our  fathers  formerly  against  Pharaoh  the  king 

in  the  Red  Sea,  wherein  he  sank  to  the  bottom.  348 

Let  us  call  to  the  heavens,  that  God  may  help  us, 

and  destroy  this  army,  that  the  heathen  may  acknowledge 

338.  A.   healdan   {altered   to    ge-  346.  C.  aredde. 

healdan)  ;  C.  D.  U.  healdan.  347.  D.  federes.    C.  D.  U.  cyning. 

339.  C.  U.  weard,  348.  C.  D.  U.  om.  Se. 

341.  U.  emb-.    D.  stranlice.    D.  U.  349.  C.  Uto  {sic). 

stijmm ;  C.  om.  350.  C.  to-cnawan  {altered  t\  to- 

342.  C.  D.  swelton ;    A.  sweltan  ;       cnawon) ;    D.  to-cwawan  (!)  ;    U.  to- 
ll, swyltan.  cnawan. 

344.  U.  hali- ;  Se  {for  se). 


90  XXV.      PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

pcet  nis  nan  ofter  god  be  israhel  alyse  . 

Machabeus  J>a  genealsehte  mid  lytlum  werode  .  352 

Ipcet  wseron  (5reo  busend  be  him  8a  gelsestan  wolde  . 

Hi  [bleowon]  ba  heora  byman  and  bealdlice  fuhton  . 

0(5  Ipcet  ba  hse(5enan  flugon  .  to  fyrlenum  landum  . 

and  iudas  hi  to-(5r£efde  swa  swa  deor  to  wuda  .  356 

pser  wurdon  ofslagene  sume  Ipreo  busend  . 

and  iudas  ba  funde  J>a  (5a  he  fram  fyrde  gecyrde 

gold  .  and  seolfor  .  godeweb  .  and  purpuran  . 

and  fela  o(5re  here-reaf  on  J)am  fyrd-wicum  .  360 

and  hi  bancodon  t5a  gode  eallre  his  godnysse  . 

Eft  on  (5am  obrum  geare  geanlaehte  lisias 

fif  and  sixtig  busenda  fyrdendra  begena  . 

and  wolde  ofer-feohtan  Ipcet  iudeisce  folc  .  364 

Iudas  (5a  machabeus  micclum  on  god  truwode  . 

and  ferde  him  togeanes  mid  J?am  folce  Ipe  he  hsefde  . 

pcet  wseron  twelf  busend  wigendra  manna  . 

and  iudas  hine  gebsed  ba  and  bletsode  his  scyppend  .  368 

gebletsod  eart  (5u  selmihtig  israhela  hselend  . 

pu  (5e  to-bryttest  iu  bone  breman  here 

on  dauides  handum  .  to-bryt  nu  (5as  hseftenan 

on  j?ines  folces  handum  .  and  mid  fyrhte  ge-egsa  .  372 

alege  hi  mid  swurdum  (5e  lufigendra 

Ipcet  ealle  Ipe  herian  .  pe  gehyra'S  binne  naman  . 

Hi  slogon  fa  togsedere  unslawe  mid  wsepnum  . 

and  £>a?r  feollon  "5a  hsebenan  fif  (5usend  ofslagene  .  376 

and  lisias  fleah  mid  J>8ere  fyrd-lafe  . 

xpa  cwce(5  iudas  to  his  geferum  Ipcet  he  Sa  fyl(5e  wolde  adon 

of  }?am  godes  temple  .  be  se  gramlica  antiochus 

351.  U.  oftser.    C.  israhe  (sic) ;   D.       C.  D.  U.  Jmsenda. 

israel.    C.  alesde.  358.  C.  om.  ©a.     U.  ins.  J>a?re  after 

352.  C.  micclum  [for  lytlumj.     C.       fram. 

weorode.  359.  U.  seolfer.    D.  U.  godweb. 

353.  C.  U.  woldon.  361.  C.  J>ancodan.     U.  om.  fta.    C. 

354.  C.  Heo.     C.  D.  U.  bleowon;  D.  U.  ealra.    A.  godnyssa,  alt.  to  god- 
A.  bleowan.    C.  D.  beman.    C.  beald.  nysse  ;    D.  godnessa  ;  U.  godnyssa. 

356.  C.  D.  drcefde ;  U.  to-drefde.  362.  D.    oSre.      C.   gsere.     D.  ge- 

357.  C.  ofslsegene ;  U.  $a  ofslagene.       nealsehte. 

1  Leaf  1 43,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  91 

that  there  is  no  other  God  that  may  deliver  Israel.' 

Machabeus  then  drew  near  with  his  little  army  352 

that  was  three  thousand,  that  would  then  follow  him. 

They  blew  then  their  trumpets,  and  boldly  fought, 

till  that  the  heathen  fled  to  distant  lands 

and  Judas  drove  them  away,  like  beasts  to  the  wood.  356 

There  were  slain  some  three  thousand ; 

and  Judas  then  found,  when  he  returned  from  the  expedition, 

gold  and  silver,  fine  cloth  and  purple, 

and  many  other  spoils,  within  the  camps  ;  360 

and  they  then  thanked  God  for  all  his  goodness. 

Again  in  the  second  year  Lysias  gathered  together 

five  and  sixty  thousand  of  marching  thanes, 

and  desired  to  overcome  the  Jewish  folk.  364 

Then  Judas^  Machabeus  trusted  greatly  in  God, 

and  marched  against  him  with  the  folk  that  he  had, 

that  were  twelve  thousand  of  fighting  men. 

And  Judas  awaited  him  there,  and  blessed  his  Creator —       368 

'Blessed  art  Thou,  Almighty  Saviour  of  Israel; 

Thou  that  didst  quell  formerly  the  violent  host 

by  the  hands  of  David,  now  disperse  the  heathen 

by  the  hands  of  thy  people,  and  terrify  them  with  fright;     372 

overthrow  them  by  the  swords  of  them  that  love  Thee, 

that  all  may  praise  Thee,  that  hear  Thy  name.' 

They  joined  battle  then  together,  un-slow  with  weapons, 

and  there  fell  then  of  the  heathen  five  thousand  slain,  376 

and  Lysias  fled  with  the  remnant  of  the  army. 

Then  quoth  Judas  to  his  comrades,  that  he  would  do  away  the  filth 

out  of  the  temple  of  God,  which  the  wrathful  Antiochus 

363.  A.    Jmsende    {altered   to   )>u-       C.  U.  -egsa ;  D.  -egesa. 

senda) ;   C.  D.  U.  >usenda.    C.  D.  U.  373.  C.  J>a  (for)  hi).    C.  Jra  lifigen- 

fyrdyndra.     D.  )>egna.  dra  god.     U.  lufiendra. 

364.  D.  woldo  (!).  374.  C.  D.  U.  herion.     C.  gehera'S. 

365.  C.  myclum.     D.  inserts  mid  C.  noman. 

before  micclum.  375.  C.  Hio  slogan. 

368.  C.  D.  sceppend.  376.  C.  om.  Jjaer.     C.  ofalsegene. 

369.  U.  om.  aelmihtig.  377.  D.  -lafae. 

370.  D.  to-brytest ;  bremen.  379.  C.  D.  gramlice. 
372.  A.  -egse  (corrected  to  -egsa); 


92  XXV.      PASSIO   MACHABEORUM. 

J>ser  areeran  het  on  hsetSene  wisan  .  380 

and  hi  ferdon  $a  to  .  and  ba  fyl<5e  adydon  ut 

of  Sam  godes  huse  .  and  godes  lof  arserdon 

sefter  moyses  .  ee  .  mid  mycelre  blysse  . 

and  offrodon  gode  lac  mid  geleafan  and  sange  .  384 

[V.]  Iudas  <5a  hine  bewende  and  wan  wi<S  tSa  hseSenan  . 

forcSan  tSe  hi  woldon  awestan  ba  iudeiscan  . 

ac  iudas  hi  ofer-feaht  and  aflymde  hi  sefre  . 

and  heora  burga  forbernde  and  hi  to  bysmore  tawode  .  388 

Efne  tSa  on  sumum  daege  .  sende  man  to  iudan 

serend-gewritu  fram  israhela  <5eode  . 

and  cyddon  Ipcet  ba  hsebenan  hsefdon  hi  besetene  . 

and  ofslagen  hsefdon  sum  busend  manna  .  392 

Eac  on  oSre  healfe  him  comon  serendracan  to  . 

of  galileiscum  lande  heora  lifes  orwene  . 

and  cyddon  Ipcet  tSa  hsecSenan  him  comon  to  gehwanon  . 

and  woldon  hi  fordon  and  adilegian  heora  eard  .  396 

Iudas  tSa  be-fran  his  geferan  rsedes  . 

and  cweeS  to  simone  his  ge-scead wisan  brewer  . 

Geceos  (5e  nu  fultum  .  and  far  to  galilea  . 

and  gehelp  (Sinum  magum  Se  (5a  manfullan  besittatS  .  400 

ic  and  ionathas  min  gingra  bro(5or  . 

faraS  to  galaatS  to  afligenne  J>a  hse(5enan  . 

He  gesette  (5a  heafod-menn  .  to  gehealdenne  Ipcet  folc  . 

and  bead  Ipatt  hi  ne  ferdon  to  nanum  gefeohte  404 

ongean  t5a  hsecSenan  ot5  \>cet  he  ham  come  . 

Simon  t5a  genam  breo  (5usend  mid  him  . 

and  iudas  and  ionathas  eahta  J?usenda  . 

and  symon  feaht  gelome  .  and  aflymde  (5a  hsecSenan  .  408 

and  his   magas  ahredde  wi(5  heora  retSnysse  . 

and  to  lande  gebrohte  mid  mycelre  blisse  . 

384.  A.    has  heora  (which  C.    D.       V.  baernde.  D.  bismsere.  C.  U.  tucode. 
omit)  above  lac.  389.  D.  JEfre.  C.  ssende.  D.  iudam. 

385.  V.  in  C.  D. ;   not  in  A.     C.  390.  D.  >eoda. 

hine  J>a.     U.  warm.  391,  392.  D.  om.  hi  besetene — hsef- 

387.  C.  D.  aflemde.  don. 

388.  C.for-bsernde;  D.  for-berndse ;  393.  D.healfse.  C.3erend-dracon(!). 


XXV.      THE    MACCABEES.  93 

had  commanded  (men)  to  rear  there,  in  the  heathen  wise.      380 

And  they  went  thereunto,  and  did  away  the  filth 

out  of  the  house  of  God,  and  raised  up  the  praise  of  God 

after  Moses'  law,  with  much  joy, 

and  offered  to  God  sacrifice  with  belief  and  song.  384 

§  V.     1  Macc.  v.  1-68  ;    and  2  Macc.  xii.  39-45. 
V.  Judas  then  turned  himself,  and  fought  against  the  heathen, 
because  that  they  wished  to  destroy  the  Jews ; 
but  Judas  overcame  them,  and  ever  drove  them  away, 
and  burnt  up  their  cities,  and  treated  them  with  insult.         388 
Verily,  then,  on  a  certain  day,  people  sent  to  Judas 
written  messages,  from  the  people  of  Israel, 
and  made  known  that  the  heathen  had  beset  them, 
and  had  put  to  death  about  a  thousand  men.  392 

Eke,  on  the  other  side,  messengers  came  to  him 
from  the  Galilsean  land,  despairing  of  their  lives, 
and  told  that  the  heathen  came  against  them  on  all  sides, 
and  desired  to  overwhelm  them,  and  destroy  their  country.    396 
Judas  then  asked  his  comrades  for  their  counsel, 
and  quoth  to  Simon,  his  discreet  brother, 
'  Choose  thee  now  assistance,  and  go  to  Galilee, 
and  help  thy  relations,  whom  the  wicked  ones  harass.  400 

I  and  Jonathan,  my  younger  brother, 
will  go  to  Galaad  to  defeat  the  heathen.' 
He  appointed  then  captains  to  keep  the  folk, 
and  bade  that  they  should  not  go  to  any  fight  404 

against  the  heathen,  till  he  should  come  home. 
Simon  then  took  three  thousand  with  him, 
and  Judas  and  Jonathan  eight  thousand; 

and  Simon  fought  often,  and  defeated  the  heathen,  408 

and  delivered  his  kindred  against  their  cruelty, 
and  brought  them  to  the  land  with  much  bliss. 

395.  C.  coman.  402.  C.  D.  U.  galaad.    C.  flegenne. 

396.  C.  adiligian ;  D.  adylgian.  D.  hse])eii. 

398.  C.  gescad-wfsan.  403.  C.  D.  sette ;  U.  om.  gesette. 

400.  D.  help.  C.  U.  -men.    C.  gehealdene. 

401.  C.  ginra  broker.  408.  C.  flemde.. 


94  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

Iudas  eac  ferde  x  ofer  iordanen  fta  ea 

geond  pcet  widgille  waesten  .  and  gewylde  <5a  hsecSenan  .  412 

He  com  pa,  to  anre  byrig  bosor  gehaten  . 

on  tfoere  waeron  (Sa  haetSenan  pe  hyndon  his  magas  . 

J?a  he  ealle  ofsloh  mid  swurdes  ecge  . 

and  ontende  (Sa  burh  and  tencgde  him  for(S  sy(S(San  .  416 

Efne  (Sees  on  mergen  him  com  swa  mycel  mennisc  to 

poet  nan  mann  ne  mihte  "Sa  meniu  geriman  . 

and  begunnon  to  feohtenne  faestlice  mid  craefte  . 

and  nyston  poet  machabeus  mid  J>am  mannum  waes  .  420 

pa  'Sa  iudas  gehyrde  faera  haeftenra  gehlyd  . 

and  pses  feohtes  hream  .  ]?a  ferde  he  him  hindan  to 

mid  cSrym  scyld-truman  .  and  sloh  (Sa  haetSenan 

oft  poet  hi  oncneowon  pcet  se  cena  iudas  424 

him  wi(5-feohtende  waes  .  and  wendon  (Sa  to  horsum 

wiston  poet  hi  ne  mihton  machabeo  wi(S-standan  . 

On  fam  gefeohte  wurdon  eahta  (Susend  wera 

ofslagene  f>aes  haecSenan  folces  .  and  tSa  oJ>re  aet-flugon  .  428 

Iudas  (5a  ferde  feohtende  wi(S  J?a  haeftenan  . 

and  heora  burga  forbaernde  .  and  hi  bysmorlice  ofsloh  . 

J>a  com  timotheus  sum  cene  heretoga 

mid  ormaetre  fyrde  .  and  gesaet  aet  anum  forda  .  432 

Ac  iudas  him  com  to  caflice  mid  waepnum  . 

and  ofer-ferdon  (Sone  ford  .  and  fuhton  wi(5  }>a  haetSenan 

swa  swa  his  gewuna  waes  .  otS  pcet  hi  wendon  him  fram 

and  heora  waepna  awurpon  .  and  gewendon  to  anre  byrig  .     436 

ac  iudas  hi  for-baernde  and  pa,  burh  samod  . 

He  genam  tSa  his  magas  of  tSam  manfullan  . 

mid  wifum  and  mid  cildrum  .  and  gewendon  him  ham  . 

pa,  waes  £aer  an  mycel  burh  on  heora  wege  middan  .  440 

and  naes  nanes  mannes  faer  on  naj>re  healfe  J>aere  byrig 

412.  C.  D.  westen  ;  U.  westsen.   C.  menigu. 
gefelde  [for  gewylde].  419.  C.  feohtanne  fserlice. 

416.  U.    onaeldae     (for    ontende).  420.  D.  J>an.    U.  manna. 
C.  D.  U.  tengde.                                               422.  C.  D.  gefeohtea. 

417.  C.  D.  U.  morgen.  423.  C.  sceld-truman ;  D.  U.  scyld- 

418.  C.  D.  U.  man.     C.  mseniu ;  U.  trumum. 

1  Leaf  144. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  95 

Judas  also  went  over  the  river  Jordan, 

across  the  vast  desert,  and  subdued  the  heathen.  41a 

He  came  then  to  a  city,  named  Bosor, 

in  which  were  the  heathen  that  oppressed  his  kindred. 

All  them  he  put  to  death  with  the  edge  of  the  sword, 

and  set  the  city  on  fire,  and  hastened  away  afterwards.  416 

Verily,  then  in  the  morning  there  came  against  him  so  many  men 

that  no  man  might  (at  all)  number  the  multitude, 

and  began  to  fight  firmly  with  craft, 

and  knew  not  that  Maccabeus  was  with  the  men.  420 

When  Judas  heard  the  noise  of  the  heathen, 

and  the  shout  of  the  fight,  then  went  he  behind  them 

with  three  companies,  and  slew  the  heathen, 

until  that  they  perceived  that  the  keen  Judas  424 

was  fighting  against  them,  and  turned  then  to  (their)  horses; 

they  knew  that  they  could  not  withstand  Maccabeus. 

In  the  battle  there  were  eight  thousand  men 

slain,  of  the  heathen  folk,  and  the  rest  fled  away.  428 

Judas  then  went,  fighting  against  the  heathen, 

and  burned  up  their  cities,  and  slew  them  reproachfully. 

Then  came  Timotheus,  a  keen  leader 
with  an  excessive  army,  and  laid  wait  at  a  ford.  432 

But  Judas  came  against  him  boldly  with  weapons, 
and  passed  over  the  ford,  and  fought  with  the  heathen, 
as  his  custom  was,  until  that  they  turned  from  him, 
and  cast  away  their  weapons,  and  went  to  a  town ;  436 

but  Judas  burned  them  up,  and  the  town  together. 
He  took  then  his  kinsmen  from  among  the  wicked  ones, 
with  wives  and  children,  and  they  returned  home. 
Then  was  there  a  great  town,  in  the  midst  of  their  way,      440 
and  there  was  no  high-road  on  either  side  of  the  town 

424.  C.  oncneowan.     O.  c6ne  ;    U.  436.  D.  ge-wsendon  ;  byrih. 

cene.  438.  D.  U.  manfullum. 

427.  C.  D.  >usenda.  439.  C.  D.  cildum.    C.  U.  gewende ; 

428.  C.  ofslsegene.     U.  hsettenes.  D.  gewendan. 

432.  C.  forde.  440.  D.  places  an  after  burh. 

433.  U.  waenum.  441.  D-  om.  nses.     D.  nannes ;    C. 

434.  D.  ofer-ferde.  nanre. 


96  XXV.      PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

buton  Surh  poet  port  .  and  hi  bsedon  2$a  georne 

poet  hi  mid  friSe  moston  faran  purh  (5a  burh 

pe  hi  forbugan  ne  mihton  .  ac  (5a  burh  ware  noldon  444 

J>8es  fseres  him  getycSian  .  ac  betyndon  f>a  gatu 

mid  micclum  weorc-stanuwi  .  and  truwodon  to  j?am  wealle  . 

pa  ne  mihte  iudas  mete-leas  J?ser  abidan  . 

ac  het  abrecan  pone  weall  J>eah  pe  he  brad  wsere  .  448 

Eodon  Sa  ealle  inn  .  and  ofslogon  ealle  t5a  hsecSenan  . 

and  [aweston]  Sa  burh  .  and  wendon  him  ham-werd 

op  poet  hi  comon  ansunde  to  lande  . 

and  ge-offrodon  heora  lac  psao.  lifigendan  gode  .  452 

Jmncigende  his  gescyldnysse  poet  hi  ealle  gesunde 

comon  eft  to  heora  earde  .  of  swa  micelre  frecednysse  . 

Ac  heora  geferan  set  ham  fuhton  unweerlice 

wi5  J>a  hsecSenan  leoda  ofer  iudan  leafe  456 

J?a  hwile  (Se  he  ute  waes  .  and  wurdon  <Sa  ofslagene 

wel  fela  manna  .  Sa  tSa  hi  fuhton  buton  wis-dome  . 

Seo  seftre  boc  us  sseg(5  poet  hi  on  sumne  ssel  fuhton  . 

j?a  wurdon  hi  sume  beswicene  mid  gitsunge  460 

swa  poet  hi  feoh  naman  .  and  fracodlice  [behyddon] 

on  heora  bosmum  of  Sam  deofollicum  biggencgum 

ongean  godes  .  se  .  and  hi  ealle  tSser  feollon 

pe  poet  feoh  behyddon  on  t5am  gefeohte  ofslagene  .  464 

and  heora  geferan  fundon  poet  feoh  on  heora  bosmum  . 

and  cwsedon  poet  god  sylf  ge-swutelode  heora  unriht  . 

and  heredon  godes  dom  pe  heora  digle  geopenode  . 

Iudas  gegaderode  8a  godne  dsel  feos  .  468 

poet  wseron  twelf  J?usend  scyllinga  eall  hwites  seolfres  . 

and  sende  to  hierusalem  for  heora  synnum  to  offrigenne 

heora  sawle  to  alysednysse  pe  (Sser  ofslagene  wseron 

444.  D.  U.  burhwara.  452.  C.  D.  lifiendan. 

445.  A.  him  (altered  to  heom)  ;  C.  453.  C.  J>anciende.     D.  -nesse.     C. 


D.  him.    C.  U.  gata. 

446.  C.  miclum.  454.  C.  heara  earde;  frseced-.    D. 


448.  C.  D.  U.  to-brecan.     D.  weal. 

449.  C.  D.  om.  second  ealle.  455.  D.  gefera. 

450.  C.  D.  aweston;   A.  awestan.  457.  C.  D.  U.  }>aer  [for  0a] . 
D.  wsendon.    C.  -weard.                                458.  D.  butan. 

1  Leaf  144,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  97 

except  through  the  city,  and  then  they  prayed  earnestly 

that  they  might  in  peace  pass  through  the  town, 

because  they  could  not  turn  aside ;    but  the  burghers  would  not 

permit  them  the  passage,  but  fastened  the  gate  445 

with  great  hewn  stones,  and  trusted  to  the  wall. 

Then  would  not  Judas  meatless  abide  there, 

but  bade  (them)  break  down  the  wall,  though  it  was  broad.  448 

Then  went  all  in,  and  slew  all  the  heathen, 

and  destroyed  the  borough,  and  turned  them  homeward, 

until  that  they  came  safe  to  (their)  land, 

and  offered  their  offerings  to  the  living  God,  452 

thanking  His  protection  that  they  all  (thus)  sound 

had  come  again  to  their  country  out  of  so  great  danger. 

But  their  comrades  at  home  fought  unwarily 

against  the  heathen  people,  transgressing  Judas'  leave,  456 

the  while  that  he  was  away,  and  were  then  slain, 

very  many  men,  when  they  fought  without  wisdom. 

The    Second    Book   tells    us    [2.    Mace.    xii.    39]    that   they 
fought  on  one  occasion, 
when  some  of  them  were  deceived  with  covetousness,  460 

so  that  they  took  spoil,  and  wickedly  hid  it, 
in  their  bosoms,  of  the  devilish  offerings, 
against  God's  law;    and  they  all  fell  there 

that  hid  the  spoil,  slain  in  the  battle.  464 

And  their  comrades  found  the  spoil  in  their  bosoms, 
and  said  that  God  Himself  manifested  their  sin, 
and  praised  God's  doom,  who  discovered  their  secrets. 
Judas  then  gathered  a  good  deal  of  spoil,  468 

that  amounted  to  twelve  thousand  shillings,  all  of  white  silver, 
and  sent  to  Jerusalem  to  offer  for  their  sins 
for  the  release  of  the  souls  of  them  that  were  there  slain. 

459.  C.  seftere.     D.  U.  seg]>.  men. 

460.  C.  besmitene.  466.  C.  geswutulode ;   D.  geswute- 

461.  U.  namon.    C.  D.  behyddon;       lude. 

A.  behyddan  ;  U.  behydden.  467.  D.  digele. 

462.  U.  bosman.  D.  U.  deofellicum  468.  U.  fta  gaderode. 
biggenguw.  469.  D.  eal. 

463.  D.  }>a  [for  ftser].    C.  feollan.  470.  D.  ssende.     C.  offrienne;  U. 
465.  C.  D.  facn  [for  feoh].    TJ.bos-       ofrigenne. 

7 


98  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

sewfaesfclice  under-standende  be  ure  ealra  eeriste  .  472 

buton  he  gclyfde  pcet  hi  sefter  langum  fyrste 

of  1  dea(Se  arisan  sceoldon  pe  (5a3r  ofslagene  woeron  . 

elles  he  onrode  on  idel  his  lac  . 

ac  he  socSlice  besceawode  .  pcet  (5a  c$e  mid  socSre  arfsestnysse    476 

on  deafe  ge-endiacS  .  pcet  hi  mid  drihtne  habba<5 

p&  selestan  gife  on  f>am  socSan  life  . 

Hit  is  halig  gec5oht .  and  halwende  to  gebiddenne 

for  'Sam  forS-farendum  pcet  hi  fram  synnum  beon  alysede  .    480 

[VI.]   Hit  sa3g(5  on  feere  seftran  bee  machabeorum  pus . 

pcet  timotheus  <5e  ser  fleah  a3t  Sam  forda  fram  iudan  . 

pcet  he  eft  gegaderode  oferne  here  him  to  . 

and  wolde  mid  wsepnum  gewyldan  J?a  iudeiscan  .  484 

and  com  tSa  mid  fyrde  to  gefeohte  gearu  . 

and  machabeus  se  cena  clypode  to  gode  . 

and  his  geferan  eac  swa  fultumes  biddende  . 

eodon  J»a  of  <5a3re  byrig  ge-bylde  f>urh  god  .  488 

and  hi  fengon  togadere  fsestlice  mid  wsepnum  . 

Hwaat  Sa  fserlice  comon  fif  englas  of  heofonum  . 

ridende  on  horsum  mid  gyldenum  gersedum  . 

and  tweegen  J?sera  engla  on  twa  healfe  iudan  492 

feohtende  wseron  .  and  hine  eac  bewerodon  . 

and  hi  ealle  fif  fuhton  mid  iudan 

sceotiende  heora  flan  and  fyrene  ligettas 

on  Sa  hsecSenan  leoda  .  ocS  pcet  hi  licgende  swulton  496 

twentig  Jpusend  manna  and  six  hund  ofslagene  . 

Timotheus  fa  fleah  mid  fyrhte  for-numen 

into  anre  byrig  .  and  him  sefter  ferde 

iudas  mid  fultume  .  and  fuhton  wi(5-utan  500 

472.  D.  U.    eawfsestlice.  C.  -stan-  480.  C.  D.  U.  forSfarenum. 
denne.     A.  ealre  {corr.  to  ealra);  C.  481.  VI.  in  C.  D.  U. ;   not  in  A. 
eallra  ;  D.  U.  ealra.  D.  TJ.  seg$. 

473.  C.  D.  TJ.  he ;  A.  he.  482.  C.  her  {for  ser).  C.  forde  (corr. 

474.  C.  arison.  to  forda) ;   D.  TJ.  forde. 
477-  C.  gesendiaS.  483.  U.  oftaerne. 

478.  D.  TJ.  selostan.  484.  D.  woldo  mid  his. 

1  Leaf -1 45. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  99 

understanding  religiously,  concerning  the  resurrection  of  us  all.  472 
Excepting  he  believed  that  they,  after  long  delay, 
would  arise  from  death,  they  who  there  were  slain, 
otherwise  he  offered  in  vain  his  offering. 

But  he  verily  considered  that  they  that  with  true  religion    476 
in  death  shall  decease,  that  they  with  the  Lord  shall  have 
the  happiest  gift  in  the  true  life. 
It  is  a  holy  thought,  and  religious  to  pray 
for   those  who   are   departed,    that    they   may  be  released   from 
sins.  4S0 

§  VI.     2  Macc.  x.  24-38. 

VI.     It  saith  in  the  Second  Book  of  Maccabees  thus; 

that  Timotheus,  who  before  fled  at  the  ford  from  Judas, 

that  he  again  gathered  a  second  army  to  him, 

and  wished  with  weapons  to  subdue  the  Jews,  484 

and  came  then  with  an  army,  ready  to  fight ; 

and  Machabeus  the  bold  cried  to  God, 

and  his  fellows  also,  praying  for  help. 

They  went  then  from  the  city,  emboldened  by  God,  488 

and  they  fought  together  firmly  with  weapons. 

Lo  !   then  wonderfully  came  five  angels  from  heaven, 

riding  on  horses  with  golden  apparel, 

and  twain  of  the  angels  on  both  sides  of  Judas  492 

were  fighting,  and  eke  defended  him; 

and  they  all  five  fought  on  the  side  of  Judas, 

shooting  their  arrows  and  fiery  lightnings 

on  the  heathen  people,  till  they,  lying-down,  died,  496 

twenty  thousand  men,  and  six  hundred  [horsemen]  slain. 

Timotheus  then  fled,  seized  with  fright, 

into  a  town;    and  after  him  went 

Judas  with  assistance,  and  fought  without  500 

485.  U.  furde.   C.  gefeohta  (or  -tu).       J^aera) ;  C.  D.  baera ;  U.  >ara.  C.  aengla. 

486.  U.  >e  [for  se].     C.  ceiie  clyo-       D.  U.  healfa. 

j  ode.  495.  A.    sceotende,     corrected    to 

487.  D.  biddenda.  sceotiende  ;  C.  D.  U.  sceotende.     U. 

489.  C.  U.  togaedere.  furene.     C.  legettas. 

490.  C.  senglas.  496.  C.  leode.     D.  liggenda. 

491.  D.  ridenda;  orsum.  497.  A.   hund   (alt.  to  hundred); 

492.  U.  twegen.     A.  J>aere  (corr.  io  C.  D.  TJ.  hund. 

7-2, 


100  XXV.      PASSIO   MACHABEORTjM. 

0(5  pcet  hi  ofer-wunnon  and  gewyldon  J?a  burh  . 

and  timotheum  acwealdon  f>aer  Sser  he  becropen  wees  . 

and  his  broSor  samod  mid  swurdes  ecge  . 

iEfter  J>ysum  dsedum  hi  Jmncodon  drihtne  .  504 

mid  lofsanguw  and  andetnyssum  eallra  baera  meerSa 

Ipe  he  Sam  iudeiscum  gedyde  for-oft  . 

and  him  sige  forgeaf .  and  siSeMon  Sa  ham  . 

Gif  hwa  nu  wundrige  hu  hit  gewurpan  mihte  508 

]>cet  englas  sceoldon  ridan  on  gersededum  horsum  . 

J>onne  wite  he  to  soban  ])cet  us  secgaS  gehwser 

Sa  halgan  godes  bee  Ipe  ne  magon  beon  lease  . 

Ipoet  englas  oft  comon  cuSlice  to  mannum  512 

swilce  on  horse  ridende  .  swa  swa  we  her  rehton  . 

pa  Iudeiscan  wseron  Sa  dyreste  gode  . 

on  Ssere  ealdan  .  se  .  forSan  £>e  hi  ana  wurSodon 

J>one  selmihtigan  god  mid  biggencgum  symle  .  516 

of)  pwt  crist  godes  sunu  sylf  wear's  acenned  . 

of  menniscum  gecynde  of  J>am  Iudeiscum  cynne  . 

of  marian  fam  msedene  butan  menniscum  fseder  . 

pa  noldon  hi  sume  gelyfan  Ipcet  he  soS  god  wsere  .  520 

ac  syrwdon  embe  his  lif  .  swa  swa  he  sylf  geSafode  ; 

"Wseron  swa-J>eah  manega  of  f>am  [man] cynne  .  gode  . 

ge  on  Ssere  ealdan  .  se  .  ge  eac  on  £>sere  niwan  . 

heah-faederas  .  and  witegan  .  and  halige  apostolas  .  524 

and  fela  Susenda  Ipe  folgiaS  criste  . 

J?eah  Ipe  hi  sume   wunian  wiSer-werde  of)  J>is  . 

Hi  sceolon  swa-Seah  ealle  on  ende  gelyfan  . 

ac  Seer  losiaS  to  fela  on  ))am  fyrste  betwux  .  528 

for  heora  heard-heortnysse  wiS  f>one  heofonlican  hselend. 

501.  In  A,  a  second  hi  is  added,  in       gersedum  (corr.  to  gersededum);    C. 
later  hand.  D.  U.  gersededum. 

502.  U.  j>ar  Sar.  510.  C.  ssecgaft.     U.  puts  gehwar 

504.  C.  J>ancodan.  after  be"c  in  next  line.  «• 

505.  C.  D.  U.  ealra.     D.  }>era.  512.  C.  senglas. 

506.  D.  oft  for.  513.  C.  Hwilan  (for  swilce).    U. 

507.  U.  si'Sodon.  riddende.    C.  D.  ser ;  A.  her ;  U.  her. 

508.  D.  gewurSon.    U.  om.  mihte.  514.  C.  U.  dyreste  >a;  D.  dyriste 

509.  C.  D.  senglas.  U.  sceoldan.  A.  ])a. 

1  Leaf  145,  back. 


XXV.      ThI*    MACCABEES.  101 

until  they  overcame  them,  and  took  the  city, 

and  killed  Timotheus,  there  where  he  had  crept  in, 

and  his  brother  together,  with  the  sword's  edge. 

After  these  deeds,  they  thanked  the  Lord  504 

with  songs  of  praise  and  confessions  of  all  the  wonders 

that  He  for  the  Jews  did  very  often, 

and  gave  them  the  victory;  and  then  journeyed  home. 

If  any  one  now  should  wonder  how  it  might  happen      508 
that  angels  should  ride  on  apparelled  horses, 
then  let  him  know  soothly  that  everywhere  say  to  us 
the  holy  books  of  God,  that  may  not  be  false, 
that  angels  oft  came  certainly  to  men  512 

as  riding  upon  horses,  even  as  we  have  here  related. 
The  Jews  were  the  dearest  to  God 
in  the  old  law,  because  they  alone  honoured 
the  Almighty  God  with  worship  continually;  516 

until  Christ,  God's  son,  was  Himself  conceived 
of  human  nature,  of  the  Jewish  kin, 
of  Mary  the  maiden,  without  human  father. 
Then  would  not  some  (of  them)  believe  that  He  was  Very  God,  520 
but  laid  snares  for  His  life,  even  as  He  Himself  permitted. 
There  were  however  many  good  men  of  that  nation, 
both  in  the  old  law,  and  eke  in  the  new. 

patriarchs  and  prophets,  and  holy  apostles,  524 

and  many  thousands  that  follow  Christ, 
although  some  remain  fro  ward  until  now. 
They  shall,  however,  all  finally  believe, 

but  there  shall  perish  too  many,  in  the  period  between,  528 

for  their  hardheartedness  against  the  heavenly  Saviour. 

516.  U.  biggengum.  gdde. 

517.  D.   self  (and    in    521).      C.  523.  C.  om.  first  ge  and  ealdan. 
acsenned  ;  U.  accenned.  524.  C.  apostolos. 

518.  U.  on  [for  1st  of].     C.  maen-  526.  A.  U.  wunian;   C.  wunia©  ; 
niscum.     C.  om.  of — cynne.  D.  wunigon.    C.  D.  -wearde. 

519.  A.  sea  marian;  but  C.  D.  U.  527.  D.  om.  swa. 

omit  sea  [sancta].  528.  D.    losaft.      A.   fela    (alt.    to 

520.  D.  his  (for  hi),  feala) ;  C.  D.  U.  fela. 

522.  C.  D.  mancynne;  U.  mann-  529.  D.   -heortnessae ;    U.    -heort- 

cynne ;  A.  cynne.     C.  goode ;  D.  U. 


102  XXV.       PASSIO    itACHABEOKUM. 

[VII.]  Betwux  J^ysum  ferde  se  fore-sseda  antiochus 

to  persiscre  J>eode  mid  micclum  j^rymme  . 

wolde  Ipsdr  ofer-winnan  sume  welige  burh  .  533 

ac  he  wear^  f>anon  afliged  and  fracodlice  setbserst  . 

and  mid  micelre  angsumnysse  of  J?am  earde  gewende 

to  babilonian  werd  .  and  him  wearS  pa  gecydd 

hu  iudas  ofer-fealit  his  fynd  mid  wsepnum  .  536 

and  hu  he  geclamsod  hasfde  pcet  halige  godes  tempi 

frara  eallum  J»am  fylcSum  pe  he  fyrnlice  peer  arserde  . 

wearS  f>a  geang^umod  and  eac  ge-untrumod 

forSam  pe  him  god  gram  wses  .  and  he  grimetode  egeslice  .    540 

secgende  and  seSende  pcet  him  swa  gelumpen  wees  . 

forSan  Se  he  godes  tempi  .  tawode  to  bysmore  . 

and  (5a  geleaffullan  wolde  of  heora  lande  adylegian  . 

Him  weollon  pa  wurmas  of  (5am  [gewitnodan]  lichaman  .        544 

and  he  stanc  swa  fule  pcet  man  hine  ferian  ne  mihte  . 

and  he  Sa  yfele  and  earmlice  ge-endode 

on  aelfremedom  {sic)  earde  to  f>am  ecan  witum  . 

and  his  sunu  eupator  sefter  him  rixode  .  548 

Se  wearS  eac  ongebroht  poet  he  ofslean  wolde 

]?a  geleaffullan  iudei  .  pe  gelyfdon  (5a  on  god  . 

Hi  gelyfdon  pa,  on  pa,  ealdan  wisan  .  on  J?one  selmihtigan  god 

peah  (5e  hi  sume  wiS-socon  siSf>an  J>one  hselewd  .  552 

and  eac  swa  ofslogon  swa  swa  he  sylf  wolde  . 

Hwset  t5a  eupator  antioches  sunu 

gegad  erode  his  fyrde  fyrran  and  nean  . 

and  sende  hund-teontig  fusenda  gangendra  manna  .  556 

and  twentig  J?usenda  gehorsedra  manna  . 

and  Jmttig  ylpas  ealle  getemode  . 

530.  VII.  in  C.  D.  U. ;  not  in  A.  540.  C.  D.  U.  forftan.     D.  gegrim- 
U.  Se  {for  se).  metode. 

531.  C.  miclum.  541.  C.  ssecgende. 

532.  D.  -winnen.  542.  C.  tempel.     D.  bysmere. 

533.  C.  )>anan.  543.  C.  gelefdon. 

534.  C.  D.  U.  ancsnm-.  544.  D.  weollan.     C.  U.  wyrmas. 

535.  C.  U.  weard.  C.  D.  U.  gecyd.       C.  D.  U.  gewitnodan  ;  A.  gewitnodon. 
538.  D.  yflum  [for  >am  fylSum].  C.  lichoman. 

'539.  C.   wearSa(!)      C.  U.  geanc-  547.  C.  D.  aelfremedum;  U.  selfre- 

sumod.  mede.  C.  ecuw;  U.  ecuw. 

1  Leaf  146. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  1()3 

§  VII.     i  Macc.  vi.  i.-vii.  4  ;  see  also  2  Macc.  ix.  1-11. 
VII.     About  this  time  went  the  foresaid  Antiochus 
to  the  Persian  people  with  great  strength; 

he  would  there  overcome  a  wealthy  city ;  532 

but  he  was  chased  thence  and  shamefully  escaped, 
and  with  much  anxiety  out  of  the  country  turned 
towards  Babylon;    and  it  was  there  told  him 
how  Judas  overcame  his  enemies  with  weapons,  536 

and  how  he  had  cleansed  the  holy  temple  of  God 
from  all  the  abominations  that  he  formerly  set  up  there. 
He  was  then  vexed,  and  eke  afflicted  with  sickness, 
because  God  was  angry  with  him,  and  he  raged  terribly,         540 
saying  and  affirming  that  it  had  so  happened  to  him, 
because  that  he  treated  God's  temple  reproachfully, 
and  would  destroy  the  faithful  ones  out  of  their  land. 
Then  worms  rose  out  of  him,  out  of  his  afflicted  body,  544 

and  he  stank  so  foully  that  no  one  could  carry  him, 
and  he  then  evilly  and  miserably  ended  (his  life), 
in  a  foreign  land,  (going)  to  eternal  torments; 
and  his  son  Eupator  reigned  after  him.  548 

He  was  likewise  inclined  so  that  he  wished  to  slay 
the  believing  Jews,  who  believed  then  in  God. 
They  believed  then,  in  the  old  manner,  in  Almighty  God, 
though  that  some  of  them  [afterwards]  denied  the  Saviour,    552 
and  even  so  slew  (Him),  as  He  himself  desired. 
Well  then,  Eupator,  Antiochus'  son, 
gathered  his  army  far  and  near, 

and  sent  a  hundred  thousand  of  marching  men,  556 

and  twenty  thousand  of  mounted  men, 
and  thirty  elephants,  all  tamed, 

549.  U.  £e  {for  Se).    C.  gebroht.  554.  U.  antiochus. 

550.  D.  gelefdon.  555-  C.  D.  ferde.    C.  D.  U.  feorran, 

551.  U.  om.  first  ]>a.  D.  U.  near  {wrongly). 

552.  C.  D.  U.  insert  syftSan  before  556.  U.  -tweontig. 

wifisocon;   D.  repeats  sipSan  where  557.  C.    xxx;   D.  twenti.     C.   Jm- 

A  has  sio>an.  sendra. 

553.  A  adds   hine,  above  the  line,  558-  D-  J>ritig.     U.  ylpas,  glossed 
after  swa.    D.  self.  elefanz. 


104  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

and  to  wige  gewenode  mid  wundorlicum  crsefte  . 

Fif  liund  gehorsedra  manna  ferdon  mid  selcum  ylpe  .  560 

and  on  selcuni  ylpe  wses  an  wig-hus  getimbrod  . 

and  on  selcum  wig-lmse  wseron  J>rittig  manna 

feohtende  [mid  crsefte]  .  and  mid  ge-cneordnysse  farende 

SumuTTz  menn  wile  J>incan  syllic  J?is  to  gehyrenne  .  564 

forfan  Ipe  ylpas  ne  comon  nsefre  on  engla  lande  . 

Yip  is  ormsete  nyten  mare  J>onne  sum  hus  . 

eall  mid-  banum  befangen  binnan  ]mm  felle 

butan  set  Sam  nauelan  .  and  he  nsefre  ne  liS  .  568 

Feower  and  twentig  monSa  gseS  seo  modor  mid  folan  . 

and  J>reo  hund  geara  hi  libbaS  gif  hi  alefede  *ne  beoS  . 

and  hi  man  mseg  wenian  wundorlice  to  ge-feohte  . 

Hwsel  is  ealra  fixa  msest  .  and  yip  is  eallra  nytena  msest  .     572 

ac  swa-)?eah  mannes  gescead  hi  mseg  gewyldan  . 

pa  hseSenan  Sa  ferdon  to  (5am  gefeohte  swySe  . 

and  mid  mor-berium  gebyldon  f»a  ylpas  . 

forSan  J>e  mor-berian  him  is  metta  leofost  .  576 

peer  wses  swySe  egeslic  here  £>sera  hsetSenra  manna  . 

ac  swa-Seah  iudas  heom  eode  to  mid  wige  . 

and  ofsloh  fser  sona  six  hund  wera  . 

and  an  his  geferena  eleazarus  hatte  580 

arn  to  anum  ylpe  J?e  Sser  [senlicost]  wses  . 

wende  Ipcet  se  cyning  wsere  on  Sam  wig-huse  Se  he  bser  . 

he  arn  mid  atogenum  swurde  betwux  j?am  eorode  middan . 

and  sloh  sefre  on  twa  healfa  Ipcet  hi  sweltende  feollon  584 

oS  Ipcet  he  to  f>am  ylpe  com  .  and  eode  him  on  under  . 

stang  Sa  hine  set  Sam  nauelan  Ipcet  hi  lagon  Sser  begen  . 

heora  egSer  oSres  slaga  .  and  iudas  siSSan  ge-wende 

559.  U.  wunderlicum.  567.  D.  eal;  befangum(l). 

562.  D.  U.  Jritig.     C.  D.  U.  wera  568.  C.  buton.     D.  >an.     C.  D.  U. 
[for  manna].  nafelan. 

563.  C.  D.  U.  mid  crsefte ;  A.  om.  569.  C.  xxiiii. 
D.  -nease.  570.  C.  gsera. 

564.  D.  U.  men.    U.  sellic.    C.  ge-  571.  C.  I).  U.  waenian.  D.  wunder-. 
heranne.  572.  C.  D.  U.  ealra;  A.  ealre,  al- 

565.  C.  sengle ;  D.  asngla.  tered  to  ealra.     D.  ealra  {for  eallra). 

566.  D.  ]>one.  573.  C.  gescad. 

1  Leaf  146,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  105 

and  trained  to  war  with  wonderful  craft. 

Five  hundred  mounted  men  went  with  each  elephant,  560 

and  on  each  elephant  was  a  war-house  built, 

and  in  each  war-house  were  thirty  men, 

fighting  with  craft  and  going  with  eagerness. 

To  some  men  it  will  seem  strange  to  hear  this,  564 

because  that  elephants  have  never  come  to  England. 
An  elephant  is  an  immense  beast,  greater  than  a  house, 
all  surrounded  with  bones,  within  the  skin, 

except  at  the  navel,  and  he  never  lies  down.  568 

Four  and  twenty  months  goeth  the  mother  with  foal ; 
and  three  hundred  years  they  live,  if  they  be  not  crippled; 
and  man  may  tame  them  wonderfully  for  battle. 
The  whale  is  of  all  fishes    greatest,  and   the  elephant   is   of   all 
beasts  greatest,  572 

but  nevertheless  man's  skill  may  tame  them. 

The  heathen  then  went  to  the  battle  swiftly, 
and  with  mulberries  emboldened  the  elephants, 
because  mulberries  are  to  them  the  pleasantest  of  food.  576 

There  was  a  very  terrible  army  of  the  heathen  men, 
but  nevertheless  Judas  went  against  them  with  war, 
and  slew  there  soon  six  hundred  men  ; 

and  one  of  his  comrades,  Eleazar  he  hight,  580 

ran  to  an  elephant  that  was  the  most  excellent  there, 
weened  that  the  king  was  in  the  war-house  that  he  bare. 
He  ran  with  drawn  sword  through  the  midst  of  the  band, 
and  slew  ever  on  both  sides,  so  that  they  fell  dying,  584 

until  he  came  to  the  elephant,  and  went  under  him, 
pricked  (him)  then  at  the  navel,  so  that  they  both  lay  there, 
each  one  the  other's  slayer;    and  Judas  afterwards  returned 


575.  U.  mdrberigura.  D.gebyldum.  583.  C.  anum  [for  atogenum].    A. 

576.  C.  mor-berian;  D.  U.  morbe-  midden  (corr.  to  middan) ;  C.  D.  U. 
rigan.    A.  mette  (corr.  to  metta) ;  U.  middan. 

metta;   C.  meta;    D.  mete.      C.  U.  584.  D.  U.  healfa ;  C.  healfe ;  A. 

leofast.  healfe  (corr.  to  healfa).  U.  swultende. 

578.  A.  him,  alt.  to  heom  ;  C.  D.  U.  C  feollan. 

him.     U.  wigge.  586.  After  Sa  A.  has  hine  (which 

579.  D.  ofslog.  C.  D.  U.  omit)  in  the  margin.   U.  na- 

580.  C.  gefera.  felan.     C.  om.  hi. 

581.  C.  D.  U.  senlicost ;  A.  enlicost.  587.  C.  U.  segSer. 

582.  U.  om.  wende.  U.  $e  (for  se). 


106  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

into  hierusalem  mid  ealre  his  fyrde  .  588 

and  weredon  hi  cenlice  wi<5  Ipone  onwinnendan  here  . 

o(5  Ipcet  se  cynincg  feng  to  fri(5e  wiS  hi 

be  his  witena  rsede  .  ac  he  hit  hracSe  tobrsec  . 

He  cyrde  (5a  ham-werd  mid  his  here-lafe  .  592 

and  hine  ofsloh  sona  sum  sigefsest  }?egen 

demetrius  gehaten  .  and  hsefde  his  rice 

on  antiochian  byrig  .  and  fser  abutan  gehwser  . 

[VIII.]  Hwset  f»a  alchimus  se  arleasa  sacerd  596 

wrehte  mid  leasungum  his  leode  to  J?am  cyninge  . 

and  se  cyning  demetrius  J?am  manfullan  gelyfde  . 

and  geswencte  (5a  iudeiscan  .0(5  \>cet  he  sende  him  to 

nieanor  his  ealdor-man  Ipcet  he  hi  ealle  fordyde  .  600 

Nieanor  J>a  ferde  mid  fyrde  to  hierusalem  . 

and  sende  to  iudan  mid  swicdo^e  and  cwceS  . 

Ne  com  ic  for  nanum  gefeohte  ac  for  freondscipe  to  eow  . 

and  cyste  (5a  iudan  .  and  his  cempan  wseron  604 

gearwe  to  genimenne  iudan  on  bendum  . 

Iudas  }?a  under-geat  heora  wselhreowan  swicdom  . 

and  wende  him  fram  sona  .  and  nolde  hine  geseon  . 

Nieanor  J?a  oncneow  Ipcet  his  facn  cu(5  wses  .  608 

began  t5a  to  feohtenne  faerlice  wi(5  iudan  . 

ot5  \)cet  Tp&r  feollon  of  his  fyrde  fif  (5usend  manna  . 

and  J>a  ot5re  aetflugon  afyrhte  for  iudan  . 

Nieanor  £>a  sceawode  salomones  tempi  .  61  a 

and  swor  furh  his  godas  Ipcet  he  Ipcet  godes  hus 

wolde  mid  fyre  forbsernan  butan  him  man  betsehte 

iudan  gebundene  to  bismorlicum  dea(5e  . 

wende  him  swa  awseg  wodlice  geyrsod  .  616 

588.  D.  ferde.  596.  VIII  in  C.  D.  U. ;  not  in  A. 

590.  C.  cyning ;  U.  cyng.  D.  feong.  U.  Se  (for  se). 

591.  U.  witene.    C.  U.  raSe.  597.  U.wreigde.  C.leasunga;  D.U. 

592.  C.  cerde  ;  D.  cyrd.     U.  ham-  lseasunge.    D.  XL  leoda.    U.  cyninga. 
weard.     C.  om.  lafe.     '  598.  U.  Se  cyng. 

593.  C.  ]>eng  (sic).  599-  C.  geswsencte.     D.  saende. 

594.  U.  ins.  he  before  hsefde.  600.  C.  om.  hi.     C.  D.  U.  insert 

595.  U.  gehwer.  mid  before  ealle. 

1  Leaf  147. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  107 

unto  Jerusalem,  with  all  his  army,  588 

and  they  defended  themselves  keenly  against  the  conquering  army 

until  the  king  instituted  peace  with  them 

hy  his  counsellors'  advice;    but  he  quickly  brake  it. 

He  turned  then  homeward  with  the  remnant  of  his  army,     592 

and  soon  a  victorious  thane  slew  him, 

named  Demetrius,  and  possessed  his  kingdom 

in  the  city  Antioch,  and  everywhere  thereabout. 

§  VIII.     1  Macc.  vii.  5-viii.  1 7. 
VIII.     Moreover  Alcimus,  the  impious  priest,  596 

accused  with  lyings  his  people  to  the  king; 
and  the  king  Demetrius  believed  the  wicked  one, 
and  afflicted  the  Jews  until  he  sent  to  them 
Nicanor  his  alderman,  that  he  might  destroy  them  all.  600 

Nicanor  then  went  with  a  host  to  Jerusalem, 
and  sent  to  Judas  with  deceit,  and  quoth, 
'I  have  not  come  for  any  battle,  but  for  friendship  to  you,' 
and  kissed  then  Judas,  and  his  champions  were  604 

ready  to  take  Judas  in  bands. 
Judas  then  perceived  their  cruel  deceitfulness, 
and  turned  from  him  soon,  and  would  not  see  him. 
Nicanor  then  perceived  that  his  guile  was  known,  608 

began  then  to  fight  suddenly  against  Judas, 
until  there  fell  of  his  army  five  thousand  men, 
and  the  rest  fled,  affrighted  because  of  Judas. 
Nicanor  then  beheld  Solomon's  temple,  612 

and  swore  by  his  gods  that  he  the  house  of  God 
would  burn  up  with  fire,  except  one  should  give  up  to  him 
Judas  bound,  to  shameful  death ; 
(and)  so  turned  him  away,  madly  enraged.  616 

602.  C.  ssende.  609.  C.  om.  Sa. 

603.  C.   D.   U.   gefeohte;   written  610.  C.  D.  feollan.     C.  ferde. 
above  the  line  in  A.     U.  fryndscipe.  613.  D.  godes  {twice). 

604.  C.  D.  csempan.  614.  U.  forbsernen.     C.  D.  buton. 

605.  U.  gearuwe.  C.  D.  genimene;  C.  betahte. 

U.  nimenne.     C.  D.  baendum.  615.  C.  D.  U.  gebundenne. 

606.  C.  -gaet.     D.  weal-.  616.  C.  wsende.     C.    on  weg ;   U. 

607.  C.  D.  U.  omit  the  second  and.        aweg. 


108  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

Hwset  (5a  sacerdas  t5a  mid  swy(51icre  heofunge  . 

basdon  J?one  selmihtigan  god  .  Ipcet  he  his  agen  hus  gescylde 

wi(5  J>one  arleasan  .  and  bine  ardlice  fordyde  . 

Nicanor  ]?a  eft  genam  o(5re  fyrde  of  sirian  .  620 

wolde  his  gebeot  mid  weorcum  gefremman  . 

and  iudas  him  com  to  .  mid  ]?rim  (5usend  cempuni  . 

and  gebsed  hine  to  gode  gebigedum  limum  J>us  . 

Drihten  .  pu  pe  asendest  f>inne  scinende  engel  .  624 

p&  (5a  Syrian  kynincg  sende  purh  his  heretogan 

on  serend-gewritum  Ipe  tallice  word  . 

and  se  engel  ofsloh  J>a  on  anre  nihte  of  heom 

an  hund  £>usend  manna  .  and  hund-eahtatig  J>usenda .  628 

to-bryt  nu  swa  ic  bidde  J)isne  breman  here 

setforan  urum  gesih(5um  .  Ipcet  men  magon  geseon  J?ine  mihte  on  heom  . 

Hi  fengon  f>a  togsedere  fsestlice  mid  waepnura  . 

and  nicanor  set  fruman  feoll  f>8er  ofslagen  .  632 

and  his  here  awearp  heora  waepna  and  flugon  . 

ac  hi1  das  him  folgode  feestlice  mid  weepnum  . 

and  bicnode  gehwanon  mid  blawunge  him  fultum  . 

0(5  pcet  hi  man  gynde  ongean  eft  to  iudan  .  636 

and  hi  ealle  ofslogon  Ipcet  (5ser  an  ne  belaf. 

Namon  ]?a  heora  wsepna  and  heora  gewaeda  mid  heom  . 

and  nicanores  heafod  and  his  swy(5ran  hand  . 

and  setton  ]?a  to  tacne  for  his  teon-rsedene  .  640 

and  J>ancodon  f>a  gode  Tp earle  mid  wurftmynte  . 

Wunodon  (5a  on  sibbe  sume  hwile  sefter  'Sam  . 

and  iudas  fa  sende  mid  sibbe  to  rome 

gecorene  serendracan  wolde  [cut51aecan]  wiS  hi  .  644 

forftan  J»e  romanisce  witan  wseron  (5a  mihtige  . 

and  raedfseste  on  weorcum  .  and  ofer-wunnan  heora  fynd  . 

618.  C.  agon;  D.  agan.  him  {corr.  to  heom);   D.    him;    U. 

620.  D.  ferde.     C.  os  (for  of).  hym.    C.  om.from  of  heom  to  eahta- 

622.  D.  Jxreom.     C.  csempum.  tig  in  next  line. 

623.  C.  leomuw.  628.  an  to  m&nna,  added  in  A.after- 

624.  C.  D.  U.  scinendam  wards  over  a  blank  space ;   C.  omits ; 

625.  D.  ])a  pe.     C    cyng  ;    D.  U.       D.  has  hund-teontig  J>usenda.  *j  hund- 
cyning.  eahtetig  Jmsenda ;  U.  has  hun-tweontig 

627.  U.  >e  (for  se).    C.  sengel.    A.       Susenda  •}  hund-eahtetig,  &c. 
Leaf  147,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  109 

Thereupon  the  priests  with  excessive  mourning 

prayed  the  Almighty  God  that  He  would  shield  His  own  house 

against  the  impious  one,  and  would  quickly  destroy  him. 

Nicanor  then  again  took  another  army  from  Syria;  620 

he  desired  to  execute  his  threat  with  works; 

and  Judas  came  to  him  with  three  thousand  warriors, 

and  prayed  to  God  with  bent  limbs  thus. 

'Lord,  thou  that  sentest  thy  shining  angel,  624 

when  the  king  of  Syria  sent  by  his  leaders 

in  written  messages  a  reproachful  word  to  Thee, 

and  the  angel  slew  then,  in  one  night,  of  them 

a  hundred  thousand  men  and  eighty  thousand,  628 

destroy  now,  I  pray  Thee,  this  furious  army 

before  our  faces,  that  men  may  see  Thy  might  over'  them.' 

They  then  joined  battle  together  quickly  with  weapons, 

and  Nicanor  at  the  first  fell  there  slain,  632 

and  his  host  cast  away  their  weapons,  and  fled. 

But  Judas  followed  them  quickly  with  weapons, 

and  summoned  on  all  sides  with  blowing  [of  trumpets]  assistance 

to  him, 
until  that  they  drove  (?)  them  back  again  to  Judas,  636 

and  slew  them  all,  that  there  remained  not  one. 
They  took  then  their  weapons  and  their  garments  with  them, 
and  Nicanor's  head  and  his  right  hand, 

and  set  them  for  a  token,  for  his  injury  (to  them),  640 

and  thanked  God  then  exceedingly  with  worship. 
They  dwelt  then  in  peace  some  time  after  that, 
and  Judas  then  sent,  with  peace,  to  Eome 

chosen  messengers;    he  would  have  friendship  with  them,       644 
because  the  Eoman  senators  were  then  mighty, 
and  prudent  in  works,  and  overcame  their  enemies. 

629.  C.  }>eosne.  638.  C.  Naman.     A.  him  (alt.  to 

630.  D.  mihta  ;  IT.  mihto.   A.  him       heom) ;    C.  D.  U.  him. 

(alt.  to  heom)  ;  rest  him.  641.  C.  }>ancoden.     D.  wurSmente. 

631.  U.  togadere.  642.  D.  Wunoden;    U.  Hi  wune- 

632.  C.  D.  feol.  don. 

634.  C.  folgade ;  om.  mid.  644.  C.  D.  cuolaecan ;  A.  cuolsecen ; 

635'  0.  gehwanan.  U.  gecyolican. 

636.  D.  him    (for  hi).     C.  gende  645.  C.  weotan. 

(glossed  draf ) ;  D.  gfnde.  646.  CD. U.oferwunnon.  C. feond. 

637.  C  ofslogan;  nan  (for  an). 


110  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

[Villi.]  Hit  wearcS  gecydd  syc5San  f>am  cynincge  demetrio 

pcet  nicanor  feol  and  eall  his  folc  mid  him  .  648 

J?a  wolde  he  git  sendan  and  ofslean  f>a  iudeiscan  . 

and  funde  (5a  bachidem  se  wass  mid  bealuwe  afylled  . 

and  alchimum  mid  him  J>one  arleasan  sacerd  . 

and  sende  hi  mid  ge-fylce  to  iudeiscum  folce  .  652 

Hi  comon  <Sa  fserlice  mid  gefeohte  to  iudan 

and  his  ge-feran  eargodon  butan  eahta  hund  mannum 

pe  him  mid  fuhton  wiS  )x>ne  feondlican  here  . 

pa  cweedon  his  geferan  Ipcet  hi  fleon  woldon  .  656 

foreman  pe  heora  werod  waes  gewanod  mid  J?am  fleame  . 

and  woldon  heom  beorgan  wi(5  bone  breman  here  . 

pa  andwyr&e  iudas  .  swa  swa  he  eall  cene  wses  . 

Ne  ge-wurSe  hit  na  on  life  .  pcet  we  alecgan  ure  wuldor         660 

mid  earh-licum  fleame  .  ac  uton  feohtan  wicS  hi  . 

and  gif  god  swa  fore-sceawaS  .  we  sweltaS  on  mihte 

for  urum  gebrotSrura  butan  bysmorlicum  fleame  . 

Hi  comon  pa,  to-gsedere  .  and  begunnon  to  feohtenne  664 

1  on  twam  gefylcura  forS  eallne  8one  da3g  . 

and   iudas  j?a  beseah  to  )?aere  swytfran  healfe 

poet  p&  wseron  straengran  .  and  stop  Syder  sona 

mid  Sam  anrsedystum  mannum  pe  him  mid  fuhton  668 

and  todrifon  }?one  eride  .  ac  him  sefter  eode 

pcet  otter  gefylce  .  mid  gefeohte  hindan 

and  feollon  tSa  on  twa  healfe  on  f>am  gefeohte  manega 

and  iudas  eac  feoll  .  and  pa,  o<5re  setflugon  .  672 

pa  gelsehton  his  gebrotSra  his  lie  of  (Sam  wsele  . 

and  bebyrigdon  on  mod  in  to  mathathian  his  fseder  . 

and  ealle  folc  hine  beweop  on  tSa  ealdan  wisan  . 

647.  Villi,  in  C.  D. ;  IX.  in  U. ;  654.  C.  D.  U.  buton.     C.  D.  U. 
not  in  A.   C.  U.  gecyd ;  D.  ]>&  gecyd.       manna. 

C.  D.  U.  cyninge.    '  655.  D.  feondlice. 

648.  U.  feoll.    C.  U.  his  folc  eall ;  657.  C.  weorod  ;  D.  oro. 

D.  his  folc  eal.  658.  A.  him   (alt.   to   heom) ;    C. 

649.  C.  sendon.  hiom;  D.  U.  him.    C.D.U.  gebeorgan. 

650.  C.  fulde(!).     U.  Se  (for  se).  659.  U.  iwurde.     D.  eal. 
C.  bealewe  ;  D.  bealwe.  660.  C.  U.  wurSe. 

653.  C.  Hio.    D.  iudam.  661.  D.  eardlicuw.    C.  feohton. 

1  Leaf  148. 


XXV.      THE    MACCABEES.  Ill 

§  IX.      I  Macc.  IX.  1-2  2. 
IX.     It  was  afterwards  told  the  king  Demetrius, 
that  Nicanor  fell,  and  all  his  folk  with  him.  648 

Then  would  he  yet  send  and  slay  the  Jews, 
and  found  then  Bacchides,  who  was  filled  with  wickedness, 
and  Alcimus  with  him,  the  impious  priest, 

and  sent  them  with  a  troop  to  the  Jewish  folk.  652 

They  came  then  suddenly  with  battle  against  Judas, 
and  his  companions  were  slothful,  except  eight  hundred  men, 
that  fought  with  him  against  the  hostile  host. 
Then  quoth  his  companions  that  they  would  flee,  656 

because  their  company  was  diminished  with  the  flight  (of  the  rest), 
and  would  save  themselves  against  the  furious  army. 
Then  answered  Judas,  as  he  was  wholly  bold, 
'  Let  it  never  happen  in  our  lives,  that  we  lay  aside  our  glory    660 
with  slothful  flight,  but  let  us  fight  against  them  ; 
and  if  God  so  foreordains,  we  shall  die  in  our  might 
for  our  brethren,  without  shameful  flight.' 

They  came  then  together,  and  began  to  fight  664 

in  two  troops,  throughout  the  whole  day, 
and  Judas  then  looked  to  the  right  side, 
that  they  were  the  stronger,  and  advanced  thither  soon 
with  the  most  hardy  men,  that  fought  with  him,  668 

and  chased  that  end  (of  the  army),  but  after  him  went 
the  other  troop,  with  battle,  behind  (him)  ; 
and  there  fell  then  on  both  sides  many  in  the  battle, 
and  Judas  fell  also,  and  the  rest  fled  away.  672 

Then  his  brothers  brought  his  body  out  of  the  carnage, 
and  buried  it  in  Modin,  beside  Mattathias  his  father, 
and  all  the  people  mourned  him,  in  the  ancient  manner. 

662.  U.  fore-scewafl.     U.  swyltaS.  671.  D.  healfa. 

663.  C.  D.  buton  bysmer-.  672.  D.  feol. 

664.  U.  to-gadere.  673.  C.   gelehten  ;    U.   geleahton. 

665.  D.  gehwilcum  {for  gefylcum).  C.  lie. 

C.  D.  U.  ealne.  674.  C.  bebyrgdon.     U.  ins.  hine 

666.  C.  U.  om.  \>&.  bef.  on.    flare  byrig  added  above  in  A, 

667.  U.  strengran.  after  on.  C.  mathian.  D.  mathathiam. 

668.  D.  andrsedestum.  675.  D.  eal;  U.  eall.     U.  bewe"op. 

669.  D.  to-drifen.    C.  Sonne  sende. 


112  XXV.      PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

Ne  synd  swa-f>eah  awritene  peea  (5e  wyrd-writeras  ssecgab  .    676 

ealle  iudan  gefeoht  for  his  freonda  ware  . 

and  ealle  (5a  mihte  pe  he  mserlice  gefremode 

his  folce  to  gebeorge  .  swa  swa  us  bee  secgac5  . 

Menig-fealde  wseron  his  micclan  gefeoht  .  680 

and  he  is  eall  swa  halig  on  (Sgere  ealdan  gecy(Snysse  . 

swa  swa  godes  gecorenan  on  (5eere  godspel-bodunge  . 

forftan  Ipe  he  sefre  wan  for  willan  J?ges  selmihtigan  . 

On  ]min  dagum  waes  alyfed  to  alecgenne  his  fynd  .  684 

and  swij^ost  (Sa  hseSenan  pe  him  hetole  wseron  . 

and  se  waes  godes  (Segen  be  Sa  switSost  feaht 

wi(5  heora  onwinnendan  to  ware  heora  [leoda]  . 

ac  crist  on  his   tocyme   us  cydde  otSre  Sincg  .  688 

and  het  us  healdan  sibbe  .  and  sotSfsestnysse  sefre  . 

and  we  sceolon  winnan  wi(S  pa  wselhreowan  fynd  . 

poet  synd  (5a  ungesewenlican  .  and  J>a  swicolan   deofla 

pe  willa(S  ofslean  ure  sawla  mid  leahtrum  .  692 

wi(5  (Sa  we  sceolon  winnan  mid  gastlicura  wsepnum  . 

and  biddan  us  gescyldnysse  simle  set  criste  . 

pcet  we  moton  ofer-winnan  J>a  wselhreowan  leahtras  . 

and  J?83S  1deofles  tihtinge  .  pcet  he  us  derian  ne  msege  .  696 

ponne  beo(S  we  godes  cempan  on  tSam  gastlican  gefeohte  . 

gif  we  (Sone  deofol  forseof)  burh  sotSne  geleafan  . 

and  pa  heafod-leahtras  burh  gehealtsumnysse  . 

and  gif  we  godes  willan  mid  weorcum  gefremmaft  .  700 

pcet  ealde  godes  folc  sceolde  feohtan  pa  mid  wsepnum  . 

and  heora  gewinn  hsefde  haligra  manna  getacnunge  . 

pe  to-draefatS  f>a  leahtras  and  deofla  heom  fram 

on  (Ssere  niwan  gecytSnysse  pe  crist  sylf  astealde  .  704 

Secga(5  swa-f>eah  lareowas  pcet  synd  feower  cynna  gefeoht  . 

676.  U.  sund.  D.  -wri teres.    D.  U.  selmihtigsen. 
secgaS.  684.  C.  feond.  U.  his  feond  to  alec- 

678.  C.  D.  TJ.  mihta.  genne. 

679.  C.  ssecgaft.  685.  C.  D.  hetele;  U.  he'tele. 

680.  C.  Manig-fealda ;  mycele.  686.  U.  oe  (for  se). 

681.  D.  eal;  -nesse.  687.  C.  D.  leoda;  A.  U.  leode. 

682.  C.  -bodunga.  688.  C.  D.  U.  >ing. 

683.  C.   U.   wann.     A.  has  godes  689.  U.  healden.     D.  -nesse. 
added  above,  after  selmihtigan.     D.  691.  D.  -licen.     U.  swicelan. 

1  Leaf  148,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  113 

Nevertheless  are  not  written,  according  as  historians  say,        676 

all  the  battles  of  Judas,  for  the  defence  of  his  friends, 

and  all  the  mighty  deeds  which  he  illustriously  performed, 

for  the  defence  of  his  people,  as  the  books  tell  us. 

Hanyfold  were  his  great  battles;  r,8o 

and  he  is  as  holy,  in  the  Old  Testament, 

as  God's  elect  ones,  in  the  Gospel-preaching; 

because  that  he  ever  contended  for  the  will  of  the  Almighty. 

In  those  days  he  was  permitted  to  defeat  his  enemies,  684 

and  especially  the  heathen,  that  were  angry  against  him ; 

and  he  was  God's  thane,  that  most  often  fought 

against  their  conquerors,  in  defence  of  their  people. 

But  Christ,  at  His  coming,  taught  us  another  thing,  688 

and  bade  us  hold  peace  and  truthfulness  ever; 

and  we  ought  to  strive  against  the  cruel  enemies, 

that  is,  the  invisible  ones,  and  the  deceitful  devils, 

that  wish  to  slay  our  souls  with  vices.  692 

Against  them  we  should  fight  with  ghostly  weapons, 

and  pray  for  protection  for  us,  continually,  of  Christ, 

that  we  may  overcome  the  cruel  iniquities, 

and  the  devil's  enticement,  that  he  may  not  harm  us ;  696 

Then  shall  we  be  God's  champions  in  the  spiritual  battle, 

if  we  despise  the  devil,  through  true  belief, 

and  the  chief  vices  [cardinal  sins],  through  self-control, 

and  if  we  perform  God's  will  with  our  works.  700 

The  ancient  people  of  God  had  to  fight  then  with  weapons, 

and  their  contest  had  the  signification  of  holy  men 

who  drive  away  vices  and  devils  from  them 

in  the  New  Testament,  that  Christ  Himself  appointed.  704 

Nevertheless  teachers  say  that  there  are  four  kinds  of  war; 

692.  A.  sawle  {alt.  to  sawla).  D.  inserts  J?am  after  mid.      " 

693.  C.  sculan.  702.  D.  gewin.     C.  -nunga. 

694.  D.  -nesse.     C.  D.  symble.  703.  C.    to-drsefeft.     C.   hleahtraes. 

695.  699.  D.  leahtres.  C.  D.  U.  deoflu.    A.  him   (corr.  to 

696.  U.  mage.  heom) ;  C.  D.  U.  him. 

697.  C.  D.  U.  beo.    C.  caempan.  704.  C.  D.  self.     C.  astelde. 

698.  U.  deofel.  705.  A.  has  on  above,  after  synd 

699.  C.  U.  geheald-.     D.  -nesse.  (for  syndon")  ;  but  C.  D.  U.  omit  it. 
701.  C.  D.  U.  om.  godes.  C.  scolde.  A.  cynne  (alt.  to  cynna). 

8 


114  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

iustum  .  \>cet  is  rihtlic  .  iniustum «  unrihtlic  . 

ciuile  .  betwux   ceaster-gewarum  .  Plusquam   ciuile  .  betwux   sib- 

lingum  . 
Iustum  helium  .  is  rihtlic  gefeoht  wi$  fta  reSan  flot-menn  .     708 
obfe  wi(S  o(5re  J?eoda  pe  eard  willacS  fordon  . 
Unrihtlic  gefeoht  is  £>e  of  yrre  cymcS  . 
pcet  J?ridde  gefeoht  be  of  geflite  cymtS  . 

betwux  ceaster-gewarum  is  swycSe  pleolic  .  712 

and  poet  feorcSe  gefeoht  Ipe  betwux  freondum  biS  . 
is  swiSe  earmlic  and  endeleas  sorh  . 

[X.]  Israhela  folc  fa  anmodlice  geceas 

ionatham  his  brof>or  biddende  ])cet  he  waere  716 

heora  heafod  .  and  here-toga  wi(5  J>a  haebenan  feoda  . 

and  he  feng  (Sa  to  ealdor-dome  .  swa  swa  hi  ealle  bsedon  . 

and  werode  hi  manega  gear  wicS  J?one  onwinnendan  here  . 

and  wib  bachidem  feaht  p>e  his  brof>or  ofsloh  .  720 

and  fser  sige  gefor  .  and  ofsloh  feer  an  J>usend ; 

pa  wolde  alchimus  se  arleasa  sacerd 

to-brecan  godes  tempi  mid  teonfullura  graman  . 

ac  hine  sloh  god  sona  mid  swytSlicum  paralisyn  .  724 

swa  Ipcet  he  dumb  wses  .  and  to  deaSe  1  gebroht  . 

and  mid  mycclum  tintregum  his  teonfullan  gast 

of  'Sam  lichaman  forlet  to  langsumum  witum  . 

lonathas  wunode  on  wurSmynte  (5a  lange  .  728 

and  cynegas  hine  wurSodon  mid  wordum  and  gifum  . 

and  he  sige  geferde  on  manegum  gefeohtum  . 

and  sefre  waes  winnende  embe  godes  willan  . 

and  eac  his  lif  forlet  for  his  leode  ware  .  732 

Symon  pa  sytSSan   snoterlice  geheold 

707.  D.  -warum.  713.  D.   gefeoht    is,    but  see  next 

708.  U.  om.  reftan.    C.  U.  flotmen.  line  ;  C.  feoht. 

709.  C.  heora  )>eoda ;  D.  oftre  J>eode.  714.  C.  sendeleas  sorhg. 

710.  C.  D.  U.  becymft.  715.  X.  in  C.  D.  U. ;  A.  om. 

711.  A.  is,  added  above,  before  ]>e ;  716.  C.  D.  TJ.  Ionathan.     D.  bid- 
C.  D.  U.  is.     C.  flite.  denda.     U.  om.  from  he  to  and  in 

712.  C.  -warum.  1.  718. 

1  Leaf  149. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  115 

justum,  that  is,  just ;    injustum,  that  is,  unjust ; 

civile,  between  citizens ;  plusquam  civile,  between  relatives. 

Justum  bellum  is  just  war  against  the  cruel  stamen,  70S 

or  against  other  peoples  that  wish  to  destroy  (our)  land. 

Unjust  war  is  that  which  comes  of  anger. 

The  third  war,  which  comes  of  contention 

between  citizens,  is  very  dangerous  ;  712 

and  the  fourth  war,  that  is  between  friends, 

is  very  miserable,  and  endless  sorrow. 

§  X.     1  Macc.  ix.  28 — xvi.  24. 
X.  The  people  of  Israel  then  unanimously  chose 
Jonathan  his  brother,  praying  that  he  would  be  716 

their  head  and  their  leader  against  the  heathen  people ; 
and  he  took  then  the  leadership,  as  they  all  prayed  him, 
and  defended  them  many  years  against  the  invading  army, 
and  fought  with  Bacchides,  who  slew  his  brother,  720 

and  obtained  there  the  victory,  and  slew  there  a  thousand. 
Then  would  Alcimus,  the  impious  priest, 
destroy  God's  temple  with  irritable  wrath ; 

but  him  soon  God  struck  with  an  excessive  paralysis,  724 

so  that  he  was  dumb,  and  brought  to  death, 
and  with  many  torments  his  irritable  spirit 
out  of  his  body  he  let  loose,  to  long-enduring  punishments. 
Jonathan  dwelt  in  worship  then  a  long  while,  728 

and  kings  honoured  him  with  words  and  gifts, 
and  he  obtained  victory  in  many  battles, 
and  ever  was  contending  concerning  God's  will, 
and  eke  gave  up  his  life  for  his  people's  defence.  732 

Simon  then  afterwards  prudently  protected  [1  Macc.  xiii.  8] 

717.  C.  Jjeode.  726.  C.  myclu*». 

7t8.  D.  om.  ealle.  727.  C.  lichoman. 

719.  D.  werede.    C.  managa.  728.  D.  wunodo.     C.  wyrSmynte. 

720.  C.  wiS  Sa  ;  feoht.  729.  U.  cyningas.    C.  wurftedon. 

721.  A.   has    manna   above,    after  731.  C.  ymbe. 
Jrasend  ;  but  C.  D.  U.  omit  it.  732.  C.  leoda  waere. 

724.  C.  paralisen.  733-  D.  snotorlice  geheolt. 

725.  C.  dum. 

8-2 


116  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

fone  iudeiscan  eard  setter  ionathan  his  brewer  . 

and  on  eallum  his  dagum  ne  derode  him  nan  man  . 

ac  wunodon  sefre  on  sibbe  on  symones  daege  .  736 

of)  pcet  he  on  ende  eac  wear<S  ofslagen 

swa  swa  his  gebrocSra  for  soSfaestum  biggencgum  . 

and  for  heora  leoda  ware  .  ac  hi  lybbacS  on  ecnysse 

mid  ]mm  heah-fsederum  for  heora  hylde  wicS  god  .  740 

Iohannes  wees  geciged  J^aes  symones  sunu  . 

se  wees  sefter  his  feeder  cSaes  folces  heretoga  . 

and  hi  hlysfullice  geheold  wi(S  ba  haecSenan  Seoda 

on  eallum  his  life  .  and  pcet  land  bewerode  .  744 


[XI.]  "We  habbacS  forleetan  for  J>ysre  langsuman  race  . 

an  wundorlic  <5incg  .  pe  we  willab  secgan  nu  . 

On  Sam  dagum  pe  hierusalem  and  eall  iudea-land 

wunode  on  sibbe  .  ]?a  wees  faer  sum  sacerd  7 48 

onias  gehaten  haliges  lifes  mann  . 

and  seleucus  cynincg  sende  fela  laca  . 

on  golde  .  and  on  seblfre  .  to  bam  godes  temple 

of  asian  lande  fees  easternan  rices  .  75a 

and  wide  of  middan-earde  man  wurSode  pcet  tempi . 

and  onias  se  arwurSa  wolde  mid  (Sam  lacum 

widewan  and  steop-bearn  bewerian  wiS  hunger  . 

pa  ferde  sum  leogore  and  belsewde  pcet  feoh  .  756 

ssede  J>am  ealdor-menn  appollonius  *  geciged  . 

pcet  pcet  feoh  mihte  becuman  "Sam  cyninge  to  handa  . 

and  se  ealdor-mann  sona  hit  ssede  fam  cyninge  , 

Hwset  fta  se  cynincg  sende  sona  senne  J?egen  760 

heliodorus  gehaten  to  Sam  halgan  temple  » 

734.  U.  broker.  743.  C.  Jjeode. 

735.  C.  derede.  744.  C.  om.  and.     C.  bewerede. 

736.  C.    wunoden;    D.   wunedon ;  745.  XI.   in   C.  ;   A.  D.   om. ;  U. 
U.  wonodon.  C.  D.  U.  life  (for  daege).  ins.  at  1.  741.  C.  U.  forlseten;  D.  for- 

737-  C.  aende.     D.  warS.  laeton.     D.  langsumum. 

738.  D.  biggengum;  U.  bigenguw.  746.  D.  U.  wunderlic  >ing.     C.  TJ. 

739.  C.  om.  and.     D.  -nesse.  wrftan ;  D.  awritan  (for  secgan). 
741.  C.  suna.  747.  C.  ealle ;  D.  eal. 

1  Leaf  149,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  117 

the  Jewish  country  after  Jonathan  his  brother, 

and  in  all  his  days  no  man  harmed  them, 

but  they  ever  dwelt  in  peace  in  Simon's  day,  736 

until  that  he  at  last  was  also  slain, 

even  as  his  brothers,  for  true  worship, 

and  for  their  people's  defence;    but  they  live  to  eternity 

with  the  patriarchs,  for  their  fidelity  towards  God.  740 

John  was  chosen,  the  son  of  Simon  [1  Mace.  xvi.  21], 

who  was,  after  his  father,  the  people's  leader, 

and  gloriously  protected  them  against  the  heathen  people 

throughout  all  his  life,  and  defended  the  land.  744 

§  XI.     2  Macc.  iii.  1-40. 

XI.  "We  have  passed  over,  because  of  this  long  narrative, 

a  wonderful  thing  that  we  will  say  now. 

In  the  days  when  Jerusalem,  and  all  the  land  of  Judsea 

dwelt  in  peace,  there  was  a  certain  priest,  740 

Onias  named,  a  man  of  holy  life. 

And  Seleucus  the  king  sent  many  offerings, 

in  gold  and  in  silver,  to  the  temple  of  God, 

from  the  land  of  Asia,  the  Eastern  kingdom,  752 

and  far  through  the  world  men  honoured  the  temple. 

And  Onias  the  venerable  would  with  the  offerings 

protect  against  hunger  widows  and  step-children  [orphans]. 

Then  came  a  certain  liar,  and  betrayed  the  treasure,  756 

said  to  the  governor,  called  Apollonius, 

that  the  treasure  might  come  to  the  hand  of  the  king; 

and  the  governor  soon  said  it  to  the  king. 

Thereupon  the  king  sent  soon  a  thane,  7°° 

Heliodorus  named,  to  the  holy  temple, 

749.  C.  onnias.    C.  halias.    C.  D.  756.  C.  D.  U.  leogere. 

U.  man.  757-  C.  D.  ealdor-men.    U.  gecly- 

750.  C.  D.  TJ.  cyning.     C.  ssende.       pod. 

C.  feala.  758-  TJ.  om.  to  handa. 

751.  U.  seolre.  759-  C  ealdor-man ;  D.  aldor:man. 

752.  C.  J>as.  U.  om.  this  line. 

753.  C.  for  (for  of).  76°-  TJ-  \Q  (for  se)-  C-  D  cyninS; 

754.  C.  onnias.     D.  lace.  U.  cyng. 


118  XXV.      PASSIO    MACHABEORUM. 

p cet  he  feccan  sceolde  pcet  feoh  mid  reaf-lace  . 

He  com  pa,  mid  werode  .  and  wolde  pcet  feoh  habban  . 

and  se  sacerd  onias  .  ssede  pcet  hit  wsere  764 

widewena  big-leofa .  and  wanhafolra  manna  . 

of  godra  manna  selmyssan  Sam  aelmihtigan  to  lofe  ♦ 

and  }?a  sacerdas  feollon  setforan  Jmm  weofode 

biddende  f>one  selmihtigan  god  pcet  he  gehulpe  his  (5eowum  .     768 

Heliodorus  (5a  gemynte  pa.  magmas  to  genimenne  . 

ac  J?ser  wear (5  gesewen  swutol  godes  wundor 

swa  pcet  his  geferan  feollon  geunmihte  . 

and  mid  fyrhte  fornumene  fogrlice  Jmrh  god  .  772, 

and  (5ser  com  ridende  sum  egeful  ridda  . 

and  him  mid  sicSedon  twsegen  scinende  englas 

mid  wundorlicre  wlite  swa  he  sylf  wses  geglenged  . 

and  pcet  heofonlice  hors  pe  se  heah-engel  on  sset  776 

wearp  sona  adune  f>one  dyrstigan  heliodorum  . 

and  pa  twegen  aenglas  hine  teartlice  beoton 

on  twa  healfe  him  standende  0(5  pcet  he  stille  la3g 

orwene  his  lifes  .  Se  "Se  ser  mid  gebeote  780 

and  mid  micclum  )?rymme  J?rang  into  (5am  temple  . 

He  Iseg  (5a  dumb  swa  0(5  (leap  beswungen  . 

and  his  frynd  bsedon  J>a  j?one  fore-ssedan  onian  . 

pcet  he  his  life  ge(5ingode  set  f>am  lifigendan  gode  784 

on  J>aere  frecednysse  pe  he  on  befeallen  wses  . 

Onias  pa  eode  and  offrode  him  lac 

fore  bam  aelmihtigan  gocle  on  J?a  ealdan  wisan  . 

and  baed  pcet  he  miltsode  J^aes  mannes  nytennysse  .  788 

and  j?a  englas  J?a  hwile  heliodorum  gespraecon  . 

1sa3don  pcet  he  sceolde  J)am  sacerde  onian 

762.  C.  scolde.  769.  U.  madmas  ;  genimene. 

763.  C.  weorode.  770.  D.    swutel.     C.  wuldor;    D. 

764.  U.  fte  {for  se).  wunder. 

765.  C.  widewsena;   U.  wydewan.  771.  D.  feollan. 
D.  wal-hafolra ;  manna  is  added  above           773.  U.  egefull. 

in  A.  774.  U.  siSodon.    C.  D.  U.  twegen. 

767.  C.  U.  feollan.  C.  senglas  ;  and  in  1.  778. 

768.  D.  biddenda. 

1  Leaf  150. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  119 

that  he  should  fetch  the  treasure  by  spoliation. 

He  came  then  with  a  host,  and  would  obtain  the  treasure ; 

and  the  priest  Onias  said  that  it  was  764 

the  livelihood  of  widows  and  of  needy  men, 

the  almsgivings  of  good  men,  to  the  praise  of  the  Almighty. 

And  the  priests  fell  before  the  altar 

praying  the  Almighty  God,  that  he  would  help  his  servants.        768 

Heliodorus  then  intended  to  take  the  treasures, 

but  there  was  seen  a  manifest  wonder  of  God, 

so  that  his  comrades  fell  down  without  strength, 

and  overcome  with  fright,  suddenly,  through  God's  power.      772 

And  there  came  riding  a  terrible  rider, 

and  with  him  journied  two  shining  angels, 

with  wonderful  appearance,  as  he  was  himself  adorned. 

And  the  heavenly  horse,  that  the  archangel  sat  on,  776 

soon  threw  down  the  venturous  Heliodorus, 

and  the  two  angels  tartly  [i.  e.  severely]  beat  him, 

standing  on  both  sides  of  him,  till  he  lay  still, 

without  hope  of  his  life;    he,  who  before,  with  threatening     780 

and  with  much  splendour,  pressed  into  the  temple. 

He  lay  then  dumb,,  as  beaten  unto  death, 

and  his  friends  then  prayed  the  aforesaid  Onias, 

that  he  would  intercede  for  his  life  with  the  living  God,       784 

in  the  danger  that  he  was  fallen  into. 

Onias  then  went,  and  offered  for  him  sacrifice, 

before  Almighty  God,  in  the  ancient  manner, 

and  prayed  that  He  would  compassionate  the  man's  folly.       788 

And  the  angels  meanwhile  addressed  Heliodorus, 

said  that  he  ought  the  priest  Onias 


775.  D.  U.  wunder-;  self.    U.  swa  782.  C.  D.  U.  place  swa  after  ]>&. 
swa.     C.  D.  geglsenged.  783.  C.  friond  ;  U.  freond. 

776.  C.  heah-aengel ;  D.  engel.  784.  C.  om.  life.    C.  lifiendan. 

777.  U.  adun.     U.  dyrstigun.     C.  785,  786.  C.  omits.     D.  -nesse. 
eliodorum  ;  and  in  1.  789,  &c.  787.  C.  omits  down  to  gode.  U.  ael- 

778.  U.  englas.  mihtig.     D.  ealden. 

779.  U.  healfa.  788.  C.  mildsode. 

780.  U.  tfe  (for  Se).  789.  C.  D.  seng'as.    D.  gespaecon. 

781.  C.  myclum.  790.  C.  heo  scoldon. 


120  XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEOEUM. 

mycclum  f  ancian  Ipcet  he  moste  lybban  . 

and  heton  hine  cytSan  on  his  cy(5(5e  set  ham  .  792 

godes  wun dor  on  him  .  and  wendon  fa  him  fram  . 

Heliodorus  fa  ge-edcucode  and  geoffrode  his  lac 

fam  almihtigan  gode  mid  incundre  heortan 

\>cet  he  cucu  beon  moste  .  and  f ancode  onian  .  796 

and  f  anon  ferde  swa  mid  ealre  his  fyrde  . 

and  fees  aelmihtigan  mihte  his  hlaforde  cydde  .  and  his  leodum  eallum 

swa  swa  he  sylf  geseah  .  and  hu  he  beswungen  wees  . 

Eft  "Sa  se  eynincg  axode  heliodorum  and  cwce(5  .  800 

Hwsene  mage  we  sendan  to  fain  foressedan  feo  . 

pa  cwckS  heliodorus  .  Gif  (5u  hsefst  genigne  feond  send  f  one  to 

fam  feo  . 
and  he  bi<5  wel  beswungen  .  o(5(5e  gewisslice  dead  . 
for^an  Se  se  selmihtiga  god  munda'S  fa  stowe  .  804 

and  fa  slihcS  and  gescynt  f e  f ser  scea(Sian  wilhVcS  . 
Oft  is  geswutelod  hu  god  gescylde  f  at  folc 
wi<5  heora  wif  er-sacan  gif  hi  wurSodon  hine  . 
and  swa  oft  swa  hi  gebugon  fram  his  biggengcum  ahwar  .     808 
f  onne  wurdon  hi  gescynde  .  and  swySe  gewitnode  . 
Sy  wuldor  and  lof  f  am  wel-willendan  gode  . 
a  on  ecnysse  we  cwefatS  .     Amen.  811 

Item  alia. 
QUI  SUNT  ORATORES,  LABORATORES,  BELLATORES. 

[Various  readings  are  from  C.  (  =  MS.  Corp.  Chr.  Coll.  198) ;  D.  (  =  MS.  C.  C.  C. 
303) ;  H.  (  =  C.  C.  C.  178) ;  U.  (  =  Camb.  Univ.  Library,  li.  1.  33.] 

~¥S  swa-Seah  to  witenne  \azt  on  fysre  worulde  812 

synd  freo  endebyrdnysse  on  annysse  gesette  . 
f  cet  synd  laboratores  .  oratores  .  bellatores  . 
laboratores  synd  fa  f e  urne  bigleafan  beswincatS  . 

791.  C.  myclum.  799.  D.  self. 

793.  U.  wunder.  800.  U.   Se   {for   se).      C.  D.  U. 

794.  C.  ge-edcucude.  cyning. 

796.  D.  cucode  (!).  U.  moste  beon.  801.  C.  Hwi  ne  magon  we  saendan. 

797.  C.  D.  U.  ealra.    D.  ferde.  D.  seendon  j  U.  senden. 

798.  U.  laforde. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES.  121 

greatly  to  thank,  that  he  might  (be  allowed  to)  live ; 

and  commanded     him  to  tell,  in  his  country  at  home,  792 

God's  miracle  upon  him ;    and  then  departed  from  him. 

Heliodorus  then  revived,  and  offered  his  sacrifice 

to  the  Almighty  God  with  his  inmost  heart, 

because  he  was  allowed  to  be  alive,  and  thanked  Onias,  796 

and  so  fared  thence  with  all  his  army, 

and  told  his  lord  and  all  his  people  the  Almighty's  might, 

as  he  himself  saw  (it),  and  how  he  was  switched. 

Again  the  king  asked  Heliodorus,  and  quoth,  800 

'  Whom  may  we  send  for  the  aforesaid  treasure  1 ' 

Then  quoth  Heliodorus,  'if  thou  hast  any  enemy,  send  him  for 

the  treasure, 
and  he  shall  be  well  switched,  or  certainly  dead, 
because  that  the  Almighty  God  protecteth  the  place,  804 

and  then  strikes  and  puts  to  shame  them  that  will  there  do  injury.' 
Oft  is  it  manifested  how  God  protected  the  people 
against  their  opponents,  if  they  worshipped  him; 
and  as  often  as  they  bent  aside  from  His  worship  in  any  wise,    808 
then  were  they  put  to  shame,  and  greatly  punished. 
Be  glory  and  praise  to  the  benevolent  God, 
ever  to  eternity;    we  will  say — Amen.  811 


BEADSMEN,  LABOURERS,  AND  SOLDIERS. 

It  is,  however,  to  wit,  that  in  this  world  812 

there  are  three  orders,  set  in  unity, 

these  are — labourers,  beadsmen,  soldiers. 

Labourers  are  they  who  obtain  with  toil  our  subsistence ; 

802.  C.  hseft.  C.  fynd.    C.  sen  (sic);  811.  C.  ecnesse  ;  U.  ecnyss.    D.  U. 
D.  saend.  cweSseS. 

803.  C.  gewistlice ;  D.  U.  gewislice.  812.  C.  prefixes  XII.    H.  Git  is  to 

804.  U.  $e  (for  se).  witanne.     C.  D.  U.  Jrissere.     C.  weo- 

805.  D.  U.   gescylt.     C.  scaSian  ;  rulde ;  U.  worolde. 

U.  sceaftigan.  813.  D.  U.  H.  endebyrdnyssa ;   C. 


807.  U.  heore.  C.  D.  U.  wiSerwin- 
nan.     C.  wurSedon.  815.  C.  om.  laboratores.     U.  ure. 

808.  D.  biggsengum ;  U.  bigenguw.       C.  D.  U.  H.  bigleofan. 


122       XXV.       PASSIO    MACHABEORUM    (ORATOllES,    ETC.). 

orator es  synd  )?a  t$e  us  to  gode  geSingiaft  .  816 

bellatores  synd  ba  <5e  ure  burga  healdaS  . 

and  urne  eard  be-weriat$  wiS  onwinnendne  here  . 

Nu  swine's  se  yrSlincg  embe  urne  bigleofan  . 

and  se  woruld-cempa  sceall  win1  nan  wiS  ure  fynd  820 

and  se  godes  beowa  sceall  symle  for  us  gebiddan  . 

and  feohtan  gastlice  .  wi(5  ba  ungesewenlican  fynd  . 

Is  nu  for-J>y  mare  J>8era  muneca  gewinn 

wi<5  p&  ungesewenlican  deofla  pe  syrwiaft  embe  us  .  824 

Jxmne  sy  J^aera  woruld-manna  pe  winnaS  wib  "Sa  flsesclican  . 

and  wi(S  J?a  gesewenlican  [gesevvenlice]  feohtaS  . 

Nu  ne  sceolon  )?a  woruld-cempan  to  J>am  woruld-licum  gefeohte 

fa  godes  j?eowan  neadian  fram  bam  gastlican  gewinne  .  828 

forcSan  pe  him  fremaS  swicSor  pcet  ba  ungesewenlican  fynd 

beon  ofer-swyt5de  bonne  $a  gesewenlican  . 

and  hit  biS  swy(5e  derigendlic  Ipcet  hi  drihtnes  J>eowdom  forlsetan  . 

and  to  woruld-gewinne  bugan  .  pe  him  naht  to  ne  gebyriacS  .      832 

Iulianus  se  wicSersaca  and  se  wselhreowa  casere 
wolde  neadian  preostas  to  woruldlicum  gecampe  . 
and   eac   pa   halgan   munecas  .  and   het  hi    on    cwearterne    ge- 

bringan  . 
pa  wearS  appollonius  se  egiptisc[a]  abbod  836 

on  ]?am  cwearterne  belocen  .  mid  his  geleaflullum  gebroSrum  . 
ac  godes  engel  him  com  to  to  bam  cwearterne  nihtes  . 
mid  heofonlicum  leohte  .  and  un-lasc  poet  cweartern  . 
Eac  se  hundredes  ealdor  pe  hi  J?ser-inne  beleac  840 

com  on  serne  mergen  mid  mycclum  brymme  . 
and  ssede  pcet  his  hus  feolle  faerlice  mid  eorcS-styrunge 

816.  H.  J)ingiaS.  825.  C.  J>ara.    C.  weoruld-;  U.  wo- 

817.  H.  burhga.  rold-. 

818.  U.  onwinnende  ;  H.  winne(!).  826.  D.  H.  gesewenlice ;  C.  gesen- 

819.  C.  H.  yrSlinc  ;  D.  U.  yrSling.  lice ;  A.  U.  om. 

C.  ymbe.  827.  C.   sculon ;    H.   sculan.      U". 

820.  U.  Se  (for  se);  and  in  1.  821.  worold- ;  C.    -caempan.     C.  weoruld- 
C.  -csempa.    C.  D.  U.  H.  sceal.  licum  ;   U.  woroldlicuw  ;  D.  woruld- 

821.  C.  Jriowa.    C.  D.  U.  H.  sceal.  lican. 

823.  A.  for-J)y  {above  the  line);  D.  828.  C.  Jriowas  ;  U.  H.  ]>eowas.  U. 
U.H.for-J)i.  C.J>ara;U.j?8ere.  D.gewin.       neadigan.     H.  gastlicum. 

824.  C.  U.  H.  deoflu.    D.  ymbe  as.  829.  C.  ungesewenlicam  feond. 

1  Leaf  t  50,  back. 


XXV.       THE    MACCABEES    (BEADSMEN,    ETC.).  123 

Beadsmen  are  they  who  intercede  with  God  for  us  ;  816 

/"Soldiers  are  they  who  protect  our  towns, 

(   and  defend  our  soil  against  an  invading  army. 
Now  toils  the  field-labourer  for  our  subsistence, 
and  the  worldly  warrior  must  fight  against  our  enemies,         820 
and  the  servant  of  God  must  always  pray  for  us, 
and  fight  spiritually  against  invisible  enemies. 
Greater  therefore  is  now  the  struggle  of  the  monks 
against  the  invisible  devils  that  lay  snares  around  us,  824 


\ 


than   may   be   that   of  the   worldly   men   that   struggle   against 

fleshly  (foes), 
and  visibly  fight  against  the  visible  (enemies). 
Then  the  worldly  soldiers  ought  not  to  the  worldly  battle 
compel  the  servants  of  God,  away  from  the  spiritual  struggle  ;    828 
because  it  will  profit  them  more  that  the  invisible  enemies 
may  be  overcome  than  the  visible  ones ; 

and  it  will  be  very  harmful  that  they  leave  their  service  of  the  Lord, 
and   incline   to    the  worldly  struggle,  that   in   no  way  concerns 

them.  832 

Julian,  the  Apostate  and  the  cruel  Caesar, 
would  compel  priests  to  worldly  strife, 

and  eke  the  holy  monks,  and  commanded  to  bring  them  to  prison. 
Then  was  Apollonius,  the  Egyptian  abbot,  836 

locked  in  the  prison  with  his  believing  brethren. 
But  God's  angel  came  to  him,  to  the  prison,  by  night 
with  a  heavenly  light,  and  unlocked  the  prison. 
Moreover  the  centurion  that  locked  them  therein  840 

came  early  in  the  morning  with  a  great  multitude, 
and  said  that  his  house  fell  suddenly  with  an  earthquake, 

830.  D.  oferswiJ>ede.  837.  U.  cwearternse  ;  geleaffullan. 

831.  C.  Jnowdow.  C.D.TJ.forlaeton.  838.  C.   aengel.      U.   om.   to    >am 

832.  C.  weoruld-  ;  U.  worold-.    C.       cwearterne. 

btigon ;  D.  U.  bugon.  D.  ne  (for  \>e).  839.  C.  heofonlican.     C.  D.  U.  H. 

C.  D.  IT.  H.  gebyraft.  unleac. 

834.  U.  neadigan.    U.  worold-.    C.  840.  U.  Se(/or  se).  D.  hundredas; 
gewaepne  (for  gecainpe).  H.  hundres  (!).     D.  beleac. 

835.  H.  belucan  (for  gebringan\  841.  C.  H.  merigen ;    D.  merien  j 

836.  U.    Se   (for  se).     C.   D.    U.       TJ.  morgen.     C.  myclum. 
gyptisca ;  A",  egiptisc.     C.  abbud. 


124       XXVI.      NATALE    SANCTI   OSWALDI    REGIS    ET    MARTYRIS. 

swa  poet  his  leofestan  menn  .  f  ser  lagon  ofhrorene  . 

and  he  bsed  fa  halgan  fa  f cet  hi  f  anon  ferdon  .  844 

And  hi  (Sa  mid  lof-sangum  sif  edon  eft  to  f  am  westene  . 

Godes  f  eowas  sceolon  unscsetScSignysse  healdan  . 

swa  swa  crist  astealde  f  urh  hine  sylfne  fa  bysne  , 

fa  fa  he  het  petrum  behydan  his  swurd  .  848 

and  gehselde  f  urh  his  mihte  1  f  ses  mannes  eare 

f  e  petrus  of  asloh  .  and  geswutelode  his  godnysse  . 

Nu  se  munuc  f  e  bihcS  to  benedictes  regole  . 

and  forlset  ealle  woruld-omgc  .  hwi  wile  he  eft  gecyrran         852 

to  woruldlicum  wsepnum  .  and  awurpan  his  gewinn  . 

wi(S  fa  ungesewenlican  fynd  his  scyppende  to  teonan  . 

Se  godes  f  eowa  ne  mseg  mid  woruld-mannum  feohtan  . 

gif  he  on  f am  gastlican  gefeohte  .  forS-gang  habban  sceall  .  856 

Nses  nan  halig  godes  f  eowa  sefter  f  ses  hselendes  f  rowunga  . 

f  e  sefre  on  gefeohte  his  handa  wolde  afylan  . 

ac  hi  for-bseron  ehtnysse  arleasra  cwellera  . 

and  heora  lif  sealdon  mid  unscteff  ignysse  .  86o 

for  godes  geleafan  .  and  hi  mid  gode  nu  lybbatS  . 

forcSan  f  e  hi  furj> on  noldon  .  senne  fugel  acwellan  . 

843.  D.  U.  H.  leofostan.  C.  D.  men.  848.  H.  om.  he.     D.  behydum  (!). 

844.  D.  }>a  ]>a  halgan.  C.  hio  Sonon.  849.  C.  e"are  ;  D.  earae. 

845.  H.  siSodan  ;  om.  eft.    C.  'Son.  850.  C.  of  sloh.     C.  geswutulode ; 

846.  D.  unsce)»3ignesse  healdon.  H.  -olade.  C.  godcundnysse ;  D.  god- 

847.  C.  om.  £a. 


XXYI. 

Non.  Ag.  NATALE  SANCT1  OSWALDI  REGIS  ET 
MARTYRIS. 

[Various  readings  are  from  U.  (  =  Camb.  Univ.  Library,  Ii.  I.  33.     In 
11.  155-236,  V.  =  Vitell.  D.  17,  fol.  10.] 

7[71  FTEB   ©AN   DE    AUGUSTINUS    TO    ENGLA    LANDE    BE-COm  . 

*J-^     wees  sum  secSele  cyning  Oswold  gehaten 
on  norShymbra  lande  gelyfed  swyf  e  on  god  . 

Title.  U.  Passio  (for  Natale).    N.B.— A.  refers  to  MS.  Jul.  E.  7. 

1.  J»am;  Augustfnus.  2.  U.  om.  sej^ele ;  kyning  Oswald. 

1  Leaf  151. 


XXVI.       ST.    OSWALD,    KING    AND    MARTYR.  125 

so  that  his  dearest  men  lay  there  fallen  down, 

and  they  prayed  the  saints  then  that  they  would  go  thence.     844 

And  they  then  with  hymns  journied  again  to  the  wilderness. 

God's  servants  ought  to  preserve  (their)  harmlessness, 

even  as  Christ  set  the  example  through  Himself, 

when  he  commanded  Peter  to  hide  his  sword,  848 

and  healed  by  his  might  the  man's  ear 

that  Peter  cut  off,  and  manifested  his  goodness. 

Now  the  monk  that  submits  to  Benedict's  rule, 

and  leaves  all  worldly  things,  why  will  he  again  return         85  a 

to  worldly  weapons,  and  cast  aside  his  struggle 

against  the  invisible  enemies,  to  vex  his  Creator? 

The  servant  of  God  may  not  fight  along  with  worldly  men 

if  he  is  to  have  success  in  the  spiritual  combat.  856 

There  was  no  holy  servant  of  God  after  the  Saviour's  passion, 

that  would  ever  defile  his  hands  with  fighting, 

but  they  bore  the  persecution  of  impious  tormentors, 

and  gave  up  their  lives  with  harmlessness  860 

for  God's  belief,  and  they  now  live  with  God, 

because  they  would  not  even  put  to  death  a  bird. 

851.  U.  Se  {for  se).    C.  mununc ;       C.  scsel ;  D.  U.  H.  sceal. 

H.  secge  we  {for  munuc).     C.  biS;  857.  C.  D.  U.  H.  )>rowunge. 

D.  buh$  ;  U.  H.  byh'S.  C.  benedictus.  858.  C.  hand. 

852.  C.  B.  U.  H.  ])ing.     U.  om.  859.  C.  U.  forbaeran.    D.  ehtnesse. 
woruld.     U.  weole.  H.  eallra  {for  arleasra). 

853.  U.  worold-.     D.  ge-win.  860.  D.  unsceJ)J>inesse. 

854.  D.  om.  ]>a.    C.  sceppendes.  862.  H.  ins.  forbaeron  and  after  hi. 
856.  C.  U.  gastlicum.    D.  gefeohta.       D.  aene.   U.  H.  fugol. 

XXVI. 

AUGUST  5.    ST.  OSWALD,   KING  AND  MARTYR. 

<""X.  [See  Beda,  Hist.  Eccl.  iii.  1-13.] 

After  Augustine  came  to  England 
there  was  a  noble  king  called  Oswald 

in  the  land  of  the  Northumbrians,  who  believed  greatly  in  God. 
3.  norShumbra. 


126       XXVI.      NATALE    SANCTI    OSWALDI   REGIS    ET   MARTY R1S. 

se  ferde  on  his  iugofte  fram  freondura  and  magum  4 

to  scot-lande  on  see  .  and  pser  sona  wearS  gefullod 

and  his  geferan  samod  pe  mid  him  sibedon  . 

Betwux  bam  wearcS  ofslagen  eadwine  his  earn 

norShymbra  cyifincg  on  crist  ge-lyfed  .  8 

fram  brytta  cyninge  ceadwalla  geciged  . 

and  twegen  his  seftergengan  binnan  twam  gearum  . 

and  se  ceadwalla  sloh  and  to  sceame  tucode 

J?a  norcShymbran  leode  setter  heora  hlafordes  fylle  .  12 

of>  pcet  oswold  se  eadiga  his  yfelnysse  adwsescte  . 

Oswold  him  com  to  .  and  him  cenlice  wicSfeaht 

mid  lytlum  werode  .  ac  his  geleafa  hine  getrymde  . 

and  crist  him  gefylste  to  his  feonda  siege  ,  16 

Oswold  J?a  araerde  ane  rode  sona 

gode  to  wurcSmynte  ser  )?an  pe  he  to  tSam  gewinne  come . 

and  clypode  1  to  his  geferum  .  Uton  feallan  to  cSsere  rode  . 

and  J^one  selmihtigan  biddan  pcet  he  us  ahredde  20 

witS  f>one  modigan  feond  pe  us  afyllan  wile  . 

god  sylf  wat  geare  Ipcet  we  winnatS  rihtlice 

wiS  )?ysne  ret5an  cyning  .  to  ahredenne  ure  leode  . 

Hi  feollon  pa  ealle  mid  oswolde  on  gebedum  .  24 

and  sy])J>an  on  o(5erne  mergen  eodon  to  J>am  gefeohte  . 

and  gewunnon  peer  sige  swa  swa  se  wealdend  heom  u5e  . 

for  oswoldes  geleafan  .  and  aledon  heora  fynd 

)?one  modigan  cedwallan  .  mid  his  micclan  werode  .  28 

pe  wende  Ipcet  him  ne  mihte  nan  werod  wiftstandan  . 

Seo  ylce  rod  siftSan  pe  oswold  psev  arserde 

on  wurftmynte  J>ser  stod  .  and  wurdon  fela  gehselde 

untrumra  manna  and  eac  swilce  nytena  32 

}?urh  (5a  ylcan  rode  swa  swa  us  rehte  beda  . 

Sum  man  feoll  on  ise  pcet  his  earm  tobserst  . 

\  r 

5.  A.  fullod,  alt.  to  gefullod;  U.  ceadwalla;  IT.  geMten  (for  geciged). 
gefullod.  11.  A.  cedwalla,  alt.  to  ceadwalla. 

6.  siSodon.  12.  norbhumbren  ;  hlaforda. 

7.  J)isum  (for  ]>SLm) ;  earn.  13.  Oswald  (here  and  elsewhere). 

8.  norShumbra  king.  14.  kenlice. 

9.  kynfnge ;    A.  cedwalla,   alt.  to 

1  Leaf  151,  back. 


XXVI.       ST.    OSWALD,    KING    AND    MARTYR.  127 

He  went  in  his  youth  from  his  Mends  and  kindred  4 

to  Scotland  by  sea*,  and  there  was  forthwith  baptised, 

together  with  his  companions  who  had  travelled  with  him. 

About  that  time  Edwin  his  unple, 

king  of  the  Northumbrians,  who  believed  in  Christ,  8 

was  slain  by  the  British  king  named  Cadwalla, 

and  [also]  two  of  his  successors  within,  two  years  ; 

and  this  Cadwalla  slew  and  shamefully  ill-treated 

the  Northumbrian  people  after  -their  lord's  fall,  12 

until  Oswald  the  blessed  extinguished  his  wickedness. 

Oswald  came  to  him  and  fought  bololy  against  him 

with  a  little  army,  but  his  faith  strengthened  him, 

and  Christ  helped  him  to  the  slaughter  of  his  enemies. 16 

Then  Oswald  raised  a  cross  quickly1 
to  the  honour  of  God  before  he  came  to  battle, 
and  cried  to  his  companions,  J  Let  us  fall  down  before  the  cross, 
and  pray  the  Almighty  that  He  will  save  us  20 

against  the  proud  enemy  who  desires  .to  kill  us. 
God  Himself  knoweth  well  that  we  fight  justly 
against  this  cruel  king,  to  deliver  our  people.' 
Then  they  all  fell  down  in,prayer  with  Oswald,  24 

and  afterward  on  the  next  morning  went  to  the  fight, 
and  there  won  the  victory,  events  the  almighty  ruler  granted  .them 
for  Oswald's  faith,  and  subdued  their  enemies, 
the  proud  Cadwalla,  with  his  great  host,  28 

who  thought  that  no  army  could  withstand  him. 
^  The  same  cross  which  Oswald  had  there  erected, 
afterward  stood  there  for  worship.    And  many  infirm  men 
were  healed,  and  also  cattle  32 

through  the  same  cross,  as  Beda  hath  related  to  us. 
A  certain  man  fell  on  ice  and  broke  his  arm, 

15.  getrymede.  26.  A.  eall  above  the  line,  before 

16.  feonde.  wealdend.    A.  him,  alt.  to  heom  ;  U. 

23.  kyning ;  ahreddenne.  him.  U.  geu'Se. 

24.  A.  has  cyninge   added   above  31.  £er ;  gehselede. 
the  line,  after  oswolde.  33.  rodse. 

25.  seme  {for  ofterne)  ;  morgen.  34.  feol. 

1  Beda,  Hist.  \Eccl.  iii.  2. 


128       XXVI.     NATALE    SANCTI    OSWALDI    REGIS    ET   MARTYRIS. 

and  ]&g  f»a  on  bedde  gebrocod  forSearle 

otS  pcBt  man  him  fette  of  (Ssere  foressedan  rode  36 

surane  dsel  baes  meo&es  f>e  heo  mid  beweaxen  waBS  . 

and  se  adliga  sona  on  slsepe  wearS  gehseled 

on  (Ssere  ylcan  nihte  J>urh  oswoldes  geearnungum  . 

Seo  stow  is  gehaten  heofon-feld  on  englisc  .  40 

wi5  J?one  langan  weall  f>e  f>a  romaniscan  worlitan 

})8er  J)ser  oswold  oferwann  f>one  waelhreowan  cynincg  . 

and  J>ser  wearS  sibban  arsered  swi(5e  msere  cyrce 

gode  to  wurcSmynte  he  w^atS  &  on  ecnysse  .  44 

Hwset  <5a  oswold  ongann  .  embe  godes  willan  to  smeagenne  . 

sona  swa  he  rices  geweold  .  and  wolde  gebigan 

his  leoda  to  geleafan  .  and  to  bam  lifigendan  gode  . 

sende  <?a  to  scotlande  .  baer  se  geleafa  wees  (5a  .  48 

and  bsed  (5a  heofodmenn  ]>cet  hi  his  benum  getibodon  . 

and  him  sumne  lareow  sendon  be  his  leoda  mihte 

to  gode  geweman  .  and  wearS  bees  getibod  . 

Hi  sendon  ba  1sona  bam  gesseligan-  cyninge  52 

sumne  arwurcSne  bisceop  aidan  gehaten  . 

se  wses  maeres  lifes  man  on  munuclicre  drohtnunge  . 

and  htkealle  woruld-cara  awearp  fram  his  heortan 

nanes  binges  wilnigeiide  butan  godes  willan  .  56 

Swa  hwaet  swa  him  becom  of  baes  cyninges  gifum  . 

oSSe  ricra  manna  Ipcet  he  hra&e  da?lde  . 

bearfum  .  and  weedlum  .  mid  wellwillendum  mode  . 

Hwaat  "5a  oswold  cyning  his  cymes  fsegnode  .  60 

and  hine  arwurtSlice  underfeng  .  his  folce  to  tSearfe  . 

pest  heora  geleafa  wurde  awend  eft  to  gode 

fram  bam  wiberssece  be  hi  to  gewende  weeron  . 

Hit  gelamp  ba  swa  \>cet  se  geleaffulla  cyning  64 

gerehte  his  witan  on  heora  agenum  gereorde 

baes  bisceopes  bodunge  mid  blibuin  mode  . 

35.  bedda.  42.  kyning. 

37.  U.  om.  \>sea.  44.  wyrSmynte. 

39.  A.  geearnunga(?),  alt.  to -grim;  45.  ongan. 

TJ.  ge-earnunga.  46.  gebiggan. 

41.  worhton.  47.  leode. 

1  Leaf  152. 


/ 


XXVI.      ST.    OSWALD,    KING   AND   MARTYR.  129 

and  lay  In  bed  very  severely  afflicted, 

until  some  one  fetched  to  him,  from  the  aforesaid  cross,  36 

some  part  of  the  moss  with  which  it  was  overgrown, 

and  the  sick  [man]  was  forthwith  healed  in-  sleep 

in  the  same  night,  through  Oswald's  merits. 

The  place  is  called  Heavenfield  in  English,  40 

near  the  long  wall  which  "the  Eomans  built, 

where  Oswald  overcame  the  cruel  king. 

And  afterward  there  was  reared  a  very  famous  cliurch         7     K^A   OL 

to  the  honour  of  God  who  liveth  torffilr    j  44 J 

Well  then !  Oswald  began  to  enquire  concerning  the  will  of  God * 
as  soon  as  he  obtained  sovereignty,  and  desired  to  convert 
his  people  to  the  faith  and  to  the  living  God. 
Then  he  sent  to  Scotland  where  the  faith  was  then,  48 

and  prayed  the  chief  men  that  they  would  grant  his  requests, 
and  send  him  some  teacher  who  might  allure 

his  people  to  God,  and  this  was  granted  him.         

Then  they  sent  straightway  to  the  blessed  king  52 

a  certain  venerable  bishop,  named  Aidan. 

He  was  a  very  famous  man  in  the  monastic  way  of  life, 

and  he  had  cast  away  all  worldly  cares  from  his  heart, 

desiring  nothing  but  God's  will.  56 

"Whatever  came  to  him  of  the  king's  gifts, 

or  [of  those]  of  rich  men,  that  he  quickly  distributed 

to  the  poor  and  needy  with  benevolent  mind^ 

Lo  then!    Oswald  the  king  rejoiced  at  his  coming,  60 

and  honourably  received  him  as  a  benefit  to  his  people, 

that  their  faith  might  be  turned  again  to  God 

from  the  apostasy  to  which  they  had  been  turned. 

It  befell  then  that  this  believing  king  64 

explained  to  his  counsellors  in  their  own  language 

the  bishop's  preaching  with  glad  mind, 

48.  sceotlande  ;  '8a  wses.  52.  U.  om.  gesseligan  ;  kyninge. 

49.  bed ;  getiSodan.  55.  worold-care. 

50.  leode.  58.  riccra. 

51.  geweinan  ;  and  hi  in  wearft.  65.  wituw. 

1  Beda,  Hist.  Eccl.  iii.  3. 

9 


130       XXVI.      NATALE   SANCTI   OSWALDI   REGIS   ET   MARTYRIS. 

and  wses  his  wealhstod  for-fan  J?e  he  wel  culpe  scyttysc  . 

and  se  bisceop  aidan  ne  mihte  gebigan  his  sprsece  68 

to  norShymbriscum  gereorde  swa  hra]?e  J?a  git  . 

Se  biscop  J>a  ferde  bodigende 

geond  eall  nortmymbra  lande  geleafan  .  and  fulluht  . 

and  \>&  leode  gebigde  to  godes  geleafan  .  72 

and  him  wel  gebysnode  mid  weorcum  symle  . 

and  sylf  swa  leofode  swa  swa  he  lserde  oc5re  . 

He  lufode  forhsefednysse  .  and  halige  rgedinge  . 

and  lunge  men  teah  georne  mid  lare  .  76 

swa  \><zt  ealle  his  geferan  J>e  him  mid  eodon 

sceoldon  sealmas  leornian  .  o&Se  sume  rsedinge  . 

swa  hwider  swa  hi  ferdon  .  J>am  folce  bodigende  . 

Seldon  he  wolde  ridan  .  ac  siSode  on  his  fotum  .  80 

and  munuclice  leofode  betwux  Sam  lsewedum  folce  . 

mid  mycelre  gesceadwisnysse  .  and  sop>um  msegnum  . 

pa  wearS  se  cynincg  oswold  swi(5e  selmes-georn  . 

and  eadmod  on  feawum  .  and  on  eallum  Jungum  cystig  .         84 

and  1  man  ahra3rde  cyrcan  on  his  rice  geond  eall  . 

and  mynsterlice  gesetnyssa  mid  micelre  geornfulnysse  .  _ 

Hit  gelamp  on  sumne  seel  \cet  hi  sseton  setgaedere  . 

oswold  .  and  aidan  .  on  J?am  halgan  easterdsege  .  88 

]?a  baer  man  bam  cyninge  cynelice  J^enunga 

on  anum  sylfrenan  disce  and  sona  }>a  inn  eode 

an  J3ges  cyninges  J>egna  f>e  his  aelmyssan  bewiste  . 

and  saede  \>cet  fela  fearfan  saatan  geond  f>a  street  .  92 

gehwanon  cumene  to  J?ses  cyninges  selmyssan  . 

pa  sende  se  cyning  sona  }mm  f>earfum 

J>one  sylfrenan  disc  mid  sande  mid  ealle  . 

and  het  toceorfan  f>one  disc  .  and  syllan  }>am  fearfum  96 

heora  selcum  his  dsel  .  and  man  dyde  tSa  swa  . 

pa  genam  aidanus  se  setSela  bisceop 

68.  gebiggan.  74.  oorum.  (sic)  leornigan  ;  raedinge. 

69.  ra$e.  75.  redinge.  81.  lifode ;  laewedan. 

70.  bisceop.  76.  menn.  83.  cyning ;   swffte. 

71.  norShumbra.  78.  sceoldan  spealmas        84.  kystig. 

1  Leaf  152,  back. 


XXVI.      ST.    OSWALD,    KING   AND    MARTYR.  131 

and  was  his  interpreter,  because  he  knew  Irish  well, 

and  bishop  Aidan  could  not  as  yet  turn  his  speech  68 

into  the  Northumbrian  dialect  quickly  enough. 

The  bishop  then  went  preaching1 

faith  and  baptism  throughout  all  Northumbria, 

and  converted  the  people  to  God's  faith,  72 

and  he  ever  set  them  a  good  example  by  [his]  works, 

and  himself  so  lived  as  he  taught  others. 

He  loved  self-restraint  and  holy  reading, 

and  zealously  drew  on  young  men  with  knowledge,  76 

so  that  all  his  companions,  who  went  with  him, 

had  to  learn  the  Psalms  or  some  reading, 

whithersoever  they  went,  preaching  to  the  people. 

He  would  seldom  ride,  but  travelled  on  his  feet,  80 

and  lived  as  a  monk  among  the  laity 

with  much  discretion  and  true  virtues. 

King  Oswald  became  very  charitable2 

and  humble  in  mamlers,  and  in  all  things  bountiful,  84 

and  they  reared  churches  everywhere  in  his  kingdom, 

and  monastic  foundations  with  great  zeal.  \  K 

It  happened  upon  a  certain  occasion  that  they  sat  together, 
Oswald  and  Aidan,  on  the  holy  Easter  Day;  88 

then  they  bare  to  the  king  the  royal  meats 
on  a  silver  dish.     And  anon  there  came  in 
one  of  the  king's  thegns  who  had  charge  of  his  alms, 
and  said  that  many  poor  men  were  sitting  in  the  street,        92 
come  from  all  quarters  to  the  king's  alms-giving. 
Then  the  king  immediately  sent  to  the  poor 
the  silver  dish,  victuals  and  all, 

and  bade  men  cut  the  dish  in  pieces  and  give  it  to  the  poor,  96 
to  each  of  them  his  portion,  and  they  then  did  so. 
Then  the  noble  bishop  Aidan 

85.  arserde  Sa  cyrcan  ;  rfce.  92.  saedae ;  saeton. 

86.  A.  gesetnysse,a££.  £o-sa;U.-se.  93.  kfnges  aelmyssen. 

87.  togaedere.  94.  $e  king. 

90.  seolfrenan;  in  4ode.  95.  seolfrenan;  sandww. 

91.  }?es.  98.  fSe  (for  se). 

1  Beda,  Hist.  Eccl.  iii.  5.  2  Id.  iii.  6. 

9-2 


132       XXVI.      NATALE    SANCTI    OSWALDI    REGIS    ET   MARTYRIS. 

f>ses  cyninges  swypran  hand  mid  swicSlicre  blysse  . 

and  clypode  mid  geleafan  pus  cwa?(5ende  him  to  .  ioo 

Ne  forrotige  on  brosnunge  peos  gebletsode  swycSre  hand 

and  him  eac  swa  geeode  .  swa  swa  aidanus  him  bsed  . 

\cct  his  swicSre  hand  is  gesundful  oft  pis  . 

Oswoldes  cynerice  wearS  gerymed  pa  swyfte  .  104 

swa  ]>cst  feower  peoda  hine  underfengon  to  hlaforde  . 

peohtas  .  and  bryttas  .  Scottas  and  angle  . 

swa  swa  se  eelmihtiga  god  hi  geanloehte  to  'Sam  . 

for  oswoldes  geearnungum  pe  hine  sefre  wurcSode  .  108 

He  fulworhte  on  eferwic  \><zt  aanlice  mynster 

pe  his  mseg  eadwine  ser  begunnon  hsefde  . 

and  he  swanc  for  heofonan  rice  mid  singalum  gebedum  . 

swipor  ponne  he  hogode  hu  he  geheolde  on  worulde  112 

pa  hwilwendlican  gepincSu  .  pe  he  hwonlice  lufode  . 

He  wolde  sefter  uhtsange  oftost  hine  gebiddan  . 

and  on  cyrcan  standan  on  syndrigum  gebedum 

of  sunnan  upgange  mid  swycSlicre  onbryrdnysse  .  116 

and  swa1  hwser  swa  he  woes  he  wurSode  sefre  god  . 

up-awendum  handbredum  wip  pass  heofones  weard  . 

On  pam  ylcan  timan  com  eac  sum  bisceop 

fram  rome  byrig  birinus  gehaten  .  120 

to  westsexena  kyninge  cynegyls  gehaten  . 

se  wses  "5a  git  hasten  and  eall  westsexena  land  . 

Birinus  witodlice  gewende  fram  rome 

be  t5aes  papan  raade  pe  fta  on  rome  waes  .  124 

and  behet  \>cet  he  wolde  godes  willan  gefremman  . 

and  bodian  pam  hsepenum  pass  hselendes  naman  . 

and  pone  socSan  geleafan  on  fyrlenum  landum  . 

pa  becom  he  to  westseaxan  pe  wses  Sa  gyt  hsepen  ,  128 

and  gebigde  pone  cynincg  kynegyls  to  gode  . 

99.  cycges.  103.  gesund. 

100.  cweSende.  104.  getrymed. 

101.  U.  naefre,  added  above  bros-  106.  scedttas. 
nunge.    }>ys  gebletsoda ;  om,  swySre ;  no.  begunnen. 
A.  adds  hand  above  the  line.  in,  heofona. 

1  leaf  153. 


XXVI.       ST.    OSWALD,    KING    AND    MARTYR.  133 

took  the  king's  right  hand  with  much  joy, 

and  cried  out  with  faith,  thus  saying  to  him  ;  ioo 

'May  this  blessed  right  hand  never  rot  in  corruption.' 

And  it  happened  to  him,  even  as  Aidan  prayed  for  him, 

that  his  right  hand  is  sound  until  this  day. 
jThen  Oswald's  kingdom  became  greatly  enlarged,  ~  104 

so  that  four  peoples  received  him  as  lord, 

Picts,  Britons,  Scots,  and  Angles, 
.   even  as  the  Almighty  God  united  them  for  the  purpose, 

because  of  Oswald's  merits,  who  ever  honoured  Him.  108 

He  completed  in  York  the  noble  minster 

which  his  kinsman  Edwin  had  before  begun, 

and  laboured  for  the  heavenly  kingdom  with  continual  prayers, 

much  more  than  he  cared  how  he  might  preserve  112 

the  transitory  dignities  in  the  world,  which  he  little  loved. 

He  would  very  often  pray  after  matins, 

and  stand  in  the  church  apart  in  prayer 

from  the  time  of  sun-rise  with  great  fervour;  116 

and  wheresoever  he  was  he  ever  worshipped  God 

with  the  palms  of  his  hands  uplifted  heavenward. 
At  that  same  time  also  a  certain  bishop  * 

came  from  the  city  of  Rome,  called  Birinus,  120 

to  the  king  of  the  West  Saxons,  called  Cynegils, 

who  was  yet  a  heathen,  as  was  all  the  land  of  the  "West  Saxons. 

Birinus  indeed  came  from  Borne 

by  desire  of  the  Pope,  who  was  then  in  Rome,  124 

and  promised  that  he  would  execute  God's  will 

and  preach  td  the  heathen  the  Saviour's  name 

and  the  true  faith  in  far  lands. 

Then  he  came  to  Wessex,  which  was  as  yet  heathen,  128 

and  converted  to  God  the  king  Cynegils 

112.  heolde  ;  worolde.  123.  rome  byrig. 

113.  geftincSa ;  hwdnlice.  124.  papanw^oMecZHondrivs/.'iU. 
118.  A.  adds  J>ses  above  the  line;           128.  -sexan ;  haeSen. 

XJ.  om.  129.  cyning  ;  U.  adds  and  cwichel 

121.  -seaxena.  after  kynegils  {in  margin). 

122.  J»e  {for  se) ;  -sexa. 

1  Beda,  Hist.  Eccl.  iii.  7. 


134       XXVI.      NATALE    SANCTI    OSWALDI    REGIS    ET   MARTYRTS. 

and  ealle  his  leode  to  geleafan  mid  him  . 

Hit  gelamp  f>a  swa  pcet  se  geleaffulla  oswold 

norfthymbra  cyning  waBS  cumen  to  cynegylse  .  132 

and  hine  to  fulluhte  nam  .  fsegen  his  gecyrrednysse  . 

pa  geafon  ]?a  cynegas  .  cynegyls  and  oswold  . 

£>am  halgan  birine  him  to  bisceop-stole 

pa  burh  dorcanceaster  .  and  lie  J^ser-binnan  wunode  136 

godes  lof  arserende  .  and  geriht-lsecende 

pcet  folc  mid  lare  to  geleafan  to  langum  fyrste  . 

oft  pcet  he  gesa?lig  sif>ode  to  criste  . 

and  his  lie  wearf>  bebyrged  on  fteere  ylcan  byrig  .  140 

oft  pcet  hsedde  bisceop  eft  his  ban  ferode 

to  wintanceastre  .  and  mid  wurftmynte  gelogode 

binnan  ealdan  mynstre  .  peer  man  hine  wurftaft  gyt  . 

Hwset  J?a  oswold  cyning  his  cynedom  geheold  144 

hlisfullice  for  wonilde  and  mid  micclum  geleafan  . 

and  on  eallum  dasdum  his  drihten  arwurftode  . 

oft  pcet  he  ofslagen  wearft  for  his  folces  ware  . 

on  f»am  nigoftan  geare  pe  he  rices  geweold  .  148 

pa  pa  he  sylf  wses  on  ylde  eahta  and  £>rittig  geara  . 

Hit  ge wearft  swa  be  f>am  pcet  him  wann  on  penda 

myrcena  cyning  .  pe  set1  his  maeges  siege  ser 

ead wines  cyninges  ceadwallan  fylste  .  152 

and  se  penda  ne  cufte  be  ciiste  nan  f>incg  . 

and  eall  myrcena  folc  wses  ungefullod  J>a  git  . 

Hi  comon  J>a  to  gefeohte  to  maserfelda  begen  . 

and  fengon  to-goedere  oft  pcet  peer  feollon  }>a  cristenan  .  154 

and  jm  hseftenan  genealsehton  to  J>am  halgan  oswolde  . 

pa  geseah  he  genealecan  his  lifes  geendunge  . 

and  gebsed  for  his  folc  pe  p?ev  feallende  sweolt  . 

and  betsehte  heora  sawla  and  hine  sylfne  gode  .  160 

131.  om.  swa ;  $e  (for  se).  141.  haedda;  ferede. 

132.  kynegilse.  142.  wyrftmynte. 

133.  fagen.  144.  cyng. 

134.  geafan  ;  cyningas.  145.  worolde. 
136.  -ceastaer.  146.  arwyrSode. 
140.  bebyriged. 

1  Leaf  153,  back. 


XXVI.      ST.    OSWALD,    KING   AND   MARTYR.  135 

and  all  his  people  to  the  faith  with  him. 

Then  it  happened  that  the  faithful  Oswald, 

the  king  of  the  Northumbrians,  had  come  to  Cynegils,  132 

and  took  him  to  baptism,  fain  of  his  conversion. 

Then  the  kings,  Cynegils  and  Oswald, 

gave  to  the  holy  Birinus  the  city  of  Dorchester 

for  a  bishop's  see,  and  he  dwelt  therein,  136 

exalting  the  praise  of  God,  and  guiding 

the  people  in  the  fai^h  by  his  teaching  for  a  long"  time, 

until  he  happily  departed  to  Christ ; 

and  his  body  was  buried  in  the  same  city,  T40 

until  Bishop  Hedda  afterwards  carried  his  bones 

to  Winchester,  and  with  honour  deposited  them 

in  the  old  Minster,  where  men  honour  them  yet. 

Now  Oswald  the  king  held  his  kingdom1  144 

gloriously  as  for  the  world,  and  with  great  faith, 
and  in  all  his  deeds  honoured  his  Lord, 
until  he  was  slain  in  the  defence  of  his  people 
in  the  ninth  year  that  he  had  obtained  the  rule,  148 

when  he  himself  was  thirty-eight  years  old. 
It  happened  because  Penda,  king  of  the  Mercians, 
made  war  upon  him,  he  who  formerly  had  assisted 
Cad  walla  at  the  slaying  of  his  kinsman  king  Edwin  ;  152 

and  this  Penda  knew  nothing  of  Christ, 
and  all  the  Mercian  people  were  unbaptised  as  yet. 
They  came  both  to  battle  at  Maserfield, 

and  engaged  together  until  the  Christians  fell,  156 

and  the  heathen  approached  the  holy  Oswald. 
Then  he  saw  approach  his  life's  ending, 
and  he  prayed  for  his  people  who  died  falling, 
and  commended  their  souls  and  himself  to  God,       •  160 

148.  A.  weold,  alt.  to  geweold.  to  ceadwallan ;  U.  Cedwealla, 

149.  on  ylde  wees.    A.  geare,  alt.  to  153.  >fng. 

geara;  U.  geara.  154.  murcena;  unfullod. 

151.  kyning.  156.  genealsecan. 

152.  kyninges.    A.  cedwallan,  alt.  160.  sawle. 

1  Beda,  Hist.  Eccl.  iii.  9. 


/ 


136       XXVI.      NATALE    SANCTI    OSWALDI    UEGIS   ET   MAltTYRIS. 

and  fus  clypode  on  his  fylle  .  God  gemiltsa  urum  sawlum  . 

pa  het  se  haefena  cynincg  his  heafod  of-aslean  . 

and  his  swiftran  earm  .  and  settan  hi  to  myrcelse  . 

pa  sefter  oswoldes  siege  feng  cswig  his  broftor  164 

to  norfthymbra  rice  .  and  rad  mid  werode 

to  J>8er  his  broftor  heafod  stod  on  stacan  gefsestnod  . 

and  genam  Ipcet  heafod  .  and  his  swiSran  hand  . 

and  mid  arwurftnysse  ferode  to  lindisfarnea  cyrcan  .        »         168 

}?a  wearcS  gefylled  swa  we  her  foresaedon 

Ipcet  his  swi(5re  hand  wunacS  hal  mid  f>am  flaesce  . 

butan  selcere  brosnunge  swa  se  bisceop  gecwaeft  . 

Se  earm  wear]?  gel£d  arwunSlice  on  serine  172 

of  seolfre  asmif>od  .  on  sancte  petres  mynstre 

binnan  bebban-byrig  .  be  j^aere  sae  strande  . 

and  li(5  j?aer  swa  andsund  swa  he  of-aslagen  wees  . 

His  brocSor  dohtor  eft  siSftan  on  myrcan  wearS  cwen  .  176 

and  geaxode  his  ban  .  and  gebrohte  hi  to  lindes-ige 

to  bardan-ige  mynstre  .  Ipe  heo  micclum  lufode  . 

ac  f>a  mynstermenn  noldon  for  menniscum  gedwylde 

j?one  sanct  underfon  .  ac  man  sloh  an  geteld  180 

ofer  J>a  halgan  ban  binnan  J?aere  licreste  . 

Hwaet  ]?a  god  geswutelode  pcet  he  halig  sanct  waes  . 

swa  Ipcet  heofonlic  leoht  ofer  Ipcet  geteld  astreht 

stod  up  to  ^eofonum  swilce  healic  sunnbeam  184 

ofer  ealle  t5a  niht  .  and  }?a  leoda  beheoldon 

geond  ealle  fa  scire  swi(5e  wundrigende  . 

pa  wurdon  ]?a  mynster-men  micclum  afyrhte  . 

and  baedon  J^aes  on  mergen  Ipcet  hi  moston  J>one  sanct  188 

mid  arwurftnysse  underfdn  .  J^one  ]>e  hi  aer  forsocon  . 

fa  Swoh  man  fa  halgan  ban  and  bser  into  faere  cyrcan 

arwurc51ice  on  serine  .  and  gelogodon  hi  upp  . 

and  faer  wurdon  gehaelede  furh  his  halgan  geearnunge  192 

162.  IT.  cyng;  V.  cyning.  V.  ofslean.  cwseS,  alt.  to  geewseft. 

166.  V.  on  stacan  stod.  172.  geledd  arwyrSlice. 

168.  arwyrSnysse.  173.  cyrcan  (for  mynstre). 

171.  V.  biscop.     IT.  gecw«e8;    A.  175.  ansund ;   of-slagen. 

1  Leaf  154 


XXVI.      ST.    OSWALD,    KING   AND   MARTYR.  137 

and  thus  cried  in  his  fall,  '  God,  have  mercy  on  our  souls.' 
Then  the  heathen  king  commanded  to  strike  off  his  head 
and  his  right  arm,  and  to  set  them  up  as  a  mark  [trophy]. 

|   Then  after  the  slaying  of  Oswald  his  brother  Oswy  164 

succeeded  to  the  kingdom  of  Northumbria,  and  rode  with  an  army 
to  where  his  brother's  head  was  fastened  on  a  stake, 
and  took  the  head  and  his  right  hand, 
and  with  reverence  brought  them  to  Iindisfarne  church.         168 

Then  was  fulfilled,  as  we  said  before1, 
that  his  right  hand  continueth  whole  with  the  flesh, 
without  any  corruption,  as  the  bishop  had  said. 
The  arm  was  laid  reverently  in  a  shrine  #  172 

wrought  of  silver-work  in  Saint  Peter's  Minster 
within  the  town  of  Bamborough,  by  the  sea-strand, 
and  lieth  there  as  sound  as  when  it  was  cut  offv  * 
His  brother's  daughter2  afterward  became  Queen  of  Mercia,  176 
and  asked  for  his  bones  and  brought  them  to  Lindsey, 
to  Bardney  Minster,  which  she  greatly  loved. 
But  the  monks  would  not,  by  reason  of  human  error, 
receive  the  Saint,  but  they  pitched  a  tent^  180 

over  the  holy  bones  that  were  within  the  hearse3. 
Behold  then  God  showed  that  he  was  a  holy  Saint, 
so  that  a  heavenly  light,  being  extended  over  the  tent, 
stood  up  to  heaven  like  a  lofty  sunbeam  184 

all  the  night  long,  and  the  people  beheld  it 
throughout  all  the  province,  greatly  wondering. 
Then  the  monks  were  much  affrighted, 

and  prayed  then  in  the  morning  that  they  might  reverently  receive  188 
the  Saint,  him  whom  they  had  before  refused. 
Then  they  washed  the  holy  bones,  and  bare  them  reverently 
to  a  shrine  in  the  Church,  and  laid  them  up.  *  ^ 

I  And  there  wrere  healed  through  his  holy  merits  192 

178.  beardanige.     179.  U.  V.  -men.       V.  heofon ;  U.  heofonlic. 
181.  A.  licraeste,  alt.   to  licreste  ;  184.  sunbeam. 

U.  licreste.  188.  morgen. 

183.  A.  heofon,  alt.  to  heofonlic;  191.  gelogode;  up. 

1  Beda,  Hist.  Eccl.  iii.  6.  3  Named  Osthryda;  id.  iii.  II. 

3  Lat.  car  rum ;  the  car  containing  the  bones. 


138       XXVI.      NATALE    SANCT1    OSWALDI    REGIS    ET   MARTYRIS. 

fela  mettrume  menn  fram  mislicum  cofum  . 

pcet  waster  ]>e  man  J>a  ban  mid  afwoh 

binnan  J?aere  cyrcan  wearS  agoten 

swa  on  anre  hyrnan  .  and  seo  eorfte  sij?f>an  196 

fe  Ipcet  waeter  underfeng  weaitS  manegum  to  bote  . 

Mid  fam  duste  wurdon  afligde  deofla  fram  mannum  . 

p>a  \>e  on  wodnysse  aer  waeron  gedrehte  . 

Eac  swilce  }?aer  he  feol  on  fam  gefeohte  ofslagen  200 

men  namon  $a  eorftan  to  adligum  mannum  . 

and  dydon  on  waeter  wanhalum  to  ficgenne  . 

and  hi  wurdon  gehaelede  .  j?urh  J>one  halgan  wer  . 

Sum  wegfarende  man  ferde  wi(S  J?one  feld  .  204 

J?a  wearS  his  hors  gesicclod  .  and  sona  faer  fe^ol  . 

wealwigende  geond  Sa  eorcSan  wodum  gelicost  . 

mid  \>a,m  f>e  hit  swa  wealweode  geond  J>one  widgillan  feld  . 

f>a  becom  hit  embe  lang  J?ser  se  cynincg  oswold  208 

on  J?am  gefeohte  feoll  swa  swa  we  aer  foressedan  . 

and  hit  sona  aras  .  swa  hit  hrepode  .  fa  stowe  . 

hal  eallum  limum  .  and  se  hlaford  faes  faegnode  . 

Se  ridda  fa  ferde  for (5  on  his  weg  212 

f  ider  he  gemynt  haefde  .  fa  waes  f  aer  .  an  maeden 

licgende  on  paralisyn  lange  gebrocod  . 

He  began  fa  to  reccenne  hu  him  on  rade  getimode  . 

and  mann  ferode  pcet  maeden  to  faere  foresaedan  stowe  .  216 

Heo1  wearS  Sa  on  slaepe  and  sona  eft  awoc 

ansund  eallum  limum  fram  fain  egeslican  broce  . 

band  fa  hire  heafod  and  blitSe  ham  ferde  . 

gangaende  on  fotum  swa  heo  gefyrn  aer  ne  dyde  .  220 

Eft  si(5<5an  ferde  eac  sum  aerendfaest  ridda 

be  Saere  ylcan  stowe  .  and  geband  on  anum  claf  e 

of  f  am  halgan  duste  faere  deorwurSan  stowe  . 

and  lsedde  for5  mid  him  faer  he  fundotle  to  .  224 

193.  TJ.  V.  men.  204.  -ferende. 

194.  a^wdS  (sic).  205.  gesiclod  ;  feoll. 

199.  V.  wohnysse.  207.  U.V.  wealwode ;  A.  adds  ferde 

200.  feoll.  in  margin  after  feld. 

202.  Jrigenne.  208.  U.  cyng ;  V.  cyning. 

1  Leaf  154,  back. 


XXVI.      ST.    OSWALD,    KING   AND   MARTYR.  139. 

many  infirm  men  of  various  diseases. 

The  water  with  which  they  had  washed  the  bones 

within  the  church  had  been  poured  out 

as  it  were  in  a  corner,  and  the  earth  afterward  196,1 

that  had  received  the  water  became  a  remedy  to  many. 

By  means  of  that  dust  devils  were  put  to  flight  from  men 

who  before  were  afflicted  with  madness. 

So  also  from  the  spot  where  he  fell  slain  in  the  battle1         200. 

men  took  of  the  earth  for  diseased  men, 

and  put  it  in  water  for  the  sick  to  taste, 

and  they  were  healed  through  the  holy  man. 

A  certain  wayfaring  man  rode  towards  the  field,  204. 

when  his  horse  became  sick,  and  soon  fell  down  there 
rolling  all  over  the  earth,  most  like  a  mad  creature, 
"While  it  was  thus  rolling  about  the  extensive  field, 
it  came  at  length  where  king  Oswald  >  to8. 

fell  in  the  fight,  as  we  have  said  before  ; 
and  it  rose  up  as  soon  as  it  touched  the  place,  / 

whole  in  all  its  limbs,  and  the  master  rejoiced  thereat; 
the  rider  then  went  forward  on  his  way  212. 

whither  he  had  intended.     There  was  there  a  maiden 
lying  in  paralysis,  long  afflicted ; 

he  began  to  relate  what  had  happened  to  him  during  the  ride, 
and  they  carried  the  maiden  to  the  aforesaid  place.  216,, 

Then  she  fell  asleep,  and  soon  afterward  awoke, 
sound  in  all  her  limbs  from  the  terrible  disease;  ' 
she  covered  up  her  head  and  blithely  journeyed  home, 
going  on  foot  as  she  had  never  done  before.  220, 

Again  afterward,  a  certain  horseman  bound  on  an  errand2 
was  passing  by  the  same  place,  aud  bound  up  in  a  cloth 
some  of  the  holy  dust  from  the  precious  place, 
and  carried  it  forward  with  him  to  where  he  was  hastening.  2  24 1 

209.  V.  feol.  216.  man  ferede. 

215.  A.  prefixes  ge   to  reccenne;  218.  V.  andsund. 

but  in  the  margin.  2  20.  U.  V.  gangende.     IT.  h&>. 
1  Beda,  Hist  Eccl.  iii.  9.  2  Id.  10. 


140       XXVI.      NATALE    SANCTI   OSWALDI   REGIS    ET   MAETYltlS. 

J?a  gemette  he  gebeoras  blicSe  eet  J^am  huse  . ' 
he  aheng  J?a  Ipcet  dust  on  eenne  heahne  post 
and  sset  mid  J>am  gebeorum  blissigende  samod  . 
Man  worhte  pa,  micel  fyr  to  middes  'Sam  gebeorum  .  228 

and  }>a  spearcan  wundon  wi(S  J»a5S  rofes  swycSe  . 
ocS  pcet  Ipsei  hus  fserlice  eall  on  fyre  weaicS . 
and  f>a  gebeoras  flugon  afyrhte  aweg  . 

pcct  hus  wearf)  tSa  forburnon  buton  jmm  anum  poste  232 

pe  Ipcet  halige  dust  on  ahangen  wses  . 
se  post  ana  setstod  ansund  mid  j^am  duste  . 
and  hi  swySe  wundrodon  p>ses  halgan  weres  geearnunga 
pcet  \>cet  fyr  ne  mihte  )?a  moldan  forbaernan  .  236 

and  manega  menn  si&San  gesohton  J>one  stede 
heora  heele  feccende  .  and  heora  freonda  gehwilcum  . 
^rpa  asprang  his  hlisa  geond  ]m  land  wide  .   - 

and  eac  swilce  to  irlande  and  eac  suj>  to  franclande  240 

swa  swa  sum  maessepreost  be  anum  men  sgede  . 

Se  preost  cwaecS  pcet  an  wer  wsere  on  irlande  gelsered  . 

se  ne  gymde  his  lare  .  and  he  lithwon  hogode 

embe  his  sawle  ]?earfe  .  oSSe  his  scyppendes  beboda  .  244 

ac  adreah  his  lif  on  dyslicum  weorcum  . 

ocS  Sset  he  wearS  geuntrumod  and  to  ende  gebroht . 

pa  clypode  he  f>one  preost  pe  hit  cydde  eft  J>us  . 

and  cwaeS  him  to  sona  mid  sarlicre  stemne .  248 

Nu  ic  sceall  geendian  earmlicum  deaf>e  . 

and  to  helle  faran  .  for  fracodum  deedum . 

Nu 1  wolde  ic  gebetan  gif  ic  abidan  moste  . 

and  to  gode  gecyrran  and  to  godum  J?eawum .  252 

and  min  lif  awendan  eall  to  godes  willan  . 

and  ic  wat  Ipcet  ic  ne  eom  wyrSe  f>833  fyrstes 

buton  sum  halga  me  jnngie  to  f>am  hselende  criste  . 

Nu  is  us  gessed  Ipcet  sum  halig  cyning  256 

229.  hrdfes.  235.  A.   wundroden,  alt.  to   wun- 

230.  ]>cet  (once  only),    ftire.  drodon  ;  U.  wundroden.  , 
232.  forburnen.                                             237.  men. 

234.  i5e  post  setstod  ana.  239.  pcet  (for  )>a)  ;  wide. 

1  Leaf  155. 


XXVI.       ST.    OSWALD,    KING   AND    MARTYR.  141, 

He  met  with  some  merry  guests  at  the  house ; 

he  hung  the  dust  on  a  high  post, 

and  sat  with  the  revellers  rejoicing  together. 

There  was  a  great  fire  made  in  the  midst  of  the  guests,        228 

and  the  sparks  wound  towards  the  roof  quickly, 

until  the  house  suddenly  became  all  on  fire, 

and  the  revellers  fled  frightened  away. 

The  house  was  entirely  consumed  except  the  one  post  232 

whereon  the  holy  dust  was  hung*  ' 

The  post  alone  remained  whole,  together  with  the  dust, 

and  they  greatly  wondered  at  the  holy  man's  merits, 

that  the  fire  could  not  consume  the  mould.  236 

And  many  men  afterward  sought  the  place, 

fetching  thence  their  cure,  and  (some)  for  each  of  their  friends. 

I    His  fame  spread  widely  throughout  those  lands1, 
and  also  to  Ireland,  and  also  southward  to  Frankland  [Germany],  240 
even  as  a  certain  mass-priest  told  concerning  one  man. 
The  priest  related  that  there  was  in  Ireland  a  learned  man 
who  took  no  "heed  of  his  doctrine,  and  he  cared  little 
about  his  soul's  needs,   or  his  Creator's  commands,  244 

but  passed  his  life  in  foolish  works 

until  he  became  sick,  and  was  brought  [near]  to  his  end.. 
Then  he  called  the  priest  who  afterwards  thus  made  it  known, 
and  said  to  him  forthwith  with  sorrowful  voice,  "  248 

'  Now  I  must  die  a  wretched  death, 
and  go  to  hell  for  wicked  deeds ; 
now  would  I  make  amends,  if  I  might  remain 
and  turn  to  God  and  to  good  ways,  252 

and  change  all  my  life  to  God's  will } 
and  I  know  that  I  am  not  worthy  of  the  respite, 
except  some  Saint  intercede  for  me  to  the  Saviour  Christ. 
Now  it  is  told  us  that  a  certain  holy  king  256 

242.  ssede  (for  cwaeft).  J?earfe. 

243.  A.   ne,   above    the    line ;  U.           249.  sceal. 
om.from  se  to  lare.  255.  geSingige. 

244.  A.  Jjearfa,  alt.  to  J?earfe  ;  U.           256.  cyng. 

1  Beda,  Hist.  Eccl.  iii.  13. 


142      XXVI.      NATALE   SANCTI   OSWALDI    REGIS    ET   MARTYRIS, 

is  on  eowrum  earde  oswold  gehaten 

nu  gif  j?u  senig  Jnncg  hsefst  of  p&s  halgan  reliquium  . 

syle  me  ic  pe  bidde  .  Da  ssede  se  preost  him  . 

Tc  hsebbe  of  }?am  stocce  pe  his  heafod  on  stod .  260 

and  gif  pu  gelyfan  wylt  Jpu  wurj?est  hal  sona  . 

Hwast  £>a  se  msesse-preost  J?a3S  mannes  of-hreow . 

and  scof  on  halig  wseter  of  fam  halgan  treowe 

sealde  Jmm  adligan  of  to  supenne  .  264 

and  he  sona  gewyrpte .  and  sy(5(5an  leofode 

lange  on  wurulde  .  and  gewende  to  gode 

mid  eallre  heortan  and  mid  halgum  weorcum  . 

and  swa  hwider  swa  he  com  he  cydde  ]ms  wundra  .  268 

For-]?y  ne  sceall  nan  mann  awaegan  past  he  sylf-wylles  behset 

J>am  aelmihtigan  gode  .  £>onne  he  adlig  biS 

pe  lses  pe  he  sylf  losige .  gif  he  alih(5  gode  poet . 

Nu  cwseS  se  halga  beda  pe  (Sas  boc  gedihte  .  272 

pcet  hit  nan  wundor  nys  .  pest  se  halga  cynincg 

untrumnysse  gehsele  nu  he  on  heofonum  leofatS  . 

for- (San  pe  he  wolde  gehelpan  J>a  f>a  he  her  on  life  waes  . 

J)earfum  and  wannhalum  .  and  him  bigv;i«te  syllan  .  276 

Nu  hsefS  he  f>one  wurcSmynt  on  J^sere  ecan  worulde  . 

mid  fam  selmihtigan  gode  for  his  godnysse  . 

Eft  se  halga  cuSberht  pa,  pa,  he  git  cnapa  wses  . 

geseah  hu  godes  senglas  feredon  aidanes  sawle  280 

jjses  halgan  bisceopes  .  blithe  to  heofonum 

to  Jmm  ecan  wuldre  pe  he  on  worulde  geearnode  . 

pees  halgan  oswoldes  ban  wurdon  eft  gebroht 

sefter  manegum  gearum  to  myrcena  lande  284 

into  gleawceastre  .  and  god  psev  geswute^ode 

oft  feala  wundra  }mrh  J>one  halgan  wer  . 

Sy  J?ses  wuldor  J?am  selmihtigan  gode  . 

Se  on  ecnysse  rixaS  a  to  worulde  .     AMEN.  288 

258.  )>mg.  267.  A.  eallra,  alt.  to  eallre;    U. 

261.  wyrst  (for  wur)>est).  ealre. 

263.  sceof.  269.  sceal;  man;  beh&t. 

266.  worolde.  273.  cyning. 

1  Leaf  155,  back. 


XXVI.      ST.    OSWALD,    KING   AND   MARTYR.  143 

is  in  your  country,  named  Oswald; 
now  if  thou  hast  anything  (as  a)  relic  of  the  saint, 
give  it  me,  I  pray  thee.'     Then  the  priest  said  to  him, 
'I  have  [a  piece]  of  the  stake  on  which  his  head  stood,        260 
and  if  thou  wilt  believe,  thou  shalt  soon  become  whole.' 
So  the  priest  had  pity  on  the  man, 

and  scraped  (shaved)  into  holy  water  some  of  the  sacred  tree, 
and  gave  to  the  diseased  man  to  drink,  264 

and  he  soon  recovered,  and  afterward  lived 
long  in  the  world,  and  turned  to  God 
with  all  his  heart,  and  with  holy  works ; 

and  whithersoever  he  came  he  made  known  these  wonders.    268 
Therefore  no  man  ought  to  nullify  that  which  he  of  his  own  will, 
promiseth  to  Almighty  God  when  he  is  sick, 
lest  that  he  should  lose  himself,  if  he  deny  that  to  God. 
I       Now  saith  the  holy  Bede  who  indited  this  book,  272 

it  is  no  wonder  that  the  holy  king    * 
should  heal  sickness,  now  that  he  liveth  in  heaven, 
because  he  desired  to  help,  when  he  was  here  on  earth, 
the  poor  and  weak,  and  to  give  them  sustenance.  276 

Now  he  hath  honour  with  Almighty  God 
in  the  eternal  world  for  his  goodness. 
Afterward  the  holy  Cuthbert,  when  he  was  yet  a  boy, 
saw  how  the  angels  of  God  carried  the  soul  of  Aidan,  280 

the  holy  bishop,  joyfully  to  Heaven, 
to  the  eternal  glory  which  he  had  merited  on  earth. 
The  holy  Oswald's  bones  were  afterwards  brought 
after  many  years  into*  Mercia  284 

to  Gloucester,  and  God  there  often  showed 
many  wonders  through  the  holy  man. 
For  this  be  glory  to  the  Almighty  God, 
who  reigneth  in  eternity  for  ever  and  ever.     Amen.  288 

276.  wan-halmn.  288.'  A.   has  gode   fSe  on   ecnysse 

277.  worolde  {and  in  1.  282).  rixaft  above  *the  line;  U.  om.  Se  to 
280.  U.  om.  godes  ;  U.  englas.  rixa$,  and  adds  world  after  worolde 
286.  A.  fela,  alt.  to  feala  ;  U.  fela.  (*ic). 


144  XXVII.      EXALTATIO    SANCTE    CRUCIS. 


XXVII. 

XUIII.   KAL.  OCTOBR/&  EXALTATIO  BANCTE  CRUCIS. 

[The  various  (unmarked)  readings  are  from  U.  (=MS.  Camb.  Univ.  Library, 
Ii.  i.  33,  p.  401) ;  those  marked  V.  are  from  MS.  Vitell.  D.  17.] 

WE   WUKDIAB    MID    LOF-SANGUM     FOR    URES     GELEAfan    trym- 
minge 
twegen  dagas  on  geare  drihtne  to  wurcSmynte 
for  bgere  halgan  rode  siftcSan  heo  afunden  wees  . 
pa  iudeiscan  hi  behyddon  mid  hetelicum  gecSance  .  4 

noldon  ])cet  se  macSm  wurde  mannum  to  frofre  . 
ac  seo  eadige  helena  .  hi  eft  baer  afunde 
burn  cristes  onwrigennesse  swa   swa   he    mid  wundrum   geswu- 

telode  . 
and  to-daelde  ba  rode  swa  swa  drihten  hire  gewissode  .  8 

and  forlet  ba  aenne  dsel  on  bsere  ylcan  byrig  . 
be  crist  on  browode  .  swa  swa  us  cybacS  gewritu  . 
mid  seolfre  bewunden  .  and  we  ride  ham  si(5(San 
mid  bam  obrum  daele  bses  deorwurban  treowes  .  12 

to  hire  leofan  sunu  his  geleafan  to  getrymmenne  . 
Nu  freolsige  we  bone  daeg  be  heo  on  afunden  wses  . 
bam  hselende  to  wurftmynte  be  wolde  on  hire  browian  . 
se  bitS  ofer  eastruwi  .  on  ymbryne  baes  geares  .  16 

and  we  healdatS  on  haerfest  mid  halgum  benungum 
oberne  freols-dseg  on  bam  be  heo  geferod  wses 
eft  to  hierusalem  swa  swa  we  her  sefter  secgaS  . 
Hit  gewearS  for  yfelnysse  swa  swa  for  oft  git  bi$  .  20 

Ipcet  ba  haeSenan  leoda  ]>cet  land  gehergoden  . 
and  sum  arLeas  cynincg  cosdrue  gehaten 
com  mid  micclum  here  to  baere  halgan  rode  . 
baer  helena  hi  gesette  on  bgere  foressedan  hierusalem    .  24 

3.  syftan.  6.  J>eo  {for  seo)  ;  o*ar. 

4.  behyddan;  heteluw.  7.  fur. 


XXVII.      THE    EXALTATION    OF    THE    HOLY    CROSS.       145 


XXVII. 

SEPT.  14.    THE  EXALTATION  OF  THE  HOLY  CEOSS. 

[Chiefly  from  The  Legends  of  the  Holy  Rood,  ed.  Morris,  1881,  pp.  98-106.] 

Foe  the  confirming  of  our  faith,  and  to  the  glory  of  our  Lord, 

we  honour  with  songs  of  praise  two  days  in  the  year, 

on  account  of  the  Holy  Eood,  (ever)  since  it  was  discovered. 

The  Jewish  folk  hid  it  (the  cross)  with  evil  intention  ;  4 

they  would  not  that   this   treasure  (the  cross)  should   become  a 

comfort  to  men. 
But  the  blessed  Helena  afterwards  discovered  it  there, 
through  the  revelation  of  Christ,  even  as  He  marvellously  mani- 
fested it; 
and  she  divided  the  rood  as  the  Lord  had  instructed  her,         8 
and  left  one  portion  in  that  same  city 
in  which  Christ  had  suffered,  as  the  writings  inform  us, 
enclosed  in  silver;   and  she  went  home  afterwards 
with  the  other  portion  of  the  precious  tree  12 

to  her  dear  son  (Constantine),  to  strengthen  his  faith. 

Now  we  celebrate  the  day  on  which  it  (the  cross)  was  found 
in  honour  of  our  Saviour,  who  deigned  to  suffer  on  it ; 
it  is  after  Easter  in  the  year's  course  [viz.  May  3].  16 

And  we  observe  in  harvest-time  with  holy  ministrations 
a  second  festival — that  on  which  it  (the  cross)  was  brought 
again  to  Jerusalem,  as  we  shall  hereafter  relate. 
It  happened,  unfortunately,  as  very  often  it  still  does,  20 

that  the  heathen  nations  invaded  the  land; 
and  an  impious  king  called  Cosdrue 
came  with  a  great  army  to  the  Holy  Rood 
where  Helena  had  placed  it,  in  the  aforesaid  Jerusalem.  24 

10.  bee  {for  gewritu).  17.  hserfseste  ;  Senunge. 

13.  heora;   suna.  31.  hergodon. 

16.  \q  beCS  ;  eastron;  ymbrene.  22.  cyning  chosdroe. 

10 


146  XXVII.      EXALTATIO   SANCTE    CRUCIS. 

gehergode  \)&  poet  land  .  and  f>a  halgan  rode  genam 

ham  to  his  earde  .  arleaslice  dyrstig  . 

He  wses  swa  up-ahafen  .  and  swa  arleas  brega  . 

pcct  he  wolde  beon  god  .  and  worhte  J>a  of  seolfre  28 

genne  heahne  stypel  .  on  stanweorces  gelicnysse    . 

and  mid  1  scinendum  gymmum  besette  eall  Ipcet  hus  . 

and  on  fsere  upflora  eall  mid  readum  golde 

his  cyne-stol  geworhte  .  and  wundorlice  mid  J^eotum  32 

wseter  ut-ateah  wolde  renas  wyrcan  . 

swylce  he  sylf  god  wsere  .  ac  he  wees  ful  dysig 

forf>an  J>e  se  ren  ne  mihte  manegum  fremian  . 

He  swanc  £>a  git  switSor  wolde  geswutelian  his  mihte  .  36 

and  het  delfan  j?a  eorSan  digellice  mid  craefte  . 

swa  pcet  hors  urnon  embe  pcet  hus  gelome 

}mrh  f>a  digelan  dica  dynigende  mid  fotum 

wolde  }>unor  wyrcan  gewit-leas  swa-Seah  .  40 

He  sset  ]?a  on  f>am  huse  swa  swa  healic  god    . 

and  gesette  f»a  halgan  rode  to  his  heah-setle  up 

swilce  him  to  geferan  on  his  fracodnysse    . 

He  sset  Sa  f>ser  swa  forS  .  and   his  suna  be-taehte  44 

ealne  his  cynedom  .  ac  crist  hine  fordyde  . 

Sum  casere  waes  on  J?am  dagum  cristen  .  and  gelyfed  . 

eraclius  gehaten  .  unearh  on  gefeohtum  . 

and  he  his  geleafan  geglengde  mid  godum  weorcum  .  48 

and  godes  J^eowas  wurJ>ode  mid  wel-willendum  mode  . 

Da  com  Tp&s  cosdruan  sunu  togeanes  "5am  casere  . 

wolde  mid  gefeohte  gewinnan  his  rice  . 

Da  gewearS  him  bam  .  Ipcet  hi  bealdlice  twegen  52 

to  anwige  eodon  on  fsere  ea  brycge   . 

and  se  Se  sige  gewunne  weolde  J>aes  rices 

butan  £>aera  manna  lyre  J?e  him  mid  comon  . 

Hi  fa  ealle  gecwsedon  pcet  gif  senig  man  wolde  56 

25.  U.  ins.  he  bef.  gehergode.  38.  urnen. 

29.  anne.  39.  diglan ;  dunigende. 

32.  wunderlice.  40.  wyrcan  "Sunor. 

35-  ^e  (for  se)  ;  U.  adds  mannuwi  42.  haligan. 

after  manegum ;  fremigan. 

1  Leaf  156. 


XXVII.      THE   EXALTATION   OF   THE    HOLY    CROSS.       147 

Impiously  bold,  he  harrowed  then  the  land, 

and  took  the  Holy  Rood  home  to  his  own  country. 

He  was  so  uplifted  and  so  wicked  a  ruler, 

that  he  would  be  God;    and  wrought  then  of  silver  28 

a  high  steeple  in  the  form  of  stone-work, 

and  with  shining  gems  surrounded  all  the  house, 

and  in  the  upper-story  he  wrought  his  throne 

all  of  red  gold ;    and  wonderfully  drew  out  water  32 

by  means  of  pipes,  for  he  would  cause  rains, 

as  if  he  himself  were  God.     But  he  was  nevertheless  very  foolish, 

for  the  rain  could  not  be  of  service  to  many. 

He  laboured  then  still  more  to  manifest  his  power,  36 

and  bade  the  earth  to  be  delved  secretly  with  craft, 

so  that  horses  ran  constantly  about  the  house, 

through  the  secret  trenches,  dinning  with  their  feet, 

for  he  would  cause  thunder.     Nevertheless  was  he  witless.      40 

He  sat  then  in  the  house  as  High  God, 
and  placed  the  Holy  Rood  beside  his  throne, 
as  it  were  for  a  companion  in  his  impiety. 
He  then   sat  there   from   that  time  forth,  and   to   his   son   he 
assigned  44 

all  his  kingdom;   but  Christ  destroyed  him. 
An  emperor  there  was  in  those  days,  named  Eraclius, 
a  Christian  and  a  true  believer,  and  undaunted  in  war; 
and  he  adorned  his  belief  with  good  works,  48 

and  honoured  God's  servants  with  benevolent  mind. 

Then  came  Cosdrue's  son  against  the  emperor  (Eraclius), 
for  he  desired  to  win  his  kingdom  in  battle. 
Then  it  was  settled  between  them  both,  that  they  two  boldly       52 
should  go  to  single  combat  on  the  bridge  of  the  river, 
and  he  who  should  get  the  victory  should  wield  the  kingdom, 
without  the  loss  of  the  men  who  had  come  with  them. 
Then  they  all  said  that  if  any  man  should  56 

46.  and  wel  belyfed.  52.  tweigen. 

47.  gefeohte.  54.  >e  (for  se). 

48.  glencde. 

10-2 


148  XXVII.      EXALTATIO   SANCTE   CRUCIS. 

heora  o^rura  fylstan  .  pcet  man  hine  sona  gefenge  . 

and  foredum  sceancura  into  f  sere  ea  wurpe  . 

Hi  eodon  fa  begen  on  f  sere  bricge  togsedere  . 

and  se  geleaffulla  casere  alede  fone  godes  feond  60 

cosdrues  sunu  .  and  he  siSSan  ge-weold 

ealles  his  rices  .  and  rad  him1  to  cosdrue  . 

fa  beah  eall  se  here  bliSelice  to  eraclio  . 

and  he  hi  under-feng  .  and  to  fulluhte  gebigde  .  64 

and  nan  man  nolde  cyfan  cosdrue  pcet  gewinn  . 

for$an2  fe  he  wses  andssete  eallum  his  leodum  . 

Eraclius  fa  astah  to  f  sere  sticolan  upflora  . 

and  cwcetS  to  fam  arleasan  ardlice  fas  word  .  68 

Lifes  ic  f  e  geann  .  gif  f  u  anrsedlice  gelyfst 

nu  on  hselend  crist  .  and  cwytfet  pcet   f  u  wille 

to  fulluhte  gebugan  .  and  ic  fin  freond  beo  . 

and  ic  fse  (sic)  lsete  habban  fis  land  to  gewealde  .  72 

gif  f  u  f  onne  elles  dest  .  f  u  scealt  deaf  e  sweltan  . 

pa  nolde  se  cosdrue  on  crist  gelyfan  . 

and  eraclyus  sona  his  swurd  ateah  . 

and  hine  beheafdode  .  and  het  bebyrigan  .        •  76 

and  nam  his  gingran  sunu  siblSan  to  fulluhte 

tyn  wintra  cnapa  .  and  him  cyne-dom  for-geaf  . 

betsehte  Sa  his  here  f one  heagan  stypel  . 

mid  eallum  fam  seolfre  .  and  he  sylf  genam  80 

\>cet  gold  .  and  fa  gymmas  .  into  godes  cyrcan  . 

Ferode  Sa  fa  rode  mid  fses  folces  meniu 

ongean  to  hierusalem  georne  mid  blisse  . 

Hi  comon  fa  set  nextan  caflice  ridende  84 

to  f sere  foressedan  byrig  .  and  sset  se  casere 

on  kynelicum  horse  swa  him  gecwemast  waas  . 

ac  fa  fa  he  inn  wolde  .  fa  wearf  f cet  geat  belocen  . 

57.  aSrum  fulstan.  67.  sticelan. 

60.  geleaffull;  aledde.  68.  hardlice. 

63.  eal ;  >e  {for  se).  69.  an  {for  geann). 

65.  gewin.  7°-  cwyst. 

1  Leaf  156,  back.  2  Here  begins  the  fragment  in  V.  {leaf  74). 


XXVII.      THE    EXALTATION    OF   THE    HOLY    CROSS.       149 

assist  either  of  them,  forthwith  he  should  be  seized 
and  should  be  cast  into  the  river  with  broken  legs. 

They  then  went  both  on  the  bridge  together, 
and  the  believing  (faithful)  emperor  killed  the  enemy  of  God,  60 
Cosdrue's  son,  and  he  afterwards  wielded 
all  his  kingdom,  and  rode  to  Cosdrue. 
Then  all  the  army  joyfully  submitted  to  Eraclius, 
and  he  received  them  and  persuaded  them  to  baptism;  64 

and  no   one  would  make  known  to  Cosdrue   the  battle  (which 

had  lately  taken  place), 
because  he  was  hateful  to  all  his  people. 

Then  Eraclius  went  up  to  the  steep  upper-floor, 
and  quickly  said  to  the  impious  Cosdrue  these  words:  68 

'Life  I  will  grant  thee  if  thou  wilt  forthwith  believe 
now  on  Jesus  Christ,  and  wilt  promise  that  thou  wilt 
submit  to  be  baptized,  and  I  will  be  thy  friend, 
and  I  will  let  thee  have  this  land  in  thy  possession ;  72 

but  if  thou  dost  otherwise,  thou  shalt  be  put  to  death.' 

Then  would  not  Cosdrue  believe  on  Christ; 
and  Eraclius  forthwith  drew  out  his  sword 
and  beheaded  him,  and  commanded  him  to  be  buried.  76 

He  then  took  his  younger  son,  a  boy  of  ten  years  old, 
and  baptized  him,  and  gave  up  to  him  the  kingdom, 
and  then  delivered  to  his  (own)  army  the  high  steeple, 
with  all  the  silver;   but  he  himself  took  80 

the  gold  and  the  gems  into  God's  church. 
Then  he  carried  the  rood,  with  a  procession  of  the  people, 
again  to  Jerusalem,  eagerly  and  joyfully. 

Eiding  quickly,  they  came  at  last  84 

to  the  aforesaid  city;    and  the  emperor  sat 
on  a  royal  horse,  as  was  most  pleasing  to  him. 
But  when  he  would  enter  (the  city),  then  was  the  gate  closed, 

72.  "Se ;  V.  J>e.  82.  menigu. 

73.  swyltan.  83.  mid  micelere  (for  georne  mid). 

74.  \>e  (for  se).  84.  nyxtan ;  V.  nehstan. 
76.  het  hine  bebyrigan.  85.  Se  (for  se). 

78.  wintre  cnapan.  87.  U.  V.  in. 


150  XXVII.      EXALTATIO   SANCTE   CRTJCIS. 

swa  \>cet  f>a  stanas  feollon  faerlice  togaedere   .  88 

and  wear]?  geworht  to  anum  wealle  swa  . 

Hi  wurdon  J?a  afyrhte  .  for  jmm  feerlican  tacne    . 

and  beheoldon  sarige  sona  to  heofonum  . 

and  gesawon  drihtnes  rode  deorwurft-lice  J>ser  scinan  .  92 

and  godes  engel  hi  bser  bufan  fam  geate  and  cwoeS  . 

pa  J>a  se  heofonlica  cyning  crist  sylf  inferde 

j?urh  fis  ylce  get  to  his  agenre  J^rowunge  . 

nses  he  mid  purpuran  ge-scryd  .  ne  mid  cynehelme  geglenged  . 

*ne  he  on  steda  ne  rad  .  J?urh  J>is    stsenene  geat  .  97 

ac  on  assan  hricge  he  rad  eadmodlice 

mannum  to  bysne  .  Ipcet  hi  modignysse  onscunion  . 

and  sefter  Sysum  wordum  gewende  se  engel  up  .  100 

Hwaet  ?Ja  se  casere  caflice  lihte 

jmncigende  gode  J?a3re  wissunge  . 

and  dyde  of  his  purpuran  .  and  his  pellenan  gyrlan   . 

eode  J>a  mid  nacodum  fotum  .  and  genam  }>a  rode  104 

mid  agotenum  tearum  god  wurj»igende  . 

WearS  J?a  godes  wundor  on  J?am  weorc-stanum 

J>a  Sa  se  casere  com  mid  eadmodnysse  to  . 

£>a  to-eodon  Sa  stanas  .  and  geopenode  pcet  get  .  108 

Wses  eac  olper  wundor  swa  pcet  wynsum  braeS  . 

stemde  [of]  J>eere  halgan  rode  J?a  j?a  heo  hamwerd  wses  . 

geond  \>cet  land  .  and  fa  lyfte  afylde  . 

and  Ipcet  folc  Ipma  fsegnode  .  afylde  mid  Jmni  brseSe  .  xia 

Ne  mihte  nan  wyrt-breeS  swa  wynsumlice  steman  . 

and  se  casere  J?a  clypode  mid  blysse  . 

Eala  J>u  wundorlice  rod  .  on  J)sere  Se  crist  wolde  J>rowian  . 

and  ure  wita  adwescan  mid  his  deorwurfan  blode  .  xl6 

Eala  f>u  scinende  rod  swif?or  fonne  tungla 

maere  on  middan-earde  micclum  to  lufigenne  . 

89.  wearft  \at  geat  gewoyht,  99.  onscunigan, 

90,  afurhte ;  J?an  fserlice.  100.  fte  engel  up  to  heofonum. 

94.  heofenlica.  loi.  Se  casere  Sa;  alyhte. 

95.  geat ;  V.  gset  (?).  103.  psellenan. 

96.  gescrud,  104.  and  eode  ;  om.  mid, 

97.  stedan.  107.  Se(/orse), 

1  Leaf  157, 


XXVII.      THE   EXALTATION    OF   THE    HOLY    CROSS.       151 

so  that  the  stones  fell  suddenly  together,  88 

and  thus  was  it  (the  gate)  wrought  into  a  wall. 

Then  were  they  terrified  on  account  of  that  wonderful  token, 
and  forthwith  looked  sorrowfully  to  heaven, 
and  saw  our  Lord's  cross  gloriously  shining  there;  93 

and  God's  angel  bore  it  above  the  gate,  and  thus  said: 

'When  that  the  heavenly  king,  Christ  Himself,  entered  in 
through  this  same  gate  to  His  own  passion, 
He  was  not  clothed  with  purple,  nor  adorned  with  royal  crown,  96 
nor  rode  He  through  this  stone  gate  upon  a  steed, 
but  on  the  back  of  an  ass  He  rode  meekly 
as  an  example  to  men,  that  they  should  shun  pride.' 
And  after  these  words  the  angel  went  up.  100 

Lo !   then  the  emperor  quickly  alighted, 
thanking  God  for  the  lesson; 

and  he  took  off  his  purple  and  his  girdle  of  pall  ; 
then  he  went  with  naked  feet  and  took  the  rood,  104 

praising  God  with  shedding  of  tears. 

Then  befell  a  divine  miracle  to  the  stone-work. 
When  the  emperor  came  with  meekness  to  them, 
then  the  stones  parted,  and  the  gate  opened  itself.  108 

There  was  also  another  marvel,  so  that  a  winsome  (delightful)  odour 
steamed  from  the  holy  cross,  when  it  was  on  its  way  home, 
throughout  the  land  and  filled  the  air ; 

and  the  people  rejoiced  on  account  of  this,  being  filled  with  the 
odour.  112 

No  perfume  could  give  out  so  delightful  a  smell. 
And  then  the  emperor  exclaimed  with  joy : 
'O  thou  marvellous  rood  on  which  Christ  deigned  to  suffer, 
and  quench  our  sins  with  His  precious  blood!  116 

O  thou  rood,  shining  more  than  the  stars, 
glorious  on  this  middle  earth  !   Greatly  art  thou  to  be  loved, 

108.  geopenodon  \><st  geat.  113.  wunsuwlice. 

no.  U.  V.  of;  A.  on  (badly).  U.  114.  «e  (for  se). 

om.  \>& — waes.  115.  }>rowigan. 

in.  geond  eal  \>cet.  V.  fylde.  116.  adwaescan. 

112.  afyllede. 


152  XXVII.      EXALT ATIO   SANCTE    CRTJCIS. 

halig  treow  .  and  wynsura  .  J>e  wurf>e  wsere  to  berenne 

ealles  middan-eardes  wurj?  .  gemunde  fisne  heap  .  120 

J>e  her  gegaderod  is  gode  to  wurtSmynte  . 

pa  ahof  se  casere  ]?a  halgan  rode  up 

on  J>sere  ylcan  stowe  .  j?e  heo  on  stod  set  fruman  . 

serban  j?e  se  arleasa  cynincg  cosdrue  hi  gename  .  124 

On  ftam  dsege  geswutelode  se  soSfaesta  hselend 

wundorlice  mihte  .  ]?urh  his  j>a  maeran  rode  . 

swa  ]>cet  an  dead  man  aras  on  J?am  dsege  sona  . 

and  feower  bedrydan  fser  wurdon  wundorlice  gehselede  .         128 

and  tyn  lic-J>roweras  .  fram  heora  langsumum  broce  . 

and  fela  *wode  menn  heora  gewit  under-fengon  . 

and  manega  untrume  fram  myslicum  cojmm 

J?83r  wurdon  gehselede  .  set  ]?sere  halgan  rode  .  132 

criste  to  wurtSmynte  .  and  se  casere  srSfran 

fela  goda  gedyde  J>ser  .  and  godes  cyrcan  ge-godode  . 

mid  landum  .  and  bigleofum  .  and  godes  lof  ge-edniwode  . 

Ferde  (5a  to  his  cyne-stole  to  constantinopolim  136 

mid  micclum  geleafan  godes  mserfta  smeagende  . 

Nu  is  se  dseg  gecwseden  on  cristenum  bocum  . 

Exaltatio  S&ncte  cruets  .  poet  is  on  engliscre  sprsece 

upahefednyss  psere  halgan  rode  .  140 

forjmn  J?e  heo  wses  ahafen  mid  healicum  wurftmynte 

on  fam  fore-ssedan  dsege  .  drihtne  to  lofe  . 

Is  swa-J>eah  to  witenne  \>cet  heo  is  wide  todseled  . 

mid  gelomlicum  ofcyrfum  to  lande  gehwilcum  .  144 

ac  seo  gastlice  getacnung  is  mid  gode  sefre 

a  unbrosnigendlic  .  J^eah  pe  se  beam  beo  to-coruen  . 

pcet  heofonlice  tacn  J»sere  halgan  rode 

is  ure  guSfana  wif>  Ipone  gram-lican  deofol  .  148 

f>onne  we  us  bletsiaS  gebylde  purh  god 

mid  ]?sere  rode  tacne  .  and  mid  rihtuw  geleafan  . 

119.  wunsu»»;  wyroe ;  berene.  125,  133.  fSe  (for  se). 

120.  gemunda.  126.  U.  om.  J)a. 

121.  gegsederod.  130.  men;  underfengen. 

123.  heo  ser  on.  134-  gebette  (for  gegodede). 

124.  cyning  ;  om.  cosdrue  ;  big.  135.  edniwode. 

1  Leaf  157,  back. 


XXVII.      THE    EXALTATION    OF   THE    HOLY    CROSS.       153 

O  holy  and  winsome  tree;    that  wast  worthy  to  bear 

the  prize  of  all  middle  earth!    Be  mindful  of  this  assembly   120 

which  is  here  gathered  together  for  the  honour  of  God!' 

Then  the  emperor  exalted  the  Holy  Rood 
in  that  same  place  in  which  it  stood  at  first, 
before  the  impious  king,  Cosdrue,  took  it  therefrom.  124 

On  that  day  the  true  Saviour  marvellously  manifested 
His  power  by  means  of  His  illustrious  cross, 
so  that  a  dead  man  quickly  arose  on  that  day, 
and  four  bedridden  ones  were  there  wonderfully  healed,  128 

and  ten  lepers,  from  their  lingering  disease, 
and  many  maniacs  regained  their  senses ; 
and  many  sick  ones  were  there  healed 

of  various  diseases  at  the  Holy  Rood  132 

for  the  honour  of  Christ.     And  the  emperor  afterwards 
bestowed  many  goods  there,  and  endowed  God's  churches 
with  lands  and  sustenance,  and  restored  God's  praise. 
He  went  then  to  his  royal  seat,  to  Constantinople,  136 

with  great  faith  meditating  upon  God's  greatness. 
Now  is  the  day  called  in  Christian  books 
Exaltatio  Sancte  Cruets,  that  is,  in  English  speech, 
Uplifting  of  the  Holy  Rood,  140 

because  that  it  was  exalted  with  great  honour 
on  the  foresaid  day  to  the  praise  of  the  Lord. 

It  is,  however,  to  wit  that  it  (the  cross)  is  widely  distributed, 
by  means  of  frequent  sections,  to  every  land.  144 

But  the  spiritual  token  (signification)  is  always  with  God, 
ever  incorruptible,  though  the  tree  be  cut  in  pieces. 
The  heavenly  sign  of  the  Holy  Rood 

is  our  banner  against  the  fierce  devil,  148 

when  we  bless  ourselves  boldly  through  God 
with  the  sign  of  the  cross  and  with  right  belief. 

137.  miclum.  144.  landa. 

138.  om.  is;  fte  ;    gecweden ;  om.  145.  Seo  gasliee. 

cristenum.  146.  ]>eah  Se  beam ;  tocorfen  (soV.). 

139.  om.  on  eng.  sprsece.  147.  Saera. 

140.  upahefednys.  148.  grawlice. 
143.  witene. 


154  XXVII.      EXALTATIO    SANCTE    CRUCIS. 

J)eah  f>e  man  wafige  wundorlice  mid  handa 

ne  biS  hit  J>eah  bletsung  bnta  lie  wyrce  tacn  152 

fsere  halgan  rode  .  and  se  reSa  feond 

bij?  sona  afyrht  for  Sam  sige-faestan  tacne  . 

Mid  J>rym  fingrum  man  sceall  senian  .  and  bletsian  . 

for  frere  halgan  J?rynnysse  .  J>e  is  J>rim-wealdend  god  .  156 

Hwilon  cweJmtS  preostas  .  p&t  cristes  lsewa 

iudas  se  arleasa  eft  ne  wurSe  fordemed 

on  ]mm  micclan  dsege  .  to  p&m  (sic)  deopan  helle  . 

and  cweJmS  pcet  he  mage  wiS  crist  hine  betellan  .  160 

swilce  he  neadunge  gefremode  poet  facn  wiS  hine  . 

Ac  we  cweSaS  fser-to-geanes  .  pcet  cristes  word  ne  biS  leas  . 

he  cwseS  be  fan  iudan  .  Ipcet  him  wsere  betere 

pcet  Jhe  ge-boren  nsere  f>onne  he  his  lsewe  waere  ,  164 

Naeron  J?a  iudeiscan  ne  se  dyrna  laewe 

furh  god  geneadode  .  to  Sam  gramlican  gefeahte  . 

ac  pa,  pa,  crist  geseah  .  se  pe  ge-sihtS  ealle  fing 

heora  yfelan  willan  .  }>a  awende  pe  hit  to  gode  .  168 

swa  Ipcet  heora  yfelnyss  us  becom  to  haele  . 

^Elc  man  pe  yfel  dej>  mid  yfelum  willan  . 

is  scyldig  witS  god  .  peah.  Ipe  hit  sumum  fremige  . 

and  selc  man  pe  god  detS  mid  godum  willan  172 

hseftS  his  mede  set  gode  .  J>eah  pe  hit  hearmige  sumum  . 

forJ>an  pe  se  rihtwisa  dema  detS  selcum  J>a  mede  . 

be  f  am  pe  he  sylf  wolde  .  and  his  willa  him  dihte  . 

Nu  synd  J»a  iudeiscan  .  and  se  sceamlease  lsewa  176 

cristes  deaSes  scyldige  .  pe  syrwdon  be  him  . 

feah  pe  hit  us  become  to  ecere  alysednysse  . 

and  heora  nan  ne  becymtS  to  cristes  rice  naefre  . 

butan  J>am  pe  hit  gebettan  .  and  ge-bugan  to  criste  .  180 

Swa  milde  is  se  hselend  pcet  he  miltsian  wolde 

152.  hit  swa  J>eah.  157.  lsewae. 

153.  and  }>onne  bifS  se.  158.  Se  (for  se). 

154.  om.  bi)>  sona.  159.  miclan;  J>aere  (for  J>am). 

155.  man  hine  sceal.  161.  neadunga. 

156.  ftrymnysse.  164.  lsewa. 

1  Leaf  158. 


XXVII.      THE   EXALTATION   OF   THE   HOLY   CROSS.      155 

Though  a  man  wave  about  wonderfully  with  his  hand, 
nevertheless  it  is  not  a  blessing  except  he  make  the  sign      15a 
of  the  holy  cross;  and  forthwith  the  fierce  fiend 
will  be  terrified  on  account  of  the  victorious  token. 
With  three  fingers  must  a  man  make  the  sign  and  bless  himself 
for  the  Holy  Trinity,  which  is  a  glory-ruling  God.  156 

Sometimes  priests  say  that  Christ's  betrayer, 
the  impious  Judas,  shall  not  hereafter  be  condemned 
in  the  great  day  (of  doom)  to  the  deep  hell ; 
and  they  say  that  he  may  excuse  himself  to  Christ,  160 

as  if  he  of  necessity  committed  that  treachery  against  Him. 
But  against  that  we  say,  that  Christ's  word  is  not  false; 
He  said  concerning  Judas,  that  it  were  better  for  him 
that  he  were  not  born,  than  that  he  should  be  His  betrayer.  164 
Neither  the  Jews  nor  that  secret  traitor 
were  compelled  by  God  to  that  horrible  intention; 
but  when  that  Christ,  who  seeth  all  things, 
saw  their  evil  will,  He  then  turned  it  to  good,  168 

so  that  their  wickedness  became  to  us  for  salvation. 
Each  man  who  does  evil  with  evil  will 
is  guilty  before  God,  though  it  may  benefit  some; 
and  each  man  who  does  good  with  good  will,  «    172 

hath  his  reward  of  God,  though  it  may  do  harm  to  some; 
because  the  righteous  judge  giveth  to  each  the  reward 
according  as   he  himself   determined   and   his   will   dictated  to 

him. 
Now  are  the  Jews  and  the  shameless  traitor  (Judas),  176 

who  plotted  against  Him,  guilty  of  Christ's  death, 
though  that  it  became  to  us  for  everlasting  redemption, 
and  none  of  them  shall  ever  come  to  Christ's  kingdom 
unless  they  have  repented  of  it  and  turn  to  Christ.  180 

The  Saviour  is  so  merciful,  that  He  would  have  mercy 


165.  Se  {for  se)  j  laewa. 

167.  J>e  {for  se). 

169.  U.  V.  yfelnys. 

174.  fSe  {forse). 

175.  willan. 


1 76.  ]>e  sceamleasa. 

178.  ecre. 

1 8a.  buton;  gebetton;  gebugon. 

181.  J>e  {for  se). 


156  XXVII.       EXALTATIO    SANCTE    CRUCIS. 

his  agenum  slagum  gif  hi  gecyrran  woldon  . 

and  biddan  his  miltsunge  .  swa  swa  heora  maenig  dyde  . 

swa  swa  se  hundredes  ealdor  .  J>e  hine  hetelice  stang  184 

on  his  halgan  sidan  .  and  sifttSan  him  beah  to  . 

se  hundredes  ealdor  hatte  longinus  . 

He  geseah  oa  sona  hu  seo  sunne  afystrode  . 

fram  mid-daege  oS  non  .  and  eall  middan-eard  bifode  .  188 

and  stanas  toburston  .  J»a  beah  he  to  criste 

sleande  his  breost  .  and  secgende  hlude  . 

Uere  .  filius  dei  est  hie  .  SoJ»lice  J>aes  is  godes  sunu  . 

He  forlet  oa  his  folgotS  .  and  ferde  to  J?am  apostolum  .  192 

and  wearS  gelaered  to  geleafan  Jmrh  hi  . 

and  mid  fulluhte  aj?wagen  fram  his  fyrlenum  dsedum  . 

He  daelde  J>a  his  eahta  ealle  on  aelmyssan  . 

and  on  claennysse  leofode  .  swa  swa  cristes  1'Segen  .  196 

on  mycelre  forhaefednysse  .  and  J?am  haef>enum  bodade 

J>one  soJ>an  geleafan  .  and  synne  forgifennysse  . 

and  to-wearp  deofolgild  .  and  wundra  gefremode 

on  godes  naman  .  oo"  Ipcet  sum  gramlic  dema  200 

hine  ge-martyrode  mid  micclum  witum  . 

Ac  he  worhte  fela  wundra  aetforan  fam  deman  . 

betwux  J>am  tintregum  .  and  ablende  J?one  deman 

Jmrh  godes  mihte  .  \>cet  menn  mihton  tocnawon  (sic)  204 

hu  mildheort  se  haelend  is  .  J>e  hine  mersode  swa  . 

He  wearS  J>a  beheafdod  for  tSaes  haelendes  naman  . 

J>one  J?e  he  aer  gewundode  waelhreowlice  on  rode  . 

and  wunao1  on  ecnysse  on  wuldre  mid  him  .  208 

Octauius  hatte  se  hae]?ena  dema 

)?e  hine  acwealde  .  ac  he  com  siSSan 

faer  he  ofslagen  waes  .  and  gesohte  his  lie 


184,  186.  pe  (for  se).  194.  aSwogen ;  om.  his ;  fyrnlicum. 

187.  )>eo  sunnse.  195.  om.  pa. ;  sehta ;  selmessan  (so 

188.  eal.  V.) 

191.  pes.  196.  J>eign. 

192.  folgaft.  198.  synna. 

1  Leaf  158,  back. 


XXVII.       THE    EXALTATION    OE    THE    HOLY    CROSS.       157 

upon  His  own  murderers  if  they  would  turn 
and  pray  for  His  mercy,  as  many  of  them  did, 
as,    for    instance,    the    centurion    who    wickedly    pierced    Him 
(Christ)  184 

in  His  holy  side,  and  afterwards  turned  to  Him ; 
this  centurion  was  named  Longinus. 
He  saw  then  how  suddenly  the  sun  became  dark 
from  midday  until  noon  (3  p.m.),  and  all  middle  earth  trembled,  188 
and  rocks  burst  asunder;    then  he  turned  to  Christ, 
smiting  his  breast,  and  saying  loudly, 

Vere  Filius  Dei  est  hie — Truly  this  (man)  is  the  Son  of  God. 
He    then    renounced    his    employment,   and  proceeded    to    the 
apostles,  192 

and  was  by  them  instructed  in  the  faith, 
and  with  baptism  was  washed  from  his  former  deeds. 

Then  he  distributed  all  his  goods  in  alms, 
and  lived  in  purity  as  Christ's  own  servant  (thane)  196 

in  great  abstinence,  and  preached  to  the  heathen 
the  true  faith  and  forgiveness  of  sins ; 
and  put  down  idolatry,  and  performed  miracles 
in  God's  name,  until  a  certain  cruel  judge  200 

put  him  to  death  with  great  torments. 

But  he  wrought  many  marvels  before  the  judge, 
amid  the  torments,  and  blinded  the  judge 

through  the  power  of  God,  that  men  might  know  204 

how  merciful  is  the  Saviour  who  had  so  magnified  him. 
Then  was  he  beheaded  for  the  sake  of  that  Saviour, 
whom  he  had  before  cruelly  wounded  on  the  cross, 
and  he  (now)  dwells  eternally  in  glory  with  Him.  208 

The  heathen  judge  who  put  him  to  death 
was  named  Octavius;   but  he  came  afterwards 
to  the  place  where  he  was  slain,  and  sought  his  body, 

199.  TJ.  ins.  heora  after  to-wearp.  sode)  ;  V.  maersode. 

201.  micluw.  208.  U.  ins.  nQ  before  on. 

204.  men;  tocnawan(V.  tocnawon).  209.  Se ;  om.  dema. 

205.  fte  (for  se) ;  lofede  {for  mer-  210.  om.  )>e. 


158    XXVIII.    PASSIO  SANCTI  MAURICII  ET  SOCIORUM  EIUS. 

biddende  forgifennysse  mid  wope  and  heofunge.  212 

pa  geseah  he  sona  gesundfullum  eagum  . 

Jmrh  )?one  ylcan  onliht  J>e  hine  aer  ablende  . 

and  se  dema  J?a  deorwurSlice  bebyrigde 

longines  lichaman  .  and  gelyfde  on  crist  216 

sefre  wuldrigende  god  .  0$  pcet  he  gewat  of  life  . 

Sy  wuldor  and  lof  J?am  wel-willendan  gode  . 

se  tSe  sefre  rixatS  on  ecnysse  .     AMEN.  219 

2I5-  J>e  (for  se).  218.  J>am  wellendan  (sic). 

216.  longings ;  and  sySSan  gelyfde.  219.  J>e  Se. 

217.  wundrigende. 


XXVIII. 

X.  KAL.  OCTOBRIS:  PASSIO  BANCTI  MAURICII  ET 
SOCIORUM  EIUS. 

[The  copy  in  V.  is  burnt.] 

MAXIMIANUS   HATTE    SUM   H^EBEN   CASERE 

se  ferde  to  franc-lande  mid  mycelre  fyrdinge 

wolde  gewyldan  mid  wige  J?a  leoda 

\>e  wif>er-rsede  wseron  .  and  his  rice  forsawon  .  4 

Se  casere  wees  cene  .  and  reSe  . 

and  deofol-gild  be-eode  .  dwollice  libbende  . 

and  acwealde  godes  men  mid  micelre  reSnysse  . 

pa  wseron  on  faere  fyrde  .  fela  cristene  menn  .  8 

and  an  synder-lic  eorod  of  easternum  leodum  . 

swif>e  cristene  menn  ]?am  casere  folgiende  . 

for-J>an  3}?e  hi  sceoldon  fyrdrian  .  swa  swa  eall  folc  dyde  . 

An  eorod  is  ge-cweden  on  Sam  ealdan  getele2  12 

six  Susend  manna  .  and  six  hund.  and  six  .  and  syxtig  . 

swa  fela  manna  waeron  on  J>am  fore-ssedan  eorode  . 

swif>e  gelyfede  on  fone  lyfigendan  god  . 

Jjeah  j?e  heora  hlaford  waere  wodlice  hseSen  .  16 

On  ]mm  flocce  wgeron  f>a  fyrmestan  menn  . 

mauricius  serest  .  and  exuperius  . 

1  Leaf  159.  3  An  accent  above  the  t. 


XXVIII.     ST.    MAURICE   AND   HIS   COMPANIONS.         159 

praying  for  forgiveness  with  weeping  and  lamentation.  212 

Then  forthwith  he  saw  with  sound  eyes, 

being  enlightened   by  the   same  (Being)   who  had   before   made 

him  blind. 
And  then  the  judge  sumptuously  buried 

the  body  of  Longinus,  and  believed  on  Christ,  216 

ever  glorifying  God  until  he  departed  this  life. 
Glory  and  praise  be  to  the  benevolent  God, 
who  reigneth  ever  eternally.    AMEN.  219 


XXVIII. 

SEPT.  22.    ST.  MAURICE  AND  HIS  COMPANIONS 
(THE  THEBiEAN  LEGION). 

There  was  a  certain  heathen  Emperor  hight  Maximian, 

who  fared  with  a  great  force  to  the  Frankish  land  [Gaul], 

desiring  to  subdue  by  war  the  tribes 

who  were  rebellious  and  had  renounced  his  rule.  4 

The  Emperor  was  keen  and  cruel, 

and  practised  idolatry,  living  as  a  heretic, 

and  killed  God's  servants  with  great  cruelty. 

There  were  in  the  army  many  Christian  men  8 

and  one  especial  Legion  from  Eastern  nations, 

very  Christian  men,  following  the  Emperor, 

because  they  had  to  serve  in  the  wars  even  as  all  people  did. 

A  Legion  is  said  in  the  old  reckoning  [to  be]  12 

six  thousand  men  and  six  hundred  and  six  and  sixty. 
So  many  men  were  there  in  the  aforesaid  legion, 
firmly  believing  on  the  living  God, 

though  their  lord  was,  to  a  mad  extent,  a  heathen.  16 

In  this  flock  the  foremost  men 
were  Maurice  the  chief,  and  Exuperius, 


160   XXVIII.    PASSIO    SANCTI   MAUltlCII    ET    SOCIORUM    EIUS. 

candidus  .  and  uitalis  .  and  fela  o)?re  to  him  . 

and  hi  wseron  geferlsehte  on  fsestum  geleafan  .  20 

swa  pcet  hi  noldon  bugan  to  J>am  bysmor-fullum  haefen-scipe  . 

fram  ]mm  lifigendan  gode  pe  hi  on  gelyfdon  . 

Hwaet  J?a  maximianus  mid  miccluwt  J>rymme  ferde  , 

0$  pcet  hi  comon  to  muntum  .  and  se  manfulla  wolde  24 

si&cSan  he  }>a  muntas  ofer-ferde  . 

his  haeben-gild  habban  .  and  het  him  to  clypian 

ealne  £>one  here  .  pcet  hi  his  haese  gefyldon  . 

and  mid  him  ge-offrodon  ealle  heora  lac  28 

J>am  deoflicum  godum  .  gode  aelmihtigan  to  teonan  . 

pa  gewende  seo  eorod  pe  we  aer  embe  spraecon  . 

for<5  on  heora  weg  .  and  for-flugon  pcet  deofol-gild  . 

noldon  hi  sylfe  fordon  mid  J>am  deoflicum  lacum  .  32 

ac  ridon  ofer  twelf  mila  to  rodan  baera  (sic)  ea  . 

and  pasr  gelihton  sona  .  for  tSam  langsumum  fserelde  . 

and  se  casere  wicode  mid  J?am  obrum  werode  . 

wij?  ane  litle  burh  octodorum  gehaten  .  36 

offrigende  his  lac  mid  J>am  ungeleaffulluwz 
his  arleasum  godum  wolde  hi  gegladian  . 

serj?an  pe  he  to  fam  gefeohte  come  .  pcet  hi  him  fylstan  sceoldon  . 
pa  ongeat  se  casere  pcet  pa  cristenan  bser  naeron  .  40 

and  het  t5a  mid1  graman  .  his  gegadan  to  faran  . 
and  beodon  (sic)  p&m  cristenum  pcet  hi  comon  him  to  . 
Hwaet  Sa  serendracan  Sa  ardlice  ridon  . 

and  budon  J?am  cristenum  Sees  caseres  geban  .  44 

ac  hi  ealle  cwaedon  mid  anraedum  geleafan  . 
pcet  hi  on  )?one  lyfigendan  god  gelyfdon  otS  pcet  . 
and  aefre  on  heora  life  on  hine  gelyfan  woldon  . 
and  cwsedon  to  Sam  serendracan  ]ms  ojjrum  wordum  .  48 

We  synd  gearwe  to  gefeohte  fortS  mid  Sam  casere  . 
ae  we  nellaj?  gecyrran  to  his  onssegednyssum  . 
pa  ridon  jm  aerendracan  raSe  eft  ongean 

and  cyddon  pam  casere  pcet  pa,  cristenan  noldon  52 

his  hsesum  gehyrsumian  to  his  haej^en-scipe  . 
1  Leaf  159,  back. 


XXVIII.       ST.  MAURICE    AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  161 

Candidus  and  Vitalis,  and  many  others  besides  them, 

and  they  were  associated  in  steadfast  faith,  20 

so  that  they  would  not  turn  to  shameful  heathenism 

from  the  living  God  in  whom  they  believed. 

Then  Maximian  journeyed  with  a  great  array 

until  they  came  to  the  mountains,  and  the  wicked  man  desired,  24 

after  he  had  passed  over  the  mountains, 

to  hold  his  heathen  worship,  and  bade  men  oall  to  him 

the  whole  army  that  they  might  fulfil  his  hest, 

and  with  him  might  all  offer  their  sacrifices  28 

to  the  devilish  gods,  to  the  dishonour  of  God  Almighty. 

Then  went  the  Legion,  of  whom  we  have  before  spoken, 
forth  on  their  way,  and  fled  from  that  idolatry, 
for    they    would    not     destroy    themselves     by    the     diabolical 
sacrifices,  32 

but  rode  more  than  twelve  miles  to  the  river  Rhodanus  [Rhone], 
and  there  speedily  alighted  on  account  of  the  tedious  journey ; 
and  the  Emperor  encamped  with  the  other  army 
near  a  little  town  called  Octodurum  [Martigny],  36 

offering  his  sacrifices  with  the  unbelieving 
to  his  wicked  gods,  desiring  to  gladden  them 
before  he  should  come  to  the  fight,  that  they  might  assist  him. 
Then  perceived  the  Emperor  that  the  Christians  were  not  there,  40 
and  thereupon  angrily  commanded  his  companions  to  go 
and  bid  the  Christians  to  come  to  him. 
So  the  messengers  rode  quickly 

and  announced  to  the  Christians  the  Emperor's  proclamation,  44 
but  they  all  said  with  steadfast  faith 
that  they  had  until  then  believed  in  the  living  God, 
and  ever  throughout  their  lives  would  believe  in  Him, 
and  spake  to  the  messengers  thus  in  other  words ;  48 

*  We  are  ready  to  go  forth  to  the  fight  with  the  Emperor, 
but  we  will  not  be  perverted  to  his  sacrifices.' 
Then  the  messengers  rode  quickly  back  again, 
and  made  known  to  the  Emperor  that  the  Christians  would  not 
obey  his  hest  concerning  his  idolatry. 

11 


162    XXVIII.     PASSIO   SANCTI   MAURICII   ET   SOCIOEUM   EITJS. 

Maximianus  wearS  fa  mid  micclum  graman  ontend  . 
and  het  fa  hsef  enan  faran  and  fa  halgan  ofslean  , 
Ipcet  men  mihton  geseon  hu  maximianws  gewrsece  56 

his  agenne  teonan  .  and  eac  his  goda  . 
and  hi  fa  caflice  ferdon  to  gefyllenne  his  beboda  . 
Hwset  fa  mauricius  se  msera  godes  <5egn  . 

and  exuperius  .  mid  eadmodnysse  afyllede  60 

tihton  heora  geferan  f  cet  hi  unforhte  wseron  . 
and  bsedon  f  cet  hi  awurpan  heora  wsepna  him  fram  . 
and  for  cristes  geleafan  heora  cwellerum  onbugon 
blif  e  to  slsege  .  swa  swa  he  sylf  gebysnode  .  64 

fa  fa  he  het  petrum  behydan  his  swurd  . 
Be-twux  fysum  tihtingum  tengdon  fa  hsef  enan 
mid  andf recum  (sic)  wsepnum  to  f am  sewfaestum  heape  . 
and  slogon  fa  cristenan  swa  swa  se  casere  het  68 

wodlice  mid  wsepnum  .  swa  swa  mann  wudu  hywS  . 
and  fa  godes  f segnas  mid  glsednysse  efston  . 
astrsehton  heora  swuran  .  xto  slsege  for  criste  . 
and  noldon  mid  wsepnum  winnan  him  togeanes  .  72 

ac  efstan  to  geflites  to  f am  anfrsecum  swurdum  . 
Eft  Sa  se  casere  sende  to  f am  cwellerum  . 
and  het  Ipcet  hi  ne  be-lsefdon  of  f  am  geleaffullum  werode 
nsenne  mann  cucenne  f  e  on  crist  gelyfde  .  76 

and  hi  swa  dydon  swa  him  se  deofles  biggenga 
mid  graman  bebead  .  and  fa  godes  menn  acwealdon  . 
swa  f  cet  fser  an  ne  be-laf  of  f  am  werode  . 
psera  sawla  under-fengon  sona  godes  englas  80 

manega  of  heofonum  mid  micelre  blisse  . 
swa  swa  fa  gelseredan  godes  feowas  on  lof  sangum  singaS  . 
pa  dasldon  fa  cwelleras  f sera  cristes  martyra 
wsepna  .  and  gewseda  .  for-f an  f e  se  wselhreowa  het  84 

f  cet  heora  ge-hwilc  hsefde  of  f  am  here-reafe 
f  ses  mannes  gewseda  f e  he  mid  wsepnum  acwealde  . 
JEfter  Sam  gedale  fa  dyrstigan  cwelleras 

ge-sseton  him  set-somne  mid  switSlicre  blisse  .  88 

1  Leaf  160. 


XXVIII.       ST.   MAU1UCE    AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.         163 

Then  Maximian  became  inflamed  with  great  anger, 
and  bade  the  heathen  go  and  slay  the  saints, 
that  men  might  see  how  Maximian  would  avenge  56 

his  own  dishonour  and  eke  that  of  his  gods. 
And  they  therewith  went  quickly  to  fulfil  his  commands. 
Then  Maurice,  the  illustrious  servant  of  God, 
and  Exuperius,  filled  with  humility,  60 

exhorted  their  companions  to  be  fearless, 
and  requested  them  to  cast  their  weapons  away  from  them, 
and  for  Christ's  faith  to  submit  to  their  executioners, 
[going]    joyfully   to    death,    even    as    He    [Christ]   Himself   set 
them  the  example  64 

when  He  bade  Peter  to  sheathe  his  sword. 
In  the  midst  of  these  exhortations  the  heathen  hastened 
with  formidable  weapons  to  the  pious  company, 
and  slew  the  Christians,  even  as  the  Emperor  had  commanded,    68 
with  their  weapons  furiously,  as  one  heweth  wood; 
and  the  servants  of  God  hastened  with  gladness, 
stretched  out  their  necks  to  the  death  for  Christ, 
and  would  not  with  their  weapons  strive  against  them,  72 

but  hastened  with  emulation  to  the  terrible  swords. 

After  that  the  Emperor  sent  to  the  executioners, 
and  bade  that  they  should  not  leave  of  that  faithful  band 
one  man  alive  who  believed  in  Christ ;  76 

and  they  so  did  as  the  devil's  worshipper 
savagely  bade,  and  killed  the  servants  of  God, 
so  that  not  one  was  left  of  the  company. 

Many  of  God's  angels  from  heaven  straightway  80 

received  their  souls  with  great  joy, 
even  as  God's  well-instructed  servants  sing  in  hymns. 
Then  the  soldiers  divided  Christ's  martyrs' 
weapons  and  garments,  because  the  bloodthirsty  one  bade        84 
that  each  of  them  should  have  as  spoil 
that  man's  clothes  whom  he  had  killed  with  his  weapons. 
After  this  dividing  the  presumptuous  murderers 
sat  down  together  with  great  merriment,  88 

11-2 


164   XXVIII.      PASSIO   SANCTI   MAURICII   ET   SOCIOEUM   EIUS. 

and  fengon  to  gereorde  mid    Mum  handum  . 
pa  com  Ipxr-to  ridan  sum  cristen  man  sona 
har-wencge  and  eald  se  wees  geliaten  uictor  . 
pa  ongunnon  f>a  cwelleras  clypian  J?one  ealdan  92 

to  heora  gereorde  .  ac  he  hrafte  axode 
for  hwilcum  intingum  hi  wseron  swa  wundorlice  bliSe  . 
otSSe  hu  hi  mihton  senigne  mete  f>icgan 

betwux  ]mm  ofslagenum  .  pa  ssede  heora  sum  96 

])cet  hi  cristene  wseron  .  and  se  casere  hete 
hi  ealle  ofslean  ocfrum  to  bysne  . 
Se  ealde  uictor  pa  incundlice  geomerode  . 

and  hlude  clypode  .  Eala  come  ic  ser  100 

pcet  ic  mihte  geendian  mine  ylde  mid  swylcum  . 
and  mm  ealde  1blod  mid  J^issere  eorode  ageotan  . 
pcet  ic  heora  wurSmyntes  ne  wurde  bedseled  . 
Hwset  $a  hsej^enan  J?a  hine  bestodon  .  104 

and  heton  hine  secgan  mid  swy<51icum  Jpreate 
hwefer  he  cristen  wsere  pa  he  wilnode  J>yllices  . 
He  beseah  pa  to  heofonura  .  and  saede  mid  geomerunge  . 
Eall  middan-eard  is  mid  miste  befangen  108 

deopre  nytennysse  buton  us  drihten  crist 
oppe  his  leoht  forgife  .  oppe  us  lsede  onweg  . 
and  ge-unne  me  nu  crist  aefter  }?ysre  cyjmysse 
pcet  ge  me  fseran  ne  lsetan  fram  pjaum  ofslagenum  halgum  .        112 
^Efter  f>ysum  wordum  seo  wedende  meniu 
ofslogon  J>one  uictor  pcet  he  feallende  sweolt  , 
and  he  swa  geearnode  pa  ecan  myrhtSe 

mid  J>am  halgum  werum  .  swa  swa  he  wiscte  him-sylfum  .     116 
Hwset  wille  we  furSor  secgan  hu  se  unsseliga  casere 
his  fyrdinge  geendode  .  J^onne  he  forferde  on  ende  . 
ac  uton  J?encan  georne  J>onne  we  J>yllic  gehyratS  . 
pcet  we  pe  beteran  beon  .  J?urh  ]?a  boclican  lare  .  120 

We  sceolon  swincan  .  and  ofer-swySan  unf>eawas 
mid  godre  drohtnunga  godes  rice  ge-earnian  . 
pcet  we  mid  f>am  halgum  pe  we  heriatS  nu 
1  Leaf  160,  back. 


XXVIII.      ST.  MAURICE   AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  165 

and  began  their  feast  with  foul  hands. 

Then,    anon,    there    came    riding    thereto    a    certain    Christian 

man, 
hoary  and  old,  who  was  named  Victor. 

Then  began  the  murderers  to  call  the  old  man  92 

to  their  feast ;    but  he  quickly  asked 
for  what  cause  they  were  so  wonderfully  blithe, 
or  how  they  could  taste  any  meat 

in  the  midst  of  the  slain?     Then  said  one  of  them  96 

that  those  were  Christians,  and  the  Emperor  had  commanded 
to  slay  them  all  for  an  example  to  others. 

Then  the  old  Victor  inwardly  groaned, 
and  cried  aloud;    'Oh!    that  I  had  come  earlier,  100 

that  I  might  end  my  life  with  such  men, 
and  shed  my  old  blood  with  this  Legion, 
that  I  might  not  be  deprived  of  their  honour  ! ' 
Then  the  heathen  beset  him  around,  104 

and  with  fierce  threatening  bade  him  say 
if  he  were  a  Christian,  since  he  desired  such  a  thing] 
Then  he  looked  up  to  Heaven,  and  said  with  grief, 
1  All  the  earth  is  encompassed  with  the  mist  108 

of  deep  brutishness,  except  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
either  give  us  His  light  or  lead  us  away  ; 
and  may  Christ  now  grant  me,  after  this  confession, 
that  ye  may  not  let  me  go  from  these  slain  Saints  1 '  112 

After  these  words  the  infuriated  multitude 
slew  this  Victor,  so  that  he  fell  and  died  ; 
and  thus  he  earned  the  bliss  eternal, 

with  the  holy  men,  even  as  he  himself  had  wished.  116 

Wherefore  should  we  further  relate  how  the  unblessed  Emperor 
ended  his  expedition,  seeing  that  he  perished  in  the  end  1 

But  let  us  think  earnestly,  when  we  hear  the  like, 
that  we  may  be  the  better  by  means  of  bookish  lore.  120 

We  have  to  toil,  and  overcome  evil  habits 
by  a  good  service,  to  earn  God's  kingdom ; 
that  we  may  rejoice  with  the  saints 


166     XXVIII.    PASSIO    SANCTI    MAUBICII   ET   SOCIORUM    EIUS. 

blissian  moton  .  J?eah  we  martyras  ne  beon  .  124 

We  sceolon  gefencan  hu  ge-f>yldige  hi  waeron 
f>a  j?e  for  cristes  nam  an  ge-cwylmede  weeron  . 
hi  man  swang  mid  swipum  .  and  on  sse  adrincte  (sic)  . 
o(5(5e  on  fyre  forbsernde  .  olppe  forcSwyrftum  limum  128 

to  wsefersyne  tucode  .  mid  gehwilcum  witum  . 
and  on  selcum  wawan  hi  wseron  gef>yldige  . 
and  selcne  hosp  hi  for-bseron  .  for1  J?aes  haelendes  naman  . 
Nu  synd  we  swa  asolcene  \>cet  we  swincan  nellaS  132 

nan  J>incg  .  fornean  ne  urum  lustum  wi(5cwef»an 
wiS  |)ara  Ipcet  we  moton  ]m  micclan  gef>inc$a 
habban  on  heofonum  mid  J?am  halgum  martyrura  . 
ne  we  nellacS  forberan  an  bysmorlic  word  136 

for  ures  drihtnes  naman  .  swa  swa  we  don  sceoldon  . 
ac  butan  ge-J?ylde  .  and  feawfsestnysse  we  yrsiatS 
swa  swa  leo  .  and  lyt-hwon  JjencaS  hu  we  earmingas  sceolon 
set  f>am  selmihtigan  gode  senige  miltsunge  begitan  .  140 

nu  we  swa  recelease  syndon  .  and  swa  ref>e  us  betwynan  . 
Gef>yld  is  micel  msegen  .  and  mannum  nyd-behefe  . 
swa  swa  ure  hselend  cwseS  to  his  halgum  apostolum  . 
In  patientia  uestra  possidentis  animas  uestras  .  144 

On  eowrura  geftylde  ge  ge-ahnia'S  eowre  sawla  . 
Gif  se  gef>yldiga  man  mid  his  folmodnysse 
his  sawle  gehylt  .  swa  swa  us  ssede  crist  . 

J?onne  forlyst  se  yrsigenda  wer  his  agene  sawle  .  148 

]?urh  weamodnysse  .  and  heo  gewislice  for-fsertS  . 
Gif  we  wislice  libbaS  .  swa  swa  us  wissiacS  bee 
J^onne  mage  we  becuman  to  cristes  halgum   . 
aefter  ure  ge-endunge  .  and  aefre  mid  him  wunian  .  152 

for-])an  J>e  Ipes  middan-eard  flihS  aweg  swySe  . 
and  ure  dagas  gewitaS  .  swa  swa  weg-fserende  menn  . 
and  se  forJ?-gewitena  dseg  ne  went  nsefre  ongean  . 
ac  selc  tid  us  drifcS  fortS  to  deaf>e  unj>ances  .  156 

pa  halgan  }?e  we  heriatS  .  and  heora  gelican  . 
forsawon  }?isne  middan-eard  .  )?eah  J>e  he  myrge  wsere 

1  Leaf  161. 


XXVIII.      ST.  MAURICE    AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  167 

whom  now  we  praise,  though  we  be  not  martyrs.  124 

We  must  consider  how  patient  they  were, 

those  who  for  Christ's  name  were  killed ; 

men  scourged  them  with  whips  and  drowned  them  in  the  sea, 

or  burned  them  in  the  fire,  or  with  tortured  (?)  limbs  1 28 

tormented  them  for  a  spectacle  with  every  punishment ; 

and  in  every  woe  they  were  patient, 

and  bore  every  contumely  for  the  Saviour's  name. 

Now  are  we  so  slothful  that  we  will  not  labour  132 

in  hardly  anything,  nor  deny  our  lusts 

in  order  that  we  may  have  in  exchange  those  great  dignities 

in  heaven,  together  with  the  holy  martyrs ; 

neither  will  we  bear  one  contemptuous  word  136 

for  our  Lord's  name,  as  we  ought  to  do, 

but  without  patience  and  constancy  we  grow  angry 

as  a  lion,  and  scarcely  consider  how  we,  miserable  men, 

are  to  obtain  any  mercy  from  Almighty  God,  140 

now  that  we  are  so  reckless  and  so  fierce  amongst  ourselves. 

Patience  is  a  great  virtue  and  necessary  to  men, 

even  as  our  Saviour  said  to  His  holy  Apostles, 

'  In  jpatientia  uestra  possidebitis  animas  uestras;'  144 

1  In  your  patience  ye  shall  possess  your  souls.' 

If  the  patient  man  by  his  long-suffering 

keepeth  his  soul,  even  as  Christ  said  to  us, 

then  the  irascible  man  will  lose  his  own  soul  148 

through  impatience,  and  it  will  certainly  perish. 

If  we  live  wisely,  even  as  books  instruct  us, 

then  may  we  come  amongst  Christ's  Saints 

after  our  ending,  and  ever  dwell  with  them;  152 

because  this  world  flieth  away  very  swiftly, 

and  our  days  depart  like  wayfaring  men; 

and  the  departed  day  cometh  never  again, 

but  every  hour  driveth  us  forth  to  death,  against  our  will.  156 

The  saints  whom  we  are  honouring  and  their  like 
renounced  this  world,  though  it  were  merry, 


168       XXVIII.    PASSIO    SANCTI    MAURICII    ET  SOCIOEUM    EIUS. 

fa  Sa  hi  on  life  wseron  .  forf  an  fe  hi  gewilnodon  fses  ecan  . 

pa  wses  langsum  lif  .  and  life  'ge-wederu  .  160 

hselo  on  lichaman  .  on  lang-sumere  sibbe  . 

wsestm-bsernys  on  eorf an  .  and  geniht-sum-nyss  on  spedum  . 

ac  swa-feah  fa  halgan  eall  poet  forhogodon  . 

and  fses  ecan  lifes  eallunga  ge-wilnodon  .  164 

Efne  nu  fses  middan-eard  is  for  micclum  geswenct  . 

and  mid  manegum  earfotSnyssum  yfele  gef reatod  . 

and  f  eah-hwsef  ere  we  lufiacS  his  earfoSnysse  git  . 

and  to  fisum  swicolum  life  we  swinca'S  and  tiliaj?  .  168 

and  to  f  am  towerdan  life  we  tiliaS  hwonlice  . 

on  fan  f  e  we  sefre  habbaS  swa  hwset  swa  we  her  geearniaS  . 

Hwilon  fees  middan-eard  teah  menn  fraw  gode  . 

mid  his  fsegernyssum  .  and  nu  he  fylst  us  to  gode  172 

forf an  p e  he  is  afylled  mid  fela  earfofnyssum  . 

Uton  forfy  awendan  .  urne  willan  to  gode  . 

and  to  f  am  ecan  life  ure  smeagunge  nu  . 

peel  we  eft  moton  fser  sefre  wunian  .  176 

swa  swa  crist  sylf  behet  f  am  f  e  hine  lufiatS  . 

pam  is  wuldor  and  wurtSmynt  a  to  worulde     AMEN  .  178 


XXIX. 

[VII.]  IDUS  OCTOBR.  PASSIO    SANCTI   DIONISII   ET 
SOCIORUJf  EIUS. 

[Various  readings  from  U.  (  =  MS.  Camb.  Univ.  Library,  Ii.  1.  33) ;  p.  327.] 

T)aulus   ©eoda   lareow  fa  ©a  he  geond  land  ferde 

bodigende  geleafan  swa  swa  him  bebead  se  heelend 
fa  becom  he  on  sumum  dsege  to  sumere  mseran  byrig 
athenas  gehaten  .  healic  and  msere  4 

f sere  greciscra  heafod-burh  .  on  hsetSen-scipe  wunigende  . 
peer  wses  dionisius  se  deorwurfta  martyr 
fsera  hsefena  lareow  on  heora  geleaf-leaste  . 
of  f  cet  paulus  hine  awende  of  woge  to  rihte  .  8 

1  Leaf  161,  back. 


XXVIII.       ST.  MAURICE    AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  169 

"whilst  still  in  this  life,  because  they  desired  the  (life)  eternal. 

Then  was  there  long  life,  and  mild  weather,  160 

health  of  body,  during  long-lasting  peace, 

fruitfulness  on  earth,  and  sufficiency  in  riches. 

But  nevertheless  the  saints  despised  all  that, 

and  entirely  desired  the  eternal  life.  164 

Behold  now,  this  earth  is  too  much  harassed, 

and  with  many  distresses  evilly  oppressed  ; 

and  nevertheless  we  love  its  distresses  still; 

and  for  this  deceitful  life  we  labour  and  toil,  168 

and  for  the  future  life  we  toil  little, 

wherein  we  shall  ever  have  whatsoever  we  earn  here. 

Once  this  earth  drew  men  away  from  God 

by  its  fairness,  and  now  it  helpeth  us  to  God,  172 

because  it  is  filled  with  many  distresses. 

Let  us  therefore  now  turn  our  wills  to  God, 

and  our  contemplation  to  the  eternal  life, 

that  we  afterward  may  dwell  there  for  ever;  176 

even  as  Christ  Himself  promised  to  them  that  love  Him. 

To  whom  is  glory  and  worship  for  ever  and  ever.  AMEN.     178 

XXIX. 

OCT.  9.    PASSION  OF  SAINT  DENIS  AND  HIS 
COMPANIONS. 

Paul,  the  doctor  of  the  Gentiles,  as  he  journeyed  through  the  land 
preaching  the  faith,  even  as  the  Saviour  commanded  him, 
came  on  a  certain  day  to  a  great  city 

hight  Athens,  illustrious  and  great,  4 

the  capital  city  of  the  Greeks,  dwelling  in  heathenism. 

There  was  Dionysius,  the  noble  martyr, 
the  leader  of  the  heathen  in  their  unbelief, 
until  that  Paul  converted  him  from  error  to  right.  8 

Title  ;  U.  vu. ;  A.  mi.  {wrongly).  6.  martir. 

2.  \>e  (for  se)  ;  and  so  in  6,  9,  26,  7.  hsej>enra. 
etc.  8.  awsende. 

3.  sumre. 


170       XXIX.      PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII   ET   SOCIOEUM   EIUS. 

Se  dyonisius  geseah  mid  sumura  oj?rum  ucSwitan 

on  egypta  lande  peer  hi  get  lare  weeron  . 

hu  seo  sunne  apystrode1  to  sweartre  nihte 

fram  mid-dsege  ocS  non  }m  8a  ure  drihten  J)rowode  12 

for  mancynnes  alysednysse  .  and  hi  micclum  J>aes  wundrodon  . 

pa  cwce'cS  dyonisius  .  f>eos  deorce  niht  getacnaj? 

micel  leoht  towerd  eallum  middan-earde 

Ipcet  god  sylf  geswutelacS  socSlice  mann-cynne  .  16 

He  wa3s  pa  iung  mann  .  f>a  ©a  pis  gewearcS  . 

and  him  com  Ipcet  leoht  to  .  Jmrh  paules  lare  sytSftan 

swa  swa  we  her  secgaS  on  pisre  softan  rsedincge  . 

Paulus  eode  pa  gleaw-lice  and  heora  godas  sceawode  20 

ealle  be  endebyrdnysse  .  and  eac  pa  weofoda  . 

op  Ipcet  he  funde  an  weofod  Ipe  pis  gewrit  on  stod  . 

Deo  ignoto  .  \cet  is  on  englisc  .  UncuSum  gode 

is  pis  weofod  halig  .  pa  bewende  hine  paulus  24 

to  dionisie  pam  drihtnes  men  and  cwceS  . 

Hwset  is  se  uncufta  god  pe  ge  arwurcSiatS  pus? 

pa  cwceS  dyonisius  .  he  is  digle  git  mannum  . 

and  is  towerd  on  worulde  .  and  gewylt  ealle  ping  28 

heofonas  and  eorpan  .  and  his  rice  wunaft 

a  buton  ende.     Da  andwyr&e  paulus  . 

hwaet  pinctS  eow  be  fam  gode  .  bip  he  gast  o&Se  man? 

Dyonisius  andwyrde  pam  arwurtSan  paule  pus  .  32 

He  biS  sotSlice  god  .  and  soSlice  man  . 

and  he  sylf  ge-edniwaS  .  pisne  ealdan  middan-eard  . 

ac  he  is  git  uncuS  .  forpan  pe  he  cucu  wunatS 

mid  gode  on  heofonum  .  pa  cwceS  se  halga  paulus  .  36 

pone  god  ic  eow  bodige  pone  Se  ge  hataS  uncuftne  . 

he  is  acenned  of  marian  pam  mseran  msedene  . 

and  he  prowode  deaS  sylf-willes  for  mannum  . 

and  aras  of  deafte  purh  his  drihten-lican  mihte  .  40 

he2  astah  eac  to  heofonum  to  his  halgan  fseder  . 

11.  J)eo  sunnse.  17.  man. 

13.  miclum.  19.  Jjyssere  raedinge. 

15.  toweard. 

1  Leaf  162.  '2  Leaf  162,  back. 


XXIX.      ST.    DENIS    AND    HIS   COMPANIONS.  171 

He,  Dionysius,  had  seen,  with  some  other  philosophers, 

in  the  land  of  the  Egyptians,  where  they  were  studying, 

how  the  sun  grew  dim  unto  swart  night 

from  midday  to  nones  (3  p.m.)  when  our  Lord  was  suffering  12 

for  mankind's  redemption,  and  they  greatly  wondered  thereat. 

Then  said  Dionysius,  '  This  dark  night  betokeneth 

a  great  light  to  come  upon  all  the  earth 

which  God  Himself  will  verily  manifest  to  mankind/  16 

He  was  then  a  young  man,  when  that  this  happened, 

and  that  light  came  to  him  through  Paul's  lore  afterward, 

even  as  we  shall  here  say  in  this  true  reading. 

Paul  then  went  prudently  and  beheld  their  gods  20 

all  in  their  order,  and  eke  the  altars, 

until  he  found  an  altar  whereon  stood  this  inscription, 

'  Deo  ignoto ; '   that  is  in  English,  '  To  the  unknown  god 

is  this  altar  holy.'      Then  Paul  turned  him  24 

to  Dionysius  the  Lord's  servant,  and  said, 

1  What  is  this  unknown  god  whom  ye  worship  thus  1 ' 

Then  said  Dionysius,  '  He  is  yet  hidden  from  men, 

and  is  to  come  into  the  world,  and  shall  rule  all  things,         28 

the  heavens  and  the  earth ;   and  His  kingdom  shall  continue 

ever  without  end/      Then  answered  Paul, 

1  What  think  ye  of  that  god,  will  he  be  spirit  or  man  % ' 

Dionysius  answered  the  venerable  Paul  thus,  32 

1  He  will  be  verily  God  and  verily  man, 

and  He  Himself  shall  renew  this  old  world; 

but  He  is  yet  unknown,  because  He,  living,  dwelleth 

with  God  in  Heaven/      Then  said  the  holy  Paul,  36 

1  That  God  I  preach  to  you  Whom  ye  call  unknown ; 

He  is  born  of  Mary  the  illustrious  virgin, 

and  He  suffered  death  of  His  own  will  for  men, 

and  arose  from  death  by  His  divine  power.  40 

He  ascended  also  to  Heaven  to  His  holy  Father, 

23.  U.  om.  englisc.  34.  om.  ealdan. 

28.  toweard;  worolde.  37-  hataft. 

30.  butan.  40.  miclan  {for  drihtenlican). 

33.  mann.  41.  halgum. 


172        XXIX.      PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII   ET   SOCIORUM    EIUS. 

and  sitt  on  his  swiSran  hand  .  socS  god  .  and  soft  man  . 

fmrh  J?one  synd  geworhte  ealle  ]?incg  on  worulde  . 

and  he  cymcS  to  demenne  aelcum  be  his  daedum  .  44 

on  ende  ]?yssere  worulde  .  mid  wuldor-fullum  englum  . 

pa  (Sa  paulus  ]?ajr  lange  daeges  geleafan  J»ser  bodode  . 

J>a  gelyfde  dyonisius  on  J»one  lifigendan  god  . 

and  on-cneow  Ipcet  his  godas  gramlice  deofla  waeron  .  48 

He  bsed  J>a  georne  paulum  .  Ipcet  he  him  gebaede  fore  . 

J>one  mildheortan  drihten  .  \cet  he  his  discipulus  wurde  . 

Eft  on  f>am  oJ?rum  daage  eode  paulus  be  J>9ere  street  . 

and  gemette  aenne  blindne  mann  .  se  waes  geboren  swa  .         52 

se  bsed  ge-mahlice  J>one  maeran  paulum 

\>cet  he  hine  gehaelde  on  f>aes  haelendes  naman  . 

and  se  eadiga  apostol  his  eagan  gemearcode 

mid  J>sere  halgan  rode  J>one  haelend  biddende  .  56 

]>cet  he  him  gesihSe  forgeafe  .  and  he  geseah  sona 

se  8e  blind  waes  geboren  .  and  him  bebead  paulus  8us  . 

Gang  to  dyonisie  nu  J?e  god  onlihte  . 

and  saege  Ipcet  he  onette  swa  swa  he  aer  behet  60 

"jpcet  he  beo  gefullod  fram  fyrnlicum  synnum  . 

pa  eode  se  gehseleda  gehyrsum  J?am  apostole  . 

and  bead  his  haesa  bealdlice  dyonisie  . 

Dyonisius  J>a  axode  f>one  aerendracan  of-wundrod  .  64 

eart  J>u  la  se  blinda  \>e  swa  geboren  waere  ? 

He  andwyr&e  sona  f>am  arwurj?an  were  . 

Ic  eom  se  ylca  f»e  ]>u  embe  spry  est  . 

J>e  blind  waes  geboren  .  and  seo  beorhte  sunne  68 

minum  eagum  ne  scean  .  of>  Jnsne  andwyrdan  daeg  . 

ac  se  eadiga  paulus  mine  eagan1  onlihte 

}?urh  his  drihtnes  mihte  .  J>e  he  m  annum  embe  bodaft  . 

Dionisius  J>a  aras  .  and  hraSe  efste  to  paule  72 

42.  sit.  47.  lifigende. 

43.  J)ing ;  worolde.  49.  \aet  he  baede  for  hiwi. 

45.  sende;  worolde;  wulder-";  sen-  50.  to  gode  (for  J>one  .  .  drihten). 
glum.  51.  street. 

46.  "Se  (/orSa);  om.  J>aer;  bodade.  52.  Se  (for  se). 

1  Leaf  163. 


XXIX.      ST.    DENIS   AND   HIS    COMPANIONS.  173 

and  sitteth  on  His  right  hand,  very  God  and  very  man, 
by  "Whom  are  made  all  things  in  the  world, 
and   He   shall   come    to   judge    every    [man]    according    to    his 
deeds,  44 

in  the  end  of  this  world  with  glorious  angels.' 
When  Paul  had  preached  the  faith  there  long  in  the  day, 
then  Dionysius  believed  on  the  living  God, 
and  acknowledged  that  his  gods  were  horrible  devils.  48 

Then  he  besought  Paul  earnestly  to  pray  for  him 
to  the  merciful  Lord  that  he  might  be  His  disciple. 
Again,  on  the  second  day,  Paul  went  along  the  street, 
and  met  a  blind  man  who  was  so  born ;  52 

he  begged  importunately  of  the  great  Paul, 
that  he  would  heal  him  in  the  name  of  Jesus, 
and  the  blessed  apostle  marked  his  eyes 

with  the  holy  cross,  praying  to  the  Saviour  56 

that  He  would  give  him  sight,  and  he  saw  immediately, 
he  who  was  born  blind ;    and  Paul  commanded  him  thus, 

*  Go  to  Dionysius,  now  God  hath  enlightened  thee, 

and  tell  him  to  hasten,  even  as  he  before  promised,  60 

to  be  baptized  from  his  former  sins.' 

Then  went  the  healed  man,  obedient  to  the  apostle, 
and  announced  his  hest  boldly  to  Dionysius. 
Then  Dionysius  asked  the  messenger,  being  astonished,  64 

*  What  !    art  thou  the  blind  man  who  was  so  born  1 
He  straightway  answered  the  venerable  man, 

'I  am  the  same  of  whom  thou  speakest, 

who  was  born  blind,  and  the  bright  sun  68 

never  shone  on  my  eyes  until  this  present  day; 

but  the  blessed  Paul  enlightened  mine  eyes 

through  his  Lord's  might,  concerning  whom  he  preacheth  to  men.' 

Dionysius  thereupon  arose,  and  quickly  hastened  to  Paul         72 

53.  and  (for  se).  66.  om.  sona  .  .  were. 

55.  Se  (for  se).  67.  sprecst. 

56.  rode-tacna.  68.  ©eo  (for  seo). 

58.  J?e  (for  se) ;  and  in  62,  &c.  69.  mine;  sedan  on  Jjysne  andwer- 

60.  sege  him  pact ;  air.  dan. 

63.  hsese.  72.  rafte. 


174        XXIX.       PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII   ET   SOCIORUM   EIUS. 

mid  eallum  his  hiwum  to  Sam  halgan  fulluhte  . 

and  wearcS  gefullod  .  and  folgode  paule 

Ipreo  gear  tosomne  swa  hwider  swa  he  sicfode  . 

and  deoplice  under-nam  drihtnes  lare  set  him  .  76 

o'S  pcet  se  halga  apostol  hine  gehadode  to  bisceope  . 

to  Ipsere  atheniscan  byrig  J>ger  he  geboren  wses  . 

and  het  hine  bodian  bealdlice  geleafan  . 

and  \>cet  halige  godspel  }mm  haetSenum  leodum  .  80 

Dionisius  J>a  wunode  deoplice  gelsered 

on  J»a3re  foresaedan  byrig  set  his  bisceop-stole  . 

and  bodode  J>am  land-folce  godes  lare  georne  . 

J?am  J»e  he  aer  wass  lareow  on  heora  geleaf-leaste  .  84 

He  gebigde  f>a  }?a  burhware  to  gode  . 

and  ]?one  maestan  dael  J>aes  mancynnes  to  geleafan 

and  fela  bee  gesette  be  Sam  soSan  geleafan  . 

and  be  engla  werodum  mid  wundorlicre  smeagunge  .  88 

and  to  o£rum  bisceopum  J>a  bee  asende  . 

j?a  tSe  paulus  gehadode  .  and  se  halga  iohannes  . 

sum  J>sera  hatte  titus  .  Sum  timotheus  . 

sum  policarpus  .  and  gehwilce  oJ»re  .  92 

Eac  to  iohanne  J>am  arwurcSan  godspellere 

he  sende  gewritu  J>a  J»a  he  on  wraecsiSe  wees 

on  pathmo  J>am  iglande  .  J»a  J>a  se  arlease  casere 

domicianus  .  hine  fordemde  j?yder  .  96 

Dionisius  hine  ge-frefrode  mid  fore-witegunge  )>a 

and  saede  Ipcet  he  wiste  j?a  gewislice  puvh  god 

\>cet  iohannes  sceolde  simian  of  pa,m  iglande 

eft  to  asian  lande  swa  swa  hit  gelamp  sitSSan  .  100 

and  f>aer  god-spel  awritan  .  swa  swa  hit  gewearcS  eft  . 

Dionisius  J?a  ferde1  geond  fela  burga  gehwider  . 

and  geond  land  bodigende  bealdlice  geleafan  . 

and  ge-bigde  mancynn  micclum  to  gode  .  104 

and  untrume  gehselde  on  faes  hselendes  naman  . 


80.  godspell. 

88.  weredum; 

w  under- 

82.  foresaeden. 

92.  om.  and  . 

.  o]>re. 

83.  bodade;  geornlice. 

1  Leaf  163,  back. 

XXIX.      ST.    DENIS    AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  175 

with  all  his  household  to  the  holy  baptism, 

and  was  baptized,  and  followed  Paul 

three  years  together  whithersoever  he  journeyed, 

and  deeply  received  the  divine  lore  from  him,  76 

until  the  holy  apostle  consecrated  him  as  bishop 

of  the  Athenian  city  where  he  was  born, 

and  bade  him  preach  boldly  the  faith, 

and  the  .holy  gospel  to  the  heathen  nations.  80 

Dionysius  then  continued,  deeply  learned, 

in  the  aforesaid  city  at  his  episcopal  see, 

and  diligently  preached  God's  lore  to  the  people  of  the  land 

to  whom  he  was  before  a  leader  in  their  unbelief.  84 

So  he  converted  the  citizens  to  God, 

and  the  most  part  of  the  men  to  the  faith, 

and  wrote  many  books  concerning  the  true  faith, 

and  concerning  the  orders  of  angels  with  wondrous  reasoning,  88 

and  sent  the  books  to  other  bishops, 

those  whom  Paul  had  consecrated  and  the  holy  John. 

One  of  these  was  called  Titus,  another  Timotheus, 

another  Polycarp,  and  several  others.  92 

Likewise  to  John,  the  holy  evangelist, 

he  sent  writings  when  he  (John)  was  in  exile 

in  the  island  of  Patmos,  when  the  wicked  emperor 

Domitian  adjudged  him  thither.  96 

Then  Dionysius  comforted  him  by  prophesying, 

and  said  that  he  knew  it  certainly,  through  God, 

that  John  should  return  from  that  island 

back  to  the  land  of  Asia,  even  as  it  befell  afterward,  100 

and  there  write  a  gospel,  even  as  was  done  thereafter. 

Then  Dionysius  journeyed  through  many  cities  in  every  direction, 

and  through  the  land,  boldly  preaching  the  faith, 

and  greatly  converted  men  to  God,  104 

and  healed  the  infirm  in  the  Saviour's  name, 

94.  wrec-.  1 01.  godspell. 

95.  arleasa.  103.  bodiende. 
98.  gewisslice.  104.  micluw. 


176        XXIX.       PASSIO    S.   DIONYSII    ET    SOCIORUM    EIUS. 

oS  Sset  he  geaxode  ]>cet  fa  arwurfan  apostolas  . 

petrus  .  and  paulus  .  on  cwearterne  waeron 

on  romana  byrig  under  ]?am  rejmn  nero  .  108 

pa  wolde  dionisius  gif  hit  gewurcSan  mihte 

frowian  martyrdom  mid  J>am  apostolum  . 

and  ge-wende  J>a  ham  .  mid  wundorlicum  ofste  . 

betaehte  his  bisceop-stol  ofrum  bisceope  sona  .  112 

and  ferde  fram  greclande  mid  geferum  to  rome  . 

ofer  langne  waeg  aefre  geleafan  bodigende  . 

Hit  gelamp  "Sa  swa  for  his  langsumum  faere  . 

pcet  fa  halgan  apostolas  swa  swa  se  haelend  wolde  116 

waeron  gemartyrode  set  f  am  manfullan  nero. 

ser  fam  f  e  dionisius  to  rome  become  . 

He  com  fa  set  nextan  sitStSan  se  casere  nero  . 

his  lif  geendode  earmlicum  dea^e  .  120 

and  waes  clemens  papa  on  petres  setle  fa 

se  under-feng  mid  arwurSnysse  fone  aef  elan  bisceop  . 

and  mid  lufe  geheold  for  his  halgan  drohtnunge  . 

pa  wunode  se  bisceop  binnan  rome  byrig  124 

mid  clemente  papan  cuSlice  sume  hwile  . 

otS  \>cet  clemens  him  cwceS  to  swa  swa  crist  him  gewissode 

Ge-sihst  fu  min  leofa  bruSor  hu  fela  lande  wuniatS 

gyt  on  haetSen-scipe  .  and  ures  haelendes  gerip  128 

maenig-feald  is  on  mancynne  .  and  feawa  wyrhtan  f  aer-to  . 

and  f  u  eart  gelaered  geleaffullice  furh  god  . 

and  on  halgum  maegnum  micclum  geglencged  . 

far  nu  on  godes  naman1  to  francena  rice  .  132 

swa  swa  cristes  cempa  .  mid  cenum  geleafan  . 

and  beo  fe  forgifen  to  bindene  (sic)  and  to  alysenne  . 

swa  swa  ic  under-feng  set  minum  foregengan 

fam  halgan  petre  swa  swa  se  haelend  him  forgeaf  .  136 

Ic  cwetSe  pcet  fu  under-fo  eall  francena  rice 

to  finre  bodunge  .  and  beo  crist  sylf  mid  Se  . 

109.  gewyrftan  mihtse.  114.  weg. 

in.  wunder-.  115.  langsuman. 

113.  geferum.  117.  gemartirod. 

1  Leaf  164. 


XXIX.      ST.    DENIS   AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  177 

until  he  heard  that  the  venerable  apostles 

Peter  and  Paul  were  in  prison 

in  the  city  of  the  Romans,  under  the  cruel  Nero.  108 

Then  desired  Dionysius,  if  so  it  might  be, 

to  suffer  martyrdom  with  the  apostles, 

and  thereupon  returned  home  with  wondrous  haste, 

forthwith  committed  his  episcopal  see  to  another  bishop,        112 

and  journeyed  from  the  Grecian  land  with  companions  to  Rome 

by  a  long  way,  ever  preaching  the  faith. 

Then  it  so  befell,  by  reason  of  his  long  journey, 
that  the  holy  apostles,  even  as  the  Saviour  willed,  116 

were  martyred  by  the  wicked  Nero 
before  Dionysius  could  come  to  Rome. 
Then  he  came  at  last  after  the  Emperor  Nero 
had  ended  his  life  by  a  miserable  death;  120 

and  Clement  was  then  Pope  in  Peter's  chair. 
He  received  the  noble  bishop  with  honour, 
and  treated  him  lovingly  for  his  holy  service. 
Then  the  bishop  dwelt  within  the  city  of  Rome  124 

with  Pope  Clement  familiarly  some  time, 
until  Clement  said  to  him,  even  as  Christ  commanded  him, 
'  Seest  thou,  my  dear  brother,  how  many  lands  remain 
yet  in  heathenism;    and  our  Saviour's  harvest  128 

is  manifold  among  mankind,  and  few  are  the  workmen  thereto; 
and  thou  art  learned  in  the  faith  through  God, 
and  greatly  resplendent  in  holy  virtues? 

Go  now  in  God's  name  to  the  Franks'  kingdom  132 

like  Christ's  champion  with  bold  faith, 
and  be  it  given  thee  to  bind  and  to  loose, 
even  as  I  received  from  my  predecessor, 

the  holy  Peter,  even  as  the  Saviour  committed  to  him.  136 

I  ordain  that  thou  receive  the  whole  Frankish  kingdom 
to  thy  preaching,  and  may  Christ  Himself  be  with  thee, 

119.  nyxtan.  127.  landa. 

124.  Se  halga  bisceop.  129.  menig-. 

125.  Jjrage  {for  hwile).  131.  geglenged. 

126.  om.  swa  swa  . .  gewissode.  134.  bindanne;  alysanne. 

12 


178       XXIX.       PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII   ET   SOCIORVM   EIVS. 

swa  hwider  swa  f>u  gecyrst  .  swa  swa  he  soolice  wses 

mid  J?am  eadigan  petre  .  and  paule  on  life  .  140 

Ne  wanda  J?u  nates-hwon  for  fan  wselhreowan  folce  . 

swa  man  swiSor  swine's  .  swa  man  selran  mede  under-fenS  . 

He  funde  him  pa,  ge-feran  .  and  he  ferde  gebyld 

f  urh  fone  halgan  gast  .  J?am  hseSenum  bodigende  144 

cristen-dom  .  and  fulluht  .  otS  pcet  he  com  to  anre  byrig 

parisius  gehaten  J?am  hgeSenum  to-middes 

on  fsera  francena  rice  .  and  him  fylste  se  hselend 

mid  tacnum  and  wundrum  .  swa  Ipcet  he  gewylde  fa  hsef  enan  .  148 

and  to  geleafan  gebigde  fa  burh-ware  forhracSe  . 

He  gebohte  fa  land  set  anum  geleaffullan  men  . 

and  f  ser  cyrcan  arserde  hraSe  mid  crsefte 

and  godes  feowas  gehadode  fe  fam  heofonlican  gode  152 

f  eowian  mihton  on  mynsterlicre  drohtnunge  . 

Hwaet  fa  dionisius  dseghwamlice  gebigde 

fela  to  geleafan  mid  his  faegeran  lare  . 

and  his  drihtne  gefeodde  fam  fe  he  fam  deofle  set-braed  .    156 

and  menn  sohton  fa  cyrcan  swi(Se  mid  geleafan  . 

Swa  fela  wundra  worhte  se  ealwealdenda  god 

furh  fone  halgan  wer  .  pcet  fa  wundra  gebigdon 

fa  wiSer-reedan  hseftenan  to  fees  haelendes  geleafan  160 

1eall-swa  swiSe  swa  his  bodung  .  swa  us  bee  secgaf  . 

He  sende  his  geferan  sume  to  ispaniam  . 

and  to  otSrum  landum  godes  lare  to  sawenne  . 

and  he  sylf  unforht  mid  fam  francum  wunode  164 

pe  fa  swiSost  dweledon  on  deofles  biggencgum  . 

Gelome  fa  hsecSengildan  pe  feer  heteloste  wseron  . 

gesamnodon  heora  gegadan  .  and  ceaste  astyrodon  . 

and  comon  mid  wige  to  fam  arwurSan  were  .  168 

Ac  swa  hrafte  swa  hi  ge-sawon  his  gcinendan  neb-wlite 

147.  fulste  ;  god  (for  se  hselend).  158.  geworhte  }>e  eall-. 

153.  heofen-.  160.  wider- weardan. 

155.  gode  (for  geleafan).  161.  swa  swa  us. 

156.  J>a  (for  1st  J>am).  164.  syf  (!;  for  sylf). 

157.  men. 

1  Leaf  164,  back. 


XXIX.       ST.    DENIS    AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  179 

wheresoever  thou  turnest,  even  as  He  verily  was 

with  the  blessed  Peter  and  Paul  in  their  lives.  140 

Flinch  not  in  any  wise  on  account  of  the  savage  people ; 

by    how  much    the    more    a    man   toileth,    so   much   the   better 

reward  shall  he  receive.' 
Then    he    provided    himself    with    companions,    and    he    went 

courageous 
through  the  Holy  Ghost,  preaching  to  the  heathen  144 

Christianity  and  baptism,  until  he  came  to  a  city 
called  Paris,  amidst  the  heathen 

in  the  Franks'  kingdom,  and  the  Saviour  succoured  him 
with  signs  and  wonders,  so  that  he  subdued  the  heathen,       148 
and  very  speedily  converted  the  citizens  to  the  faith. 
Then  he  bought  land  of  a  believing  man, 
and  there  quickly  raised  a  church  by  his  skill, 
and  consecrated  God's  servants,  that  they  might  serve  152 

the  heavenly  God  in  monastic  life. 
Then  Dionysius  daily  converted 
many  to  the  faith  by  his  fair  lore, 
and   subjected  to  his  Lord   those  whom  he   snatched    from   the 

devil,  156 

and  men  sought  the  church  eagerly  with  faith. 
So  many  wonders  wrought  the  allwielding  God 
by  the  holy  man,  that  the  wonders  converted 
the  opposing  heathen  to  the  Saviour's  faith  160 

quite  as  much  as  his  preaching,  as  books  tell  us. 
He  sent  some  of  his  companions  to  Spain, 
and  to  other  lands,  to  sow  God's  lore, 

and  he  himself  continued  fearlessly  with  the  Franks,  164 

who  especially  erred  in  the  devil's  worship. 

Often  the  idolaters  who  were  there  the  fiercest 
assembled  their  congregations  and  stirred  up  a  tumult, 
and  came  armed  to  the  venerable  man.  168 

But  as  soon  as  they  saw  his  shining  countenance 

165.  bigengum.  167.  geegadan;  cease  (!). 

166.  -geoldan ;  he'toloste.  168.  comon  on  mid  wege. 

12-2 


180        XXIX.       PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII    ET    SOCIORVM    EIVS. 

mid  )mm  heofonlican  leohte  .  J^onne  ledon  f>a  heetSenan 

heora  waepna  adune  .  and  mid  wundrunge  hi  astrsehton 

to  |)am  halgan  bisceope  .  biddende  forgifennysse  .  172 

0(5(Se  gif  heora  senig  nolde  ]?onne  git  gelyfan  . 

Sonne  wearS  se  afyrht  .  and  fleah  him  aweg  . 

Wundor-lic  godes  gifu  pcet  J?am  weepenleasan  menn 

ne  mihton  ]?a  weelhreowan  mid  waepnum  wi(5-standan  .  176 

ac  him  onbugon  pa  francan  and  pa,  fyrlenan  norSmenn 

to  J>am  wynsuman  iuce  wuldres  cynincges  . 

Wurdon  J>a  to-brocene  wide  geond  pcet  land 

J>8era  hsej^enra  goda  hus  and  anlicnyssa  180 

J^urh  fgera  manna  handa  .  pe  hi  macodon  .  and  guton  . 

and  godes  gelacSung  weox  on  geleafan  swySe  . 

Se  ealde  deofol  pe  is  mid  andan  afylled  . 

nam  micelne  graman  .  ongean  £>one  godes  man  184 

for  ptts  folces  gecyrrednysse  .  fram  his  fulum  biggengum  . 

and  smeade  hu  he  mihte  J?one  micclan  cristen-dom 

on  sume  wisan  adwescan  mid  his  searo-crseftum  . 

Da  wurdon  set  nextan  pa,  weelhreowan  hse^en-gildan  188 

mid  teonan  astyrode  .  swa  swa  hi  tihte  se  deofol  . 

and  sendon  to  domiciane  .  pam  deoflican  casere 

se  Se  sefter  nero  genyrwde  tSa  cristenan  . 

cySende  on  gewritum  be  J?am  halgan  were  .  192 

hu  Jmrh  his  lare  pcet  land-folc  wees  gebiged  . 

and  eall  seo  burh-waru  to  cristes  biggengum  . 

and  beedon  hine  inwerdlice  .  pcet  he  his  arwurftum  godum 

sumne  rsed  funde  .  pcet  pe  hrac5or  neere  196 

heora  gemynd  adylegod  J>urh  dionisies  lare  . 

pis  gewrit  com  Sa  to  J>am  casere  on  rome  . 

and  he  wearS  sona  wodlice  astyrod  . 

swa  pcet  he  het  acwellan  ealle  pa,  cristenan  200 

pe  he  of-axian  mihte  .  on  eallum  landuw  . 

170.  aleddon.  175.  waepn-. 

171.  adun;  astrehton.  177.  onbugan;  -men. 

172.  bidende.  178.  iuke ;  cyninges. 
174.  Se  (for  se);  aweg. 

1  Leaf  165. 


XXIX.      ST.    DENIS   AND   HIS    COMPANIONS.  181 

with  its  heavenly  light,  then  the  heathen  laid 

their  weapons  down,  and,  with  wondering,  prostrated  themselves 

to  the  holy  bishop,  entreating  forgiveness.  172 

Or  if  any  of  them  would  not  even  then  believe, 

then  was  he  terrified  and  fled  away. 

Wondrous  (is)  God's  grace,  that  these  savage  men 
could  not  withstand  with  weapons  the  weaponless  man;  176 

but  the  Franks  and  distant  Northmen  bowed  themselves 
to  the  winsome  yoke  of  the  King  of  glory. 
Then  were  broken  in  pieces,  widely  throughout  the  land, 
the  houses  and  images  of  the  gods  of  the  heathen  180 

by  the  hands  of  those  men  who  had  made  and  founded  them; 
and  God's  church  waxed  exceedingly  in  the  faith. 
The  old  devil  who  is  filled  with  envy 

took  great  wrath  against  the  man  of  God  184 

for  the  people's  conversion  from  his  foul  worship, 
and  considered  how  he  might  in  some  manner  extinguish 
the  wide-spread  Christianity  by  his  stratagems. 
Then  at  last  the  savage  idolaters  188 

were  stirred  with  anger,  even  as  the  devil  incited  them, 
and  sent  to  Domitian,  the  diabolic  emperor, 
who  after  Nero  oppressed  the  Christians, 

making  known  in  letters  about  the  holy  man,  192 

how  through  his  lore  the  country  folk  were  turned, 
and  all  the  citizens,  to  Christ's  worship, 
and  prayed  him  privately  that  he  would  find  some  plan 
on  behalf  of  his  venerable  gods,  that  the  rather  their  remembrance  196 
might  not  be  put  out  through  Dionysius'  teaching. 
This  writing  came  to  the  Caesar  in  Rome, 
and  he  was  verily  soon  stirred  up, 

so  that  he  bade  kill  all  the  Christians  200 

whom  he  could  hear  of,  in  all  lands, 

183.  ealda.  194.  fteo  {for  seo) ;  -ware;  bigen- 

185.  -nusse;  bigengum.  gum. 

186.  miclan.  195.  innweardlice. 

187.  suman;  adwaescan.  196.  raft  or. 

190.  deofellican.  199.  astyred. 

191.  J>e  oe. 


182        XXIX.      PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII   ET   SOCIOEVM    EIVS. 

wolde  ]>cet  nan  man  ne  be-lsefde  cristen  . 

He  sende  eac  sona  sumne  heah-gerefan 

sisinnius  gehaten  swi(5e  hetel  deofol  204 

mid  manegum  geferum  to  fsera  francena  rice  . 

Ipcet   hi    dionisius    fees    drihtnes  fsegen    sceoldon    mid   waepnum 

acwellan  . 
buton  he  wolde  bugan  to  fam  bysmorfullum  godum  . 
Hwset  fa  sisinnius  mid  swicSlicum  prasse  ferde  .  208 

ocS  poet  he  to  f  sere  byrig  com  .  f  eer  se  bisceop  on  wees 
lserende  .  poet  laeweda  folc  to  geleafan  georne  . 
pa  het  se  wselhreowa  f  one  halgan  wer  gebindan  . 
and  senne  msesse-preost  fe  he  him  mid  funde  .  212 

rusticus  geciged  .  and  sumne  erce-diacon 
eleutherius  gehaten  mid  heardum  cnottum  samod  . 
pas  halgan  weras  aefre  wunodon  mid  f  am  bisceope  . 
o(5  poet  hi  togsedere  ealle  to  gode  ferdon  .  216 

pa  axode  sisinnius  mid  swicSlicum  f reate 
fone  halgan  wer  sona  hwylcne  god  he  wurSode  . 
Hi  cweedon  fa  ealle  fry  1swilce  mid  anum  muSe  . 
"We  andettatS  mid  mucSe  .  and  on  mode  gelyfacS  220 

on  fa  halgan  cSrynnysse  .  pe  is  heofonlic  god  . 
poet  is  feeder  and  sunu  .  and  se  frefrigende  gast  . 
and  we  bodiacS  mannum  middan-eardes  alysednysse 
furh  (Sone  halgan  sunu  pe  se  heofonlica  feeder  224 

sylf-willes  asende  to  siege  for  us  . 
Sisinnius  (5a  cwcecS  .  secgaf  gif  ge  willa'S 
fara  casere  gehyrsumian  .  and  on  his  godas  gelyfan  . 
gif  ge  forme  nellacS  .  nelle  ic  leng  mid  wordum  228 

ac  mid  heardum  swinglum  his  hsesa  eow  cyftan  . 
He  het  (5a  fone  halgan  bisceop  unscrydan  . 
and  un-msecSlice  swingan  .  and  he  sang  his  gebeda 
betwux  fam  witum  .  wurtSigende  his  drihten  .  232 

pe  hine  eacSe  mihte  wif  fa  manfullan  ahreddan  . 

202.  criste.  206.  dionisium;  J?egn  sceolden ;  om. 

203.  somne.  mid  wsepnum. 

204.  hetol. 

1  Leaf  165,  back. 


XXIX.      ST.    DENIS    AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  183 

desiring  that  no  man  who  was  a  Christian  should  be  left. 

He  sent  also  immediately  a  certain  prefect 

called  Sisinnius  [Fescenninus  1~\,  an  exceeding  fierce  devil,       204 

with  many  companions,  to  the  Franks'  kingdom, 

that  they  should  kill  Dionysius,  God's  servant,  with  weapons, 

unless  he  would  bow  to  the  shameful  gods. 

Whereupon  Sisinnius  journeyed  with  great  array  208 

until  he  came  to  the  city  wherein  was  the  bishop 

teaching  the  lay  folk  zealously  in  the  faith. 

Then  the  cruel  prefect  bade  men  bind  the  holy  man 

and  a  mass-priest  whom  he  found  with  him,  212 

named  Rusticus,  and  a  certain  arch-deacon 

called  Eleutherius,  (all)  together  with  hard  knots. 

These  holy  men  had  ever  lived  with  the  bishop, 

until  they  all  departed  to  God  together.  216 

Then  Sisinnius  immediately  asked  the  holy  man 

with  a  great  threat  what  God  he  worshipped. 

Then  said  they  all  three  as  if  with  one  mouth; 

'We  confess  with  mouth  and  believe  in  mind  220 

in  the  Holy  Trinity,  Who  is  heavenly  God, 

that  is  Father  and  Son,  and  the  Comforting  Spirit, 

and  we  preach  to  men  the  world's  redemption 

through  the  holy  Son  whom  the  Heavenly  Father  224 

of  His  own  will  sent  to  be  slain  for  us/ 

Then  said  Sisinnius,  'Say  if  ye  will 

obey  the  Caesar,  and  believe  on  his  gods; 

if  then  ye  will  not,  I  will  not  longer  by  words,  228 

but  by  hard  stripes,  make  known  his  hests  to  you.' 

Then  he  bade  men  strip  the  holy  bishop, 

and  scourge  him  unmercifully,  and  he  sang  his  prayers 

amidst  the  tortures,  glorifying  his  Lord,  232 

Who  could  easily  have  delivered  him  from  those  wicked  men; 

207.  butan.  221.  Jxrymnysse;  heofenlic. 

210.  lsewede.  222.  frefrigenda. 

213.  rustics  geclyped.  224.  heofenlica. 

216.  ferde.  230.  unscrudan  )>one  halgan  bisceop. 

217.  A.  sismniutts.  232.  wurftiende. 
219.  om.  J»a. 


184        XXIX.       PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII   ET   SOCIORVM   EIVS. 

ac  se  halga  sceolde  on  pam  sceortum  witum 

his  drihtne  ge-efenlsecen  .  and  deatS  prowian  for  hine  . 

swa  swa  crist  sylf  dyde  .  pe  sealde  hine  sylfne  for  us  .  236 

Eft  pa  sisinnius  het  swingan  pone  meessepreost  . 

and  eac  pone  diacon  .  dionisies  geferan  . 

and  het  hi  siSSan  lsedan  tosomne  on  racenteagum 

to  leohtleasum  cwearterne  for  heora  geleaffulnysse  .  240 

He  het  hi  eft  swingan  .  and  sit5(5an  pone  bisceop 

on  isenum  bedde  astrehte  .  and  byrnenda  gleda  dyde 

under  his  nacode  lie  .  swa  man  laurentium  dyde  . 

ac  se  halga  hine  gebsed  .  on  pam  bedde  to  gode  .  244 

pa  het  se  wselhreowa  hine  wurpan  deoruwi 

pe  wseron  ofhingrode  pcet  hi  pone  halgan  wer  abiton  . 

ac  pa  rec5an  deor  swa  hracSe  swa  hi  him  to  comon  . 

lagon  set  his  fotum  .  swylce  hi  afyrhte  wseron  .  248 

pa  het1  se  dema  awurpan  pone  drihtnes  ftsegen 

in-to  byrnendum  ofne  .  ac  his  ge-bedu  adwescton 

ealne  pone  lig  .  and  he  belaf  peer  gesund  . 

Git  pa  se  wselhreowa  dema  het  wyrcan  ane  hencgene  .  252 

and  het  hon  pone  bisceop  to  bismore  pser-on  . 

and  he  swa  hangigende  pone  hselend  bodode 

eallum  set-standendum  .  swa  swa  andreas  dyde  . 

pa  het  se  dema  eft  don  hine  of  psere  hencgene  .  256 

and  lsedan  hi  ealle  pry  to  leoht-leasum  cwearterne  . 

and  fela  dcSre  cristene  to  pam  cwealmbserum  huse  . 

Hwset  (Sa  se  bisceop  bliSelice  tihte 

mid  lare  pa  cristenan  on  pam  cwearterne  to  gode  .  260 

and  him  eallum  msessode  .  pa  mid  pam  pe  he  to-brsec 

pcet  halige  husel  pa  com  pser  heofonlic  leoht  . 

ofer  ealle  pa  meniu  .  swile  swa  hi  ser  ne  gesawon  . 

paer  com  eac  se  hselend  mid  pam  heofonlican  leohte  .  264 

234.  Se  (for  se  );    and  in  11.  244,  246.  ofhingrode  waeron;  om.  halgan. 
245,  249,  25,2,  256,  264,  &c.  247.  sa  (for  1st  swa). 

235.  ge-efenlsecan.  249.  J>egen. 

238.  om.  dion.  geferan.  250.  ofne;  adwaeston. 

242.  beornende.  252.  om.      waelhreowa ;       wurcan ; 

243.  nacodum  lice.  hengene. 

1  Leaf  166. 


XXIX.      ST.    DENIS   AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  185 

but  the  Saint  was,  in  these  short  torments, 

to  imitate  his  Lord,  and  suffer  death  for  Him, 

even  as  Christ  Himself  did,  Who  gave  Himself  for  us.  236 

Afterwards  Sisinnius  bade  scourge  the  mass-priest, 

and  also  the  deacon,  Dionysius'  companions, 

and  then  commanded  them  to  be  led,  in  chains,  together 

to  a  lightless  prison,  for  their  fidelity.  240 

He  bade  scourge  them  again,  and  afterward  stretched 
the  bishop  on  an  iron  bed,  and  placed  burning  coals 
under  his  naked  body,  as  they  did  to  Laurence ; 
but  the  Saint  prayed  on  that  bed  to  God.  244 

Then  the  savage  prefect  commanded  men  to  cast  him  to  beasts 
which  were  an-hungered,  that  they  might  devour  the  holy  man ; 
but  the  fierce  beasts,  as  soon  as  they  came  to  him, 
lay  at  his  feet  as  if  they  were  affrighted.  248 

Then  the  judge  bade  men  throw  the  Lord's  servant 
into  a  burning  oven,  but  his  prayers  extinguished 
all  the  flame,  and  he  was  left  there  sound. 

Yet  the  bloodthirsty  judge  commanded  men  to  make  a  cross,       252 
and  bade  men  hang  the  bishop  ignominiously  thereon  ; 
and  he,  so  hanging,  preached  the  Saviour 
to  all  bystanders,  even  as  Andrew  did. 
Then  after   that   the  judge   commanded   men   to  take   him  from 

the  cross  256 

and  to  take  them  all  three  to  the  lightless  dungeon, 
and  many  other  Christians  to  the  house  of  execution ; 
whereupon  the  bishop  blithely  allured 

the  Christians  by  teaching,  in  the  dungeon,  to  God,  260 

and  celebrated  mass  in  presence  of  them  all.     Then,  as  he  was 

dividing 
the  holy  housel,  there  came  a  heavenly  light 
over  all  the  multitude,  such  as  they  had  never  before  seen. 
There  came  likewise  the  Saviour  with  the  heavenly  light,       264 

253.  bysmere.  261.  ealle. 

254.  hangiende ;  bodade.  262.  heofen-. 
256.  hineddn;  hengejie.  263.  menigu. 
258.  cristena. 


186        XXIX.      PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII   ET   SOCIORVM    EI  VS. 

and  fela  engla  mid  him  .  j?8er  menn  onlocodon  . 

and  nam  poet  husel  pe  tSser  gehalgod  wses  . 

and  cweeS  to  fam  bisceope  .  mid  bly&re  ansyne  . 

Min  leofa  underfoh  f>is  .  and  ic  mid  minum  feeder  268 

pe  mid  fulfremednysse  gefylle  f>a  gerynu  . 

forcSan  pe  mid  me  is  mycel  med  pe  sylfum  . 

and  j?am  (Se  gehyracS  heel  on  minum  rice  . 

Ongin  nu  stranglice  .  and  J?in  gemynd  stent  on  heorunge       272 

seo  lufu  .  and  welwillendnys  pe  wuna<5  on  j>inum  breoste  . 

for  swa  hwame  swa  heo  bit  heo  bi(S  titSa  simle  . 

and  sefter  pysum  wordum  he  gewende  to  heofonum  . 

Sisinnius  eft  het  sona  f>Ees  on  mergen  276 

gefeccan  pa  halgan  of  ]?am  fulum  cwearterne  . 

and  het  geoffrian  heora  lac  1J?am  lifleasum  godum 

gif  hi  heora  lifes  rohton  .  of>)?e  rsedfaeste  wseron  . 

pa  halgan  pa  J?urh-wunodon  on  tSses  hselendes  ge-leafan  .        280 

and  se  woda  dema  wolde  pa  git  cunnian 

gif  he  mihte  hi  gebigan  fram  godes  biggencgum  . 

het  hi  pa  ealle  beswingan  eft  swycSe  mid  gyrdum  . 

and  si(5(San  be-heafdian  for  f>ses  hselendes  geleafan  .  284 

pa  heddon  pa  hsecSenan  J?a  halgan  to  slaege  . 

and  dionisius  J»ancode  his  drihtne  mid  herunge 

ealra  f>sera  wundra  pe  he  worhte  f»urh  hine  . 

and  hi  wurdon  beheafdode  swa  se  waelhreowa  het  288 

mid  scearpum  sexum  .  and  J>8er  ge-swutelode  god 

swi(5e  micel  wundor  ]?urh  J?one  mseran  bisceop  . 

peer  com  pa  micel  leoht  to  J^sera  martyra  lice  . 

and  paes  bisceopes  lie  mid  J?am  leohte  aras  .  392 

and  nam  his  agen  heafod  pe  of-aheawen  wees 

uppan  Ssere  dune  .  and  eode  him  forS  J?anon 

ofer  twa  mila  J>am  mannum  onlocigendum 

his  drihten  herigende  .  mid  halgum  lof-sangum  .  296 

265.  sengla.  273.  Seo  (for  seo). 

267.  ansune.  276.  om.  on;  morhgon. 

269.  full-;  J?as  (for  }>&).  278.  het  hi  offrian. 

272.  herunge;  see  1.  286.  279.  rohtan. 

1  Leaf  166,  back. 


XXIX.      ST.    DENIS   AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  187 

and  many  angels  with  Him,  where  they  were  looking  on, 
and  took  the  housel  which  was  there  consecrated, 
and  said  to  the  bishop  with  blithe  aspect, 

'My  beloved,  receive  this,  and  I  with  my  Father  268 

will  for  thee  fulfil  these  mysteries  with  perfection, 
because  with  Me  there  is  a  great  reward  to  thyself, 
and  to  those  who  hear  (thee)  there  is  salvation  in  My  kingdom. 
Now    do    valiantly,    and   thy   memory   shall    remain   in   (men's) 
praise;  272 

and  as  for  the  love  and  benignity  which  dwell  in  thy  breast, 
for  whomsoever  they  plead,  they  shall  always  obtain  (their  boon).' 
And  after  these  words  He  returned  to  heaven. 

Then  soon  after,  Sisinnius  commanded  in  the  morning        276 
the  Saints  to  be  fetched  out  of  the  foul  dungeon, 
and  ordered  (them)  to  offer  their  sacrifices  to  the  lifeless  gods, 
if  they  recked  of  their  life  or  were  reasonable. 
But  the  Saints  continued  in  the  Saviour's  faith,  280 

and  the  infuriated  judge  desired  yet  again  to  try, 
if  he  might,  to  turn  them  from  God's  worship  ; 
he  commanded  men  to  scourge  them  all  again  severely  with  rods, 
and  afterward  to  behead  them  for  the  Saviour's  faith.  284 

Then  the  heathen  led  the  Saints  to  death, 
and  Dionysius  thanked  his  Lord  with  praise 
for  all  the  wonders  which  He  had  wrought  through  him  ; 
and  they  were  beheaded,  as  the  savage  prefect  had  ordered,  288 
with  sharp  axes;    and  there  God  manifested 
a  very  great  wonder  through  the  illustrious  bishop. 
For  there  came  a  great  light  to  the  martyrs'  bodies, 
and  the  bishop's  body  arose  with  that  light,  292 

and  took  his  own  head,  which  was  hewn  off 
upon  the  hill,  and  went  him  forth  thence 
over  two  miles,  while  the  men  were  looking  on, 
praising  his  Lord  with  holy  hymns  ;  296 

280.  om.  J>a.  285.  siege. 

282.  gebigean;  bigengura.  291.  paere  martire. 

283.  ealle  ©a  swingan.  295.  onlociendum. 


188       XXIX.       PASSIO    S.    DIONYSII    ET    SOCIORVM    EIVS. 

and  engla  werod  eac  peer  wynsumlice  sungon  . 

oS  Ipcet  Ipcet  lie  becom  paer  tfoer  he  licgan  wolde  . 

mid  heafde  mid  ealle  .  and  pa  halgan  englas 

singallice  sungon  .  swa  swa  us  secgatS  bee  .  300 

Hwset  fta  hsepenan  pa  pe  ge-hyrdon  pone  sang  . 

and  Ipcet  wundor  gesawon  awurpon  heora  gedwyld  . 

and  gelyfdon  on  crist  .  and  eac  pa  cwelleras  sume  . 

and  peer  nan  ne  belaf  pe  gelyfan  nolde  .  304 

ac  gewendon  him  aweg  for  pam  wundrum  afyrhte  . 

feet  wees  syllic  wundor  Ipcet  se  softfeesta  martyr 

heafod-leas  mihte  gan  .  god  eelmihtigne  her^gende  . 

and  eac  swylce  yrnan  mid  engla  heapum  .  308 

ac  god  wolde  geswutelian  purh  Ipcet  syllice  tacn 

Ipcet  his  sawl  leofode  peah  pe  se  lichama  wa3re  ofslagen  . 

and  wolde  mannum  set-eowian  .  hu  micelne  geleafan 

se  halga  wer  heefde  to  pam  heelende  on  life  .  312 

Sisinnius  swa-peah  se  ungeseeliga  dema 

nolde  on  crist  gelyfan  .  ac  het  acwellan  ealle 

pe  purh  dionisies  lare  gelyfdon  on  god 

mid  mislicum  witum  swipe  weelhreowlice  .  316 

and  heora  sawla  ferdon  to  pam  soSfeestan  life  . 

pees  halgan  preostes  lie  and  pees  geleaffullan  diacones 

rusticus  and  eleutherius  .  lagon  uppan  peere  dune 

peer  hi  beheafdode  weeron  mid  pam  halgan  bisceope  .  320 

pa  (5a  his  lie  aweeg  eode  swa  swa  we  awriton  ser  . 

pa  beeron  pa  heeftenan  cwelleras  peera  halgena  lie 

sona  to  scipe  woldon  hi  besencan  on  flode  . 

ac  se  eelmihtiga  scyppend  wicSsloh  paw  unreede  .  324 

Sum  sepelboren  wif  wees  pe  wiste  heora  unreed  . 

and  gelaftode  pa  cwelleras  swilce  for  cy(5(5e  hire  to  . 

and  fordrencte  hi  mid  wine  .  and  het  dearnunga  faran 

pa  hwile  to  paw  scipe  and  for-stelon  (sic)  pa  lie  .  328 

and  heold  hi  arwurtSlice  .  op  Ipcet  seo  ehtnys  geswac  . 

298.  oS  \cet  lie.  309.  sellice. 

306.  sellic;  'Se  softfesta.  310.  om.  se. 

307.  heriende. 

1  Leaf  167. 


XXIX.       ST.    DENIS    AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  189 

and  a  company  of  angels  also  there  winsomely  sung 

until  the  body  came  to  where  it  desired  to  lie 

with  the  head  and  all,  and  the  holy  angels 

continually  sung,  as  books  tell  us.  300 

Then  the  heathen,  those  that  heard  the  song 

and  saw  the  wonder,  cast  away  their  error 

and  believed  in  Christ,  and  likewise  some  of  the  executioners ; 

and  none  was  left  there  who  would  not  believe,  304 

but  turned  them  away,  terrified  at  the  wonder. 

That  was  such  a  strange  wonder,  that  the  righteous  martyr 

could  walk  headless,  praising  God  Almighty, 

and  moreover  run  with  troops  of  angels  ;  308 

but  God  desired  to  declare  through  that  strange  sign 

that  his  soul  lived,  though  the  body  might  be  slain, 

and  would  manifest  to  men  how  great  faith 

the  holy  man  had  in  the  Saviour  in  life.  312 

Sisinnius,  notwithstanding,  the  unhappy  judge, 

would  not  believe  in  Christ,  but  bade  men  kill  all 

who,  through  Dionysius'  lore,  believed  in  God, 

with  divers  tortures  very  savagely;  316 

and  their  souls  departed  to  the  true  life. 

The  holy  priest's  body  and  that  of  the  faithful  deacon, 
Rusticus  and  Eleutherius,  lay  upon  the  hill, 
where  they  were  beheaded  with  the  holy  bishop,  320 

when  his  body  went  away,  even  as  we  wrote  before. 
Then  the  heathen  executioners  bare  the  Saints'  bodies 
presently  to  ship,  desiring  to  sink  them  in  the  flood, 
but    the     Almighty     Creator    brought    to     naught     that     evil 
counsel.  324 

There  was  a  certain  noble  lady  who  knew  their  evil  counsel, 
and  invited  the  executioners  to  her,  as  if  for  friendship, 
and  made  them  drunk  with  wine,  and  bade  men  go  secretly 
meanwhile  to  the  ship  and  steal  away  the  bodies  ;  328 

and  she  kept  them  reverently  till  the  persecution  ceased, 

318.  preostas  (!).  328.  forstelan. 

321.  lie  aweg.  329.  0eo(/or  seo). 


190        XXIX.      PASSIO   S.    DIONYSII    ET   SOCIORVM    EIVS. 

and  se  cristendom  acucode  .  setter  J»sere  cwealm-baernysse  . 
Eft  si(5]?an  on  fyrste  feng  beet  cristene  folc  to  . 
and  worhton  maere  mynster  ofer  j)aera  martyra  lie  .  332 

J>aer  hi  ealle  t5ry  licgaft  .  on  aenlicum  wurtSmynte  . 
pser  beoj?  fela  wundra  geworhte  gelome 
J>urh  J?a  halgan  martyras  mannum  to  frofre  . 
paer  under-foS  pa,  blindan  1J?urh  heora  bena  gesihtSe  .  336 

and  J>a  deafan  heorcnunge  .  and  f>a  healtan  faereld  . 
and  J»a  wodan  J>aer  beoS  gewittige  J>urh  hi  . 
and  ungerime  wundra  f>aer  wurftacS  for-oft  . 
to  lofe  J?sem  aelmihtigan  pe  leofacS  a  on  ecnysse  .     AMEN.     340 
337.  fsereld.  340.  gelmihtigum: 


XXX. 

IIII.  NON.  NOYEMBR.  PASSIO  SANCT1  EUSTACHII 
WA'RTYRIS  SOCIORVMQ77JE'  EIVS. 

[A  few  various  readings  are  given  from  V.  (=  Cotton,  Vitellius  D.  17), 
nearly  all  burnt.] 

f\N  teaianes  dagvm  8aes  caseres  rixiendum  deofol-gilda  big- 

genga  .  waes  sum  cempena  ealdor-man  baes  nama  waes  placidas2 . 

setter  worulde  swiSe  aefelboren  .  and  swif>e  peonde  on  his  weorcum  . 

4  and  ealle  ofer-hlifigende  on  wurcS-mynte  .  Wees  he  softlice  on  rihtwis- 

nysse  weorcum  .  and  on  eallum  godum  weorcum  .  switfe  gefraet- 

wod  .  off>ryhtum  he  gehealp  .  and  gemundbyrde  j?a  (5e  fordemde 

waeron  .   and  eac  swilce  he  for  wel  manega  pe  unrihtlice  fram 

8  yflum  demum  genyj^rode  waeron  alyhte  .  Nacode  he  scrydde  .  and 

swa  ic  socSlice  secge  .  ealle  nyd-behaefnysse  he  waes  daelende  .  )>am 

pe  Ipsds  behofodon  .  and  eac  swilce  his  wif  pa  ylcan  godan  weorc 

beeode  .  ac  hi  swa-f»eah  hwaetSere  butu  j?a  git  haecSene  waeron  . 

12  for-J>am  pe  him  nan  man  J>one  godcundan  geleafan  ne  taehte  .  Hi 

haefdon  twaegen  suna  pa,  hi  tyhton  poet  hi  him  geefenlaehton  on 

godum  willan  .  "Waes  he  witodlice  swi(5e  aef>ele  on  rihtwisnysse  .  and 

strang  on  gefeohte  .  swa   poet  pa,  haef>enan  waeron  fram  him  swiSe 

16  gewylde  .  Waes  he  eac  wel  gleaw  on  huntunge  .  and  poet  singallice 

aelce  daege  beeode  .  Ac  se  mild-heorta  and  se  welwillenda  god  .  pe 

1  Leaf  167,  back.  2.  alt.  to  placidus  in  later  hand. 


XXIX.      ST.    DENIS   AND    HIS    COMPANIONS.  191 

and  Christianity  revived  after  that  destruction. 

Afterward,  after  some  space,  the  Christian  folk 
took  and  built  a  great  minster  over  the  Martyrs'  bodies,        332 
where  they  all  three  lie,  in  especial  veneration. 
There  are  many  wonders  wrought  frequently 
through  the  holy  martyrs,  to  the  comfort  of  men; 
there  the  blind  receive,  through  their  prayers,  sight,  336 

and  the  deaf  hearing,  and  the  halt  power  of  motion, 
and  the  mad  are  there  made  sane  through  them, 
and  unnumbered  miracles  are  effected  there  very  often ; 
to   the    praise   of  the  Almighty    Who   liveth    ever    in    eternity. 
AMEN.  340 


XXX. 

NOV.  2.  PASSION  OF  ST.  EUSTACE  AND  HIS 
COMPANIONS. 

[See  Gesta  Romanorum  ;   Tale  CX.] 

In  the  reigning  days  [days  of  the  reign]  of  Trajan  the  Emperor 
there  was    a   certain   military  tribune   (who  was)  a  worshipper 
of  idols,  whose  name  was  Placidas ;  very  nobly  born  as  to  this 
world,  and  greatly  thriving  in  his  works,  and  excelling  all  in  4 
honour.     Truly  he  was  greatly  adorned  with  works  of  righteous- 
ness and  with  all  good  works ;  the  oppressed  he  helped,  and  protected 
those  who  were  condemned ;  and  likewise  he  assisted  very  many 
who    were   unjustly   sentenced   by   evil  judges.     The   naked   he  8 
clothed ;  and,  as  I  truly  tell,  he  distributed  to  every  necessity  of 
them   that   had   need  thereof;    and   his  wife  also  practised  the 
same  good  works.     Nevertheless  they  both  were  as  yet  heathen, 
because  no  man  had  taught  them  the  divine  faith.     They  had  two  12 
sons  whom  they  educated  to  imitate  them  in  good  will.     He  was 
indeed  very  noble  in  righteousness,  and  strong  in  fight,  so  that 
the  heathen  were  much  subdued  by  him.    He  was  also  well  skilled 
in   hunting,  and   practised   it   continually   every  day.     But   the  16 
merciful  and  benign   God,  who  always  calleth  to  Himself  those 


192  XXX.        PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII    MARTYRIS. 

simle  aeghweer  to  him  ba  be  him  wur^e  beot5  gecyg(5  .  ]ne  for-seah 
his  godan  weorc  .  ne  he  nolde  pcet  his  wel-willende  mod  .  and  gode 

20  swi(5e  wuroYul .  buton  mede  sceolde  beon  forlaetan  (sic)  .  and  mid  (5am 
J>ystrum  bses  deofollican  biggenges  .  ofer-wrigen  beon  .  ac  sefter  )>am 
J>e  hit  awriten  is  .  Ipcet  on  aelcre  Ipeode  pe  riht-wisnysse  wyrccS  him  biS 
andfencge  .  he  becom  ba  to  pjsse  wel-willendan  mildheortnysse  . 

24  and  hine  mid  byllicum  gemete  gehselde  .  Hit  gelamp  sume  dsege 
pcet  he  ferde  lit  on  huntacS  mid  eallum  his  werode  and  his  wuldre  . 
J?a  geseah  he  micelne  floe  heorta  .  and  he  oa  ge-stihte  his  werod  swa 
him  ge-wunelic  wees  .  hu  hi  on  bone  hunta(5  fon  sceoldon  .  f>a  hi 

28  ealle  ymb  bone  hunta'S  abysgode  wseron  .  J?a  seteowde  him-sylfum 
an  ormsete  heort  .  se  waes  ormsetre  mycelnysse  .  ofer  ealle  oa  obre  . 
and  wlitig  .  and  pa  gewende  he  fram  }>am  flocce  .  and  raesde  into 
J>am  wudu  }>3er  he  biccost  wses.     pa   Ipcet   placidas  geseah   .  f>a 

32  gewilnode  he  ]pcet  he  hine  gefenge  .  and  him  geornlice  sefter  ferde  . 
mid  fsewum  geferum  .  pa  set  nixtan  wurdon  hi  ealle  geteorode  . 
and  he  ana  unwerig  him  eefter  fyligde  .  Witodlice  J»urh  godes 
fore-stihtunge  .  ne  hors  ne  he  sylf  gewergod  wses  .  ne  he  for  "Sees 

36  weges  earfoonysse  ablan  .  ac  he  lange  sefter  word2  .  and  feor 
fram  his  geferum  ge-wat  .  Se  heort  J>a  witodlice  astah  on  anne8 
heahne  clud  .  and  pser  gestod  .  Placidas  (5a  lange  stod  .  and  beheold 
pone  heort  .  and  wundrode  his  micelnysse  .  and  ablan  his  sehtan  . 

40  Him  £>a  god  geswutelode  Ipcet  he  him  swilcne  dom  ne  ondrede  .  ne 
his  maegnes  micelnysse  ne  4  wundrode  .  "Witodlice  betwux  bees 
heortes  hornum  glitenode  gelicnys  psere  halgan  cristes  rode  breohtre 
ponne  sunnan  leoma  .  and  seo  anlicnysse  ures  drihtnes  hselendes 

44  cristes  .  and  he  mennisce  sprsece  asende  on  pone  heort .  and  clypode 
to  placidam  pus  cwsepende  .  Eala  placida  .  hwi  ehtest  pu  min  . 
efne  for  pinum  intingum  ic  com  nu  .  Ipcet  ic  purh  J?is  nyten  pe  me 
setywde  .  Ic  eom  se  crist  pe  pu  nytende  wurSast  .pa  selmyssan  pe 

48  pu  pearfum  dest  .  beforan  me  syndon  .  and  ic  com  Ipcet  ic  me  pe 
aetywde  purh  pysne  heort  .  and  for  hine  Ipe  ge-huntian  .  and  gefon  . 
mid  pam  nettum  minre  mildheortnysse.  Nis  hit  na  riht  Ipcet  min 
se  leofa  peow  for  his  godum  weorcum  peowige  unclsenum  deoflum  . 

52  and  pam  unwittigum  heargum  .  purh  pcet  ic   com  to  eorSan  on 

1  Leaf  168.      a  word  (sic;  for  w6d?)  ;  corr.  to  ferde  in  late  hand;  cf.  1.  32. 
3  MS.  anre.  4  Leaf  168,  back. 


XXX.      PASSION    OF   ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  193 

who  are  worthy  of  Him,  did  not  despise  his  good  works,  nor  would 
He    that   his    benevolent   disposition,    very   deserving    in    God's 
sight,  should  be  let  go  without  meed,  and  be  covered  over  by  the  20 
darkness  of  devil-worship  ;  but  according  to  that  which  is  written, 
'that   in    every  nation  he   who    worketh  righteousness   shall  be 
acceptable  with  Him,'  He  condescended  to  this  benevolent  mercy, 
and  healed  him  with  a  like  measure  (of  it).     It  happened  one  day  24 
that  he  went  out  hunting  with  all  his  company  and  array ;  then 
he  saw  a  great  flock  of  harts,  and  disposed  his  company,  as  was 
customary  to  him,   in   order  to  take  them  by  hunting.      When 
they  were   all  busied   about   the    hunting,   then   there    appeared  28 
to  himself  an  immense  hart,  which  was  of  exceeding  bigness  above 
all  the  others,  and  beautiful ;  and  then  he  turned  from  the  flock, 
and  rushed  into  the  wood  where  it  was  thickest.     "When  Placidas 
saw  that,  he  desired  to  take  it  and  zealously  went  after  it  with  32 
a  few  companions ;  then  at  last  they  were  all  tired,  and  he  alone, 
unweary,  followed  after  it.     Verily  through  God's  predestination 
neither  his  horse  nor  himself  was  wearied,  nor  did  he  stop  for  the 
roughness  of  the  way,  but  he  went  long  after  (it),  and  departed  36 
far  from  his  companions.     Then  indeed  the  hart  mounted  up  on  a 
high  rock  and  there  stood.     Then  Placidas  stood  long  and  beheld 
the  hart,  and  wondered  at  its  size,  and  ceased  his  pursuit.     Then 
God  revealed  to  him  that  he   should  not  fear   such  power,   nor  40 
wonder  at  the  greatness  of  his  might.     Behold,  between  the  hart's 
horns  glittered  the  likeness  of  Christ's  holy  rood,  brighter  than 
the  sun's  beam,  and  the  image  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ ;   and  He 
sent  human   speech  into   the  hart,    and   cried   to   Placidas,  thus  44 
saying,   '  Oh  Placidas  !    why  persecutest  thou  Me  1     Lo !  for  thy 
sake  I  am  now  come  that  I,  by  means  of  this  beast,  might  show 
myself  to  thee.     I  am  the   Christ  whom  thou  ignorantly  wor- 
shippest ;  the  alms  which  thou  doest  to  the  poor  are  before  Me,  48 
and  I  came  that  I  might  reveal  Myself  to  thee  through  this  hart, 
and  instead  of  it  might  hunt  and  take  thee  with  the  nets  of  My 
mercy.     It  is  not  right  that  my  beloved  servant,  in  requital  for 
his  good  works,  should  serve  unclean  devils  and  the  unreasoning  52 
idols ;  wherefore  I  came  to  the  earth  in  this  form,  such  as  thou 

13 


194  XXX.      PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII    MAETYRIS. 

J?isum  hiwe  swilcne  fume  nu  gesihst .  Ipcet  ic  mancynn  gehaelde  .  pa 
8a  placidas  f»is  gehyrde  .  fa  waes  he  afyrht  mid  Jmm  msestan  ege  . 
and  feoll  of  his  horse  to  eorc5an  .  and  J>ser  leeg  sume  tid  dseges  . 

56  and  aras  fa  eft  .  and  wolde  gewislicor  witan  ymbe  fa  setywnysse 
f  e  him  aeteawde  .  and  cwcecS  to  him-sylfum  .  Hweet  is  f  eos  gesih(5 
f  e  me  her  seteawde  .  Drihten  leof  onwreoh  me  hwset  (Su  to  me 
spraece  .  pcet  ic  on  f  e  gelyfan  msege.    pa  cwcecS  crist  to  him  .  Hlyst 

60  nu  placida  .  Ic  eom  hgelende  crist  f  e  heofon  and  eorftan  of  nanan 
f  ingan  geworhte  .  and  gedyde  Ipcet  leoht  up  asprang  .  and  f  ystro 
todselde  .  and  ic  eom  se  (5e  gesette  dagas  .  and  tida .  and  gear  .  and 
ic  eom  se  (5e  man  of  eorSan  gehiwode  .  and  for  1  mancynnes  hselo  .  ic 

64  com  to  eorftan  .  and  flsesc  under-feng  .  and  ahangen  waes  .  and 
bebyrged  .  and  f  y  f  riddan  deege  of  deacSe  aras.  pa  placidas  J>is 
gehyrde  .  fa  feoll  he  eft  sona  on  eorf  an  and  cwost)  .  Ic  gelyfe 
drihten  Ipcet  f  u  eart  se  (Se  ealle  f  incg  geworhtest  .  and  gecyrst  8a 

68  dweliendan  .  and  deade  geliffestast  .  pa  cwc&S  drihten  to  him  .  Gif 
Su  on  me  gelyfst  .  far  to  f  sere  byrig  to  cristenra  manna  bisceope  . 
and  bide  hine  fulluhtes.  Da  cwceS  placidas  .  Drihten  leof  mot  ic 
f  is  cy(San  minum  wife  .  and  minum  cildum  .  Ipcet  hi  gelyfan  on  f  e . 

72  pa  cwcecS  drihten  to  him  .  far  nu  .  and  sege  hiom  Ipcet  hi  fulwiht 
onfon  .  and  ge  beocS  f  onne  geclsensode  fram  deofolgilda  besmiten- 
nysse  .  and  cum  hider  eft  .  and  ic  f  e  fullicor  aetywe  .  and  f  e  cyf  e 
fa  "Se  toweard  syndon  .  and  onwreo  fa  halgan  gerynu  .  Hwaet  8a 

76  placide  (sic)  on  niht  f  anon  ham  ferde  .  and  his  wife  rehte  eall  pcet 
he  geseah  .  sona  swa  heo  hit  gehyrde  .  fa  cwaecS  heo  .  Hlaford  min  . 
f  one  god  f  u  gesawe  Ipe  ahangen  wees  Ipe  cristene  men  wurf  ia(S  .  he 
softlice  is  ana  808  god  Ipe  f  urh  swilce  tacna  gecigecS  to  him  fa  f>e 

80  on  hine  gelyfatS  .  and  on  f  issere  nihte  ic  hine  geseah  .  and  he  cwceS 
to  me  .  nu  to-mergen  f  u  .  and  fin  wer  .  and  fine  suna  cumatS  to 
me  .  and  nu  ic  oncneow  .  Ipcet  he  sylf  a  is  hselende  crist  .  Witodlice 
he  wolde  under  swilcum  hiwe  wundorlicre  wsefersyne  f  urh  f  one 

84  heort   setywan  .  Ipcet  f  u  f  y  swif  or  wundrie  his  mihta  .  and  on  hine 

1  Leaf  169. 


XXX.      PASSION    OF    ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  195 

now  seest  Me,  that  I  might  heal  mankind.'     "When  Placidas  heard 
this,  then  was  he  affrighted  with  the  utmost  awe,  and  fell  off  his 
horse  to  the  earth,  and  lay  there  for  about  an  hour  of  the  day,  and  56 
then  arose  again  and  desired  to  know  more  certainly  about  the 
revelation  which  had  appeared  to  him,  and  said  to  himself ;  '  What 
is  this  vision  which  has  here  appeared  to  me  1     Dear  Lord,  reveal 
to  me  what  thou  spakest  to  me,  that  I  may  believe   on   Thee.'  60 
Then  said  Christ  to  him,  '  Listen  now,  Placidas ;  I  am  Jesus  Christ, 
Who  wrought  heaven  and  earth  out  of  nothing,  and  caused  light 
to  spring  up,  and  divided  the  darkness;  and  I  am  He  "Who  set 
days  and  seasons  and  years  ;  and  I  am  He  Who  formed  man  out  64 
of  the  earth,  and  for  mankind's   salvation  I  came  to  earth  and 
took  flesh,  and  was  crucified  and  was  buried,  and  the  third  day 
arose  from  the  dead.' 

"When  Placidas  heard  this,  then  fell  he  again  immediately  on  68 
the    earth   and  said,   '  I  believe,   Lord,   that  Thou  art   He   Who 
wroughtest  all  things,  and  convertest  the  erring,  and  quickenest 
the  dead/     Then  said  the  Lord  to  him,  '  If  thou  believest  on  Me, 
go  to  the  city,  to  the  bishop  of  Christian  men,  and  pray  him  for  72 
baptism.'     Then    said   Placidas,    'Dear   Lord,  may   I  make   this 
known  to  my  wife  and  to  my  children,  that  they  may  believe  on 
Thee1?'  Then  said  the  Lord  to  him,  '  Go  now  and  bid  them  receive 
baptism,   and    ye    shall  then   be   cleansed  from   the  pollution  of  76 
idolatry ;  and  come  hither  again,  and  I  will  show  thee  more  fully, 
and  make  known  to  thee  those  things  which  are  to  be,  and  will 
reveal  the  holy  mysteries.' 

Behold,  then  !  Placidas  went  home  thence  at  night,  and  told  his  80 
wife  all  that  he  had  seen.     As  soon  as  she  heard  it,  then  she  said ; 
1  My    lord,    thou    sawest    the    God   Who    was    crucified,    Whom 
Christian  men  worship;   He  truly  is  the  one  true  God  "Who  by 
such  signs  calleth  to  Him  those  who  believe  on  Him ;  and  in  this  84 
night  I  saw  Him,  and  He  said  to  me,  "  Now,  to-morrow  thou  and 
thy  husband,  and  thy  sons  shall  come  to  Me."     And  now  I  have 
perceived  that  He  Himself  ever  is  the  Saviour  Christ.     Verily  He 
desired  to  show,  under  such  a  form,  a  wonderful  spectacle  by  means  88 
of  the  hart,  that  thou  mightest  wonder  the  more  at  His  might, 

13-2 


196  XXX.      PASSIO   S.    EUSTACHII   MAUTYHlS. 

gelyfe  .  Uton  nu  faran  on  f>isse 1  nihte  .  and  begitan  us  Ipcet  halige 
fulluht 2  cristenra  manna  .  f)urh  Ipcet  .  soSlice  beo(5  his  agenne  jm  Se 
on  nine  gelyfaS  .  pa  cwceS  placidas  to  hire  .  Ipcet  ylce  me  seede  se 
88  J>e  ic  geseah  .  pa  soSlice  to  middre  nihte  hi  ferdon  swa  heora  men 
nyston  to  cristenra  manna  sacerda  .  and  rehton  him  ealle  J?incg  pe 
him  eetywde  wseron  .  and  Ipcet  hi  on  god  gelyfdon  .  and  halsodon 
bine  Ipcet  he  hi  gefullode.  Se  bisceop  wses  (5a  mid  micelre  blisse 
92  gefylled  .  and  wuldrode  god  se  J>e  wile  Ipcet  ealle  menn  hale  beon  . 
and  to  socSfaestnysse  wege  becuma(5  .  and  he  hi  jm  gecristnode  .  and 
tsehte  hi  J>a  geryna  (sic)  ]?as  halgan  geleafan  .  and  gefullode  hi  on 
naman  .  feeder  .  and  sunu  .  and  fees  halgan  gastes  .  and  nemde 
96  placidam  eustachium  .  and  his  wif  theophistim  .  and  his  anne  suna 
agapitum  .  and  of>erne  theofistum  .  and  sealde  hi  Ipcet  halige  geryne  . 
cristes  lichaman  and  blodes  .  and  forlet  hi  )?us  cwsej^ende  .  Drihten 
hselende  crist  }>33S  lifigendan  godes  sunu  .  sy  mid  eow  .  and  forgife 

100  eow  J?a  ecan  rica.  SocSlice  ic  oncnawe  Ipcet  godes  bletsung  is  mid 
eow  .  brucatS  ge  godes  neorxne-wonges  and  gemuna'S  min  iohannis 
ic  bidde  eow.  pa  so]?lice  eft  on  aerne  mergen  genam  eustachius 
feawa  geferan  .  and  ferde  to  <5sere  stowe  J>Eer  he  ser  J>a  ge-syhtSe 

104  geseah  .  and  tosende  his  ge-feran  swilce  for  huntoftes  intingan  .  and 
he  ana  belaf  and  nealeehte  to  Ipseve  stowe  .  and  geseah  J?a  ylcan 
gesihcSe  J>e  he  ser  geseah  .  and  feol  nij?er  on  his  an  syne  and  cwcecS  . 
Ic  halsige  J^e  drihten  .  and  ic  oncnawe  Ipcet  J>u  eart  haelend  crist  f>ses 

108  lifigendan  godes  sunu  3and  nu  ic  hider  cow  .  and  bidde  Ipine  unto- 
deeledlican  godcundnysse  .  \cet  fu  me  geswutelige  .  Ipcet  J?u  me  ser 
behete  .  Da  cwoeS  se  hselend  to  him.  Eadig  J»u  eart  Ipe  onfenge  J?one 
£>weal  minre  gife  and  Ipe  ge-gyredest  mid  undeadlicnysse  .  and  nu  Ipu 

112  ofer-swiSdest  deofol  and  fort r sede  f» one  Ipe  Ipe  beswac  .  and  nu  (5u  un- 

scryddest  Ipe  Ipoue  brosnigendlican  mann  .  and  ]>e  gescryddest  fone 

unbrosnigendlican  .  se  J>urh-wunaS  a  on  worulde  .  nu  beocS  geswute- 

lode  J>a  weorc  f>ines  geleafan  .  and  deofles  anda  bi(S  astyred  wi(5  f>in  . 

1  )>isse,  alt.  to  >issere.  2  Leaf  169,  back.  3  Leaf  170. 


XXX.       PASSION    OF    ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  197 

and  believe  on  Him.  Let  us  now  go  this  night  and  obtain  for 
ourselves  the  holy  baptism  of  Christian  men,  through  which  verily 
those  who  believe  on  Him  are  His  own.'  Then  said  Placidas  to  92 
her,  'He  Whom  I  saw  said  the  same  to  me.'  Then  verily  at 
midnight  they  went,  so  that  their  servants  should  not  know 
it,  to  the  Christian  men's  priest,  and  related  to  him  all  the  things 
which  had  been  shown  them,  and  (said)  that  they  believed  on  God,  96 
and  entreated  him  to  baptize  them. 

Then  the  bishop  was  filled  with  much  bliss,  and  glorified  God, 
Who  willeth  that  all  men  should  be  whole  and  come  to  the  way  of 
truth ;    and   he  thereupon    christened   them   all,   and   instructed  100 
them  in  the  mysteries  of  the  holy  faith,  and  baptized  them  in  the 
name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost ;  and 
named  Placidas  Eustachius,  and  his  wife  Theophistis,  and  his  first 
son  Agapetus,  and  the    second   Theophistus,  and  gave  them  the  104 
holy  sacrament  of  Christ's  body  and  blood  ;  and  let  them  go,  thus 
saying,  '  The  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  the  Son  of  the  living  God,  be 
with  you  and  give  you  the  eternal  kingdom  ;  truly  I  perceive  that 
God's  blessing  is  with  you ;  enjoy  ye  God's  paradise,  and  remem-  108 
ber   me,   John,    I   pray   you/     Then   verily   again   in   the    early 
morning  Eustace  took  a  few  companions   and  went  to  the  place 
where  he  had  before  seen  the  vision,  and  dispersed  his  companions 
as  if  for  the  sake  of  hunting;    and  he  alone  remained,  and  ap-  112 
proached  the  place,  and  saw  the  same  vision  which  he  had  seen 
before,  and  fell  down   on  his  face,  and  said;    'I  beseech   Thee, 
Lord,  and  I  acknowledge  that  Thou  art  the  Saviour  Christ,  the 
Son  of  the  living  God ;  and  now  I  have  come  hither,  and  pray  Thy  116 
indivisible  divinity  that  Thou  wilt  reveal  to  me  that  which  Thou 
didst  before  promise  me.'     Then  said  the  Saviour  to  him,  '  Blessed 
art  thou  who  hast  received  the  washing  of  My  grace,  and  hast 
clothed  thyself  with  immortality  ;  and  now  thou  hast  overcome  the  120 
devil,  and  hast  trodden  under  foot  him  that  deceived  thee;    and 
now  thou  hast  divested  thyself  of  the  corruptible  man,  and  hast 
vested  thyself  with  the  incorruptible,  who  continueth  ever  world 
without  end;    now  shall  be   manifested  the   works  of  thy  faith,  124 
and  the  devil's  envy  will  be  stirred  up  against  thee,  because  thou 


198  XXX.       PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII    MA31TYRIS. 

116  forftan  J>u  hine  forlaete  .  and  efest  pcet  he  selc  yfel  do  ymbutan  pe  . 
pe  gedafenaj?  soSlice  fela  arsefnian  .  pcet  J>u  onfo  wuldorbeah  .  Efne 
J?u  waere  nu  0(5  ]?is  up-ahafen  on  £>isse  worulde  sehtum  .  and  liwil- 
wendum  weorcum  .  nu  gedafnacS  pe  pcet  p\x  beo  ge-ea(Smet  .  of  ]}ire 

120  hean  idelnysse  .  pcet  pu  eft  beo  upahafen  on  gastlicuw  welum  .  ne 
ateorige  }}in  maegen  .  ne  (5u  ne  beseoh  to  }?inum  aerran  wuldre  .  ac 
eall  swa  p\x  gewilncdest  pcet  p\\  mannum  gelicodost  puvh.  J>in  sige- 
faest  gefeoht  .  and  pant  deadlican  cynincge  .  swa  pe  eac  gedafenacS 

124  to  efestenne  pcet  J>u  me  fam  undeadlican  cynincge  Jnne  trywa 
gehealde  .  and  on  })issum  tidum  beon  gecostncd  J^urh  J?rowunga  . 
and  geswinc  .  swa  min  se  leofa  Seow  iob  .  and  deofles  oferswiSend 
J?urh  ge]?yld  .  Warna  hum  pcet  nan  wyrgung  .  and  ceorung  astige 

128  on  jnnum  gej^ohte  .  SoSlice  fonne  pu  bist  geeaSmodad  ic  cume  to 
Se  .  and  gelaede  pe  eft  to  binum  agenum  wuldre  and  wur<5-scipe  .  pa 
Eefter  pjsse  spraece  .  astali  crist  to  heofonum  .  and  cwcecS  to 
eu'stachio  hwaecSer  is  Se  leofre  pe  (Su  nu  onfo  J?a  costnunga  .  pe 

13..  near  Jrinum  ende  .  pa  cwceS  eustachius  .  Ic  halsige  drihten  haelend 
buton  hit  unaraefnedlic  sy  to  ofer-cumenne  .  pa  ping  pe  us  synd 
fram  Se  forestihtode  last  us  nu  onfon  pa  costnunge  .  and  syle  us 
ge<5yld  to  araefnigenne  .  f>ylaes  se  awyrgeda  feond  astyrige  pcet  we 

136  aenig  J>ing  cwaejmn  and  gefencan  .  ongen  J>inne  willan  .  Drihten 
him  to  cwceS  .  Eustachi  .  winn  ongen  .  softlice  min  gifu  is  mid 
eow  .  and  gehylt  eowre  sawla  .  Eustachius  gewende  pa  ham  .  and 
arehte  his  wife  eall  pcet  him  fram  drihtne  gesaed  waes  .  and  hi  big- 

140  don  heora  cneowa  .  and  baedon  god  cwecSende  .  Drihten  haelend  . 
beo  hit  swa  J?in  wylla  sy  .  pa  gelamp  hit  aefter  feawum  dagura  pcet 
his  hired  waes  gestanden  mid  cwylmendre  adle  .  and  waeron  deada 
segcSer  ge  his  f>eowas  .  ge  jbeowena  .  Jm  ongeat  eustachius  pcet  seo 

144  fore-ssede  costnung  him  (5a  aet  wees  .  and  Jmncfullice  hi  under-feng  . 
and  baed  his  wif  pcet  heo  ne  ateorede  .  ne  to  sarig  waere  .  pa  eft 
aefter  lytlan  faece  .  wurdon  his  hors  ealle  .  and  aelces  cynnes  nytena 
deade  .  and  he  J?a  costnunga  lustlice  underfeng  .  and  dihlice  mid 

148  his  wife  .  and  mid  his  twara  sunum  aweg  gewat  .  pa,  pcet  ongeaton 

121.  V.  (fol.  72)  begins  here.  124.  efestene. 

123.  cyninge.  127.  wirging. 

1  Leaf  1 70,  back. 


XXX.      PASSION    OF   ST.   EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  199 

hast  forsaken  him,  and  he  will  hasten  to  do  every  evil  concerning 
thee.     It  behoveth  thee  verily  to   suffer  many  things  that  thou 
mayest  receive  a  crown  of  glory.     Behold  !  thou  wast  until  now  128 
exalted   in    this    world's   riches   and    transitory   works ;    now   it 
befitteth  thee  to  be  humbled  from  thine  high  vanity  that  thou 
mayest  afterward   be  exalted  in  spiritual  riches.     Let  not  thy 
courage  fail,  neither  look  thou  back  to  thy  former  glory ;  but  even  132 
as  thou  hast  desired  to  please  men  and  the  mortal  king  by  thy 
victorious  fight,  so  likewise  it  behoveth  thee  to  hasten  that  thou 
mayest  keep  thy  troth  with  Me,  the  immortal  King,  and  at  this 
time  to  be  tried  by  sufferings  and   labour,  even  as   my  beloved  136 
servant  Job,   and  (be)  the  devil's   vanquisher  through  patience. 
Beware  however  that   no   cursing  and   murmuring   arise  in  thy 
thought.     Yerily  when  thou  shalt  be  humbled  I  will  come  to  thee, 
and  will  bring  thee  again  to  thine  own  glory  and  honour.'  140 

Then  after  this  speech  Christ  ascended  to  heaven,  and  said  to 
Eustace ;  '  Whether  is  dearer  to  thee  to  receive  temptations  now, 
or  nearer  thy  end  % '  Then  said  Eustace,  '  I  beseech  (thee)  Lord 
Jesus,  unless  it  be  unallowable  to  overcome  the  things  which  are  144 
predestined  by  Thee  for  us,  let  us  receive  the  temptation  now,  and 
give  us  patience  to  endure,  lest  the  accursed  fiend  provoke  us  to 
say  and  think  anything  against  Thy  will.' 

The  Lord  said  to  him;   'Eustace,  strive;    verily  My  grace  is  148 
with  you  and  shall  keep  your  souls.' 

Then  Eustace  returned  home,  and  related  to  his  wife  all  that 
was  said  to  him  by  the  Lord,  and  they  bowed  their  knees,  and 
besought  God,  saying,  'Lord  Jesus,  be  it  as  Thy  will  may  be.'  152 
Then  it  happened  after  a  few  days  that  his  household  was  attacked 
by  a  mortal  disease  and  died,  both  his  male  and  female  servants. 
Then  Eustace  perceived  that  the  aforesaid  trial  was  then 
upon  him,  and  thankfully  received  it,  and  besought  his  wife  156 
not  to  faint  nor  be  too  sorry.  Then  again  after  a  little  space 
all  his  horses  and  beasts  of  every  kind  were  dead,  and  he 
joyfully  received  those  trials,  and   secretly  went  away  with  his 

135.  arsefnienne  ;  astyrie.  137.  him  cwa?S  to  ;  win. 


200  XXX.      FASSIO   S.    EUSTACHII    MAETYHIS. 

yfele  men  .  poet  hi  swa  be-reafode  wasron  .  pa  ferdon  hi  to  .  and 
namon  hcoia  gold  and  seolfor  .  and  eall  Ipcet  peer  wass  .  and  swa  eall 
heora  sehta  losodon  purh  deofles  searwa  .  on  para,  dagum  gelamp 

152  Ipcet  eall  folc  wurpodon  symbelnysse  mid  pam  easere  purh  pone  sige 
pe  lie  on  persia  (5eoda  1gefeaht  .  "Was  hit  eac  peaw  \>cet  placidas  on 
psere  symbelnysse  fyrmest  beon  sceolde  .  for-(5arn  he  wass  pasra 
cempena  lareow  and  ealdorman  .  pa  wass  he  soht .  and  hine  nan  man 

156  findan  mihte  .  pa  wundrodon  ealle  men  pcet  on  swa  lytlan  fsece 
hine  nan  man  findan  mihte  .  ne  nan  ping  pass  him  to  belamp  .  and 
se  casere  and  ealle  his  pasgnas  wseron  swiSe  sarie  .  for  his  fasred- 
lican  aweg-gewitennysse   .   pa  cwoecS  his  wif  to  him   .  hu  lange 

160  wunige  we  her  .  utan  niman  uncre  twa  cild  and  faran  heonan  . 
elles  we  beo<5  to  hospe  and  edwite  ealhim  pe  us  cunnon  .  pa  on 
niht  genamon 2  heora  tweegen  suna  .  and  ferdon  to  egypta  lande  . 
so  (Slice  asfter  pam  pe  hi  ferdon  twegen  dagas  .  pa  comon  hi  to  see  , 

164  and  peer  ge-metton  scip  standan  .  and  hi  on  Ipcet  eodon  .  and  mid 
him  reowan  .  pa  geseah  pass  scypes  hlaford  Ipcet  eustachies  wif 
swi(5e  feeger  wass  .  pa  gewilnode  he  hi  habban  .  and  gyrnde  pass 
scyp-tolles  .  ac  (5a  hi  nan  pincg  neefdon  to  syllanne  .  pa  gyrnde  he 

168  pass  wifes  for  pam  tolle  .  pa  eustachius  \cet  aget  .  pa  nolde  he  hi 
alastan  .  pa  bicnode  se  scip-hlaford  to  his  mannum  .  pat  hi  hine  ut 
sceoldon  wurpan  .  pa  eustachius  ongast  heora  sarwa  .  pa  let  he  Ipcet 
wif  .  and  genam  his  twa  cild  .  and  eode  geomrigende  and  cwe- 

172  tSende  .  Wa  me  and  eow  forpam  eower  modor  is  aslfremedum  were 
ge-seald.  Eode  pa  swa  heofende  .  0(5  Ipcet  he  becom  to  sumum  node  . 
and  ne  dorste  (5a  for  Sees  flodes  mycelnysse  mid  pam  twam  cildum 
ingan  .  ac  basr  Ipcet  an  cild  asrest  .  and  sette  3on  o(5re  healfe  pass 

176  stages  and  eode  ongean  feccan  Ipcet  oper  .  pa  he  (5a  wass  tomiddes 
wastres  .  pa  geseah  he  Ipcet  an  leo  genam  Ipcet  cild  .  and  gewende  to 
wuda  mid  .  he  (5a  wees  geortruwod  pass  cildes  .  and  gehwearf 
ge(5yldelice   hopiende  pass   o(5res   .  ac  pa  he   (5yderweard  wass    . 

180  geseah  he  Ipcet  an  wulf  genam  Ipcet  .  pa  tasr  he  his  loccas  heofende  . 
and  wolde  hine  sylfne  adrencan  on  pam  wastre  .  ac  hine  seo  uplice 

152,  154.  symbelnesse.  156.  menn.  158.  ]?egnas  ;  sarige. 

1  Leaf  171.  2  hy  mpplied  in  late  hand.  3  Leaf  171,  back. 


XXX.       PASSION    OF    ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  201 

wife   and  with  his  two  sons.     When  evil  men  had  learned  that  l^° 
they  were  so  bereaved,  then  went  they,  and  took  their  gold  and 
silver,  and  all  that  was  there ;    and  so  all  their  goods  were  lost 
through  the  devil's  artifices.     In  those  days  it  happened  that  all 
people   were  worshipping  in  solemn  assembly  with   the  Emperor  164 
for  the  victory  which  he  had  gained  over  the  Persian  nation.     It 
was   also    the    custom   that   Placidas   should   be   foremost   in  this 
solemnity,  because  he  was  the  master  and  leader  of  the  soldiers. 
Then  was  he  sought,  and  no  man  could  find  him.     Then  all  men  168 
wondered  that  in  so  little  space  (i.  e.  at  so  short  notice)  no  one 
could  find  him,  nor  anything  which  belonged  to  him  ;    and  the 
emperor   and   all    his   servants  were  very   sorry  for   his    sudden 
departure.     Then  said  his  wife  to  him,  '  How  long  abide  we  here  1  172 
Let  us  take  our  two  children  and  go  hence,  else  we  shall  be  a 
reproach  and  taunting  to  all  that  know  us.'     Then,  at  night,  they 
took  their  two  sons,  and  went  to  the  Egyptians'  land.     Verily 
after  they  had  travelled  two  days,  they  came  to  the  sea,  and  there  I7& 
found  a  ship  standing,  and  they  went  on  it  and  rowed  with  them. 

When  the  ship-master  saw  that  Eustace's  wife  was  very  fair, 
he  desired  to  have  her,  and  demanded  the  ship-toll;  but,  as 
they  had  nothing  to  offer,  he  demanded  the  wife  for  the  toll.  180 

When  Eustace  knew  that,  he  would  not  let  her  go;  then  the 
ship-master  beckoned  to  his  men  that  they  should  throw  him  over- 
board.    When  Eustace  perceived  their  artifices,  then  he  left  the 
woman  and  took  his  two  children,  and  went  lamenting  and  say-  184 
ing — '  Woe  to  me  and  to  you  !  for  your  mother  is  delivered  over 
to  a  foreign  man.'     And  he  went  thus,  sighing,  until  he  came  to  a 
certain  river,  and  durst  not,  on  account  of  the  great  size  of  the 
river,  go  in  with  the  two  children ;  but  bare  one  child  first,  and  188 
set  it  on  the  other  side  of  the  bank,  and  went  again  to  fetch  the 
second.     When  he  was  in  the  midst  of  the  water,  he  saw  that 
a  lion  took  the  child  and  went  to  the  wood  with  it.     Then  he 
despaired  of  the  child,  and  returned  patiently,  having  hope  of  the  J92 
other ;  but  when  he  was  (turned)  thitherward,  he  saw  that  a  wolf 
took  it.     Then  he  tare  his  locks,  lamenting,  and  desired  to  drown 
162    twegen.  167.  Jang;  sellanne. 


202  XXX.       PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII    MARTYMS. 

arfaestnyss  gestaj^elode  mid  gefylde  .  pcet  he  pcet  ne  dyde  .  Seo  leo 
sotSlice  heold  Ipcet  cild  ungederod  .  aefter  godes  gestihtunge  .  pa 

184  hyrdas  (Sees  landes  geseonde  Ipcet  se  leo  Ipcet  cild  swa  cucu  baer  . 
aefter  urnon  .  and  hit  ahreddon  .  and  eall-swa  fa  yrcSlingas  .  ahred- 
don  pcet  ocSer  cild  set  J?am  wulfe  .  "Witodlice  ge  (Sa  hyrdas  .  ge  <Sa 
yrcSlingas  .  wssron  of  anre  scire  .  and  hi  pa  cild  afeddan  mid  him  . 

188  Eustachius  socSlice  heora  feeder  wende  Ipcet  hi  fram  J)am  wildeorum 
abitene  waeron  .  eode  J>a  heofende  and  cwae(Sende  .  Wala  wa  hu  ic 
nu  greow  .  swa  pcet  treow  Ipe  mid  waestmum  bi(S  faegre  gefraetwod  . 
and  eom  nu  swa  pcet  twig  .  pcet  bi(S  acorfen  of  ]?am  treowe  .  and 

192  aworpen  on  micclum  ystum .  and  eg-hwanon  gecnissed  .  wala  on  hu 
micelre  genihtsumnysse  ic  hwilum  waes  .  and  eom  nu  bereafod  . 
swa  an  hseftnydlincg  .  Iu  ic  waes  cempena  lareow  .  and  mid 
mycclum  were  ymbseald  .  nu  ic  eom  ana  forlaeten  .  ne  furjmra 

196  mine  beam  ic  naebbe  .  Ac  fu  drihten  ne  forlset  me  .  ne  mine  teares 
ne  for-seoh  .  ic  geman  leof  drihten  pcet  p\\  cwaede  .  pcet  ic  sceolde 
gecos[t]nod  beon  eall-swa  iob  .  ac  on  sumum  ]?ingum  mare  ic 
J^olige1  Jxmne  he  .  he  so  (Slice  J?eh  him  aehta  losodon  .  swa-J>eah  him 

200  waes  his  myxen  forlaeten  .  pcet  he  paer-uppan  sittan  mihte  .  Ic 
soflice  on  aetyeodignesse  anxsumnysse  ]?rowige  .  He  hsefde  frynd 
pcet  hine  frefrodon  .  and  him  efensargodon  .  ic  socSlice  on  J?is 
westene  haebbe  wilde  deor  pe  mine  beam  me  benaman  .  he  haefde 

204  his  wif  mid  him  .  pe  hine  arette  .  pesih  he  his  bearna  J^olode  .  ic 
witodlice  aeghwanane  eom  unge-saelig  buton  westme  .  ne  fur  (Sum  an 
spearca  mines  cynrenes  nis  me  forlaetan  .  ac  eom  gelic  J?am  bogum 
pe  on  westene  aeghwanane  mid  ystum  slaegene  [synt]2  .  Drihtm 

208  leof  ne  onscunige  (Su  J»ines  J^eowes  maenigfealdan  word  .  ic  sorgie 
sotSlice  pcet  ic  ma  sprsece  Jjonne  hit  gedafna(S  .  sete  drihten  heord- 
raedene  minum  mu(Se  .  pcet  min  heorte  ne  abuge  to  yflum  worduw  . 
f>i-laes  pe  ic  beo  aworpen  fram  })ine  ansyne  .  drihten  leof  syle  me  nu 

212  reste  mire  maenig-fealdan  gedrefednysse  .  and  mid  J>isum  wordum 
he  eode  wepende  on  ]?one  tun  pe  hatte  dadissus  .  and  J?aer  wunode  . 
and  beget  him  biglyfne  mid  his  weorce  .  J?a  aefW  micelre  tide  . 
baed  he  paes  tunes  hlaford[as]3  pcet  he  moste  healdan  heora  aeceras  . 

216  and  him  mede  earnian  .  and  he  Saer  drohtnode  fiftyne  gear  .  his  suna 
1  Leaf  172.       2  synt  added  in  late  hand.        3  hlaford  in  margin;  rest  cut  off. 


XXX.       PASSION    OF    ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  203 

himself  in    the  water;    but   heavenly  virtue  fortified   him  with 
patience,   so  that  he  did  it  not.     Of  a  truth  the  lion  kept  the  196 
child  unharmed,  by  God's  ordinance  ;  the  shepherds  of  the  country, 
seeing  that   the   lion  bare  the   child    thus   alive,   ran   after  and 
rescued  it ;  and  also  the  husbandmen  rescued  the  other  child  from 
the  wolf.     Verily,  both  the  herdsmen  and  the  husbandmen  were  200 
of  one  district,  and  they  fed  the  children  with  them ;  but  Eustace 
their  father  supposed  that  they  had  been  devoured  by  the  wild 
beasts ;  so  he  went  lamenting,  and  saying ;  '  "Well  away  !     How 
did  I  but   now  grow  like  the  tree  which  is  beautifully  adorned  204 
with  fruits,  and  am  now  like  the  twig  that  is  cut  off  the  tree  and 
cast  away  in  a  great  storm,  and  buffeted  on  all  sides.     Alas !  in 
how  great  abundance  I  once  was,  and  am  now  bereaved  like  an 
enslaved   captive ;    formerly  I   was  master   of  the    soldiers,   and  208 
compassed  about  with  a  great  company ;  now  I  am  left  alone,  nor 
have   I  even   my  children.      But   Thou,  Lord,    forsake    me    not, 
nor  despise  my  tears ;   I  remember,  dear  Lord,  that  Thou  saidest 
that  I  should  be  tried,  even  as  Job,  but  in  some  things  I  suffer  2 1 2 
more  than  he.     He,  verily,  although  his  goods  were  lost  to  him, 
nevertheless  his  dunghill  was  left  to  him  that  he  might  sit  there- 
upon ;    I,  indeed,  suffer  anguish  in  exile.     He  had   friends   who 
comforted  him  and    sorrowed  with   him,  but  I  verily  have  wild  216 
beasts  in  this  wilderness,  that  have  taken  away  my  bairns;    he 
had  his  wife  with  him  who  refreshed  him,  though  he  suffered  (the 
loss   of)   his  bairns.     I  verily  on    all    sides    am  unhappy,   being 
without  offspring,  nor  even  a  spark  of  my  kindred  is  left  to  me,  220 
but  I  am  like  the  boughs  which  in  the  desert  are  beaten  on  all 
sides   by    storms.     Dear   Lord,    reject    Thou    not   Thy    servant's 
manifold  words ;  I,  indeed,  sorrow  in  such  wise  that  I  speak  more 
than  is  fit.     Set,  Lord,  a  guard  on  my  mouth  that  my  heart  yield  224 
not  to  evil  words,  lest  I  be  cast  away   from  Thy  countenance. 
Dear  Lord,  give  me  now  rest  from  my  manifold  tribulations.' 

And  with  these  words  he  went  weeping  into  the  town  which  is 
called  Dadissus,  and  there  dwelt,  and  procured  for  himself  food  by  228 
his  wrork.     Then  after  a  great  time  he  prayed  the  lords  of  the  town 
that  he  might  occupy  their  fields  and  earn  him  meed ;  and  he  lived 


204  XXX.       PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII    MARTYRIS. 

fjonne  waeron  afedde  on  of>ran  tune  .  and  heora  na(5or  nyste  Ipcet  hi 
wseron  gebroftra  .  Witodlice  se  hsefena  scip-hlaford  se  fte  genam 
eustachius    wif  .   gelsedde    hi    to    his    earde  .  and  godes  gife  hi 

220  gescylde  Ipcet  he  hi  ne  gewemde  .  J)a  hwile  Ipe  heo  mid  him  1wses  . 
ealswa  heo  to  gode  wilnode  .  and  si(5(5an  he  dead  wees  heo  wees  his 
yrfe-numa  .  Miter  Jnssum  wses  ge-worden  micel  hergung  on  ]mm 
lande  .  Ipe  eustachius  aer  on  wass  .  and  hi  fela  (5eera  romaniscra  landa 

224  awestan  .  ]?a  wses  se  casere  J^earle  geancsumod  for  Ipsere  hergunge  . 
and  gemunde  J»a  placidam  .  and  sw'ipe  geomrode  for  his  faarlican 
awasg-gewitennysse  .  gesomnode  J>a  his  fyrd  ealle  to  him  .  and 
geornlice  axocle  be  him  .  and  behead  Ipcet  man  foran  sceolde  .  swa 

228  wide  swa  his  anweald  wsere  .  and  hine  geornlice  axian  .  and  he  eac 
behet  fam  J?e  hine  funden  .  micelne  wurSscipe  .  and  fremfulnesse  . 
pa  ferdon  softlice  twegen  cempan  J>a  wseron  genemde  .  antiochus  . 
and  achaius  .  ]m  aar  waeron  under  eustachius  handa  .  and  J?urh- 

232  ferdon  ealle  }m  land  pe  into  rome  hyrdon  .  o&Sset  hi  comon  faar  he 
wunode  .  Eustachius  pa  softlice  feorran  hi  behealdende  .  be  heora 
gewunelican  gauge  hi  gecneow  .  and  gedrefed  on  his  mode  .  he 
ge-bsed  hine  .  and  cwceft  .  Drihtm  ure  god  Ipu  "Se  generast  of  selcum 

236  geswince  J>a  Ipe  on  pe  gehihtaft  .  gefultuma  me  Ipcet  ic  mote  J>ine 
J>eowene  mine  gemeccan  git  geseon  .  swa  ic  nu  £>as  gehaende  geseo 
J>e  me  hwilon  J^enedon  .  witodlice  ic  wat  ])cet  mine  beam  for 
minum  synnum  fram  wildeorum  abitene  synd  .  forgif  me  drihtm  . 

240  Ipcet  ic  huru  on  asristes  daage  hi  geseon  mote  .  Him  fa  ftus  sprecen- 
dum  com  stefn  ufane  to  him  cwaeftende  .  Getryw  eustachi  .  softlice 
on  Jrisse  andweardan  tide  J>u  gehwyrfst  to  pinum  jmm  aerran 
wurft2scipe  .  and  Ipu  onfehst  ge  1pm  wif  ge  J>ine  cild  .  Witodlice  on 

244  paere  aeriste  ]?u  gesihst  micelre  maerran  J>incg  .  and  Ipu.  onfehst  J?ara 
ecra  goda  gelustfullunga  .  and  J?in  nama  bift  ecelice  gemaersod  . 
Eustachius  J?a  ftis  gehyrende  .  mid  mycelre  fyrhto  geslegen  wass  . 
Ipcet  he  gestandan  ne  mihte  .  ac  gesset  .  Aras  fta  eft  upp  and  locode 

248  wift  ftaes  weges  .  and  geseah  \>cet  J?a  menn  waeron  wift  his  weard  . 

and  he  hi  wel  gecneow  .  ac  hi  ne  cneowan  hine  .  }?a  cwaedon  hi  to 

him  .   hal  wass  ftu  broftor  .  he  him  oncwceft  .  syb   sy  mid  eow 

226.  V.  (fol.  92)  begins  here  ;  but  is  illegible.  228.  V.  ahsian  (?). 

1  Leaf  172,  back.  2  Leaf  173. 


XXX.      PASSION    OF   ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYll.  205 

there  fifteen  years.    His  sons  then  were  nurtured  in  another  town ; 
and  neither  of  them  knew  that  they  were  brothers.  Truly  the  heathen  232 
ship-master,  he  who  took  Eustace's  wife,  led  her  to  his  country ; 
and  God's  grace  shielded  her  that  he  defiled  her  not  while  she  was 
with  him,  even  as  she  desired  of  God ;  and  after  he  was  dead,  she 
was  his  heir.     After  this  there  was  made  a  great  invasion  of  236 
the  country  wherein  Eustace  had  been  at  first,  and  they  wasted 
many  of  the   Romans'   lands.     Then  was  the  emperor  exceeding 
troubled  on  account  of  the  invasion,  and  remembered  Placidas,  and 
sorely  lamented  for  his  sudden  departure ;    he  assembled  then  all  240 
his  army  to  him,  and  diligently  asked  about  him,  and  commanded 
that  men  should  go  as  widely  as  his  dominion  was,  and  enquire 
earnestly  for  him ;  and  he  also  promised  to  those  who  should  find 
him  great  honour  and  benefit.     Then  went  two  soldiers  who  were  244 
named  Antiochus  and  Achaius,  who  formerly  were  under  Eustace's 
hands,  and  went  through  all  the  lands  which  obeyed  Rome  until 
they  came  where  he  dwelt.     Then  truly  Eustace  beholding  them 
afar,    recognized    them    by   their    accustomed    gait ;    and   being  2  48 
troubled  in  his  mind,  he  prayed  and  said — '  Lord  our  God,  Who 
deliverest  from  every  affliction  those  who  hope  in  Thee,  help  me 
that  I  may  yet  see  Thy  servant  my  spouse,  as  I  now  see  at  hand 
those  who  once  served  me.     Of  a  surety  I  know  that  my  bairns  on  252 
account  of  my  sins  are  devoured  by  wild  beasts.     Grant  to  me, 
Lord,  that  I  may  at  least  see  them  in  the  day  of  resurrection.' 
To  him  then,  thus  speaking,  came  a  voice  from  above,  saying  to 
him ;    '  Trust,   Eustace ;   truly  in    this   present   time   thou   shalt  256 
return  to  thy  former  dignity,  and  thou  shalt  receive  both  thy  wife 
and  thy  children ;  verily,  at  the  resurrection  thou  shalt  see  much 
greater  things,  and  thou  shalt  receive  the  delights  of  the  eternal 
good  things,  and  thy  name  shall  eternally  be  praised.'  260 

Eustace  then,  hearing  this,  was  struck  with  great  awe,  so  that 
he  could  not  stand,  but  sat  down;  then  he  arose  up  again,  and 
looked  along  the  way,  and  saw  that  the  men  were  coming  towards 
him  ;  and  he  knew  them  well,  but  they  did  not  know  him.  Then  264 
said  they  to  him,  '  Hail  to  thee,  brother  ! '  He  answered  them, 
'  Peace  be  with  you,  brothers  ! '     Then  said  they  again,  '  Tell  us, 


206  XXX.       PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII    MARTYMS. 

brocSra  .  Da  cwaedon  hi  eft  .  Saege  us  la  leof  hwae(5er  (5u  her  wite 

252  aenigne  aelfeodigne  fe  hatte  placidas  mid  his  wife  .  and  his  twam 
sunuw  .  sof  lice  gif  <Su  hine  us  gecyf  est  .  we  f  e  willa(5  syllan  gode 
mede  .  pa  cwce$  he  .  for  hwilcum  f  ingum  sece  ge  hine  .  hi  cwaedon  . 
he  waes  us  swycSe  leof  freond .  nu  wolde  hine  geseon  .  gif  we  hine 

256  geaxian  mihton  a&fter  swa  fela  gearum  .  Da  cwaeS  he  .  nat  ic  her 
nanne  swilcne  wer  .  socSlice  ic  sylf  eom  aelf  eodig.  Eustachius  fa 
gelaedde  hi  into  his  gesthuse  .  and  ut-gangende  bohte  him  win  .  and 
him  scencte  for  heora  micclan  geswince  .  fa  cwceS  he  to  f  am  hus- 

260  hlaforde  .  fas  men  synd  me  cu(5e  .  and  hi  for-f  i  comon  to  me  .  gif 
me  nu  mettas  .  and  win  .  and  ic  hit  f  e  gilde  eft  of  mire  hyre  .  and 
he  him  fa  glaedlice  tif  ode  .  and  he  (5a  eustachius  him  f enode  .  and 
gemunde  hu  hi  him  aer  f enode  (sic)  .  and  ne  mihte  forberan  ])cet 

264  he  ne  weope  .  ac  eode  ut  and  f  woh  his  eagan  .  and  com 
eft  inn  .  and  f enode  him  .  hi  fa  geornlice  hine  beaheoldon 
and  hine  be  dsele  oncneowan  and  cwaedon  .  gelic  is  faes  man 
f  am  menn  f  e  wit  secaft  .  ea(5e  he  hit  mihte  beon  .  Da  cwcecS  se 

268  o(5er  .  Ic  wat  pcet  he  haefde  ane  dolhswac5e  on  his  hneccan  Ipcet 
him  gelamp  iu  on  gefeohte  .  Gyman  we  nu  hwaefter  he  Ipcet  tacen 
faere  wunde  haebbe  .  fa  hi  fa  hine  geornlice  beheoldon  .  fa 
gesawon  hi  fa  dolhswafte  on  him  .  and  hi  sona  hine  beclypton  .  and 

272  cystan  .  and  weopen  for  blisse  .  and  axodon  hine  hwae(5er  he  hit 
waere  f e  heora  cempena  lareow  geo  waes  .  he  fa  oSsoc  f cet  he  hit 
naere  .  hi  fa  ongen  hine  gecnaewne  gedydon  be  f am  tacne  f e  on  his 
hneccan  waes  f  cet  he  hit  waes  .  and  hine  axodon  be  his  wife  .  and 

276  his  cildan  hwaet  hi  ge-ferdon  .  He  fa  cwceS  .  Ipcet  he  hit  waes  .  and 
f  cet  his  wif  .  and  his  cild  .  deade  waeron  .  Da  sona  wear(5  f  is  cuS 
eallum  on  f  am  lande  .  and  hi  f  ider  comon  mid  mycelre  wundrunge  . 
and  fa  menn  f e  him  aefter  ferdon  .  rehton  f am  mannum  eallum  be 

280  his  aerran  wuldre  .  pa  hi  fus  gehyrdon  .  fa  weopon  hi  ealle 
cwaeftende  .  Eala  f  cet  swa  mycel  healicnys  swilces  weres  us  f  eowode  . 
Da  cempan  fa  cycSdon  him  f aes  caseres  bebod  .  and  scryddon  hine 
mid  f am  betstan  reafe  .  and  laeddon  forcS  mid  him  .  and  fa  land- 

284  leode  hine  furSor  gebrohton  .  and  he  hi  mid  sibbe  forlet  .  Eu- 

1  Leaf  173,  back. 


XXX.       PASSION    OF    ST.    EUSTACE,    MAETYR.  207 

oh  master  !  whether  thou  know  here  any  stranger  who  is  called 
Placidas,  with  his  wife  and  his  two  sons ;  truly,  if  thou  makest  268 
him  known  to  us,  we  will  give  thee  good  meed.'  Then  said  he, 
'For  what  reasons  seek  ye  him?'  They  said,  'He  was  to  us  a 
very  dear  friend ;  now  would  we  see  him,  if  we  could  have  intel- 
ligence of  him  after  so  many  years.'  Then  said  he,  'I  know  not  272 
here  any  such  man ;  truly,  I  myself  am  a  stranger.'  Eustace  then 
led  them  into  his  guest-house,  and  going  out  bought  wine  for 
them,  and  gave  them  to  drink  on  account  of  their  great  fatigue. 

Then  said  he  to  the  master  of  the  house,  '  These  men  are  known  276 
to  me,  and  therefore  they  came  to  me ;   give  me  now  meats  and 
wine,  and  I  will  pay  thee  afterward  out  of  my  hire/     And  he 
thereupon  gladly  granted  it  to  him,  and  he  then,  Eustace,  served 
them ;    and  remembered  how  they  had  before    served  him,  and  280 
could  not  forbear  to  weep,  but  went  out  and  washed  his  eyes,  and 
came  again  in,  and  served  them.     They  then  earnestly  regarded 
him  and  partly  recognised  him  and  said,  'This  man  is  like  the 
man  whom  we  seek,  it  might  easily  be  he/     Then  said  the  other,  284 
'  I  know  that  he  had  a  scar  on  his  neck  that  chanced  to  him  in 
fight;    let  us  observe    now  whether   he  hath  the  token  of  that 
wound/     When  they  looked  at  him  carefully,  then  saw  they  the 
scar  on  him,  and  they  immediately  embraced  and  kissed  him,  and  288 
wept  for  bliss,  and  asked  him  whether  it  were  he  who  formerly 
was  the  teacher  of  their  soldiers ;    he  then  denied  that  it  was  he. 
Then  they  in  return  made  him  manifest  by  the  mark  on  his  neck, 
that  it  was  he,  and  asked  him  concerning  his  wife  and  his  children,  292 
how  they  had  fared.     He  then  said  that  it  was  he,  and  that  his 
wife  and  his  children  were  dead.     Then  this  soon  became  known 
to  all  in  the  land,  and  they  came  thither  with  great  wondering; 
and  the  men  who  had  gone  after  him  related  to  all  men  concerning  296 
his  former  glory.     When  they  heard  this,  they  all  wept,  saying, 
'  Alas  !  that  so  great  excellence  of  such  a  man  should  have  served 
us/     The  soldiers  then  made  known  to  him  the  emperor's  com- 
mand, and  clothed  him  with  the  best  garment,  and  led  him  forth  3°° 
with  them ;  and  the  people  of  the  country  brought  him  further, 
and   he    dismissed   them    in  peace.     Eustace   then,  on  the  way, 


208  XXX.       PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII    MARTYRIS. 

stachius  fa  on  f  am  wege  him  relite  hu  him  crist  setywde  .  and  hu 
he  of  fulwihte  genemned  wses  eustachius  .  and  eall  hu  him  gelamp 
be  his  wife  .  and  his  cildum  .  fa  embe  fiftyne  dagas  .  comon  hi  to 

288  'Sam  1casere  .  and  fa  cempan  hi  fa  arehton  eall  him  hu  hi  hine 
fundon .  and  se  casere  eode  ongen  hine  .  and  cyste  hine  .  and  axode 
hwi  he  swa  feor  of  his  earde  faran  wolde  .  he  (5a  him  and  ealle  his 
duguSe  endebyrdlice  arehte  ealne  his  si(5  .  and  his  wifes  .  and  his 

292  cilda  .  Se  casere  fa  and  ealle  wseron  swi(5e  bli(5e  his  ongeancymes 
.  and  hine  bsedon  pcet  he  eft  fenge  to  f  am  anwealde  f  e  he  ser 
hsefde  .  and  he  swa  dyde  .  het  (5a  gegaderian  fyrde  .  fa  he  fa  fyrde 
sceawode  .  fa  onget  he  f  cet  (5ser  nses  fyrod  (sic)  genoh  ongen  heora 

296  fynd  .  Het  fa  of  selcre  byrig  and  tunum  .  gegaderian  ma  cempena  . 
pa  gelamp  hit  pcet  man  bead  f  am  tunrsede  f  e  his  suna  on  afedde 
wseron  .  f  set  man  sceolde  twegen  cempan  gescyrpan  to  f  sere  fyrde  . 
fa  geceas  man  fa  twegen  cnihtas  .  forj^am  f  e  hi  wseron  caflice 

300  and  cyrtene  .  and  self  eodige  .  to  f  sere  fyrdunga  .  pa  wses  eall  seo 
fyrd  gegaderod  beforan  him  .  and  he  hi  fa  getrymede  .  and  gesette 
swa  his  f  eaw  wses  .  fa  geseah  he  on-gemang  of  rum  fa  geongan 
cnihtas  f  cet  hi  wseron  wlitige  on  hiwe  .  and  lange  on  wsestmum  . 

304  gesette  hi  fa  fyrmeste  on  his  f enunge  .  and  wear (5  onseled  on 
heora  lufe  .  and  sefter  f  am  f  e  he  gefadod  hsefde  eall  his  werod  swa 
his  f eaw  wses  .  fa  ferde  he  to  f am  gefeohte  .  and  ge-eode  fa  land 
f  e  (5a  hse(5enan  setbrodon  hsefdon  .  and  hi  f  am  casere  underf  eodde  . 

308  Ferde  (5a  for (5  ofer  f cet  waster  f cet  wses  genemned  idispis  .  in  fa 
inran  land  f  sera  hse(5enra  .  and  hi  ofer-com  .  and  heora  eard  aweste  . 
fa  git  he  wilnode  f cet  he  innor  ferde  .  2fa  (5urh  godes  fore-stih- 
tunge  he  becom  to  (5am  lande  fser  his  wif  wses  .  hsefde  hio  hire 

312  gebogod  on  anan  wyrtigan  hamme  .  and  wses  hio  swa  we  bufan 
ssedon  ungederod  f urh  godes  gescyldnysse  .  fram  fses  hse(5enan 
gemanan  .  pa  com  eustachius  mid  his  here  to  f  am  tune  f  e  heo  (5a 
on  wses  .  "Wses  seo  wunung  f  ser  swyf  e  wynsum  on  to  wicenne  . 

316  and  his  geteld  wseron  gehende  hire  wununge  geslagene  .  t5a  ge-lamp 
hit  eac  f cet  fa  twegen  cnihtas  hire  suna  .  heom  in  ge-curon  mid 

1  Leaf  174.  2  Leaf  174,  back. 


XXX.       PASSTON"    OF    S.    EUSTACE,    MAETYR.  £09 

related   to  them  how  Christ   had   appeared  to  him,  and  how  he 
in  baptism  was  named  Eustace,  and  how  it  had  all  happened  to  304 
him  about  his  wife  and  his  children.     Then  in  about  fifteen  days 
they  came  to  the  enrperor  and  the  soldiers;  they  then  related  all 
to  him,  how  they  had  found  him  ;  and  the  emperor  went  to  meet 
him,  and  kissed  him  and  asked  why  he  had  willed  to  go  so  far  3°8 
from  his  country.     He  then  related  in  order  to  him  and  to  all  his 
nobility,  all  his  journey,  and  his  wife's,  and  his  children's.     Then 
the  emperor,  and  all,  were  very  blithe  at  his  return,  and  besought 
him  that  he  would  again  assume  the   authority  which  he  had  312 
formerly ;  and  he  did  so.     He  then  bade  men  assemble  an  army ; 
and  when  he  reviewed  the  army,  he  then  perceived  that  there  was 
not  a  sufficient  army  to  meet  their  enemies.     Then  he  bade  men 
collect  from  every  city  and  town  more  soldiers.     Then  it  happened  3*6 
that  they  commanded  the  council  of  the  town  in  which  his  sons 
had  been  brought  up,  that  they  should  equip  two  soldiers  for  the 
army.     Then  they  chose  the  two  youths  because  they  were  bold, 
and  handsome,  and  foreigners,  for  the  military  service.     So  all  the  32° 
army  was  assembled  before  him,  and  he  arrayed  them  in  order, 
and   disposed   them,   as  his    custom  was.     Then  he    saw  among 
others  the  young  knights,  that  they  were  fair  in  countenance  and 
tall  in  stature  ;  so  he  placed  them  the  foremost  in  his  service,  and  324 
became  inflamed  with  love  of  them;  and  after  he  had  disposed  all 
his  host  as  his  custom  was,  he  went  to  the  fight  and  overran  the 
lands  which  the  heathen  had  taken  away,  and  subjected  them  to 
the  emperor.    Then  he  went  forth  over  the  river  which  was  named  328 
Idispis  in  the  inner  lands  of  the  heathen,  and  overcame  them,  and 
wasted  their  country ;  moreover  he  desired  to  penetrate  it  further. 
Then,  by  God's  fore-ordaining,  he  came  to  the  land  where  his  wife 
was;  she  had  taken  up  her  abode  in  a  garden-enclosure,  and  she  332 
was,  as  we  said  above,  unharmed,  through  God's  protection,  by 
the  heathen  society. 

Then  came  Eustace  with  his  army  to  the  town  wherein  she  was. 
Her  dwelling  there  was  very  winsome  to  encamp  in,  and  his  tents  336 
were  pitched  nigb  at  hand  to  her  dwelling.     Then  it  happened 
also  that   the  two  youths,  her   sons,  chose  to  abide  with  their 

14 


210  XXX.      PASSIO    S.    ETTSTACHII,    MARTYRIS. 

hyre  meder  .  ne  hi  niston  \>cet  heo  wses  hire  modor  .  ne  heo  niste 
Ipcet  hi  wseron  hire  suna  .  pa,  an  under-msel  sprsecon  hi  betwux  him 

320  f>ser-inne  embe  heora  cild-geogo(5e  .  and  seo  modor  sset  geornlice 
hlystende  hire  tale  .  pa  cwcecS  se  yldra  broSor  .  Ipcet  is  .  Ipcet  ic 
gefyrnost  gemunan  mseg  .  \cet  min  feeder  wses  cempena  ealdor-man  . 
and  min  modor  swy(5e  wlitig  wses  on  hiwe  .  and  hi  hsefdon  twegen 

324  suna  .  me  .  and  operne  gingran  .  and  pa  on  niht  ferdon  hi  ut  .  and 
genamon  unc  and  ferdon  to  see  .  and  ut  reowan  .  pa  we  up  comon 
pa  uses  ure  modor  mid  us  .  nat  ic  for-hwi  .  pa  genam  ure  feeder 
unc  .  and  beer  us  wepende  fortS  on  his  weg  .  pa  becomon  we  to 

328  anre  ea  .  fa  eode  he  in  Ipcet  wseter  .  and  bser  mine  gingran  bropor  .  and 
forlet  me  .  pa  cyrde  he  eft  ongean  wolde  feccan  me  .  pa  com  an 
wulf  and  gelsehte  mine  brocSor  .  and  ser  he  to  me  cuman  mihte  . 
fseringa  com  of  "Sam  wuda  an  leo  .  and  gegrap  me  .  and  arn  to 

332  wuda  .  and  pa  hyrdas  (5e  pser  gehende  wseron  .  ahreddan  Jme  .  and 
ic  wses  (5a  afed  on  pam  tune  eal-swa  $u  wast  .  and  ic  nyste  hwset 
min  fgeder  geferde  .  and  min  brocSor  .  pa  se  gingra  broftor  J>is  eall 
gehyrde  fram  pam  yldran  bro(5or  .  pa  aras  he  and  gelsehte  hine  be 

336  pam  swuran  .  and  cyste  .  and  clypte  .  and  ssede  .  purh  pone  god  pe 
cristene  wur(5a(5  .  ic  eom  pin  broftor  be  pire  tale  .  for-pam  me 
ssedon  pe  me  afeddon  Ipcet  hi  me  ahreddan  fram  pam  wulfe  .  Da 
hiora  modor  pas  word  gehyrde  .  pa  wses  eall  hire  heorte  astired  . 

340  and  hire  innoS  .  and  pohte  hwsefter  hit  hire  suna  wseron  .  forSam 
he  cwsec5  Ipcet  heora  fseder  wsere  cempena  ealdor-man  .  and  eac  Ipcet 
heora  modor  set  (5am  scype  forlsetan  [sic)  wearS  .  pa  (5y  olpre  dege 
gesohte  heo  psera  cempena  ealdorman  .  pus  cweftende  .  Ic  bidde  Ipe 

344  leof  hlaford  pcet  pu  me  gelsede  to  minum  earde  .  Ic  eom  softlice 
romanisc  .  and  ic  on  hseftnyd  hider  gelsed  wses  .  pa  onge-mang 
t5yssum  beheold  heo  hine  swySe  georne  .  and  ge-cneow  pa  tacna  Ipe 
on  his  hneccan  wseron  .  and  heo  pa  aforhtode  .  and  ne  mihte 

348  forbseran  Ipcet  heo  hit  leng  forhsele  .  ac  gefeoll  to  his  fotum  .  and 
cw  cecS  .  Ic  halsige  pe  leof  hlaford  pcet  pu  ne  beo  gesebylged  ongen 
pine  peowene  .  ac  for  pinre  arfsestnysse  gehyr  me  .  and  sege  me 

1  Leaf  175. 


XXX.      PASSION    OF    S.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  211 

mother,  nor  knew  they  that  she  was  their  mother;  neither  knew 
she  that  they  were  her  sons.     Then  one  morning  time  they  spake  340 
betwixt  themselves  therein  about  their  childhood,  and  their  mother 
sat  earnestly  listening  to  their  tale.     Then  said  the  elder  brother, 
•  The  earliest  thing  that  I  can  remember  is,  that  my  father  was 
the  tribune  of  the  soldiers,  and  my  mother  was  very  fair  of  coun-  344 
tenance ;  and  they  had  two  sons,  me  and  another  younger  one ; 
and  one  night  they  went  out,  and  took  us  too,  and  went  to  sea 
and  rowed  out;  when  we  came  up  [i.e.  landed],  then  our  mother 
was  not  with  us,  I  know  not  wherefore ;    then  our  father  took  348 
us  two,  and  bare  us  forth  weeping  on  his  way ;   then  we  came 
to  a  river,  and  he   went  into   the  water  and  bare  my  younger 
brother  and  left  me.     "When  he  returned,  wishing  to  fetch  me, 
there  came  a  wolf  and  seized  my  brother;   and  before  he  could  35 2 
come  to  me,   suddenly  there   came   from   the  wood  a  lion,  and 
gripped  me,  and  ran  to  the  wood ;    and  the  shepherds  who  were 
there  at  hand  rescued  me,  and  I  was  there  reared  in  the  town, 
even  as  thou  knowest,  and  I  knew  not  how  my  father  and  my  356 
brother  had  fared.' 

When  the  younger  brother  had  heard  all  this  from  the  elder 
brother,  then  he  arose  and  caught  him  by  the  neck,  and  kissed  and 
embraced  him,  and  said, '  By  the  God  whom  Christians  worship  I  am  360 
thy  brother  by  thy  tale,  because  those  who  reared  me  told  me  that 
they  had  saved  me  from  the  wolf.'    When  their  mother  heard  these 
words,  then  all  her  heart  and  all  her  inward  thoughts  were  stirred, 
and  she  thought  whether  it  could  be  her  sons,  because  he  had  364 
said  that  their  father  was  a  military  tribune,  and  eke  that  their 
mother  was  left  behind  in  the  ship.    Then  the  next  day  she  sought 
the  tribune  of  the  soldiers,  thus  saying,  'I  pray  thee,  dear  lord, 
that  thou  wilt  bring  me  to  my  couutry.     I  am  truly  a  Roman,  and  368 
I  was  brought  hither  in  captivity.'     Then  in  the  meanwhile  she 
looked  at  him  very  earnestly,  and  recognised  the  signs  which  were 
on  his   neck,  and  she  was  thereupon  affrighted,  and  could  not 
bear  to  conceal  it  longer,  but  fell  at  his  feet,  and  said,  '  I  beseech  372 
thee,  dear  lord,  that  thou  be  not  wrath  with  thy  servant ;  but,  for 
thy  clemency,  hear  me    and   tell  me    what   thou    art.     I   ween, 

14-3 


212  XXX.      PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII,    MARTYEIS. 

hwaet  pu  sy  .  ic  wene  leof  pcet  pu  sy  placidas  cempena  ealdorman  . 

352  and  waere  eft  on  fulluhte  genemned  eustachius  .  pone  eac  swylce  se 
haelend  sylf  waes  gemedemod  purh  pone  heort  to  his  mildheort- 
nysse  gecigan  .  Ipcet  he  on  hine  gelyfde  .  and  he  (5a  purh  maenig- 
fealde  costunga  pe  him  on  be^omon  genam  his  wif .  Ipcet  ic  eom  . 

356  and  his  twegen  suna  .  agapitum  and  theophistum  and  ferde  to 
£gypta  lande  .  and  pa  (5a  we  reowan  .  pa  ge-nara  se  scip-hlaford  me 
neadinga  set  him  .  forpam  he  waes  haeften  .  and  he  me  gehaefte  on 
his  ec51e  .  and  crist  me  is  gewita  Ipcet  he  ne  nan  man  me  gewemde 

360  op  pisne  daeg  .  ac  crist  se  lifigenda  geheold  mine  claennysse  .  Nu  ic 
haebbe  eall  pis  gesaed  swa  hit  gelamp  .  nu  bidde  ic  <5e  purh  Ipcet  miccle 
maegen  ures  drihtnes  .  \cet  pu  me  secge  hwe(5er  pu  'Sis  gecnawe  . 
pa  eustachius  pis  gehyrde  pa  beheold  he  hi  and  gecneow  hi  be  hyre 

364  wlite  .  and  for  micelre  blisse  weop  and  hi  cyste  .  and  gode  pancode 
se  gefrefra(5  ealle  pa  pe  on  hine  getrywa'S  .  and  of  ealre  angsum- 
nysse  general  .  pa  cwce'cS  heo  to  him  .  Hlaford  hwaer  synd  uncre 
suna  .  he  andswarode  .  wildeor  hi  gelaehton  .  and  he  (5a  arehte  hire 

368  hu  hi  genumene  waeron  .  pa  cwceft  heo  .  TJton  don  criste  pancung 
ic  gelyfe  witodlice  .  Ipcet  eall-swa  god  unc  geupe  Ipcet  wit  unc 
gemetton  .  Ipcet  he  eal-swa  forgife  .  Ipcet  wit  uncre  beam  oncnawen  . 
Da  cwee(5  eustachius  .  and  ne  saede  ic  Ipcet  wilde  deor  hi  gelaehton  . 

372  Da  cwa?(5  heo  .  Gyrstan  daeg  ic  saet  binnan  minan  cafertune  .  pa 
gehyrde  ic  hu  twegen  geonga  cnihtas  spraecon  him  betwux  be  heora 
cild-geogo(5e  .  nu  wat  ic  to  sopan  .  Ipcet  hi  synd  uncre  beam  .  Ne 
hi  sylfe  nyston  Ipcet  hi  waeron  gebropra  .  buton  purh  pa  reccinge  pe 

376  se  yldra  bropor  rehte  pam  gin  gran  .  ongit  nu  hu  micel  is  godes 
mildheortnysse  pe  him  forgeaf  Ipcet  hi  hi  gecnawan  moston  .  Ipcet 
hi  gebroftra  synd  .  Da  het  eustachius  hi  to  him  clypian  .  and  axode 
hwaet  hi  2 waeron  .  and  hi  him  sona  arehton  eall-swa  we  her  bufan 

380  saedon  .  and  he  pa  gecneow  Ipcet  hi  his  suna  waeron  .  and  hi  to  him 
genam  .  and  clypte  .  and  cyste  .  and  hi  (5a  ealle  heora  cneowa 
gebigdon  to  criste  ,  and  mid  wope  and  onbryrdnysse  pancunge 
dydon  .  frara  paere  opre  tide  paes  deges  .  oppe  sixtan  tide  for  heora 

1   Leaf  175,  back.  'Leaf  176. 


XXX.       PASSION    OP   S.    EUSTACE,   MARTYR.  213 

master,  that  thou,  art  Placidas,  tribune  of  the  soldiers,  and  wert 
afterwards  in  baptism  named  Eustace,  whom  likewise  the  Saviour  376 
Himself  vouchsafed,  by  means  of  the  hart,  to  call  to  His  mercy  so 
that  he  believed  on  Him ;  and  he  then,  because  of  manifold  trials 
which  came  to  him,  took  his  wife,  who  I  am,  and  his  two  sons, 
Agapitus  and  Theophistus,  and  journeyed  to  the  land  of  Egypt ;  380 
and,  as  we  rowed,  then  the  ship-master  took  me  by  compulsion 
from  him,  because  he  was  heathen,  and  he  held  me  captive  in  his 
country;  and  Christ  is  my  witness  that  neither  he  nor  any  man 
hath  defiled  me  unto  this  day ;  but  Christ  the  Living  one  preserved  384 
my  chastity.     Now  that  I  have  said  all  this  as  it  happened,  now  I 
pray  thee,  by  the  great  power  of  our  Lord,  that   thou   tell    me 
whether  thou  know  this/ 

When  Eustace  had  heard  this,  then  he  beheld  her  and  recognised  388 
her  by  her  beauty,  and  for  great  bliss  wept  and  kissed  her,  and 
thanked  God  "Who  comforteth  all  those  that  trust  in  Him,  and 
delivereth  from  all  anguish.  Then  said  she  to  him,  '  Lord,  where 
are  the  sons  of  us  two  1 '  He  answered,  '  Wild  beasts  caught  them.'  392 
And  then  he  related  to  her  how  they  were  taken.  Then  said  she, 
'Let  us  give  thanks  to  Christ;  I  believe  verily,  that  like  as  God 
hath  granted  us  that  we  two  should  find  each  other,  that  He 
likewise  will  grant  that  we  two  may  discover  our  bairns/  396 

Then  said  Eustace,  '  But  did  I  not  tell  thee,  that  the  wild  beasts 
caught  them  1 '     Then  said  she,  '  Yesterday  I  sat  within  my  hall, 
when  I  heard  how  two  young  knights  spake  betwixt  themselves 
about  their  childhood ;  now  know  I,  of  a  truth,  that  they  are  our  400 
bairns  ;    neither   knew   they  themselves  that  they  were  brothers 
save  through  the  narrative  which  the  elder  brother  related  to  the 
younger.     Understand    now   how   great   is    God's   mercy,   which 
granted  them  to  know  that  they  are  brothers/     Then  bade  Eustace  4°4 
to  call  them  to  him,  and  asked  who  they  were ;  and  they  immediately 
related  to  him  even  as  we  said  above ;  and  he  then  knew  that  they 
were  his  sons,  and  took  them  to  him,  and  embraced  and  kissed 
them,  and  they  then  all  bowed  their  knees  to  Christ,  and  with  408 
weeping  and  fervour  made  thanksgiving  for  their  meeting  from  the 
second  hour  of  the  day  until  the  sixth  hour. 


214  XXX.      PASSIO    S.    EUSTACHII,    MARTYRIS. 

384  gemetinge  .  pa  socSlice  asprang  se  hlisa  geond  ealne  fone  hired  . 
and  hi  ealle  ge-gadere  wundrodon  .  and  blissodon  for  heora 
gemetinge  .  and  miccle  f  e  bliSran  .  Ipe  hi  ofer-winnen  heefdon  fa 
heef  enan  .  Da  f  y  otSran  da3ge  dydon  hi  fa  msestan  gebeorscype  . 

388  and  gode  f ancode  his  micclan  mildheortnysse  .  pa  eefter  f  am  f  e  hi 
gewyld  hsefdon  eall  heora  feonda  land  .  and  hi  mid  micclum  sige 
haw  hwurfon  .  and  leeddon  mid  him  micele  herehuf  e  .  and  manige 
hseftnydlingas  .  pa  gelamp  hit  Ipcet  se  casere  traianus  wees  forS- 

39 2  faren  .  eer  f  am  eustachius  of  f  am  gefeohte  come  .  and  wees  geseet 
ofer  cyning  adrianws  hatte  .  se  wees  hasten  .  and  wyrsa  on 
welhreownysse  .  fa  eustachius  ongen  com  of  fam  gefeohte  .  fa 
eode  se  casere  him  ongean  swa  hit  f  eaw  is  mid  romanum  .  and 

39^  mersode  micele  symbelnysse  for  f  am  sige  f  e  he  geworht  heefde  . 
and  axode  hine  embe  Ipcet  gefeoht  .  and  embe  his  wif  .  and  his 
suna  .  hu  he  hi  geaxode  .  fa  c$y  of  ran  deege  ferde  se  casere  to  f  am 
temple  f  sera  deofol-gilda  .  and  eustachius  nolde  in-gan  mid  him  .  ac 

4°°  stod  f  eer-ute  .  fa  clypode  se  casere  hine  .  and  axode  hwi  he  nolde 
offrian  pam  godum  for  his  sige  .  and  swif  ost  for-f  am  f  e  his  wif 
and  his  cild  funden  heefde  .  Da  cwceft  he  .  Ic  wurf  ige  and  gebidde 
minne  drihtew  heelendne   ^rist   .   and  him  unablinnendlice  bena 

4°4  offrige  ,  se  Ipe  gemiltsode  mire  eatSmodnysse  .  and  me  geledde 
of  heeftnyde  .  and  min  wif  me  forgeaf  .  and  mine  cild  .  nat  ic 
witodlice  nanne  of  erne  god  .  ne  na  wurtSige  .  buton  f  one  heofon- 
lican  god  .  se  <fe  ealle  gesceafta  gesceop  .  ge  fa  heofonlican  .  ge  fa 

408  eorSlican  .  and  fela  wundra  wyrctS  .  pa  wearcS  se  casere  mid  micelre 
hat-heortnysse  gefylled  ,  and  het  hine  ungyrdan  .  and  beweepnian  . 
and  beforan  his  ansyne  eetstandan  mid  his  wife  .  and  his  cildum  . 
swilce  ofergeegendne  his  hlafordes  bebod  ,  and  he  swa-fteah  na 

412  to  fees  hwon  fram  his  geleafan  .  and  fam  softan  gode  gecyrran 
wolde  .  pa  geseah  se  casere  Ipcet  he  hine  f urh  nan  'Sing  awendan  ne 
mihte  fram  cristes  geleafan  .  het  (Sa  hine  geleedan  mid  his  wife  . 
and  his  cildum  .  into  anum  eorS-huse  .  and  het  ane  strange  leo 

416  leetan  into  him  .  f cet  hio  hi  abitan  sceolde  .  pa  arn  seo  leo  .  and 
gestod  wiS  f  one  eadigan  wer  eustachium  .  and  aleat  mid  fam 
heafde  ,  and  feoll  to  his  fotum  .  and  geeaftmedde  hi  to  him  ,  and 
1  Leaf  1 76,  back. 


XXX.      PASSION    OF    ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  215 

Then  verily  the  fame  spread  over  all  the  household,  and  they  all 
wondered  together,  and  rejoiced  for  their  meeting,  and  that  much  412 
the  more  blithely  because  they  had  overcome  the  heathen.     Then 
the  next  day  they  made  a  very  great  feast,  and  thanked  God  for 
His  great  mercy.     After  they   had   subdued   all    their   enemies' 
land,  and  they,  with  great  victory,  had  returned  home,  and  carried  416 
with  them  great  plunder  and  many  captives,  then  it  happened  that 
the  Emperor  Trajan  was  dead  before  Eustace  came  from  the  fight, 
and   there  was  appointed  another  king,  called  Adrian,  who  was 
heathen,  and  worse  in  ferocity.     When  Eustace  came  again  from  420 
the  fight,  then  went  the  emperor  to  meet  him,  as  is  the  custom 
with  the  Romans,  and  proclaimed  a  great  solemnity  for  the  victory 
which  he  had  gained,  and  asked  him  about  the  fight  and  about  his 
wife  and  his  sons,  how  he  had  heard  of  them.     Then  the  next  day  424 
the  emperor  went  to  the  temple  of  the  idols,  and  Eustace  would 
not  go  in  with  him,  but  stood  there  outside.     Then  the  emperor 
called  him,  and  asked  why  he  would  not  offer  sacrifice  to  the  gods 
for  his  victory,  and  especially  because  he  had  found  his  wife  and  428 
his  children. 

Then  said  he,  '  I  worship  and  pray  to  my  Lord  Jesus  Christ ; 
unceasingly  I  offer  supplications  to  Him,  Who  had  pity  on  my 
lowliness  and  brought  me  from  captivity,  and  gave  me  back  my  43 2 
wife  and  my  children ;  verily  I  know  no  other  God,  nor  worship 
any  save  the  Heavenly  God,  Who  created  all  creatures,  both  the 
heavenly  and  the  earthly,  and  worketh  many  wonders.' 

Then   the    emperor   became   filled  with   great  rage,   and  com-  436 
manded  men  to  ungird  and  disarm  him,  and  that  he  should  stand 
up  before  his  face   with  his  wife  and  his    children   as   being   a 
transgressor  of  his  lord's  commands ;  and  he,  however,  in  no  wise 
would  turn  from  his  faith  and  the  true  God.     When  the  emperor  44° 
saw  that  he  could  by  no  means  turn  him  from  Christ's  Faith,  then 
he  commanded  him  to  be  led  with  his  wife  and  his  children  into  a 
den,  and  bade  a  strong  lioness  to  be  let  in  to  them,  that  she  should 
devour  them.     Then  ran  the  lioness,  and  stood  by  the  blessed  man  444 
Eustace,  and  bowed   down   her   head,    and  fell  at  his   feet,  and 
humbled   herself  to  him,  and  arose  again,  and  went  out  of  the 


216  XXX.       PASS10    S.    EUSTACHII,    MARTYRIS. 

aras  eft  and  eode  of  fara  liuse  .  Eornostlice  se  casere  geseah  pas 

430  wuudorlican  wsefersyne  .  Ipcet  se  leo  lieora  ne  oShran  .  pa  het  he 
gefeccan  senne  serenne  oxan  .  and  pone  onaelan  .  and  pa  halgan 
Seer-on  don  .  pa  com  pider  unrim  folces  cristenra  .  and  haecSenra  • 
to  pisse  wsefer-syne  .  Ipcet  hi  woldon  ges^eon  hu  pa  halgan  prowodon  . 

424  pa  bsed  eustachius  ])cet  hi  him  fyrst  leton  Ipcet  hi  him  to  gode 
gebsedon  .  hi  pa  apenedon  up  heora  handa  to  gode  cweSende  . 
Drihten  god  eallra  gesceafta  scyppend  gesewenlicra  .  and  un- 
gesewenlicra  .  pu  pe  eallum  eart  ungesewenlic  .  Jon  pinum  msegen- 

428  prynime  .  Fram  us  socSlice  pu  waere  gesewen  swa  pin  willa  wses  . 
gehyr  us  nu  leof  drihten  to  pe  gebiddende  .  Efne  nu  ure  gewilnung 
is  gefylled  fpcet  we  togaedere  cuman  moston  .  and  geearnian  to 
onfone  pone  gemanan  para  haligra  .  swa  (5a  (5ry  cnihtas  pe  purh 

432  fyr  afandode  wasron  .  and  swa-peah  pe  ne  wiSsocon  .  lset  us  nu 
drihten  purh  pis  fyr  geendian  .  and  sele  "Sam  mede  on  heofenum 
pines  wuldres  mid  us  pam  Se  on  eorftan  ure  gemyndig  beo  .  and 
syle  him  genihtsumnysse  ofer  eorSan  .  and  gif  hi  on  sse  oSSe  on 

436  lande  gefrecnode  beon  .  and  hi  Se  gecigan  purh  urne  naman  .  beon 
hy  alysede  fram  selcere  frecednysse  .  and  gif  hi  on  synnum 
befeallan  ,  and  hi  pe  ponne  halsian  purh  ure  eadmodnysse  .  forgif 
him  drihten  forgifnysse  heora  synne  .  and  eallum  pe  ure  gemynd 

440  don  and  pe  wuldrian  .  forgif  him  fultum  .  and  heora  gehelp  . 
forgif  drihten  Ipcet  pyses  fyres  hseto  sy  gecyrred  on  waetne  deaw  . 
and  lset  us  on  pisum  geendian  .  and  gelicie  pe  on  urum  lichaman  . 
Ipcet  hi  ne  beon  totwseniede  .  ac  lset  hi  beon  her  aetgsedere  gelede  . 

444  pa  hi  pis  ssedon  .  pa  com  stefn  of  heofonum  pus  cwepende  .  swa 
hit  biS  swa  ge  biddacS  .  and  miccle  ma  .  for-pam  ge  wseron  win- 
nende  on  godan  life  .  and  ge  wseron  for-pyldiende  msenig-fealde 
cos[t]uunga  .  and  swa-peah  neeron   ofer-swipde   .  Cuma<S  nu  on 

448  sybbe  .  and  onfocS  wuldorbeah  eowres  siges  ,  and  for  pissum 
hwilwendlicum  yflum  ,  bruca<5  psera  ecera  goda  on  worulda  woruld. 
Da  pis  gehyrdon  pa  eadigan  halgan  .  pa  sealdon  hi  hi  sylfe  pam 
fyre  .  and  pserrihte  seo  hseto  pses  fyres  acolode  .  and  hi  pa  wul- 

452  2drodon  pa  anwaldan  and  hergendlican  prynysse  .  and  sungon  godes 
lofsang  .  and  heora  sawla  on  sibbe  criste  ageafon  .  and  Ipcet  fyr 

1  Leaf  177.  2  Leaf  177,  back. 


XXX.      PASSION    OP    ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  217 

house.     Earnestly  the  emperor  saw  this  wonderful  spectacle,  that 
the  lioness  touched  them  not ;  then  bade  he  fetch  a  brazen  ox  and  448 
heat  it  and  put  the  saints  therein.     Then  came  thither  countless 
folk,  both  of  Christians  and  heathens,  to  this  spectacle ;  for  they 
desired   to    see    how   the    saints    would   suffer.     Then   besought 
Eustace  that  they  would  allow  them  time  to  commend  themselves  452 
to  God,  and  they  stretched  up  their  hands  to  God,  saying,  '  Lord 
God,  Creator  of  all  creatures,  visible  and  invisible,  Thou  Who  to 
all  art  invisible  in  Thy  Majesty,  by  us  verily  Thou  wast  seen  as 
Thy  will  was ;  hear  us  now,  dear  Lord,  praying  to  Thee  ;  behold  456 
now  our  desire  is  fulfilled,  that  we  might  come  together,  and  merit 
to  receive  the  fellowship  of  the  saints,  even  as  the  three  youths 
who  were  tried  by  fire  and  yet  denied  Thee  not.     Let  us  now, 
Lord,  end  (our  lives)  by  this  fire ;  and  give  to  those  who  on  earth  46° 
shall  be  mindful  of  us  the  meed  in  Heaven  of  Thy  Glory  with  us ; 
and  give  them  sufficiency  on  earth ;  and  if  they,  either  on  the  sea 
or  on  the  land,  are  endangered,  and  they  call  on  Thee  through  our 
name,  may  they  be  delivered  from  every  danger ;  and  if  they  fall  4^4 
into  sins,  and  they  then  adjure  Thee  by  our  humility,  give  them, 
Lord,    forgiveness    of  their    sins;    and   to    all   those    who    make 
memorial  of  us,  and  glorify  Thee,  give  them  aid  and  help  them ; 
grant,  Lord,  that  this  fire's  heat  may  be  turned  to  wet  dew,  and  468 
let  us  end  (our  lives)  in  it ;  and  may  it  please  Thee,  as  to  our 
bodies,   that  they  be  not  separated,  but  let   them   be   here  laid 
together.' 

When  they  had  said  this,  then  came  a  voice  from  heaven  thus  47 2 
speaking :  '  It   shall  be  as  ye  pray,  and  much  more,  because  ye 
were  striving  in  good  life,  and  ye  were  enduring  manifold  tempta- 
tions, and  nevertheless  were  not  overcome.     Come  now  in  peace, 
and  receive  the  crown  of  glory  of  your  victory ;  and,  in  exchange  476 
for  these  transitory  evils,  enjoy  the  eternal  goods  to  ages  of  ages.' 
When  the   blessed  saints  heard  this,  then  gave  they  themselves 
to  the  fire,  and  straightway  the  heat  of  the  fire  cooled,  and  they 
then  praised  the  glorious  and  laudable  Trinity,  and  sung  a  psalm  480 
to  God,  and  gave  up  their  souls  in  peace  to  Christ ;  and  the  fire 
touched  them  not,  not  even  a  hair  of  their  heads.     Verily  after 


218  XXX.      PASSIO   S.    EUSTACHII,    MAETYRIS. 

heora  ne  aethran  .  ne  furpum  an  hser  heora  heafdes  .  Witodlice 
sefter  prim  dagu??i  com  se  arleasa  casere  to  psere  stowe  .  and  het 

456  geopenian  pone  serenan  seare-crseft  Ipcet  he  gesawe  to  hwam  para 
haligra  lichaman  gewordene  waeron  .  pa  geseah  he  hi  gesunde  .  pa 
wende  he  Ipcet  hi  Sa  git  lyfdon  .  and  het  hi  fta  wurpan  ut  on  t$a 
eorSan  .  pa  wundrodon  ealle  pa  pe  peer  wseron  .  Ipcet  Ipcet  fyr  ne 

460  aethran  furcSon  anes  hseres  on  him  .  ac  heora  lichaman  wseron 
hwittran  ponne  snaw  .  pa  wees  se  casere  afyrht  .  and  panon  ferde 
to  his  healle  .  and  seo  menio  pe  peer  setstod  .  clypodon  .  Mycel  and 
maere  is  se  god  cristenra  manna  .  and  an  soft  god  hselende  crist  . 

464  and  nis  nan  oper  buton  him  .  se  gedyde  Ipcet  fyr  ne  for-nam  ne  an 
haer  heora  feaxes  .  and  pa  cristenan  namon  heora  lichaman  diglice  . 
and  bebyrgdon  .  and  getimbrodon  gebsedhus  sicStSan  seo  ehtnys 
gestilled  waes  .  and  meersodon  heora  gemynd  on  pam  daege  kal. 

468  nouembris  .  Dis  is  Ipcet  lif  paera  eadigra  martyra  .  and  her  is  seo 
geendung  heora  wuldorfullan  gewinnes  .  "Witodlice  ealle  pa  Se 
geearniaft  and  maersia'S  heora  gemynd  .  and  hi  gecigaft  to  fultume  . 
hi  begitacS  pa  god  pe  pam  halgum  behatene  synd  purh  Sa  gife  ures 

472  drihtnes  haelendes  cristes  .  Dam  sy  wuldor  and  miht  on  worulda 
woruld  a  on  ecnysse.     AMEN". 


XXXI. 

INCIPIT  YITA  8ANCTI  MARTINI  EPISCOPl  ET 
CONFESSOEIS  .  ANGLICAE  (sic). 

[Various  readings  from  K.  (  =  Cotton,  Calig.  A.  14,  imperfect)  ;  and  from  B. 
(  =  Bodley,  NE.  F.  4.  12,  imperfect  and  of  later  date).] 

BVLPICIVS    HATTE    SVM    [snoter]    WRITERE    . 

De  wolde  AWEiHan  pa  wundra  and  mihta 

pe  martinis  se  maera  mihtiglice  gefremode 

on  pisre  worulde  .  and  he  wrat  pa  be  him  4 

pa  Sing  pe  he  of-axode  .  ojStSe  get  him  sylfum  . 

offSe  set  opruwi  mannum  .  forftan  pe  manegum  waeron 

his  wundra  cupe  .  pe  god  worhte  purh  hine  . 

1  Leaf  178. 


XXX.      PASSION   OF    ST.    EUSTACE,    MARTYR.  219 

three  days  came  the  wicked  emperor  to  the  place,  and  bade  men 
open  the  brazen  engine,  that  he  might  see  to  what  those  saints'  484 
bodies  had  turned.     When  he  saw  them  sound,  then  weened  he 
that  they  yet  lived,  and  bade  them  to  be  thrown  out  on  the  earth. 
Then  wondered  all  those  who  were  there,  that  the  fire  had  not 
touched  even  a  hair  of  them,  but  their  bodies  were  whiter  than  488 
snow.     Then  was  the  emperor  afraid,  and  went  thence  to  his  hall ; 
and  the  multitude  who  stood  there  cried,  '  Great  and  exalted  is  the 
God   of  Christian  men  and  the  one  true  God  Jesus  Christ,  and 
there  is  none  other  but  He ;  Who  caused  the  fire  not  to  consume  a  492 
single  thread  of  their  hair.' 

And  the  Christians  took  their  bodies  secretly,  and  buried  them ; 
and  built  a  chapel  after  the  persecution  was  stilled ;  and  celebrated 
their  memory  on  the  day  of  the  Kalends  of  November.  This  is  the  49^ 
life  of  the  Blessed  martyrs,  and  here  is  the  ending  of  their  glorious 
strife.  Yerily  all  those  who  are  worthy,  and  glorify  their  memory, 
and  call  them  to  their  assistance,  such  men  shall  obtain  the  good 
things  which  are  promised  to  the  Saints  through  the  grace  of  our  500 
Lord  Jesus  Christ ;  to  Whom  be  glory  and  power  to  ages  of  ages, 
ever  in  eternity.     AMEN. 


XXXI. 

NOV.  11.     ST.  MAKTIN,  BISHOP  AND  CONFESSOR. 

[See  also  JElfric's  Homilies,  ed.  Thorpe,  ii.  498.] 

There  was  a  certain  wise  writer,  called  Sulpicius, 

who  desired  to  write  the  miracles  and  mighty  deeds 

which  the  great  Martin  mightily  performed 

in  this  world,  and  he  therefore  wrote  concerning  him 

the  things  which  he  had  learned,  either  from  himself 

or  from  other  men,  because  the  miracles, 

which  God  wrought  by  him,  were  known  to  many ; 

1.  B.  supplies  snoter.  4.  ]>issere  ;  bi. 

2.  B.  he  {for  Se) ;  writan;  wun-  5.  sylfe. 

drse  ;  }>a  mihtae.  6.  monnum ;  monig  weron. 

3.  Se  m&ra  ;  fremode.  7.  wundre  cufe ;  wrohte. 


220  XXXI.      VITA   S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  we  \>cet  englisc  nimac5  of  f>a?re  ylcan  gesetnysse  .  8 

ac  we  ne  writac5  na  mare  .  buton  his  agene  wundra  . 

[I.]     "TI/Taktinvs    se  mae a  bisceop  wjss   geboken   on   ]mm 

faBstene 
sabaria  gehaten  pannoniscre  scire  . 

and  on  ticinis  he  wses  afed  italian  landes  .  12 

He  com  of  hseSenum  magum  sej^elborenum  swatSeah 
of  wurftfulre  mseg<5e  .  sefter  woruld-)?ingum  . 
his  feeder  wses  serest  cempa  .  and  eft  cempena  ealdor  . 
and  martinis  wses  gewenod  to  wsepnum  fram  cild-hade  •  16 

and  camp-dome  fyligde  betwux  larlicum  gefylcum  . 
serest  under  constantine  £>am  se^elan  casere  . 
and  eft  under  iuliane  f>am  arleasan  wi(5er-sacan  . 
na    swafeah    sylf-willes  .  forf>an    Ipe   he    fram    cild-hade   wses 

swycSor  20 

onbryrd  J?urh  god  to  godcundlicum  ]?eow-dome  . 
J>onne  to  woruldlicum  campdome  .  swa  swa  he  cydde  sytSSan  . 
pa  c$a  he  wses  tyn  wyntra  fa  wearS  he  gecristnod 
his  maga  unjmnces  .  and  on  wundorlicum  gemete  34 

sona  to  godes  J>eowdome  he  wses  eall  gehwyrfed  . 
and  ]?a  ]pe  he  wses  twelf  wintra  he  ge-wilnode  to  westene  . 
and  he  hit  eac  gefremode  gif  he  J>a  ylde  hsefde  . 
His  mod  wses  swa-J>eah  sefre  embe  mynstru  smeagende  .  28 

6\)]>e  embe  cyrcan  .  and  godes  gesetnyssum  . 
he  smeade  J?a  on  cild-hade  .  Ipcet  he  si(5ftan  gefremode  . 
pa  wses  psere  casere  [sic)  bebod  1  ]>cet  J^sera  cempena  suna 
pe  wseron  forealdode  wurdon  genamode  32 

to  J>am  ylcan  camp-dome  \ e  heora  fsederas  on  wseron  . 
and  martinis  J>a  wearcS  ameldod  fram  his  fseder  . 

8.  wse  ;  nimaeft ;  >are  ylcsen  i-sett-  1 7.  larlice  folcuw. 
nysse.  18.  sej>elen. 

9.  writseS  na.  19.  seft. 

10.  be  mere  biscop  ;  i-BOREN.  20.  na  swa- ;  forj^am  ;  wses  swiSor. 

11.  i-haten;  scire.  21.  on-brud  ;  godcundlice. 

12.  6n;  i-fedd  italiam  londes.  22.  >one ;  woruldlice;  he. 

14.  wurSfule  ;  weoruld-Jringe.  23.  he  wses  ten  wintrse ;  i-cristnod. 

15.  cempae ;  seft  cempaene.  24.  unSancaes  ;  wundorlice  i-mete. 

16.  i-vvenod;  wepnurn  from  child-.  25.  some;  all  i-hwyrfed. 

1  Leaf  178,  back. 


XXXI.      ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP   AND    CONFESSOR.  221 

and  we  take  the  English  from  the  same  account ;  8 

but  we  will  write  no  more  but  his  own  miracles. 

Martin,  the  great  bishop,  was  born  in  the  fortified  town 

called  Sabaria,  in  the  province  of  Pannonia, 

and  was  brought  up  in  Ticinum  (Pa via)  in  the  Italian  land.     12 

He  came  of  heathen  parents,  but  nevertheless  noble, 

of  honourable  kindred  in  worldly  things  ; 

his  father  was  first  a  soldier    and    afterward    a    captain   of   sol- 
diers, 

and  Martin  was  accustomed  to  weapons  from  childhood,  16 

and  followed  war  amongst  the  soldiers  in  training ; 

first  under  Constantine  the  noble  emperor, 

and  again  under  Julian  the  wicked  apostate  ; 

nevertheless,  not    of   his    own  will,  because  that  from  childhood 
he  was  rather  20 

instigated  by  God  to  divine  service 

than  to  worldly  warfare,  even  as  he  afterward  shewed. 

When   he    was    ten   winters    old,  he  was    anointed  with  chrism 
(as  a  catechumen) 

against  the  will  of  his  parents,  and  in  wondrous  measure        24 

he  was  at  once  wholly  turned  to  God's  service ; 

and  when  he  was  twelve  winters  he   desired   (to  retire)  to  the 
desert, 

and  he  would  likewise  have  accomplished  it,  if  he  had  been  old 
enough. 

His  mind  was,  nevertheless,  ever  pondering  about  monasteries     28 

or  about  churches  and  God's  ordinances  ; 

he  meditated  in  childhood  that  which  he  afterwards  performed. 

Then  was  the  emperor's  command  that  the  sons  of  the  soldiers 

who  were  superannuated  should  be  nominated  32 

to  the  same  military  service  in  which  their  fathers  had  been, 

and  Martin  was  thereupon  denounced  by  his  father, 

26.  J>aSa;  wilnode.  31.  J>aas  casere  (sic) ;  J>are  cempense 

27.  eac.  sunu. 

28.  swa- ;  efre ;  mynstre  smeagunge.  32.  weron;  i-namode. 

29.  cyrcean;  i-setnysse.  33.  heorae  faederaes ;  weron. 

30.  childhade;  syftSan  fremedo  (!).  34.  from. 


222  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

f  e  on  his  weorcura  andode  .  and  lie  wear<5  geracenteagod 

fa  fa  he  fiftyne  wintre  wees  .  betseht  to  fam  gewinne  36 

mid  anum  his  feowan  f  e  his  gesi(5e  wees  . 

fam  he  sylf  fenode  .  swifor  f  onne  he  him  . 

and  samod  hi  gereordoden  swa  swa  gelican  . 

freo  gear  he  ferde  mid  fam  folclicum  cempum  .  40 

buton  gewsepnunge  serf  an  f  e  he  wsere  gefullod 

ungewemmed  swa-feah  fram  woruldlicre  besmitennysse 

on  faere  f  e  mennisc  cyim  micclum  on  syngaft  . 

Embe  his  efen-cempan  he  hsefde  wel-willendnysse  .  44 

and  micele  lufe  .  and  gemetfsest  gec5yld  . 

and  socSe  eadmodnysse  .  ofer  mennisc  gemett  . 

Swa  micele  forhsefednysse  he  hsefde  on  his  bigleofan  . 

swilce  he  munuc  weere  swicSor  f  onne  cempa  .  48 

and  for  his  seftelum  feawum  his  efen-cempan  ealle 

fa  hine  arwurcSodon  mid  wundor-licre  lufe  . 

He  nass  fa  git  gefullod  .  ac  he  gefylde  swa-feah 

fees  fulluhtes  dseda  mid  fulfremedum  weorcum  .  52 

swa  f cet  he  swincendum  fylste  .  and  fedde  f  earfende  . 

and  nacode  scrydde  .  and  nan  fing  him  sylfum 

of  his  campdomes  scipe  on  his  seode  ne  heold  . 

buton  Ipcet  he  daeg-hwamlice  to  bigleofan  hsefde  .  56 

swa  swa  Ipcet  god-spel  sa3g<5  .  Ne  fenc  fu  be  mergene  . 

II.     r\s  sumere  tide  he  ferde  forcS  furh  ane  burh 

ambianis  gehaten  on  hetelicum  wintra  . 
on  swa  swiolicum  cyle  .  Ipcet  sume  men  swulton  furh  fone  .  60 
pa  gemette  he  (Saer  senne  fearfan  1nacodne 
biddende  fa  riddon  (sic)  Ipcet  hi  him  sum  reaf  sealdon. 


35.  pa  he  on;    weorcum  awacode;  43.  Sare;  mycele; 
i-racentegod.  44.  euencempsen;  wael-. 

36.  fiftene;  winne.  45.  mycel;  metfest  i-Sult. 

37.  anum;  )>eowan;  gesiSa.  46.  so'S-feste  eadmodnesse ;  i-met. 

38.  J>am  Se  he.  47.  mucele   forhaefdnesse  he  ;   big- 

39.  heo  (for  hi)  ;  reordodon ;  ilice.  leofene. 

40.  ger  he  ;  folclice.  48.  swylc  ;  wsere ;  J>one  cempse. 

41.  waepnunge;  Eer}>am ;  i-fullod.  49.  aej>ele  ;  euen-cempan  J>a  alle. 

42.  unweramed;  from  weoruldlicre  50.  om.\&\  arwurf?oden ;  wunder- 
bismitenysse.  lice. 

1  Leaf  179. 


XXXI.      ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP   AND    CONFESSOR.  223 

who  was  envious  of  his  works,  and  he  was  bound 

when  he  was  fifteen  winters  old,  being  sent  to  war  36 

with  one  of  his  slaves  who  was  his  comrade, 

whom  he  himself  served  rather  than  he  him ; 

and  they  ate  together  even  as  equals. 

Three  years  he  marched  with  the  common  soldiers  40 

without  weapons,  ere  he  was  baptized, 

being  unspotted,  nevertheless,  by  worldly  defilement 

wherein  mankind  especially  sin. 

Towards  his  fellow-soldiers  he  had  kindly  feeling,  44 

and  great  love,  and  modest  patience, 

and  true  humility  above  man's  measure. 

He  had  as  great  temperance  in  his  food 

as  if  he  had  been  a  monk  rather  than  a  soldier ;  48 

and  for  his  noble  qualities  all  his  fellow-soldiers 

reverenced  him  with  a  marvellous  love. 

He  was  not  as  yet  baptized,  but  he  fulfilled,  nevertheless, 

the  deeds  of  baptism  with  perfect  works,  52 

so  that  he  succoured  the  oppressed,  and  fed  the  poor, 

and  clothed  the  naked,  and  kept  nothing  for  himself 

of  his  military  pay  in  his  scrip, 

save  what  he  daily  had  for  food,  56 

even  as  the  gospel  saith  :   '  Take  no  thought  for  the  morrow/ 

II.    On  a  certain  occasion  he  was  travelling  forward  through  a 

town 
called  Amiens,  in  a  bitter  winter, 

in  such  severe  cold  that  some  men  died  of  it.  60 

Then  he  met  there  a  poor  man,  naked, 
beseeching  the  riders  that  they  would  give  him  some  clothing; 


51.  gy  t  ifullod  ac ;  fulde.  58.  ane. 

52.  fulfremede  weorce.  59.  ambianus     i-haten ;      h&telice 

53.  swincende ;  J>erfende  fsedde.  wintrae. 

54.  nan.  60.  swa  mycel  chyle ;  summe ;  swyl- 

55.  on  (for  of).  ton. 

56.  om.  to.  61.  i-mettehe;  nacoden  )>earfum. 

57.  swa  swa  ;  godspell  saeft ;  peng ;  62.  ridende   {read    riddan) ;    heo ; 
bi  mseregene.  sealdon. 


224  XXXI.      VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

ac  hi  ridon  him  for$  .  ne  rohton  his  clypunge  . 

Marthms  J)a  ongeat  ]>cet  he  moste  his  helpan  .  64 

}>a  (5a  }>a  olpre  noldon  ac  he  nyste  swa-J?eah 

hwaet  he  sealde  }>am  nacodan  forban  be  he  sylf  nsefde 

naht  butan  his  gewtedum  .  and  his  gewsepnunge  . 

forSan  ]>e  he  on  swilce  weorc  aspende  8er  his  Sing  .  68 

He  gelsehte  Sa  his  sex  .  and  forcearf  his  basing  . 

and  sealde  healfne  dsel  £am  gesseligan  fearfan  . 

and  Jxme  healfan  dsel  he  dyde  on  his  hricg  . 

pa  lilogon  his  geferan  fees  forcorfenan  basinges  .  72 

sume  eac  besargodon  Ipcet  hi  swilces  naht  ne  dydon 

)?onne  hi  butan  naecednysse  him  bet  mihton  ticSian  . 

On  J^asre  ylcan  nihte  he  geseah  on  swefne 

J?one  hoelend  gescrydne  mid  f>am  healfan  basinge  .  76 

Ipe  he  sealde  ]> am  £>earfan  .  and  het  faet  he  biheolde 

to  his  drihtne  werd  and  oncneowe  ]>cet  reaf1  . 

paerrihte  gehyrde  se  halga  martinis  . 

Ipone  hselend  clypian  to  his  halgum  englum  80 

mid  beorhtre  stemne  .  and  to  him  ymb-standenduwi  cwceS  • 

Martinus  ]>e  git  nis  gefullod  me  mid  fysum  reafe  gescrydde. 

He  gemunde  J?a  his  cwydes  Ipe  he  cwcecS  on  his  godspelle. 

Ipcet  Ipcet  ge  do(5  on  minum  naman  anum  of  bysum  lsestum  .    84 

Ipcet  ge  do]?  me  sylfum  .  and  forbi  he  geswutelode 

hine  sylfne  martine  on  swefne  mid  ]mm  reafe 

pe  se  ]?earfa  underfeng  for  his  naman  on  a?r  . 

Se  halga  wer  swa-]?eah  naes  ahafen  ]?urh  J>a  gesihj^e  .  88 

ac  godes  godnysse  he  oncneow  on  his  weorce  . 

and  fa  )?a  he  wses  eahtatyne  wintre  .  he  wearS  gefullod  on  gode  . 

nolde  £>eah  git  forlsetan  .  for  his  leofan  ealdormenn  . 

63.  heo  ridan  heom  ;  and  ne  rohten.  70.  hselfe ;  J>am  i-selige  )>earfu#». 

64.  him  haelpen.  71.  rucge. 

65.  om.  1st  J>a.  72.  logon;  i-feran ;  for-ceorfene?. 

66.  nacodew  ;  om.  2nd  he.  73.  eac   bisorgedon  ;     heo   swylces 

67.  nohtbuton;  waeden;  wsepnunge.  noht. 

68.  weorce  i-spende  asr  al  his.  74.  heo  buton  ;  mihte  tijian. 

69.  He  Seahi-lahte  his  seax;  basing  75.  )>are    ylce  ;      i-seah  ;     om.    on 
is  glossed  {in. B.)  hy  pallium  ue\  tunica.  swefne. 

1  MS.  here  repeat*  \>e  he  sealde  J)am  ]>earfan. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP   AND    CONFESSOR.  225 

but  they  rode  on,  nor  regarded  his  cry. 

Then  Martin  perceived  that  he  must  help  him,  64 

since  the  others  would  not ;    nevertheless,  he  knew  not 

what  to  give  to  the  naked  man,  because  he  himself 

had  naught  but  his  clothes  and  his  military  garb, 

since  he  had  formerly  spent  his  money  in  a  similar  work.      68 

Then  he  drew  his  knife,  and  cut  in  two  his  cloak, 

and  gave  the  half  part  of  it  to  the  happy  poor  man, 

and  put  the  other  half  on  his  own  back. 

Then  his  comrades  laughed  at  the  cut  cloak;  72 

and  some  were  sorry  that  they  had  not  done  something  like  it, 

since  they,  without  nakedness,  might  have  helped  him  better. 

In  the  same  night  he  saw  in  a  dream 

Jesus  clothed  with  the  half-cloak  76 

which  he  had  given  to  the  poor  man,  and  bade  him  look 

towards  his  Lord,  and  recognise  the  robe. 

Therewith  the  holy  Martin  heard 

Jesus  call  to  His  holy  angels  80 

with  clear  voice,  who  said  to  those  who  stood  round  Him: 

1  Martin,  who  is  not  yet  baptised,  clothed  Me  with  this  robe.' 

Then  he  remembered  His  saying,  which  He  said  in  His  gospel ; 

'that  which  ye  do  in  my  name  to  one  of  these  least,  84 

that  do  ye  to  Myself ;    and  therefore  He  made  known 

Himself  to  Martin  in  a  dream  with  the  robe 

which  the  poor  man  formerly  received  for  His  name. 

The  holy  man,  nevertheless,  was  not  lifted  up  by  the  vision,  88 

but  recognised  the  goodness  of  God  in  his  work. 

And  when  he  was  eighteen  years  old,  he  was  baptised  in  God, 

but  would  not  yet  give  up,  for  his  dear  captain's  sake, 

76.  J>ene  ;  i- ;  healfae.  84.  anum  on  mine  nome ;    Jjissum 

77.  he;  J>earfum;  he  bi-heolde.  lseste. 

78.  drihtine    weard ;      oncneowae ;  85.  forjn  he  swutelode. 

here  B.   repeats  ]>e    he    sealde  J)am           86.  martino  ;  swaefne ;  reafae. 

]>earfum.  87.  fte  Searfe ;  nome. 

79.  J^ser- ;  i-hyrde  J)e.  88.  De ;  wer ;  a-hofen  ;  sihSe. 

80.  clypisen.  89.  weorce. 

81.  brihte  stefne  ;  heom  ;  -ende.  90.  sehtetynae    wintrae  ;   wearS    }>a 

82.  i-fullod  ;  J>isse  ;  scrydde.  i-fullod. 

83.  i-mynde  pa.  91.  and  nolde  ;  -laeten  ;    aldormen, 

15 


226  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

pone  ^olclican  campdom  .  ac  for  his  benura  swa  wunode         92 

twa  gear  fullice  .  sitScSan  he  gefullod  wses  . 

III.      TTwset  <5a  fserlice  wearS  pass  fyrlenan  leodscipes 

-*--*-  onrses  into  gallias  .  and  Iulianws  se  casere 
gegaderode  his  here  .  and  began  to  gifenne  .  96 

selcura  his  cempura  cynelice  sylene  . 
swa  swa  hit  ge-wunelic  wees  .  pa  wende  martinws 
Ipcet  he  pa  wel  mihte  wilnian  set  para  casere 
Ipcet  he  of  para  campdome  pa  cuman  moste  .  100 

hira  ne  (5uhte  na  frerafullic  Ipcet  he  fenge  to  paere  gife  . 
and  sy(5(5an  ne  campode  mid  para  casere  for'S  • 
He  cwcecS  pa  to  para  arleasan  .  o<S  pis  ic  carapode  pe  . 
ge-pafa  mi  Ipcet  ic  godecampige  heonon-fortS  .  104 

and  under-fo  pine  gife  .  se  (5e  feohte  mid  (Se 
ic  eora  godes  cempa  ne  mot  ic  na  feohtan  . 
Da  gebealh  hine  se  casere  .  and  cwcecS  Ipcet  he  for  yrhfte 
pses  to-weardan  gefeohtes  .  na  for  eawfeest-nysse  108 

hine  sylfne  set-brude  swa  pam  campdome  . 
Ac  martinis  unforht  to  pam  manfullan  cwoc'5  . 
Gif  <5u  to  yrh(5e  pis  telst  .  and  na  to  ge-leafan  . 
nu  to  mergen  ic  stande  on  mines  drihtnes  naman  112 

setforan  para  truman  .  and  ic  fare  orsorh 
mid  rode-tacne  gescyld  .  na  mid  readura  scylde  . 
otSfte  mid  helme  purh  pses  heres  werod 

pa  het  se  arlease  healdan  pone  halgan  116 

Ipcet  he  wurde  wsepn-lses  aworpen  para  hsetSenum  . 
On  pam  seftran  dseg  dydon  pa  hsecSenan 
Ipcet  hi  budon  sybbe  .  and  hi  sylfe  pam  casere  . 
and  ealle  heora  'Sing  to  his  anwealde  .  120 


92.  folclice  campdom.  99.  wilniren. 

93.  gear  ;  1-fullod.  100.  camdome;  cumen. 

94.  J?a  ferlice  ;  fyrlenan  leodscipses.  101.  for  him  ;  na  ;  ]>are. 

95.  onrses;  J>e  (for  se).  103.  He  cwaeS  ])a  to;    earleasan; 

96.  gaderode;  ant  bigan  to  gifenne.  ]>e. 

97.  gifu  (for  sylene).  104. 1-J>afe  nu  ;  campie  heonon-. 

98.  swa     swa;      Iwtinelic     wses;  105.  Se  (for  se) ;  fseht. 
waende.  106.  earn  ;  cempse ;  na  feohten. 

1  Leaf  179,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  227 

worldly  fighting;    but,  at  his  entreaty,  continued  in  it  92 

fully  two  years,  after  he  was  baptised. 

III.     Well  then,  there  suddenly  took  place  an  invasion  of  Gaul 

by  a  foreign  nation.     And  Julian  the  emperor 

gathered  his  army,  and  began  to  give  96 

to  each  of  his  soldiers  a  royal  donation, 

even  as  was  usual.     Then  Martin  thought 

that  he  might  well  request  from  the  emperor 

leave  to  depart  from  military  service.  100 

It  seemed  not  profitable  to  him  to  receive  the  donation, 

and  afterwards  not  to  go  forth  with  the  emperor  to  battle. 

He  said  to  the  impious  one :  '  till  now  I  have  fought  for  thee ; 

suffer  me  henceforth  to  fight  for  God,  .  104 

and  let  him  who  fights  for  thee  receive  thy  gift. 

I  am  God's  champion;    I  must  not  fight/ 

Then  the  emperor  grew  angry,  and  said  that  for  cowardice, 

because  of  the  imminent  battle,  and  not  for  piety,  108 

he  would  thus  withdraw  himself  from  fighting. 

But  Martin  said  fearlessly  to  the  evil  man : 

'  If  thou  countest  this  as  cowardice,  and  not  true  faith, 

now,  tomorrow,  I  will  stand,  in  my  Lord's  name,  112 

before  the  cohort,  and  I  will  march,  without  heed, 

protected  by  the  sign  of  the  cross,  and  by  no  red  shield, 

nor  with  any  helmet,  through  the  host  of  this  army/ 

Then  the  impious  man  bade  them  seize  the  saint,  116 

that  he  might  be  thrown,  all  weaponless,  among  the  heathen. 

On  the  next  day  the  heathen  so  did 

that  they  proffered  peace,  and  themselves  too,  to  the  emperor 

and  put  all  their  property  at  his  disposal.  120 

107.  fSe  (for  se) ;  casere.  114. 1-scild    mid    rode-tacnse    na; 

108.  toweardsen  feohtes  ~j  na  ;  eaw-       reade. 


[  5.  ftes  ;  werod. 
109.  setbrugde     swa     J»ara     camp-  116.  }>a   het  ]>e  arleasse   healden 


dome. 

110.  manfullaen.  117.  wepnleasl-;  J>an. 

in.  erhSe;  na  tolleafan.  118.  sefteran  daege;  hseJ)enon. 

112.  nu ;  maregenlc  stonde ;  drih-  119.  heo  ;  sibbej  heom. 
tines  nome.  120.  alle. 

113.  setforaen;  trymen. 

15—2 


228  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

Hwam  twyna'S  la  forSi  pcet  fees  geleaffullan  weres 

wsere  .  se  sige  .  fa  fa  him  wees  getif  od 

pcet  he  wsepenleas  naere  aworpen  f  am  here  . 

feah  fe  se  arfsesta  drihten  eafe  124 

mihte  gehealdan  and-sundne  his  cempan  . 

He  set-brsed  pcet  ^efeoht  .  pcet  furSon  naeron  ge-wemmede 

martines  gesihfa  on  ot5ra  manna  deaSe  . 

Hwilcne  of erne  sige  sceolde  ure  drihten  128 

syllan  for  his  cempan  selran  f  onne  f  one  . 

pcet  nan  man  ne  swulte  .  ac  pcet  hi  to  sibbe  fengon  . 

IIII.     I\a  forlet  martinns  swa  he  gemynte  gefyrn  . 

f  one   woruldlican   camp-dom   .  and   to   fam   halgan 
were  ferde  .  132 

hilariuw  f  am  bisceope  on  f  sere  burh-scyre 
fe  is  pictauis  gehaten  .  for  San  fe  he  wses  acunnod 
on  godes  geleafan  .  and  on  goddre  lare  . 

and  he  fa  wunode  mid  fam  were  sume  hwile  •  136 

pa  wolde  se  halga  hadian  hine  to  diacone 
ac  he  wiS-cwEeS  gelome  .  cweeS  pcet  he  wyrSe  naere  . 
pa,  under-get  se  bisceop  post  he  mihte  hine  gibigan 
gif  he  him  bude  leessan  had  .  and  bead  him  pcet  he  wsere     140 
gehadod  to  exorcista  .  pcet  we  hataS  halsigend 
pe  tSe  bebyt  deoflum  .  pcet  hi  of  gedrehtum  mannum  faran  . 
and  he  fa  ne  forsoc  f  one  eadmoddran  had  . 
ac  wear's  swa  ge-hadod  set  fam  halgan  bisceope  .  144 

pa  sefter  sumum  fyrste  he  wearS  on  swefne  gemynegod  . 
pcet  he  sceolde  his  ep el  .  and  his  eard  geneosian  . 
and  fseder  .  and  modor  .  pe  fiillice  wseron  heefene  . 
and  he  ferde  Sa  be  leafa  fees  foreseedan  bisceopes  .  148 

and  he  hine  georne  bsed  pcet  he  ongean  cuman  sceolde  . 
Martin-its  J>a  ferde  to  p am  fyrlenan  lande  . 
and  pa  fa  he  com  to  muntum  .  fa  ge-mette  he  sceatSan  . 

121.  tweonaeS  ;  forSy  ;  1-leaffullen.  123.  waepnleas ;  awurpon  ;  hsere. 

122.  were     pe     sige;       Kim     w£es  124.  J>e  arfestae. 

ItySod.  125.  healden  ansundne  ;  cerapaen. 

1  Leaf  180. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  229 

Lo !     who    can    doubt    that   it    was    because    of   this    believing 

man 
that  the  victory  was  gained,  since  to  him  it  was  granted, 
that  he  might  not  be  cast,  all  weaponless,  to  the  army? 
Although,  indeed,  the  beneficent  Lord  might  easily  124 

have  preserved  His  champion  safe  and  sound, 
He  prevented  that  battle,  that  Martin's  eyes 
might  in  no  way  be  stained  by  other  men's  death. 
What  other  victory  could  our  Lord  128 

have  given  for  His  champion's  sake  better  than  that, 
that  no  man  should  die,  but  that  they  should  come  to  peace? 
IV.     Then  Martin  quitted,  as  he  had  long  ago  intended, 
worldly  warfare  and  went  to  the  holy  man  132 

Hilary,  the  bishop,  in  the  town 
which  is  called  Poitiers,  because  he  was  experienced 
in  God's  faith  and  in  good  doctrine, 

and  abode  thereafter  with  the  man  some  while.  136 

Then  the  holy  man  desired  to  ordain  him  deacon, 
but  he  frequently  refused,  saying  that  he  was  not  worthy. 
Then  the  bishop  perceived  that  he  might  persuade  him 
if  he  offered  him  a  lesser  office,  and  offered  him  that  he  should  be 
ordained  exorcist,  as  we  call  one  who  adjureth,  141 

or   one    who    commandeth    devils   that   they    should    go    out    of 

possessed  men. 
And  he  then  refused  not  the  humble  office, 
but  was  so  ordained  by  the  holy  bishop.  144 

Then  after  some  time  he  was  admonished  in  a  dream 
that  he  ought  to  visit  his  native  country  and  his  home, 
and  father  and  mother  who  were  wickedly  heathen; 
and  he  thereupon  went  by  permission  of  the  aforesaid  bishop, 
who  earnestly  besought  him  to  come  back  again.  149 

Then  Martin  journeyed  to  the  distant  land ; 
and  when  he  came  to  the  mountains,  then  met  he  with  robbers, 

126.  He  setbrsegd;  feoht;  forJ>an ;  1-wemmede. 

127.  l-syhlSse  ;  oftremonne.         128.  Hwylcne.         129.  sylrae. 

130.  mon  ;  heo.         B.  omits  Section  IV. 


230  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  heora  an  sona  his  exe  up  abrsed  .  152 

wolde  hine  slean  .  ac  him  forwyrnde  sum  oJ?er  . 

swa  Ipcet  he  Ipcet  hylfe  ge-lsehte  .  and  wiS-hsefde  pcet  siege  . 

He  wearS  swa-peah  ge-bunden  bseftan  to  his  bsece  . 

and  heora  anum  1  beteeht  Ipcet  he  hine  bereafode  .  156 

pa  ongan  se  hine  befrinan  hwaecSer  he  forht  wsere  . 

ocS(5e  hwast  he  manna  wsere  .  of>J>e  he  cristen  wsere  . 

pa  andwyr&e  martinus  him  anrsed-lice  .  and  cwccS 

Ipcet  he  naere  swa  orsorh  on  eallum  his  life  .  160 

for  J>ara  f>e  he  wiste  to-werde  godes 

mild-heort-nysse  swif>ost  on  }?am  costnungum  . 

'and  cwcec5  \>cet  he  besargode  switSor  his  gedwyldes 

Ipcet  he  unwyrfte  wees  godes  mild-heort-nysse  .  164 

Began  Sa  to  bodigenne  ]?a  godspellican  lare 

swa  lange  f>am  sceaSan  o]?j?<^  he  ge-lyfde  on  god  . 

and  martine  fyligde  micclum  hine  biddende 

\cet  he  him  fore  gebaede  .  and  he  for$  furh-wunode  168 

on  sewfsestre  drohtnunge  .  and  eft  us  J?is  cydde  . 

pa  J?a  he  com  to  mediolana  .  J?a  ge-mette  he  aenne  deofol 

on  menniscum  hiwe  .  and  he  martinum  befran 

hwider  he  siSode  .  pa  ssede  him  se  halga  172 

pcet  he  J?ider  ferde  Ipe  hine  drihtew  clypode  . 

Da  cwce'cS  se  scucca  sona  him  to  andsware  . 

Swa  hwider  swa  J?u  fserst  .  otStSe  swa  hwset  swa  f>u  beginst  . 

f  e  bitS  wij^er-raade  seo  deofol  .  and  se  halga  wer  him  cwceS  to  .  1 76 

Drihten  me  is  on  fultume  .  ne  ondrsede  ic  hwaet  man  me  do  . 

and  se  deofol  J^ser-rihte  fordwan  on  his  ge-sihfte  . 

Martinus  £>a  ferde  forS  swa  he  ge-mynte  . 

and  his  modor  ge-bigde  to  godes  biggencgum  .  180 

and  to  J»am  halgan  fulluhte  .  f»eah  Ipe  his  faeder  nolde 

bugan  of  ])am  gedwylde  .  and  }>eah  J>urh  drihtnes  fultum 

martinis  geriht-laehte  manega  of  Jmm  folce. 

pa  asprang  geond  ealle  woruld  arrianes  gedwyld  .  184 

and  martinus  mid  geleafan  micclum  wan  ongean  . 

oftlpcet  he  wearS  2ge-swenct  mid  swiftlicum  witum  . 

1  Leaf  180,  back.  176.  seo  (sic).  a  Leaf  181. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOlt.  231 

and  one  of  them  straightway  lifted  up  his  ax,  152 

wishing  to  slay  him;    but  another  forewarned  him 

so  that  he  caught  the  helve  and  restrained  the  blow. 

He  was,  nevertheless,  bound  with  his  hands  behind  his  back, 

and  committed  to  one  of  them  that  he  might  plunder  him.    156 

Then  this  man  began  to  question  him  whether  he  was  afraid, 

or  what  manner  of  man  he  was,  or  if  he  was  a  Christian. 

Then  Martin  answered  him  boldly,  and  said 

that  he  had  never  been  so  untroubled  in  all  his  life,  160 

because  he  knew  God's  mercy 

was  at  hand  most  especially  in  temptations  ; 

and  said  that  he  sorrowed  the  rather  for  the  others  error, 

because  he  was  unworthy  of  God's  mercy.  164 

Therewith  he  began  to  preach  the  gospel  doctrine 

so  long  a  while  to  the  robber  till  he  believed  in  God, 

and  followed  Martin,  earnestly  entreating  him 

that  he  would  pray  for  him  ;  and  he  thenceforward  continued  168 

in  a  pious  life,  and  afterward  made  this  known  to  us. 

As  he  was  coming  to  Milan  he  met  a  devil 
in  a  human  form,  who  asked  Martin 

whither  he  was  journeying.     Then  the  Saint  said  to  him       172 
that  he  was  going  whither  the  Lord  had  called  him. 
Then  the  demon  said  to  him  straightway  in  answer; 
'whithersoever  thou  goest,  or  whatsoever  thou  beginnest, 
the  devil   shall    be   thine   adversary.'     And   the   holy   man   said 
to  him,  176 

1  the  Lord  is  a  succour  to  me  ;  I  fear  not  what  man  may  do  to  me ; ' 
and  straightway  the  devil  vanished  from  his  sight. 
Then  Martin  journeyed  forward  as  he  had  intended, 
and  converted  his  mother  to  the  worship  of  God  180 

and  to  holy  baptism,  though  his  father  would  not 
turn  from  error;    and  yet,  by  God's  assistance, 
Martin  rightly  directed  many  of  the  people. 
Then  sprang  up  over  all  the  world  the  Arian  heresy,  184 

and  Martin  with  faith  strongly  contended  against  it 
until  he  was  tortured  with  cruel  torments, 


232  XXXI.       VITA   S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  openlice  be-swungen  .  and  of  J>aere  byrig  adraefed  . 
He  ferde  J?a  ongean  to  italian  lande  .  188 

and  on  mediolana  him  mynster  arserde  . 
forfran-}?e  se  foresaeda  hilarius  was  afaren  to  wraec-si<5e  . 
for  J?am  ylcan  ge-dwylde  be  ba  dwollice  asprang  . 
ac  J>a  gedwol-men  sona  hine  adrifon  J>anon  .  192 

and  he  ferde  swa  J>anon  to  sumum  ig-lande 
gallinaria  ge-haten  .  mid  annm  halgum  maesse-preoste  . 
se  leofode  on  waestene  be  wyrta  morum  lange  . 
Martinis  )?a  on  J>aere  tide  on  his  mete  pig&e  196 

J>a  aettrian  wyrt  .  pe  elleborura  hatte  . 
and  pcet  attor  sona  hine  swiSe  freade 
fornean  to  deatSe  .  ac  he  feng  to  his  ge-bedum  . 
and  eall  seo  sarnys  him  sona  fram  ge-wat  .  200 

pa  aefter  sumum  fyrste  pa,  Sa  he  of-axod  haefde 
pcet  se  halga  hilarius  ham  cyrran  moste  . 
of  J>am  wrec-siSe  .  pa,  ge-wende  he  to  him  . 
and  he  mid  arwurSnysse  hine  eft  under-feng  .  204 

and  martinus  tSa  siftftan  him  mynster  baer  araerde  . 
gehende  faere  byrig  .  J>e  is  gehaten  pictauis  . 
V.     I\&  com  an  ge-cristnod  man  and  ge-cuft-lsehte  to  martine  . 
and  wunode  mid  him  wolde  his  lare  underfon  208 

ac  aefter  feawura  dagum  he  wearcS  fserlice  seoc  . 
swa  poet  he  forS-ferde  unge-fullod  sona  . 
and  se  halga  martinus  naes  set  ham  J>a  hwile  . 
Da  gebroJ?ra  sarige  J>a  saeton  ofer  pcet  lie  .  212 

and  martinis  com  J?a  micclura  dreorig  . 
and  het  hi  gan  ut  and  be-haepsode  }?a  duru  . 
and  astrehte  hine  sylfne  sona  ofer  J>one  deadan 
biddende  his  drihten  pcet  he  fone  deadan  araerde  .  216 

pa  aefter  'sumum  fyrste  he  ge-fredde  on  his  mode  . 
pcet  godes  miht  waes  towerd  .  and  he  astod  j?a  up 

207.  com  an  1-cristnod  mon  ;  cyS-  209.  ac  ;  dage ;  seoc. 
lsehte.  210.  unfullod  sonae. 

208.  wunede.  211.  Se  (for  se)  ;  naes;  ham. 

1  Leaf  181,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  233 

and  openly  scourged  and  driven  out  of  the  city. 

Then  he  went  back  again  to  the  Italian  land,  188 

and  reared  for  himself  a  monastery  in  Milan, 

because  the  aforesaid  Hilary  was  gone  into  exile 

by  reason  of  the  same  heresy  which  then  erroneously  sprang  up  ; 

but  the  heretics  soon  drave  him  thence,  ^192 

and  so  he  departed  thence  to  an  island 

called  Gallinaria,  with  a  holy  mass-priest 

who  had  lived  long  in  the  desert  on  roots  of  vegetables. 

Then  Martin  at  that  time  partook  in  his  food  196 

of  the  poisonous  herb  which  is  called  hellebore, 

and  the  poison  soon  sorely  tormented  him 

well  nigh  to  death ;    but  he  took  to  his  prayers, 

and  all  the  pain  soon  departed  from  him.  200 

Then  after  a  space  when  he  had  learned 

that  the  holy  Hilary  was  allowed  to  return  home 

from  his  exile,  then  he  went  to  him, 

and  he  received  him  again  with  reverence ;  204 

and  Martin  afterward  built  himself  there  a  monastery 

handy  to  the  town  which  is  called  Poitiers. 

V.     Then   came    there    a   man    who    was    a    catechumen,    and 

made  friends  with  Martin, 
and  dwelt  with  him,  desiring  to  receive  his  lore;  208 

but  after  a  few  days  he  became  suddenly  sick 
so  that  he  soon  died  unbaptized, 
and  the  holy  Martin  was  not  at  home  the  while. 
Then  the  brethren,  being  sorrowful,  sat  around  the  corpse ;  2 1 2 
and  Martin  came  then  very  sad, 
and  bade  them  go  out,  and  hasped  the  door, 
and  stretched  himself  straightway  upon  the  dead, 
beseeching  his  Lord  that  He  would  raise  the  dead  man.         216 
Then  after  some  space  he  perceived  in  his  mind 
that  God's  power  was  at  hand,  and  therewith  he  stood  up 

212.  1-broSrae    ]>a  sarilice    sseten;  215.  astrsehte ;  sone;  deaden. 
•Set.  216.  deade  arserde. 

213.  ant;  com  )>a  mycelmw  drorig.  217.  summe  firste  ;  i-fredde. 

214.  het  heom  gan  ;  durse.  218.  toweard;  stod  J>a  up. 


234  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI  EPISCOPI. 

an-bidigende  unforht  his  bena  tifta  . 

pa  setter  twara  tidum  astyrode  se  deada  220 

eallum  limum  .  and  lociende  wses  . 

pa  clypode  martinis  micclura  {)ancigende  gode  . 

and  pa,  pe  bser-ute  stodon  instopon  sona 

swifte  ablicgede  .  poet  hi  gesawon  )m  libban  224 

jx>ne  pe  hi  ser  for-leton  deadne  . 

He  wearS  pa,  sona  ge-fullod  .  and  he  siSSan  leofode 

manega  gear  .  and  mannum  ssede 

poet  he  to  J^ses  hextan  deman  heh-setle  wsere  gebroht  .  228 

and  f>ser  him  wses  ge-demed  to  dimre  stowe  . 

J?ser  he  unrot  wunode  .  mid  woruld-mannum  . 

on  witnungum  pa,  hwile  .  and  )?a  wearS  gecyd 

Jmrh  twegen  englas  fam  selmihtigan  deman  232 

poet  he  se  man  wsere  pe  martinws  fore  gebsed  . 

and  pa,  wearS  eft  geboden  .  £>urh  }>a  ylcan  englas 

poet  he  wurde  gelsed  to  life  ongean  . 

and  martine  agifen  .  and  hit  wearS  J>a  swa  .  236 

pa  asprang  martines  hlisa  geond  poet  land  wide  . 

poet  se  pe  halig  wees  on  weorcum  .  wsere  apostolic  wer  ge-lyfed  . 

VI.     "pft  sefter  sumum  fyrste  ferde  se  halga  wer 

ofer  sumes  pegenes  land  lupicinws  gehaten  .  240 

pa  gehyrde  he  feorran  fserlice  hream  . 
wependre  meniu  .  and  he  wearcS  ]?a  ge-stedegod 
befrinende  georne  hwset  poet  fser-lices  wsere  . 
Him  wear})  f>a  ge-ssed  poet  sum  unge-sselig  man  244 

hine  sylfne  ahenge  .   of  pzeve  hiw-rsedene  . 
and  swa  hangigende  hine  sylfne  adydde  . 
Martinus  J?a  inn-eode  J>ser  se  man  lseg  dead  . 

219.  benae  tySa.  228.  he;    haehstan   deinen  heah- ; 

2  20.  twam ;  styrede  J>e  deade.  waes  1-broht. 

221.  alle;  ~]  waes  locigende.  229.  waes  i-demed  ;  dymre  stowe. 

222.  mucel  )?angende,  230.  wunede;  monnum. 

223.  ute  stodenln-stopen  sonae.  231.  -nunge;  hwlle;  i-eyd. 

224.  heo  i-saegen.  232.  engles;  almihtig  demaen. 

225.  heo  aer  forletenn.  233.  Se  {for  se)  ;  mon  were;  bed. 

226.  sone  i-fullod  ;  sySftan  leofede.  234.  i-boden;  ylcaen  engles. 

227.  monige  gear;    monnw ;    om.  235.  were  i-laedd ;   ongean. 

236.  i-gyfen ;  swa  '5a. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  235 

waiting  undismayed  the  granting  of  his  prayers. 

Then  after  two  hours  the  dead  stirred  220 

in  all  his  limbs  and  began  to  look  up ; 

whereupon  Martin  cried  out,  fervently  thanking  God. 

And  those  who  stood  there  outside  stepped  in  instantly, 

greatly  amazed;   because  they  saw  him  living  224 

whom  they  had  before  left  dead. 

Then  was  he  straightway  baptized,  and  lived  afterwards 

for  many  years,  and  related  to  men 

that  he  had  been  brought  before  the  throne  of  the  highest  judge, 

and  there  he  was  condemned  to  a  dim  place  229 

where  he  dwelt  joyless  with  worldly  men 

in  torments  for  a  while ;    and  then  it  was  made  known 

by  two  angels  to  the  almighty  judge  232 

that  he  was  the  man  for  whom  Martin  had  prayed, 

and  after  that  it  was   commanded   that,  by  means  of  the  same 

angels, 
he  should  be  brought  to  life  again 

and  restored  to  Martin ;    and  so  it  thus  befell.  236 

Then  Martins  fame  sprang  widely  throughout  the  land, 
so   that   he    who   was   holy   in    works    was    believed   to   be   an 

apostolic  man. 
VI.     Again  after  some  time  the  holy  man  was  journeying 
over  a  nobleman's  land,  called  Lupicinus,  240 

when  he  heard  suddenly  far  off  the  cry 
of  a  weeping  multitude,  and  he  stood  still 
enquiring  anxiously  what  that  wonder  might  be. 
Then  was  it  told  him  that  some  unlucky  man  244 

of  the  household  had  hung  himself; 
and  thus  hanging  had  destroyed  himself. 
Then  Martin  entered  where  the  man  lay  dead, 

237.  Da  spronc  ;    lisae ;  lond  wide.  242.  wepende  ;  i-stydegod. 

238.  \>xt  he  Se  halig  ;    were  ;    wer  243.  befraegnende  ;  ferlices  were, 
i-lifed.  244.  Him  wses   ]>a  i-ssed;  unsaelig 

239.  summe;  ferde  )>e  ;  wer.  mon. 

240.  summes  )>egnes  lond  lupicinus  245.  selfhe ;  oare. 
i-haten.  246.  swa  hongiende. 

241.  J>a  i-;  he  ;  ferlic  ream.  247.  in- ;  Se  {for  se)  mon ;  daed. 


236  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  adraefde  ut  ealle  J>a  meniu  .  248 

and  hine  sylfne  astrehHe  ofer  fone  sawl-leasan  lichaman  . 
sume  hwile  on  ge-bedum  .  and  he  sona  ge-edcucode  . 
and  mid  geornfulre  elnunge  up  arisende  wses  . 
and  nam  martinus  swif>ran  hand  [and]  mid  him  astod  252 

and  forS-stop  mid  him  .  on  Joes  folces  gesihSe  . 
VII.     f\n  f>aere  ylcan  tide  Ipcet  turonisce  folc 
wilnigende  wses  Ipcet  martinus  waere 
to  bisceope  ge-halgod  to  heora  burh-scire  .  256 

ac  martinis  nolde  ut  of  J>am  mynstre  na  hwider  . 
op  pcet  sum  his  neh-gebura  gesohte  his  fet 
ssede  pcet  his  wif  lage  swi(5e  ge-brocod  . 

and  begeat  pa,  un-eaj>e  Ipcet  he  ut  ferde  .  260 

and  seo  burh-waru  cepte  hwsenne  he  ut  come  . 
and  gelsehton  hine  sona  .  and  gelaeddon  to  J^aere  byrig 
turonia  gehaten  Ipcet  he  wurde  gehadod  . 

pa  clypode  eall  seo  meniu  and  cwaedon  an-modlice  264 

pcet  martinus  waere  wyrtSe  faes  hades  . 
and  ge-sselig  sacerd  to  swilcum  bisceop-dome  . 
pser  waeron  bisceopas  of  gehwilcum  burgum 
to  J^aere  ge-corennysse  .  J?a  wiS-cwaedon  hi  sume  268 

Ipcet  martinus  nsere  wyrSe  swa  miceles  hades  . 
for  his  wacum  gyrlum  .  and  fser  wiS-cwaeS  swifost 
an  J>aera  bisceopa  defensor  gehaten  . 

ac  he  weartS  gescynd  }?urh  godes  sej>unge  .  272 

pa  sceolde  man  raedan  sume  raedinge  him  aet-foran  . 
ac  se  rsedere  wses  utan  belocen  .  J>a  ge-la3hte  sum  preost 
aenne  sealtere  sona  .  and  pcet  aerest  gemette 
raedde  him  set-foran  Ipcet  wses  ]?is  fers  .  276 

Of  unsprecendra   muj?e    .  and    sucendra    pu    ful-fremedest   f>in 
lof    drihten    for    jrinum    feondum    .    pcet     pu     towurpe      feond 
and  defensor  . 
Sona  swa  his  fers  wses  aet-foran  him  gersed  .  280 

248.  adrefde  \>a,  tit  alle.  249.  astraehte  ;  sawullease  ;  om.  lichaman. 

250.  sonae  cwicode. 

1  Leaf  182. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP   AND    CONFESSOR.  237 

and  drave  out  all  the  multitude,  248 

and  stretched  himself  upon  the  soulless  body- 
some  time  in  prayers ;  and  anon  he  revived 
and  with  fervent  zeal  rose  up, 

and  took  Martin's  right  hand  and  stood  beside  him,  252 

and  stepped  forth  with  him  in  sight  of  the  people. 
VII.     At  that  same  time  the  people  of  Tours 
were  desirous  that  Martin  should  be 

consecrated  as  bishop  of  their  city;  256 

but  Martin  would  go  no  whither  out  of  the  monastery 
until  one  of  his  neighbours  sought  his  feet, 
saying  that  his  wife  lay  grievously  afflicted ; 
and  with  difficulty  prevailed  upon  him  to  go  out.  260 

And  the  citizens  watched  when  he  came  out, 
and  immediately  seized  him  and  led  him  to  the  city 
called  Tours,  that  he  might  be  consecrated. 
Then  cried  all  the  multitude  and  said  unanimously  264 

that  Martin  was  worthy  of  the  dignity, 
and  an  auspicious  priest  for  such  an  episcopal  office. 
There  were  other  bishops  (present)  from  various  cities 
at  the  election,  and  some  of  them  objected  268 

that  Martin  was  not  worthy  of  so  great  a  dignity 
on  account  of  his  mean  raiment;    and  there  in  particular 
one  <of  the  bishops  called  Defensor  made  objection ; 
but  he  was  put  to  shame  by  a  divine  attestation;  272 

for  they  had  to  read  some  lesson  before  him, 
but  the  lector  was  shut  out ;    then  a  certain  priest  caught  up 
a  psalter  hastily,  and  read  before  them 

what  he  first  found,  which  was  this  verse  [Ps.  viii.  2] ; —      276 
'Out  of  the  mouth   of  the   unspeaking  and  of  sucklings    Thou 
hast  perfected  Thy  praise,  O  Lord,  because  of  Thine  enemies ;  that 
Thou  mightest  overthrow  the  enemy  and  the  Defender/ 
As  soon  as  this  verse  was  read  before  them,  280 

251.  geornfule  aelnunge  up  ;  was.  omits;  stod. 

252.  nom  martines  swiSeran;  om.  253.  -stop;    i-sihSe.  B.  omits 
hand;    inserts  "j  (  =  and),  \oMch   A.       section  VII. 


238  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

J?a  wearS  poet  folc  astyrod  1  onswiSlicum  hreame  . 

pcet  godes  sylfes  seftung  baer  geswutelod  wsere  . 

and  defensor  mihte  his  man  baer  to-cnawan  . 

and  pcet  god  wolde  wyrcan  his  lof  284 

on  bam  un-sceeS'Sigan  martine  .  and  gescyndan  defensor  . 

pa  under-feng  se  halga  wer  bisceop-hadunge  baer  . 

and  Ipone  had  swa  ge-heold  .  swa  hit  is  unsecgendlic  . 

mid  baere  ylcan  an-rednysse  .  be  he  aer  onwunode  .  288 

mid  baer  ylcan  eadmodnysse  .  and  mid  bam  aerran  reafe  . 

and  swa  he  waes  ge-fylled  mid  ge-bungen-nysse  . 

and   mid  baes  hades  .  wurcS-scype  .  poet  he  mid  weorcum  gefylde 

ge  )?one  bisceop-dom  .  mid  eallum  wurS-scipe  .  292 

ge  bone  munuc-had  betwux  mannum  ge-heold  . 

He  waes  sotSfaest  on  dome  .  and  est-i'ul  on  bodunge  . 

arwurS-ful  on  beawum  .  and  burh-wacol  on  ge-bedum    . 

singal  on  raedinge  .  ge-staecSSig  on  his  lece  .  296 

arfaest  on  ge-wilnunge  .  and  arwurSful  on  his  )?enungum  . 

Eala  hwilc  wel-willend-nys  wees  on  his  spraecum  . 

and  hwilc  ge-bungennys  waas  on  his  J»eawum  . 

and  hu  micel  glaednys  on  gastlicum  daedum  300 

wunode  on  fam  halgan  mid  healicre  fremminge  . 

Eadig  waes  se  wer  .  on  £>am  ne  wunode  nan  facn  . 

naenne  he  ne  for-demde  .  ne  nanuwa  he  ne  for-geald 

yfel  mid  yfele  .  ac  he  eaftelice  for-baer  t  304 

manna  teonraedene  mid  micclum  ge-bylde  . 

Ne  geseah  hine  nan  man  nates-hwon  yrre  . 

ne  on  mode  murcnigende  .  ne  mislice  ge-worhtne  . 

ac  on  anre  anraednysse  aefre  wunigende  308 

ofer  mannes  gemet  .  mid  mycelre  glaednysse  . 

Sume  hwile  he  haefde  hus  wib  ba  cyrcan  . 

ba  sefter  sumuw  fyrste  2  for  baes  folces  bysnunge  . 

and  for  baere  unstil-nysse  .  he  ge-statSelode  him  mynster  312 

twa  mila  of  baere  byrig  .  and  seo  stow  waas  swa  digle 

pcet  he  ne  ge-wilnode  nanes  obres  waestenes  . 

On  ane  healfe  baes  mynstres  waes  an  ormaete  clif 

1  Leaf  182,  back.  2  Leaf  183. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  239 

the  people  were  excited  to  utter  a  great  shout, 
that  the  attestation  of  God  Himself  had  there  been  manifested, 
and  Defensor  ought  to  acknowledge  his  slander, 
and  that  God  desired  to  perfect  His  praise  284 

in  the  innocent  Martin  and  to  shame  Defensor. 
Then  the  holy  man  received  episcopal  consecration  there, 
and  so  kept  the  office,  as  is  past  telling, 

with  the  same  steadfastness  in  which  he  had  before  lived,  288 
and  with  the  same  humility,  and  with  his  former  (monastic)  habit ; 
and  he  was  so  filled  with  piety 

and  with  the  dignity  of  his  office  that  he,  in  his  works,  fulfilled 
both  the  episcopal  office  with  all  honour  292 

and  preserved  the  monastic  state  amongst  men. 
He  was  just  in  judgement,  and  devout  in  preaching, 
venerable  in  manners  and  vigilant  in  prayers, 
constant  in  reading,  steadfast  in  his  look,  296 

virtuous  in  desire,  and  reverent  in  his  duties. 
Oh  !    what  benignity  was  in  his  sayings, 
and  what  excellence  was  in  his  manners, 

and  how  great  gladness  in  spiritual  works  300 

dwelt  in  the  Saint  with  lofty  perfection  ! 
Blessed  was  the  man  in  whom  dwelt  no  guile  ; 
he  condemned  no  man,  neither  did  he  repay  to  any 
evil  with  evil ;    but  meekly  endured  304 

the  injuries  of  men  with  great  patience. 
No  man  ever  saw  him  ever  so  little  angry, 
nor  murmuring  in  mind  nor  evilly  disposed, 
but  ever  continuing  in  one  steadfastness  308 

above  man's  measure  with  great  gladness. 
For  some  time  he  had  a  house  close  to  the  church; 
then,  after  some  space,  for  an  example  to  the  people 
and    because    of  the    unstillness,    he    established    for    himself   a 
monastery  312 

two  miles  from  the  city;  and  the  place  was  so  secret 
that  he  desired  no  other  desert. 
On  one  side  of  the  monastery  was  an  immense  cliff 


240  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI   EPISCOPI. 

ascoren  rihte  adune  .  and  seo  deope  ea  316 

liger  gehaten  .  lseg  on  ocSre  sidan  . 

swa  pcet  man  ne  mihte  to  fam  mynst[r]e  cuman 

butan  J»urh  senne  pa3<5  "poet  he  in-ganges  baede  . 

Hund-eahtatig  muneca  on  fam  mynstre  wunodon  320 

under  martines  lareow-dome  mserlice  drohtnigende    . 

and  ealle  heora  Jrincg  him  wseron  gemaene  . 

and  Ipeer  nan  man  naefde  nan  ping  synderlices  . 

ne  hi  eepes  ne  gymdon  .  ne  naht  syllan  ne  moston  .  324 

buta  J>am  anum  pe  heora  big-leofan  forS  dydon  . 

ne  moste  pser  nan  brotfor  began  naenne  craeft  . 

buton  he  hine  ge-baede  .  otStSe  bee  write  . 

pa  waeron  gebysgode  J>a  yldran  ge-broSra  328 

on  singalum  gebedum  .  and  seo  iuguS  wrat  . 

and  wunodon   on  stilnysse  .  swa  swa  him   gewissode  martinis  . 

At-somne  hi  aeton  on  ge-settum  timan  . 

and  hi  wines  ne  gymdon  buton  wan-halum  mannuwi  .  332 

and  manega  J>ger  haefdon  haeran  to  lice  . 

and  peer  hnesce  gewaeda  .  waeron  to  laehtre  getealde  . 

iEJ>el-borene  weras  J>aer  wunodon  on  pam  mynstre  . 

J>e  waeron  estlice  afedde  .  ac  hi  gewyldon  hi  swa-J>eah  336 

to  )?aere  ylcan  stitSnysse  pe  J>aer  stod  on  pam  mynstre  . 

and  manega  we  ge-sawon  si<5<5an  of  pam  bisceopas  . 

La  hwile  burhsctr  waes  pe  nolde  bisceop  geceosan 

of  martines  mynstre  .  for  his  maerum  gebysnunguw  .  340 

VIII.     X\ser  waes  }?a  ge-hende  fam  halgan  mynstre 

1swilce  an  halig  stow  swycSe  gewurtfod 
fram  folces  mannum  .  swilce  t$aer  martyres  lagon  . 
and  pa,  aerran  bisceopas  arwurSoden  J>a  stowe  .  344 

and  baer  weofod  ge-halgodon  wolice  swa-(Seah  . 
Martinus  Sa  ne  ge-lyfde  J>am  leasum  ge-dwimore  . 
ac  axode  smealice  pa,  yldostan  preostas 

paea  martyres  naman  .  oJ>)?e  hwaenne  he  ge-martyrod  waere  .  348 
ac  heora  nan  nyste  nan  gewis  be  J>am  . 

B.  omits  section  VIII. 
1  Leaf  183,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  241 

scarped  right  down,  and  the  deep  river  316 

called  Loire  lay  on  the  other  side, 

so  that  a  man  could  not  come  to  the  monastery 

except  by  a  single  path  whereby  he  might  ask  for  ingress. 

Eighty  monks  dwelt  in  that  monastery  320 

under  Martin's  instruction,  serving  gloriously; 

and  all  their  things  were  in  common  between  them, 

and  there  no  man  had  anything  apart, 

neither  took  they  heed  of  buying,  nor  might  they  sell  aught,  324 

* 
save  only  those  things  which  provided  for  their  subsistence; 

nor  might  there  any  brother  practise  any  craft 

save  to  pray  or  to  write  books. 

The  elder  brothers  were  at  that  time  busied  328 

in  perpetual  prayers,  and  the  youthful  wrote 

and  abode  in  silence,  even  as  Martin  appointed  them. 

They  ate  together  at  set  times, 

and  they  had  no  thought  of  wine  save  for  the  infirm  men ;    332 

and  many  there  had  haircloth  next  to  their  body, 

and  there  soft  clothing  was  accounted  as  sin. 

Nobly  born  men  lived  there  in  the  monastery 

who    had    been    delicately   nurtured,    but   they    subjected   them- 
selves,  nevertheless,  336 

to    the    same    austerity    which    was    established    there    in    the 
monastery, 

and  many  of  them  we  have  seen  afterward  bishops. 

Lo !   what  city  was  there  that  would  not  choose  a  bishop 

from  Martin's  monastery,  for  sake  of  his  glorious  example  ?         340 

VIII.     There  was  at  that  time  near  the  holy  monastery 

as  it  were  a  holy  place,  greatly  venerated 

by  the  common  people,  as  if  martyrs  lay  there; 

and  the  former  bishops  had  venerated  the  place  344 

and  had  consecrated  an  altar  there,  though  it  was  in  error. 

Martin  did  not  believe  the  false  delusion, 

but  enquired  minutely  of  the  oldest  priests 

the  martyr's  name,  or  when  he  was  martyred ;  348 

but  none  of  them  knew  anything  certain  about  him. 

16 


.242  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

pa  nolde  martinis  ge-neosian  fa  stowe  . 

ne  fam  folce  ne  lyfde  .  ac  for  sume  daeg  to 

mid  feawum  ge-brofrum  .  and  stod  set  faere  byrgene  .  352 

biddende  fone  aelmihtigan  god  .  pcet  he  be  fam  geswutelode 

hwaet  he  soflice  waere  .  o(5(5e  hwilcere  geearnunge 

fe  faer  bebyrged  waes  .  and  ge-wurcSod  of  pcet  . 

pa  be-seah  se  halga  vver  to  his  wynstran  healfe  .  356 

and  geseah  faer  standan  ane  atelice  sceade  . 

and  saede  pcet  he  waere  ofslagen  for  (5yffe  . 

and  on  wite  wunode  •  na  on  wuldre  mid  martyrum  . 

and  waere  gewurtfod  wolice  fram  fam  folce  .  360 

Hit  wees  wundorlic  swa-f  eah  Ipcet  hine  swutollice  ge-hyrdon 

ealle  f  e  (Sasr  waeron  .  ac  hi  ne  ge-sawon  hine 

butan  martinis  ana  fe  hit  him  eallum  saede  . 

He  het  sona  fa  awaeg  don  pcet  weofod  of  f  sere  stowe  .  364 

and  pset  folc  alysde  fram  fam  leasum  ge-dwylde  . 

Villi.        ZE^ft  on  sumne  sael  sitfode  martinis 

on  his  bisceop-rice  .  fa  baer  man  J?ser  an  lie 
anes  hseftenes  mannes  past  hi  hine  be-byrigdon  .  368 

Da  be-heold  martinus  fa  ha3(5enan  feorran  . 
and  wende  pcet  hi  bseron  swa  swa  heora  gewune  wees 
heora  deofol-gild  dwollice  ofer  heora  land  . 
and  worhte  fa  rode-tacn  wif  faes  folces  werd  .  372 

and  bead  him  *on  godes  naman  pcet  hi  hit  ne  bseron  na  furSor  . 
ac  aledon  fa  byrSene  .  and  fa  baer-men  sona 
stede-faeste  stodon  .  swilce  hi  astifode  waeron  . 
peer  mihte  wundrian  se  Se  waere  gehende  376 

hu  fa  earman  baer-menn  gebundene  to  earSan 
wendon  hi  abutan  .  woldon  for5  gan  . 
ac  "5a  fa  hi  ne  mihton  of  f  aere  moldan  astyrian  . 
fa  asetton  hi  pcet  lie  .  and  beseah  aelc  to  of  rum  380 

366.  Eft  on  sume  time  ferde  m.  370.  heo  beron;  heorae  wiine  wses. 

367.  bi  scop-rlce  ;  beron  men.  371.  heorae  deofel-gyld  ;  pset  (for 

368.  anes ;    monnes ;    heo  ;   burig-      heora)  lond. 

den.  372.  wrohte]>a;  -tacen;  weard. 

369.  biheold ;  hsedene  feorrew.  373.  heom;  nome  ;  heo. 

1  Leaf  184. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  243 

So  Martin  would  not  visit  the  place 

nor  allow  the  people  to  do  so;    but  went  forth  one  day 

with  a  few  brethren  and  stood  at  the  tomb,  352 

praying  the  Almighty  God  that  He  would  reveal  concerning  the  man 

what  he  had  really  been  or  of  what  merit, 

he  who  was  buried  there  and  had  been  venerated  until  then. 

Then  the  bishop  looked  on  his  left  side,  356 

and  saw  there  standing  a  horrid  shade, 

who  said  that  he  had  been  slain  for  theft, 

and  abode  in  torment,  not  in  glory  with  martyrs, 

and  that  he  was  wrongfully  venerated  by  the  people.  360 

It  was  wondrous,  nevertheless,  that  all  who  were  there 

heard  him  clearly,  but  they  saw  him  not 

save  Martin  only,  who  told  it  to  them  all. 

Then  he  bade  forthwith  remove  the  altar  from  the  place,       364 

and  delivered  the  people  from  the  false  error. 

IX.     Again  on  a  certain  occasion  Martin  was  travelling 

in  his  diocese,  when  they  bare  there  a  corpse 

of  a  heathen  man,  in  order  to  bury  him.  368 

Then  Martin  beheld  the  heathen  men  from  afar, 

and  supposed  that  they  were  superstitiously  bearing, 

even  as  their  wont  was,  their  idol  throughout  the  land, 

and  he  made  the  sign  of  the  cross  in  the  direction  of  the  people,  372 

and  bade  them,  in  God's  name,  carry  it  no  further 

but  lay  down  the  burthen,  and  the  bearers  at  once 

stood  still  in  the  place,  as  if  they  had  been  stiffened. 

Then  he  who  was  at  hand  might  wonder  376 

how  the  poor  bearers,  thus  bound  to  the  earth, 

turned  them  about,  and  wished  to  go  forward; 

but  when  they  could  not  stir  from  the  ground, 

they  set  down  the  corpse  and  looked  each  on  the  other,         380 

374.  alsegden    sonse    J>a    burSene  ;       to  ftare  eoroan. 

ber-men  sonse.     K  (Cal.  A.  14)  begins.  378.  heom  a-buton  walden. 

375.  stedefeste   stoden  swylce   heo  379.  ]>a    }>a    heo;     mihten;     ©are 
a3tifede  weron.  molden  styrigan. 

376.  wundrien;  om.se;  oe  Saer-bi  380.  setten  heo;    lie;    oore.      K. 
were ;  om.  gehende.  (Cal.  A.  14)  has  beah/or  beseah. 

377.  hu  ;  earme  ber-men  i-bunden; 

16—2 


244  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

swiSe  wundrigende  .  hwi  him  swa  ge-lumpe  . 

Ac  fa  fa  martinis  oncneow  pcet  hi  mid  lice  ferdon 

na  mid  deofol-gilde  .  fa  dycle  he  up  his  hand  . 

and  sealde  him  leafe  to  sifigenne  forS  .  384 

and  pcet  lie  to  berenne  to  byrgene  .  swa  swa  hi  ge-mynton  . 

Dus  se  halga  bisceop  geband  hi  mid  worde  . 

and  eft  fa  Sa  he  wolde  let  hi  awaeg  gan  . 

X.      Oe  halga  martinus  to-wearp  sum  hseSen-gild  388 

on  sumere  tide  .  on  sumere  stowe  . 
fa  wses  an  pin-treow  wiS  Ipcet  tempi  ge-friSed 
swiSe  halig  ge-teald  on  fa  hsefenan  wisan  . 
fa  wolde  he  for-ceorfan  eac  swilce  pcet  treow  .  39  a 

ac  Sa  haeSen-gildan  fam  halgan  wiS-cwsedon  . 
saedon  pcet  hi  ne  mihton  on  heora  mode  findan  . 
]>cet  he  pcet  treow  for-curfe  .  feah  Se  he  heora  tempi  towurpe  . 
Da  cweeS  se  halga  bisceop  Ipcet  on  fam  beame  396 

neere  nan  synderlic  halignyss  .  and  ssede  fam  haefenuwi 
pcet  hi  swiSor  sceoldon  fone  soSan  god  wurSian  . 
and  aheawen  pcet  treow  pe  waes  ge-halgod  deofle  . 
pa  cwoeS  an  Saera  haefenra  to  fam  halgan  bisceope  .  400 

Gif  fu  83nigne  truwan  haebbe  on  f  inum  gode  . 
we  for-ceorfaS  pcet  treow  .  and  fu  hit  feallende  under-foh  . 
and  gif  fin  god  is  mid  Se  .  f  u  gaest  aweg  gesund  . 
1  Martinis  Sa  unforht  faeste  on  god  gebyld  404 

be-het  pcet  he  wolde  mid  weorcum  pcet  ge-fyllan  . 
Hi  fa  ealle  glaed-mode  begunnon  to  ceorfenne 
fone  heagan  pin-beam  .  and  he  waes  a-hyld 
on  ane  healfe  pcet  man  eaSe  mihte  witan  408 

h wider  he  sigan  wolde  .  and  hi  setton  martinum 
faer-foran  ongean  .  pcet  he  hine  offeallan  sceolde  . 
pa  waeron  his  munecas  wundorlice  afyrhte  . 
and  nan  oSer  ne  wendon  buton  he  wurde  Saer  of-hroren  .     412 

381.  wundriende  ;   heom;  i-lumpe.  384.  heom  leafe  forS  to  farene. 

382.  J>a  Se  ;  heo  lie  beren.  385.  berene  ;    burigenne   swa    swa 

383.  and  na  deofelgylde;  dude  he  heo  i-mynten. 
up;  hand. 

1  Leaf  184,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOK.  245 

greatly  wondering  why  it  should  thus  befall  them. 

But  when  Martin  understood  that  they  were  travelling  with  a  corpse, 

not  with  an  idol,  then  he  lifted  up  his  hand, 

and  gave  them  leave  to  journey  forward  384 

and  to  bear  the  body  to  the  tomb  as  they  had  intended. 

Thus  the  holy  bishop  bound  them  with  a  word, 

and  again,  when  he  would,  let  them  go  away. 

X.     The  holy  Martin  overthrew  an  idol  38S 

on  a  certain  occasion,  in  a  certain  place ; 

and  there  was  a  pine-tree  close  to  the  temple,  protected 

and  accounted  very  holy  in  heathen  wise. 

Then  desired  he  also  to  cut  down  the  tree ;  392 

but  the  idolaters  opposed  the  saint, 

saying  that  they  could  not  find  it  in  their  mind 

that  he  should  cut  down  the  tree,  although  he  had  overthrown 

their  temple. 
Then  said  the  holy  bishop  that  there  was  in  that  tree  396 

no  peculiar  holiness,  and  told  the  heathen 
that  they  ought  rather  to  worship  the  true  God, 
and  hew  down  the  tree  which  was  consecrated  to  the  devil. 
Then  said  one  of  the  heathen  to  the  holy  bishop ;  400 

'If  thou  hast  any  trust  in  thy  God, 

we  will  cut  down  the  tree,  and  thou  shalt  receive  it  when  falling  ; 
and  if  thy  God  is  with  thee,  thou  wilt  go  away  safe/ 
Then  Martin,  undismayed,  and  firmly  confident  in  God,  404 

promised  that  he  would  fulfil  that  (condition)  by  his  deeds. 
Then  they  all  with  glad  minds  began  to  cut  down 
the  high  pine-tree,  and  it  was  inclined 

all  to  one  side,  so  that  one  might  easily  know  408 

whither  it  would  settle;    and  they  set  Martin 
there  right  opposite  to  it,  that  it  might  fall  upon  him. 
Then  his  monks  were  wondrously  affrighted, 
and  thought  nothing  else  but  that  he  should  there  be  crushed ; 

386.  fte  {for  se)  ;  biscop  bond  heom  mid  his  weorde. 

387.  let  heom.  Sere  K.  has  aweg  {for  awseg). 

B.  omits  section  X.  394.  K.  moda. 


246  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EP1SC0PI. 

and  Be  beam  pa,  feallende  beah  to  martine  . 

Martinus  ba  unforht  ongean  pcet  feallende  treow 

worhte  rode-tacn  .  and  hit  wende  J>a  ongean  . 

swilce  hit  sum  fserlic  boden  bydde  under-baec  .  416 

swa  pcet  hit  of-feol  for-nean  J^ses  folces 

micelne  dael  .  be  baer  orsorge  stodon  . 

pa  hrymdon  ba  li8ej>enan  mid  healicre  wun(5runge  . 

and  pa,  munecas  weopan  for  b^ere  wundorlican  blysse  .  420 

and  hi  ealle  cristes  naman  clypodon  mid  herunge  . 

and  eall  se  leod-scipe  to  geleafan  ]?a  beah  . 

To  pam  swi(5e  hi  wurdon  burh  pcet  wundor  gecyrrede  . 

pcet  hi  geond  eall  pcet  land  mid  ge-leafan  a-raerdon  424 

cyrean  .  and  mynstra  .  and  martinis  aefre 

swa  hwaer  swa  he  J»a  deofol-gild  to-wearp  .  swa  worhte  he  cyrean  . 

XI.  TTwilon  eac  se  halga  wer  towearp  an  hae(5en-gild  . 

pa,  sette  he  sona  fyr  on  pcet  feondlice  tempi  428 

pcet  hit  bradum  lige  brastligende  hreas  . 
pa  wende  peel  fyr  forcS  mid  J>am  winde 
to  anum  baere  huse  .  pe  J^aer  ge-hendost  stod  . 
ac  martinus  mid  ofste  uppon  pcet  hus  astah  .  432 

and  sette  hine  sylfne  ongean  J?one  swegendan  fyr  . 
pser  mihte  wundor  (Sa  1geseon  .  se  <5e  wsere  gehende  . 
hu  se  wind  .  and  se  lig  .  wunnon  him  betwinan  . 
se  wind  bleow  tSone  lig  .  ac  he  wand  ongean  436 

for-beah  J>one  halgan  wer  pe  on  J>am  huse  waes  . 
and  pcet  an  fbr-baernde  pe  him  be-boden  waes  . 

XII.  Tj^ft  on  sumere  wic  tSe  waes  librosum  ge-haten  . 

wolde  se  halga  martinus  to-wurpan  an  tempi        440 
pcet  waes  f>earle  welig  hus  ge-wur(5od  fam  deoflum 
J>a  forwyrndon  ba  haej^enan  pa,m  halgan  were  J>aes  . 
and  hine  adraefdon  ge-drefedne  fanon  . 

416.  K.  -bsec.  430.  fyr;  }>e. 

427.  J)e  (for  se) ;  wer ;  an ;  -gyld.  431.  an ;  om.  J>aere ;  J>ser  ne  next  ( !) 

428.  sone  ;  tempel.  waes. 

429.  hit  on  brade  lsege  brastlinde  432.  J?a  mid  hofste  uppon. 
waes.                                                                  433.  swegendelig. 

1  Leaf  185. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  247 

aud  the  tree  while  falling  bent  towards  Martin. 

Then  Martin,  undismayed,  made  towards  the  falling  tree 

the  sign  of  the  cross,  and  therewith  it  turned  backward, 

as  if  some  sudden  impulse  had  thrust  it  backward,  416 

so  that  it  very  nearly  fell  on  the  greater  part 

of  the  people  who  stood  there  carelessly. 

Then  cried  out  the  heathen  with  extreme  astonishment, 

and  the  monks  wept  for  the  wonderful  joy  ;  420 

and  they  all  called  upon  the  name  of  Christ  with  praise, 

and  all  the  people  inclined  to  the  faith. 

So  greatly  were  they  converted  by  that  miracle, 

that  through  all  that  land  they  reared  with  faith  424 

churches  and  monasteries ;    and  Martin  always, 

wheresoever  he  overthrew  idolatry,  built  churches. 

XI.  At  one  time  also  the  holy  man  overthrew  an  idol, 

and  straightway  he  set  fire  to  the  devil's  temple  428 

so  that  it  fell  crackling  with  broad  flame. 

Then  the  fire  turned  forward  with  the  wind 

towards  one  of  the  houses  which  stood  nearest  thereto  ; 

but  Martin  with  haste  climbed  up  on  to  the  house,  432 

and  set  himself  opposite  the  roaring  fire. 

Then  might  he  who  was  at  hand  see  a  miracle, 

how  the  wind  and  the  flame  strove  between  them ; 

the  wind  blew  the  flame,  but  it  turned  backwards,  436 

avoided  the  holy  man  who  was  on  the  house, 

and  burned  that  only  which  it  was  commanded  to  do. 

XII.  Again  in  a  certain  town  which  was  called  Lsvroux 

the  holy  Martin  desired  to  overthrow  a  temple  440 

which  was  an  exceeding  rich  house  dedicated  to  the  devils ; 
then  the  heathen  refused  this  to  the  holy  man 
and  drave  him  thence,  grievously  troubled. 

434.  per  me  mihte  wunder   i-seon  438.  an  forbernde  ]>cet ;  i-boden. 

J>e  )>erbi  were.  439.  on  sume  stede ;  wses  ;  i-haten. 

435.  hu   Se  wind  ;    J)3    lig   fuhten  440.  fte  (for  se) ;    to-wearpan  an 
heom  bitweonen.     K.  betwynan.              tempel. 

43^'  J>e  (for    se) ;    lig;    he  wond  441.  waelig  hus  i- ;  deofle. 

agean.  442.   ]>e  forwernde ;  weer. 

437.  and  forbeah  ;  halgse  wer ;  J>an.  443.  adrtefden  ;  om.  gedrefedne. 


248  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

pa  ferde  martiims  na  swytSe  feor  panou  444 

and  scrydde  hine  mid  hseran  and  mid  axan  bestreowode 
faestende  bry  dagas  .  and  his  drihten  bsed  . 
pcet  he  mid  heofon-licre  mihte  pcet  hsetfene  tempi 
jm  J>a  he  mid  his  crsefte  hit  to-cwysan  ne  mihte  .  448 

^fter  tSam  fsestene  him  eomon  fserlice  to 
twegen  scinende  englas  .  mid  sperum  and  scyldum  . 
swilce  on  gelicnysse  heofonlices  werodes  . 

secgende  bam  halgan  pcet  se  hselend  hi  sende  452 

pcet  hi  pcet  cyrlisce  folc  afligan  sceoldon  . 
and  martine  fultumian  pcet  hi  ne  mihton  wiS-standan  . 
Martinis  ba  ferde  to  bgere  fore-ssedan  deofol-gilde  . 
and  mid  J>aera  engla  fultume  mannum  onlocigendum  456 

pcet  tempel  eall  to-wearp  .  and  pa,  weofode  to  duste  . 
ealle  J?a  anlicnyssa  heora  arwurSra  goda  . 
pa  ne  mihton  J»a  hsecSenan  martine  wiS-cwetSan  . 
ac  purh  ]?a  god-cundan  mihte  micclum  wurdon  afyrhte  .         460 
and  gelyfdon  on  god  .  mid  ge-leafan  clypigende  . 
pcet  se  god  wsere  to  wurbigenne  pe  se  halga  wer  bodode  . 
and  heora  godas  to  forlsetenne  pe  him  fremion  ne  mihton  . 
XIII.     TTwilon  on  sumere  tide  swa  swa  us  segcS  seo  racu    464 
to-wearp  se  halga  bisceop  sum  swij>lice  hse^engild  . 
ba  sah  him  on  sona  1  pcet  cyrlisce  folc 
swycSe  wedende  swa  swa  hi  wseron  hseb-ene  . 
and  heora  an  sona  his  swurd  ateah  .  468 

Se  bisceop  him  to-geanes  breed  of  his  ceppan  . 
and  a-fenode  his  swuran  pam  sleandum  hsej>enum  . 
and  se  hsebena  tSa  .  J>a  ba  he  hine  slean  wolde  . 
pa,  feoll  he  under-bsec  mid  fyrhte  for-numen  .  472 

444.  swiSe.  451.  swylce;  gellcnesse. 

445:  heran  ;  axsen  bestreowwede.  452.  Se  (for  se)  ;  heom. 

446.  festinde  Sreo  dagaes ;  bed.  453.  heo;  afligen  sceoldon. 

447.  heofenlice;        om.      hseftene;  454.  -isen  ;   heo;  mihten  him  wid- 
tempel  to-brytte.  stondew. 

448.  to-cwaess£en  hit.  455.  ferde;     ©am;     -ssede    deofel- 

449.  J>an  festene  ;  com  to  ferlice.  gylde. 

450.  englaes;  speren  ;  sceldses.  456.  pare  engle ;  monne  onlocende. 

1  Leaf  185,  back.  » 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  249 

Then  Martin  departed  not  very  far  from  thence,  444 

and  clothed  himself  with  haircloth,  and  bestrewed  himself  with 

ashes, 
fasting  three  days,  and  besought  his  Lord 

that  he  would  (destroy)  the  heathen  temple  by  heavenly  might, 
since  he,  by  his  power,  could  not  crush  it.  448 

After  that  fasting  there  came  suddenly  to  him 
two  shining  angels  with  spears  and  shields, 
as  if  in  the  likeness  of  a  heavenly  army, 

saying  to  the  saint  that  the  Saviour  had  sent  them,  452 

that  they  might  confound  the  churlish  folk, 
and  succour  Martin  so  that  they  should  not  withstand  him. 
Then  Martin  went  to  the  aforesaid  idol, 

and  with  the  succour  of  the  angels,  while  men  were  looking  on, 
utterly  destroyed  the  temple  and  the  altar  to  dust,  457 

and  all  the  images  of  their  venerated  gods. 
Then  the  heathen  could  not  resist  Martin, 

but  were  greatly  terrified  by  the  divine  might,  460 

and  believed  in  God,  crying  with  faith 
that    that    God  was    to    be   worshipped    Whom    the   holy  man 

preached, 
and  their  gods  were  to  be  forsaken  who  could  not  profit  them. 
XIII.     Once,  on  a  certain  occasion,  even  as  the  story  telleth  us, 
the  holy  bishop  was  overthrowing  a  vast  idol;  465 

then  came  down  straightway  upon  him  the  churlish  folk, 
fiercely  raging,  because  they  were  heathen, 

and  one  of  them  instantly  drew  his  sword.  468 

The  bishop,  going  towards  him,  took  off  his  cape, 
and  stretched  forth  his  neck  to  the  murderous  heathen; 
and  therewith  the  heathen,  when  he  would  have  slain  him, 
fell  backwards,  seized  with  terror,  472 

457.  al  to-wearp  ;   weofedse;   duste  462.  ©e    {for   se)  ;    wurSene;    tfe 
i-brohte.                                                        {for  se)  ;  wser  bodede. 

458.  and    alle;       -nysse      J>8erae;  463.  godaes;-laetene;heomfremiaen; 
arwurSrse  godse.                                           mihten.     K.  fremian. 

459.  mihten ;  hseftene;  wiScwseSan.  B.  omits  section  XIII. 

460.  and  ;  godcuwd ;  mycle.  469.  K.  caeppan. 

461.  lefdon;  bileafan.  471.  K.  hseSene. 


250  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  bsed  him  forgifennysse  set  fam  halgan  bisceope  . 

pysum  weorce  waes  sum  of  er  gelic 

fa  fa  he  eac  towearp  sum  o(5er  hsef  en-gild  . 

fa  sloh  sum  hsef  en  man  to  fam  halgan  were  .  476 

ac  mid  fam  swenge  hsepte  \cet  swurd  him  of  handum  . 

and  ne  mihte  nan  hit  nsefre  sy(5(5an  findan  . 

Witodlice  for-oft  fa  fa  him  wiS-cwsedon 

fa  hsefenan  Ipcet  he  heora  hsefen-gild  480 

swa  hux-lice  ne  to-wende  .  fa  bodode  he  him  swa  lange 

Ipone  soSan  ge-leafan  .  o"S-f  cet  he  ge-life-wsehte  . 

to  geleafan  heora  wurftfullan  tempi  . 

Swa  micele  mihte  he  heefde  menn  to  ge-heelenne  .  484 

f  cet  nan  adlig  man  naht  ea(5e  him  to  ne  com  . 

f  cet  he  ne  wurde  sona  wundorlice  geheeled  . 

XIII[I.]  f\n  treueris  waes  sum  mseden  swiSlice  ge-untrumod 

licgende  on  paralisin  .  o(S<5eet  hire  lima  ealle     488 
wurdon  adeadode  .  and  heo  unwene  leeg  . 
pa  wearf  ge-cydd  f am  feeder  f cet  martinws  come  fa 
into  f sere  byrig  .  and  he  arn  to  fam  halgan  • 
and  ge-sohte  his  fet  mid  swytSlicum  wope  492 

biddende  f  one  bisceop  f  cet  he  hi  bletsode  . 
ic  ge-lyfe  he  cwceS  .  Ipcet  heo  libbe  furh  fe  . 
Martinus  fa  cwoeS  .  f cet  hit  his  mihta  neeron 
to  swilcere  dsede  .  ac  se  feeder  ne  ge-swac  496 

hine  to  biddenne  mid  wope  off  cet  fa  ofre  bisceopas 
fe  mid  martine  wseron  gemacodon  f cet  he  eode 
to  fam  licgendan  ^aedene  .  and  ormsete  meniu 
fasr-ute  and-bidode  hwaet  se  bisceop  don  wolde  .  500 

pa  astrehte  martinits  to  moldan  his  lima  . 
and  gehalgode  si(5(5an  sumne  dsel  eles 
and  dyde  on  f aes  maedenes  inn's  .  and  heo  mihte  fa  spraecan  . 

487.  K.XIIII.  treueris;  i-untromed. 

488,  489.  liogende  ;  paralisim ; 
-?5et ;  limse  wurdcm  alle  adseadode ; 
laeg  unweene. 

490.  i-cyd  ;  om.  J)a.     K.  gecyd. 

491.  J>are   burig ;    arn;    om.   to.. 

]  Leaf  186. 


halgan 
492. 

sohte  J)£ 

es  halgan  fet ;  sw 

yj)lice 

wope. 

493- 

cwae0. 

494. 

biscop ; 
i-liefe ; 

hire    bletsode 
om.  he  cwseS. 

and 

XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  251 

and  besought  forgiveness  of  the  holy  bishop. 
Another  work  was  like  to  this : 

when  he  in  like  manner  had  overthrown  some  other  idol, 
then  a  heathen  fellow  struek  at  the  holy  man,  476 

but  with  the  swing  the  sword  flew  out  of  his  hand, 
and  no  man  could  ever  find  it  afterward. 
Indeed,  very  often  when  the  heathen  were  resisting  him 
that  he  should  not  destroy  thus  shamefully  their  idols,  480 

he  preached  to  them  for  so  long  a  time 
the  true  faith  until  he  rendered 
their  venerated  temple  suitable  for  the  faith. 
So  great  might  had  he  to  heal  men,  484 

that  it  was  not  easy  for  any  sick  man  to  come  to  him 
without  his  being  forthwith  wondrously  healed. 
XIV.     In  Treves  was  a  maiden  grievously  afflicted, 
lying  in  paralysis  until  all  her  limbs  488 

were  deadened,  and  she  lay  without  hope. 
Then  it  was  made  known  to  the  father  that  Martin  had  come 
into  the  town,  and  he  ran  to  the  saint 

and  sought  his  feet  with  bitter  weeping,  492 

beseeching  the  bishop  that  he  would  bless  her. 
'  I  believe,'  he  said,  '  that  she  shall  live  through  thee/ 
Then  Martin  said  that  his  powers  were  not 
equal  to  so  great  a  deed ;    but  the  father  ceased  not  .  496 

to  entreat  him  with  weeping  until  the  other  bishops 
who  were  with  Martin  compelled  him  to  go 
to  the  prostrate  maiden,  and  an  immense  multitude 
was  there  outside  awaiting  what  the  bishop  would  do.  500 

Then  Martin  stretched  his  limbs  on  the  ground, 
and  next  hallowed  a  portion  of  oil, 

and  put  it  on  the  maiden's  mouth  ;  and  thereupon  she  was  able 
to  speak, 

495.  mihte  nsere.  500.  ]>er- ;    abidon ;    Se    {for    se)  ; 

496.  swylce ;  J)e  feder  ;  swac.  biscop  don  walde. 

497.  to  bidden  Line  ;    wope ;    Set;  501.  J>a  astrsehte  ;  limse. 
biscopaes.  502.  halegede  sySSan ;  del. 

498.  weron  mid  martine  macodon.  503.  dude ;    heo ;    ]>a  specsen.     K. 

499.  licgende;  ormete.  sprecan. 


252  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  ealle  hire  lima  enclemes  cucodon  .  504 

and  heo  fta  hal  aras  j?am  folce  onlocigendum 

XV.     T\a  wses  sum  heah-fegen  gehaten  tetradius  . 

and  his  J>eowa  manna  an  waes  ]?earle  awed  . 
J>a  bed  he  J?one  halgan  Ipcet  he  his  hand  him  onsette  .  508 

Martinis  fa  het  J>a  J?one  man  him  to  lsedan  . 
ac  nan  man  ne  dorste  to  Ip&m  deofol-seocan  gan 
forfan-Se  he  wundorlice  wedde  .  mid  J>am  muj>e  . 
and  elcne  wolde  teran  fe  him  in  to-eode  •  512 

Tetradius  J?a  sylf  com  .  and  gesohte  Ipone  halgan 

biddende  eadmod-lice  Ipcet  he  to  )mm  earman  eode  . 

pa  cwceS  se  halga  wer  Ipcet  he  to  his  huse  gan  nolde 

hsefenes  mannes  and  manfulles  lifes  .  516 

Se  ha3(5ena  Ipegen  fa  behet  fam  halgan  were 

Ipcet  he  wolde  cristen  beon  .  gif  se  cnapa  wurde  hal  . 

and  martinus  sona  siSode  to  fam  wodan  . 

and  his  hand  him  on  asette  .  and  gescynde  f  one  deofol  520 

fram  fam  gewitleasura  men  .  and  he  wearS  sona  hal  . 

Tetradius  cSa  sona  fa  he  Ipcet  ge-seah  . 

gelyfde  on  urne  drihten  .  and  let  hine  cristnian  . 

and  sdfter  lytlum  fyrste  he  wearS  gefullod  .  524 

and  martinum  wurSode  mid  wu[n]dorlicre  lufe  . 

forfaii-tSe  he  waes  ealdor  witod-lice  his  hsele  • 

XVI.     f\w  ftsere  ylcan  tide  on  ])am  ylcan  faestene 

eode  martinis  to  anes  mannes  huse  .  528 

fa  set-stod  he  fserlice  set-foran  fam  frex-wolde  . 

cwceS  ]>cet  he  egeslicne  feond  on  f  am  incofan  gesawe  . 

Martinus  fa  het  f  one  hetolan  deofol  . 

pcet  he  l  f  anon  ge-wite  .  and  he  wearS  fa  yrre  532 

gelsehte  senne  mannan  and  wearcS  him  on-innan  . 

504.  alle  ;  limen  ;  cwicedon.  509.  om.  1st  \>&  ;  mon  ;  laeden. 

505.  heo    J>a;    aras   )>aet  folc  onlo-  510.  mon;  durste;  deofel-. 
gende.  511.  he  wunder- ;  awedde. 

506.  wses;  tetradius  i-haten.  512.  K.  B.  aelcne  ;  into  eode. 

507.  Seowse  mon  an  ;  awed.  513.  com;  i-. 

508.  A.  B.  bed  (sic) ;  he;  hond  on  514.  he;  earmuw  eode. 
him  saette.  515.  >e  (for  se) ;  wer. 

1  Leaf  186,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MAltTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  253 

and  all  her  limbs  at  length  revived,  504 

and  she  therewith  arose  whole,  the  people  being  spectators  of  it. 

XV.  There  was  a  certain  great  noble  called  Tetradius, 
and  one  of  his  slaves  was  raving  mad  ; 

then  prayed  he  the  saint  to  lay  his  hand  upon  him.  508 

So  Martin  ordered  them  to  bring  the  man  to  him, 

but  no  man  durst  go  to  the  possessed  one, 

because  he  wondrously  foamed  at  the  mouth, 

and  attempted  to  tear  every  one  who  went  in  to  him.  512 

Then  Tetradius  himself  came  and  sought  the  saint, 

praying  him  humbly  that  he  would  go  to  the  poor  man. 

Then  said  the  holy  man  that  he  would  not  go  to  his  house, 

as  he  was  a  heathen  man,  and  of  evil  life.  516 

Then  the  heathen  noble  promised  the  holy  man 

that  he  would  be  a  Christian  if  the  boy  became  whole. 

And  Martin  at  once  went  to  the  madman, 

and  laid  his  hand  on  him  and  quickly  drove  the  devil  520 

from  the  witless  man ;    and  he  became  immediately  whole. 

Then  Tetradius,  as  soon  as  he  saw  that, 

believed  on  our  Lord,  and  let  himself  be  anointed  as  a  catechumen, 

and  after  a  little  delay  he  was  baptized,  524 

and  reverenced  Martin  with  wondrous  love, 

because  he  was  verily  the  author  of  his  salvation. 

XVI.  At  the  same  time  in  the  same  fortified  town 

went  Martin  to  a  man's  house,  528 

when  he  stopped  suddenly  before  the  threshold, 

saying  that  he  saw  a  terrible  fiend  in  the  chamber. 

Then  Martin  commanded  the  hateful  devil 

to  depart  thence,  and  he  thereupon  became  angry,  532 

seized  a  man  of  the  noble's  household 


516.  mownes  ;  manfullsen.  K.  man-.  521.  from  ]>am  witlease  men  ;  sone. 

517.  )>e  {for  Se)  ;  A.  hseoena  (sic;  522.  sone  swa ;  i-seah. 
read  haeSene,  as  in  K.  and  B.)  ;  mon  523.  i-lifde  ;  ure. 

{for  J>egen)  ;  j?abihet;  halga  wsere.  524.  lytle  gefirste  ;  i-fullod. 

518.  he  ;  \>e  cnapse ;  hal.  525.  wunderlice  ;  K.  wundorlicre. 

519.  sone;  woden.  526.  forJ>am ;  hale. 

520.  hond ;     sette  ;     ascynde    J)on  B.  omits  section  XVI. 
deofel.  530.  K.  egeslice. 


^54  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

of  pses  J>egenes  hiwrsedene  .  and  he  J?earle  J>a  wedde  . 

and  began  to  toterenne  pa  pe  he  to  mihte  . 

pa  fleah  seo  hiw-rseden  .  and  pcet  folc  eac  swa  .  536 

ac  martinis  eode  Sam  wodan  men  togeanes 

het  hine  sona  standan  .  and  he  stod  Jm  gynigende  . 

and  f>ywde  mid  mupe  pcet  he  martinum  abite  . 

pa  dyde  martinis  on  mu5  fam  wodan  540 

his  agenne  fingras  .  and  het  hine  fretan 

gif  he  seiiige  mihte  hsefde  .  ac  he  wicS-brsed  pa  ceaflas 

fram  f>sere  halgan  handa  .  swilce  fram  hatan  isene  . 

Da  adrsefde  se  halga  wer  ]?one  hetolan  deofol  544 

of  J?am  ge-drehton  menn  .  ac  he  ne  moste  faran 

purh  f>one  muS  ut  pe  martinis  hrepode  . 

ac  fiillice  ferde  furh  his  forS-gang  ut  . 

XVII.  "Detwux  fam  pe  se  bisceop  on  fsere  byrig  wunode  . 

pa,    cydde    man   geond    fa    burh    pcet    J?aer    cuman 
wolde  to  .  549 

onsigendan  here  .  and  hergian  J>a  burh  . 
pa  wearcS  eall  seo  burh-waru  wundor-lice  afyrht 
for  J?a3S  heres  ogan  .  J?a  het  martinws  sona  552 

him  lseden  to  senne  wodne  man  .  and  he  wearS  him  to  ge-lsed  . 
Se  halga  wer  (5a  het  f>one  wodan  secgan 
gif  hit  soft  waere  be  Sam  onsigendan  here  . 
pa  andette  se  deofol  furh  pses  ge-drehtan  muS  556 

pcet  six-tyne  deofle  wseron  pe  worhton  fisne  hlisan  . 
and  to-seowon  geond  pcet  folc  .  pcet  hi  afligdon  martinum 
f>urh  Sone  ogan  swa  of  f>sere  byrig  . 

and  hit  eall  wsere  leas  be  fam  onsigendan  here  560 

pa,  se  fula  gast  f»is  ssede  ]?a  wseron  hi  orsorge  . 

XVIII.  IITartnms  hvvilon  ferde  mid  micelre  meniu 

to  parisian  byrig .  and  J>a  f>a  he  binnan  1pcet  get  com. 
fa  wees  fser  sum  hreofla  wundorlice  to-hroren  564 

eallum  mannura  an-frseclic  .  ac  marthms  hine  cyste  . 
and  his  blet-sunge  hine  sealde  .  and  he  sona  wearcS  hal  . 

547.  K.  ut.  552.  K.  ogan.  558.  and  to-seowon  geond. 

1  Leaf  187. 


XXXI.       ST.    MAKTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  255 

and  entered  into  him,  and  he  therewith  raged  exceedingly, 

and  began  to  tear  those  whom  he  could  reach. 

Then  the  household  fled  and  the  people  likewise.  536 

"But  Martin  went  towards  the  madman, 

and  bade  him  straightway  stand ;    and  he  stood  there  yawning 

and  endeavoured  with  his  mouth  to  bite  Martin. 

Then  Martin  put  his  own  fingers  on  the  mouth  540 

of  the  madman,  and  bade  him  gnaw  them 

if  he  had  any  power;    but  he  withdrew  his  jaws 

from  the  holy  hand,  as  if  from  hot  iron. 

Then  the  holy  man  cast  out  the  hateful  devil  544 

from  the  afflicted  man,  but  he  could  not  go  out 

through  the  mouth  which  Martin  had  touched, 

but  foully  went  out  at  his  nether  end. 

XVII.  During  the  time  the  bishop  lived  in  the  city,  548 
it  was  reported  throughout  the  town  that  there  would  come  to  it 
(some  one)  with  an  invading  army  to  harry  the  city. 

Then  all  the  citizens  became  wondrously  terrified 
for  dread  of  the  army.     Then  Martin  bade  men  straightway  552 
bring  to  him  a  possessed  man,  and  he  was  brought  to  him. 
Then  the  holy  man  bade  the  possessed  say 
if  it  were  true  about  the  invading  army. 

Then  the  devil  confessed,  by  the  mouth  of  the  afflicted,  556 

that  there  were  sixteen  devils  who  made  this  rumour, 
and  sowed  it  amongst  the  people,  in  order  that  they  might  thus, 
by  means  of  that  terror,  expel  Martin  from  the  city ; 
and  it  was  all  false  about  the  invading  army.  560 

When    the    foul    spirit    had    said    this,    they    were    freed    from 
anxiety. 

XVIII.  Martin  on  one  occasion  journeyed  with  a  great  multitude 
to  the  city  of  Paris,  and  as  he  came  within  the  gate 

there  was  there  a  leper  wondrously  diseased,  564 

horrible  to  all  men ;    but  Martin  kissed  him, 

and  gave  him  his  blessing,  and  immediately  he  became  whole, 

B.  omits  section  XVII.  .564.  reoflae  wurderlice(I)   to-roren. 

562.  mycel ;  folc  (for  meniu).  565.  allum  monum  anj>r£eclic. 

563.  burig ;  he  binnon  geat  com.  566.  him ;  sonse  ;  hal. 


256  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  com  faes  on  mergen  to  martine  blycSe 

mid  ge-halre  hyde  .  his  haele  (Sancigende  .  568 

Oft  wurdon  eac  ge-haelede  fela  untrume  men 
J?urh  his  reafes  fnaeda  .  J>e  fela  men  of-atugon  . 
and  bundon  on  ba  seocan  .  and  him  waes  bet  sona  . 
Eac  swilce  of  his  bedstrewe  man  band  on  anne  wodne  .  57a 

J>a  ge-wat  se  deofol  him  of  .  and  he  his  ge-wit  under-feng  . 
XVIIII.      \ rborius  waes  gehaten  sum  heah-begen  on  bam  lande  . 
swi(5e  geleafful  man  .  and  his  dohtor  laeg  on  fefore 
£>earle  ge-brccod  .  £>a  brohte  man  sume  daeg  576 

an  aerend-gewrit  to  bam  ylcan  pegeue 

fram  bam  bisceope  martine  .  and  he  hit  lede  on  hire  breoste 
tSa  J?a  hire  hatost  waes  and  heo  wearS  hal  sona  . 
pa  wearS  se  feeder  swa  onbryrd  .  Ipcet  he  sona  be-het  580 

gode  hire  maeg]>had  and  hi  to  martine  brohte  . 
Ipcet  he  his  agene  mihte  on  fam  maedene  oncneowe  . 
ne  he  eac  nolde  pcet  anig  ofter  man  sceolde 

hire  had  on  saettan  .  butan  se  halga  martinus  .  .        584 

Sum  wer  hatte  paulinws  j?e  wel  }?eah  on  gode  sycStSan  . 
fa  wurdon  his  eagan  yfele  ge-hefegode  . 
mid  toswollenum  breawum  .  and  swiS-licum  myste 
swa  Ipcet  his  seon  swy<5e  feostrodon  .  588 

J?a  hrepode  martinus  mid  anre  swingan  . 
and  eall  seo  sarnis  him  sona  fram  gewat  . 
and  se  mist  samod  burh  martines  hrepunge  . 
He  waes  swi<5e  welig  man  .  ac  he  wearS  swa  onbryrd  592 

Ipcet  he  ealle  his  aehta  endemes  beceapode  . 
and  daelde  eall  J^earfum  1  for  his  drihtnes  lufon  . 
pa  herode  martinws  faes  mannes  daeda  swyfte  . 
and  oJ»rum  to  bysne  sealde  oft  secgende  be  him  .  596 

Ipcet  he  on  J»am  timan  gefylde  fsegere  bone  cwyde  . 
J>e  ure  drihtm  cwcecS  to  sumum  rican  men  . 

567.  maeregen  to ;  blioe.  570.  fnaede. 

568.  halehude;  ]>ancende.  571.  seocae  ;  heom  waes  sonae  baet. 

569.  weron  eac  i-baelede  felae  ;  men.  572.  Eac;    bedstrawe   mon  bond; 
K.  has  untruma  for  untrume.  aenne. 

1  Leaf  187,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  257 

and  came  afterward  in  the  morning  to  Martin, 

blithely  with  sound  skin,  thanking  him  for  his  healing.  568 

Likewise  many  sick  men  were  often  healed 

by  the  borders  of  his  garment  which  many  men  pulled  off, 

and  bound  on  the  sick,  and  they  were  instantly  better. 

In  like  manner  men  bound  some  of  his  bedstraw  on  a  lunatic, 

when  the  devil  went  from  him  and  he  received  his  reason.    573 

XIX.     There    was    a    certain    great    noble    called    Arborius    in 

that  land, 
a  man  of  great  faith,  and  his  daughter  lay  in  a  fever, 
sorely  afflicted.     Then  one  day  they  brought  576 

a  message  in  a  letter  to  the  same  noble 
from  bishop  Martin,  and  he  laid  it  on  her  breast 
where  she  was  hottest,  and  she  immediately  became  whole. 
Then  the  father  was  so  moved  that  he  straightway  vowed      580 
her  virginity  to  God,  and  brought  her  to  Martin 
that  he  might  recognize  his  own  might  in  the  maiden, 
neither  would  he  that  any  other  man  should 
give  her  the  veil  save  the  holy  Martin.  584 

A  man  called  Paulinus  was  at  that  time  thriving  in  good, 
but  his  eyes  were  evilly  troubled 
with  swollen  brows  and  a  great  mist, 

so  that  his  pupils  were  greatly  darkened.  588 

Then  Martin  touched  them  with  a  pencil, 
and  all  the  soreness  straightway  departed  from  him 
and  the  mist  with  it,  through  Martin's  touch. 
He  was  a  very  wealthy  man,  but  was  so  stirred  up  592 

that  he  at  last  sold  all  his  possessions 
and  distributed  all  to  the  poor  for  his  Lord's  love. 
Then  Martin  greatly  praised  the  man's  deeds, 
and  commended  them  to  others  for  an  example,  often  saying  of  him 
that  he  at  that  time  had  beautifully  fulfilled  the  saying         597 
which  our  Lord  spake  to  a  certain  rich  man ; 

573.  gewat  ]>e  deofel ;  wit.  584.  K.  onsettan. 

B.  omits  section  XIX.  587.  K.  toswolenuwi. 

579.  K.  hatast.  598.  K.  }>cet  {for  J»e). 
581.  K.  goda. 

17 


258  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

far  and  syle  ealle  pine  sehta  .  and  dsel  poet  wurS  £>earfum  . 
f>oun^  hsefst  Ipu.  gold-hord  on  heofonan  rice  .  600 

XX.  f\i$  sumere  tide  martinus  stah  to  anre  up-flora  . 

f>a  wseron  pddve  hlasddre  stapas  alefede  on  ser  . 
and  toburston  fseringa  poet  he  feol  adune  . 

and  mid  manegum  wundum  ge-waeht  wearS  swifte  .  604 

swa  poet  he  seoc  lseg  on  his  synderlican  inne  . 
On  Ipaere  nihte  him  com  an  engel  to  him 
sylfum  onlocigendum  .  and  his  lima  smyrode 
mid  halwendre  sealfe  .'and  he  sona  peas  on  mergen  608 

hal  for5-eode  .  swilce  he  untrum  nsere  . 

XXI.  itiaximus   se  casere  pe  wses  on  martinus  dsege  . 
±y_L  gela"Sede  for-oft  ]?one  arwurftan  wer 

pa,  <Sa  he  him  wi(S  sprsec  poet  he  wsere  his  ge-metta  .  612 

pa.  for-hsefde  he  hine  sefre  fram  his  ge-beorscipe  . 

cwcecS  poet  he  ne  mihte  his  gemetta  beon 

pe  anne  casere  ofsloh  .  and  of>erne  aflymde  . 

pa  andwyrde  maximus  martine  and  cwceS  .  616 

poet  he  nsefre  sylf-willes  J>one  an  weald  ne  under-fenge  . 

ac  wsere  fram  his  cempum  gecoren  unjmnces 

to  Sam  cyne-dome  .  and  witS-cweSan  ne  mihte  . 

and  poet  he  on-gean  godes  willan  winnan  ne  mihte  .  620 

and  forj?y  mid  wsepnum  hine  werian  sceolde  . 

cwceS  eac  poet  nan  man  nsere  fram  him  ofslagen 

buton  ]mm  anum  pe  him  onfeohtende  wseron  . 

pa  wearS  martinis  mid  pads  caseres  beladunge  .  624 

and  eac  f>urh  his  bene  .  gebiged  to  his  ge-reordunge  . 

He  nolde  nsefre  lyffettan  ne  mid  olecunge  sprsecan 

1  ne  furSon  to  f>am  casere  swa  swa  his  geferan  dydon  . 

swa  swa  he  on  J>am  ylcan  gereorde  geswutelode  mid  dsede  .  628 

He  sset  to  p am  casere  .  and  hi  swySe  bly<5e  wseron 

for  martines  gereordunge  .  and  man  bser  )mm  casere 

swa  swa  hit  gewunelic  wses  win  on  anre  blede  . 

pa  het  he  f>one  byrle  beodon  martine  serest  .  632 

B.  omits  section  XX.  601.  K.  up-flore.  B.  omits  section  XXI. 

1  Leaf  188.  630.  K.  omits  to  1.  671. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  259 

'  Go,    and    sell    all    thy    goods,    and    give    the    worth    to    the 
poor,  599 

and  then  shalt  thou  have  treasure  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven.' 

XX.  On  one  occasion  Martin  was  mounting  to  an  upper  floor, 
but  the  steps  of  the  ladder  had  been  previously  injured, 

and  snapped  suddenly  so  that  he  fell  down, 

and  was  much  weakened  with  many  wounds,  604 

so  that  he  lay  sick  in  his  private  dwelling. 

That  night  there  came  to  him  an  angel, 

whilst  he  himself  was  beholding,  and  smeared  his  limbs 

with  healing  salve,  and  he  soon  after  this,  in  the  morning,   608 

went  forth  whole,  as  if  he  had  never  been  ill. 

XXI.  Maximus,  the  emperor  who  was  in  Martin's  days, 
very  often  invited  the  venerable  man, 

whenever  he  spoke  with  him,  to  be  his  guest;  612 

but  he  always  withheld  himself  from  his  banquet, 

saying  that  he  could  not  be  his  guest 

who  had  slain  one  emperor  and  banished  another. 

Then  Maximus  answered  Martin,  and  said  616 

that  he  had  never  received  the  government  of  his  own  will, 

but  was  chosen  by  his  soldiers  against  his  will 

to  the  kingdom,  and  could  not  resist ; 

and  that  he  could  not  strive  against  God's  will,  620 

and  therefore  had  to  defend  himself  with  weapons; 

saying  also  that  no  man  had  been  slain  by  him 

save  those  only  who  were  fighting  against  him. 

So  Martin  was  inclined  by  the  emperor's  defence  624 

and  also  by  his  entreaty  to  go  to  his  banquet. 

He  would  never  be  obsequious  nor  speak  with  flattery, 

not  even  to  the  emperor,  as  his  companions  did; 

even  as  he  in  the  same  feast  manifested  by  an  act  of  his.     628 

He  sat  by  the  emperor,  and  they  were  very  blithe 

on   account   of  Martin's  feasting   with   them,  and   they    bare   to 

the  emperor 
even  as  it  was  customary,  wine  in  a  goblet. 
Then  bade  he  the  cupbearer  offer  it  first  to  Martin,  632 

17—2 


260  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

wolde  sefter  (5am  bisceope  his  bletsunge  drincan  . 

Martinis  pa,  dranc  .  and  his  msesse-preoste  sealde 

healfne  dsel  J>ses  wsetan  pe  wses  on  Jjsere  blede  . 

for-J^an-J^e  he  wiste  pcet  he  wurJ>ost  wses  .  636 

sefter  him  to  drincenne  .  and  hi  ealle  f>ses  wundrodon  . 

and  maersodon  his  anrsed-nysse  geond  ealne  )?one  hired  . 

He  ssede  j?a  ]mm  casere  swa  swa  him  becom  sit&an  . 

]>cet  gif  he  ferde  to  ge-feohte  swa  he  gemynte  640 

ongean  ualentinianum  J?e  he  aflymde  ser 

of  his  cyne-dome  .  J?set  him  come  sige  . 

ac  sefter  lytlum  fyrste  he  sceolde  feallan  ofslagan  . 

and  hit  gewearS  swa  swa  him  gewitegode  martinus  .  644 

He  ferde  J>a  siJ»J?an  to  feohtenne  wi5  J>one  casere  . 

and  on  ]?am  forman  onrsese  he  afligde  ualentinianum  . 

ac  eft  embe  geares  fyrst  he  beferde  maximum 

binnan  anre  byrig  aquileiam  ge-haten  .  648 

and  hine  J>ser  ofsloh  .  and  siScSan  to  his  rice  feng  . 

XXII.     "VTartinm  ferde  hwilon  to  ualentiniane  f>am  casere 

wolde  for  sumere  neode  wi$  hine  sprsecan  . 
ac  his  micele  mod  .  and  his  manfulla  ge-bedda  652 

J?e  mid  arrianiscum  gedwylde  dweligende  lyfode  . 
noldon  getSafian  }mm  halgan  bisceope  . 
pcet  he  infser  hsefde  his  serende  to  abeodenne  . 
ac  het  se  arleasa  hine  utan  belucan  .  656 

for)3am-(5e  he  wiste  pcet  he  wolde  fees  biddan 
1  Ipe  he  titSian  nolde  .  and  tynde  J>one  halgan  . 
pa  com  martinis  eft  embe  (5a  ylcan  sprsece  . 
to  J?am  modigan  casere  .  ac  man  hine  beclysde  wiSutan  .      660 
and  he  f>a  gewende  to  his  ge-wunelican  helpe  . 
scrydde  hine  mid  hseran  .  and  mid  axum  be-streowode  . 
and  fsestende  J>urh-wunode  on  singallum  gebedum 
d$-])cet  an  scinende  engel  on  £>am  seofofan  dsege  664 

him  com  to  .  and  cwce(5  \>cet  he  to  f>am  casere  ferde  . 
and  him  selc  get  sceolde  beon  open  to-geanes  . 
and  J?aes  modigan  caseres  mod  beon  geliftegod  . 

B.  omits  section  XXII.  x  Leaf  1 88,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOlt.  261 

wishing  to  drink  after  the  bishop's  blessing. 

Martin  then  drank,  and  gave  to  his  mass-priest 

the  half  part  of  the  liquor  which  was  in  the  goblet, 

because  he  knew  that  he  was  worthiest  636 

to  drink  after  him ;    and  they  all  wondered  thereat, 

and  magnified  his  resolution  throughout  all  the  household. 

Then  he  told  the  emperor,  even  as  it  happened  to  him  afterwards, 

that  if  he  went  to  battle,  as  he  intended,  640 

against  Valentinian  whom  he  had  before  banished 

from  his  kingdom,  that  victory  would  come  to  him, 

but  after  a  little  space  he  would  fall  slain ; 

and  it  befell  him  even  as  Martin  had  prophesied  to  him.        644 

He  went  after  that  to  fight  against  that  emperor, 

and  in  the  first  assault  he  put  Valentinian  to  flight; 

but  after  about  a  years  space  he  came  upon  Maximus 

within  a  city  called  Aquileia,  648 

and  there  slew  him,  and  afterward  succeeded  to  his  kingdom. 

XXII.     Once  Martin  was  journeying  to  Valentinian  the  emperor, 

wishing  to  speak  with  him  for  some  needful  cause  ; 

but  his  proud  mind  and  his  wicked  consort,  652 

who  lived  heretically  in  the  Arian  heresy, 

would  not  permit  the  holy  bishop 

to  have  entrance  to  announce  his  errand ; 

but  the  impious  man  bade  men  lock  him  out,  656 

because  he  knew  that  he  would  ask  that 

which  he  would  not  grant,  and  insulted  the  saint. 

Then  came  Martin  again  about  the  same  business 

to  the  haughty  emperor,  but  they  shut  him  out;  660 

and  he  thereupon  turned  to  his  accustomed  resource ; 

he   clothed   himself   with    haircloth,    and    strewed   himself  with 


and  continued  fasting  with  unceasing  prayers, 

until  a  shining  angel  came  to  him  664 

on  the  seventh  day,  and  bade  him  go  to  the  emperor; 

and  every  gate  should  be  open  before  him, 

and  the  haughty  emperor's  mind  should  be  softened. 


262  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

Se  bisceop  pa,  ferde  swa  swa  him  be-bead  se  engel  .  668 

and  him  wearcS  ge-openod  aelc  gaet  togeanes  . 

oft-pcet  he  faerlice  stod  aet-foran  pam  casere  . 

pa  yrsode  se  casere  for  his  ingange  . 

and  nolde  hine  wylcumian  .  ac  faer  wear]?  godes  mint  672 

swa  pcet  heofonlic  fyr  hangode  ofer  his  setl  . 

and  j?aet  setl  ontende  .  and  hine  sylfne  wolde 

gif  he  pe  hratSor  ne  arise  .  aworpenre  re<5nysse  . 

and  J?one  bisceop  cyste  .  ablicged  )?urh  god  .  676 

pone  pe  he  aer  geteohhode  mid  teonan  to  for-seonne  . 

He  behet  pa,  ge-swicennysse  sona  pawn  bisceope  . 

and  he  him  aelces  fringes  tif»ode  .  aerJ>an-J>e  he  hine  baede 

J?ses  pe  he  frymdig  waes  .  and  him  freondlice  to-spraec  .         680 

and  him  fela  gifa  bead  .  ac  he  heora  onfon  nolde  . 

XXIII.     f\ft  martinis  geseah  englas  him  to  cuman 

swa  pcet  hi  hiw-cucS-lice  to  J>am  halgan  spraecon  . 
and  on  sumne  ssel  sum  engel  him  saede  684 

hwaet  J>a  oJ>re  bisceopas  on  heora  sinoJ>e  "spraecon 
and  se  halga  Sa  wiste  hwaet  hi  f>aer  raeddon 
)?urh  J?83S  engles  segene  .  feah  tSe  he  sylf  pzer  ne  c6me  . 
pa  halgan  apostolas  petrum  and  paulum  he  ge-seah  ge-lome  .    688 
swa  swa  he  saede  him-sylf  sulpicio  1pa,m  writere 
pe  hine  axian  dorste  aelces  fringes  pe  he  wolde  . 
Se  ylca  sulpicius  and  sum  o(5er  brotSor 

saeton  sume  daeg  swiSe  afyrhte  692 

aetforan  martines  Inne  .  and  he  hi  J^aer-ute  nyste  . 
pa,  gehyrdon  hi  motian  wiS  martine  lange  . 
and  he  waes  ana  aer  innan  f>am  huse  belocen  . 
Eft  J>a  fta  he  ut-eode  J>a  axode  sulpicius  .  696 

and  hine  eadmodlice  baed  pcet  he  him  ge-openian  sceolde 
hwa  him  wiS-sprsece  .  pa  wandode  he  lange 

675.  K.  rafter.  684.  sume  ;  cwseft  to  (for  ssede). 

682.  i-seah  him  englses  to  cymen.  685.  biscopaes;  heorse;  spsecen. 

683.  heo  cuSlice;  spascon.    K.  has  686.  >e  (for  se)  ;    heo  J>ser  reddon. 
him  cufilice.  687.  englses  segene  ;    seolfJ>er. 

1  Leaf  189. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  263 

Then  the  bishop  went  even  as  the  angel  bade  him,  668 

and  every  gate  was  opened  before  him 

until  he  suddenly  stood  before  the  emperor. 

Then  the  emperor  was  angry  at  his  entrance, 

and  would  not  welcome  him,  but  there  appeared  a  miracle  of  God,  672 

so  that  heavenly  fire  hung  over  his  throne, 

and  set  light  to  the  throne,  and  would  have  done  the  same  to  himself 

if  he  had  not  very  quickly  arisen,  his  anger  being  cast  away ; 

and,  being  divinely  terrified,  kissed  the  bishop  676 

whom  he  had  before  determined  to  scorn  with  insult. 

Then  he  promised  amendment  forthwith  to  the  bishop, 

and  granted  him  all  that  he  required 

before  he  asked  him,  and  spake  friendly  to  him  680 

and  offered  him  many  gifts ;    but  he  would  not  receive  them. 

XXIII.     Often  Martin  saw  angels  come  to  him 

so  that  they  spake  familiarly  to  the  saint ; 

and  on  one  occasion  an  angel  told  him  684 

what  the  other  bishops  had  spoken  in  their  synod, 

and  thus  the  saint  knew  what  they  had  there  decreed, 

by  the  angel's  saying,  though  he  himself  went  not  thither. 

The  holy  apostles  Peter  and  Paul  he  saw  frequently,  688 

even  as  he  said  himself  to  Sulpicius  the  writer, 

who  durst  ask  him  anything  that  he  would. 

The  same  Sulpicius  and  another  brother 

sat  one  day,  greatly  afraid,  692 

before  Martin  s  room,  and  he  knew  not  that  they  were  outside ; 

then  heard  they  some  one  conferring  with  Martin  a  long  while, 

and  he  had  previously  been  locked  in  alone  in  the  house. 

Afterwards,  as  he  came  out,  Sulpicius  asked  696 

and  humbly  besought  him  that  he  would  reveal  to  him 

who  had  been  speaking  with  him;   then  he  hesitated  long 


688.  i-seah  i-lome.  .  694.  i-hyrden  heo  motigan ;  longe. 

689.  swa  swa  he  seolf  saede.  695.  he  ;  anae;  innon  ;  belocen. 

690.  axisen  durste  alces  ;  he.  696.  J>a  iSe  he  ut  eode. 

691.  De  ylcae  ;  broker.  697.  bead;  openiaen. 

692.  saeten ;  afurhte.  698.    hwa ;    spaece      ]>a    wondode ; 

693.  aetforen  ;  inne  ;  heom  fSer-.  longe. 


264  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

him  poet  to  secgenne  .  ac  he  saede  swa-|?eah  . 

ic  halsige  eow  nu  .  ]>cet  ge  hit  nanum  ne  secgan  .  700 

Maria  cristes  modor  com  to  me  hider  . 

mid  twam  ofrum  maedenum  tecla  and  agne  . 

and  na  on  )?isum  anum  daege  ac  oft  raedlice  aer 

hi  comon  to  me  .  and  he  saede  him  eac  704 

hwilc  heora  wlitu  waes  .  and  hu  hi  waeron  ge-scrydde  . 

XXIIII.     Xj^ac  swilce  J?a  deofla  mid  heora  sear o-craef turn 

him  comon  gelome  to  .  and  he  on-cneow  hi  aefre  . 
for-J^an-J^e  him  nan  deofol  ne  mihte  bediglian  hine  sylfne  .    708 
ne  on  agenre  edwiste  ne  on  oJ?rum  hiwe  . 
Mid  J^usend  searo-craeftum  wolde  se  swicola  deofol 
J>one  halgan  wer  on  sume  wisan  beswican  . 

and  hine  ge-sewen-licne  on  manegum  scin-hiwum  712 

J>am  halgan  aeteowde  .  on  J?aera  haej^enra  goda  hiwe  . 
hwilon  on  ioues  hiwe  .  J?e  is  ge-haten  f>6r  . 
hwilon  on  mercuries  .  J>e  men  hatacS  of>on  . 
hwilon  on  ueneris  paere  fulan  gyden  .  716 

J>e  men  hatatS  fricg  .  and  on  manegum  ojrum  hiwum 
hine  braed  se  deofol  on  J>aes  bisceopes  gesihf>e  . 
Martinus  faer  togeanes  mearcode  hine  sylfne 
symle  mid  rode-tacn  .  and  sang  his  ge-bedu  720 

unforht  j^urh-wunigende  .  and  sefre  on  god  truwigende  . 
pa  £>a  se  deofol  *  ge-seah  Ipcet  he  hine  bedydrian  ne  mihte 
mid  his  searo-craeftum  .  j?a  saede  he  him  hosp-word  . 
and  mid  manegum  talum  hine  tynde  for-oft  .  724 

ac  he  naes  gestirod  for  his  leasum  talum  . 
Sume  munecas  eac  ]>e  on  £>am  mynstre  wunodon 
saedan  to  socSan  ])cet  hi  swutollice  ge-hyrdon  . 
hu  se  deofol  J?reade  mid  dyrstigum  stemnum  728 

tSone  halgum  martinum  .  for-J?am-J>e  he  haefde  mid  him 
sume  under-fangene  .  J>e  synfulle  waeron  . 
and  aefter  heora  fulluhte  fela  to  yfele  dydon  . 

699.  om.  him  ;  saecgene ;  he.  702.   twse      oSre    maedene   teclse  ; 

700.  eownu.  agnes. 

701 .  Marie ;  moder  com  hider  to  me.  703.  na  ;  Sissiwre  ane  ;  and  ac ;  aer. 

1  Leaf  189,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  265 

to  tell  it  to  him,  but  he  said  nevertheless, 

'  I  adjure  you  now  that  ye  tell  it  to  no  one ;  700 

Mary,  Christ's  mother,  came  to  me  hither 

with  two  other  virgins,  Thecla  and  Agnes, 

not  on  this  one  day  but  often  readily  before 

have  they  come  to  me.'     And  he  told  them  also  704 

what  their  appearance  had  been  and  how  they  were  clothed. 

XXIV.     So  likewise  the  devils  with  their  treacherous  arts 

came  to  him  frequently ;    and  he  always  knew  them  ; 

because  no  devil  could  hide  himself  from  him,  708 

neither  in  his  own  substance  nor  in  any  other  form. 

With  a  thousand  wily  arts  did  the  treacherous  devil 

strive  in  some  way  to  deceive  the  holy  man, 

and  he  showed  himself  visible  in  clivers  phantasms  712 

to  the  saint,  in  the  appearance  of  the  gods  of  the  heathen; 

sometimes  in  Jove's  form,  who  is  called  Thor, 

sometimes  in  Mercury's  who  is  called  Odin, 

sometimes  in  that  of  Venus,  the  foul  goddess,  716 

whom  men  call  Fricg;    and  into  many  other  shapes 

the  devil  transformed  himself  in  the  bishop's  sight. 

Against  this  Martin  always  marked  himself 

with  the  sign  of  the  cross,  and  sang  his  office,  720 

remaining  undismayed,  and  ever  trusting  in  Go.d. 

When  the  devil  saw  that  he  could  not  bewitch  him 

with  his  snares,  then  he  spake  to  him  words  of  contumely, 

and  often  vexed  him  with  many  reproaches;  724 

but  he  was  not  stirred  on  account  of  his  lying  reproaches. 

Some  monks  also  who  dwelt  in  the  minster 

said  of  a  truth  that  they  had  plainly  heard 

how  the  devil  threatened  with  presumptuous  words  728 

the  holy  Martin,  because  he  had  with  him 

some  neophytes  who  were  sinful, 

and  after  their  baptism  did  many  evil  things, 

704.  heo  comen ;    me  ;    heom  eac.  B.  omits  section  XXIV. 

705.  hwylc  heorse  wlite  wses  ;    hu  729.  A.  K.  halgum  (sic). 
heo  wseron  i-sci-udde. 


266  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  ssede  open-lice  hwset  heora  aelces  syn  wsere  .  732 

Martinis  J>a  andwyrde  p&m  manfullura  deofle  . 

and  cwoeS  pmt  pa  ealdan  synna  mid  heora  ge-cyrrednysse  . 

and  beteran  drohtnunge  .  mihton  beon  adylgode  . 

and  ]mrh  godes  mildheortnysse  hi  mihton  beon  alysde  .  736 

fram  heora  synnum  .  £>a  (5a  hi  ge-swicon  yfeles  . 

Se  deofol  pa,  clypode  and  cwceft  him  to-geanes  . 

peat  p&  leahter-fullan  nseron  nanre  miltsunge  wurSe  . 

and  pa,  pe  aene  aslidan  .  pcet  hi  eft  ne  sceoldon  740 

set  drihtne  habban  aenigne  miltsunge  . 

pa  cwoecS  martinus  to  fam  manfullan  eft  Sus  . 

j?eah  (5u  earming  woldest  on  J?isum  end-nextan  timan 

manna  ehtnysse  geswican  .  and  jnne  dseda  behreowsian  .        744 

ic  on  god  truwode  .  pcet  ic  pe  mildsunge  behete  . 

Eala  hu  halig  dyrstig-nyss  be  drihtnes  arfest-nysse 

he  ge-swutelode  his  swiSlican  lufe 

)?eah  pe  he  J>a  fremminge  for5-bringan  ne  mihte  .  748 

XXV.     CiN  sumne  ssel  eft  sij>f>an  com  se  swicola  deofol 

into  f>awi  halgan  were  .  J)aer  he  on  his  gebedum  wses  . 
mid  purpuran  ge-scryd  .  and  mid  kynelicum  gyrlum  . 
mid  gyldenum  cyne-helme  .  and  mid  goldfellenura  sceon  .       752 
and  mid  blyfre  ansyne  .  on  micelre  beorhtnysse  . 
pa  ne  cwceS  .  *  heora  na<Sor  nan  word  to  oprum 
to  langere  hwile  .  and  f>a  embe  lang  cwcetS 
se  deofol  eerest  to  £>am  drihtnes  men  .  756 

Oncnaw  nu  martine  J»one  (5e  Ipu  gesihst  . 
ic  eom  crist  .  pe  astah  to  fisre  worulde 
and  ic  wolde  geswutelian  me  sylfne  serest  pe  . 
Martinis  J>a  suwode  .  and  se  swicola  eft  cwceS  .  760 

Hwaet  twynaft  pe  martine  .  gelyf  .  ic  eom  crist  . 
pa  underget  se  halga  wer  furh  haligne  gast  . 
pcet  hit  se  sylfa  deofol  wses  .  na  his  drihten  .  and  cwaeS  . 
Ne  ssecle  na  ure  drihten  pfet  he  mid  cyne-helme  .  764 

otSfte  mid  purpuran  gescryd  .  cuman  wolde  to  us  . 
and  ic  ne  gelyfe  pcet  he  to  us  cume 

1  Leaf  190. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  267 

and  said  openly  what  the  sin  of  each  of  them  had  been.         732 

Then  Martin  answered  the  wicked  devil, 

and  said  that  the  old  sins  might  be  blotted  out 

by  their  conversion  and  better  life,  / 

and  through  God's  mercy  they  might  be  absolved  736 

from  their  sins  when  they  ceased  from  evil. 

Then  the  devil  cried  and  retorted  upon  him, 

that  the  wicked  were  not  worthy  of  any  mercy, 

and,  when  they  once  relapsed,  that  they  ought  not  afterward 

to  have  any  mercy  from  the  Lord.  741 

Then  Martin  spake  again  to  the  wicked  one  thus  : 

1  If  thou,  miserable  one,  wouldst  in  this  last  time 

cease  from  the  persecution  of  men  and  repent  of  thy  deeds,  744 

I  am  confident  in  God  that  I  might  promise  thee  mercy.' 

Behold  how  he  manifested  in  his  fervent  love 

holy  boldness  concerning  God's  clemency, 

although  he  could  not  bring  forth  the  performance  thereof.     748 

XXV.     Again  on  one  occasion  after  this  came  the  wily  devil 

to  the  holy  man  where  he  was  in  his  prayers, 

clothed  in  purple  and  with  kingly  raiment, 

with  a  golden  diadem  and  with  shoes  of  cloth  of  gold,  752 

and  with  a  blithe  countenance  in  great  brightness. 

Then  neither  of  them  spake  word  to  other 

for  a  long  while,  and  then  after  a  long  time 

the  devil  spake  first  to  the  Lord's  servant :  756 

'  Acknowledge  now,  Martin,  him  whom  thou  seest ; 

I  am  Christ  who  have  come  down  to  this  world, 

and  I  desired  first  to  manifest  myself  to  thee.' 

Then  Martin  was  silent,  and  the  cunning  one  spake  again:    760 

1  Why  doubtest  thou,  Martin  1    Believe,  I  am  Christ.' 

Then  perceived  the  saintly  man,  by  the  Holy  Ghost, 

that  it  was  the  same  devil  and  not  his  Lord,  and  said: 

1  Our  Lord  said  not  that  He  would  come  to  us  764 

with  a  diadem  or  clothed  with  purple  ; 

and  I  believe  not  that  He  will  come  to  us 

741.  Read&mge.  B.  omits  section  XXV. 


268  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EP1SC0PJ. 

buton  on  pam  ylcan  hiwe  pe  he  on  prowode  . 

end  butan  he  aeteowige  pa  ylcan  dolhswatSe  768 

paere  halgan  rode  pe  he  on  ahangen  waes  . 

Se  deofol  paer-rihte  for-dwan  swa  swa  smic  . 

of  paes  halgan  gesihtSe  .  and  pcet  hus  afylde 

mid  ormaetum  stence  .  ~pcet  man  eatSe  mihte  witan  772 

Ipcet  hit  se  deofol  waes  .  pe  hine  dwelian  wolde  . 

and  J?is  saede  martinus  Sulpicio  fam  writere  . 

XXVI.  f\N  sumne  sael  com  se  deofol .  mid  swycSlicre  grimetunge . 

into    para  halgan   were  .   and  haefde    aenne  oxan 
horn  on  hande  .  776 

and  cwoecS  to  martine  .  Hwaer  is  pin  miht  nu  (Sa 
aenne  man  ic  ofsloh  of  pinre  hiwraedene  nu  . 
and  wees  his  swytSre  hand  swilce  geblodegod  . 
pa  clypode  martinus  his  munecas  him  to  .  780 

and  saede  hwaet  se  deofol  him  swutolode  . 
and  het  georne  secan  hwa  paer  ofslagen  waere  . 
Waes  (Sa  an  hyr-man  to  wuda  afaren  . 

se  laeg  ge-wundod  be  pam  wege  samcucu  .  784 

and  he  pa  saede  pa  pa  he  his  oxan  rgepte  . 
pa  scoc  an  his  heafod  .  and  mid  para  home  hine  pyde   . 
on  Ipcet  geVeald  switSe  .  and  he  pa  sona  ge-wat  . 
Fela  ping  wiste  se  halga  wer  on  aer  788 

lange  aer  hi  ge-lumpon  .  and  pam  geleaf-fullum  munecum 
saede  pa  ping  pe  him  geswutelode  waeron  . 
and  hit  syppan  swa  a  eode  swa  he  him  aer  saede  . 

XXVII.  ANatolms  natte  sum  hiwigende  munuc  792 

iunglicre  ylde  se  wunode  sume  hwile 
witS  martines  mynster  mid  anum  maeran  ealdre 
clarus  ge-haten  .  and  behydde  his  yfelnysse  . 
He  aet-eowde  pa  witS-utan  ealle  eadmodnysse  .  796 


768.  K.  buton. 

775.  ssel   com  oe  deofel ;    swijlice 
grymetunge. 

776.  halgse   were.   K.  handa ;     B. 
honde. 

777.  nuj?e. 

778.  senne   mon;    ofsloh;  om.  nu. 

779.  swiSere;   i-blodeged. 
7  80.  munecaes  to  him. 

781.  pe    deofel;     i-swytelode    (K. 
swutelode). 

782.  het ;  saecaen  hwa. 

1  Leaf  ] 

90,  back. 

BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  269 

save  in  the  same  form  wherein  He  suffered; 

and  unless  He  show  the  same  scars  768 

of  the  Holy  Rood  on  which  he  was  hung.' 

The  devil  straightway  vanished  like  smoke 

from  the  saint's  sight,  and  the  house  was  filled 

with  overpowering  stench,  so  that  men  could  easily  know       772 

that  it  was  the  devil  who  desired  to  deceive  him; 

and  Martin  told  this  to  Sulpicius  the  writer. 

XXVI.  On  one  occasion  came  the  devil  with  horrible  roaring 
to  the  holy  man,  having  an  ox-horn  in  his  hand,  776 
and  said  to  Martin,  '  Where  is  now  thy  might  1 

I  have  now  slain  a  man  of  thy  household/ 

And  his  right  hand  was  as  if  blood-stained. 

Then  Martin  called  his  monks  to  him,  780 

and  told  what  the  devil  had  revealed  to  him, 

and  bade  seek  diligently  who  was  there  slain. 

There  was  a  servant  gone  at  that  time  to  the  wood, 

who  lay  wounded  by  the  way  half  alive;  784 

and  he  therewith  told  that,  as  he  was  yoking  his  oxen, 

one  shook  its  head  and  pushed  him  with  his  horn 

with  very  great  force;    and  soon  after  he  died. 

Many  things  the  holy  man  knew  788 

long  before  they  happened,  and  told  the  faithful  monks 

the  things  which  had  been  revealed  to  him, 

and  afterward  it  alway  came  to  pass  as  he  had  told  them. 

XXVII.  A  certain  professing  monk  was  called  Anatolius,  792 
of  youthful  age,  who  dwelt  some  time 

close  to  Martin's  monastery  with  an  illustrious  elder 

called  Clarus;    and  hid  his  evilness. 

He  showed  outwardly  all  humility  796 


783.  J>a    an   heorae-mon;     wude   i-  788.  Felae  Junge ;  ]>e  halga  wser. 
faren.  789.  om.  lange;  ser  heo  i-lumpen 

784.  J>e  laeg  i-wundod  ;  -cwic.  leaffulle. 

785.  he  (2nd  time).  790.  i-swutelode  weron. 

786.  sceoc     an  ;      heaefod  ;      hine  791.  om.  hit ;  swa  a  eode  ;  heom  ; 
mid  ]>am  home.  K.  ]>ydde ;  B.  Jmdde.  om.  aer. 

787.  sone  gewat.  B.  omits  section  XXVII. 


270  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  unscae&Sig-nysse  .  and  saede  Sa  set  nextan 

\cet  him  englas  wi(5  spraecon  .  and  ge-wunelice  for-oft  . 

Eft  fa  on  fyrste  fa  he  furcSor  dwelode  . 

he  saede  \>cet  he  daeg-hwam-lice  betwux  driht-ne  .  and  him    800 

ferdon  heofonlice  englas  .  and  he  sylf  an  witega 

unleas-lice  waere  .  ac  him  gelyfde  clarus  . 

He  ge-het  him  fa  godes  yrre  .  and  yfele  f reala 

hwi  he  nolde  ge-lyfan  Ipcet  he  halig  waere  .  804 

and  cwcetS  "5a  aet  nextan  .  Ipcet  him  cuman  sceolde 

on  f  aere  ylcan  nihte  fram  fam  aelmihtigan  gode 

heofonlic  reaf  .  and  he  mid  fam  gescryd 

be-twux  him  wunigende  godes  mihte  aeteowde  .  808 

Hwaet  fa  on  middre  nihte  wearcS  Ipcet  mynster  astyrod  . 

and  wearS  micel  gehlyd  .  hlihhendra  deofla  . 

and  faes  muneces  cyte  mid  leohte  wearf  afylled  . 

and  he  eode  sylf  ut  mid  fam  scinendan  reafe  .  812 

and  anuw  opium  munece  fa  maerf  a  aeteowde  . 

paer  comon  fa  ma  .  and  clarus  set  nextan  . 

and  sceawodon  mid  leohte  f  one  scinendan  gyrlan  . 

hit  waes  swi(5e  hnesce  .  scinende  swa  swa  purpura  .  816 

ac  hi  ne  mihton  to-cnawan  hwilces  cynnes  hit  waere  . 

ne  hi  ne  mihton  undergitan  buton  hit  1  waere  reaf  . 

ne  mid  heora  grapunge  .  ne  mid  heora  sceawunge  . 

pa  ge- wearS  him  on  mergen  fast  hi  fone  munuc  laeddon       820 

to  fam  halgan  martine  .  ac  se  munuc  nolde  . 

cwcecS  ]>cet  he  ne  moste  to  martine  cuman  . 

forfan-<Se  he  wiste  pcet  he  mid  feond-licuwi  crsefte 

ne  mihte  bedydrian  martines  gesihtSe  .  824 

Hi  fa  hine  tugon  unfances  fider-weard  . 

and  f  cet  reaf  sona  of  heora  gesihf  e  fordwan  . 

and  waes  (5a  geswutelod  his  scin-craeft  .  and  hiwung  . 

pas  mihta  we  tellatS  to  martines  geearnungum  .  828 

f  cet  se  deofol  ne  mihte  his  gedwimor  bediglian 

gif  he  become  aetforan  his  gesihf  e  . 

On  fam  ylcan  timan  waeron  ofre  gedwolan 

1  Leaf  191.  803.  K.  yfela. 


XXXI.       S'fc    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONIESSOR.  271 

and  innocence,  and  at  last  lie  said 

that  angels  had  spoken  with  him,  customarily,  very  often. 

Then  after  a  space,  when  he  further  erred, 

he  said  that  heavenly  angels  went  daily  800 

between  the  Lord  and  himself;    and  he  himself  was 

an  unlying  prophet,  and  Clarus  believed  him. 

Then  he  promised  him  God's  anger  and  evil  punishments 

if  he  would  not  believe  that  he  was  holy;  804 

and  at  last  said  that  in  the  same  night 

there  should  come  to  him  from  the  Almighty  God 

heavenly  raiment ;  and  he,  dwelling  amongst  them, 

clothed  therewith,  would  manifest  God's  might.  808 

Lo  !    then  at  midnight  the  monastery  was  aroused, 

and  there  was  a  great  noise  of  mocking  devils, 

and  the  monk's  cell  was  filled  with  light, 

and  he  himself  went  out  with  the  shining  raiment,  812 

and  showed  the  glorious  sights  to  another  monk ; 

then  there  came  more,  and  lastly  Clarus, 

and  examined  the  shining  garment  by  the  light. 

It  was  very  soft,  shining  like  purple,  816 

but  they  could  not  make  out  of  what  kind  it  was, 

neither  could  they  perceive  more  than  that  it  was  a  robe, 

neither  by  their  touch  nor  by  their  sight. 

Then  in  the  morning  it  befell  that  they  would  have  led  the  monk 

to  the  holy  Martin,  but  the  monk  would  not,  821 

saying  that  he  could  not  go  to  Martin ; 

because  he  knew  that  he  could  not 

by  his  fiendly  craft  deceive  Martin's  vision.  824 

Then  they  dragged  him  against  his  will  thitherward, 

and  the  raiment  instantly  vanished  from  their  sight, 

and  then  was  manifested  his  sorcery  and  hypocrisy. 

Those  mighty  works  we  ascribe  to  Martin's  merits,  828 

that  the  devil  could  not  conceal  his  delusions 

if  ever  he  came  before  Martin's  sight. 

At  that  same  time  were  other  deceivers, 

816.  K.  nesce.  819.  K.  grapunga;  sceawunga.  828.  K.  mihte. 


272  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

antecristes  lima  mid  arleasra  hiwunge  .  832 

sum  wses  on  hispania  Ipe  for-speon  \cet  land-folc  . 

and  mid  manegum  gedwimorum  hi  bedydrode  lange  . 

and  cwce'cS  Ipcet  he  wsere  helias  se  witega  . 

He  cwcetS  eft  sy)>f>an  Ipcet  he  crist  sylf  wsere  .  836 

and  }?a  sum  bisceop  for  his  bilewit-nysse  . 

gelyfde  J?am  hiwere  .  and  hine  to  him  gebsed  . 

and  he  wearS  for  J>am  gedwylde  adreefed  of  his  an-wealde  . 

Sum  o]?er  gedwola  wses  eac  on  east-dsele  .  840 

se  cwceS  \>cet  he  wsere  iohannes  se  fulluhtere  . 

eac  swilce  lease  witegan  ser  J^isre  worulde  ge-endunge 

on  gehwilce  land  cumaS  .  and  Ipone  ge-leafan  amyrracS  . 

olp-])cet  antecrist  sylf  ende-next  becymcS  .  844 

XXVIII.      Tl/Tartinus  com  hwilon  to  middes  wintres  timan 

to  anurn  preost-life  .  and  hi  ge-logodon  ]?a  his  bsed 
on  £>ses  mynstres  spra3C-huse  .  and  ]?ser  micel  fyr  wses  gebet  . 
pa  woldon  "5a  preostas  him  wurtSlice  beddian  .  848 

and  bseron  micel  streaw  to  his  beddinga  . 
and  J>ses  fyres  ne  gymdon  Ipe  on  Ipsere  flora  wses  . 
Eft  J>a  fa  se  halga  wer  com  *f>a  towearp  he  Ipcet  streaw 
eall  of  fsere  beddincge  .  for-J?an-J>e  he  oftost  lseg  852 

uppon  anre  hseran  on  fsere  baran  flora  . 
Da  on-scunede  he  j?a  softnysse  .  fsere  seltcutSan  beddinge  . 
and  lseg  on  fsere  flora  .  swa  swa  we  her  beforan  ssedon  . 
])cet  inn  wses  swyfe  nearo  .  and  )?ser  lagon  stoccas  .  856 

and  £>a  on  middre  nihte  f»a  men  fsestost  slepon  . 
J?a  wearcS  \cet  fyr  ontend  swySe  fserlicum  bryne  . 
and  Ipcet  litle  hus  mid  ]mm  lige  afylde  . 

Martinus  f>a  wearS  a-wreht  mid  J>am  lige  .  860 

and  J?ser  nses  nan  man  mid  him  on  }mm  huse  . 
and  he  on  J>am  fserlican  gelimpe  gelsehte  J?a  dura  . 
and  ne  mihte  J>a  scyttelsas  unscyttan  swa  hratSe  . 
and  se  lig  him  wand  waelhreowlice  on-butan  864 

swa  Ipcet  him  for-burnon  on  f>am  bsece  his  reaf  . 

B.  omits  section  XXVIII.  846.  K.  bed. 

1  Leaf  191,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  273 

limbs  of  Antichrist,  with  lying  pretension  ;  832 

one  was  in  Spain  who  seduced  the  people  of  the  country, 

and  long  beguiled  them  with  many  delusions, 

and  said  that  he  was  Elias  the  prophet ; 

again  afterwards  he  said  that  he  was  Christ  himself,  836 

and  when  some  bishop,  through  simplicity, 

believed  the  pretender  and  prayed  to  him, 

he  was  on  account  of  that  heresy  driven  from  his  government. 

There  was  another  heretic  also  in  the  Eastern  part,  840 

who  said  that  he  was  John  the  Baptist ; 

so  likewise  false  prophets  shall  come  before  this  world's  ending 

in  every  land,  and  shall  mar  the  faith 

until  Antichrist  himself  shall  come  at  the  last.  844 

XXVIII.     Martin  came  once  at  the  time  of  midwinter 

to  a  priest's  house,  and  so  they  made  his  bed 

in  the  monastery  parlour,  and  a  great  fire  was  there  lighted. 

Then  the  priests  desired  to  bed  him  worthily,  848 

and  bare  much  straw  for  his  bedding, 

and  took  no  heed  of  the  fire  which  was  on  the  floor. 

Afterward  when  the  holy  man  came,  then  he  threw  all  the  straw 

out  of  the  bedding,  because  he  oftenest  lay  852 

upon  a  hair-cloth  on  the  bare  floor. 

Thus  he  shunned  the  softness  of  the  unaccustomed  bedding, 

and  lay  on  the  floor,  even  as  we  have  here  said  before. 

The  room  was  very  narrow  and  logs  were  lying  there;  856 

and  at  midnight,  when  men  slept  fastest, 

the  fire  was  kindled  with  a  very  sudden  burning 

and  filled  the  little  house  with  the  flame. 

Then  Martin  was  aroused  by  the  flame,  860 

and  there  was  no  man  with  him  in  the  house, 

and  he  in  the  sudden  accident  seized  the  door, 

and  could  not  unshoot  the  bolts  quickly  enough, 

and  the  flame  wound  fiercely  about  him  864 

so  that  his  clothes  burned  on  his  back, 


851.  K.  straeaw.  854.  K.  onscunode. 

862.  K.  duru. 


18 


274  XXXI.       VITA   S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

and  he  for  8am  bryne  ut-brsecan  ne  mihte  . 
He  befohte  fa  hine  sylfne  .  and  geseali  pcet  he  ne  mihte 
f  urh  nsenne  fleam  .  fam  fyre  setwindan  .  868 

ac  f  urh  godes  mihte  he  hit  moste  ofer-swy(5an  . 
For-let  fa  dura  (5a  .  and  to-middes  fam  lige 
to  Jmm  selmihtigan  gode  anmodlice  clypode  . 
and  on  faere  frecednysse  feest-mod  furh-wunode  .  872 

and  fser  wearcS  fa  geworden  micel  wundor  f  urh  god  . 
swa  pcet  hine  for-beah  on  aelce  healfe  Ipcet  fyr  . 
and  he  orsorh  abad  .  on  fam  bryne  middan  . 
furh  drihtnes  mihte  swilce  he  on  deawe  waere  .  876 

pa  wurdon  his  munecas  awrehte  mid  fam  fyre  . 
f  aer  8aer  hi  lagon  .  fa  fa  hi  f  one  lig  gesawon 
and  to-braecon  fa  dura  .  and  to-brudon  Ipcet  fyr  . 
and  martinum  gelaehton  of  fam  lige  middan  .  880 

Hi  wendon  pcet  he  waere  witodlice  for-baernd  . 
on  swa  lang-sumum  bryne  f  onne  pcet  brast-ligende  fyr 
on  slaepe  hi  awrehte  .  and  he  saede  sy(5San 

pcet  he  faes  *fyres  bryne  gefredde  him  onbutan  884 

swa  lange  swa  he  wan  wi<5  faere  dura  scyttelsas  . 
Sona  swa  he  hine  bletsode  .  and  gebaed  hine  to  gode  . 
pa  beah  eall  se  lig  abutan  him  aweg 

and  him  fuhte  swilce  he  waere  on  wynsumum  deawe  .  888 

He  ssede  eac  for-oft  mid  incundre  geomerunge  . 
pcet  se  swicola  deofol  hine  beswac  for-nean  . 
fa  fa  he  of  f am  slaepe  asceacen  wearS  swa  faerlice  . 
pcet  he  fone  raid  ne  cufe  pcet  he  hine  swa  hrafe  gebaede  .    892 
ac  to  late  began  hine  gebiddan  .  to  gode 
pcet  he  hine  alysde  .  of  fees  liges  frecednysse  . 
Be  f am  maeg  under-gitan  se  fe  fas  boc  raet  . 
pcet  martinus  naes  f urh  fa  micelan  frecednysse  896 

to  forwyrde  gecostnod  .  ac  waes  afandod 
swa  swa  se  apostol  paulus  on  his  pistole  saede  . 
f  cet  he  sylf  wunode  on  sse-grunde  middan 

ofer  daeg  and  ofer  niht  .  ungederod  f  urh  god  .  900 

866.  K.  ut-brecan.  868  K.  nanne.  1  Leaf  192. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  275 

and  he  could  not  break  out  by  reason  of  the  burning. 
Then  he  bethought  himself,  and  saw  that  he  could  not 
escape  from  the  fire  by  any  mode  of  flight,  868 

but  through  God's  power  he  might  overcome  it. 
Then  he  left  the  door,  and  in  the  midst  of  the  flame 
cried  to  the  Almighty  God  with  single  mind 
and  continued  steadfast  in  the  peril;  872 

and  therewith  there  was  wrought  a  great  wonder  by  God's  help, 
so  that  the  fire  bent  from  him  on  either  side, 
and  he  remained  undismayed  in  the  midst  of  the  burning, 
through  the  Lord's  might,  as  if  he  were  in  dew.  876 

Then  his  monks  were  aroused  by  the  fire 
where  they  lay ;    and  when  they  saw  the  flame 
and  broke  open  the  doors  and  parted  the  fire, 
and  dragged  Martin  from  the  midst  of  the  flame,  880 

they  thought  that  he  had  verily  been  burned  alive 
in  so  long  a  burning,  when  the  crackling  fire 
aroused  them  from  sleep ;    and  he  said  afterward 
that  he  had  felt  the  burning  of  the  fire  about  him  884 

so  long  as  he  strove  with  the  bolts  of  the  doors ; 
but  as  soon  as  he  crossed  himself  and  prayed  to  God, 
all  the  flame  about  him  bent  away, 

and  it  seemed  to  him  as  if  he  were  in  a  pleasant  dew.  888 

He  said  also  very  often  with  inward  groaning 
that  the  wily  devil  had  well  nigh  deceived  him, 
when  he  was  so  suddenly  shaken  out  of  sleep 
that  he  did  not  know  the  wisdom  of  at  once  praying,  892 

but  too  late  began  to  beseech  God 
that  He  would  deliver  him  from  the  peril  of  the  fire. 
By  this  he  who  readeth  this  book  may  understand 
that  Martin  was  not  tempted  to  his  destruction  896 

through  that  great  peril,  but  was  tried 
even  as  the  Apostle  Paul  said  in  his  epistle, 
that  he  himself  abode  in  the  midst  of  the  sea-depths 
a  day  and  a  night  unharmed,  by  God's  help.  900 

870,  879,  885.  K.  duru.  884.  K.  onbuton. 

18—2 


276  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MAETINI    EPISCOPI. 

XXUIIII.     "II  /Tartinus  eode  mid  his  munecum  sume  dseg 

to-cyrcan-werd  on  wintres  timan  . 
J>a  com  Ipszr  sum  fearfa  healf  nacod  him  togeanes 
biddende  georne  pcet  he  him  surane  clatS  sealde  .  904 

pa  het  martinus  his  erce-diacon  sona 
pcet  he  butan  yldinge  Jxme  fearfan  scrydde  . 
and  eode  sefter  his  wunon  into  J»am  sprsec-huse  . 
and  fser  wunode  ana  of>  pcet  he  wolde  maessian   .  908 

pa  nolde  se  erce-diacon  ]?one  f>earfan  scrydan  . 
and  se  }?earfa  bestsel  into  martine  . 
and  to  him  be-uiaende  Ipcet  him  [waere]  fearle  col  . 
Martinus  ]m  sona  hine  sylfne  unscrydde  912 

under  his  ceppan  digellice  .  and  dyde  on  f>one  J>earfan 
his  agen  reaf  .  and  het  hine  ut-gan  . 
pa  aefter  lytlum  fyrste  com  se  erce-diacon  . 

and  cwcecS  poet  hit  tima  wsere  pcet  he  into  cyrcan  eode  .         916 
J>am  folce  to  msessigenne  .  and  godes  masrsunge  don  . 
Martinus  him  cwceft  to  pcet  he  *  ne  mihte  na  gan 
asror  to  cyrcan  .  ser  se  fearfa  waere  gescryd  . 
and  se  erce-diacon  ne  under-get .  pcet  he  wiS-innan  his  cseppan     920 
nacod  fser  seet  .  and  ssede  poet  he  nyste 
hwaer  se  J>earfa  wasre  .  and  j?a  cwcet5  martiims  . 
sy  pcet  reaf  ge-broht  hrafte  hider  to  me  . 

ne  ateoratS  us  na  )?earfa  to  scrydenne  .  924 

Se  erce-diacon  Jm  yrsigende  eode  . 
and  brohte  an  reaf  unge-rydelic  him  to 
waclic  and  lytel  .  mid  lytlan  wur(5e  geboht  . 
and  mid  fullum  yrre  set  his  fotum  lede  and  cw<«S  .  92 

Her  is  reaf  .  and  her  nis  nan  J?earfa  . 
pa  naes  se  halga  wer  for  his  wordum  astyrod  . 
ac  het  hine  an-bidian  faer-ute  sume  hwile  . 
wolde  pcet  he  nyste  pcet  he  nacod  waere  .  932 

He  scrydde  hine  Sa  mid  peon  ylcan  reafe  . 
and  eode  to  cyrcan  .  and  sona  maessode  . 
Mt  faere  ylcan  maessan  fry  munecas  gesawon  . 

1  Leaf  192,  back.  B.  omits  section  XXIX. 


XXXI.       ST.  MARTIN,   BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  277 

XXIX.     Martin  was  going  with  his  monks  one  day 

towards  the  church  in  winter-time; 

then  came  there  towards  him  a  poor  man  half  naked, 

begging  earnestly  that  he  would  give  him  some  clothing.        904 

Then  Martin  bade  his  archdeacon  straightway 

that  he  should  without  delay  clothe  the  poor  man, 

and  went  after  his  wont  into  the  parlour, 

and  there  remained  alone  until  he  was  to  say  mass.  908 

But  the  archdeacon  would  not  clothe  the  poor  man ; 

and  the  poor  man  stole  in  to  Martin, 

and  bemoaned  to  him  that  he  was  very  cold. 

Then  Martin  immediately  unclothed  himself  912 

under  his  chasuble  secretly,  and  put  his  own  raiment 

on  the  poor  man,  and  bade  him  go  out. 

Then  after  a  little  space  the  archdeacon  came 

and  said  that  it  was  time  that  he  should  go  into  church       916 

to  say  mass  for  the  people  and  do  honour  to  God. 

Then  Martin  said  to  him  that  he  could  not  go 

so  soon  to  church  before  the  poor  man  was  clothed, 

and  the  archdeacon  did  not  perceive  that  he  within  his  chasuble 

there  sat  naked;   and  said  that  he  did  not  know  921 

where  the  poor  man  was.     And  thereupon  Martin  said, 

'  Let  the  garment  be  brought  quickly  hither  to  me ; 

it  will  be  no  trouble  to  us  to  clothe  a  poor  man.'  924 

Then  the  archdeacon  being  angry  went 

and  brought  a  garment  impatiently  to  him, 

mean  and  little,  bought  with  little  cost, 

and  with  great  ire  laid  it  at  his  feet  and  said ;  928 

'  Here  is  a  garment,  and  here  is  no  poor  man.' 

Then  the  holy  man  was  not  ruffled  by  his  words, 

but  bade  him  wait  for  him  there  outside  some  while, 

desiring  that  he  should  not  know  that  he  was  naked ;  932 

then  he  clothed  himself  with  the  same  garment, 

and  went  to  church  and  at  once  said  mass. 

At  the  very  same  mass  three  of  the  monks, 

911.  I  supply  wsere.  913.  K.  cieppan.  929.  K.  is. 


278  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTTNl    EPISCOPI. 

and  an  peere  preosta  .  and  an  of  fam  nunnum  .  936 

bufan  martinus  heafde  swilce  an  byrnende  cliwen  . 

swa  pcet  se  llg  abrsed  fone  loc  up  feor  . 

and  ne  moste  na  ma  manna  ]ms  mihte  geseon  . 

XXX.  f\n  f>am  ylcan  timan  an  wser  wees  geuntrumod        940 

euantius  gehaten  .  swy<5e  yfele  gefread  . 
and  wende  him  his  dea(5es  swycSor  J>onne  his  lifes  . 
He  webs  swy(5e  cristen  .  and  sende  J>a  to  martine 
basd  his  neosunge  .  and  se  bisceop  ferde  sona  944 

to  pa,m  seocan  menn  .  ac  he  sona  on-get 
martines  mihte  8er-]?am-)?e  he  to  mid-wege  come  . 
and  wear's  sona  gehseled  f>urh  f>ses  halgan  mihte  . 
and  eode  him  to-geanes  .  and  hine  arwurcSlice  under-feng  .    948 

XXXI.  Tj^ft  fees  on  mergen  }>a  martinws  fundode  . 

J»a  wearcS  an  cnapa  of  fses  fegenes  hiwrsedene  . 
J»urh  nseddran  geslit  nealice  adyd  . 

swa  pcet  pcet  attor  smeh  geond  ealne  J?one  lichaman  .  952 

and  wses  eall  l  to-blawen  .  on  anre  bytte  gelicnysse  . 
Se  hlaford  J>a  euantius  gelsehte  pone  cnapan  . 
and  beer  to  martine  micclum  truwigende 

pcet  him  un-acumendlic  nsere  Jpone  cnapan  to  geheelenne  .      956 
Se  halga  wer  ]?a  sona  sette  his  hand  on  J?one  cnapan  . 
and  hrepode  eall  his  lima  .  and  sefter  ]?am  sette 
his  finger  on  fa  wunda  .  pe  se  wurm  toslat  . 
Hi  ge-sawon  (5a  ealle  pcet  poet  attor  fleow  ut  960 

of  eallura  his  limum  .  Jmrh  pa,  lytlan  wunde  . 
swylce  of  anre  sedran  mid  his  agenura  blode  . 
and  se  cnapa  gesund  up  aras  . 
and  hi  pa  martinum  micclum  herodon  .  964 

XXXII.  Ge  halga  wer  ferde  hwilon  Ipcet  folc  to  lserenrie 

geond  his  bisceop-rice  pa.  abidon  his  geferan 
for  sumere  neode  bseftan  .  and  he  sylf  rad  forcS  . 
pa,  comon  him  to-geanes  psera  cempena  fser  .  968 

936.  A.  K.  J)aere  (sic).  B.  omits  section  XXX. 

1  Leaf  193. 


XXXI.      ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  279 

and  one  of  the  priests,  and  one  of  the  nuns  saw  936 

above  Martin's  head  as  it  were  a  burning  globe, 
so  that  the  flame  drew  the  hair  far  up, 
and  no  more  men  might  see  this  miracle. 

XXX.  At  that  same  time  there  was  a  sick  man       .  940 
called  Evantius,  very  grievously  afflicted, 

who  expected  his  death  rather  than  his  life. 

He  was  a  good  Christian,  and  sending  then  to  Martin 

besought  his  visitation  ;    and  the  bishop  went  instantly  944 

to  the  sick  man,  but  he  soon  perceived 

Martin's  might  before  he  came  to  midway, 

and  was  immediately  healed  through  the  saint's  might, 

and  went  to  meet  him  and  received  him  reverently.  948 

XXXI.  After  this  in  the  morning,  as  Martin  was  setting  out, 
a  certain  boy  of  the  noble's  household 

was  bitten  by  an  adder  and  nearly  slain, 

so  that  the  poison  spread  through  the  whole  body,  952 

and  it  was  all  swollen  up  in  the  likeness  of  a  butt. 

Then  Evantius,  the  master,  took  the  boy 

and  brought  him  to  Martin,  greatly  trusting 

that  it  would  not  be  impossible  for  him  to  heal  the  boy,       956 

Then  the  holy  man  straightway  laid  his  hand  on  the  boy, 

and  touched  all  his  limbs,  and  after  that  placed 

his  fingers  on  the  wound  which  the  worm  had  bitten. 

Then  they  all  saw  that  the  poison  flowed  out  960 

of  all  his  limbs  through  the  little  wound 

as  if  from  a  vein  with  its  own  blood; 

and  the  boy  arose  up  sound, 

and  they  thereupon  greatly  extolled  Martin.  964 

XXXII.  The  holy  man  was  once  journeying  to  teach  the  people 
throughout  his  bishopric,  and  his  companions  remained 

for  some  need  behind,  and  he  himself  rode  forward; 

then  came  suddenly  toward  him  a  company  of  the  soldiery   968 


940.  K.  wer.  958.  A.  K.  eall  (sic). 

946.  K.  aer-San-)>e.  964.  K.  heredon. 

B.  omits  section  XXXI.  B.  omits  section  XXXII. 


280  XXXI.      VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

on  cynelicum  crsete  .  and  hi  ne  cufon  martinum  . 

Martinus  rad  him  wicS  unge-rydelice  gescryd 

mid  sweartum  claj>um  .  J>a  scyddon  J?a  mulas 

pe  poet  crset  tugon  (Surh  his  to-cyme  afyrhte  .  972 

and  to-mengdon  pa  ge-togu  .  poet  hi  teon  ne  mihton  . 

pa  wurdon  (Sa  cempan  wodlice  a,styrode  . 

and  ge-lsehton  martinum  .  and  hine  lange  swungon  . 

mid  swipum  .  and  mid  stafum  .  and  he  suwode  sefre  976 

swilce  he  ne  gefredde  heora  swingla  nates-hwon  . 

and  hi  f>ses  pe  woddran  wseron  him  to-geanes  . 

and  hetelicor  beoton  J>one  halgan  wer  . 

pa  comon  his  geferan  and  fundon  hine  licgenne  980 

on  blodigum  limum  .  and  to-beatenum  lichaman  . 

and  hofon  hine  up  on  his  assan  sona  . 

and  aweg  efston  pa  stowe  on-scunigende  . 

Da  cempan  J>a  woldon  mid  J»am  craBte  forS  .  984 

ac  J?a  mulas  ealle  endemes  astifodon 

to  J>sere  eorjmn  afsestnode  .  swylce  hi  serene  *  wseron  . 

Hi  beoton  pa,  mid  swipum  .  and  mid  saglum  . 

Ipa,  mulas  ealle  endemes  .  ac  hi  sefre  stodon  988 

on  pam  ylcan  stede  swilce  anlicnyssa  . 

pa  cempan  (5a  set  nextan  oncneowan  J?urh  (Sa  nytena 

poet  hi  mid  god-cundre  mihte  gefsestnode  wseron  . 

and  begunnon  to  axienne  set  of>rum  weg-farendum  992 

hvvset  se  man  wsere  pe  hi  swa  wselhreowlice  beoton  . 

Him  wearS  pa  gessed  pent  wsere  martinis  . 

and  hi  sona  urnon  ealle  him  sefterwerd  . 

mid  duste  bestreowode  .  and  dreorig-lice  wepende  996 

poet  hi  f>one  halgan  wer  swa  huxlice  tawoden  . 

and  lagon  set  his  fotum  mid  feorhte  astrehte  . 

biddende  his  mildsunge  .  poet  hi  moston  faran  . 

and  cwsedon  poet  hi  sylfe  wseron  swycSor  ]?ses  wyrf>e  .  1000 

poet  hi  stodon  astifode  on  stana  gelicnysse  . 

oppe  poet  seo  eorcSe  hi  ealle  forswulge  . 

971.  A.  scyddon  ;  K.  scyhdon  (over  erasure).  976.  K.  om.  2nd  mid. 

1  Leaf  193,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  281 

in  a  royal  car,  and  they  did  not  know  Martin. 

Martin  rode  quickly  towards  them  poorly  clad 

in  black  clothes ;    then  the  mules  which  drew  the  chariot 

drew  aside  quickly,  being  frightened  at  his  approach,  972 

and  entangled  the  traces,  so  that  they  could  not  pull. 

Then  the  soldiers  were  madly  incensed 

and  seized  Martin,  and  scourged  him  a  long  while 

with  whips  and  with  staves  ;    and  he  was  alway  silent  976 

as  if  he  felt  their  blows  nowhit, 

and  at  this  they  were  the  madder  against  him, 

and  more  furiously  beat  the  holy  man. 

Then  came  his  companions  and  found  him  lying  980 

with  bleeding  limbs  and  beaten  body, 

and  quickly  raised  him  up  upon  his  ass, 

and  hastened  to  get  away  from  the  place. 

Then  the  soldiers  desired  to  go  forward  with  the  chariot,       984 

but  all  the  mules  became  alike  immoveable, 

fastened  to  the  earth  as  if  they  were  brazen. 

Then  they  beat  all  the  mules  alike 

with  whips  and  rods,  but  they  ever  stood  988 

in  the  same  place  as  if  they  had  been  images. 

Then  at  length  the  soldiers  understood  by  means  of  the  beasts 

that  they  had  been  set  fast  by  divine  might, 

and  began  to  enquire  of  other  wayfarers  992 

who  the  man  might  be  whom  they  had  so  savagely  beaten. 

Then  it  was  told  them  that  it  was  Martin, 

and  they  forthwith  all  ran  after  him, 

bestrewed  with  dust  and  drearily  weeping  996 

that  they  had  so  shamefully  maltreated  the  holy  man, 

and  lay  at  his  feet  prostrate  with  fear, 

beseeching  his  clemency  that  they  might  proceed, 

and  saying  that  they  themselves  rather  deserved  1000 

to  stand  stiffened  in  the  likeness  of  stones, 

or  that  the  earth  should  swallow  them  all. 

987-  K.  saegluui  (?).  997.  K.  tawaden. 

995.  K.  aefterweard.  998.  K.  kegon  ;  K.  forhte. 


282  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

Martinus  J>a  mildsode  J>am  m annum  Jjger-rihte  . 

and  let  hi  faran  forS  mid  heora  creete  .  1004 

and  heora  mulas  j?a  mihton  gan  sona 

pe  aer  stodon  astifode  on  stana  gelicnysse  . 

Se  halga  wer  swa-J>eah  wiste  pcet  hi  wseron  ge-faestnode  . 

ser-Jjan  pe  hi  him  to  comon  .  and  pcet  he  cydde  his  geferum  .     1 008 

for'San-Jje  he  fela  f>ing  feorran  oft  wiste 

aerpan-fe  hit  gewurde  Jmrh  witigendlicne  gast  . 

XXXIII.      ^e  halga  wer  ferde  mid  his  fare  hwilon  . 

pa,  com  him  feeringa  to  micel  folc  manna  .    10  [2 
and  J>one  feld  afyldon  pser  martin  us  ferde 
swilce  for  wundrunge  J?aes  halgan  weres  . 
J?a  wasron  ealle  hsetSena  .  and  J?one  haelend  ne  cuf>e 
nan  man  of  J?sere  wic  pe  hi  of  weeron  .  1016 

Martinus  (5a  onget  pcet  he  mihte  sceolde  wyrcan  . 
and  drihtnes  word  bodode  J^am  dysegum  has^enum  . 
and  mid  ge-lomum  siccetungum  sarlice  maende  . 
Ipcet  swa  micel  meuiu  j?one  selmihtigan*  god  ne  cuf>e  .  1020 

1  Wees  (Sa  godes  fore-sceawung  .  Ipcet  an  wif  brohte  Syder 
hire  deadan  suna  lie  pe  litle  ear  forcS-ferde  . 
and  a-strehtum  handum  to  J?am  halgan  were  cwcecS  . 
We  witon  leof  Ipcet  "Su  eart  unleaslice  godes  freond  .  1024 

ge-hael  me  minne  sunu  forJ?an-tSe  he  is  me  ancenned  . 
and  Ipcet  haej^ene  folc  fylste  eac  ]mm  wife  . 
pa  genam  se  halga  wer  on  his  handa  Ipcet  lie  . 
and  ge-bigedum  cneowum  gebsed  hine  to   gode  .  1028 

and  pa.  pa,  he  up  aras  ge-endedum  gebede 
he  ageaf  f»one  cnaf>an  cucenne  his  meder  . 
pa  hsefenan  ]?a  clypodon  mid  healicre  stemne  . 
and  cwaedon  mid  ge-leafan  pcet  crist  waare  sotS  god  .  1032 

and  feollon  heap-maelum  ealle  to  f>8es  halgan  weres  cneowum  . 
biddende  hine  georne  pcet  he  dyde  hi  cristene  . 
He  eac  ne  wandode  on  J>am  widgillan  felda 

1004.  K.  hera.  1008.  K.  coman.  B.  omits  section  XXXIII. 

1012.  K.  fferunga.  1016.  K.  comon  (for  wseron).         l  Leaf  194. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  283 

Then  Martin  straightway  compassionated  the  men, 
and  let  them  go  forth  with  their  chariot,  1004 

and  their  mules,  those  who  had  before  stood  stiff 
even  as  stones,  were  immediately  able  to  go. 
The  holy  man  nevertheless  knew  that  they  had  been  set  fast 
before  they  had  come  to  him,  and  made  that  known  to  his  com- 
panions, 1008 
because  he  often  knew  many  a  thing  from  afar 
before  it  happened,  through  the  spirit  of  prophecy. 
XXXIII.     The   holy  man   was  once    travelling  with   his    com- 
pany, 
when  there  came  to  him  suddenly  a  great  crowd  of  men,     1012 
and  filled  the  field  through  which  Martin  was  passing 
as  if  for  wonder  at  the  holy  man; 
they  were  all  heathen,  and  no  man  of  the  town 
to  which  they  belonged  knew  the  Saviour.  1016 
Then  Martin  perceived  that  he  ought  to  work  a  miracle, 
and  preached  the  Lord's  word  to  the  foolish  heathen, 
and  with  frequent  sighings  sorely  bemoaned 
that    so    great    a    multitude    should    not    know    the    Almighty 

God. 
It  was  God's  providence  that  a  woman  brought  thither         102 1 
her  dead  son's  body  who  had  departed  a  little  before, 
and  with  outstretched  hands  said  to  the  holy  man; 
*  We  know,  Master,  that  thou  art  unlyingly  God's  friend,      1024 
heal  me  my  son,  for  he  is  my  only  son.' 
And  the  heathen  folk  also  helped  the  woman. 
Then  the  holy  man  took  the  corpse  in  his  hand, 
and  with  bended  knees  prayed  to  God;  1028 

and  when  he  arose  up,  his  prayer  being  ended, 
he  gave  back  the  boy  to  his  mother  alive. 
Then  the  heathen  cried  with  a  loud  voice, 

and  said  with  faith  that  Christ  was  true  God^  1032 

and  fell  all  heap-meal  at  the  holy  man's  knees, 
earnestly  praying  him  that  he  would  make  them  Christians. 
Neither  did  he  hesitate  to  anoint  the  heathen  as  catechumens 


284  XXXI.      VITA    S.    MARTINI   EPISCOPI. 

]m  hee^enan  to  cristnigenne  f>a  ba  hi  on  crist  gelyfdon  .       1036 
ac  he  hi  ealle  sona  samtingas  gecristnode  . 
XXXIIII.     Tj^ft  on  sumne  seel  J>8er  martinws  siSode 

mid  his  geferum  .  }?a  com  J»eer  feerlice  yrnan 
an  J»earle  wod  cu  .  and  J>a  pe  hyre  fyligdon  1040 

clypodon  to  J?am  halgan  were  Ipcet  he  hine  warnian  sceolde  . 
for-f>an-J>e  heo  hnat  yfele  selcne  J>e  heo  ge-mette  . 
Heo  com  J?a  yrnende  mid  egeslicum  eagum  . 
ac  se  halga  wer  sona  het  hi  setstandan.  .  1044 

and  heo  jjaer-rihte  gehyrsumode  his  hsese  and  stod  . 
pa  geseah  se  halga  wer  Ipcet  J>eer  sset  an  deofol 
on  ]?£ere  cu  hrycge  .  and  cwceft  to  J>am  scuccan  . 
Gewit  J?u  wsel-hreowa  aweg  of  f>ara  nytene  1048 

and  bis  unscsecScSige  hryber  geswic  to  dreccenne  . 
Se  manfulla  gast  f>a  martine  gehyrsumode  . 
and  ferde  of  (Ssere  cy  .  and  heo  oncneow  sona 
pcet  heo  alysed  wses  .  and  leeg  afenod  1052 

setforan  his  fotum  .  on-fangenre  stilnysse  . 
pa  het  se  halga  wer  Ipcet  heo  ge-  Vende  to  J^sere  heorde  . 
and  heo  swa  bilewite  swa  seep  .  beah  to  Ips&re  drsefe  . 
XXXU.     ~]\  /Tartinm  eac  hwilon  gemette  sumne  huntan  .        1056 

"*"  Ip'd  drifan  heora  hundas  swycSe  senne  haran  . 

geond  J>one  bradan  feld  .  and  he  bigde  gelome 
j?ohte  mid  J>am  bigum  eet-berstan  bam  dea(5e  . 
Da  of-hreow  J?aw  halgan  J>ses  haran  frecednyss  .  1060 

and  J>aw  hundum  be-bead  Ipcet  hi  ablunnon  ba?s  rynes  . 
and  f>one  haran  for-leton  mid  fleame  eet-berstan  . 
pa  hundas  (5a  stodon  set  j^am  forman  worde 
swilce  heora  fet  wseron  gefaestnode  to  ]?8ere  eorjmn  .  .  1064 

and  se  hara  ge-sund  f>am  hundum  seteode  . 

1038.  sunie  ;  ferde  {for  sioode).  1043.  K.  He.    jmyrnsende;  egeslice. 

1039.  feren;  ferlice.  1044.  and  )>e  halga  wer  ;  om.  sona; 

1040.  om.    ]?earle ;    wod   cu  ;    hire      het  hire  setstonden. 

fuligden.     K.  wod.  1045.  J)er- ;     i-hyrsumede ;     h£se ; 

1041.  clypoden;  were;  warnisen.         setstod. 

1042.  heo  nat ;  heo  i-mette.  1046.  i-seahSe;  wer;  oer;  andeofel. 

1  Leaf  194,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  285 

in  the  wide  field,  since  they  believed  on  Christ,  1036 

but  he  admitted  them  all  straightway  on  the  spot  as  catechumens. 

XXXIV.  Again    on    a    certain    occasion,  as    Martin    was   tra- 
velling 

with  his  companions,  there  came  there  suddenly  running 

an  exceeding  mad  cow,  and  those  that  followed  her  1040 

cried  to  the  holy  man  to  take  care, 

because  she  gored  badly  every  one  whom  she  met. 

Then  she  came  running  with  awful  eyes, 

but  the  holy  man  instantly  commanded  her  to  stand  still,     1044 

and  she  straightway  obeyed  his  hest  and  stood  there. 

Then  the  holy  man  saw  that  there  sat  a  devil 

on  the  cow's  back,  and  said  to  the  demon  ; 

'  Depart,  thou  cruel  one,  away  from  the  beast,  1048 

and  cease  to  vex  this  innocent  heifer.' 

Then  the  evil  spirit  obeyed  Martin, 

and  departed  from  the  cow,  and  she  immediately  knew 

that  she  was  delivered,  and  lay  outstretched  1052 

before  his  feet,  her  quiet  being  restored. 

Then  the  holy  man  commanded  her  to  go  back  to  the  herd, 

and  she,  innocent  as  a  sheep,  returned  to  the  drove. 

XXXV.  Martin  also  once  met  a  hunter;  1056 
their  dogs  were  furiously  chasing  a  hare 

over  the  broad  field,  and  it  doubled  repeatedly, 

thinking  by  the  doubling  to  escape  death. 

Then  the  saint  had  ruth  of  the  hare's  peril,  1060 

and  commanded  the  hounds  to  desist  from  running, 

and  to  let  the  hare  escape  by  flight. 

Then  the  dogs  stood,  at  the  first  word, 

as  if  their  feet  were  fastened  to  the  earth,  1064 

and  the  hare  got  away  safely  from  the  dogs. 

1047.  J>are  cu  rugge ;  scuccan.  io53«  aetforen  ;  on-fangere  ;  stunt- 

1048.  wselreowge  awaeg.  nysse  {for  stilnysse). 

1049.  unsceaSig  reoper  swic  ;  drsec-  ic>54-  het  }>e  halgse  wer  ;  wende. 
cene.  !055-  swa  bilehwite  ;  seep. 

1050.  De  manfullae ;  i-hyrsumede.  B.  omits     sections      XXXV.       to 

1051.  ferde  ])a  of  Sare  cu  ;  om.  heo;  XXXIX. 
B.  ins.  )>a  cu  after  sona. 


286  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

XXXUI.      Oum  woruld-cempa  wees  J>e  wolde  munuc  beon  . 

and  on  godes  ge-la(5unge  alede  his  weepna  . 
and  to  raunuc-life  eet-foran  mannum  gecyrde  .  1068 

and  him  cytan  areerde  .  on  sumere  digelnysse  . 
swylce  he  ancer-setla  eac5e  beon  milite  . 
and  martinis  heefde  ge-hadod  his  ge-beddan 
on  mynecena  life  on  sumum  mynstre  .  1072 

pa  besende  se  deofol  swilc  gefanc  on  J?one  munuc 
pcet  he  wolde  habban  his  wif  him  to  geferan  . 
and  he  ferde  to  martine  .  and  his  mod  him  geopenode  . 
pa  cwceS  se  halga  wer  Ipcet  hit  unj>ees-lic  weere  .  1076 

Ipcet  \cet  wif  sceolde  wunian  eft  mid  him  . 
siScSan  he  munuc  wees  .  and  forwyrnde  him  j>ses  . 
He  swa-feah  furh-wunode  on  his  anwilnysse  . 
and  cwcecS  Ipcet  hit  ne  sceolde  his  munuc-hade  derian  1080 

f>eah  Ipe  he  hire  frofres  and  fultumes  bruce  '. 
Ipcet  he  effc  nolde  ge-cyrran  to  his  earrura  leahtrum  . 
pa  }>a  he  lange  furh-wunode  on  feere  anwilnysse  . 
fa  cwcecS  se  halga  wer  to  fam  hohfullan  munece  .  1084 

Sege  me  ic  Ipe  axige  gif  fu  eefre  weere 
o(5(Se  on  ge-feohte  dplpe  on  eenigum  truman  1 
He  cwce<5  Ipcet  he  weere  ^itodlice  for-oft 

eegf>er  ge  on  truman  ge  eac  on  ge-feohte  .  1088 

Martin-its  fa  cwcecS  to  fam  munece  eft  . 
Ge-sawe  pu  eenig  wif  }>a  (5u  weere  on  gefeohte 
feohtan  forS  mid  eow  atogemtwi  swurde  1 

pa  scamode  fam  munece  .  and  he  swiSe  fancode  1092 

\cet  he  mid  ge-sceade  ofer-swy(5ed  wees  . 
and  \>cet  he  his  ge-dwylde  ne  moste  .  for  martyne  folgian  . 
Se  halga  wer  J>a  cwceS  .  wif  ne  sceal  na  faran 
to  wera  fyrd-wicum  .  ac  wunian  eet  ham  .  1096 

for-sewenlic  bif>  Ipcet  werod  Ipcet  wif-menn  feohta<5  . 
feohte  se  cempa  on  fyrdlicum  truman  . 
and  wif  hi  ge-healde  binnan  wealle  trymmincge  . 
and  heo  heefS  hire  wuldor  gif  heo  hylt  hire  cleennysse  11 00 

1  Leaf  195. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  287 

XXXVI.     There  was  a  certain  soldier  of  the  world  who  desired 

to  be  a  monk, 
and  laid  down  his  weapons  in  God's  church, 
and  turned  to  the  monastic  life  before  men,  1068 

and  erected  for  himself  a  cell  in  a  secret  place 
as  if  he  could  easily  become  an  anchorite, 
and  Martin  had  consecrated  his  consort 

to  a  nun's  life  in  a  certain  convent.  1072 

Then  the  devil  sent  such  a  thought  into  the  monk 
that  he  would  have  his  wife  with  him  as  companion, 
and  he  went  to  Martin  and  opened  his  mind  to  him. 
Then  said  the  holy  man  that  it  was  unbecoming  1076 

that  his  wife  should  dwell  with  him  again 
after  he  was  a  monk,  and  refused  him  this. 
He,  nevertheless,  continued  in  his  self-will, 

and  said  that  it  should  not  hurt  his  monkhood,  1080 

though  he  should  enjoy  her  comfort  and  assistance, 
and  that  he  would  not  return  to  his  former  sins. 
When  he  continued  long  in  this  obstinacy, 

then  said  the  holy  man  to  the  scornful  monk,  1084 

'Tell  me,  I  ask  of  thee,  if  thou  hast  ever  been 
either  in  battle  or  in  any  cohort?' 
He  said  that  he  had  verily  been  very  often 
both  in  a  cohort  and  also  in  battle.  1088 

Then  Martin  said  to  the  monk  again, 
'  Sawest  thou  any  woman  when  thou  wast  in  battle 
fighting  beside  you  with  drawn  sword  ? ' 

Then  the  monk  was  ashamed,  and  he  was  very  thankful       1092 
that  he  had  been  conquered  by  reason, 

and  that  Martin  had  prevented  him  from  following  his  error. 
Then  said  the  holy  man,  '  A  woman  should  not  go 
to  men's  camps  but  remain  at  home  ;  1096 

contemptible  would  be  the  army  in  which  women  should  fight; 
let  the  soldier  fight  in  the  warlike  cohort, 
and  let  the  woman  keep  herself  within  the  protection  of  the  wall, 
and  she  shall  have  her  glory  if  she  keep  her  chastity  1100 


288  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

bseftan  hire  were  .  and  pcet  bij>  hire  miht  . 
and  ge-fylled  sige  pcet  heo  ge-sewen  ne  beo  ute  . 
XXXUII.      Oe  halga  bisceop  waes  hwilon  on  carnotina  byrig  . 
raid    twara   oprum  bisceopum  .  pa,  brohte  sum 
man 
his  dohtor  him  to  .  seo  wees  dumb  geboren  1105 

twelf  wintre  mseden  .  and  martinum  beed 
pcet  he  })urh  his  ge-earnunge  hire  tungan  unlysde  . 
pa  wandode  se  bisceop  .  ac  hine  bsedon  pa,  o]?re  .  1108 

and  fylston  pam  feeder  pcet  ge-fremode  his  bene  . 
Martinis  f>a  het  fa  meniu  utgan   . 
buton  pa,m  bisceopum  anuw  .  and  hire  agenre  feeder  . 
astrehte  hine  sylfne  J?a  .  swa  swa  his  ge-wune  wees  .  1112 

on  syndrigum  gebedura  .  and  si(5(5an  aras  . 
and  bletsode  ele  .  and  on  hire  muS  get  . 
and  mid  his  fingrura  heold  fore-werde  hire  tungan  . 
and  be-fran  hi  J>a  si&San  hwset  hire  feeder  hatte  .  11 16 

pcet  ma?den  ssede  sona  hire  feeder  naman  . 
and  hsefde  hire  spraece  mid  halre  tungan  . 
XXXUIII.     Oe  halga  wer  bletsode  anuwi  wife  hwilon  ele 

on  anuwi  fsete  pe  we  anpolan  hataj?  11 20 

to  seocra  manna  neode  .  swa  swa  heo  sylf  baed  . 
and  aefter  J^asre  bletsun^e  man  bser  pone  ele  hire  . 
pa  waes  se  ele  wexende  ofer  ealne  J>one  weg  . 
swa  pcet  he  ofer-fleow  .  and  peah  ful  to  hire  com  .  1124 

Oj>erne  ele  he  gebletsode  on  anre  glsesenan  anpollan  . 
and  gesette  )?one  ele  on  anura  egcSyrle  . 
and  pa,  afylde  sum  cnapa  pcet  fast  unwserlice 
uppon  fone  marm-stan  .  ac  hit  ne  mihte  to-berstan  .  1128 

ne  martines  bletsung  ne  moste  losian  . 
XXXIX.     Tj^ac  swylce  ofre  menn  on  martines  naman 

wundra  ge-fremodon  swa  swa  se  writere  saede 
pcet  sum  hund  burce  hetelice  on  anne  man  .  1132 

pa  het  he  on  martines  naman  f>one  hund  adumbian  . 
and  he  sona  suwode  .  swylce  he  dumb  weere  . 

mi.  Both   agenre  (sic).  *  Leaf  195,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  289 

after  her  husband's  departure,  and  that  shall  be  her  strength, 
and  perfect  victory,  that  she  be  not  seen  abroad. 

XXXVII.  The  holy  bishop  was  once  in  the  city  of  Chartres 
with  two  other  bishops,  when  a  certain  man  brought  1104 
his  daughter  to  him,  who  was  born  dumb, 

a  maiden  of  twelve  winters,  and   besought  Martin 

that  he  through  his  merits  would  unloose  her  tongue. 

Then  the  bishop  hesitated,  but  the  others  begged  him,  1108 

and  assisted  the  father  that  he  should  perform  his  request. 

Then  Martin  bade  the  multitude  go  out, 

save  the  bishops  only  and  her  own  father; 

then  he  prostrated  himself,  as  his  wont  was,  11 12 

in  private  prayers,  and  afterward  arose, 

and  blessed  some  oil  and  poured  it  on  her  mouth, 

and  with  his  fingers  held  her  tongue  forward, 

and  after  that  asked  her  what  her  father  was  called.  1116 

Then  the  maiden  at  once  said  her  father's  name, 

and  had  her  speech  with  healed  tongue. 

XXXVIII.  The  holy  man  once  blessed  for  a  woman  some  oil 
in  a  vessel  which  we  call  ampulla,  11 20 
for  the  need  of  sick  men,  as  she  herself  besought ; 

and  after  the  blessing  the  oil  was  carried  to  her. 

Then  the  oil  increased  all  along  the  way 

so  that  it  overflowed,  and  nevertheless  came  to  her  full;      1124 

other  oil  he  blessed  in  a  glass  ampulla, 

and  set  the  oil  in  a  window  ; 

and  a  boy  knocked  down  the  vessel  unwarily 

upon  the  marble,  but  it  could  not  break  1128 

nor  could  it  lose  Martin's  blessing. 

XXXIX.  Likewise  other  men  in  Martin's  name 
performed  miracles,  even  as  the  writer  said 

that  a  hound  was  barking  furiously  at  a  man;  1132 

then  in  Martin's  name  he  commanded  the  hound  to  hold  his  peace, 
and  he  was  instantly  silent  as  if  he  were  dumb. 

1 1 12.  K.  gewuna.  1120.  K.  anpollan. 

1 1 13.  K.  sundrigum.  U34-  K.  om.  2nd  he. 

19 


290  XXXI.      VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

XL.     Qume  scyp-men  reowan  on  fsere  tyreniscan  see  . 

swa  man  fsercS  to  rome  .  and  fa  fserlice  com  1136 

swa  mycel  unweder  him  to  .  pcet  hi  him  ne  wendon  fees  lifes  . 
pa  wees  on  f  aere  fare  sum  egyptisc  mangaare 
ungefullod  fa  git  .  ac  he  mid  fasstum  truwan  cwceft  . 
Eala  fu  martines  god  geneara  us  nu  .  11 40 

and  seo  see  sona  swySe  smylte  wearS  . 
ablunnenre  hreohnysse  .  and  hi  blicSe  ferdon  . 
XLI.       A  uitianus  hatte  sum  hetol  ealdor-man  . 

wsel-hreow  on  his  weorcum  .  se  ge-wraS  fela  manna  . 
and  on  racenteagum  gebrohte  to  fsere  byrig  turonia  1145 

wolde  hi  fees  on  mergen  mislice  ac  well  an 
setforan  fsere  burhware  .  fa  wearS  hit  fam  bisceope  cuS  . 
pa  smeade  se  halga  wer  hu  he  heora  gehelpan  mihte  .  1148 

and  eode  to  middre  nihte  ana  to  his  gatum  . 
and  fa  pa  he  inn  ne  mihte  .  he  anbidode  faerute  . 
WearS  pa  se  ealdor-man  awreht  faerlice  f  urh  godes  engel  . 
and  he  him  gramlice  to  cwcecS  .  List  (Su  and  rest  pe  1152 

and  godes  feowa  lic5  set  finum  gatum  . 
and  he  aras  fa  afyrht  .  and  cwoeS  to  his  mannum  . 
pcet  martinus  wsere  1  wi(5-utan  his  gatum  . 

and  het  hi  gan  to  .  and  undon  fa  gata  .  -  11 56 

pcet  se  godes  feowa  swylcne  teonan  leng  ne  f  olode  . 
Hi  eodon  fa  lit  to  fam  inran  gaete  . 

and  saedon  heora  hlaforde  pcet  hi  p aer  naenne  ne  ge-sawon  . 
and  cwaedon  pcet  he  sceolde  on  slaepe  beon  bepaeht  .  1160 

Auitianus  fa  eode  eft  to  his  bedde  . 
and  wearS  eft  of  slaepe  egeslice  awreht  . 
and  hrymde  to  his  mannum  cwceS  pcet  martinws  stode 
aet-foran  his  gatum  .  and  forSy  ne  moste  11 64 

nane  reste  habban  ne  modes  ne  lichaman  . 
Hi  fa  git  elcodon  .  ac  he  eode  sylf 

1 135.  scipmen  reowan;   Sare  tyre-  H37-  unwseder  heom  to  ;  heo  ;  om. 
niscaen.                                                           him  ;  wsenden  heores  lifes. 

1136.  mow    fare^ ;    rome;     ferlice  1138.  J>are ;  mangere. 

com.  TI39-  unfullod  ;  fasten  treowan. 

1  Leaf  196. 


XXXI.      ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP   AND    CONFESSOR.  291 

XL.     Some  shipmen  were  rowing  on  the  Tyrrhene  sea, 

as  one  goeth  to  Rome,  and  there  suddenly  came  1136 

such  a  great  storm  to  them  that  they  had  no  hope  of  life. 

There  was  in  the  vessel  an  Egyptian  merchant, 

unbaptized  as  yet,  but  he  with  firm  confidence  said ; 

'  0  thou  God  of  Martin  !    protect  us  now  !  '  1 1 40 

And  the  sea  straightway  became  exceeding  smooth, 

all  its  roughness  ceasing,  and  they  went  joyfully  on  their  way. 

XLT.     There  was  a  certain  barbarous  count  called  Avitianus, 

savage  in  his  deeds,  who  bound  many  men  11 44 

and  brought  them  in  chains  to  the  city  of  Tours, 

intending  afterward  in  the  morning  to  kill  them  cruelly 

in  the  presence  of  the  citizens,  and  it  became  known  to  the  bishop. 

Then  the  holy  man  considered  how  he  might  help  them,       1148 

and  went  alone  at  midnight  to  his  gates, 

and  when  he  could  not  get  in  he  waited  there  outside. 

Then  the  count  was  suddenly  awaked  by  God's  angel, 

who  said  to  him  sternly,  '  Liest  thou  and  restest  thyself,       1152 

and  God's  servant  lieth  at  thy  gates  ? ' 

And  thereupon  he  arose  terrified,  and  said  to  his  men 

that  Martin  was  without  his  gates, 

and  bade  them  go  to,  and  undo  the  gates,  11 56 

that  the  servant  of  God  might  no  longer  suffer  such  insult. 

Then  they  went  out  to  the  inner  gate, 

and  told  their  lord  that  they  saw  no  one  there, 

and  said  that  he  must  have  been  deceived  in  sleep.  1160 

Then  Avitianus  went  back  to  his  bed 

and  was  again  awfully  aroused  from  sleep, 

and  shouted  to  his  men  and  said,  that  Martin  was  standing 

before  his  gates,  and  therefore  he  could  1164 

have  no  rest,  neither  of  mind  nor  of  body. 

Then  they  still  delayed,  but  he  went  himself 


1 140.  martinus    (better);  gc-nerae  B.  omits  sections  XLI-XLVII. 
us  nu.  !I53>  1164.  K.  geatum. 

1 141.  ]>eo  ;  sonse  swiSe.  Ir55-  K.  geatum. 

1 142.  om.  abl.hr.;  heo.  H56.  K.  geatu. 

19—2 


292  XXXI.      VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISC0P1. 

to  psxm  yttran  gete  .  and  efne  he  gemette 

martinum  faerute  swa  him  geswutelod  wees  .  1168 

He  wear(S  f>a  ablicged  .  and  to  f>am  halgan  were  cweeS  . 
Kwset  la  leof  hlaford  .  hwi  dest  pu  swa  ?• 
Ne  j?earft  pn  nan  word  cweef>an  .  ne  nanes  finges  biddan  . 
ic  wat  hwses  J?u  ge-wilnast  .  ac  gewend  pe  nu  ham  .  11 72 

]3e-la3S-]?e  godes  yrre  for  j?inum  teonan  me  fordo  . 
Se  halga  wer  pa,  ham  ge-wende  sona  . 
and  se  ealdor-man  het  on  J^sere  ylcan  nihte 
lsetan  ealle  aweg  .  J>a  pa,  he  wolde  acwellan  .  11 76 

and  he  sylf  ferde  afyrht  of  J>eere  byrig  . 

XLII.  TTis  waal-hreownysse  he  cydde  on  gehwilcum  burgum  . 
and  symble  he  blissode  on  unge-S£eligra  manna  slsege  . 
ac  set-foran  martine  he  wees  milde  ge-]3ulit  .  11 80 

and  ne  dorste  on  turonia  don  nane  wselhreownysse  . 
Se  halga  martinus  com  to  him  hwilon  . 
and  pa,  f>a  he  eode  into  his  spraec-huse  . 

pa,  geseah  he  sittan  senne  sweartne  deofol  11 84 

ormaetne  on  his  hrycge  .  and  he  him  on  ableow  . 
Da  wende  auitiamts  pcet  he  him  on  ableowe  . 
and  cwceS  to  pa,m  halgan  were  .  hwi  behylst  pu  me  swa  halga  . 
Se  bisceop  him  andwjrde  .  Ne  behealde  ic  na  pe  .  1188 

ac  J>one  sweartan  deofol  pe  sit  on  finum  hneccan 
ic  pe  of  ableow  .  and  se  deofol  swa  aweg  gewat  . 
1  and  his  hiwcutSe  setl  sona  &a  forlet  . 

Auitiaims  socSlice  siSfan  wees  mild-heortra  1192 

of  J^am  dsege  asfre  pe  se  deofol  him  fram  wear's  . 
oj^e  for-]9an-J)e  he  wiste  pcet  he  his  willan  ser  worhte  . 
o])pe  for-lpMi-Ipe  se  unclaene  gast  him  of-afliged  wass  . 
)?urh  martines  mihte  .  and  him  micclum  sceamode  1196 

pees  deofles  man-raedenne  pe  he  on  waes  dp  pcet  . 
XLIII.     rjlwa  mila  haefde  martinws  fram  his  mynstre 

to  turonian  byrig  pser  se  bisceop-stol  wses  . 
and  swa  oft  swa  he  J>yder  ferde  swa  forhtodon  J>a  deofla      1200 

1167.  K.  uttran.  1173.  K.  $e-les-])e.  1185.  K.  ormsete. 

1  Leaf  196,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOll.  293 

to  the  outer  gate,  and  behold,  he  found 

Martin  there  outside,  even  as  it  had  been  revealed  to  him.   1168 

He  was  astonished  and  said  to  the  holy  man  ; 

'  How  now,  O  dear  lord  !  why  doest  thou  thus  ? 

Thou  needest  speak  no  word  nor  ask  anything, 

I  know  what  thou  desirest ;    but  wend  thee  now  home,         1172 

lest  God's  anger  destroy  me  for  the  insult  to  thee.' 

Then  the  holy  man  straightway  returned  home, 

and  the  count  commanded  in  the  same  night 

to  let  all  those  go  away  whom  he  had  intended  to  kill,        11 76 

and  he  himself  departed,  being  afraid,  from  the  city. 

XLII.     He  showed  his  cruelty  in  every  city, 

and  ever  delighted  in  the  slaughter  of  unhappy  men, 

but  before  Martin  he  was  esteemed  mild,  1180 

and  durst  do  no  cruelty  in  Tours. 

The  holy  Martin  once  came  to  him, 

and,  as  he  was  going  into  his  parlour, 

he  saw  then  a  huge  swart  devil  1184 

sitting  on  his  back,  and  he  [Martin]  blew  on  him ; 

then  Avitianus  thought  that  he  was  blowing  upon  him, 

and    said    to    the   holy  man ;    '  Why   dost  thou   look  at  me  so, 

holy  father?' 
The  bishop  answered  him  ;    '  I  look  not  at  thee,  1188 

but  at  the  swart  devil  which  sitteth  on  thy  neck  ; 
I  blew  him  off  thee.'     And  so  the  devil  departed, 
and  straightway  abandoned  his  familiar  seat. 
And  Avitianus  was  more  merciful  ever  afterward  1192 

from  the  day  on  which  the  devil  departed  from  him, 
either  because  he  was   aware  that  he  had   been  performing   his 

will, 
or  because  the  evil  spirit  was  expelled  from  him 
through  Martin's  might;    and  he  was  greatly  ashamed  1196 

of  the  devil's  vassalage  in  which  he  had  been  until  then. 
XLIII.     Martin  had  two  miles  to  go  from  his  monastery 
to  the  city  of  Tours  in  which  was  his  episcopal  see; 
and  as  often  as  he  went  thither  the  devils  in  possessed  men 


294  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

on  ge-wit-seocum  mannum  for-f>an-(5e  hi  wiston  his  to-cyme  . 

and  £>a  deofol-seocan  sona  mid  swi(51icre  grymetunge 

forhtigende  waeron  .  swa  swa  pa  fordemdan  peofas  . 

on  paes  deman  to-cyme  ofdraedde  forhtigacS  .  1204 

ponne  waes  (Sam  preostum  cu(5  martinis  to-cyme 

purh  paere  deofla  grimetunge  .  peah  (5e  hi  hit  aer  nyston  . 

Swa  oft  swa  he  wolde  adraefan  deofla  of  pmn  wit-seocum  . 

swa  astrehte  he  hine  sylfne  on  paere  cyrcan  flora  .  1208 

mid  hseran  ge-scryd  .  and  mid  axum  bestreowod 

Hcgende  on  his  gebedum  belocenum  durum  . 

and  pn  deofla  sippan  of  pam  geswenctum  mannum 

mid  wundor-licum  gebaerum  wurdon  him  sona  fram  .  121 2 

pcet  se  cwyde  mihte  beon  on  martine  ge-fylled  . 

pcet  halige  menn  sceolon  englum  deman  . 

XLIIII.      ^Jum  tun  waes  on  J>am  timan  on  paere  senonican  scire 

pe  aelce  geare  oftost  waes  awest  J>urh  hagol  .1216 
swa  pcet  heora  aeceras  aer  waeron  aproxene 
ser  aenig  ryftere  pcet  gerip  gaderode  . 
pa  sende  se  tunraed  sumne  ge-trywne  aerendracan 
to  paim  halgan  martine  .  his  helpes  biddende  .  1220 

Martinus  pa  ge-baed  pone  mild-heortan  drihten 
for  fam  ge-swenctum  mannum  .  and  syppan  of  pam  dege 
1  geond  twentig  wintra  fyrst  pe  he  wunode  on  life 
ne  com  on  pam  earde  aenig  hagol  sycScSan  .  1224 

Ac  on  pam  forman  geare  pe  he  fortS-faren  waes  . 
com  eft  se  hagol  and  hi  yfele  geswencte  . 
pcet  paes  middan-eard  ongete  martines  forSsiS  . 
and  his  deatS  beweope  pe  on  his  life  blissode  .  1228 

XLV.     Qum  deofol-gild  waes  swi(5e  faeste  getimbrod  . 

and  mid  wundor-licum  weorc-stanum  ge-worht 

craeftlice  . 
and  paer  manega  ge-bro(Sra  bogodan  syppan 

on  martines  timan  .  pa,  bead  he  anum  maesse-preoste  1232 

marcellus  ge-haten  pe  paer  wununge  haefde 
pcet  he  sceolde  to-wurpan  pcet  wundorlice  deofol-gild  . 

1  Leaf  197. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  295 


feared,  because  they  knew  of  his  coming,  1201 

and  straightway  the  possessed  men,  with  horrible  roaring, 

were  filled  with  dread,   even  as  condemned  thieves 

tremble,  being  in  dread,  at  the  judge's  coming.  1204 

So  Martin's  coming  was  made  known  to  the  priests 

through  the  devil's  roaring,  though  they  knew  it  not  before. 

As  often  as  he  desired  to  cast  out  devils  from  the  insane, 

he  prostrated  himself  on  the  church-floor,  1208 

clothed  with  hair-cloth  and  bestrewed  with  ashes, 

lying  in  his  prayers  with  locked  doors, 

and  the  devils  afterward  were  immediately  driven 

from  the  afflicted  men  with  wonderful  gesticulations  ;  1 2 1 2 

that  the  saying  might  be  fulfilled  in  Martin, 

that  holy  men  shall  judge  angels. 

XLIIII.     At  that  time  there  was  a  town  in  the  province  of  the 

Senones 
which  was  usually  devastated  every  year  by  hail ;  1216 

so  that  their  fields  were  spoiled  before 
any  reaper  had  gathered  the  harvest. 
Then  the  town-council  sent  a  trusty  messenger 
to  the  holy  Martin,  praying  for  his  help.  1220 

Then  Martin  entreated  the  merciful  Lord 
for  the  afflicted  men  ;    and  from  that  day  forth, 
for  the  space  of  twenty  years,  while  he  continued  in  life, 
there  came  not  again  into  that  country  any  hail;  1224 

but  in  the  first  year  after  he  was  dead 
the  hail  came  back,  and  evilly  afflicted  them, 
that  this  earth  might  know  of  Martin's  departure, 
and  weep  for  his  death,  as  it  had  rejoiced  in  his  life.  1228 

XLV.     There  was  a  certain  idol-temple  very  firmly  built, 
and  craftily  wrought  with  wondrously  hewn  stones, 
and  there  many  brothers  dvfrelt  afterward 

in  Martin's  time.     Then  he  ordered  a  mass-priest  1232 

called  Marcellus,  who  had  his  dwelling  there, 
to  overthrow  that  wondrous  temple. 

1222.  K.  dsege.  1227.  K.  ongsjete. 


293  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

Eft  fa  se  halga  wer  com  .  and  ]>cet  weorc  stod  gehal  . 

fa  cidde  he  fam  meesse-preoste  .  and  he  him  cwce'cS  to  and&vr&re 

\>cet  naht  ea(5e  ne  mihte  senig  camplic  meniu  1237 

swilc  weorc  to-brecan  mid  swa  wundor-licum  hefe  . 

fe  ne  sceoldon  preostas  fe  waeron  un-strange  . 

ou5(5e  untrume  munecas  .  swa  mycel  weorc  to-brecan  .  1240 

pa  ge-wende  martinus  to  his  gewunelicum  fultume  . 

and  wacode  ealle  fa  niht  on  his  gebedum  ana  . 

and  sona  faes  on  mergen  .  wearcS  swa  micel  storm  . 

pcet  eall  Ipcet  ormsete  weorc  wearS  to  wend  grund-lunga  .        1244 

XL VI.     TTe  wolde  eac  to-wurpan  aenne  wundorlicne  swer 

ormaetes  hefes  .  f  e  Ipcet  haefengild  onstod  . 
ac  he  nsefde  faes  craeftes  .  pcet  he  hine  to-cwysan  mihte  . 
He  gewende  fa  eft  to  his  ge-wunelicum  gebedum  .  1248 

and  faer  com  gesewenlice  eall  swylc  ofer  swer 
ufan  of  heofonum  .  and  f  one  of  erne  to-sloh  . 
feah-f e  he  ormaete  waere  .  f cet  he  eall  wearS  to  duste  » 
Hit  waere  hwonlic  gefuht  \>cet  fam  halgan  were  1252 

heofonlic  maegen  ungesewenlice  feowde  . 
butan  mennisce  eagan  mihton  eac  geseon  . 
f cet  Sam  halgan  martine  heofonHic  miht  f  enode  . 
XLXJII.     Gum  wif  waes  on  blod-ryne  fearle  geswenct  .       1256 

fa  hrepode  heo  his   reaf  swa  man  raet  on    fam 
godspelle 
be  sumum  ofrum  wife  .  and  heo  wearcS  sona  hal  . 
XLUIII.     Oe  halga  martinus  mid  his  munecum  stod  hwilon 
on  faere  ea  ofre  .  and  efne  faer  swam  1260 

an  naeddre  wi(S  heora  .  Da  cwcecS  se  halga  wer  . 
Ic  tSe  beode  on  godes  naman  f  cet  (5u  buge  ongean  . 
and  se  yfela  wurm  sona  be  his  worde  gecyrde 
to  fam  ofrum  stafte  .  and  hi  ealle  faes  wundrodon  .  1264 

and  martinis  fa  cwcecS  mid  micelre  geomerunge  . 
Naedran  me  gehyra<5  .  and  men  me  gehyran  nellacS  . 

1246.  K.  he'Sen-.  1261.  anneddreto  heom  ;  fSe  halgae 

1259.  J>e  halgae  :  stod  hwilon.  wer. 

1260.  )>are  £a  ;  per  swam.  1262.  nome  ;  buh. 

1  Leaf  197,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MAltTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  297 

Afterward  when  the  holy  man  eame  and  the  work  stood  whole, 
he  chid  the  mass-priest,  and  he  said  to  him  in  answer  1236 

that  not  easily  could  an  armed  multitude 
break  in  pieces  such  a  work  of  such  wondrous  weight; 
neither  could  priests  who  were  but  weak, 

nor  infirm  monks  break  in  pieces  so  great  a  work.  1240 

Then  Martin  turned  to  his  wonted  aid, 
and  watched  all  that  night  alone  in  his  prayers, 
and  soon  after  in  the  morning  there  was  so  great  a  storm 
that  all  that  enormous  work  was  overturned  from  the  foundations. 
XLVI.     He  desired  also  to  overthrow  a  wondrous  pillar     1245 
of  immense  weight  on  which  the  temple  stood, 
but  he  had  not  the  strength  to  crush  it; 

then  again  he  turned  to  his  wonted  prayers,  1248 

and  there  came  visibly,  as  it  were  another  pillar 
from  above  out  of  heaven,  and  struck  the  other, 
though  it  was  exceeding  great,  so  that  it  was  all  (ground)  to  dust. 
It  might  seem  a  small  thing  that  heavenly  might  1252 

should  serve  the  holy  man  invisibly, 
unless  human  eyes  should  also  perceive 
that  heavenly  might  did  service  to  the  holy  Martin. 
XL VII.     A  certain  woman  was  grievously  afflicted  with  an  issue 
of  blood ;  1256 

then  she  touched  his  garment,  even  as  we  read  in  the  gospel 
concerning  another  woman,  and  she  immediately  became  whole. 
XLVIII.     The  holy  Martin  was  once  standing  with  his  monks 
on  the  river-shore,  and  behold  there  swam  .    1260 

a  water-snake  towards  them.     Then  said  the  holy  man ; 
*  I  command  thee  in  God's  name,  that  thou  turn  back/ 
And  the  evil  worm  instantly,  according  to  his  word, 
returned  to  the  other  bank,  and  they  all  wondered  thereat ;  1 264 
and  then  Martin  said  with  great  sadness; 
'  Adders  hear  me,  but  men  will  not  hear  me* 

1263.  J)e;    wyrm  sone  bi ;    worde  1265.  mucele  geomrunge. 
cherde.                                                                  1266.  Neddrsen  (K.  Naeddran)  ;  i- 

1264.  oftre;  hco  alle  ;  wundroden,        hyraoS;  om.me;  i-hyiaen  nellae'5. 


298  XXXI.       VITA   S.    MARTINI   EPISCOPI. 

XLIX.     f\n  easter-dagum  he  wolde  etan  fisc  gif  he  hsefde  . 

J?a  on  sumum  easter-daege  axode  he  pone  profost 
hwsetfer  he  fisc  haefde  to  J>am  freols-daege  .  1269 

and  he  to  andsware  cwce(5  .  Ipcet  hi  ealle  ne  rnihton 
ne  fisceras  .  ne  he  sylf  gefon  aenne  sprot  . 

Da  cwcelS  se  halga  wer  .  wurp  ut  nu  J>in  net  .  1272 

and  \>q  fixnocS  becym'S  .  and  he  cunnode  faes  sona  . 
Wearp  )m  ut  his  net  .  and  faer  wearcS  on-innan 
an  orniaete  leax  .  and  he  hine  up-ateah 

baer  ham  to  mynstre  .  and   ]mm  halgan  gearcode  .  1276 

L.      T  icontius  waes  gehaten  sum  ge-leafful  J?egen  . 

J?a  gelamp  his  mannum  .  Ipcet  hi  lagon  ealle 
on  un-asecgendlicum  broce  .  and  he  sende  gewrit 
to  martine  sona  sumes  helpes  biddende  .  1280 

pa  onget  se  halga  wer  Ipcet  hi  waeron  ge-J>reade 
mid  godcundre  mihte  .  and  ])cet  he  mihte  earfof>-lice 
faere  bene  him  ge-ti(5ian  .  ac  he  ne  ablan  na  swa-}>eah  . 
mid  seofon-nihte  faestene  him  fore  to-J>ingiende  .  1284 

oft-lpcet  he  beget  J>aes  Ipe  he  biddende  waes  . 
Licontius  ]?a  com  and  cydde  ])am  halgan 
mid  micelre  |?ancunge  .  Ipcet  his  hiwraeden  waes 
fraw  )?am  maenig-fealdum  brocan  J?urh  martinum  alysed  .      1 288 
and  brohte  ]mm  halgan  an  hund  punda  *  to  lace  . 
Se  halga  wer  ]m  nolde  habban  Jxme  scaet  . 
ne  hine  eac  ne  for-seah  .  ac  sealde  Ipcet  feoh  eall 
for  gehergodum  mannum  .  and  f>a  (5e  on  haeft-nedum  wseron  .     1292 
and  hi  ut  alysde  of  faere  yrmcSe  swa  . 
pa  baedon  fa  gebrofra  J>one  bisceop  georne  , 
Ipcet  he  J>aes  feos  sumne  dael  dyde  into  mynstre  . 

1267.  sester  daeg  he  walde  eeten.  I274-  and  wearp  ]>a;  nxt;  f>er;  J>a 

1268.  sume  ester- ;  he;  prouost.  (for  on-). 

1270.  he;    andswsere;     heo    alle  ;  1275.  om.  an  ;  ormete. 

mihten.  1 276.  and  ham  ber ;  om.  to  mynstre; 

1 271.  fisceraes  ;  he;  nimen  ;  sprot.       halgum. 

1272.  ]>e  (for  se)  ;  wer;  warp  ut;  1277.  i-haten  ;  leafful. 

om.  nu  ;   jnn  nset.  1278.  Ju  i- ;  momium ;  heo  laegen 

1273.  fisenoft    (K.   fixnad) ;     bicy-       alle. 

inaeS;  sonae.  1279.  unsa?cgendlice  broce;  writ. 

1  Leaf  198. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  299 

XLIX.     On  Easter-days  lie  would  eat  fish  if  he  had  it. 

Then,  on  a  certain  Easter-day,  he  asked  the  steward  1268 

whether  he  had  fish  for  the  festival ; 

and  he  said  in  answer  that  they  all  could  not, 

neither  the  fishermen  nor  himself,  catch  even  one  sprat. 

Then  said  the  holy  man;  'Cast  out  now  thy  net,  1272 

and  a  take  of  fish  shall  come  to  thee/  And  he  tried  it  immediately, 

cast  out  his  net,  and  there  was  within  it 

an  enormous  salmon  ;  and  he  drew  it  up, 

bare  it  home  to  the  monastery  and  prepared  it  for  the  saint.      1 2  76 

L.     There  was  a  certain  believing  nobleman  called  Licontius ; 

then  it  befell  his  servants  that  they  all  lay  sick 

of  an  indescribable  disease  ;  and  he  straightway  sent 

a  letter  to  Martin,  praying  for  some  help.  1280 

Then  the  holy  man  perceived  that  they  were  afflicted 

not 
by  divine  might,  and  that  he  could  easily 

grant  them  the  request ;    but  he  ceased  not,  nevertheless, 

to  intercede  for  them  with  a  seven  nights'  fast,  1284 

until  he  obtained  that  for  which  he  was  praying. 

Then  Licontius  came  and  made  known  to  the  saint, 

with  many  thanks,  that  his  household  was  delivered, 

by  means  of  Martin,  from  the  manifold  disease,  1288 

and  brought  the  saint  a  hundred  pounds  (of  silver)  as  an  offering. 

Then  the  holy  man  would  not  have  the  gift ; 

yet  he  did  not  despise  it,  but  gave  all  the  money 

to  afflicted  men  and  to  those  who  were  in  captivity,  1292 

and  thus  redeemed  them  out  of  misery. 

Then  the  brothers  earnestly  besought  the  bishop 

that  he  would  put  some  part  of  the  money  into  the  monastery-coffer, 

1280.  sone  summes  hselpes.  1288.  monigfealde  broce  ;  martine. 

1281.  ongeat  Jje   halgse    wer;    heo  1289.  hiind  pundse ;  lace. 

wseron  i-.  1290.  De;   wer;    j>gene  sceat   (K. 

1283.  heom   J>aere  bene  (K.  bena)  scat), 
tyjrisen  ;  swac  (for  blan)  ;  na  swa-.  1 291.  all. 

1284.  seofen;     heom;     -J)ingenne ;  1292.  hergedum    monnum;    J^am ; 
(read  to-Jnngienne).  -nede  wseron. 

1 285.  Set ;  bigeat  \cet  he  ;  wees.  I293.  heom  ut ;  swa  of  J>are  yrmt5e. 

1286.  com  J»a  ;  halgum.  r294-  ]>&  J  }>a  i-bro'Srse ;  biscop. 

1287.  mucel.  I295-  dyde  sumne  dsel ;  munstre. 


300  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

cwsedon  Ipcet  him  gneaSe  wsere  heora  wist  .  and  scrud  .       1296 

pa  cwceS  se  halga  wer  him  to  andsware  . 

fede  us  ure  cyrce  .  and  scryde  us  ure  cyrce  . 

and  we  of  by  sum  sceatte  naht  us  sylfum  ne  heoldon  . 

Hwset  wille  we  lencg  writan  be  martines  wundrum  1300 

J?onne  sulpicius  ssede  .  Ipcet  hi  synd  ungerime  . 

and  nan  sprsec  ne  ma?g  his  mihta  areccan  . 

for-)?an-be  he  maran  mihte  hsefde  on  his  munuc-hade  . 

f>onne  on  bisceop-hade  .  be  Sam  J>e  he  sylf  ssede  .  1304 

ac  we  willaS  nu  secgan  be  his  forcS-siSe  . 

III.     11/Tartinus  se  eadiga  wiste  his  ge-endunga 

lange  ser  he  forS-ferde  of  bysum  life  to  criste  . 
and  he  cydde  his  forS-siS  sumuwi  his  gebrofram  .  1308 

pa  weeron  on  fam  timan  set  condatensem  mynstre 
J?a  preostas  unge-hwsere  .  and  he  bider  siSode 
wolde  hi  gesibbian  ser  his  forf>siSe  . 

and  on  sibbe  for-lsetan  .  godes  ge-laf>unge  .  131 2 

He  ferde  t5a  biderwerd  mid  sumum  gebroSrum  . 
J>a  geseah  he  scealfran  swimman  on  anum  flode  . 
and  gelome  doppetan  adune  to  grunde 

ehtende  bsere  fixa  mid  frsecra  graedignysse  .  1316 

pa  cwceS  se  halga  wer  to  his  geferum  bus  . 
pas  fugelas  habbaS  feonda  gelicnysse 
J?e  syrwiaS  asfre  embe  Sa  unwaran  . 

and  graediglice  foS  .  and  gefangene  fordoS  .  1320 

and  of  bain  ge-fangenuwi  ge-fyllede  ne  bee's  . 
pa  bebead  martinws  J?am  mseS-leasum  scealfrum  . 
\>cet  hi  ge-swicon  bses  fixnoSes  .  and  sibedon  to  westene  . 
and  )?a  fugelas  gewiton  aweg  sona  to  holte  .  1324 


1296.  and  cwaedon ;    heom   neaSe  1304.  J>one ;  biscop-. 
weron  heorae.  13°5'  wyllaeS  nu  saecgan  bi. 

1297.  Se  halgse  wer  heom  ;  -swaere.  1306.  'Se  (for  se)  ;  endunge. 

1298.  us  ure  cyrce:  scrude  ;  ure.  1307.  longe  ;  he;  -ferde;  Jrisse. 

1299.  J)isse;  noht;  healden.  1308.  mmme  ;  braeftraen. 

1300.  leng  writaen bi.  1309.  pa  weron;    time  on;    mun- 

1301.  ssede;  heo  beoS  ungeryme.  stre. 

1302.  nanspaece;  mihte  reccen.  1310.  J)a  preostaes  un-Swaere. 

1303.  mare  rnihtce  haefde.  131 1,  and  walde  heom  sibbiaen. 


XXXI.      ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  301 

saying  that  their  food  and  clothing  were  scanty.  1296 

Then  said  the  holy  man  to  them  in  answer : 

'  Let  our  church  feed  us  and  let  our  church  clothe  us, 

and  we  will  keep  nought  for  ourselves  of  this  gift.' 

What  shall  we  longer  write  concerning  Martin's  miracles,      1300 

since  Sulpicius  said  that  they  were  numberless, 

and  no  speech  can  reckon  his  miracles, 

because  he  had  greater  power  in  his  monkhood 

than  in  the  episcopal  office,  according  to  what  he  himself  said  1 

But  we  will  now  speak  concerning  his  departure.  1305 

III.     The  blessed  Martin  knew  of  his  ending 

long  before  he  departed  from  this  life  to  Christ  ; 

and  he  announced  his  death  to  some  of  his  brothers.  1308 

There  were  at  that  time  in  the  monastery  at  Candes 

some  priests  at  variance,  and  he  journeyed  thither, 

desiring  to  reconcile  them  before  his  departure, 

and  to  leave  God's  congregation  at  peace.  131 2 

So  he  travelled  thitherward  with  some  brothers, 

when  he  saw  some  diver-birds  swimming  in  a  river, 

and  repeatedly  dipping  down  to  the  bottom, 

pursuing  the  fish  with  ravenous  greediness.  13 16 

Then  spake  the  holy  man  to  his  companions  thus  ; 

{  These  birds  have  a  likeness  to  fiends 

who  ever  lay  snares  about  the  unwary, 

and  greedily  take  them,  and  destroy  them  when  taken,         1320 

and  are  not  filled  with  the  prey  that  they  take.' 

Then  Martin  bade  the  greedy  divers 

desist  from  fishing  and  journey  to  the  wilderness ; 

and  the  birds  thereupon  went  away  to  the  wood,  1324 


1312.  -laeten;  laSunge.  1318.  fugelaes      habbaeS        feonde 

13 1 3.  -weard;  summe  his  broSrum.  licnysse. 

1314.  i-seah;     seealfraen    (with    s  1319-  sirwiaeS  efre ;  unwarrsen. 
erased)  swimmaen ;  ane  flode.  1320.  om.  gefangene. 

1315.  i-16me  doppedon  adun  to  pe  1321.  fsenge  i-fullede. 

grunde.     K.  doppettan.  1322.  Da  bead  ;  -leasam  seealfraen. 

1316.  ]>are  fisxa  ;  fraecrse  gred-.  1323.  heo  swicon  ;  ferden;  waesteue. 

1317.  Se  halgse  wer;    i-feren  (K.  1324.  fugelaes  wlten  awseg  souse, 
ferum). 


302  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

ealle  'endemes  .  swa  swa  se  arwurcSa  het  . 
Mid  paere  ylcan  hasse  he  afligde  pa  scealfran  . 
mid  psere  pe  he  deofla  a-drsefde  of  mannum  . 
LII.     IVTartimts  pa  si(5(5an  to  pam  mynstre  bec'om  .  1328 

and  wunode  peer  sunie  hwile  and  gesibbode  pa  preostas  . 
Eft  (5a  he  ham  wolde  pa  wearcS  he  ge-untrumod  . 
and  ssede  his  gebrocSrum  pcet  he  sceolde  foicS-faren  . 
pa  wurdon  hi  ealle  ge-unrotsode  swipe  .  1332 

and  mid  micelre  heofunge  hine  befrinan  . 
Eala  pu  feeder  hwi  forlsetst  pu  us  . 
o(5(5e  hwam  betaehst  pu  us  forlaetene  . 

witodlice  becumacS  to  pinre  eowde  1336 

reafigende  wulfas  .  and  hwa  be-werac5  hi  . 
Witodlice  we  witon  pset  pu  gewilnast  to  criste  . 
ac  pe  synd  gehealdene  pine  meda  gewisse  . 

gemiltsa  la  ure  swi(5or  pe  pu  forlaetst  .  1340 

pa  wearS  se  halga  wer  mid  pysum  wordum  astyrod  . 
and  clypode  mid  wope  .  and  cwce(5  to  his  drihtne  . 
Drihtm  min  hselend  .  gif  ic  nyd-behefe  eom 
git  pinum  folce  .  ne  for-sace  ic  na  1344 

gyt  to  svvincene  gewur<5e  pin  willa  . 
Ne  ic  ne  beladige  mine  ateorigendlican  ylde  . 
ic  pine  penunga  est-ful  gefylde  .  under  pinum  tacnur/i 
ic  campige  swa  lange  swa  pu  sylf  hsetst  .  1348 

He  lag  pa  swa  forp  ane  feawa  daga 
mid  fefore  gewseht  .  purh-wunigende  on  ge-bedum  . 
on  stipre  hseran  licgende  .  mid  axum  bestreowod  . 
pa  bsedon  pa  gebro'Sra  \>cet  hi  his  bsed  moston  1352 

mid  waccre  strewunge  huru  under-lecgan  . 

1325.  selle;  swa  swa  Se  arwurSae.  K.  also  unrotsode. 

1326.  J>are  ilcaen  ;  he  afligde.  I333-  mycele  ;  bi-frunnon. 

1327.  om.     mid     j?aere ;      deoflae;  1334-  hwlforlest(K.  forlaets);  Jnius. 
monnum.  !33.v  hwam  befcecst  Jni. 

1328.  sySSan  ;  munstre  becom.  1336.  w.  we  bi-cymaeS;  J>ine. 

1329.  wunede  ]>ser  summe  ;  sibbede;  1337.  reafiende    wulfaes   ant   hwa 


bi-werseft  heom. 

1330.  he  ham;  untromed.  J338.  Witelice;  wilnoest. 

1331.  i-broSrum.  1339-  &n&  (for  ac)  5  beoS  i-halden 

1332.  \>&  wseron  heo  alle  unrotsode.       June  maede  :  om.  gewisse. 

1  Leaf  198,  back. 


XXXI.      ST.    MARTIN,   BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  303 

all  together,  even  as  the  venerable  man  commanded. 

He  put  the  diver-birds  to  flight  by  the  same  hest 

whereby  he  had  expelled  devils  from  men. 

LII.     After  that,  Martin  came  to  the  monastery,  1328 

and  abode  there  some  while,  and  reconciled  the  priests. 

Afterward  when  he  would  have  returned  home  he  became  ill, 

and  told  his  brethren  that  he  should  die  ; 

then  they  were  all  very  sorrowful,  1332 

and  with  great  lamentation  asked  him  ; 

'  O  thou  our  father !    why  forsakest  thou  us, 

or  to  whom  committest  thou  us,  forsaken  1 

Verily  ravening  wolves  will  come  1336 

to  thy  flock,  and  who  will  defend  it  1 

Verily  we  know  that  thou  longest  for  Christ, 

and  for  thee  thy  rewards  are  laid  up  for  a  surety  ; 

oh  rather  have  pity  on  us  whom  thou  forsakest.'  1340 

Then  the  holy  man  was  moved  with  these  words, 

and  cried  with  weeping  and  said  to  his  Lord  ; 

'  Lord,  my  Saviour  !    if  I  am  yet  necessary 

to  Thy  people,  I  refuse  not  1344 

still  to  labour  ;  Thy  will  be  done ; 

I  will  not  plead  the  excuse  of  my  failing  age. 

I  have  fulfilled  Thy  service  devoutly  ;  under  Thy  sign 

I  will  fight  so  long  as  Thou  Thyself  shalt  command.'  1348 

Then  he  lay  thus  for  a  few  days  longer, 

weakened  with  fever,  continuing  in  prayers, 

lying  on  stiff  hair-cloth,  bestrewed  with  ashes. 

Then  the  brethren  entreated  that  they  might  1352 

at  least  underlay  his  bed  with  softer  bedding. 


1340.  miltsa  ;  us;  forlest.  1348.  longe ;  seolfhaest. 

1341.  J>e  ;  w£er;  J)isse.  I349>  IsegjMi;  ane ;  dagum. 

1342.  wope.  I35°-  fseferei-;  wuniende ;  beduw. 

1343.  neod-;  earn.  *35I.  sti]?e  heran  licgende  on  gebe- 

1344.  J)ine  ;  forsace  (K.  forsaca).  dummid;  bi-. 

1345.  git;  swincenne  (so  also  K.)  ;  1352.  baeden    his     broftrae  ;     heo ; 
gewurftse  ;  willse.  bed  mosten.     K.  bed. 

1346.  bi-;  niin  ateoriendlice  elde.  !353'  streowuwge  hum. 

1347.  Senungse;  i-fylde;J>lnetacna3. 


304  XXXI.      VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

pa  cwce^  se  halga  wer  to  f>am  wependum  gebroSrum  . 

Ne  gedafnaS  cristenum  menn  .  buton  ])cet  he  on  duste  swelte 

gif  ic  eow  oj^re  bysne  selle  .  Jxmne  syngie  ic  .  1356 

He  ne  let  na  of  gebedum  his  un-oferswiSdan  gast  . 

ac  he  sefre  openum  eagu??i  .  and  up-ahafenum  handum  . 

his  gebeda  ne  geswac  .  pa  woldon  J>a  preostas 

pcet  he  lage  on  oj^re  sidan  .  and  ge-lihte  hine  swa  .  1360 

1  pa  cwceS  se  halga  eft  .  Ge)mfia(5  ic  bidde 

]>cet  ic  heofonan  sceawige  swi(5or  Jwnne  eorcSan  . 

and  min  gast  sy  asend  on  his  siSfsete  to  drihtne  . 

He  geseah  )?a  standan  swif>e  gehende  J?one  deofol  .    '  1364 

and  he  hine  or-sorhlice  axian  ongan  . 

Hwset  stendst  J>u  her  wsel-hreowa  deor  . 

ne  gemetst  f>u  on  me  Jm  manfulla  aenig  J>incg  . 

Ic  beo  underfangen  on  abrahames  wununge  .  1368 

and  setter  J>ysum  wordum  gewat  seo  sawl  . 

of  J^am  geswenctan  lichaman  ge-sselig  to  heofonum  . 

On  sunnan  mergen  he  ge-wat  ]?a  )?a  he  wees  on  ylde.  . 

an  and  hund-eahtatig  wintre  .  and  sefter  cristes  J>rowunge  .  1372 

feower  hund  wintre  .  and  twelf  on  getele  . 

and  fela  manna  {>a  ge-hyrdon  on  his  forS-si(5e 

singendra  engla  swi(5e  hlude  stemna 

up-on  hea-nysse  geond  f>a  heofonas  swegende  .  1376 

swa  hit  on  bocum  ssegcS  .  pe  be  him  synd  awritene  . 

His  lie  wearS  ge-sewen  sona  on  wuldre 

beorhtre  J>onne  glees  .  hwittre  ]?onne  meolc  . 

and  his  andwlita  scean  swifor  \owne  leoht  .  1380 

J>a  iu  ge-wuldrod  to  J>am  to-werdan  seriste  . 

Eala  hwile  heofung  holdra  geleaffulra 

1354.  Da;  J?e  halgse  wser;  wepen-       preostses. 

de  broSrum.  1360.  laege  ;  sidsen :  swa. 

1355.  i-dafenseS  cristene  men  \fet  1.^61.  Da;  Jjehalgse;  GeftafiseS. 
he  buton.  1362.  heofenan  ;  }>one. 

1356.  oSerne  bisne  sylle  Sone.  !3^3.  beo  i-send  ;  -fsete;  drihtene. 

1357.  let  na ;  -swiSende.  J364-  i-seah  :  stonden  ;  neah    {for 

1358.  efre  mid  opene ;  vip-ahsefene  gehende);  deofel. 
hondum.  1365.  axiaen  ongon. 

1 359.  beda  ;     swac ;    Da    wolden  ; 

1  Leaf  199. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP  AND    CONFESSOR.  305 

Then  said  the  holy  man  to  the  weeping  brethren  ; 

'  It  befitteth  not  a  Christian  man  save  that  he  die  in  dust  ; 

if  I  set  you  any  other  example,  then  I  should  sin.'  1356 

He  released  not  his  unconquered  spirit  from  prayers, 

but  he  never  ceased  his  prayers  with  open  eyes 

and  uplifted  hands.     Then  the  priests  wished 

that  he  should  lie  on  the  other  side,  and  so  rest  himself.     1360 

Then  the  saint  replied,  '  Suffer,  I  pray, 

that  I  may  look  upon  heaven  rather  than  upon  earth, 

and  that  my  spirit  may  be  sent  on  its  journey  to  the  Lord.' 

Then  he  saw  the  devil  standing  close  at  hand,  1364 

and  he  began,  undismayed,  to  ask  him; 

'  Why  standeth  thou  here,  thou  cruel  beast  *? 

thou  wilt  find  nothing  in  me,  thou  evil  one. 

I  shall  be  received  into  Abraham's  dwelling.'  1368 

And  after  these  words  the  soul  departed 

from  the  afflicted  body,  happily  to  heaven. 

On  Sunday  morning  he  departed  when  he  was 

eighty-one  winters  old,  and  after  Christ's  passion  1372 

four  hundred  and  twelve  winters  by  computation  ; 

and  thereupon  many  men  heard  at  his  departure 

very  loud  voices  of  angels  singing 

sounding  upon  high  through  the  heavens,  1376 

even  as  it  saith  in  books  which  are  written  about  him. 

His  body  forthwith  appeared  in  glory, 

brighter  than  glass,  whiter  than  milk, 

and  his  countenance  shone  more  than  light,  1380 

then  already  glorified  for  the  future  resurrection. 

Alas  !    what  lament  of  the  true  and  faithful 

1366.  stonst.  (K.  stenst) ;  om.  her;  1374-  and  monige  men;  i-hyrden. 
-reowae  deor.  1375.  singendse  englae ;  lude  staefne. 

1367.  i-mest ;     \>u    manfullae    nan  1376.  up-;     heahnysse;     heofonaes 
Jjinc  monfullices.  swj 


[368.  -fongen.  1377-  swa;  sseS ;  beoS  i-. 

1369.  Jnsse  worde  ferde  ]>eo  sawlae.  1378.  Ho  ;  i- ;  sone. 

1370.  i-swaeinte   (K.  geswenctan)  ;  1379-  brihtre;  hwittere  Sone. 
lichame  i-  ;  beofenura.  1380.  -wlitae  scean  ;  )K>ne  liht. 

1371.  sunnsen  mseregen.  1381.  gewuldrod  swiSor  to  ;  -wear- 

1372.  an;  -eahtetig  wintrae.  dan  ariste. 

1373.  wintrae;  getaele.  1382.  hwylc ;  holdrse  i-leaffulrae. 

20 


300  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

hlude  pa  swegende  .  and  swiSost  psere  muneca 
and  mynecena  wop  on  martines  deacSe  .  1384 

LIU.      Ouni  bisceop  seuerinus  on  psere  byrig  colonia 
haliges  lifes  man  geliyrde  on  serne  mergen 
swiSe  hludne  sang  on  heofonum  .  and  pa  gelangode  he  him  to 
his  erce-diacon  .  and  axode  hine  hwseper  1388 

he  pa  stemne  gehyrde  .  fees  heofonlican  dreames  . 
He  andwjrde  and  cwoeS  .  Ipcet  he  his  nan  pincg  ne  gehyrde  . 
pa  het  se  bisceop  \cet  he  heorcnode  geornlicor  . 
he  stod  pa  and  hlyste  .  on  his  staefe  hliniende  .  1392 

and  ne  mihte  nan  ping  peere  myrhpe  gehyran  . 
pa  astrehton  hi  hi  begen  biddende  pone  gelmihtigan 
pcet  he  moste  ^  ge-hyran  pone  heofonlican  dream  . 
he  hlyste  pa  siSSan  .  and  ssede  ]>cet  he  gehyrde  1396 

singendra  stemne  .  swegen  on  heofonum  . 
and  nyste  swa-peah  hwa?t  (5a  stemna  wseron  . 
Seuerinus  (Sa  cwcecS  .  ic  pe  secge  be  pam  . 

martinis  se  eadiga  of  pysum  middan-earde  gewat  .  1400 

and  nu  englas  singende  his  sawla  feriat5 
mid  him  to  heofonum  .  and  se  hetela  deofol 
mid  his  unriht-wisum  gastum  .  hine  wolde  gelettan  . 
ac  he  ge-wat  gescynd  awseg  fram  pam  halgan  .  1404' 

and  nan  ping  his  agenes  on  him  ne  gemette  . 
Hwset  bitS  be  us  synfullum  •  nu  se  swicola  deofol 
swa  mserne  sacerd  derian  wolde  . 

pa  sende  se  erce-diacon  sona  to  turonia  .  1408 

to  martines  bisceop-stole  .  and  het  axian  be  him  . 
pa  wearS  him  soSlice  gessed  pcet  he  his  sawle  ageaf 
on  psere  ylcan  tide  pe  hi  pone  sang  gehyrdon  . 

1383.  wses     fta    lude     swsegende ;       hyrde.     K.  ]>ing. 

swiftest  ]>are  munecse.  139I-  het   \>e    biscop ;    heorcnede; 

1384.  munecenae.  -lucor. 

1385.  g.  i-haten on  ftare  burig.  1392.  and  he;    J)a  ;    luste  ;    stsefe 

1386.  mcmi-;  erne  maregen.  leoniende. 

1387.  ludne  ;  langode.  1393-  fane  oare  murhfte  i-heren. 

1388.  arche-.  i394.astr3ehteheoheom;almihtigan. 

1389.  he  ;  staefne  i- ;  -lices.  1395-  i-hyren ;  -lice. 

1390.  He  andswserde;  nan  }>ing ;  1396.  luste;  syfrSan ;  i-herde. 

1  Leaf  199,  back. 


XXXI.      ST.    MARTIN,   BISHOP   AND   CONFESSOR.  307 

was  loudly  sounding  there,  and  especially  the  wail 

of  the  monks  and  nuns  at  Martin's  death.  1384 

LIII.     A  certain  bishop  Severinus,  in  the  city  of  Cologne, 

a  man  of  holy  life,  heard  in  the  early  morning 

a  very  loud  song  in  the  heavens,  and  therewith  he  summoned  to  him 

his  archdeacon,  and  asked  him  whether  1388 

he  had  heard  the  voice  of  the  heavenly  rejoicing. 

He  answered  and  said  that  he  had  heard  nothing  of  it. 

Then  the  bishop  bade  him  to  hearken  more  carefully; 

so  he  stood  and  listened,  leaning  on  his  staff,  1392 

and  could  hear  nothing  of  that  mirth. 

Then  they  both  prostrated  themselves,  praying  the  Almighty 

that  he  might  hear  the  heavenly  music ; 

then  he  listened  again,  and  said  that  he  heard  1396 

voices  of  singers,  sounding  in  heaven, 

and  knew  not,  nevertheless,  what  the  voices  were. 

Then  Severinus  said ;    '  I  tell  thee,  concerning  this, 

that  the  blessed  Martin  hath  departed  from  this  world ;        1400 

and  now  angels,  singing,  carrying  his  soul 

with  them  to  heaven  ;    and  the  hateful  devil 

with  his  unrighteous  spirits  would  have  hindered  him, 

but  he  departed,  confounded,  away  from  the  saint,  1404 

and  found  nothing  of  his  own  in  him. 

How  will  it  be  with  us  sinful  ones,  since  the  guileful  devil 

thought  to  hurt  so  illustrious  a  priest?' 

Then  the  archdeacon  sent  forthwith  to  Tours,  1408 

to  Martin's  episcopal  see,  and  bade  enquire  concerning  him; 

then  it  was  truly  told  him  that  he  had  given  up  his  soul 

at  the  same  hour  in  which  they  had  heard  the  song. 

1397.  singende   staefne   swsegende ;  1404.  ac    he    ferde    i-scend    aweg 
heofenum.  from ;  halgum.    K.  aweg. 

1398.  -Seawh  ;  J>a  staefne  wersen.  1405.  >me  :  i-metten. 

1399.  j>se  saecge  bi  J)am.  1406.  Hwset;    bi;     sinfule  gif   J>e 

1400.  Ipe  eadigse  ferde  of  ]>isse  m.;  swicole  deofel. 

om.  gewat.  J407.  swa  ;  dserigen. 

1 40 1.  englaes;    sawle   (K.  sawla)  1408.  J>earche-;  sone  ;  turoniae. 
feriseS.  I4°9-  om.  to  . .  -stole ;  het  axiaen  bi. 

1402.  heom;  heofenuwi;  J»e  hsetele  1410.  heom;  om.  so])lice ;  cyS  {fur 
deofel.                                                               gesaed) ;  agefe. 

1403.  -wise;  laetten.  141 1.  fide;  heo;  song  i-berden. 

20—2 


308  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

LIIII.     /^n  pam  ylcan  dsege  ambrosius  se  bisceop  1412 

on  mediolana  byrig  .  pa,  J>a  he  aet  msessan  stod 
pa,  wearcS  he  on  slsepe  swa  swa  god  wolde  . 
and  hine  nan  man  ne  dorste  naht  eafte  awreccan  . 
Swa-beah  defter  twam  tidura  hi  hine  awrehton  1416 

and  cwsedon  pcet  se  tima  forb-agan  wa?re  . 
and  pcet  folc  was  re  ge-wergod  f>earle  . 
Se  halga  bisceop  fa  cwcecS  .  ne  beo  ge  ge-drefede 
micclum  me  frema<S  pcet  ic  swa  mihte  slapon  .  1420 

forcSan-be  me  min  drihtera  micel  wunclor  seteowde  . 
Wite  ge  pcet  min  brojjor  martinus  se  halga 
of  lichaman  is  afaren  •  and  ic  his  lie  behwearf 
mid  gewunelicre  fenunge  .  and  ba  pa,  ge  me  wrehton  .         1424 
pa  nges  his  heafod-clacS  eallunga  ful  don  . 
Hi  wurdon  of-wundrode  his  worda  .  and  dseda  • 
and  geaxodon  on  fyrste  pcet  se  arwurSa  martinus 
on  pa,m  dsege  ge-wat  .  pe  ambrosius  ssede  .  1428 

pcet  he  set  fees  halgan  weres  lic-J>enungurn  wsere  . 
1  Eala  eadig  is  se  wer  pe  on  his  for$-sitSe 
halgena  ge-tel  .  healice  sang  . 

and  engla  werod  blissode  .  and  ealle  heofon-ware  1432 

him  to-geanes  ferdon  .  and  se  fula  deofol 
on  his  dyrstig-nysse  burh  drihten  wearS  gescynd  . 
Seo  halige  gelacSung  on  mihte  is  gestrangod  . 
and  godes  sacerdas  synd  gewuldrode  1436 

mid  bsere  onwrigennysse  martines  forS-siftes  . 
bonne  se  halga  michahel  mid  englura  under-feng  . 
and  maria  seo  eadiga  mid  msedenlicum  werodum  . 
and  neorxne-wang  gehylt  bliSne  mid  halgum  .  1440 

141 2.  ylce  ;  J>e  biscop.  I4I9>  De  halgae  biscop-;  i-draefede. 

141 3.  bung;  he;  stod.  1420.  mycel;  fraemmeS;  slaepen. 

1414.  he  ;  sleepe  swa  swa.  1421.  mycel. 

1415.  ant;      nan    mon;      durste;  1422.  martinus     min     bro}>or     \>e 
aweccan.  seadiga. 

141 6.  Swa ;  twam  tide  heojavvaehtow.  1423.  is  of  lichamen   i-faren  ;    lie 

141 7.  $e  timse  ;  wsere.  i-hwearf. 

1418.  i-waereged.  I424-  i-wunelice ;  a-wrxhton. 

1  Leaf  200. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  309 

LIV.     On  the  very  same  day  Ambrose  the  bishop,  141 2 

in  the  city  of  Milan,  when  he  was  standing  at  mass, 

fell  asleep,  even  as  God  willed, 

and  no  man  durst  readily  awake  him  ; 

nevertheless  after  two  hours  they  awaked  him,  14 16 

and  said  that  the  time  was  passing  away, 

and  that  the  folk  were  wearied  exceedingly. 

Then  said  the  holy  bishop ;  '  Be  ye  not  vexed, 

it  greatly  profiteth  me  that  I  should  thus  sleep,  1420 

for  that  my  Lord  hath  revealed  to  me  a  great  wonder. 

Know  ye  that  my  brother,  the  holy  Martin, 

is  departed  from  the  body,  and  I  wrapped  up  his  body 

with  the  wonted  offices;  and  when  ye  awaked  me,  1424 

his  headcloth  was  not  entirely  arranged.' 

They  were  astonished  at  his  words  and  deeds, 

and  learned  after  a  while  that  the  venerable  Martin 

had  departed  on  that  day  on  which  Ambrose  said  142 8 

that  he  had  been  at  the  holy  man's  laying  out. 

Behold !    blessed  is  the  man  for  whom  at  his  departing 

the  company  of  the  saints  sang  on  high, 

and  the  host  of  angels  rejoiced,  and  all  the  heavenly  citizens 

came  to  meet  him,  and  the  foul  devil  1433 

in  his  presumption  was  by  the  Lord  confounded. 

The  holy  church  is  strengthened  in  might, 

and  the  priests  of  God  are  glorified  1436 

by  the  revelation  of  Martin's  departure, 

whom  the  holy  Michael  with  his  angels 

and  blessed  Mary  with  companies  of  virgins  received ; 

whom  paradise  holdeth,  happy  among  saints.  1440 

1425.  J)a  ;  allungse.  T43^.  godses  sacerdses  beofi  i-. 

1426.  Heo  wurdon  Sa  ;  wordse.  J437«  J»are. 

1427.  antaxode;  fte  eadiga  m.  T43^  A.  K.  forme  (wrongly);  B. 

1429.  wseres ;  -J)enunge  were.  J>one      {correctly)  ;      oe     (for     se)  ; 

1430.  wer.  michael. 

1431.  halgre  engel  i-tael.  J439«  A.  seo;  K.  sio  ;  B.  $eo.     B. 

1432.  engle  werod  ;  all.  eadige  mseden  mid  ;  -lice  werode. 
!433-  to-;  ferde;  J>e  fulse  deofel.  I44°-  on   (for  and);  neorcxa  (!) ; 

1434.  dyrstinysse  ;  i-.  wange  (eo  also  K.)  ;  healt. 

1435.  Deo;  la'Sung ;  i-strongod. 


310  XXXI.      VITA   S.    MARTINI    EPISCOPI. 

LV.     X\a  fa  fees  halgan  weres  lie  Iseg  inne  fa  git  . 

fa  com  faer  micel  meniu  of  manegum  burgum  . 
and  \>cet  pictauisce  folc  swa  swa  \>cet  turonisce  . 
and  faer  weartS  ge-flit  be-twux  fam  twam  folcum  .  1444 

pa  pictauiscan  cwsedon  fe  tSyder  gecumene  waeron  . 
He  wees  ure  munuc  .  and  eac  ure  abbod  . 
we  willaS  hine  habban  for-fan-fe  we  hine  alsendon  aer  . 
ge  brucon  his  sprsece  .  and  his  lare  notedon  .  1448 

ge  wseronon  his  ge-reordum .  and  mid  his  gebletsungum  ge-strangode. 
and  mid  msenig-fealdum  wundrum  wseron  gegladode  . 
sy  eow  eall  fis  ge-noh  .  lsetatS  nu  huru  us 

his  sawl-leasan  lichaman  ferian  mid  us  .  1452 

pa  andswaredon  fa  .  fa  turoniscan  f  us  . 
Gif  ge  secgatS  f  cet  us  synd  genoh  his  wundra  . 
fonne  wite  ge  f cet  he  worhte  ma  wundra  mid  eow 
fonne  he  mid  us  dyde  .  and  feah  we  fela  for-hebbon  .         1456 
eow  he  arserde  witodlice  twegen  deade  men  . 
and  us  buton  senne  .  and  swa  swa  he  oft  saede  . 
\>cet  he  maran  mihte  on  munuc-hade  hsefde  . 
Iponne  on  bisceop-hade  .  and  we  habba(5  nu  neode  1460 

f  cet  he  dead  gefylle  Ipcet  he  ne  dyde  on  life  . 
Eow  he  wees  a?t-broden  .  and  us  frara  gode  forgifan  (sic)  . 
and  sefter  fa  ealdan  gesetnysse  he  sceal  habban  '  byrgene 
on  fsere  ylcan  byrig  faer  he  bisceop  waes  .  1464 

Gif  ge  for  minstres  f  ingon  .  and  f  cet  he  mid  eow  waes 
hine  habban  willaS  .  f  onne  wite  ge  f  is 
f  cet  he  on  mediolana  aerest  mynster  haefde  . 
Betwux  fisum  gewinne  wearS  se  daeg  ge-endod  .  1468 

1 441.  om.  halgan.  1448.  Ge  ;     lare     (for     sprsece) ; 

1442.  om.  pa;  com  ;  mycel;  monege.       spsece  (for  lare) ;  noteden. 

K.  has  com©  sefter/or  com  pser.  x449-  ge  weron;  reorde;  bletsunge 

1443.  and  (for  swa  swa  pset).  i-stronged. 

1444.  ©ear  weserS  flit  (K.  geflitt) ;  1450.  monigfealde       wundre       ge 
betwyx;  twam.  waeron  i-.     K.   wordura    (for    wun- 

1445.  -iscen  cwaedon  ]>cet  heo  older  drum.) 

i-cumene  weron.  I45I-  heo  eow  all ;  i-noh  IsetaeS  us 

1446.  ure  ;  om.  eac.  nu  hure. 

1447.  willseS  ;  habbaen  ;  leenden  aer.  1452.  sawulease  lichame  ferien. 

1  Leaf  200,  back. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP   AND    CONFESSOR.  31] 

LV.     While  the  holy  man's  body  was  still  lying  within, 

there  came  there  a  great  multitude  from  many  cities, 

and  the  Poitevin  folk  no  less  than  the  people  of  Tours, 

and  there  was  a  strife  betwixt  the  two  peoples.  1444 

Then  said  the  Poitevins  who  had  come  thither ; 

*  He  was  our  monk  and  also  our  abbot, 

we  desire  to  have   him  because  we  lent  him  formerly; 

ye  have  enjoyed  his  words  and  profited  by  his  teaching,        1448 

ye  have  conversed  with  him  and  been  strengthened  by  his  blessings, 

and  have  been  gladdened  by  manifold  wonders ; 

let  all  this  be  enough  for  you.     Let  us  now  at  least 

convey  his  soulless  body  with  us/  1452 

Then  the  men  of  Tours  answered  thus  ; 

'  If  ye  say  that  his  miracles  are  enough  for  us, 

then  know  ye  that  he  wrought  more  miracles  with  you 

than  he  did  with  us ;    and  although  we  pass  over  many,       1456 

for  you  he  raised  verily  two  dead  men 

and  for  us  but  one ;    and  so  he  often  said, 

that  he  had  more  might  in  the  monastic  office 

than  in  the  episcopal  office,  and  we  have  now  need  1460 

that  he,  being  dead,  should  accomplish  that  which  he  did  not  in  life. 

From  you  he  was  taken  away  and  given  to  us  by  God, 

and  after  the  old  tradition  he  ought  to  have  a  sepulchre 

in  the  same  city  where  he  was  bishop.  1464 

If  ye  desire  to  have  him  for  the  sake  of  the  monastery 

and  because  he  was  with  you,  then  know  ye  this, 

that  he  had  a  monastery  in  Milan  at  the  first.' 

In  the  midst  of  this  dispute  the  day  came  to  an  end,  1468 

1453.  answerdan  heom  ;    om.   Jja;  1461.  i-fylle. 

-isce  f'us.  1462.  Eow  he;  setbrogdon  ;  from; 

1454.  secgaeft  ;  beooM-noh  ;  wundrse.  i-gifen.     K.  forgifen. 

1455.  wrohte  ma  wundrae.  14^3-  ©are  ealde ;  om.  lie. 

1456.  Sone  ;  we  ;  habbaen.  1464.    ftare     ylcae     burig  ;     biscop 

1457.  eow     he     arerde     witolice;  wees. 

men.  1465.  munstres ;      and     for]>an-©e 

1458.  genne;  swa  swa.  )>oet ;  wses. 

1459.  mare  miht ;  B.  places  haefde  1466.  willaeo\ 
after  he.  1467*  lie  ;  munster. 

1460.  }>one ;   bi?cop-;    we   habbsefr  1468.  Sissum;       waes       Se       dseg 
nu  neode.  i-endod. 


312  XXXI.       VITA    S.    MARTINI  EFISCOPI. 

and  butu  Sa  burh-waru  besaston  Jxme  balgan  . 
and  woldon  (5a  pictauiscan  mid  gewinne  on  mergen 
niman  ]x>ne  halgan  neadunga  set  pam  oprum  . 
pa  on  middre  nihte  swa  swa  raartinus  wolde  .  1472 

wurdon  J>a  pictauiscan  swa  wundorlice  on  slsepe 
pcet  of  ealre  psere  meniu  an  man  ne  wacode  . 
pa  gesawon  J?a  turoniscan  hu  j?a  o]?re  slepon  . 
and  ge-namon  pcet  lie  pe  J^aer  la?g  on  flora  .  1476 

and  to  scipe  bseron  mid  swicSlicre  blisse  . 
and  ef'ston  mid  reowte  on  faere  ea  uigenna  . 
and  swa  fortS  on  liger  swycSe  hlude  singende  . 
oS  pcet  bi  becomon  to  f>aere  byrig  turonia  .  1480 

pa  wurdon  pa  oJ>re  awrehte  mid  peon  sange 
and  naht  heora  gold-hordas  (sic)  pe  hi  healdan  sceoldon 
hsebbende  naeron  .  ac  hi  ham  ge-wendon 

mid  mycelre  sceame  .  pcet  him  swa  gelumpen  wses  .  1484 

Se  halga  lichama  pa  wear  (5  geled  on  byrgene 
on  j^aere  ylcan  byrig  J?aer  he  bisceop  waes  . 
mid  micelre  wurcS-mynte  .  and  ]?8er  wurdon  si(5$an 
fela  wundra  gefremode  for  his  ge-earnungum  .  1488 

Syx  and  twentig  wintra  he  wees  pser  bisceop  . 
and  seo  burh-waru  waes  butan  bisceope  lange 
aer  martinus  waere  gehalgod  to  bisceope  . 

for  pam  haej?en-scipe  pe  pcet  folc  £>a  be-eode  .  1492 

Sy  wuldor  and  lof  pam  wel-willendan  scyppende 
pe  his  halgan  sacerd  swa  geglengde  mid  wundrum  • 
se  pe  on  ecnysse  rixaf>  aelmihtig  wealdend  .     Amen.  1495 

J  Olim  haec  trastuli  .  sicuti  ualui  .  sed  moclo  jrraecibus .  constrictus 
plenius.  0  martine  sanctae  rneritis  praeclare  .  iuua  me  miserum  . 
meritis  modicum  .  Caream  quo  neuis  .  mihimet  nocuus  .  castiusq&e 
uiuam  .  Nadus  iam  ueniam  . 

1469.  ba  twa ;  -warse  ;  halgae.  !475-  i-ssegen  ;  -cean  hu  ;  slaepen. 

1470.  -iscean  ;  maregen.  H?^.  and  )>a  nomen  ;  lie;  flore. 

1471.  nimen  ;  halga  neadunge.  1477.  beron. 

1472.  midre  ;  swa  swa.  1478.  aefston;  reowette;  uigennaeea. 

14 73.  -iscean;  wurderlice(!);  slaepe.  1479.  svviSe  hide.     K.  lude. 

1474.  aire  ftare ;  an  mon.  1480.  Set  heo  bi-comen;  )>areburig. 

1  Leaf  201. 


XXXI.       ST.    MARTIN,    BISHOP    AND    CONFESSOR.  313 

and  the  citizens  of  both  towns  kept  close  by  the  saint; 

and  the  Poitevins  purposed  in  the  morning 

to  take  the  saint  violently  away  from  the  others  by  force. 

Then  at  midnight,  as  Martin  willed,  1472 

the  Poitevins  were  so  wondrously  asleep 

that  of  all  the  multitude  not  one  man  watched. 

Then  the  men  of  Tours  saw  how  the  others  slept, 

and  took  the  body  which  lay  there  on  the  floor,  1476 

and  bare  it  to  the  ship  with  exceeding  joy, 

and  hastened  by  rowing  on  the  river  Vienne, 

and  thence  into  the  Loire,  very  loudly  singing, 

until  they  came  to  the  city  of  Tours.  1480 

Then  the  others  were  aroused  by  the  song, 

and  were  possessing  naught  of  their  treasure 

which  they  should  have  guarded,  but  they  returned  home 

with  great  confusion  that  it  had  so  befallen  them.  1484 

Then  the  holy  body  was  laid  in  a  sepulchre 

in  the  same  city  where  he  had  been  bishop, 

with  great  solemnity,  and  there  afterward 

many  miracles  were  performed  for  the  sake  of  his  merits.      14S8 

Six  and  twenty  winters  he  was  bishop  there, 

and  the  city  was  long  without  a  bishop 

before  Martin  was  consecrated  as  bishop, 

on  account  of  the  heathenism  which  the  people  then  practised. 

Be  glory  and  praise  to  the  benign  Creator  1493 

Who  so  adorned  His  holy  priest  with  miracles; 

Who  reigneth  in  eternity,  Almighty  Ruler.     Amen.  1495 


1481.  Da;  awaehte  ;  songe.  1489.  Six;  Ser  biscop. 

1482.  heorse ;    -hordes;    heo   heal-  1490.  J>eo;    -ware;     longe     buton 
den.  biscope.     K.  biscope. 

1483.  neron;  heo  ham  wenden.  I49I*  wsere    i- ;    biscope   (so  also 

1484.  seeame;  heom;  i-lumpen.  K.). 

1845.  Pe »  -hame  }>a  ;  i-laigd  ;  buri-  J492'  J>an  ;  ]>a  i-eode. 

gene.  H93*  Beo  ( for  Sy)  ;  -willende. 

i486.  Sare  ;  burig  ;  biscop,  J494>  om.  sacerd  ;  swa  geglaengde ; 

1487.  mycele   wyrSmente ;    weron  wundre. 

syS'San.  1495-  J^J^;  rixseS;  almihtig.     K. 

1488.  wundrte  i-;    Jmrh  his  earn-  B.  omit  the  Latin, 
unge. 


314  XXXII.       PASSIO   SANCTI   EADMUNDI    REGIS. 


XXXII. 

XII.  KAL.  DVCEMBRES.     PASSIO  SANCTI  EADMVNDI 
REGIS  ET  MARTYRIS. 

[Various  readings  from  U.  ( =  CamK_lJniv.  Lib.  Ii.  I.  33);  0.  (  =  Otho  B.  10, 
very  imperfect) ;  V.  (  =  Vitellius  V.  17,  very  imperfect)  ;  and  B.  (  =  Bodley 
343,  of  later  date),] 

vm  swyoe  gel^ered  munuc  comf  su,]?an  ofer  see  fram   soncte  1 
benedictes'  stowe  on  aebelredes  cynincges  daege  to  dunstane 
aerce-bisceope  prim  gearum  ser  he  ioroterde  .  and  se  munuc  hattj    1 1^.- 

abbo  .  *ba  wurdon  hi    set   spraece  dbhcet  dunstan  rente  be  scmcte 

i         a  -         r        a  a  1         i'-+      i,        u  1  4. 

eadmunde  .  swa  swa  eadmundes  swurd-bora  hit  rehte  aebelstane 

'    cymncge  pa  pa  dunstan  iun&  man  wses  .  and  se  swurd-bora  waes  tor- 


ealdod  man  .  pa   gesette    se    munuc    ealle    ba    gereccednysse    on 
bee  .  and    eft    (5a  ba   seo   boc   com    to    us    binnan    feawuwi 


anre 


gearum  ba  awenae   we  nit  on  englisc  .  swa  swa  hit   her-serter 

■*  stent  .*  Se  munuc  ba  abbo  binnan  twam  gearum  .  gewende  Ham 

to  his  mynstre  and  wearS  sona  to  abbode  geset  on  bam  ylcan 

Eadmund  'se  eadiga  eastengeI,  cyisincg  "      a-  aJp^f 

^wres  snotqr  and  fwur&fun  ._and  wurooae  sy  mDl(j        q 

^nd  ^^f^^^^^^^^ ^^  Cto&*!M 
H6  wees  fiftl^moaY  and  gepiirigen  .  and  swa  an-raede  burh-wunode 

\m  ieahtrum  . 

peawas ,. 

LgnJ  J5u  eart  to  neafod-men  ge-set  .  ne  anefe  pu  oe  .  /20 

ac  beo  betwuV  manhura  swa  swa  a^mafot  '01mm  . 
Hfe-    ^>^l   CM***41*!?  ^£»^VirtWt#wrt>iy*r  o*~& 
He  waes  cystig  waedlum  &nd  wydewum  swa   ~ 


ra  swa  Maecier 

Title.  B.  Natale  saracft  eadmmidi,  4.  B.  heo  on  spece  ;  sco. 

regis  et  martyris.  5.  B.  eadmundo  swa  swa;  swyrd- 

1-12.  U.  omits.  borse;  raehte  ae}>elstan. 

1.  B.    ilsered    munuc    com;    from  6.  B. kynge;  geuncmon;  Jjesweord- 
sseincte.  borae. 

2.  B.  sej^elrsedes  dagum  kynges.  7.  B.  m6n;  sette  iSe  muniic  alle  ]>as 

3.  B.  arche- ;  J>reom  gearse  aer])am  ge-recednysse. 
J>e  ;  -fgrde  ;  sum  (for  se). 

1  Leaf  201,  back. 


XXXII.       ST.    EDMUND,    KING    AND    MARTYR.  315 


XXXII. 

NOV.    20.      PASSION    OF   SAINT   EDMUND, 
KING  AND   MARTYR. 

A  certain  very  learned  monk  came  from  the  South,  over  the  sea, 
from  Saint  Benedict's  Stow,  in  the  days  of  king  ^Ethelred,  to 
archbishop  Dunstan,  three  years  before  he  died;  and  the  monk 
was  called  Abbo.  Then  they  were  in  conversation  till  Dunstan 
told  him  about  saint  Edmund,  even  as  Edmund's  sword-bearer  told 
it  to  king  ^Ethelstan,  when  Dunstan  was  a  young  man  and  the 
sword-bearer  a  very  old  man.  Then  the  monk  put  all  this  story 
in  a  book,  and  afterwards,  when  the  book  had  come  to  us,  within 
a  few  years,  we  turned  it  into  English  just  as  it  stands  here- 
after. This  monk  Abbo  within  two  years  went  home  to  his 
minster,  and  was  almost  immediately  appointed  abbot  in  that 
same  minster.  12 

Edmund  the  blessed,  king  of  the  East  Angles,, 
was  wise  and  honourable,  and  ever  glorified, 
by  his  excellent  conduct,  Almighty  God. 

He  was  humble  and  'oevout,  and  continued  so  steadfast  16 

that  he  would  not  yield  to  shameful  sins, 
nor  in  any  direction  did  he  bend  aside  his  practices, 
but  was  always  mindful  of  the  true  doctrine. 
[If]  thou  art  made  a  chief  man,  exalt  not  thyself,  20 

but  be  amongst  men  as  one  of  them. 
He  was  bountiful  to  the  poor  and  to  widows  even  like  a  father, 

8.  B.  ane  b6c  ;  seft ;  fteo  (for  seo)  ;       anraede.     B.  -wunede. 

com ;  binnon.  1 7.   U.   abugan ;    B.    bugsen.      B. 

9.  B.  swa  swa  ;  her-.  bisuoerfulle  leahtrae. 

10.  B.  stont;  >e  inunuc  ;  bmnon  18.  B.  nane  (for  na)>re) ;  ahydde ; 
twam  gearum  wende.  J>eawses. 

11.  B.  om.  his.  B.  )>a  {for  sona) ;  19.  TJ.  B.  symle.  B.  mundig  )>are 
iset ;  ylcsen.  so)>an  lufe. 

13.  U.  B.  $e  (for  se).  B.  seadigae;  20.  B.  gyf;  A.  U.  omit.  B.  \>u  ; 
-englse.     U.  kyning  ;  B.  kyng.                   to  heofod-men.     U.  gesett ;    B.  iset. 

14.  U.  snoter  ;  B.  snoter.  B.  wurS-       B.  ahsefe. 

ful.     U.  B.  symle.  21.  B.  beo  be-tweox  monnum  swa 

15.  B.  se|>ele  ;  almihtigse  god.  swa.    U.B.  an.    B.  mon. 

16.  U.   eaff-.      B.    ipuncgen.      U.  22.  U.  B.  swa  swa. 


316  XXXII.       PASSIO    SANCTI    EADMUNDI   REGIS. 

and  mid  weu-willendnysse  gewissode  his  folc  *  ,  *      {SLJ 

symle  ,io  rinjt-wisnysse  .  and^pam  repum.  sjyrde  .  24 

and  gesaeliglice  ledfode  on  soban  geleaiaii-a       »    /  / 

i±\t  ge-iamp  oa/set  nextan   pcet  pa  demscan  leode     /      / 

c  ^  00 i£  *  &r ,  /-iomLw  v  *****  1  *  v 


erdon  mid  scipfhere  hergiende  and  sleande      7 
wide  geond  .land  swa  swa  lieora  gewuna  is  .  4.»  >   /.    J.,  .2% 

*K-  i^^J^*1"  ''*^#  rP^V-  l^WT  ty*s"V  UaC}Lvj 

. ,  Un  bam  flotan  wseron   pa  iyrmesfan  heaiod-mjn     *         . 
hinguar  and  nubba  .  geanleehte  burn  deofol  .       .    »        /<„/ 

— 4 1  ifcy*  ^#'vM'r  j  **r«t*  ^i>rK  ruwUuV'> 

and  hi  on  nor o-nym bra-Ian de  gelendon  mid  sescum  . 
^  vand  aweston  pecs  Iana  '.  and  ba  leoaaofslogdn  Tf  32 

'  pa  ge-wende  hinguar  east  m^  Ins  scipum  . 
,  ""and  hubba  belafcn  norcS-hymbra-lande  .   -  / 

gewUnnenum  sige  /  mnjT  wseOireowrrysse  ,       '  * 

Hmg'uar  pa  oecom  to  east-ensmim  rowen&e\       ^J  Sl?>6 

on  bam  geare  be  selired  f8eoelmcg  .  an  ,and  twentig  geare  wses.  .  * 

se  Te  west-sexena  cynincg  sipban  wearo  msere  ../ 
~^ '    And  se  fere-sseda  hinguar^aeruce  gwa  swa  wutt   r 
^^  on  lande  bemalcode  /and  fa  leode  sfonX  // 
weras  and  wif  .  and  f>a  ungewittigan  cild  . 
^and^o  bysmore  tucode  b^'bilewitan  cristenan 

He  sende  tfa  sona  sytStSan  to  fp&m  cynhiffe 
*"  beotlic  aerenoe  .  pw^ne  abiigan  sceoTae  /  t      .     *>,  44 


40 


t^  > 


to  his  man-rsedene  glf  he  rohte  his  fepres  T. 

Se  serendraca  com  ba  to  eadmunde  cynincee 

and  hmguares  serende  him  .ardlice  abead  w 

Hinguar  ure  cyning  cene  and  sigefsest  .  48 

on  dse  and  on  lande  .  haefe  fela  f>eoda  g^ewyld  .      / 

23.  U.  wel-willendnysse ;  B.  wael-  30.  U.  Hingwar;   gean-.     B.  deo- 
willendne8se.     B.  wissode.  fel. 

24.  B. -nesse;  reftan  styrede.  31.  B.     heo.     U.     -humbra;     B. 

25.  U.  geselig-;  B.  i?aelig-.    U.  on  -humbre.     B.  -londe  ge-lsendon. 
soSiun  geleafan ;  B.  om.  32.  B.  wsesten;    lond.     U.  leoda; 

26.  B.  i-lamp  J>a;  nyxtan  ;  deniscse.  B.  leoden.    B. -sl6gen. 

U.  leoda ;  B.  leodae.  33.  U.  ge-wsende ;  B.  wende.     U. 

27.  B.   ferden;    scyp-.     U.   hergi-       hingwar.     B.  east;  scypum. 
gende  ;  B.  hergende.  34.  U.  -humbra ;  B.  -humbrae. 

28.  B.     16nd     swa     swa     heorae  35.  B.  wunnenum ;  -reownesse. 
wune.                                                                 36.  U.  Hingwar.     B.  bi-c6m  f>a. 

29.  B.  floten  wseron.   U.  furmestan ;  37.  U.  B.  a^eling,     B.  an;  geare 
B.  fyrstan.     U.  -menn  ;  B.  -mtn.             wxs. 


XXXII.      ST.   EDMUND,    KING   AND   MARTYR.  317 

and  with  benignity  guided  his  people 

ever  to  righteousness,  and  controlled  the  violent,  24 

and  lived  happily  in  the  true  faith. 

Then  at  last  it  befell  that  the  Danish  people 

came  with  a  fleet,  harrying  and  slaying 

widely  over  the  land,  as  their  custom  is.  28 

In  that  fleet  were  their  chief  men, 

Hingwar  and  Hubba,  associated  by  the  devil, 

and  they  landed  in  Northumbria  with  their  ships, 

and  wasted  the  land  and  slew  the  people.  32 

Then  Hingwar  turned  eastward  with  his  ships, 

and  Hubba  was  left  in  Northumbria, 

having  won  the  victory  by  means  of  cruelty. 

Then  Hingwar  came  rowing  to  East  Anglia  36 

in  the  year  when  ^Elfred  the  setheling  was  one  and  twenty  years  old, 

he  who  afterward  became  the  renowned  king  of  the  West-Saxons. 

And  the  aforesaid  Hingwar  suddenly,  like  a  wolf, 

stalked  over  the  land  and  slew  the  people,  40 

men  and  women,  and  witless  children, 

and  shamefully  tormented  the  innocent  Christians. 

Then  soon  afterward  he  sent  to  the  king 

a  threatening  message,  that  he  must  bow  down  44 

to  do  him  homage,  if  he  recked  of  his  life. 

So  the  messenger  came  to  king  Edmund, 

and  speedily  announced  to  him  Hingwar's  message. 

'  Hingwar  our  king,  keen  and  victorious  48 

by  sea  and  by  land,  hath  rule  over  many  peoples, 

38.  B.    J?e    ]>e.      U.    west-sexena  45.  U.man-rsedene;  B.  monrsedene. 
cyning  ;    B.  waest-seaxene  kyng.     B.       U.  B.  his  feores  rohte. 

sySoan ;  maere.  46.  B.   Be    serendracae   c6m.      U. 

39.  B.  J)e  (for  se).     IT.  B.  -saede.       cyninge ;  B.  kynge. 

U.  hingwar.     B.  swa  swa.  47.  U.   hingwaeres.      B.   heardlice 

40.  U.  B.  to  (for  on).   U.  bestal-       ahead. 

code ;   B.  bi-stalcode.     B.  J)e   leodae.  48.  U.    Hingwar.      B.    ure.      U. 

U.  ofsloh.  cining ;  B.  kyng.     U.  kene ;  B.  kene. 

41.  B.  weraes;  unwittige  child.  B.  -fest. 

42.  B.  bysmere;  bilewite  cristene.  49.  B.  londe.      U.  ins.  he   before 

43.  U.   B.   siSoan  sona.     B.   >am  haefS.     B.    felse    J>eodae    iwald.      U. 
kynge.  leoda  (for  J>eoda). 

44.  B.  beotlice ;  he  bugon. 


318  XXXII.      PASSIO    SANCTI   EADMUNDI    REQIS. 

,nd  com  nu  mid  fyrde  fserlice  her  to  lande 
>cet  he  her  winter-setl  mid  his  werode  haebbe  . 


and 

Nu  het  h 


Nu  het  he  J>e  dselan  )?ine  digelan  gold-ho. 
and  pinra  yldrena  gestreon  ardlicei  wiS  hi 
and  bu  beo  his  under-kvninsr  .  sfif  <Su  cue 


and  pu  beo  his,  under-kyning 


Si  V/J.V*     AJ.KJJ.  \A.C  S 

Jwio  hine 
f  feu  cucu  beon  ^vy 


5-' 


ylt  . 


Hmfe  r\ 

.beonwyl    .    ^  L± 


56 


raes  and 


^fa 


generidost  ^j 

repan  *  nmguare  aira-i 


e  smeade    0 
an  sceolae  . 


jrhtode  se.  bisceoji'  fol^liaw^fserlican  eelimpi^^V    7*  ^^.z  /    -f 
_  jor  -pses"  cynincges  lifef *  and  eweep  \>M  him  raecTpuhte    ^60 
' 'pce^  he  m  J>am  gebuge  J>e  him  bead  hinguar  .  *"  j 

^pa'  suwode^sycyfiineg  and  besean  to  fsere  eol^any^ 
and  ewee])  f>a  set  nextan  cynelS?  htm  X^T^     ,   *      p<x?f~ 
Eala  bu  bisceop  to  bysmore  synd  getawode  64 

bas  earman  land-leoda 
i<f  on  feohtejfeolle 


*a^v- 


; 

pcet 

ardes 


Dl 


rucan 


anu  me  nu  leolre  wsere  ,  /   > 

w^evbam  pe  mm  iolc  1    '    ' 

,n'*.  ana  sejblsceop  ewjzp 


68 


O^! 


and  , 

^rataa  bu  miom  elfiiel  pmuwfeore  IgebSoi 
uoooe  pu  pe  swa  gebeorgepce 


Feohtan  nisege     .    (J.  / 
.  and  Ipfi  jcucenne  gebindaS 


am 


sbeoifee ?  |3ref  ^u1 'ffigffiTtb  hi: 

'pa  cwoeb  eadmund  cyning  swa  swa  he  fuLceneTwses  . 
sXK*.  %Jjl^:<^  .      »     ,  U*i\A-.        i*.fi    Wa^s 
pees  ic  gewilniee  .and  gewisce  mid  mode. .     # ^— - , 

jcet  ic  ana  ne  .beliie  seller /minum  /eofum  begnum  -.  .AC 

^j  ^    Oo  .  tvc^   /^d&     iA^h     u^H>  civ (&**   V-   ,  -^ i^> 

?e  on  heora  bedde  wurdqn^mid  bearnum  .  and  \yifum 

TaBruce'ofslgegene  fram ' J>ysum  Iflot-mamium; ^ 


72 


7^> 


50.  B.  c5in.     U.  B.  nu.    U.  furde; 
B.  ferde.     B.  ferlice  her ;  lande. 

51.  B.  -selt.     U.  hebbe;  B.  habbe. 

52.  U.  nu  ;  B.  Nu.    B.  hset;  dselen. 
IJ.  B.  diglan.     B.  -hordses. 

53.  B.  J)ine  aeldrynse  streon  haerlice. 

54.  B.  \cet  {for  and).    U.  -cyning; 
B.  -kyng.     B.  cwyc ;  wult. 

55.  B.  Su  ;  -standsen. 

56.  B.   Hwaet.      U.   eamund.     U. 


kyning;  B.kyng  (inn.  after  eadmund). 
U.  cleopode ;  B.  clypede.     B.  biscop. 

57.  U".  gehendost ;  B.  hendest.     B. 
waes. 

58.  B.  hu ;  berstan  (for  and-wyr- 
dan). 

59.  B.  forhtede  pe  biscop  ;  fgerlice. 

60.  U.  kyninges;   B.  kynges.     U. 
raed.    B.  jjuhte. 

61.  B.  abuge;  hinguar  him  bead. 


Leaf  202. 


XXXII.       ST.    EDMUND,    KING   AND    MARTYR.  319 

and  has  landed  here  suddenly  even  now  with  an  army, 

that  he  may  take  up  his  winter-quarters  here  with  his  host. 

Now  he  commandeth  thee  to  divide  thy  secret  treasures  52 

and  thine  ancestors'  wealth  quickly  with  him, 

and  thou  shalt  be  his  under-king,  if  thou  desire  to  live, 

because  thou  hast  not  the  power  that  thou  mayst  withstand  him/* 

So  then  king  Edmund  called  a  bishop  56 

who  was  handiest  to  him,  and  consulted  with  him 

how  he  should  answer  the  savage  Hingwar. 

Then  the  bishop  feared  for  this  terrible  misfortune, 

and  for  the  king's  life,  and  said  that  it  seemed  best  to  him  60 

that  he  should  submit  to  that  which  Hingwar  bade  him. 

Then  the  king  kept  silence  and  looked  on  the  ground, 

and  said  to  him  at  last  even  like  a  king ; 

'Behold,  thou  bishop,  the  poor  people  of  this  land  64 

are  brought  to  shame,  and  it  were  now  dearer  to  me 

that  I  should  fall  in  fight  against  him  who  would  possess 

my  people's  inheritance.'     And  the  bishop  said, 

'  Alas,  thou  dear  king    thy  people  lie  slain,  68 

and  thou  hast  not  sufficient  forces  with  which  thou  mayest  fight, 

and  these  seamen  will  come  and  will  bind  thee  alive, 

unless  thou  save  thy  life  by  means  of  flight, 

or  thus  save  thyself  by  yielding  to  him.'  72 

Then  said  Edmund  the  king,  full  brave  as  he  was; 

1  This  I  desire  and  wish  in  my  mind, 

that  I  should  not  be  left  alone  after  my  dear  thanes, 

who  even  in  their  beds,  with  their  bairns  and  their  wives,     76 

have  by  these  seamen  been  suddenly  slain. 

62.  B.   swywode   J>e.     U.    cyning;  70.  B.  cumaeS ;  cwicne  bindsejj. 

B.  kyng.     B.  bi-seah;  pare.  71.  B.  buten;  ]>ine;  burge.    U.  ]>u. 

63.  U.    ]>a    aet.      U.   nsextan;    B.  72.  U.  swa.    U.  beorge;  B.  burge. 
nyhstan.     U.  B.  kyne-.  73.  U.  kyning ;  B.  kyng.     B.  swa 

64.  B.    biscop ;    bysmere    beoS    i-  swa.     U.  full.     B.  kene. 
tawode.  74.  B.  wilnige ;  wisce. 

65.  B.  fjaes;  lond-leodae;  nu;  were.  75.  A.   ane,  alt.  to  ana;  U.  ana; 

66.  XJ.  gefeohte;  >an  {for  J>aw).  B.  ane.     B.  bi-leafe;  mine;  psegnum. 

67.  B.  heorse ;  brucaen ;  fte  biscop.  76.  B.  heorse.  U.  B.  beddum.     U. 

68.  B.  leofe.     U.  kining ;  B.  kyng.  wifuw. 

69.  B.  )>onne  fultume ;  feohtew.    IT.  77.  B.  ferlice.    U.  B.  -slagene.     B. 
mahge ;  B.  mage.  )>isse ;  -monnuw. 


320 


XXXII.      PASSIO   SANCTI    EADMUNDI    REGIS, 
wornte 


Nres'  me  naefre  ge\y;unelic  bast  ic  worhte  fle&mes  <. 

.    Help  »«|  "*aSr.  h  \^  j:  r^  J 

ac  ic  wolde  swioor  sweltan  git  ic  porlte 
,for  milium  agenum 


^ 


tjior  mutum  agemlm  tUSrde  .  and  se  aelmint 

bce^  ic  nelle  abug an  f rami  nis"  biggeiigum  i 
— ^  ne  irara  ins  sopan  J.uie  .  swelte  ic  .  lybbe 


god ,  wat 


and  se  selmihtiga  &~ 

)ban  luFe  .  swelte"ic  \  lybbe  iq  %.K~ — — * 
Jitter  pysum  wordum  he  gewende  to  bam  ^erendracan    /   , 
be  nipguar  him  to  sende  .  and  ssede  him  untorht  . 


80 


& 


>«/. 


84 


ac  ic  n( 


e  clsenan  handa. 


Liiwm  iuJjlm 
foroan-jpeic  en 


*/ 


X 


rfslagen  Jmrn  jbowTgif  1 


00  cP 

JIh»  Lyrist 


e-bysnode  .-and  ic  pli<5elice  wille 

)d  iore-sceawj 

ar  nu  swij>e  hra<5e  .  and  sege  J^inum  rej?an  hlaforde  . 

ne  abiht5  naefre  eadmund  bin 

5* 


imoeiice  wuie  Deon     f  88' 

Ki-mirrt      Triton      V>  1  o  -Pi-vvrl  /-.  — "' 


ise^enum  here -to 
oeresL  miSge-lgalan  on 
pa  ge-1  wende  se  seren 


(k/sii&  gemctte  De  W8egey?one^w%lb reowan  mrigwar 


^mid  eallre  ms  fyrde  [ful 
and .  saede  b 


<a~-^ 


eallre  nis  iyrd<  to  eadmunde 

' A-&> fit  ~ 

am  arleasan  /ii 


7    '"4  :        'i_ 
u  him  ge#mwyrd  wses*.^— • 

Hingwar  f a  bebead  mid  byla*  )?a»)l  spin-here,    ^**^ 


9  a 


c;6 


'  p<#£  hHbg$  (^linfcges  Jinejs  ealle  ^epaa  scaoEJon 
^>e  ;nis  nsese  forjeafe  >  and  nine  ^sona^  bmdOTif / 


r  com 


and  awearp  his  .Waepna  wolde  geseien-la3can 
cristes  gebysnungum  .  pe  for-Joead  petre 


Cfo    i^wl  "^W 


104 


^ 


78.  B.  iwunelic  ;  wrohte  fleames. 

79.  U.   swiltan;    B.   swelton.     B. 
Jjyrfte. 

80.  B.  mine  agene;    J?e  almihtigae 
g6d  wat. 

81.  B.   nylle   bugan.      XJ.  B.   bi- 
genguw. 

82.  U.  swilte;  libe  (B.  libbe). 

83.  B.  J)issum ;  he  wende. 

84.  B.  to  him. 

85.  U.   wyrSe  nu  sieges ;    B.  nu 
weorSe  slseges. 


86,  87.  B.  fylaen  mine  claene 
handsen  on  fine  fule  blode  forjwm 
"Se  ic  folgige  criste.  A.  hande,  alt.  to 
handa. 

88.  B.  bisnode;  ac  (for  and);  ♦vile. 

89.  B.  ora.  swa.  U.  -seawao'; 
B.  sceawseft. 

90.  XJ.  Far;  B.  Fare.  B.  nu; 
ra]>e  ;  saege  ]>ine  rsejjum  laforde. 

91.  U.  abuhj) ;  B.  buhj).  U.  nsefre ; 
B.  nefre.  U.  sedmund.  U.  B.  hinguare. 
B.  6n. 


Leaf  202,  back. 


^ 


1 


XXXII.       ST.    EDMUND,  KING    AND    MARTYR.  321 

It  was  never  my  custom  to  take  to  flight, 

but  I  would  rather  die,  if  I  must, 

for  my  own  land ;    and  almighty  God  knoweth  80 

that  I  will  never  turn  aside  from  His  worship, 

nor  from  His  true  love,  whether  I  die  or  live/  < 

After  these  words  he  turned  to  the  messenger 

whom  Hingwar  had  sent  to  him,  and  said  to  him  undismayed  :     84 

'  Verily  Q^m  wouldest  now  be  worthy  of  death^^n  < 

but  I  will  Vot  defile  my  clean  hands 

with  thy  foul  blood,  because  I  follow  Christ, 

who  hath  so  given  us  an  example,  and  I  will  blithely  88 

be  slain  by  vjaii,  if  God  hath  so  ordained.  ^  &CC 

Depart  now  very  quickly,  and  say  to  thy  cruel  lord; 

Edmund  the  king  will  never  bow  in  life  to  Hingwar 

the  heathen  leader,  unless  he  will  first  bow,  92 

in  this  land,  to  Jesus  Christ  with  faith.'  K 

Then  went  the  messenger  quickly  away, 

and  met  on  the  way  the  bloodthirsty  Hingwar 

with  all  his  army  hurrying  to  Edmund,  96 

and  told  that  wicked  man  how  he  was  answered. 

Hingwar  then  arrogantly  commanded  his  troops 

that  they  should,  all  of  them,  take  the  king  alone, 

who  had  despised  his  command,  and  instantly  bind  him.  100 

Then  Edmund  the  king,  when  Hingwar  came, 

stood  within  his  hall  mindful  of  the  Saviour, 

and  threw  away  his  weapons,  desiring  to  imitate 

Christ's  example,  who  forbade  Peter  104 

92.  B.    hsejjene.      U.    here-.      B.       bealde ;  scyp-. 

-toggen.     U.  butan ;  habendum.  99.  B.  and  \>cet  heo.      U.  ]>e3  ey- 

93.  U.)>isum;B.]risse.  B.londebuge.       ninges.      B.    kynges.     B.   alle.      U. 

94.  B.   Da    wende    ]>e    erendracse       sceolden ;  B.  sceoldon. 

heardlice  awseg.     U.  Se  (/orse).  100.  U.  B.  here    (for  hsese).     B. 

95.  U.  gemete;  B.  i-mette.   B.  om.       sone  bindaen. 

be  wsege.     U.  J>sene.     B.  wselreowan.  101.    U.   cyning;     kyng.      U.   B. 

U.  hinguar ;  B.  hinguare.  hinguar.     B.  com. 

96.  U.  ealre  his  furde;  B.  alle  his  102.  U.  stod  Sa  innan.     B.  halle; 
ferde.     U.  fuse.  i-myndig. 

97.  U.    sede.     B.   -leasum   hu;    i-  103.  B.  awearp;  wepnae.  U.geefen-; 
andswsered  wss.  B.  efen-.     U.  -laecan  ;  B.  -hecen. 

98.  U.  B.  Hinguar.     B.  bead  )>a;  104.  B.  petrum. 

21 


322  XXXII.      PASSIO   SANCTI   EADMUNDI   REGIS. 

mid  wsepnum  to  wmnenne  wio  pa  waelhreowan  mdeifecan*^ — 
Hwaet  ba  arl'easan  ba  eaamund  gebunclon  .  «  £  L  * 

and  gebysnirodotf  nuxiice  .  and  beoton  mi,d  sagmra  . 
"'and  swa  sy&San  laeddon  J?one  geleaf-fullan  cyning  108 

to  anum  eoro-feestup  treowe  .  and  tigdan  bine  ]3Eer-to  . 
mid  heardum  bendum  .  and  hine  'eft  jyuncgon*"  ^^ 
A  '  lajiglice  mid  rariimmf  .  and  he  symble  clypode 

ketwux  Tpam  swijigftip  mid  softan  gel^iaii  .112 

"to  nselende"  criste{>ahd  J?a  nsej^efiian  paf a 
^ffer'(his  'g(ffea&n  wur$m  wocuic$  yrre#**"/ ,  *     /  , 
Jtft-j3an-J>e  be  clypode  cript  nim  19  fultume  J<       -_^ 
Hi  scutonpa  mid  l^afelucum  wilce  him  to  gaaftenes  to    .    (sic) 
00  ]>cet  he  eall  wees  besset  mid  neora  scoturigiim    '  117 

swilce  igles  byrsta  .  swa  swa  sepa'stiam£s  W3es».< 


pa  geseahningwar)  se  ariease  flot-man  .     '  /   s/     \  w    <-*. 
pcet  se,  sepela  cynmg  nolde  criste  wio-sacan.  .  .  w  ■ 

ac  mid  anrsedum  geleafan  bine  Eefre  clypode  . 
Jet  diine  ba  beheafdian  and  j5aT  ha3<5enan  swa  dydon  t^ 


^ac 

bet  bine  )?a  bebeafdian  and  J>a  h?e(5enan  swa  dye 

Betwux  J>am  J^e  he  clypode  to  criste  fagit 

fa  tugon  }?a  hsej?enan  j?one  halgan  to  slsege  .  124 


and  mid  anuwr  swencge  sjbgon  h#ra  of  pew  heafody 
"aid  &  ^.M?  E%lkj&W   .     ■ 
C    ,   Pser  wses  sum  man  genende  genealden  burn  god  .. 

t  *  seede  swa  swa  we  hit  secgao  her#. 


A>^c 


128 


105.  U.  waepnum.    B.  feohten  (/or  III.  B.  longlice.   U.swtpum.  U. B. 
winnenne)  ;  -reowan.  symle.     U.  clipode. 

106.  B.  j>a  ]>a  arleasan  eadmundum  112.     B.    betweox  ;     swincglum  ; 
buradon.     U.  gebunden.  i-leafan. 

107.  U.  huxlice  ge-bysmorode ;    B.  113.  U.  hseoenan;  B.  h»}>ene. 
bysmoroden    hyxlice.        B.    beoten  ;  114.  B.   i-leafe.      U.   wordon.     B. 
sahlum.  J?a  swySe  (for  wodlice). 

108.  B.  swa.     U.  sy)>an  laedon.    B.  115.  B.  -Jam-. 

)>onne  i-leaffulne.  U.  kyning;  B.kyng.  116.  B.  heo  scytsen.    U.  gafolocen  ; 

109.  B.    ane;     -festum ;     tegdon;  B.  gauelocuw.     B.  cm.  swilce.  A.  U. 
Saert6.  gamenes  (sic)  j    B.  -geanes.     B.  om. 

J 10.  B.  hearde.     U.  swungon.  second  to. 

1  Leaf  203. 


XXXII.      ST.    EDMUND,    KING    AND    MARTYR.  323 

to  fight  with  weapons  against  the  bloodthirsty  Jews. 

Then  those  wicked  men  bound  Edmund, 

and  shamefully  insulted  him,  and  beat  him  with  clubs, 

and  afterward  they  led  the  faithful  king  :o8 

to  an  earth-fast  tree,  and  tied  him  thereto 

with  hard  bonds,  and  afterwards  scourged  him 

a  long  while  with  whips,  and  ever  he  called, 

between  the  blows,  with  true  faith,  112 

on  Jesus  Christ ;    and  then  the  heathen 

because  of  his  faith  were  madly  angry, 

because  he  called  upon  Christ  to  help  him. 

They  shot  at  him  with  javelins  as  if  for  their  amusement,       116 

until  he  was  all  beset  with  their  shots, 

as  with  a  porcupine's  bristles,  even  as  Sebastian  was. 

When  Hingwar,  the  wicked  seaman, 

saw  that  the  noble  king  would  not  deny  Christ,  120 

but  with  steadfast  faith  ever  called  upon  Him, 

then  he  commanded  men  to  behead  him,  and  the  heathen  did  so. 

For  while  he  was  yet  calling  upon  Christ, 

the  heathen  drew  away  the  saint,  to  slay  him,  124 

and  with  one  blow  struck  off  his  head; 

and  his  soul  departed  joyfully  to  Christ. 

There  was  a  certain  man  at  hand,  kept  by  God 

hidden  from  the  heathen,  who  heard  all  this,  128 

and  told  it  afterward  even  as  we  tell  it  here.  % 

So  then  the  seamen  went  again  to  ship, 

and  hid  the  head  of  the  holy  Edmund 

117.  B.  oSoet;   all  wses.     XL  be-  123.  B.   Betweox.     U.  Sagyt;    B. 
set;   B.  biset.     B.  heorse.     U.  scoti-       )>agyt. 

gunge.  124.  B.  haejjene ;  to.     U.  siege. 

118.  U.  ilses;  B.  yles.     B.  burstse  ;  125.  B.  ane.   U.  swenge.  B.  haefod. 
wses.  126,.  B.    om.  his.     U.   sawul;    B. 

119.  B.  iseah.    TJ.  B.  hinguar.    B.  sawlae.     U.  gesselig;  B.  isaelig. 

)>e  (for  se).     U.  arleasa.  TJ.  -mann;           127.  B.  sum  mon  ;  i-healden.     U. 

B.  -m6n.  JmrSh  (!). 

120.  U.  B.  Se  (for  se).  B.  sej>ele           128.  O.  B.  behydd.     U.  gehurde  ; 
kyng ;  -sacen.  B.  iherde.     B.  all. 

121.  B.  andraede  i-leafe.  129.  B.  aeft.     TJ.  swa  swa.     B.  hit 

122.  U.    he    het;      B.  hset.      B.       ssecgseS  her.     TJ.  her. 
bihaefdian;  dyden.  130.  B.  Se  (for  se) ;  -here;  to. 

21—2 


324  XXXII.      PASSIO   SANCTI    EADMUNDI   REGIS. 

'"*     J**~   ^."TK.'rt.    fcfOAV^fi  JhX'rf  ,AV«V^  **<#     &.    L^UfJ- 

f^on  pam  piccum  bremelum  peet  hit  beb^rged  ne  wurde*.^. —  132 

Da  seller  fyrste  sySSanTn  afarene  waerln      ""  «  /^  >ln  ixNs-i  <&Jr\ 


com  pre 


.  l^iidriold  tb/pe'  peer  to  Wejwees  jm  ♦/ 

1>8er  neora  hlafora«s  lie  fejt.  Dutaii\neaide~  .  / 

A/£JA    ^>c^   ^^  scX  tcX Jrea/jTJ^  V*  wMtL*^ 
u'  and  wurdon,  swiae  sarige  for  his  slfege  011  mode  .  .     >      /        136 
cyr4  i^<&  ,  ^  /M  W  5  (-Lf  /r  fewf°JU  bccOi 
Z.  and  huru  pcei  hi  naefdon  pcerf.  heafojd  to  T>am  bodige  -^ 

/W^  scud  fL  uW^,uuiX<X.  todkiStadr*  ^ 


fL*~ 


pcec  pa  not-men  nsetdon  <prej  neaioa  mia  mm  /y, 
cw  t/  ,  <l>w  ^.lv>v-  „&£i^  '   i  l>$V  ffl, '*  *^«£  ,H&.  ^^  » 
and  wses  nini  geoiint  >f wa Jswa  nit  woes  mk  soo 

poet  ny  behyddon  beet  ( heaiod  on  pam,  nolte  iorhwcgap.r 


sec 


148 


OLv>^ 


p* 


/tli  eodon  pa  secende  ealle  endemes  to  pam  w 

.    secende  genweer  geond  pyielas  and  bremelas      . 

I  git  hi '  a-h  wafer  mihtoir  jgemejton  (aw?)  pce£  heaiod 


pur 
^^wio  ba  jjpre  deor  .  V>£er ' aag  .  ancU  niht*.S/  • 

'Hi  eodonz  pa  secende  ?  and  symle  ciypigende  .     A     ^  j 

swa  swa  hit  gewunelic  is  paw  oe  on  Avuda  gao  oft  .    ,  <n»^A 

HwaBr  eart  pu  nu  geieraf?    and  him  a^ctwyrde  pcet  heaiod  . 
Her  .  her  .  her  .(  and^  swa  gelJme  clypoo^     .    *  #  *j 

awaswarigende  him  ealluw  .  swa  bit  swa  heora  senig  clypode  .    152 
obbcetf  hi  'ealle  becomen  burk  t5a  'clvpiiiiffa  him,  to  ,*  *C^ 
Pa  laBg  se  grfega  vwuli  'be  bewistte  beet  heaiod  .    *  j 

'Afid  mid  nis  twawi  fotum.  hsefde  \<%t  h'eafod  beclypped  . 
ffrpsdiff  .  and  hungrier  .  and/ior/e*o9eneaorste     A       /      J^ic6 
peas  healdes  abyrian  . /[acj  heold  hit, wicv deor  ,»^ 
pa  wurdon  hi  otwundroae  pses  wulfesf  hyril-rsedenne  . 

132.  U.   brsemlum ;    B.    bremluwi.  sceawere;  sx  i-seah. 
B.  biburiged;  wurSe.  139.  U.  \>a.     U.  hym;  B.  hgom. 

133.  U.   furste.      U.    hi;    B.   heo.  140.  B.  i])uht. 
B.  ifarene  waeron.  141.  U.  hi  be-hydon  ;  B.  heo  hyd- 

134.  B.  com;  lond-.    B.  to  ;  U.  om.  den.     B.  -hwaega. 
U.  B.  \>&  wa3s.  142.  B.  heo.     U.  eodon  ;  B.  eoden. 

135.  B.    heorae    lafordes.      U.    B.  U.  B.  om.  seoende.    U.  ealla  endemes  ; 
lie.     B.  buton   heafde   \>n   lseg.      U.  B.  endemes  alle.     B.  wude. 
leg.  143.  B.  ssecende.    U.  bremblas;  B. 

136.  B.  sarig;  slasgie.     U.  mode.  brymelas. 

137.  U.  huru;    B.   hure.     U.  hi;  144.  U.  hi;   B.  heo.      U.  ahwar; 
B.  heo.     B.  heafod.  B.  om.     B.  mihten.    U.  geinetan ;  B. 

138.  U.   B.    (also)   ssede.      B.   $e  i-meten. 


XXXII.      ST.    EDMUND,    KING    AND    MA11TYR.  325 

in  the  thick  brambles,  that  it  might  not  be  buried.  132 

Then  after  a  space,  after  they  were  gone  away, 

came  the  country-folk,  who  were  still  left  there, 

to  where  their  lord's  body  lay  without  the  head, 

and  were  very  sore  at  heart  because  of  his  murder,  136 

and  chiefly  because  they  had  not  the  head  with  the  body. 

Then  said  the  spectator  who  previously  beheld  it 

that  the  seamen  had  taken  the  head  with  them, 

and  it  seemed  to  him,  even  as  it  was  quite  true,  140 

that  they  had  hidden  the  head  in  the  wood  somewhere  about. 

Then  they  all  went  seeking  at  last  in  the  wood, 

seeking  everywhere  among  the  thorns  and  brambles 

if  they  might  anywhere  find  the  head.  144 

There  was  eke  a  great  wonder,  that  a  wolf  was  sent, 

by  God's  direction,  to  guard  the  head 

against  the  other  animals  by  day  and  night. 

They  went  on  seeking  and  always  crying  out,  148 

as  is  often  the  wont  of  those  who  go  through  woods ; 

1  Where  art  thou  now,  comrade  1 '   And  the  head  answered  them, 

1  Here,  here,  here.'     And  so  it  cried  out  continually, 

answering  them  all,  as  oft  as  any  of  them  cried,  152 

until  they  all  came  to  it  by  means  of  those  cries. 

There  lay  the  gray  wolf  who  guarded  the  head, 

and  with  his  two  feet  had  embraced  the  head, 

greedy  and  hungry,  and  for  God's  care  durst  not  156 

taste  the  head,  but  kept  it  against  (other)  animals. 

Then  they  were  astonished  at  the  wolf's  guardianship, 

145.  B.  eac  mycel.    U.  wonder;  B.  153.  B.  oftftet.    U.  hi;  B.  heo.    B. 
wunder.     B.  wses  i-send,  alle  bicomen ;  t6.     0.  U.  clypunge. 

146.  U.  mihte,  corr.  to  wissunge  in  154.  U.  B.  $e  (forse).    A.  grsege, 
margin.     B.  bi-wserigenne.  corr.  to  graega ;  U.  grega ;  B.  grsegae. 

147.  B.deor,    U.  dseg  and  ofer  ntht.  155.  B.  ant;  bi-. 

148.  U.  Hi;  B.  Heo.    B.  saecende;  156.  U.   graedi;     B.   gredig.      U. 
om.  symle;  cleopigende.  hungri.     B.  dyrste. 

149.  B.  i-wunelic  is  \at  3a  J>e  on  157.  B.  hsefdes.     U.  abyrigan  ;  B. 
wude.  on-burigen.    A.  and  {read  ac)  ;  U.  B. 

150.  U.    B.    Hw&r.       B.    J>u    nu  ac. 

gerefa(!);  andswyrde.  158.  U.  hi;  B.  heo.      B.  of-wun- 

151.  U.  geloma  ;  B.  i-lome.  droden  (!)    U.  heordredene  ;  B.  hord- 

152.  U.  hym.     B.  om.  him  eallum  rsedene. 
.  .  .  clypode.     O.  hyra. 


\r 


326 


XXXII.       PASSIO    SANCTI    EADMUNDI    REGIS. 


and  \><M  halige  heafod  ham  feredon  mid  him  . 
bancigende  bam  aelmihtigan  ealra  his  wundra  .    , 
ac  ^wulf  folgode  forS  mid  bain  heafde  . 
ofcjjcetf  hi  to  tune  comon  .  pwjjoe  pe  tarn  wsere  . 
and  gewende  eft 


and  gewende  eft  sip.pan  to  wuda  ongean  . 

-_-»'  Da  land-leoda  pa,  sipban/  ledon    vcet  heatod 

Aft  A     A«V«f      Jegfy     *»'/,  ftw/V     ,/u^ 
^to  pam  halgan  bodige  .  and  bebyngdon  nine  , 

wa  swajn,  iserost  mihton  on  swylcere  hrsedmge 
u^iA  «rck4»«l    C<X\U(A    S(ff>U  .M^*Hwv\    _y^ 
and  cyrcan  araardan  sona  hml  onuppon  r~ 

— ^  ,Eft  Jpa/on  fyrste  aefter  fela  gearum  .       >      _       . 

pa  seo  hergung  geswac  and  sibb  weara.iorgilen      * 

'  '     bam'geswenctanifoice  ..pa  iengon  hi  togaaUere  ^    , 

.and  worhton  ane  cyrcan  wurohce  bam  halgan  .  t 

"for-ban-tSe  gelome  wundra  wurdon  set  his  byrgene 


160 


164 


/  w**^ 


168 


GvVNL^- 


jebsed-hi 


he  bebj 


+4 

172 


-yrcan/#<- • 


ftA\(i 


I76 


set  pam  gebsed-huse  bser  he  bebyrge 
Hi  woldon  pa  <i,erian  mid  iolcliaura,  wurOm; 
bone  halgafo  lichaman  .  and  bjecgan  innan  bsere  cyrcan 
'  pa  wees  micel  wundor  peel  he  wees  eall  swa  gehal 

**  'yi^    ^  **-'**  UM^  ^iA.!  dUv**-  k*^L 

swylce  he  cucu  wsere  mid  plamuwi  Iichama/n  .  ^ 

Cm-^i  M^    ^w«l    feoofl     b*fr{ Mjktk  fi*wgr   USO&    Cua 
and  his  swura  waes  gehalod  be  aer  wses  iorslagen  ..  i       //^/Z, 

Ice  an  seoicen   prsecl  embe  h>6  ^wuran  raed 

to  sweoteli] 


and  W83S  swy 
nnum  to 
LEac  swilce 


1  -  / 
mannum 


hjfe  swur 


;o  sweotelunge  liu  he  ofslagen  waes  %Tr7 
e  pa  wunda  be  pa  waelhreowan.haepenan,      -^ 


mid  gelomum  scotungum  on  his  hce,macadon  . 


'  waeron  gehaelede  burn  bone  heofonlican  godj .  1 

"'and  he  lip  swa  ansiini  op  bisiie  and-werdan  dseg  .        '  * 


180 


184 


159.  B.  ham  feroden;  heom.  U. 
fereden. 

160.  B.  fankende;  al- ;  aire; 
wundrae. 

161.  U.  B.  Be  (for  se).  B.  folo- 
gede. 

162.  B.  oftftet.  B.  heo.  B.  tune 
comen  ;  he  tome  vtxre.     U.  he  tarn. 

163.  B.  wende  seft.  U.  B.  sy50an. 
B.  wude  onoean. 

164.  B.  Da  lond-.  XJ.  -leode ;  B. 
-leodan.  U.  B.  sySSan.  U.  leddon; 
laegdan. 


165.  B.  halige;  burigdon.  U.  hine 
swa;  B.  om. 

166.  U.  swa  swa  ;  B.  swa  swa.  B. 
heo  lihtlucost  mihten;  swylce.  U. 
hi  xdinge ;  B.  rsdinge. 

167.  B.  cyrce.  U.  arserdon ;  B. 
arxrdon.  B.  om.  sona ;  on-uppon 
him. 

168.  B.  felse.    U.  gearu  ;  B.  geare. 

169.  B.  Seo  (for  seo)  ;  aswac;  sib; 
igyfen.     U.  sib. 

170.  U.  geswenctum ;  B.  i-swaencte. 
U.  hi ;  B.  heo.     B.  -gadere. 


1  Leaf  203,  back. 


XXXII.       ST.    EDMUND,    KING   AND    MARTYR.  327 

and  carried  the  holy  head  home  with  them, 
thanking  the  Almighty  for  all  His  wonders ;  160 

but  the  wolf  followed  forth  with  the  head 
until  they  came  to  the  town,  as  if  he  were  tame, 
and  then  turned  back  again  unto  the  wood.  •* 
Then  the  country-people  afterward  laid  the  head  164 

by  the  holy  body,  and  buried  him 
as  they  best  might  in  such  haste, 
and  full  soon  built  a  church  over  him. 

Then  again,  after  a  space,  after  many  years,  168 

when  the  harrying  had  ceased,  and  peace  was  restored 
to  the  oppressed  people,  then  they  came  together, 
and  built  a  church  worthily  to  the  saint, 

because  that  frequently  miracles  were  done  at  his  burial-place,     172 
even  at  the  bede-house  where  he  was  buried. 
Then  desired  they  to  carry  the  holy  body 
with  popular  honour,  and  to  lay  it  within  the  church. 
Then  there  was  a  great  wonder,  that  he  was  all  as  whole     176 
as  if  he  were  alive,  with  clean  body, 
and  his  neck  was  healed  which  before  was  cut  through, 
and  there  was  as  it  were  a  silken  thread  about  his  neck,  all  red, 
■^~ as  if  to  show  men  how  he  was  slain.  180 

Also  the  wounds,  which  the  bloodthirsty  heathen 
had  made  in  his  body  by  their  repeated  shots, 
were  healed  by  the  heavenly  God ; 
and  so  he.  lieth  uncorrupt  until  this  present  day,  184 


171.  B.  wrohten;  circe.  U.  B.  forslagen  wses. 

172.  B.  om.  for  .  .  .  wurdon.     B.  179.  B.   swulce.      U.   B.   an.      B. 
burigene.  solcene    Sred ;    sweorsen.      U.    read ; 

173.  U.  gebed-huse ;   B.  bed-huse.  B.  om. 

B.  he  iburiged.  180.  U.  B.  monnwm.    U.  B.  swute- 

174.  B.   Heo.wolden.      U.  fserin-  lunge.    B.  waes. 

gan(!).     B.  -lice;  -mente.  181.  XJ.  B.  Eac.     B.  swylce  wun- 

175.  B.  lichame.      U.  lecganj    B.  drse(!);  -reowum  hse|>ensen. 
lseegen.     B.  inne  J>are  circean.  182.  B.   Home   scotunge.       U.    B. 

176.  B.    mycel.     U.    he.      B.   all.  lice.     B.  makedon. 

U.  B.  om.  swa.     U.  gehal;  B.  hal.  183.  U.  wairon.     U.  gehxlede;  B. 

177.  B.  cwic;  lichame.  ihealede.     B.  -lice  god. 

178.  U.   swyra;    B.    sweora.      U.  184.  U.  he.     B.  swa.     U.  ansund. 
w&s  gehalod;  B.  wses  i-halod.    B.  xr.  U.  -wyrdan;  B.  -weardne. 


328  XXXII.       PASSIO    SANCTI    EADMUNDI    REGIS. 

res  «  <  . 

eolode  . 


ewe  ,wun 


'feet  h'e 

and  mid  clsenum 
i        lav  VuU* 
bum  wuai 

get  pes 


""aSd 


e  her  on  worulde 


ma/ us  cyo 

utaii*  forli&re  her  on  woiju 

life  to  criste  sijxxle  » "^H 


To 


ana 


4rtt< 

an  Bvienice  .  mia  luie  .         *r 

and '  on'scfyne"  heaToan  tonalig-dome  pn  "Soioae  "(^^— 

pa  wuroode  beet  lama-tolc  mid  gejeaian  bone  sanct/ 

H   t  i>'*f -&  ,1k©  ew  d  .e^-wft  .um  /ft  a  iff-** 
and  peqdrda  bisceop  bearle  mid'gifum  .«    J   »' 

oji_goida_and  on  seolfre  .  bam  mncte  to  wuromynte  •^ 


188 


192 


196 


<M 


wolMon  stelan  J?a  maSmas  J>e  men  J?yder  brohton  . 
^nd  cunnoSon4^^ cragffejhu  ^u?7pumoiy{rac)9mihtoii 


cftim  Slon  micfslecge  swgjoe  g 

Hum  beora  mid  feolan  feolod 


/V  ^<?u»p 


wer  hi  wuncu 


aelcne  swa  he  sfod^ru^igende/mia'TOle  .  tU 

j>atf  beora  nan  ne  milite  J><c£  mor(5  "gefremman  . 


208 


^e^noTa^rian  .  &#«£»  swa*  1$  meSgrftfft  ^  ^^V 
vundrodon  hu  pa  weargas  hangodon  .    7   / 


/v^ 


B.  abidende.     U.  aeristes. 


B. 


185 
ecen. 

186.  B.  lychame  us ;  unformolsnod. 

187.  B.  buton  foivbgere  her.     U. 
worolde.     B.  leofede. 

188.  B.  claene. 

189.  B.     wydewa     wunede.        U. 
Oswun.     U.  gehaten  ;  B.  ihaten. 

190.  B.    om.    set   .   .    .    byrgene. 
U.  byrigenne. 

191.  B.  monige.     U.  B.  gear. 

192.  B.    J)eo    (for    seo)  ;     walde. 


B.   gear; 
B. 


U.  efesigan ;   B.   efsiaen. 
sont. 

193.,  U.   naeglas  ;    B. 
ceorfsen. 

194.  U.  serine;  B.  scryne.  B.  heal- 
don;  -dome.   TJ.  weofede;  B.  weofode. 

195.  B.  lond- ;  ileafaen ;  sont. 

196.  B.  omits  this  line.  U.  J?eod- 
rsed. 

197.  B.  omits  on  .  .  .  sancte.  U. 
seolfre  gegodode  \>cet  mynster  ]m)i 
sancte  to  wurftinynte.     B.  -mente. 


Leaf  204. 


XXXII.       ST.    EDMUND,    KING   AND   MARTYR.  329 

awaiting  the  resurrection  and  the  eternal  glory. 

His  body  showeth  us,  which  lieth  undecayed, 

that  he  lived  without  fornication  here  in  this  world, 

and  by  a  pure  life  passed  to  Christ.    •  188 

A  certain  widow  who  was  called  Oswyn 
dwelt  near  the  saint's  burial-place  in  prayers 
and  fastings  for  many  years  after. 

She  would  every  year  cut  the  hair  of  the  saint,  192 

and  cut  his  nails  soberly  and  lovingly, 
and  keep  them  in  a  shrine  as  relics  on  the  altar. 
So  the  people  of  the  land  faithfully  venerated  the  saint; 
and  bishop  Theodred  exceedingly  [enriched  the  church]  196 

with  gifts  in  gold  and  silver,  in  the  saint's  honour.   * 

Then  once  upon  a  time  came  some  unblessed  thieves, 
eight  in  one  night,  to  the  venerable  saint, 

desiring  to  steal  the  treasures  which  people  had  brought  thither, 
and  tried  how  they  might  get  in  by  craft.  201 

One  struck  at  the  hasp  violently  with  a  hammer ; 
one  of  them  filed  about  it  with  a  file; 

one  dug  under  the  door  with  a  spade ;  204 

one  of  them  by  a  ladder  wished  to  unlock  the  window : 
but  they  toiled  in  vain,  and  fared  miserably, 
because  the  holy  man  wondrously  bound  them, 
each  as  he  stood,  toiling  with  his  implement,  208 

so  that  none  of  them  could  do  that  evil  deed, 
nor  stir  thence;   but  they  stood  there  till  morning. 
Then  men  wondered  to  see  how  the  wretches  hung  there, 

198.  B.   comen.      U.   B.   ssel.     U.  205.  B.  heo {for heora).  U.hlsedre; 
ungesailige :  B.  unsaelig.   B.  ])e6was  (!).  B.  laeddrae.     U.  woldon;   B.  wolden. 

199.  B.  ane  ;  -wurSsen.  B.  unlucaen.     U.  eah- ;  B.  seh-. 

200.  B.   and   wolden    stelon.      U.  206.  U.   hi;     B.   heo.       B.   ydel; 
madmas;     B.    niadnises.       B.    Sider  ferdon. 

brohton.  207.  U.   swa.     B.   )?e   halgse   wser 

201.  B.  cunnedon.     U.  B.  hu.     U.       heom  wunderlice  bont. 

h! ;   B.  heo.     U.  cuman ;    B.  cuinen.  208.  B.  swa ;    stod.      U.  t51e  ;   B. 

B.  mihte.  tolse. 

202.  B.  slaege  swyfte.     U.  hsepsan.  210.  U.  hi;   B.  heom.     B.  J>eonan 

203.  B.  heo  (/orheora).   U.  feolan;  styrian  (U.  astyrigan) ;  ac  heo  stoden 
B.  fyle.     B.  feoledon  abutsen.  swa  ;  maregen. 

204.  B.  eac;  dure.     U.  B.  spade.  211.  B.  wundredon;  hu;  hangedon. 


330  XXXII.      PASSIO   SANCTI   EADMUNDI    REGIS. 

sum  on  Jjlaeddre.  .  sum  Ieat  to  gedelfe  . 

and  selcvon^is  weorce^waes^isekte  getrj$h< 

Hi  wurdon  'ba  ge"-brohte  to  bam  bisceoi$e  eatfe  Jr      iA 

and  he  net  hi  non  on  beagum  gealgum  ealle  /.  .  J*    ,     * 

Ac  he  nses  na  gemyndig  hu  se  mild-neorta  god  216 

clypode  burli  his  witegan  bas  word  be  her  standa(5  . 


/clypod 


:egan  fas  word  \i 
ducuntur  ad  mortem  emere  ne  cesses 


QAt 


JiiOs  qui  ducuntur  ad  mortem  eruere  ne  cesses  .  / . 
pa  pe. man  lset  to  cteaoe  alys  m^u£^mble^~7~77 

and  eac  ba  halgan  canones  gehactodm^  forbeodacS 


ge  bisceopum/  ge  preostum  .  to  beonne  embe  beofas,  . 


fe.  beo(5  gecorene  -  : 


'Eft  ba  Seodred  bisceop  sceawode  his  bee  syftfcan  /  ,  -t 

fcenreowsode  mid  geomerunge  .  pcet  he  swa  reone  dom  sette 


m  ungesadigum  beofum  .  and  hit 
_  j  his  Iiles  ende  .  and  pa  leode  fba 
pcetf  ni/nim  mid  fsestanf  imliie^ryJ( 
r    Diddeiiae  pone  selmihtigan  .  ipoet  he  h 
Un  pam  lande,  "\vses  sijm  man  ._ieo;sta 


wrne  .  /2  28 


daii'as 


14 


n  arian  scolde 
stan  jrehaten  . 


h*?cf>i4*i 


rr 

Jse 


ce  lor,  woruftfe 


rac 


05<tm 


and  urrwittigfdr  gode  . 

Kalian  mid  ricceteYe  asvioe  . 


/r?i 


/<£^i 


4 


OM 


ad  to  pam  naigan 

let  him  8et-eow!an*%rhlice  ^wioe  (****   ** 
pone  halgan  sanct  hweepe?  he  gesund  waere^ 
^^ac  swa  braoe  gwa  *ne  gesean  £33^  sancTes  lichaman/. 
]?a  ^awedcLe^e  sonaj.  Jand  w«]3ireowlice  gr$jnete(le  P1^*^ 

earn^icegeendoae  yFeium  deaoe  .      5—- — ■ * 

212.  U.  uppan;  B.  uppon  (for  on). 
B.  laeddrse ;  daelfe. 

213.  B.  feste  ibunden. 

214.  B.  Heo  ;  fa  i-brohte  ;  biscope 
alle. 

215.  U.  he;  hi.  B.  heom  ahon. 
B.  alle  ;  U.  om. 

216.  U.  he.  U.  B.  11a.  B.  i-mundig. 
U.B.M.  U.B.  Se  (for  se).  B.mild- 
heorte. 

217.  U.  witegan.  B.  )>as ;  her 
stondsejj. 

219.  B.  Dajmon.    U.  lset.    B.  alys 

1  Leaf  204,  back 


232 


iY^\ 


236 


B.  ihadedon  for- 


heo 


ut.     U.  B.  symle. 

220.  U.  B.  eac. 
beodaej). 

221.  B.  biscopum  ;  Seofaes. 

222.  B.  buraeft  ;  icorene. 

223.  U.    B.    Jjenigenne.      B. 
jjwaerlaecen  scylon. 

224.  B.  monnes ;  heo;  drihtines. 
U.  )>egnas ;  B.  faagnaes. 

225.  U.  >a;  B.  ]>a  0a.  U.  feodrsed; 
B.  feodraad.  B.  biscop.  U.  B.  siSd'an 
he  his  bee  (B.  bee)  sceawode. 


XXXII.       ST.    EDMUND,    KING    AND    MARTYR.  331 

one  on  a  ladder,  one  bent  down  to  his  digging,  212 

and  each  was  fast  bound  in  his  own  work. 

Then  they  were  all  brought  to  the  bishop, 

and  he  commanded  men  to  hang  them  all  on  a  high  gallows; 

but  he  was  not  mindful  how  the  merciful  God  216 

spake  through  His  prophet  the  words  which  here  stand; 

' Eos  qui  ducuntur  ad  mortem  eruere  ne  cesses': 

those  who  are  led  to  death  deliver  thou  alway. 

And  also  the  holy  canons  forbid  clerics,  220 

both  bishops  and  priests,  to  be  concerned  about  thieves, 

because  it  becometh  not  them  that  are  chosen 

to  serve  God,  that  they  should  consent 

to  any  man's  death,  if  they  be  the  Lord's  servants.  224 

Then  Theodred  the  bishop,  after  he  had  searched  his  books, 

rued    with    lamentation    that    he   had    awarded    such    a    cruel 

doom 
to  these  unhappy  thieves,  and  ever  deplored  it 
to  his  life's  end ;    and  earnestly  prayed  the  people  228 

to  fast  with  him  fully  three  days, 
praying  the  Almighty  that  He  would  have  pity  upon  him.  - 

In  that  land  was  a  certain  man  called  Leofstan, 
rich  in  worldly  things,  and  ignorant  towards  God,  232 

who  rode  with  great  insolence  to  the  saint's  shrine, 
and  very  arrogantly  commanded  them  to  show  him 
the  holy  saint,  (to  see)  whether  he  were  incorrupt; 
but  as  soon  as  he  saw  the  saint's  body,  236 

then  he  straightway  raved  and  roared  horribly, 
and  miserably  ended  by  an  evil  death. 


226.  B.  be-reowsode.     U.  he  swa.  232.  TL  B.  rice.     U.  worolde ;  un- 
B.  rsejme.  gewittig.     B.  om.  and.     B.  gode. 

227.  B.  un-sseligww  ;  bi-saregede.  233.  U.  B.  Se  (for  se) ;  ricetere. 

228.  B.  bead.  234.  U.  aet-eowigan ;  B.  set-eowan. 

229.  U.  hi ;   B.  heo.     U.  mid  him.  U.  orgellican  (!). 

U.    fseston;     B.    fsestsen.      B.    ftreo  235.  B.  halgae  sont ;  isund  wsere. 

dagses.  236.  B.  raSe;  he.     U.  geseah ;  B. 

230.  U.  om.  J?one.     B.  alraihtigaen;  iseah.     B.  sontes  lichame. 

arisen  sceolde.  237.  B.  he   sonae  ;    -reowlice.     U. 

231.  B.  londe  ;  mon.     U.  gehaten ;  grymytte. 

B.  i-haten.  238.  B.  endode;  dea]?e. 


332 


XXXII.      PASSIO    SANCTI   EADMUNDI    REGIS. 


lie  pe  se  geleaffulla  papa/ 

"ten     **l*   ^',Xi£    fJraAAa4^ 
"egorius  ssege  on  his  gesefnysge     ^v 


3am  halgaii  Iaurentie  pe  no  on  rome-byrig  , 
,   b^  menii  wolclon  sceawian  symle  mi  Ji^iage  ?-  / 


240 


seofon  merni  Eetffa3aere*r  ba  geswicon  ba  obre^    /     ,7  •  ,  r/<^  /Z>~*~    ) 

to  sceawigenne  bone  martyr  inid  nienmscura  gedwylde<^~ ^^_    -^ 

.rela  wundra  we  genyrdon  on  foJclicre  sprsece  .     \./t       -*- 
be  bam  lialgan  eadmunde  be  we  her  nellap  ,    248    ^     \ 

■ewrite  iettan  .  Jic  hi  wat  gehwa  fc— M        Y       j 


on  gcv 


(J)ii  byssum  halgan  is  swutel  ,  and  on  swilcum  obrum  . 

"NP*  &W j^^Ci}^    c<*^  Yeu*  w** 

c-Xf  g°d  *lrailltl^X§  ¥°™™^W^  A*  *-7X 
eft  on  domes  dreg  andfeundne  of  eorban 

se.  be  hylt  eadmunde  nalne  his  lichaman  .        /     j   r  ,,  ,4 

.  00  bone.micclan  dsekijeah  $e  he  01  moldan  coraef?- — -r, 

00 ^f^x,  v  ?u  (H««7aft  »**  ^'^'M  ^,^****  t^v^*W 


AVyrfr 


e  is  s'eo  sipwMgPbam  wurSfullan  hakcan*  )£%"*?.  ,/ 


1 


r 

ow-dome  .- 


Ipcet  bi  man  wurpige  and  wel  gelogige 

itiid  clasnuiii  Wdes  peowum  ."fo  cristeS  beow-ao 

ior-pan-pe  se  haiga  is  Tnarra  ponne  men  miagon  asmeagaai  ^ 

Kis  angel-cynn  becfeled  d 

bonne  on  ensfia-Ianda  licsfj 


256 


lalg^^" 


bonne  on  engla-Ianda  licgab  swilce  halgan^       /  ^     r\i    u,     260 
swylce  ba3s  halga  cynmg  island  cupberht  se  .eadiga  .  . 
and  sanc^e  eebeldryo  on  eligr  .  and  eac  hire  swustor 
ansunde,  on  licnama^i  gelea^tan  td  trymmmge/. 
JSynd  eac  iela  oore  on  angel- 


-cynne  naJ 


264 


239.  B.  ilic ;  om.  se ;   halga  (for 
geleatfulla). 

240.  B.  om.  seede;  i-setnesse. 

241.  B.  halgumlaurentium;  -burig. 

242.  B.  men  wolden;   om.  symle. 
U.  B.  hu.     B.  lsege. 

243.  U.    gode.      B.    omits  ge   .    . 
yfele.    U.  hi ;  B.  heom.    B.  gestykle. 

244.  B.  ©aresceawuncge.    U.B.sene. 

245.  U.  seofan.    B.  seofemen.     U. 
geswicon ;  B.  swike. 

246.  U.  martir.     B.     Bceawenne ; 
mennisce  dwylde. 

247.  B.    FelsG   wundrse ;    iherdon ; 
folclice  spxee.     U.  gehyrdon. 


248.  B.  bi ;  eadmunduw ;  nyllaej). 

249.  B.  write  setten.  V.  setton. 
U.  hi     B.  het>m. 

250.  B.  Jrissum  halgum ;  ant  on. 
U.  swutol ;  V.  swytol. 

251.  B.  al-.  U.  raann  arseran;  B. 
mon  arseran. 

252.  V.  om.  eft.  B.  seft;  dsege. 
U.  B.  ansundne. 

253.  B.  |>e  >3  healt.  U.  eadmunde 
(as  A.)  ;  B.  eadmundne.  B.  om.  his. 
U.  B.  lichame. 

254.  B.  oene.  U.  miclan;  B. 
myclan.  U.  dseg.  A.  U.  of  j  B.  on. 
B.  moldsen  come. 


XXXII.      ST.  EDMUND,   KING   AND    MARTYR.  333 

This  is  like  that  which  the  orthodox  pope, 

Gregory  by  name,  said  in  his  writing  240 

concerning  the  holy  Lawrence  who  lieth  in  the  city  of  Rome, 

that  men  were  always  wishing  to  see  how  he  lay, 

both  good  and  evil,  but  God  checked  them, 

so  that  there  died  in  the  looking  all  at  once  244 

seven  men  together;   so  the  others  desisted 

from  looking  at  the  martyr  with  human  error. 

We  have  heard  of  many  wonders  in  the  popular  talk 

about  the  holy  Edmund  which  we  will  not  here  248 

set  down  in  writing;   but  every  one  knoweth  them. 

By  this  saint  is  it  manifest  and  by  others  like  him, 

that  Almighty  God  can  raise  man 

again,  in  the  day  of  judgement,  incorruptible  from  the  earth,      252 

He  who  preserveth  Edmund  whole  in  his  body 

until  the  great  day,  though  he  was  made  of  earth. 

Worthy  is  the  place  for  the  sake  of  the  venerable  saint 

that  men  should  venerate  it,  and  well  provide  it  256 

with  God's  pure  servants,  to  Christ's  service, 

because  the  saint  is  greater  than  men  may  imagine. 

The  English  nation  is  not  deprived  of  the  Lord's  saints, 

since  in  English  land  lie  such  saints  260 

as  this  hory  king,  and  the  blessed  Cuthbert, 

and  saint  iEthelthryth  in  Ely,  and  also  her  sister, 

incorrupt  in  body,  for  the  confirmation  of  the  faith. 

There  are  also  many  other  saints  among  the  English,  264 


255.  V.  WurSa.    A.  is  (over  wgere  B.  bi-dseled  ;  halgene. 

erased).     U.  WurSe  wsere  Seo  stow ;  260.  B.    for}>am     on    englae-londe 

B.  weorSe  wsere  Seo  stow.    B.  -fullsen  licgse}?.     V.  U.  lande.     U.  B.  swylce. 

halguw.  261.  U.   }>es ;    B.    pes.     B.   halgae 

256.  B.  hire  m6n  wsel  wurSode.  king.  U.  B.  om.  is.  U.  Cuthbert ; 
V.  U.  (also)  wurtfode ;  A.  wurj)ige  B.  chutbertus  ]>e  eadigse.  V.  eadige. 
(-ige  over  erasure).  V.  U.  wel  gelo-  262.  U.  V.  B.  om.  sancte.  U. 
gode  ;  B.  wselegode  (!)  ;  A.  wel  gelo-  iEJ>eldruo\  B.  eac.  U.  hyre.  U.  B. 
gige  (-ige  over  erasure).  swuster. 

257.  U.  clenum;  B.  clsene.  B.  263.  V.  ins.  ealle  before  ansunde. 
-dome.  B.  ansund;  lichame  ge-leafaen;  trum- 

258.  B.   J>e   halgse;     mserrae    Jwne  uncge. 

men  (U.  menn)  ;  asmean.  264.  B.  BeoS  (for  Synd)  ;   oftrae  ; 

259.  U.sengel-cynn;  B.  cengol  (sic).  cynne  ;  om.  halgan.     V.  feola. 


334         XXXIII.       NATALE    SANCTE    EUFRASIiE    VIRGINIS. 

/^rr,  "»va^W  *rv.*U»*    w/«k  ^  l-t  ki.     iKfjlw    P>W*U/1\ 

I  pe  tela  wtpidra  wyrqao  .  swa  swa  nit  wide  is  cue  / 

pam  eelmihtigan  to  lofe  .  pe  hi  on  gelyfdon  $~- -3 ~ 

Crist  ge  swutela})  mannum  Jmrli  his  mseran  halgan 

beet  he  is  selmihtig  god  pe  maca$  swilce  wundra  268 

pealr1  pe  ba  earman  iudef  hine  eallunge  wiS-socen  ,.    .  •  .       j     fl^^M 

for-}}an-J>e  hi  sfynol  awyrgede  swa  swa  lii\Jlsc1;6n  him  sylfam ^"^      — 

^Ne  DeotS  nane  wundra  geworhte  eet  heora  byrgenu??^  . 

for-San-J^e  hi  ne  gelyfaS  on  £one  lifigendan  crjst  ,  J  ,    27  a 

'fac  crisfc  geswutelacS  mannum  hwser  se  socSa  g'eleafa  is  .  /  , 

ponne  he  swylce  wundra  wyrco  purn  his  ^algan 

wide  geond  J>as  eorcSan  .  pass  him  sy  wuldor 

a  mid  his  heofonlican  feeder    .    and  J»am  halgan   gaste  (a  buton 

ende).     Amen.  -^""  276 


XXXIII. 

III.   ID.   FEBRUARII;    NATML^   SANCTE  EUFRASLE 
VIRGINIS. 

[Another  very  imperfect  copy  in  0.  =  Otho  B.  x.] 
OVM  WER  W^ES  ON  ALEXANDRIA   MiEGDE  PAFNVNTIVS  genemned  . 

Se  wses  eallum  mannum  leof  and  wuro1  .  and  godes  beboda 
geornlice  healdende  .  and  he  J»a  genara  him  gemeccan  efenbyrde  his 

4  cynne  .  seo  wses  mid  eallum  wurSfullum  J?eawum  gefylled  .  ac  heo 
wses  unwsestmbaere  .  pa  waes  hire  wer  J>earle  gedrefed  for-J)am  him 
nan  beam  nses  gemsene  .  Ipcei  sefter  his  forcSsitSe  to  his  sehtum 
fenge  .  and  heo  )?a  dseghwamlice  hire  speda  }>earfendum  dselde  . 

8  and  gelomlice  heo  cyrcan  sohte  .  and  mid  halsungum  god  wses 
biddende  ]xjet  he  him  sum  beam  forgeafe  .  swi)?ost  for-]mm  heo 
geseah  hire  weres  sarignysse  .  and  he  sylf  eac  ferde  geond  manige 

265.  V.  U.  wundre;  B.  wundrse.  268.  B.  he.  U.  aelmihti.  B.  god; 
B.  wurcaeS  U.  swa  swa;  B.  swa  maksej>  swylce  wundrse.  V.  wundre. 
swa.     U.  cuftis;  B.  is  cyf?.  269.  V.  om.  ]>e;  eallunga.   B.  iude- 

266.  B.  al-.  U.  hi ;  B.  heo.  B.  iscsen  ;  allungae.  U.  V.  B.  wi$-s6con. 
ilyfden.  270.  U.  awyrgede.      B.    heo  beoft 

267.  B.Crist  sylf  swytelae])monnuw;  awarigede.  U.  swa  swa  hi ;  B.  swa 
mseren.  swa  heo.     V.  wyscton.     B.  heom. 

1  Leaf  205. 


XXXIII.       ST.    EUERASIA    (OR   EUPHROSYNE),    VIRGIN.     335 

who  work  many  miracles,  as  is  widely  known, 
to  the  praise  of  the  Almighty  in  whom  they  believed. 
Christ  showeth  to  men,  through  His  illustrious  saints, 
that  He  is  Almighty  God  who  causeth  such  wonders,  268 

though  the  miserable  Jews  altogether  denied  Him, 
because  they  are  accursed,  as  they  desired  for  themselves. 
There  are  no  wonders  wrought  at  their  sepulchres, 
because  they  believe  not  in  the  living  Christ;  272 

but  Christ  manifesteth  to  men  where  the  true  faith  is, 
since  He  worketh  such  miracles  by  His  saints 
widely  throughout  the  earth;    wherefore  to  Him  be  Glory 
ever  with  His  Heavenly  Father,  and  with  the  Holy  Ghost,    for 
ever  and  ever.     Amen.  276 


XXXIII. 

FEBRUARY    11.     ST.   EUFRASIA   (OR   EUPHROSYNE), 
VIRGIN. 

There  was  a  certain  man  in  the  province  of  Alexandria  named 
Paphnutius,  who  was  beloved  and  honoured  of  all  men,  diligently 
keeping  God's  commandments ;  and  he  then  took  him  a  spouse  of 
birth  equal  to  his  own  rank ;  she  was  filled  with  all  honourable 
virtues,  but  she  was  barren.  Then  was  her  husband  exceedingly 
afflicted,  because  there  was  no  child  between  them  who  should 
succeed  to  his  possessions  after  his  death ;  and  she  therefore  daily 
distributed  her  wealth  among  the  poor,  and  frequently  sought 
churches,  and  with  supplications  besought  God  that  He  would 
give  them  a  child,  especially  because  she  saw  her  husband's  sorrow. 
And  he  himself  likewise  travelled  through  many  places,  (to  see) 

271.  U.  by©.    B.  wundrse  i-wrohte;  274.  B.  J>enne  ;  wundrse  wurcsetJ. 
heorse  burigene.  275.  0".  wide.     B.  ]jam  beo  wuldor 

272.  V.  for-tSon-fte.      B.  for}>am- ;  andlof;  V.  him  si  wuldor  and  lof. 
heo ;    gelyfsetJ.      U.   lyfigendan  ;    B.  276.  XT.  heofonlice  ;    B.  heofenlice. 
lyfigendeti.  U.  V.  omit  a  .  .  ende ;   which  is  a 

273.  V.  geswutolaS.  B.  swutelaej)  later  interpolation  in  A.  B.  halige 
monnuffl.  U.  B.  hwser.  B.  J>e  gode  gaste  a  buten  ende  Amen  (nearly  all 
iieafae.  erased). 


336         XXXIII.      NATALE   SANCTE    EUFEASIiE    VIRGINIS. 

stowa  .  gif  he  weninga  hwilcne  godes  man  findan  mihte  ]>cet  his 
1 2  gewilnunga  gefulturaian  mihte  .  pa  set  nyhstan  becom  he  to  suraum 
mynstre  .  paes  mynstres  feeder  wees  swySe  maere  beforan  gode  .  and 
he  pa  micelne  dael  feos  pider  in-gesealde  .  and  miccle  peodraedene 
nam  to  pain  abbode  .  and  to  pam  gebroSran  .  and  pa  aefter  micelre 
1 6  tide  cy(Sde  he  fam  abbode  his  gewilmmge  .  1  se  abbod  pa  him  efn- 
sargode  .  and  baed  god  geornlice  Ipcet  he  pam  pegne  forgeafe  bearnes 
wsestm  .  pa  gehyrde  god  heora  begra  bene  .  and  forgeaf  him  ane 
dohtor  .  Mid  py  pafnuntius  geseah  paes  abbodes  maeran  drohtnunge  . 

20  he  seldan  of  pam  mynstre  gewat  .  eac  swylce  he  gelaedde  his  wif 
into  pam  mynstre  .  to  pam  Ipcet  heo  onfenge  paes  abbodes  bletsunge . 
and  )?sera  gebropra  .  pa  Ipcet  cild  waes  seofon  wintre  .  pa  letan  hi  hi 
fullian  .  and  nemdon  hi  eufrosina  .  pa  wurdon  hire  yldran  swiSlice 

24  geblissode  purh  hi  .  forpam  heo  waes  gode  a?i<ifencge  .  and  wlytig  on 
ansyne  .  and  mid  py  heo  waes  twelf  wintre  .  pa  gewat  hire  modor  . 
se  feeder  pa  gelaerde  Ipcet  maeden  .  mid  halgum  gewritum  .  and 
godcundum  raedingum  .  and  mid  eallum  woruldlicum  wis-dome  . 

28  and  hio  pa  lare  to  pam  deoplice  under-nam  .  Ipcet  hire  faeder  paes 
micclum  wundrode  .  pa  asprang  hire  hlisa  and  wisdom  and  gelae- 
rednys  .  geond  ealle  pa  ceastre  .  for-pam  heo  waes  on  peawum 
gefraetwod  .  and  manige  wurdon  atihte  Ipcet  hi  gyrndan  hire  to 

32  rihtan  gesynscipe  .  and  hit  to  hire  faeder  spraecon  .  ac  he  symle 
ongen  cwoeS  .  Gewurpe  godes  willa  .  pa  set  nyxtan  com  him  an 
pegen  to  .  se  waes  weligra  and  wurpra  .  ponne  ealle  pa  opre  .  and 
hire  to  him  gyrnde  .  pa  onfeng  se  faeder  his  wedd  .  and  hi  him 

36  behet  .  pa  aefter  micelre  tide  pa  heo  eahta-tyne  wyntre  waes  .  pa 
ge-nam  se  feder  hi  mid  him  to  paere  stowe  .  pe  he  gewunelice  to 
sohte  .  and  mycelne  dael  feo  pider  insealde  .  and  cwaeS  to  pam 
abbode  .  Ic  hsebbe  broht  hider  pone  waestm  pinra  gebeda  mine 

40  dohtor  .  ])cet  pu  hire  sylle  pine  bletsunge  .  for-pam  ic  wille  hi 
were  syllan  .  Da  het  se  abbod  hi  1  sedan  to  spraec-huse  .  and  lange 
hwile  wrS  hi  spraec  2and  laerde  hi  claennysse  and  gepyld  .  and 
godes  ege  haebban  .  and  heo  pa  wunode  paer  seofon  dagas  .  and 

44  geornlice   hlyste   paera   brotSra   sanges    .    and   heora    drohtnunga 
beheold  .  and  paes  ealles  swipe  wundrigende  cwseS  .  Eadige  synd 
1  Leaf  205,  back.  2  Leaf  206. 


XXXIII.      ST.    EUFRASIA    (OR   EUPHROSYNe),    VIRGIN.    337 

if  perchance  he  might  find  some  man  of  God  who  might  assist  his 
desires.  Then  at  last  he  came  to  a  minster ;  the  father  of  this 
minster  was  very  powerful  before  God.  So  he  paid  in  a  great  sum 
of  money,  and  made  much  friendship  with  the  abbot  and  with  the 
brothers ;  and  theu  after  a  good  while  he  told  his  desire  to  the 
abbot.  So  the  abbot  compassionated  him,  and  prayed  God 
earnestly  that  He  would  give  the  nobleman  the  fruit  of  a  child. 
Then  God  heard  the  prayer  of  them  both,  and  gave  them 
a  daughter.  When  Paphnutius  had  seen  the  abbot's  great  service, 
he  seldom  left  the  minster ;  likewise  he  brought  his  wife  into  the 
minster,  to  the  intent  that  she  might  receive  the  abbot's  blessing, 
and  that  of  the  brethren.  When  the  child  was  seven  years  old, 
then  they  had  her  baptized,  and  named  her  Euphrosyne ;  then  her 
parents  rejoiced  exceedingly  on  her  account,  because  she  was 
acceptable  to  God,  and  fair  in  countenance;  and  when  she  was 
twelve  years  old,  then  her  mother  died.  Then  the  father  instructed 
the  maiden  in  holy  writings  and  godly  readings,  and  in  all  worldly 
wisdom ;  and  she  so  deeply  received  the  lore  that  her  father  greatly 
wondered  thereat.  Then  sprang  her  fame  and  wisdom  and  learning 
throughout  all  the  town,  because  she  was  adorned  with  virtues, 
and  many  were  attracted  so  that  they  desired  her  in  honourable 
marriage,  and  spake  of  it  to  her  father ;  but  he  always  answered, 
*  God's  will  be  done.'  Then  at  last  came  to  him  a  noble  who  was 
wealthier  and  worthier  than  all  the  others,  and  desired  her  for 
himself.  Then  the  father  received  his  pledge,  and  promised  her 
to  him.  Then  after  a  great  while,  when  she  was  eighteen  years 
old,  her  father  took  her  with  him  to  the  place  where  he  usually 
went,  and  paid  in  there  a  great  sum  of  money,  and  said  to  the 
abbot;  'I  have  brought  hither  the  fruit  of  thy  prayers,  my 
daughter,  that  thou  mayest  give  her  thy  blessing,  because  I  wish 
to  give  her  to  a  husband.'  Then  the  abbot  bade  take  her  to  the 
parlour,  and  spake  a  long  while  with  her,  and  taught  her  purity 
and  patience,  and  to  have  the  fear  of  God ;  and  she  abode  there 
seven  days,  and  devoutly  listened  to  the  brothers'  canticles,  and 
beheld  their  conversation ;  and  greatly  wondering  at  all  this  said, 

22 


338         XXXIII.      NATALE   SANCTE   EUFRASI.E    VIRGINIS.  " 

)ms  weras  pe  on  Jrisse  worulde  syndon  englum  gelice  .  and  Jrnrh 
pcet  begita'S  pcet  ece  lif  .  and  heo  weaitS  bi-hydig  be  pissum  .  pa 

48  pj  oYiddan  da3ge  cwaecS  pafnuntius  to  f>am  abbode  .  Gang  feeder 
pcet  J>in  J?eowen  <5e  maege  gegretan  .  and  pine  bletsunge  onfon  . 
for-f>ani  we  willa<5  ham  faran  .  pa  se  abbod  com  .  pa  feoll  heo  to 
his  fotum  and  cwae'S  .  Feeder  gebide  for  me  pcet  god  mine  sawle 

52  him  sylfum  gestreone  .  pa  apenode  se  abbod  his  hand  .  and  hi 
gebletsode  and  cwce'cS  .  Drihten  god  pu  pe  oncneowe  adam  aer  he 
gesceapen  waere  .  gemedema  oe  pcet  p\i  gymenne  heebbe  pisse  pinre 
peowenne  .  and  pcet  heo  sy  dael-nimende  paes  heofon-lican  rices  . 

56  Hi  pa  aefter  pissum  wordum  ham  ferdon  .  waes  his  gewuna  paf- 
nuntius pcet  swa  oft  swa  him  aenig  munuc  to  com  .  ponne  laedde 
he  hine  into  his  huse  .  and  beed  pcet  he  his  dohtor  gebletsode  .  pa 
gelamp  hit  embe  geares  ryne  .  pcet  hit  wses  pees  abbodes  hading- 

60  deeg  .  pa  sende  anne  brotfor  to  pafnuntie,  .  and  lapode  hine  to 
peere  symbelnysse  .  pa  se  munuc  to  his  healle  com  .  pa  ne  funde 
he  hine  aet  ham  .  Mid-py  pa  eufrosina  pone  munuc  peer  wiste  .  pa 
gecigde  heo  hine  to  hire  and  cweecS  .  Sege  me  bropor  for  paere 

64  socman  lufan  hu  fela  is  eower  on  pam  mynstre  .  pa  cwce'cS  he  .  preo 
hund  muneca  .  and  twa  and  fiftig  .  heo  fa  git  axode  .  and  cwce'cS  . 
gif  hvvilc  pider  in  bugan  wile  .  wile  eower  abbod  hine  under-fon  , 
Gea  cwaecS  he  .  ac  mid  eallum  [gefean  he  hine  underfeh'S]  .  swioor 

68  for  peere  drihtenlican  stefne  pe  pus  cweetS  .  pone  pe  me  to-cym'S  . 
ne  drife  ic  *  hine  fram  me  .  SingacS  ge  ealle  cwce'cS  heo  on  anre 
cyrcan  .  and  feestacS  ge  ealle  gelice  .  Se  bropor  cwce'cS  .  Ealle  we 
singacS  gemaenelice  aetgaedere  .  ac  ure  aeghwilc  faest  be  pam  pe  him 

72  toan-haga(S  .  pcet  ure  nan  ne  beo  wiper-reede  wip  pa  halgan  droht- 
nunga  .  ac  wilsumlice  do  pcet  he  do  .  Da  heo  pa  ealle  heora 
drohtnunga  asmead  haefde  .  pa  cwce'cS  heo  .  Ic  wolde  gecyrran  to 
pyllicre  drohtnunga  ac  ic  onsitte  pcet  ic  beo  minum  feeder  ungehyr- 

76  sum  .  se  for  his  idlum  welum  me  wile  to  were  ge-peodan  .  Se 

64.  eower]   Here  begins   the  frag-  67.  he]    O.    se   brofor.      gefean — 
merit  in  0.  (fol.  12).  -feh.5]  supplied  from  O. 

65.  O.munuca.    fiftig]  O.  adds  Jwer  70.  O.  cyrican.     O.  om.  ge  ealle. 
syndon.  heo]O.J>3etni8eden.  O.acsode.  71.  O.  om.  gemsenelice. 

66.  O.  abbud.  72.  O.  onhagaS. 

1  Leaf  206,  back. 


XXXIII.       ST.    EUFBASIA    (OR    EUPHROSYNE),    VIRGIN.    339 

'  Blessed  are  these  men  who  in  this  world  are  like  unto  the  angels, 
and  by  such  means  shall  obtain  everlasting  life/  And  she  became 
observant  of  this.  Then  on  the  third  day  said  Paphnutius  to  the 
abbot,  'Come,  father,  that  thy  handmaid  may  salute  thee,  and 
receive  thy  blessing ;  because  we  desire  to  go  home/  When  the 
abbot  came,  she  fell  at  his  feet,  and  said,  '  father,  pray  for  me, 
that  God  may  beget  my  soul  unto  Himself/  Then  the  abbot 
extended  his  hand  and  blessed  her,  and  said  ;  '  Lord  God,  Thou  who 
knewest  Adam  ere  he  was  created,  vouchsafe  to  have  care  of  this 
Thine  handmaid,  and  that  she  may  be  a  partaker  of  the  heavenly 
kingdom/  So  after  these  words  they  returned  home.  It  was 
Paphnutius'  custom  that,  as  often  as  any  monk  came  to  him,  he 
brought  him  into  his  house,  and  prayed  that  he  would  bless  his 
daughter.  Then  it  befell,  in  about  the  course  of  a  year,  that 
it  was  the  abbot's  ordination- day.  Then  he  sent  a  brother  to 
Paphnutius,  and  invited  him  to  the  solemnity.  When  the  monk 
came  to  his  hall,  he  did  not  find  him  at  home ;  but  when 
Euphrosyne  knew  the  monk  was  there,  she  called  him  to  her 
and  said ;  '  tell  me,  brother,  for  true  charity,  how  many  are  there 
of  you  in  the  minster?'  Then  said  he;  'three  hundred  monks 
and  two  and  fifty.'  Then  again  she  asked  and  said,  'If 
any  one  desire  to  turn  in  thither,  will  your  abbot  receive  him?' 
'Yea,'  quoth  he,  'but  with  all  (joy  will  he  receive  him),  the 
rather  for  the  Lord's  voice  who  thus  said ;  "  him  that  cometh 
to  Me,  I  will  not  drive  him  from  Me." '  '  Sing  ye  all,'  said 
she,  '  in  one  church,  and  fast  ye  all  alike  1 '  The  brother 
said,  'we  all  sing  in  common  together  but  each  of  us  fasteth 
according  as  he  hath  leisure,  so  that  none  of  us  be  contrary  to 
holy  living,  but  do  willingly  that  which  he  doeth/  When  she 
had  enquired  about  all  their  manner  of  living,  then  said  she  (to  the 
brother),  '  I  would  turn  to  such  a  life,  but  I  fear  to  be  disobedient 
to  my  father,  who  for  his  vain  (and  transitory)  riches  desireth  to 
join   me   to  a  husband/     The    brother   said  (to  her),  '0  sister! 

74.  O.  drohtnunge.    After  heo,  0.       drsede. 

adds  to  J»am  broker.  76.  After  idlum,  O.  adds  and  his 

75.  O.  drohtnunge.    onsitte]  O.  on-       gewitenlicum.  ge-)>eodan]  O.  ongifan. 

22—2 


340         XXXIII.      NATALE    SANCTE   EUFRASIiE    VIEGINIS. 

broj^or  cwceS  .  Eala  swustor  ne  gejmfa  "Su  pcet  senig  man  J>inne 
lichaman  be-smite  .  ne  ne  syle  pu  Jdnne  wlite  to  aenigum  hospe  .  ac 
bewedde  pe    sylfe   criste  .  se   pe   mseg   for   jbisum   gewitenlicum 

80  ]?ingum  .  syllan  pcet  heofon-lice  rice  .  ac  far  nu  to  mynstre 
digellice  .  and  alege  J>ine  woruldlican  gegyrlan  .  and  gegyre  pe 
mid  munuc-reafe  .  J>onne  miht  J>u  swa  jpest  setberstan  .  pa  geli- 
code  hire  Jeos  spraec  .  and  heo  J>a  [to  him]  cwoe<5  .  Ac  hwa  mseg 

84  me  be-efesian  .  [SoSlice]  ic  nolde  Ipcet  hit  J>a  [dydon  pe  naenne] 
geleafan  nabbaft  to  gode  .  [Se  brof>or  hyre  to  cwcej>.]  Loca  nu  1pm 
feeder  sceal  mid  me  to  mynstre  .  and  bif>  J^aer  J>ry  dagas  o(5(5e 
feower  .  J>onne  send  J>u  (Sa  hwile  aefter  sumum  ure  ge-bro)3rum  . 

88  aelc  wile  blif>elice  cuman  to  (5e  .  ongemang  J>issum  .  com  ham 
pafnuntius  .  and  swa  he  fone  munuc  geseah  .  \>a  axode  he  hine 
to  hwi  he  come  .  f>a  seede  he  him  Ipcet  hit  waere  J>aes  abbodes 
hadung-dseg  .  and  he  to  him  cuman  sceolde  mid  him  to  his  blet- 

92  sunga  .  pafnuntius  pa,  wearS  geblissod  swicSe  .  and  [sona]  mid 
him  []mm  broj^or]  ferde  to  mynstre  .  Ongemang  J?isum  sende 
eufrosina  anne  cniht  [J>one  pe  heo  getreowost  wiste  and  him  to 
cwce<5  .  far  to  }>eodosies  mynstre   and  gang  into  f>aere   cyrcan  . 

96  and]  swa  hwilcne  munuc  swa  [J>u  finde]  l  innan  cyrcan  .  bring  hine 
to  me  .  pa  [lamp  hit]  f>urh  godes  mild-heortnysse  gemette  he  an 
}?ara  muneca  wi'Sutan  J>am  mynstre  .  J>a  se  cniht  basd  hine  pcet  he 
come  mid  him  to  eufrosinan  .  pa,  he  to  hire  com  .  J?a  grette  heo  hine 
100  andcwce(5  .  Gebideforme  .  he  J>a  for  hi  gebaed  .  and  hi  ge-bletsode  . 
and  wiS  hi  gesaat  .  heo  £>a  cwceS  to  him  .  Hlaford  ic  haabbe  cristenne 
feeder  .  and  soSne  godes  j?eow  .  and  [he]  heeftS  myccle  aehta  .  and 
his  maecca  min  modor  is  of  pjssum  life  gewiten  .  nu  wile  min 
104  feeder  for  his  idlum  welum  me  were  syllan  .  ac  ic  nolde  [neefre] 

77.  cwceft]  0.  hire  cwseft  to.    Eala]  85.  Se— cwsej)]  from  0.     Loca]  0. 
0.  Eala  Jm.                                                      Efne. 

78.  senigum]  O.  nanum.  87.  O.  sumon. 

79.  O.  sylfne  (!)  ;  }>yssum.  91,  92.  O.  bletsunge. 
81.  0.  digollice;  Jrinne;  gegyrelan;           92.  sona,']  from  O. 

gegira.  93-  fam  bro]>or]  from  0.  (uncer- 

.    82.  0-reafum;  yjmst.  tain). 

83.  to  him]  supplied  from  0.  94-96.  J>one  ]>e — and]  all  from  O. ; 

84.  O.  besefesian.   So'Slice]  from  O.  A  has  swiSe  getrywne  hire  to  J)am 
nolde]  0 .  wolde  ( ! ) .  0 .  didon  J?e  naenne ;  minstre  and  bsed  \o&. 

read  dydon  Jje  neenne ;  A.  om.  96.  }m  finde]  so  in  0. ;  A.  he  funde. 

1  Leaf  207. 


XXXIII.      ST.    EUFItASIA  (OR   EUrHROSYNE),    VIRGIN.     341 

suffer  thou  not  that  any  man  defile  thy  body,  neither  give  thou 
thy  beauty  to  any  shame  ;  but  wed  thyself  to  Christ,  who  for  these 
transitory  things  can  give  thee  the  heavenly  kingdom.  But  go 
now  to  a  minster  secretly,  and  lay  aside  thy  worldly  garments  and 
clothe  thyself  with  the  monastic  habit;  thus  mayest  thou  most 
easily  escape/  Then  this  speech  pleased  her,  and  she  thereupon 
said  (to  him) :  '  but  who  may  shear  me  1  (Verily),  I  would  not 
that  any  one  should  (do  it  who)  hath  not  faith  in  God.'  (The 
brother  said  to  her)  :  '  look  now,  thy  father  is  going  with  me 
to  the  minster,  and  will  be  there  three  days  or  four ;  then  send 
thou  meanwhile  after  one  of  our  brothers ;  any  one  will  blithely 
come  to  thee/  In  the  midst  of  this  came  home  Paphnutius,  and  as 
soon  as  he  saw  the  monk,  he  asked  him  why  he  had  come.  Then 
he  told  him  that  it  was  the  abbot's  ordination-day,  and  that 
he  was  to  come  to  him  with  him  to  receive  his  benediction. 
Then  Paphnutius  was  greatly  rejoiced,  and  (at  once)  went  with 
him  (the  brother)  to  the  minster. 

Meanwhile  Euphrosyne  sent  a  servant  (one  whom  she  knew  to  be 
very  faithful,  and  said  to  him,  '  go  to  Theodosius'  minster,  and  go 
into  the  church,  and)  whatsoever  monk  (thou  shalt  find)  in  the 
church,  bring  him  to  me.'  Then  (it  happened),  by  God's  mercy, 
(that)  he  met  one  of  the  monks  outside  the  minster ;  and  then  the 
servant  prayed  him  to  come  with  him  to  Euphrosyne  ;  and  when  he 
came  to  her,  she  saluted  him,  and  said;  'pray  for  me/  Then  he  prayed 
for  her  and  blessed  her,  and  sat  beside  her.  Then  she  said  to  him, 
'  Sir,  I  have  a  Christian  father  who  is  a  true  servant  of  God,  and 
(he)  hath  great  possessions ;  and  his  consort  my  mother  is  departed 
from  this  life ;  now  desireth  my  father,  for  his  vain  riches,  to  give  me 

bring — me]  0.  brincg  hine  me-  hider  ioi.  heo — him]  0.  Eufrosina  him 

mid  pe.  to  cweeS.     0.  cristene. 

97.  lamp  hit]  from  O. ;  A.  om.  102.  0.   he;    A.  om.      myccle]  O. 

97-99.  gemette — heo  hine]  so  A . ;  msenigfealde. 
O./aasJJoe^anJjaramunecaof . . .  comto  102-104.   and  his  msecca — syllan] 

]>8ere  ceastre  (?)  to  )>onJ>8ethewolde  .  .  .  soinA.;  O.  has  and  he  haedde  gemaeccan 

|>a  Jnng  J>e  he  mid  liimlaedde  .  and  J>a  seo  me  on  J)is  woruld  acsende  .  and 

sona  J)aes  J?es  cniht  him  gemette  .  J>a  heo  his  of  jnsum  life  gefaren  .  Nu  wile 

baed  he  hine  \cet  he  sceolde  cuman  to  min    feeder    for    his     gewitendlicum 

eufiosinam  .  Mid  pi  he  ])a  hire  to  com  .  welum  me  to  were  forgifan. 
J>a  halsode  heo  hine.  104.  O.  nsefre;  A.  om, 

100.  O.  Gebidde. 


342  XXXIII.       NATALE    SANCTE    EUFRASIiE    V1RG1NIS. 

me  sylfe  f  urh  poet  ge-wemman  .  and  ic  ne  dear  beon  minum 
feeder  unge-hyrsum  .  and  ic  nat  hweet  ic  be  fysum  don  mseg  . 
ealle  fas  niht  witodlice  ic  ane  wunode  god  biddende  ])cet  he  minre 

1 08  earman  sawle  his  myltse  aetywe  .  and  fa  fis  raergendlican  daege 
gelicode  me  pcet  ic  eowerne  sum  me  to  begeate  .  pcet  ic  godes 
word  set  him  gehyrde  .  Nu  bidde  ic  Se  for  fam  edleane  f  inre 
sawle  pcet  f  u  me  wisige  to  fam  f  ingum  .  f  e  to  gode  belumpon  . 

112  Da  cwcecS  se  brocW  .  Drihtera  cweetS  on  his  godspelle  .  swa  hwa, 
swa  ne  wif-seecS  .  feeder  .  and  meder  .  and  eallum  his  magum  . 
and  f  eer-to-eacan  his  agenre  sawle  .  ne  meeg  he  beon  min  leorning- 
man  .  nat  ic  hwset  ic  f  e  mare  secge  .  swa-f  eh  gif  f  u  meege  fa 

116  costnunga  fines  fleesces  areefnan  .  foime  forleet  fu  eall  pcet  <5u 
age  .  and  gevvit  heonan  .  fines  feeder  eehta  finda'S  yrfeweardes 
genoge  .  pcet  meeden  him  to  cwcecS  .  Ic  getry we  on  godes  fultum  . 
and  on  f  inne  .  pcet  ic  becume  to  mire  sawla  hselo  .  Da  cwcecS  se 

i2obrot5or  .  Ne  scealt  fu  na  fyllice  ge-wilnunga  leetan  aslacian  . 
eornost-lice  f  u  wast  pcet  hit  is  nu  hreowsunga  tid  .  pa  cwcecS 
1  heo  .  for-f  y  ic  ge-laftode  f  e  hyder  ,  pcet  ic  wolde  pcet  <5u  me 
bletsodest  and  me  sytSSan  feaxe  becurfe  .  se  brotSor  fa  hi  gegyrede 

124  mid  munuc-reafe  .  and  hi  bletsode  and  fus  cwcecS  .  Drihten  se  fe 
alysde  his  halgan  .  gehealde  fe  fram  eallum  yfle  .  He  fa  eefter 
fyssum  .  mid  blisse  ham  ferde  god  wuldrigende  .  Eufrosina  fa 
f  ohte  p us  cweef  ende  .  Gic  ic  nu  fare  to  faemnena  mynstre  .  forme 

128  seccS  min  feeder  me  feer  .  and  me  feer  finda(5  .  fonn^  nim(5  he  me 
neadunga  f  anon  for  mines  bryd-guman  f  ingan  .  ac  ic  wille  faran 
to  wera  mynstre  feer  nan  man  min  ne  wene  .  Heo  fa  p one  wiflican 
gegyrlan  hire  of-dyde  .  and  hi  ge-scrydde  mid  werlicum  .  and  on 

132  eefen-tid  gewat  of  hire  healle  .  and  nam  mid  hire  fiftig  mancsas  . 
and  fa  niht  hi  ge-hydde  on  digelre  stowe  .  pa  fees  on  mergen  com 
pafnuntius  to  f  aere  ceastre  .  and  fa  eefter  godes  willan  eode  he 
into  cyrcan  .  Eufrosina  betwux  fysum  beccm  to  fam  mynstre  . 

136  fe  hire  feeder  to  sohte  .  fa  eode  se  geat-weard  to  fam  abbode  .  and 

105.  O.  silfne.  107.    ealle — wunode]    0.    SoSIice 

106.  and  ic — msog]   O.   Nu  nat  ic       ealle  J)us  niht  icbu ton  slsepe  aw  unode. 
hwset  me  is  be  Jnsum  to  doiine. 

1  Leaf  207,  back. 


XXXIII.       ST.    EUFRASIA    (OR    EUPHROSYNE),    VIRGIN.     343 

to  a  husband  ;  but  I  would  not  (ever)  defile  myself  thereby.  And 
I  dare  not  be  disobedient  to  my  father,  and  I  know  not  what  to  do 
as  to  this  ;  verily  all  this  night  I  continued  alone,  praying  God  that 
He  would  show  His  mercy  to  my  miserable  soul ;  and  so,  this  dawning 
day,  it  liked  me  to  get  one  of  you  to  come  to  me,  that  I  might  hear 
God's  word  from  him.  Now  pray  I  thee,  for  the  sake  of  the  reward 
of  thy  soul,  that  thou  instruct  me  in  those  things  which  pertain  to 
God/  Then  said  the  brother,  'the  Lord  said  in  His  gospel,  "Who- 
soever will  not  forsake  father  and  mother  and  all  his  kindred,  and 
moreover  his  own  soul,  he  cannot  be  My  disciple."  I  know  not 
what  I  can  say  to  thee  more ;  nevertheless,  if  thou  canst  with- 
stand the  temptations  of  thy  flesh,  then  abandon  thou  all  that 
thou  ownest  and  depart  hence ;  thy  fathers  riches  will  find  heirs 
enough.'  The  maiden  said  to  him :  '  I  trust  in  God's  assist- 
ance and  in  thine,  that  I  shall  attain  to  my  soul's  salvation.'  Then 
said  the  brother,  '  thou  must  not  let  such  desires  grow  slack, 
verily  thou  knowest  that  it  is  now  the  time  of  repentance.'  Then 
said  she,  '  therefore  I  summoned  thee  hither  for  that  I  desired 
that  thou  shouldest  bless  me,  and  afterward  cut  off  my  hair/ 
Then  the  brother  invested  her  with  the  monastic  habit,  and  blessed 
her  and  thus  said  :  '  the  Lord,  who  hath  delivered  His  saints, 
preserve  thee  from  all  evil/  He  then  after  this  joyfully  went 
home,  glorifying  God.  Then  Euphrosyne  thought  thus,  saying; 
1  if  I  go  now  to  a  women's  convent,  then  my  father  will  seek  me 
there,  and  will  find  me  there;  and  then  he  will  take  me  thence 
by  force  for  my  bridegroom's  sake  ;  but  I  will  go  to  a  man's 
minster  where  no  man  will  suspect  me.'  Then  she  put  off  her 
womanly  garb  from  her,  and  clothed  herself  with  a  man's ;  and  in 
the  eventide  departed  from  her  hall,  and  took  with  her  fifty 
mancuses,  and  that  night  she  hid  herself  in  a  secret  place.  Then 
afterward  in  the  morning  came  Paphnutius  to  the  city,  and  then, 
according  to  God's  will,  he  went  into  the  church.  Meanwhile 
Euphrosyne  arrived  at  the  minster  which  her  father  visited  ;  then 
the  porter  went  to  the  abbot  and  said  to  him :    '  father,  here  is 

1 08.  myltse]  0.  mildheortnysse.      eetywe]  0.  aeteowde  (better). 


344         XXXIII.      NATALE   SAttCTE   EUFKASI2E   VIKGINIS. 

cwceft  him  to  .  Feeder  her  is  cumen  an  eumiehus  .  of  cinges 
hirede  wilnaS  f>inre  spreece  .  Se  abbod  )?a  ut-eode  .  and  heo  sona 
feoll  to  hisfotum  .  and  on-fangenre  bletsungehi  togeederegeseeton  . 

140  pa  cwcetS  se  abbod  .  Beam  for  hwilcum  Jnngum  coinejm  hider  .  Da 
cwceft  heo  .  Ic  wees  on  cinges  hirede  .  and  ic  eom  eunuchus  .  and 
ic  symle  wilnode  to  munuc-licum  life  gecyrran  .  ac  }>yllic  lif  nis 
na  gewunelic  on  ure  ceastre  .  nu  ge-axode  ic  eowre  meeran  droht- 

144  nunge  .  and  min  willa  is  poet  ic  mid  eow  eardian  mote  .  gif  eovver 
willa  poet  bi"S  .  Ic  heebbe  meenigfealde  eehta  .  and  gif  me  her  god 
reste  forgifen  wile  .  Ic  gedo  poet  hi  cumacS  hider  .  pa  cweeS  se 
abbod  .  Wei  come  ])u  1  min  beam  efne  £>is  is  ure  mynster  .  wuna 

148  her  mid  us  gif  pe  licige  .  p&  axode  he  hine  hweet  his  nama  weere  . 
J>a  cweetS  he  .  Smaragdus  ic  eom  geciged  .  Se  abbod  him  to  cweeS.. 
pu  eart  geong  .  ne  miht  j?u  ane  wunian  .  ac  J>u  behofast  poet  pu 
heebbe  J?one  pe  Se  meege  leeran  mynsterlice  droht-nunge  .  and  J»one 

152  halgan  regol  .  Da  cwoecS  he  .  Ic  do  min  feeder  eefter  J>inum  wordum  . 
He  pa  for(5-teah  pa  fiftig  mancsas  .  and  psan  abbode  sealde  and 
cw<x3(S  .  Nim  feeder  £>is  feoh  forSon  .  and  gif  ic  her  J^urh-wunige  . 
se  ofer-eaca  hider  cymS  .  pa  gecigde  se  abbod  ane  bro]x)r  to  him  . 

156  se  wees  genemned  agapitus  .  haliges  lifes  man  .  and  wurS-ful  on 
J>eawum  .  and  beteehte  him  J>one  fore-seedan  smaragdum  .  and  him 
to  cwee(5  .  Heonon-foitS  pes  sceal  beon  J?in  sunu  .  and  jnn  leorning- 
cniht  .  Agapitus  pa,  under-feng  hine  on  his  cytan  .  pa  forjbam  se 

160  sylfe  smaragdus  wees  wlitig  on  an-syne  .  swa  oft  swa  Sa  brotSra 
comon  to  cyrcan  .  J>onne  besende  se  awyrgeda  gast  meenig-fealde 
gefohtas  on  heora  mod  .  and  wurdon  pearle  gecostnode  j?urh  his 
fsegernysse  .  and  hi  pa  eet  nyxtan  ealle  wurdon  astyrode  wi(5  pone 

164  abbod  for)?am  swa  wlitigne  man  into  heora  mynstre  geleedde  .  and 
he  pa,  gecigde  smaragdum  to  him  and  cwcecS  .  Min  beam  J>iu  ansyn 
is  wlitig  .  and  jbissum  broprum  cymtS  micel  hryre  for  heora  tyd- 
dernyssum  .  nu  wille  ic  poet  pu  sitte  pe  sylf  on  Jrire  cytan  .  and 

168  singe  J>eer  Jnne  tida  .  and  pe  J>eer-inne  gereorde  .  nelle  ic  J>eh  poet 
|?u  ahwider  elles  ga,  .  and  he  J>a  bebead  agapito  .  poet  he  ge-gear- 
wode  aene  emptige  cytan  .  and  smaragdum  ))ider  inne  geleedde  . 
Agapitus  j?a  gefylde  pcet  his   abbod    him   bebead  .  and   geleedde 

1  Leaf  208. 


XXXlll.      ST.   EUFRASIA   (OR   EUPHROSYNE),    VIRGIN.     345 

come  a  eunuch  from  the  king's  household  who  desireth  speech 
with  thee.'  So  the  abbot  went  out ;  and  she  immediately  fell 
at  his  feet,  and  when  she  had  received  his  blessing,  they  sat 
together.  Then  quoth  the  abbot :  '  child,  for  what  cause  earnest 
thou  hither  1 '  Then  said  she,  '  I  was  in  the  king's  household  and 
I  am  a  eunuch ;  and  I  ever  desired  to  turn  to  the  monastic  life, 
but  such  a  life  is  not  customary  in  our  city ;  now  I  have  heard  of 
your  illustrious  conduct,  and  my  will  is  that  I  may  dwell  with  you, 
if  that  be  your  will.  I  have  manifold  possessions  ;  and  if  God  will 
grant  me  rest  here,  I  will  cause  them  to  come  hither.'  Then  quoth 
the  abbot,  'Welcome  be  thou,  my  child;  behold,  this  is  our  minster; 
abide  here  with  us  if  it  please  thee/  Then  asked  he  him  what  his 
name  was.  Then  said  he,  '  I  am  called  Smaragdus.'  The  abbot 
said  to  him :  '  thou  art  young ;  thou  canst  not  dwell  alone,  but 
thou  needest  to  have  one  who  can  teach  thee  monastic  life  and  the 
holy  rule.'  Then  quoth  he,  '  I  will  do,  my  father,  according  to  thy 
words.'  Then  he  drew  forth  the  fifty  mancuses,  and  gave  them 
to  the  abbot,  and  said,  '  Take,  father,  this  money  on  account,  and 
if  I  continue  here  the  remainder  shall  come  here.'  Then  the  abbot 
called  a  brother  to  him  who  was  named  Agapitus,  a  man  of  holy 
life  and  honourable  in  manners;  and  delivered  to  him  the  aforesaid 
Smaragdus,  and  said  to  him  :  '  henceforth  this  shall  be  thy  son  and 
thy  disciple.'  Then  Agapitus  took  him  into  his  cell.  Then, 
because  the  same  Smaragdus  was  beautiful  in  countenance,  as 
often  as  the  brothers  came  to  church,  the  accursed  spirit  sent 
manifold  thoughts  into  their  minds,  and  they  were  exceedingly 
tempted  by  his  fairness  ;  and  at  last  they  were  all  stirred  up 
against  the  abbot  because  he  had  brought  so  beautiful  a  man  into 
their  minster  ;  and  he  thereupon  called  Smaragdus  to  him,  and 
said  :  '  my  child,  thy  countenance  is  beautiful,  and  to  the  brothers 
cometh  great  ruin  on  account  of  their  frailty.  Now  I  will  that 
thou  sit  by  thyself  in  thy  cell,  and  sing  there  thy  hours,  and 
eat  therein;  but  I  desire  not  that  thou  go  anywhere  else.' 
And  he  then  bade  Agapitus  to  prepare  an  empty  cell  and  bring 
Smaragdus  in  thither.  So  Agapitus  fulfilled  that  which  his  abbot 
commanded  him,  and  brought  Smaragdus  into  the  deserted  cell, 


346         XXXIII.       NATALE    SANCTE   EUFRASI2E    VTRGINIS. 

172  smaragdum  into  fsere  1  westan  cytan  .  fser  he  hine  abysgode  on 
fsestenum  and  wseccum  dseges  and  nihtes  gode  feowigende  on 
heortan  clsennysse  .  swa  pcet  his  lareow  swyoe  Sees  wundrode  and 
f  am  brof  rum  rehte  his  drohtnunga  .  Pafnuntius  fa  witodlice  hire 

176  feeder  pa,  he  ham  com  ofest-lice  eode  inn  to  fam  bure  pe  his  dohtor 
inne  gewunode  beon  .  fa  pe  he  hi  f  aer  ne  funde  .  fa  weartS  he 
swioe  unrot  .  and  ongan  axian  set  eallum  ge  f  eowum  ge  frigum 
[hwset]  be  his  dohtor  eufrosinan  gedon  wsere  .  fa  cwsedon  hi  .  to 

180  niht  we  hi  gesawon  .  ac  we  nyston  on  mergen  hwser  heo  becom  . 
fa  wendon  we  pcet  hyre  bryd-guma  pe  heo  beweddod  wses  hi  fser 
gename  .  he  fa  sende  to  fam  brydguman  .  and  hi  axode  fser  .  ac  heo 
fser  nses  .  fa  hira  (sic)  brydguma  gehyrde  pcet  heo  losad  wses  . 

184  pa.  wearcS  he  swicSe  gedrefed  .  cow  fa  to  pafnuntio  .  and  gemette 
hine  for  fsere  unrotnysse  on  eorfan  licgan  .  fa  ssedon  sume  be 
weninga  sum  man  hi  beswac  .  and  hi  aw  eg  alsedde  .  He  fa  sende 
ridende   men  geond  ealle  alexandria   land  and  egypta  .  and  hi 

188  soh ton  betwux  scip-lifende  .  and  on  fsemnena  mynstre  .  and  on 
westenum  .  ge  on  scrsefum  .  and  set  eallra  heora  cuf  ra  freonda  » 
and  neahgebura  husum  .  and  fa  hi  fa  f ser  hi  na-hwser  ne  fundon  . 
hi  weopon  hi  swylce  hio  dead  wsere  .  se  sweor  be-msende  his  snore  . 

192  and  se  brydguma  his  bryd  .  Se  fseder  his  dohtor  beweop  .  and 
cwgbcS  .  wa  me  mine  sweteste  beam  .  wa  me  mira  eagena  leoht  . 
and  mines  lifes  frofor  .  hwa  be-reafode  me  minra  speda  .  oftSe  to- 
stencte  mine  sehta  .  hwa  forcearf  minne  win-geard  .  oStSe  hwa 

196  adwsescte  min  leoht-fset  .  Hwa  bescirede  me  mines  hihtes  .  off e 
hwa  gewemde  f  one  2  wlite  mire  dohtor  .  Hwilc  wulf  gelsehte  min 
lamb  .  offe  hwylc  stow  on  see  oSSe  on  lande  hsefS  behyd  swa 
cynelice   ansyne  .  heo   wses   geomrigendra   frofor  .  and   geswen- 

200  cendra  rest  .  Eala  f u  eorf  e  ne  swelh  f u  nsefre  min  blod  .  ser  ic 
geseo  hwset  sy  gedon  be  eufrosinan  mire  dehter  .  Gehyredum 
fysum  wordum  hi  ongunnon  ealle  weopan  .  and  mycel  heof  wses 
geond  ealle  fa  ceastre  .  fa  ne    mihte  pafnuntius    nan   forebyrd 

204  habban  .  ne  nane  frofre  onfon  .  ferde  fa  to  f am  abbode  .  and 
feoll  to  his  fotum  and  cwceS  .  Ic  bidde  fe  pcet  fu  ne  geswice 
gebiddan  me  pcet  ic  mote  findan  pcet  geswinc  fines  gebedes  .  witod- 
179.  Is upply  hwaet.  l  Leaf  208,  back.  a  Leaf  209. 


XXXIII.       ST.   EUFRASIA    (OR    EUPHROSYNE),    VIRGIN.     347 

where  he  occupied  himself  in  fastings  and  vigils  day  and  night, 
serving  God  in  purity  of  heart;  so  that  his  master  greatly  wondered 
thereat,  and  related  to  his  brethren  his  way  of  life.  But  Paphnutius 
her  father,  when  he  came  home,  went  very  quickly  into  the  bower 
wherein  his  daughter  was  wont  to  be ;  and  when  that  he  found 
her  not  there  he  became  very  uneasy,  and  began  to  question  of  all, 
both  slaves  and  free-men,  (what)  had  been  done  with  his  daughter 
Euphrosyne  ?  Then  said  they:  '  at  night  we  saw  her,  but  we  knew 
not  in  the  morning  where  she  had  gone  to ;  but  we  supposed  that 
her  bridegroom  who  was  betrothed  to  her  had  taken  her  there.' 
Then  he  sent  to  the  bridegroom  and  enquired  for  her  there,  but 
she  was  not  there.  When  her  bridegroom  heard  that  she  was  lost, 
he  became  greatly  troubled  and  came  to  Paphnutius,  and  found 
him,  on  account  of  his  sadness,  lying  on  the  earth.  Then  said 
some,  '  Perchance  tome  one  hath  deceived  her  and  taken  her  away.' 
Then  he  sent  riding  men  through  all  the  land  of  Alexandria  and 
Egypt,  and  they  sought  amongst  travellers  in  ships,  and  in  women's 
convents,  and  in  deserts  and  in  caves,  and  at  the  houses  of  all 
their  intimate  friends  and  neighbours ;  and  when  they  nowhere 
found  her,  they  bewept  her  as  if  she  were  dead.  The  father-in-law 
bemoaned  his  daughter-in-law,  and  the  bridegroom  his  bride.  The 
father  bewept  his  daughter,  and  said :  '  woe  is  me  !  my  sweetest 
bairn,  woe  is  me  !  the  light  of  mine  eyes  and  the  comfort  of  my 
life  !  Who  hath  bereaved  me  of  my  treasures  or  scattered  my 
goods  1  Who  hath  cut  away  my  vineyard,  or  who  hath  quenched 
my  lamp  1  Who  hath  deprived  me  of  my  hope,  or  who  hath  polluted 
the  beauty  of  my  daughter  1  What  wolf  hath  seized  my  lamb,  or 
what  place  on  sea  or  on  land  hath  hid  so  royal  a  countenance? 
She  was  the  consoler  of  the  mourning  and  the  rest  of  the  wearied. 
Oh  thou  earth  !  swallow  thou  never  my  blood  ere  I  see  what  hath 
been  done  with  Euphrosyne  my  daughter  ! '  Hearing  these  words, 
they  all  began  to  weep,  and  great  lamenting  was  throughout  all 
the  city.  When  Paphnutius  could  have  no  patience,  nor  receive 
any  comfort,  then  went  he  to  the  abbot  and  fell  at  his  feet,  and 
said,  '  I  pray  thee  that  thou  wilt  not  cease  to  entreat  for  me  that 
I  may  find  the  toil  of  thy  prayer ;  verily  I  know  not  whither  my 


348         XXXIII.      NATALE    SANCTE   EUFRASLE    VIRGINIS. 

lice  ic  nat  hweer  min  dohtor  is  becumen  .  pa  se  abbod  f  is  gehyrcle  .' 

208  fa  wearcS  be  swycSe  unbli(5e  .  bet  fa  gesomnian  ealle  fa  gebro(5ra 
to  him  and  cwcefi  .  JEtywa(5  nu  fa  sof an  lufan  urum  frynd  .  and 
gemeenelice  biddan  we  god  ])cet  be  bine  gemedemige  to  eetywenne 
hweet  sy  gedon  be  bis  debter  .  Hi  fa  ealle  wucan  feestan  .  and  on 

212  heora  gebedum  furb-wunodon  .  ac  bira  nan  swutelung  ne  com  swa 
him  gewunelic  wees  fon[n]e  hi  hwees  beedon  .  Witodlice  fsere 
eadigan  femnan  eufrosinan  ben  wees  to  gode  deeges  and  nihtes  . 
])cet  heo  neefre  on  hire  life  gecySed  weere  .  Da  fam  abbode  and 

21 6  fam  gebro(5rum  nan  swutelung  ne  com  .  fa  frefrode  he  bine  and 
cwcecS  .  Beam  ne  ateora  fu  for  drihtnes  freale  .  for-fam  he 
swincS  eelc  beam  f  e  he  lufa(5  .  and  wite  f  u  butan  godes  willan 
an  spearwa  on  eorf an  ne  gefylcS  .  hu  miccle  ma  meeg  fire  dehter 

220  gelimpan  as  nig  fing  butan  godes  dihte  .  Ic  wat  f  cet  heo  sumne 
godne  raid  hire  geceas  .  for-f  y  us  be  *  hire  nan  f  incg  ateowod 
wees  .  and  gif  hit  f cet  weere  .  swa  hit  feor  fam  sy  .  Ipcet  fin 
dohtor  on  eenig  lacS  asliden  weere  nolde  god  forseon  f  issa  brof  ra 

224  geswinc  .  ac  ic  getrywe  on  god  f  cet  he  gyt  on  fissum  life  hi 
geswutelie  .  pa  wearcS  he  gehyrt  f urh  fas  word  .  and  god  heri- 
gende  ham  ferde  .  and  bine  abysgode  on  godum  weorcum  and 
eelmessum  .  fa  sume  deege  com  be  eft  to  fam  abbode  and  cwce'cS  . 

228  Gebide  for  me  .  for-fam  min  sar  be  mire  dehter  ma  and  ma  wyxst 
(sic)  on  me  mid  anxum-nysse  .  Se  abbod  fa  efen-sargiende  him 
cwcecS  .  woldest  f  u  spreecan  wiS  anne  brotSor  se  com  of  f  ees  cynges 
hirede  theodosies  .  for-fam  he  nyste  \>cet  heo  wees  his  dohtor  . 

232  pa  cwce'cS  he  fast  he  georne  wolde  .  Se  abbod  fa  het  agapitum 
Ipcet  he  bine  leeddeinto  smaragdo  .  fam  brefer  .  pa  heo  fa  on  hire 
feeder  beseah  .  fa  wearS  heo  eall  mid  tearum  geond-goten  .  and  he 
wende  f  cet  hit  weere  of  onbryrdnysse  .  and  ne  oncneow  hi  na  . 

236  forfam  heo  wees  swifte  gefynnod  .  for  feere  micclan  and  sticSan 
drobtnunge  .  and  heo  hire  heafod  behylede  mid  hire  culan  .  f  cet 
be  hi  gecnawen  ne  sceolde  .  and  fa  geendodum  ge-bedum  hi 
togeedere  ge-seeton  .  pa  ongan  heo  him  to  spreecan  be  heofona  rices 

240  eadignysse  .  and  hu   se   ingang  begiten  biS  mid  eelmes-deedum  . 

213.  A.  Jxme;  read  jjonne.  224.  get,  altered  to  gyt. 

1  Leaf  209,  back. 


XXXIII.      ST.   EUFRASIA   (OR   EUPHROSYNE),   VIRGIN.     349 

daughter  is  gone.'  When  the  abbot  heard  this,  he  became  very 
sorrowful,  and  bade  then  all  the  brothers  assemble  before  him, 
and  said :  '  show  now  true  charity  to  our  friend,  and  pray  we  God 
in  common  that  He  would  vouchsafe  to  show  him  what  has  been 
done  with  his  daughter/  Then  all  the  week  they  fasted  and 
continued  in  their  prayers,  but  no  revelation  came  to  them  such 
as  was  customary  to  them  when  they  prayed  for  anything.  Truly, 
the  holy  woman  Euphrosyne's  prayer  to  God  was,  both  day  and 
night,  that  she  might  never  during  her  life  be  discovered.  So  when 
no  revelation  came  to  the  abbot  or  the  brethren,  then  he  consoled 
him  and  said:  'son,  weary  thou  not  of  the  Lord's  discipline,  because 
He  correcteth  every  son  whom  He  loveth ;  and  know  thou  that, 
without  God's  will,  not  one  sparrow  falleth  on  the  earth.  How 
much  more  can  anything  happen  to  thy  daughter  without  God's 
ordinance  1  I  know  that  she  hath  chosen  for  herself  some  good 
counsel,  and  therefore  was  nothing  revealed  to  us  concerning  her ; 
and  if  it  were  the  case — and  far  be  it  from  it — that  thy  daughter 
had  slidden  into  any  harm,  God  would  not  despise  the  labour  of 
these  brethen  ;  but  I  trust  in  God  that  He  will  yet  in  this  life 
reveal  her.'  Then  was  he  heartened  by  these  words,  and  went 
home  praising  God,  and  busied  himself  in  good  works  and  alms. 
Then  one  day  came  he  again  to  the  abbot,  and  said  :  '  pray  for  me, 
because  my  sorrow  about  my  daughter  waxeth  more  and  more  in 
me  with  anguish.'  Then  the  abbot,  compassionating  him,  said  : 
'wouldest  thou  speak  with  a  brother  who  came  from  king 
Theodosius'  household?'  For  he  knew  not  that  she  was  his 
daughter.  Then  said  he,  that  he  gladly  would  do  so.  Then  the 
abbot  bade  Agapitus  to  take  him  to  brother  Smaragdus.  Then, 
when  she  looked  on  her  father,  she  became  all  suffused  with  tears ; 
and  he  thought  that  it  had  been  from  devotion,  and  recognised  her 
not,  because  she  was  much  thinned  by  reason  of  the  severe  and 
austere  life  ;  and  she  covered  her  head  with  her  cowl,  that  he 
should  not  know  her;  and  when  they  had  ended  their  prayers, 
they  sat  together.  Then  began  she  to  speak  to  him  of  the  heavenly 
kingdom's  blessedness,  and  how  the  entrance  to  it  is  to  be  won  by 
228.  wyxst;  read  wyxS. 


350         XXXIII.      NATALE   SANCTE   EUFRASI^   VIRGINIS. 

and  oprum  unrim  godum  .  and  pcet  man  ne  sceolde  faeder  and 
modor  .  and  olpie  woruldlice  ping  lufian  to-foran  gode  .  and  him 
J>one  apostolican .  cwyde  saede  .  pcet  seo  gedrefednys  wyrca<5gej>yld  . 
244  and  he  biS  swa  afandod  .  and  heo  cw«?(5  J>a  git  .  Ge-lyf  me  ne 
forsihS  pe  na  god  .  and  gif  J>in  dohtor  on  senigum  lyre  feallen 
waere  .  ponne  gecytSde  pe  pcet  god  pcet  heo  ne  losode  .  1  ac  getryw 
on  god  pcet  heo  sumne  gode  raed  hire  geceas  .  Laet  nu  June  mieclan 
248  cwylminge  .  Agapitws  min  lareow  me  rehte  be  pe  hu  swySe  pu 
gedrefed  eart  setter  ))ire  dehter  .  and  hu  pu  J?aes  abbocles  fultumes 
baede  .  and  his  broJ>ra  .  nu  wylle  ic  sylfe  eac  .  J>eah  ic  wac  sy 
and   synful  god  biddan  pcet  he  pe  forgife  forebyrd  .  and  gej>yld  . 
252  and  pe  getiSige  fees  <5e  selost  sy  .  and  hire  behefast  .  Gelomlice 
ic  wilnode  pe  geseonne  pcet  }>u  sume  frofre  purh  me  eaSmodre 
findan  mihtest  .  and  heo  tSa  cwcecS  to  him  .  Gang  nu  min  hlaford  . 
Pafnuntius  J>a  wear"S  mieclan  gestrangod  ]?urh  hire  trymenesse  . 
256  and  fraw  hire  gewat  .  and  to  pam  abbode  eode  .  and  him   to 
eweeft  .  min  mod  is  gestrangod  J>urh  pisne  brof>or  .  and  ic  eom 
swa  bli(5e  swilce  ic  mine  dohtor  funden  hsebbe  .  and  hine  pann 
abbode  .  and  pzm  brof>rum  befaeste  to  gebedraedene  .  and  ham 
260  ferde  god  herigende  .  pa  gefylde  smaragdus  on  faere  netennysse  . 
eahta  and  J>ryttig  wintra  .  and  befeoll  on  untrumnysse  .  and  on 
)?aere  eac  forSferde  .  pa   com  pafnuntius    eft   to   mynstre  .  and 
sefter  p&$  abbodes  spraece  and  f>ara  broJ>ra  he  baed  pcet  he  moste 
264  into  smaragdo  gan  .  pa,  het  se  abbod  hine  J>ider  laedan  .  Pafnuntius 
J>a  gesaet  wi(5  him  swa  seocan  .  and  wepende  him  to  cwtetS  .  Wa 
me  hwaer  synd  nu  fine  behat  pe  pu.  me  be-hete  .  pcet  ic  git  mine 
dohtor  geseon  moste  .  efne  nu  we  haefdon  sume  frofre  J>urh  pe  . 
268  and  pu  wylt  us  forlaetan  .  wa  me  hwa  sceal  mine  yldo  afrefrian  . 
to  hwam  sceal  ic  gan  pcet  me  fultumige  .  min  sar  is  getwyfyld  . 
Nu  hit  is  for  eahta  and  fryttiSan  gearan  pcet  min  dohtor  me 
losode  .  and  me  nan  swutelung  ne  com  .  J?eh  ic  2his  geornlice 
272  gyrnde  .  me  hylt  unaraefnedlic  sar  .  to  hwam  maeg  ic  heonon-forS 
gehyltan   (sic)  .  o&Se  hwilce  frofre  maeg  ic  onfon  .  eallunga  f>us 

273.  gehyltan;  read  gehyhtan. 
1  Leaf  210.  2  Leaf  2 1  o,  back. 


XXXIII.       ST.  EUFRASIA    (OR   EUPHROSYNE),    VIRGIN.     351 

almsdeeds  and   other  unnumbered  good  works ;    and  that  a  man 
should  not  love  father  and  mother  and  other  worldly  things  before 
God  ;  and  told  him  the  apostolic  saying  that  '  tribulation  worketh 
patience/  and  he  shall  thus  be  tried.     And  she   said  yet  again, 
1  believe  me,  God  will  not  despise  thee  ;    and  if  thy  daughter  were 
fallen  into  any  loss,  then  would  God  show  it  thee,  that  she  should 
not  be  lost.     But  trust  in  God  that  she  hath  chosen  for  herself 
some  good  counsel.     Lay  aside  thy  great  torment ;    Agapitus  my 
master  hath  related  to  me  concerning  thee,  how  sorely  thou  art 
afflicted  about  thy  daughter,  and  how  thou  hast  besought  the  aid 
of  the  abbot  and  his  brothers.     Now  will  I  myself  also,  though 
I  be  weak  and  sinful,  pray  God  that  He  will  give  thee  endurance 
and  patience,  and  grant  thee  that  which  is  best  for  thee  and  fittest 
for  her.     Frequently  have  I  desired  to  see  thee  that  thou  mightest 
find  some  comfort  by  means  of  me,  humble  as  I  am  ' ;  and  she  then 
said  to  him  :    '  go   now,  my  lord/     Then  Paphnutius  was  much 
strengthened  by  her  exhortation,  and  departed  from  her,  and  went 
to  the  abbot,  and  said  to  him ;  '  my  mind  is  strengthened  by  help 
of  this  brother ;  I  am  as  blithe  as  if  I  had  found  my  daughter.' 
And  he  commended  himself  to  the  abbot  and  to  the  brothers  for 
their  prayers,  and  went  home  praising  God.      Then  Smaragdus 
fulfilled,  in  that  unknown  state,  eight  and  thirty  years,  and  fell 
into  a  sickness,  and  therein  likewise  died.     Then  came  Paphnutius 
again  to  the  minster,  and  after  speech  with  the  abbot  and  the 
brothers,  he  prayed  that  he  might  go  to  Smaragdus;  then  the  abbot 
bade  them  conduct  him  thither.      So  Paphnutius  sat  beside  him 
being  thus  sick  ;  and,  weeping,  said  to  him  :   '  Woe  is  me  !  where 
are  now  thy  promises  which  thou  didst  promise  me,  that  I  might 
yet  see   my  daughter  1     Lo  now  !    we  had  some  comfort  by  thy 
means,  and  thou  wilt  leave  us !      Woe  is  me !    who  shall  now 
comfort  my  old  age ;   to  whom  shall  I  go  that  will  succour  me  ? 
My  sorrow  is  doubled.     Now  is  it  for  eight  and  thirty  years  that 
my  daughter  hath  been  lost  to  me  ;    and  no^  revelation  hath  come 
to  me,  though  I  have  earnestly  yearned  for  it ;  unendurable  sorrow 
holdeth  me  ;  in  what  may  I  henceforth  hope,  or  what  comfort  can 
I  receive?     Mourning  thus  on  every  account,  I  shall  go  down  to 


352         XXXIII.      NATALE   SANCTE   EUFRASI^    VIRGINIS. 

heofende  ic  to  helle  niSerstige  .  Smaragduspa  geseonde  .  and  (sic) 
he  nanre  frofre  onfon  nolde  .  cwafiS  to  him  .  To  hwi  eart  (Su  pus 

276  swytSe  gedrefed  and  pe  sylfne  ac  well  an  wylt  .  cwyst  pu  pcet 
drihtnes  hand  sy  unstrang  .  oppe  him  sy  senig  ping  earfoSlic  . 
gesete  nu  ende  pinre  gedrefednysse  .  and  gemun  hu  god  geswutelode 
iacobe  pam  heah-fasder  iosep  his  sunu  .  pone  he  eac  beweop  swylce 

280  he  dead  wsere  .  ac  ic  bidde  pe  Ipcet  pu  pryrn  dagumme  ne  forlaste  . 
Pafnuntius  pa  [an-bidode]  para  preora  daga  fasc  pus  cwecSende  . 
weninga  god  him  hsefS  be  me  sum  ping  onwrigen  .  and  pa  on 
pam  pryddan  dsege  c wceft  he  to  him  .  Ic  an-bidode  bropor  pas  pry 

284  dagas  .  Da  onget  smaragdus  .  se  ser  wass  eufrosina  gehaten  .  Ipcet 
se  deeg  wass  to  becumen  hire  geleorednysse  .  pa  cwcecS  heo  to  him  . 
God  aslmihtig  hasfS  wel  gedihtod  min  earme  Iff  and  gefylled  minne 
willan  Ipcet  ic  moste  pontf  ryne  mines  lifes  werlice  ge-endian  .  nses 

288  purh  mine  mihta  ac  purh  pass  fultum  pe  me  geheold  hum  pass 
feondes  searwum  .  and  nu  geendodum  ryne  me  is  gehealden 
rihtwisnysse  weg  wuldor-beah  .  Nelle  pu  leng  beon  hoh-ful  be 
pinre  dehter  eufrosinan  .  socSlice  ic  earme  eom  sio  sylfe  .  and  pu 

292  eart  pafnuntius  min  feeder  .  Efne  nu  pu  me  hsefst  gesewen  .  and 
pin  ge-wilnung  is  gefylled  .  ac  ne  last  pu  pis  senigne  witan  .  ne  ne 
gepafa  (5u  poet  eenig  man  minne  lichaman  pwea  and  gyrwa  butan 
pe   sylf  .  eac  swilce  ic  cycSde  pam  abbode  1pcet  ic  hasfde  miccle 

296  ashta  .  and  ic  him  behet  pcet  ic  hi  hider  ingesyllan  [wolde]  .  gif 
ic  her  purhwunode  .  nu  gelaest  (Su  pcet  ic  behet  .  forpam'peos  stow 
is  arwyrSe  .  and  gebide  for  me  .  pissum  gecwedenum  heo  onsende 
hire  gast  .  pa  pafnuntius  pas  word  gehyrde  .  and  geseah  pcet  heo 

300  gewiten  wass  .  pa  abifodon  ealle  his  lima  .  pcet  he  on  eorcSan  feoll  . 
swylce  he  dead  wasre  .  Da  ge-arn  agapitus  pyder  .  and  he  smaiv 
agdum  forc5-ferendne  geseah  .  and  pafnuntium  sam-cwicne  on  eorcSan 
licgan  .  pa  wearp  he  him  waster  on  .  andhineup  ahofand  cwceS  . 

304  hwast  is  pe  min  hlaford  .  Da  cwceS  he  .  forlast  me  her  sweltan 
socSlice  ic  geseah  godes  wundor  to-dseg  .  and  he  pa  aras  and  on- 
ufan  hi  gefeol  wepende  and  pus  cwepende  .  Wa  me  min  sweteste 
beam  .  for  hwam  noldest  pu  Se  sylfe  me  gecycSan  pcet  ic  mihte  mid 

274.  and  ;  read  J?set.       290.  weg  should  he  struck  out.       296.  I  insert  wolde. 

1  Leaf  211. 


XXXIII.       ST.   EUFRASTA   (OR    EUPHROSYNE),    VIPGTN.     353 

hell/  Then  Smaragdus,  seeing  that  he  would  receive  no  comfort, 
said  to  him :  '  Wherefore  art  thou  thus  grievously  troubled  and 
wilt  kill  thyself?  Sayest  thou  that  the  Lord's  hand  is  weak,  or 
that  anything  is  hard  for  Him  ?  Put  an  end  to  thy  affliction,  and 
remember  how  God  revealed  to  Jacob  the  patriarch  his  son  Joseph, 
whom  he  likewise  bewept  as  if  he  were  dead.  But  I  pray  thee  that 
thou  leave  me  not  for  three  days/  So  Paphnutius  [remained]  for 
the  space  of  three  days,  thus  saying:  'perchance  God  hath  revealed 
to  him  something  concerning  me/  And  then,  on  the  third  day, 
said  he  to  him,  '  I  have  waited,  brother,  these  three  days/  When 
Smaragdus,  who  before  was  hight  Euphrosyne,  perceived  that  the 
day  of  her  departure  had  come,  then  said  she  to  him ;  '  God 
Almighty  hath  well  ordered  my  poor  life  and  fulfilled  my  desire, 
that  I  might  manfully  end  the  course  of  my  life.  It  was  not  by 
my  own  might,  but  through  the  assistance  of  Him  who  preserved 
me  from  the  snares  of  the  fiend ;  and  now,  my  course  being  ended, 
the  glorious  crown  of  righteousness  is  kept  for  me.  Be  no 
longer  careful  about  thy  daughter  Euphrosyne.  Verily  I,  miser- 
able one,  am  she  herself;  and  thou  art  Paphnutius  my  father. 
Lo  !  now  thou  hast  seen  me,  and  thy  desire  is  fulfilled ;  but  let 
not  anyone  know  this,  neither  suffer  thou  that  any  man  wash  and 
prepare  my  body,  save  thyself.  Moreover,  I  told  the  abbot  that 
I  had  great  possessions,  and  I  promised  him  that  I  [would]  bring 
them  in  hither  if  I  continued  here ;  now  perform  thou  that  which 
I -promised;  for  this  place  is  worthy;  and  pray  for  me/  This 
said,  she  gave  up  her  spirit.  When  Paphnutius  heard  these  words, 
and  saw  that  she  was  departed,  then  all  his  limbs  trembled,  so  that 
he  fell  on  the  earth  as  if  he  were  dead.  Then  ran  Agapitus  thither, 
and  saw  Smaragdus  dying,  and  Paphnutius  half  alive  lying  on  the 
earth.  Then  he  threw  water  on  him,  and  lifted  him  up  and  said : 
'  What  is  come  to  thee,  my  lord  1 '  Then  said  he,  '  Let  me  here 
die ;  verily  I  have  seen  God's  miracle  to-day/  And  he  therewith 
arose,  and  fell  upon  her,  weeping  and  thus  saying ;  '  Woe  is  me, 
my  sweetest  child  !  wherefore  wouldest  thou  not  make  thyself  known 

23 


354         XXXIII.       NATALE    SANCTE    EUFRASIjE    VIRGIN1S. 

308  pe  sylf-willes  drohtian  .  Wa  me  p<M  Jm  swa  lange  pe  sylfe  dyrn- 
dest  .  Hu  araefnodest  pu  pses  ealdan  feondes  searwa  .  and  nu 
in-eodest  on  pcet  ece  lif  .  Agapitus  J>a  tSis  gehyrende  .  ongan 
micclum  wafian  and  ofestlice  to  p&m  abbode  eode  .  and  him  eall 

3i2cyftde  .  and  he  fa  J^yder  com  and  ufan  pone  halgan  lichoman 
feoll  and  cwcetS  .  Eufrosina  cristes  bryd  .  and  haligra  manna 
tuddor  .  ne  beo  J>u  forgitende  finra  efenj^eowa  .  and  J>yses  myn- 
stres  .  ac  gebide   to    drihtne   for   us  .  past   he    gedo  lis  werlice 

316  becuman  to  hselo  hySe  .  and  us  do  dael-nimende  mid  him  and  his 
halgum  .  He  <Sa  bebead  pcet  J>a  gebrocSra  hi  gegaderodan  and 
)?one  halgan  lichaman  mid  wur]>mynte  byrgenne  befgesfcon  .  pa  hi 
Sa  onfundon  pcet  heo  wses  wif-hades  man  •  J>a  wuldrodan  hi  on  god 

320  se  pe  on  pam  wiflican  .  and  tydran  hade  swilce  wundra  wyrca'5  . 
pa  com  pider  sum  bropor  se  waes  anegede  *  and  he  pa  mid  wope 
gecyste  pcet  halige  lie  .  and  hire  on-hran  and  him  wearS  agifen  his 
eage  .  and  hi  ealle  god  wuldrodon  .  Daes  syndon  ealle  J>a  ping  pe 

324  gode  synd  .  and  hi  pa  bebyrgdon  hi  on  psera  fsedera  byrgenum  . 
Hire  feeder  pa,  gesealde  into  mynstrum  .  and  into  godes  cyrcum 
micelne  dsel  his  sehte  .  and  gebeah  into  p am,  mynstre  mid  pam 
msestan  dsele  his  speda  .  and  wunode  tyn  ger  on  paere  cytan  pe  his 

328  dohtor  ser  on  drohtnode  .  and  hinebeeode  [on]  godre  lif-lade  .  and 
pa  to  drihtne  gewat  .  Se  abbod  pa  and  his  gesamnung  hine  beby- 
rigdon  witS  his  dohtor  .  and  se  daeg  heora  forcSfore  is  msersod  on 
pam  mynstre  0(5  pisne  and-weardan  dseg  .  god  feeder  to  wuldre  . 

332  and  his  ancennedan  suna  .  urum  drihtne  hselendum  criste  .  samod 
mid  pam  halgan  gaste  .  pam  sy  wuldor  and  wur&mynt  on  eallra 
worulda  woruld  .  Amen. 

1  Leaf  211,  back.  328.  A.  and;  read  on. 


XXXIII.       ST.    EUFRASIA    (OR   EUPHROSYNk),    VIRGIN.     355 

to  me,  that  I  might  of  my  own  will  have  lived  here  with  thee  ] 
Woe  is  me  !  that  thou  hast  so  long  concealed  thyself!  How  hast 
thou  passed  through  the  old  enemy's  snares ;  and  now  hast  entered 
into  the  eternal  life  ! '  Then  Agapitus,  hearing  this,  began  to  be 
much  amazed,  and  went  hastily  to  the  abbot,  and  showed  him  all ; 
and  he  thereupon  came  thither,  and  fell  upon  the  holy  corpse,  and 
said :  '  Euphrosyne,  bride  of  Christ,  and  offspring  of  holy  parents  ! 
be  not  thou  forgetful  of  thy  fellow-servants  and  of  this  minster ; 
but  pray  to  the  Lord  for  us,  that  He  may  make  us  come  manfully 
to  the  harbour  of  safety,  and  make  us  partakers  with  Him  and  His 
saints/  Then  he  bade  that  the  brethren  should  assemble,  and 
reverently  commit  the  holy  corpse  to  the  grave.  Then  when  they 
found  that  she  was  a  woman,  they  gloried  in  God,  Who  in  the 
womanly  and  tender  nature  worketh  such  wonders.  There  came 
thither  a  certain  brother  who  was  one-eyed,  and  he  then,  with 
weeping,  kissed  the  holy  corpse,  and  touched  her ;  and  his  eye  was 
given  to  him  again,  and  they  all  glorified  God,  of  Whom  are  all 
such  things  as  are  good  ;  and  they  then  buried  her  in  the  sepulchre 
of  her  fathers.  Then  her  father  paid  into  the  minster  and  into 
God's  Church  a  great  part  of  his  possessions,  and  entered  the 
minster  with  the  most  part  of  his  riches,  and  dwelt  ten  years  in 
the  cell  wherein  his  daughter  had  before  lived,  and  exercised 
himself  in  leading  a  good  life ;  and  then  departed  to  the  Lord.  Then 
the  abbot  and  his  company  buried  him  beside  his  daughter ;  and 
the  day  of  their  departure  is  honoured  in  the  minster  unto  this 
present  day;  to  the  glory  of  God  the  Father  and  His  only  begotten 
Son,  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  together  with  the  Holy  Ghost;  to 
Whom  be  glory  and  worship  for  ever  and  ever.     Amen. 


23—2 


356  XXXIV.      PASSIO   SANCTAE   CECILIE    VIRGINIS. 

XXXIV. 

X   K^L.   DECEMBR:    PASSIO   &ANQTAE   CECILIE 
VIRGINIS. 


r 


[A  very  imperfect  copy  in  V.  (  =  Cotton  MS.,  Vitel.  D.  17.] 
ON    EALDVM    DAGVM    W^S    SVM    ^DELE    MJEDEN 

cecilia  gehaten  frara  cild-hade  cristen 
on  romana  rice  pa,  pa  seo  reSe  ehtnys  stcd 

on  fsera  casera  dagum  J?e  cristes  ne  gymdon  .  4 

peos  halige  faemne  hsefde  on  hire  breoste 
swa  micele  lufe  to  pam  ecan  life  . 
pcet  heo  dseges  and  nihtes  embe  drihtnes  godspel  . 
and  embe  godes  lare  mid  geleafan  smeade  .  8 

and  on  singalura  gebedum  hi  sylfe  gebysgode  . 
Heo  weartS  swa-feah  beweddad  swa  swa  hit  woldon  hire  frynd  . 
anuwi  aefelan  cnihte  .  se  naes  cristen  fa  git 
ualerianws  gehaten  .  se  is  nu  halig  sanct  .  12 

Hwset  Sa  cecilia  hi  sylfe  gescrydde 
mid  haeran  to  lice  ,  and  gelome  faeste 
biddende  mid  wope  .  p  cet  heo  wurde  gescyld     .,  '  * 
wiS  selce  gewem^nednysse  otStSe  weres  gemanan  .  16 

Heo  clypode  to  halgum  and  to  heah-englum 
biddende  heora  fultumes  to  pam  heofon-lican  gode  . 
poet  heo  on  chennysse  criste  moste  J>eowian  . 
Hit  gewearS  swa-feah  pcet  se  wurtSfulla  cniht  20 

pa,  brydlac  gefor)?ode  .  and  gefette  pcet  mseden 
mid  woruldlicum  wurSmynte  swa  swa  heora  gebyrde  waeron  . 
pa  betwux  fam  sangum  .  and  J?am  singalum  dreamum 
sang  cecilia  symle  j?us  gode  .  24 

Fiat  cor  meum  et  corpus  meum  immaculatum  ut  JVon  confundar  . 
Beo  min  heorte  and  min  lichama  J>urh  god  ungewemmed 
pcet  ic  ne  beo  gescynd  .  and  sang  symle  swa  . 
Hi  wnrdon  pa,  gebrohte  on  bedde  setgsedere  .  28 

and  Cecilia  sona  pcet  snotere  mseden 

1  Leaf  212. 


XXXIV.       SAINT   CECILIA,   VIRGIN.  357 


XXXIV. 

NOVEMBER   22.    PASSIO   OF   SAINT   CECILIA, 
VIRGIN. 

Once,  in  old  days,  there  was  a  noble  maiden 

called  Caecilia,  a  Christian  from  childhood, 

when  the  cruel  persecution  existed  in  the  Roman  Empire, 

in  the  days  of  the  emperors  who  cared  not  for  Christ.  4 

This  holy  woman  had  in  her  breast 

so  great  love  of  the  eternal  life 

that  she,  day  and  night,  meditated  concerning  the  Lord's  gospel 

and  concerning  God's  lore,  with  true  faith,  8 

and  busied  herself  in  continual  prayers. 

She  was  nevertheless  wedded,  as  her  friends  willed  it, 

to  a  noble  youth,  who  was  not  yet  a  Christian, 

called  Valerian,  who  is  now  a  holy  saint.  12 

So  then  Caecilia  clothed  herself 

with  hair-cloth  on  her  body  and  frequently  fasted, 

praying  with  weeping  that  she  might  be  shielded 

from  any  stain  or  the  company  of  man.  16 

She  cried  to  the  saints  and  to  the  high  angels, 

praying  their  assistance  with  the  Heavenly  God, 

that  she  might  serve  Christ  in  chastity. 

It  befell  nevertheless  that  the  honourable  youth  20 

provided  the  marriage-gift  and  fetched  the  maiden 

with  worldly  dignity  even  as  became  their  rank. 

Then  betwixt  the  songs  and  the  continual  rejoicings 

sang  Caecilia  even  thus  to  God,  24 

1  Fiat   cor   meum   et    corpus    meum   immaculatum    ut    non   con- 

fundar.' 
1  Let  my  heart  and  my  body  be  through  God  unstained 
that  I  be  not  confounded.'     And  sang  ever  so. 
They  were  then  brought  into  bed  together,  28 

and  Caecilia  straitway,  that  prudent  maiden, 


358  XXXIV.       PASSIO   SANCTAE   CECILIE   V1RGIN1S. 

gesprsec  hire  brydguman  .  and  J>us  to  gode  tihte  . 

Eala  ]}u  min  leofa  man  ic  pe  mid  lufe  secge  . 

Ic  hsebbe  godes  encgel  pe  gehylt  me  on  [lufe]  .  32 

and  gif  j>u  wylt  me  gewemman  .  he  went  sona  to  tSe  . 

and  mid  gramum  pe  slihtS  pcet  p\x  sona  ne  leofast  . 

Gif  pu  Jxmne  me  lufast  .  and  butan  lacSe  gehylst 

on  clsenura  msegtS-hade  .  crist  Jwnne  lufaft  pe  .  36 

and  his  gife  geswutelaft  pe  sylfum  swa  swa  me  . 

Se  cniht  wearS  pa,  afyrht  .  and  cwcecS  to  f>am  msedene  . 

Do  pcet  ic  geseo  sylf  fone  engel  . 

gif  p\x  wylt  pcet  ic  gelyfe  J>inum  wordum  be  pam  .  40 

and  gif  pe  olper  cniht  cvipre  is  ponne  ic  . 

hine  ic  ofslea  .  and  pe  samod  mid  him  . 

Cecilia  J»a  cwceft  .  gif  J?u  on  crist  gelyfst  . 

and  pu  gefullod  bist  .  fram  fyrnlicum  synnura  .  44 

£>u  miht  sona  geseon  Ipone  scinendan  engel  . 

Ualerianus  andwyr&e  pa  eft  pam  msedene  . 

Hwa  mihte  me  fullian  J>us  fserlice  nu  . 

"pcet  ic  mihte  geseon  fone  scinendan  engel  *  48 

Seo  fsemne  pa  lserde  swa  lange  fone  cniht  . 

oft  pcet  he  ge-lyfde  on  )?one  lifixgendan  god  . 

and  ferde  to  J>am  papan  pe  tSser  ful  gehende  wees 

urbamis  gehaten  .  and  him  fulluhtes  bsed  .  52 

Se  papa  J>a  blissode  .  pcet  he  ge-beah  to  gode  . 

and  bsed  Jxme  selmihtigan  god  .  pcet  he  for  his  arfsestnysse 

J>am  cnihte  gewissode  .  pcet  he  wurde  geleafful  . 

Efne  J>a  fserlice  setforan  heora  gesihj?um  56 

com  godes  engel  mid  anum  gyldenura  gewrite  . 

and  ualerianus  feoll  afyrht  to  eorSan  . 

J?a  arserde  hine  se  engel  and  het  hine  rsedan 

J?a  gyldenan  stafas  pe  him  god  tosende  .  60 

On  pam  gewrite  wseron  pas  word  gelogode  . 

Unus  dexxs  .  una  fides  .  unum  ba2)tisma  . 

An  selmihtig  god  is  .  and  an  geleafa  . 

32.  A.  life;  read  lufe  (Lat.  amatorem). 
1  Leaf  21  a,  back. 


XXXIV.       SAINT   CECILIA,    VIRGIN.  359 

spake  to  her  bridegroom  and  thus  allured  him  to  God. 

'  Oh  thou,  my  dear  husband,  I  say  to  thee  with  love, 

I  have  God's  angel  who  holdeth  me  in  love,  32 

and  if  thou  pollute  me  he  will  quickly  turn  to  thee 

and  will  slay  thee  in  anger,  that  thou  wilt  soon  cease  to  live. 

If  then  thou  lovest  me,  and  without  evil  continuest 

in  pure  virginity,  then  Christ  will  love  thee,  36 

and  will  manifest  His  grace  to  thyself  even  as  to  me.' 

Then  the  youth  was  afraid,  and  said  to  the  maiden, 

1  Cause  that  I  myself  see  the  angel, 

if  thou  wilt  that  I  should  believe  thy  words  concerning  this ;    40 

and  if  another  man  is  more  familiar  with  thee  than  I, 

him  will  I  slay,  and  thee  together  with  him.' 

Then  said  Caecilia,  'If  thou  believest  in  Christ 

and  wilt  be  baptized  from  former  sins,  44 

thou  mayest  soon  see  the  shining  angel.' 

Then  again  Valerian  answered  the  maiden, 

'  Who  might  now  baptize  me  thus  suddenly, 

that  I  might  see  the  shining  angel  ? '  48 

The  woman  then  instructed  the  youth  so  long  a  while 

that  at  last  he  believed  on  the  living  God, 

and  went  to  the  pope  who  was  full  nigh  at  hand, 

called  Urban,  and  besought  baptism  of  him.  52 

Then  the  pope  rejoiced  that  he  had  bowed  to  God, 

and  prayed  Almighty  God,  of  His  clemency, 

to  direct  the  youth  that  he  might  become  a  believer. 

Lo  then!    suddenly  before  their  sight  56 

came  God's  angel  with  a  golden  writing, 

and  Valerian  fell  affrighted  to  the  earth. 

Then  the  angel  raised  him,  and  bade  him  read 

the  golden  letters  which  God  had  sent  to  him.  60 

In  the  writing  were  set  these  words, 

Unus  deus,  una  fides,  unum  baptisma : 

'There  is  one  Almighty  God,  and  one  Faith, 


360  XXXIV.       PASSIO    SANCTAE    CEC1L1E   VIRGIN1S. 

and  an  fulluht  .  and  lie  feng  to  rsedene  .  64 

pa  cwcetS  se  engel  .  gelyfst  j?u  J>ises  .  oftSe  lica"5  Ipe  elles  hwset  . 

Ualerianus  andwyrde  .  hwaet  bitS  sefre  socSlicre 

ocSfte  to  gelyfenne  senigum  lifigendum  menn  . 

and  se  engel  J?a  gewende  mid  ]>mn  worde  liim  frara  .  68 

Se  papa  $a  sitScSan  hine  sona  ge-fullode  . 

and  his  geleafan  him  fsehte  .  and  let  hine  eft  faran 

ham  to  cecilian  J>am  halgan  meedene  . 

pa  funde  se  cniht  J>a  fsemnan  standende  72 

on  hire  gebedum  on  hire  bure  ane 

and  godes  engel  standande  mid  gyldenum  fyj?er-haman  . 

mid  twam  cyne-helmum  gehende  J?am  maedene  . 

pa  cyne-helmas  wseron  wundorlice  scinende  76 

on  rosan  readnysse  .  and  on  lilian  liwitnysse  , 

and  he  forgeaf  pa,  senne  J?am  se^elan  msedene  . 

and  oJ>erne  J?am  cnihte  .  and  cwoeS  him  f»us  to  , 

HealdatS  J?as  cynehelmas  mid  cleenre  heortan  80 

for-f>am-]?e  ic  hi  genam  on  neorxne-wange  . 

ne  hi  neefre  ne  for-searia<5  ne  heora  swetnysse  ne  forleosatS  . 

ne  heora  wlita  ne  awent  to  wyrsan  hiwe  . 

ne  hi  nan  man  ne  gesihtS  butan  se  pe  l  clsennysse  lufaS  .        84 

and  p\x  ualeriane  for-San-J^e  tSu  lufast  clsennysse  . 

se  hselend  pe  het  biddan  swa  hvvilce  bene  swa  pn  wille  . 

pa  cneowode  se  cniht  and  cwcetS  to  j)am  engle  . 

Nses  me  nan  ping  swa  leof  on  J^ysuin  life  wunigende  88 

swa  me  wses  min  broJ?or  .  and  bitS  me  un-ea}?e 

Ipcet  ic  beo  alysed  .  and  he  losige  on  witum  , 

pas  bene  ic  bidde  Ipcet  min  broj?or  tiburtius 

beo  alysed  J>urh  god  and  to  geleafan  gebiged  .  93 

and  he  do  unc  begen  him  to  biggengum  . 

pa  cwceS   se  engel  eft  mid  blissc   him    to  .  ForJ>an-]?e   pn   )?ges 


Ipe  bet  gode  licaS  J)in  broftor  tiburtius 

bi$  gestryued  ]?urh  Ipe  to  J?am  ecan  life  .  96 

swa  swa  pu  gelyfdest  on  god  )?urh  cecilian  lare  . 

1  Leaf  213. 


XXXIV.       SAINT    CECILIA,   VIRGIN.  361 

and  one  Baptism.'     And  he  took  and  read.  64 

Then   said  the  angel :     '  Believest   thou  this,  or  doth    something 

else  please  thee  1 ' 
Valerian  answered ;   '  What  can  ever  be  truer 
or  more  to  be  believed  in  by  any  living  man  1 ' 
And  with  that  word  the  angel  departed  from  him.  68 

Then  straitway  afterward  the  pope  baptized  him, 
and  taught  him  his  faith,  and  let  him  go  home  again 
to  Caecilia,  the  holy  maiden. 

Then  the  youth  found  the  woman  standing  72 

at  her  prayers  in  her  bower  alone, 
and  God's  angel  standing  with  golden  wings 
with  two  crowns  nigh  to  the  maiden. 

The  crowns  were  shining  in  a  wondrous  way,  76 

with  the  rose's  redness  and  the  lily's  whiteness. 
And  thereupon  he  gave  one  to  the  noble  maiden, 
and  the  other  to  the  youth,  and  said  to  them  thus ; 
1  Keep  these  crowns  with  a  pure  heart,  80 

because  I  received  them  in  the  plains  of  paradise; 
they  shall  never  grow  sere  nor  lose  their  sweetness, 
nor  shall  their  beauty  turn  to  a  worse  hue, 
nor  shall  any  man  see  them  save  he  who  loveth  chastity;       84 
and  thou,  Valerian,  because  thou  lovest  chastity, 
the  Saviour  biddeth  thee  ask  whatsoever  boon  thou  wilt.' 
Then  the  youth  kneeled  and  said  to  the  angel : 
1  There  is  nothing  so  dear  to  me  living  in  this  life  88 

as  was  my  brother;    and  it  is  a  grief  to  me 
that  I  should  be  saved  and  he  perish  in  torments. 
This  boon  I  ask,  that  my  brother  Tiburtius 
be  saved  through  God  and  turned  to  the  faith,  92 

and  that  He  make  us  both  His  worshippers.' 
Then  said  the  angel  to  him  again  with  gladness  :  '  because  thou 

hast  prayed  for  this, 
God  is  the  better  pleased  that  thy  brother  Tiburtius 
shall  be  begotten  through  thee  to  eternal  life,  96 

even  as  thou  didst  believe  in  God  through  Caecilia's  lore, 


362  XXXIV.       PASSIO    SANCTAE    CECILIE    VIRGINIS. 

and  git  sceolan  begen  (f  u  and  fin  broSor)  beon  gemartyrode  samod  . 

and  se  engel  fa  ge-wende  up  to  heofonura  . 

Hi    smeadon     fa    mid    glaednysse    .    and    embe    godes    willan 

sprsecon  .  ioo 

olp-lpcet  his  brofor  com  blitSe  on  mergen  him  to  . 
and  cyste  hi  butu  .  and  cwoeft  mid  blisse  . 
Ic  wundrige  f  earle  hu  nu  on  wintres  dsege 

her  lilian  blostm  offe  rosan  braeS  .  104 

swa  wynsumlice  and  swa  werodlice  stincaS  . 
Deah  f  e  ic  hsefde  me  on  handa  fa  blostman  . 
ne  mihton  hi  swa  wynsumne  wyrt-brseS  macian  . 
and  ic  secge  to  sofan  Ipcet  ic  swa  eom  afylled  108 

mid  fam  swetan  brsetSa  .  swylce  ic  sy  geedniwod  . 
pa  cweeS  se  broftor  .  furh  mine  bene  fe  com 
f  ses  wynsuma  brsetJ  to  pcet  fu  wite  heonan-forS 
hwses  blod  readaf  on  rosan  gelicnysse  .  112 

and  hwses  lichama  hwitatS  on  lilian  fsegernysse  . 
We  habbaS  cyne-helmas  halige  mid  us 
scinende  swa  swa  rose  .  and  snaw-hwite  swa  swa  lilie  . 
fa  fu  ne  miht  geseon  feah  fe  hi  scinende  beon  .  116 

pa  cwset)  tiburtius    .    Sege  me  *  brotSor  min    .   gehyre  ic  bis  on 

slsepe  . 
0(5 (Se  fu  hit  ssegst  on  eornost  .  Se  ofter  him  cwcecS  to  . 
0$  f>is  we  leofodon  swilce  we  on  slsepe  wseron  . 
ac  we  synd  nu  gewende  to  softfaestnysse  .  120 

fa  godas  fe  we  wurf  odon  syndon  gramlice  deofla  . 
j?a  cwceS  se  ofer  .  Hu  weaitS  Ipe  ]>cet  cuf  ? 
Ualerianus  andwyrde  .  Godes  engel  me  tsehte  . 
and  fone  fu  miht  geseon  gif  ftu  soSlice  bist  124 

on  fulluhte  afwogen  fram  p&m  fulum  deofol-gilde  . 
Hi  sprsecon  fa  swa  lange  .  oS-f  art  he  to  ge-leafan  beah  . 
and  se  brotSor  wolde  \>cet  he  wurde  gefullod  . 
pa  befran  tiburtius  hwa  hine  fullian  3ceolde  .  128 

Se  otSer  him  cwcetS  to  .   urbanws  se  papa  . 
Eft  fa  tiburtius  him  andwyrde  and  cweeft  . 
1  Leaf  213,  back. 


XXXIV.       SAINT    CECILIA,    VIRGIN.  3C3 

and    ye  two  shall  both  (thou  and  thy  brother)  be  martyred  to- 
gether.' 
And  the  angel  therewith  returned  up  to  heaven. 

Then  they  pondered  with  gladness  and  spake  concerning  God's 
will,  ioo 

until  his  brother  came  blithely  in  the  morning  to  them, 

and  kissed  them  both,  and  said  with  joy : 

1 1  wonder  exceedingly  how  now,  on  a  winter's  day, 

here  lily-blossom  or  rose's  breath  104 

smells  so  winsomely  and  so  sweetly. 

Though  I  had  the  blossoms  in  my  hand 

they  could  not  make  such  a  winsome  perfume ; 

and  I  say  in  sooth  that  I  am  so  rilled  108 

with  the  sweet  breath  as  if  I  were  made  anew.' 

Then  said  the  brother :    '  through  my  prayer 

this    winsome    breath    came    to    thee,    that    thou    mayest    know 
henceforth 

whose  blood  is  red  in  likeness  to  a  rose,  112 

and  whose  body  is  white  with  a  lily's  fairness. 

We  (both)  have  holy  crowns  with  us 

shining  like  a  rose  and  snow-white  like  a  lily, 

which  thou  mayest  not  see,  though  they  be  shining.'  116 

Then  said  Tiburtius,  '  tell  me,  brother  mine,  hear  I  this  in  sleep, 

or  sayest  thou  it  in  earnest?'   The  other  said  to  him, 

'Until  this  we  have  lived  as  if  we  were  asleep, 

but  now  we  are  turned  unto  righteousness;  120 

the  gods  which  we  worshipped  are  cruel  devils.' 

Then  said  the  other ;    '  how  became  that  known  to  thee  V 

Valerian  answered ;    '  God's  angel  taught  me, 

and  him  thou  mayest  see  if  indeed  thou  wilt  be  124 

washed  in  baptism  from  foul  idolatry.' 

So  they  spake  long  time  until  he  turned  to  the  faith, 

and  the  brother  desired  to  be  baptized. 

Then  enquired  Tiburtius  who  should  baptize  him.  128 

The  other  said  to  him :  '  Urban  the  pope.' 

Then  again  Tiburtius  answered  him  and  said; 


364  XXXIV.       PASSIO    SANCTAE    CECILIE  VIRG1NIS. 

Se  is  geutlagod  and  li(5  him  on  digelan 

for  his  cristen-dome  .  and  gif  we  cumatS  him  to  .  132 

we  beoc5  gewitnode  .  gif  hit  wyrS  ameldod  . 
and  J>a  hwile  pe  we  secaft  swa  swa  hit  gessed  is 
god-cundnysse  on  heofonum  .  we  graman  gemetacS  . 
and  lif-leaste  on  eorSan  gif  we  his  lare  folgiaS  .  136 

pa  cwrecS  cecilia  sona  mid  ge-bylde  . 
gif  J?is  lif  wsere  ana  .  and  o]?er  nsere  selre  . 
J^onne  mihte  we  ondrsedan  us  deaftes  rihtlice  . 
pa  axode  tiburtius  .  is  senig  oj^er  lif?  140 

Cecilia  him  cwceS  to  .  CutS  is  gehwilcura  menn 
])cet  fis  lif  is  geswinc-ful  .  and  on  swate  wunatS  . 
pis  lif  biS  alefed  on  lang-sumum  sarura  . 

and  on  haetum  off>efod  .  and  on  hungre  gewseht  .  144 

mid  mettum  ge-fylled  .  and  modig  on  welura  . 
mid  hafen-leaste  aworpen  and  ahafen  jmrh  iugofte  . 
mid  ylde  gebiged  .  and  to-bryt  mid  seocnysse  . 
mid  unrotnysse  fornumen  .  and  geangsumod  furh  cara  .  148 

jxmne  cym"5  him  deatS  to  .  and  detS  of  ge-mynde 
ealle  J>a  blysse  Ipe  he  breac  on  his  life  . 
and  on  Ipam  ecan  life  Ipe  sefter  J>ysum  cymS 
bitS  f>am  rihtwisum  for]gifen  rest  .  and  gefea  .  152 

and  )?am  unrihtwisum  )?a  ecan  wita  . 
pa  cwceS  tiburtius  .  hwa  com  ]?anon  hider 
pe  mihte  us  secgan  gif  hit  swa  wsere  1 

Cecilia  Ipa,  aras  .  and  mid  anrsednysse  cweecS  .  156 

Ealle  ge-sceafta  scyppend  senne  sunu  gestrynde  . 
and  for5-teah  )?urh  hine  sylfne  Ipone  frofer  gast  . 
Jmrh  jxme  sunu  he  gesceop  ealle  gesceafta  }>e  syndon  . 
and  hi  ealle  gelyffseste  }mrh  J?one  lifigendan  gast  .  160 

pa  andwjrde  tiburtius  .  JEnne  god  gebodiatS  . 
and  hu-meta  namast  )?u  nam-cutSlice  J?ry  godas  . 
Cecilia  him  awdwyrde  .  An  god  is  selmihtig 
on  his  msegen-frymnysse  wunigende  .  Done  arwur$ia$  we  cristenan 
sefre  on  frynnysse  .  and  on  softre  annysse  .  165 

1  Leaf  214. 


XXXIV.       SAINT   CECILIA,    VIRGIN.  365 

'he  is  outlawed,  and  lieth  in  concealment 

for  his  Christianity,  and  if  we  come  to  him,  132 

we  shall  be  tortured  if  it  be  betrayed. 
And  whilst  we  are  seeking,  as  it  is  said, 
divinity  in  heaven,  we  shall  find  trouble 

and  loss  of  life  on  earth,  if  we  follow  his  lore.'  136 

Then  said  Caecilia  straightway  with  boldness ; 
if  this  life  were  alone,  and  there  were  no  other  better, 
then  might  we  rightly  have  dread  of  death.' 
Then  asked  Tiburtius :    'is  there  any  other  life?'  140 

Caecilia  said  to  him :    '  known  is  it  to  every  man 
that  this  life  is  full  of  toil,  and  continueth  in  sweat ; 
this  life  is  weakened  by  long  sorrows, 

and  dried  up  by  heat,  and  wearied  by  hunger,  144 

filled  with  meats  and  proud  in  prosperity, 
cast  down  in  poverty  and  lifted  up  in  youth, 
bowed  down  by  age,  and  broken  by  sickness, 
consumed  by  sadness,  and  vexed  by  cares.  148 

Then    cometh    death    to     him    and    putteth    out    of    remem- 
brance 
all  the  bliss  which  he  enjoyed  in  his  life; 
and  in  the  eternal  life  which  cometh  after  this 
shall  be  given  to  the  righteous  rest  and  gladness,  152 

and  to  the  unrighteous  eternal  torments/ 
Then  said  Tiburtius  :    '  who  hath  come  thence  hither, 
who  could  tell  us  if  it  were  so  ? ' 

Then  Caecilia  arose,  and  with  steadfastness  said  :  1 56 

1  The  Creator  of  all  creatures  begat  a  Son, 
and  sent  forth  of  Himself  the  Comforting  Spirit; 
through  the  Son  He  created  all  creatures  that  exist, 
and  quickened  them  all  through  the  living  Spirit.'  160 

Then  answered  Tiburtius  :    '  One  God  they  preach, 
and  how  namest  thou  three  Gods  as  if  known  by  name  1 ' 
Caecilia  answered  him :    '  there  is  one  God  Almighty, 
dwelling  in  His  Majesty;    Him  we  Christians  worship  164 

for  ever  in  Trinity,  and  in  very  Unity, 


366  XXXIV.      PASSIO   SANCTAE   CECILIE   VIRGINIS. 

for-ban-fe  faeder  .  and  sunu  .  and  se  frofer  gast 
an  gecynd  habba'S  .  and  aenne  cyne-dom  . 

swa  swa  on  anum  men  synd  sotSlice  freo  fing  .  16S 

andgit  .  and  wylla  .  and  gewittig  gemynd  . 
J>e  anum  men  gehyrsumiab  aefre  togaedere  . 
pa  feoll  tiburtius  forht  to  hire  cneowum  . 

and  clypode  hlude  .  and  cwceS  mid  geleafan  .  172 

Ne  j^inctS  me  Ipcet  J>u  spraece  mid  menniscre  spraece  . 
ac  swilce  godes  engel  sylf  sprsece  furh  fe  . 
ac  ic  axie  git  be  fam  obrum  life 

hwa  Ipcet  gesawe  .  and  si&San  come  hider  .  176 

Hwaet  )?a  cecilia  him  snoterlice  andwyrde  . 
and  saede  hu  se  haelend  of  heofonum  com  to  us  . 
and  hwylce  wundra  he  worhte  on  fisre  worulde  fela  . 
and  hu  he  f>a  deadan  araerde  of  dea(5e  to  life  .  180 

and  hu  he  sylf  of  dea^e  on  J»am  friddan  daege  aras  . 
and  fela  bin  eg  him  saede  swutellice  be  criste  . 
pa  weop  tiburtius  and  gewilnode  georne 

])cet  he  gefullod  wurde  aet  bam  fore-saedan  papan  .  184 

and  se  broker  sif>ode  sona  foi(5  mid  him  . 
and  cydde  }?am  papan  hwaet  hi  gecweden  haefdon  . 
Se  papa  tSa  urbanus  blis^ode  on  gode  . 

and  gefullode  sona  fone  gesaeligan  cniht  .  188 

and  saede  him  geleafan  geond  seofon  dagas  on  an  . 
0])  Ipcet  he  fulfremod  ferde  eft  ongean  . 
He  beget  J>a  aet  gode  ba  gastlican  gesaelfa  . 
swa  Ipcet  he  daeg-hwamlice  drihtnes  englas  geseh  .  192 

and  swa  hwaes  he  ge-wilnode  .  him  ne  forwyrnde  god  . 
and  worhte  gelome  wundra  burh  hine  . 
and  furh  his  broSor  swa  swa  bee  secgacS  . 

pa  waes  on  rome  byrig  sum  recSe  cwellere  196 

almachius  gehaten  .  se  waes  heah-gerefa  . 
and  he  mid  manegum  witura  gemartyrode  fa  cristenan  . 
fa  cSa  he  of-axian  mihte  .  and  man  ne  moste  hi  bebyrigan  . 
Ualerianus  j?a  and  his  fore-saeda  brofor  200 

1  Leaf  214,  back. 


XXXIV.      SAINT   CECILIA,    VIRGIN.  367 

because  Father  and  Son  and  the  Comforting  Spirit 

have  one  nature  and  one  kingdom; 

even  as  in  one  man  are  verily  three  things  ;  1 63 

understanding,  and  will,  and  conscious  memory, 

which  together  ever  belong  to  one  man.' 

Then  fell  Tiburtius,  affrighted,  at  her  knees, 

and  cried  aloud  and  said  with  faith  :  172 

'it  seemeth  not  to  me  that  thou  speakest  with  man's  speech, 

but  as  if  God's  angel  himself  spake  through  thee. 

Nevertheless  I  ask  concerning  the  other  life, 

who  hath  seen  it  and  afterwards  came  hither  1 '  1 76 

So  then  Caecilia  wisely  answered  him, 

and  told  how  the  Saviour  came  from  heaven  to  us, 

and  what  kind  of  many  wonders  He  wrought  in  this  world, 

and  how  He  raised  the  dead  from  death  to  life,  180 

and  how  He  Himself  arose  from  death  on  the  third  day, 

and  said  to  him  many  things  clearly  concerning  Christ. 

Then  wept  Tiburtius,  desiring  earnestly 

that  he  might  be  baptized  by  the  aforesaid  pope,  184 

and  his  brother  immediately  went  forth  with  him, 

and  told  the  pope  what  they  had  said. 

Then  Urban  the  pope  rejoiced  in  God, 

and  straightway  baptized  the  blessed  youth,  188 

and  instructed  him  in  the  faith  for  seven  days  together, 

until  he,  being  perfected,  went  back  again. 

Then  he  obtained  of  God  spiritual  blessings, 

so  that  he  daily  saw  the  Lord's  angels,  192 

and  whatsoever  he  desired,  God  denied  him  not, 

and  frequently  wrought  miracles  through  him, 

and  through  his  brother,  even  as  books  tell. 

There  was  in  the  city  of  Rome  a  certain  cruel  murderer       196 

called  Almachius,  who  was  the  prefect; 

and  he  by  many  tortures  martyred  the  Christians 

when    he    could     discover    them ;     and    no    man    might    bury 

them. 
Then  Valerian  and  his  aforesaid  brother  200 


368  XXXIV.      PASSIO   SANCTAE  CECILIE    VIRGINIS. 

bebyrigdon  fa  martyras  fe  se  man-fulla  acwealde  . 

and  selmyssan  dselde  daeghwamliee  fearfum  . 

ocS  pcet  se  arleasa  ebtere  of-axode  heora  daeda  . 

Hwaet  fa  almachius  het  fa  men  gelangian  .  204 

and  axode  hi  sona  mid  swi(51icre  freatunge 

liwi  hi  fa  be-byrigdon  fe  his  beboda  for-sawon  . 

and  for  heora  scyldum  ofslagene   lagon  . 

offe  hwi  hi  dasldon  dearnunga  heora  aehta  208 

waelicum  mannum  unwislicum  rsede  . 

pa  andwyr&e  tiburtius  fam  arleasan  and  cwsetS  . 

Eala  gif  fa  halgan  f e  f u  hete  ofslean 

and  we  bebyrigdon  .  woldon  us  habban  212 

huru  him  to  f  eowum  to  heora  f  enungura  . 

Hi  fa  swa  lange  motodon  .  of  Ipcet  se  manfulla  het 

mid  saglum  beatan  f one  oferne  brofor  . 

and  sum  rsed-bora  fa  to  fam  reSan  fus  cwceS  .  216 

Hat  hi  leof  acwellan  .  nu  hi  cristene  synd  . 

gif  f  u  f  onne  elcast  .  heora  eehta  hi  dselatS 

fearfum  .  and  wsedlum  .  and  f  11  witnast  hi  siStSan  . 

and  nsefst  fa  aehta  for  finre  selcunge  .  220 

Almachius  fa  het  his  manfullan  1  cwelleras 

lsedan  fa  gebrocSra  on  bendum  togsedere 

to  fam  hsefengilde  .  and  het  hi  geoffrian 

offe  hi  man  ofsloge  .  mid  swurde  fser-rihte  .  224 

Hi  lsedde  fa  maximus  swa  se  manfulla  het 

mid  of  rum  cwellerum  to  fsere  cwealm-stowe  . 

pe  weop  maximus  for-fan-f e  hi  woldon  sweltan 

and  axode  fa  gebrocSra  hwi  hi  swa  blifelice  eodon  228 

to  heora  agenum  siege  .  swylce  to  gebeorscipe  . 

pa  cwoecS  se  yldra  brofor  .  Noldon  we  efstan  to  deaf e 

mid  swa  niycelre  blisse  .  gif  we  to  beteran  life 

socSlice  ne  becomon  si$(San  we  ofslagene  beocS  232 

to  fam  ecan  life  .  swa  swa  we  leornodon  to  sofan  . 

Betwux  fsere  tihtinge  fa  fa  hi  tengdon  forS  . 

230.  V.  (fol.  11)  begins — Noldon  we. 
1  Leaf  215. 


.0 


XXXIV.       SAINT   CECILIA,   VIRGIN.  369 

buried  the  martyrs  whom  the  wicked  man  slew, 
and  daily  distributed  alms  to  the  needy, 
until  the  impious  persecutor  heard  of  their  deeds. 
Thereupon  Almachius  bade  summon  the  men,  204 

and  asked  them  instantly  with  fierce  threatening 
why  they  buried  those  who  despised  his  commands 
and  lay  slain  because  of  their  guilt, 

or  why  they  secretly  distributed  their  possessions  208 

to  mean  men  by  unwise  counsel  ? 
Then  Tiburtius  answered  the  wicked  man  and  said : 
1  Oh  !    that  the  saints,  whom  thou  hast  bidden  men  to  slay 
and  whom  we  have  buried,  would  at  least  212 

have  us  as  slaves  in  their  service ! ' 

Thus  they  discoursed  a  long  time  until  4he  wicked  man 
commanded  men  to  beat  the  second  brother  with  clubs ; 
and  a  certain  counsellor  spake  thus  to  the  cruel  one  :  216 

1  bid  them,  master,  be  put  to  death,  since  they  are  Christians  \ 
for  if  thou  delayest,  they  will  deal  their  goods 
to    the   poor    and    needy ;    and    thou   wilt   punish    them    after- 
wards, 
and  yet  wilt  not  have  the  goods  because  of  thy  delay.'  220 

Then  Almachius  bade  his  wicked  torturers 
bring  the  brothers  in  bonds  together 
to  the  heathen  temple,  and  bade  them  sacrifice ; 
or  they  should  be  straightway  slain  by  the  sword.  224 

So  Maximus  with  other  torturers  led  them, 
as    the   wicked   man    had    commanded,   to   the   place   of  execu- 
tion. 
Then  wept  Maximus  because  they  were  going  to  die, 
and  asked  the  brothers  why  they  went  so  blithely  228 

to  their  own  execution  as  if  to  a  banquet. 
Then  said  the  elder  brother;    'we  should  not  hasten  to  death 
with  such  great  bliss,  if  we  were  not  verily  going 
to  a  better  life,  after  we  are  slain;  232 

even  to  the  eternal  life,  as  we  have  learned  of  a  truth.' 
Amongst  these  exhortations,  whilst  they  were  hurried  forward, 

24 


370  XXXIV.       PASSIO    SANCTAE    CKCILIE   VIRGINIS. 

j?a  cwceS  se  maximus  to  J>am  martyrum  bus  . 

Ic  wolde  eac  forseon  bisie  worulde  swsesnysse  .  236 

gif  ic  wiste  to  gewissan  Ipcet  eowre  word  wseron  solpe  . 

)>a  cwcecS  se  gingra  broSor  of  Jmm  bendum  him  to  . 

Ure  drihtm  crist  dec!)  Ipcet  bu  ge-sihst 

Jxmne  we   ofslagene  beocS  bu  ure  sawla  faratS  240 

mid  wuldre  to  him  .  gif  ])\i  wylt  nu  behatan 

\>cet  bu  mid  eallura  mode  .  }?in  man  behreowsige  . 

Maximus  }>a  cwcetS  to  \>&m  m  arty  rum  pus  . 

Fyr  me  forbserne  gif  ic  ne  buge  to  criste  .  244 

sibjmn  ic  geseo  hu  eowre  sawla  faratS 

to  £>am  oprum  life  J?e  ge  embe  sprecatS  . 

pa  ewsedon  pa.  halgan  gebrobra  pe  he  on  bendum  lsedde  . 

Bebeod  jrpsum  cwellerum  pcet  hi  us  cuce  healdan  248 

on  ]?inum  agenum  huse  .  nu  pas  ane  niht  . 

dcSpcet  pu  sy  gefullod  fram  fyrnlicum  synnura  . 

pcet  pu  mote  geseon  pa  ge-sih(5e  purh  god  . 

Hi  wurdon  pa  gebrohte  on  bendum  to  his  huse  „  252 

and  cecilia  seo  eadige  mid  arwurftum  sacerdum 

pider  com  sona  .  and  hi  sseton  pa  niht 

embe  crist  sprecende  .  o])])cet  pa  cwelleras  gelyfdon 

and  wurdon  ge-fullode  set  pam  fore-ssedum  ^reostum  .  256 

Hwset  pa  on  daegrsed  Ipcet  deorwurSe  mseden 

cecilia  clypode  .  and  cwcefi  to  him  eallum  . 

Nu  ge  la  godes  cempan  .  awurpaft  caflice  eow  fram 

peera  peostra  weorc  .  and  wur&atS  ymbscrydde  260 

mid  leohtes  wsepnum  .  to  pysum  gewinne  nu  . 

Ge  habbat5  gecampod  swifte  godne  campdom 

eowerne  ryne  ge  gefyldon  and  geleafan  geheoldon  . 

gap  to  pam  wuldor-beage  pses  wynsuman  lifes  .  264 

ponne  (sic)  se  riht-wisa  dema  decS  eow  to  edleane  . 

Hi  wurdon  pa  gelsedde  for  heora  geleafan  to  siege  . 

and  mid  swurde  beheafdode  .  pa  beheold  maximus 

244.  V.  forbearne.  253.  V.  eadiga. 

245.  V.  eowra.  257.  V.  daegred. 

1  Leaf  215,  back. 


XXXIV.       SAINT   CECILIA,    VIRGIN.  371 

this  Maximus  spake  to  the  martyrs  thus : 

1 1  would  also  despise  this  world's  sweetness,  236 

if  I  knew  of  a  surety  that  your  words  were  true.' 

Then  said  the  younger  brother  to  him,  out  of  his  bonds, 

1  Our  Lord  Christ  will  cause  that  thou  shalt  see, 

when  we  are  slain,  how  our  souls  depart  240 

with  glory  to  Him,  if  thou  wilt  now  promise 

that  thou  with  all  thy  mind  wilt  repent  of  thy  wickedness.' 

Then  Maximus  said  to  the  martyrs  thus: 

'  may  fire  consume  me  if  I  bow  not  to  Christ  244 

after  I  see  how  your  souls  depart 

to  the  other  life  whereof  ye  speak.' 

Then  said  the  holy  brothers  whom  he  was  leading  in  bonds  ; 

'  command  these  executioners  to  keep  us  alive  248 

in  thine  own  house  now  for  this  one  night, 

until  thou  be  baptized  from  former  sins, 

that  thou  mayest,  by  God's  help,  see  that  vision.' 

Then  they  were  brought  in  bonds  to  his  house,  252 

and  the  blessed  Caecilia  with  venerable  priests 

soon  came  thither,  and  they  sat  that  night, 

speaking  concerning  Christ  until  the  executioners  believed, 

and  were  baptized  by  the  aforesaid  priests.  256 

Lo  then !   in  the  early  dawn  the  precious  maiden, 

Caecilia,  cried,  and  said  to  them  all: 

'Now,  oh  ye  soldiers  of  God,  cast  away  from  you  boldly 

the  works  of  darkness,  and  be  ye  now  clothed  260 

with  the  armour  of  light  for  this  conflict. 

Ye  have  fought  a  very  goodly  fight; 

ye  have  fulfilled  your  course,  and  have  kept  the  faith; 

go  to  the  crown  of  glory  of  the  winsome  life  264 

which  the  righteous  judge  will  give  you  as  reward/ 

Then  they  were  led  for  their  faith  to  death, 

and  beheaded  with  the  sword.     Then  Maximus  beheld, 

24— % 


372  XXXIV.       PASSIO    SANCTAE  CECILIE    YIRGINIS. 

and  saede  mid  ape  to  J?am   ymbstandendum  .  268 

Ic  ge-seah  soSlice  mid  fam  pe  hi  ofslagene  wurdon  . 

gocles  englas  scinende  on  sunnan  gelicnysse 

fleogende  him  to  .  and  under-fengon  heora  sawla  . 

and  f>a  sawla  ic  ge-seah  swi(5e  wlitig  faran  272 

forS  mid  J>am  englum  on  heora  fitSerum  to  heofonum  . 

pa  pa,  maxinms  saede  swa  soSlice  (5as  word 

weopendum  eagum  .  pe  gewendon  J?a  haefenan 

manega  to  geleafan  fram  heora  leasum  godum  .  276 

Almachius  J?a  ofaxode  pcet  se  arwurSa  maxinms 

mid  eallura  his  hiwum  on  J>one  haelend  gelyfde  . 

and  wseron  gefullode  .  weartS  pa,  him  gram 

and  het  hine  swingan  mid  leadenum  swipum  280 

of)  pat  he  gewat  of  worulde  to  criste  . 

Cecilia  pa  sona  fone  sanct  bebyrigde 

on  staenenre  prjh  on  }>am  stede  pe  lagon 

f>a  twegen  gebroJ»ra  bebyrigde  on  ser  .  284 

Heo  daelde  )?a  siSftan  digellice  ]?earfum 

hire  brydguman  aehta  .  and  his  brofor  )>ing  . 

and  almachius  wolde  witan  ymbe  }?a  aehtan  (sic). 

swylce  heo  wydewe  waere  .  and  heo  wearS  pa,  geneadod  288 

pcet  heo  offrian  sceolde  pa,m  arleasum  godum  . 

pa  weopon  J?a  haeSenan  poet  swa  wlitig  faemne  . 

and  swa  aef>el-boren  wimman  mid  wisdome  afylled  . 

wolde  ]  deatS  J>rowian  on  witum  swa  lung  .  292 

pa  cwcetS  cecilia  and  saede  him  eallum  . 

Ne  bitS  se  forloren  pe  litS  for  gode  ofslagen 

he  bi<S  swa  awend  to  wuldre  of  deatSe  . 

swilce  man  lam  sylle  .  and  sylf  nime  gold  .  296 

swilce  he  sylle  wac  hus  .  and  wuldor-ful  under-fo  . 

sylle  gewitendlic  .  and  ungewitendlic  under-fo  . 

sylle  wacne  stan  .  and  wurSfulne  gym  under-fo  . 

Heo  tihte  j?a  swa  lange  f>a  ungeleaffullan  hseSenan  300 

otS  pcet  hi  ealle  cwaedon  mid  anre  stemne  J^us  . 

291.  V.  aej^elboran.  301.  V.  ends. 

1  Leaf  216. 


XXXIV.       SAINT    CECILIA,    VIRGIN.  373 

and  said  with  an  oath  to  the  bystanders  :  268 

'  I  saw  verily,  as  they  were  slain, 

God's  angels,  shining  in  the  likeness  of  the  sun, 

flying  to  them,  and  they  received  their  souls ; 

and  I  saw  the  souls,  very  beautiful,  go  273 

forth  with  the  angels  on  their  wings  to  heaven.' 

While  Maximus  spake  so  surely  these  words 

with  weeping  eyes,  many  of  the  heathen  turned 

to  the  true  faith  from  their  false  gods.  376 

When  Almachius  learnt  that  the  venerable  Maximus 

with  all  his  house  believed  in  the  Saviour, 

and  were  baptized,  then  he  became  angry, 

and  bade  men  scourge  him  with  leaden  whips  380 

until  he  departed  from  the  world  to  Christ. 

Then  anon  Caecilia  buried  the  saint 

in  a  stone  coffin  in  the  place  where  lay 

the  two  brothers  who  were  buried  before.  384 

Then  afterward  she  secretly  dealt  to  the  poor 

her  bridegroom's  possessions  and  his  brother's  things  ; 

and  Almachius  desired  to  know  about  the  goods 

as  she  was  a  widow,  and  she  was  then  brought  by  compul- 
sion 288 

that  she  might  sacrifice  to  the  wicked  gods. 

Then  wept  the  heathen  that  a  maiden  so  beautiful 

and  a  woman  so  nobly  born,  filled  with  wisdom, 

should  suffer  death  in  torments,  so  young.  293 

Then  spake  Caecilia  and  said  to  them  all : 

'he  is  not  forlorn  who  lieth  slain  for  God; 

he  shall  be  thus  changed  from  death  to  glory, 

as  if  a  man  should  give  away  loam  and  himself  get  gold,      296 

as  if  he  should  give  a  mean  house  and  receive  a  glorious 
one ; 

give  the  perishable  and  receive  the  imperishable  ; 

give  a  mean  stone  and  receive  a  precious  gem.' 

She  long  thus  exhorted  the  unbelieving  heathen  300 

until  they  all  spake  thus  with  one  voice ; 


374  XXXIV.       PASSIO    SANCTAE    CECILIE    VIRGINIS. 

We  gelyfaS  pcet  crist  godes  sunu  so$lice  god  is 

pe  pe  f>yllice  under-feng  him  to  funenne  on  worulde  . 

pa  wurdon  gefullode  .  feower  hund  manna  304 

on  cecilian  huse  )?am  hselende  to  lofe  . 

and  se  papa  msessode  J>am  mannum  gelome  . 

on  pa,m  ylcan  huse  .  and  se  hseSenscipe  wanode  . 

Almachius  se  arleasa  het  f»a  ardlice  gefeccan  308 

pa  eadigan  cecilian  .  and  hi  axode  sona 

[of]  hwylcere  maegtSe  heo  waere  .  and  hi  motodon  lange  . 

oppcet  paun  deman  ofjmhte  hyre  drystig-nyss  . 

and  cwcecS  orhlice  eft  to  J>am  maedene  .  312 

Nast  J>u  mine  mihte  .  and  pcet  maeden  him  cwcelS  to  . 

Ic  secge  gif  pu  haetst  hwilce  mihte  £11  haefst  . 

iElces  mannes  miht  pe  on  modignysse  faerS  . 

is  soSlice  J>am  gelic  swilce  man  siwige  316 

ane  bytte  .  and  blawe  hi  fulle  windes  . 

and  wyrce  si$8an  an  J>yrl  J>onne  heo  to-funden  bi'S 

on  hire  greatnysse  J>onne  togaeft  seo  miht  . 

Almachius  hire  cwcetS  to  ]?a  pa,  hi  campodon  mid  wordum      320 

Hwaet  pu  ungesaelige  .  nast  jm  pcet  me  is  geseald 

anweald  to  ofsleanne  and  to  edcucigenne  . 

and  J?u  spraecst  swa  modelice  mine  mihta  taelende  . 

pcet  maeden  him  cwoeS  to  .  OJ>er  is  modignyss  .  324 

of>er  is  anraednyss  .  and  ic  anraedlice  spraec  . 

na  modelice  .  for]?an-J>e  we  modignysse 

eallunga  onscuniacS  .  and  eft  heo  cweeS  him  to  . 

1  J>u  cwaede  pcet  f>u  haefdest  to  acwellene  anweald  .  328 

and  to  edcucigenne  .  ac  ic  cwaefte  pcet  J>u  miht 

pa,  cucan  adydan  .  and  J^am  deaclan  }>u  ne  miht 

eft  lif  forgifan  .  ac  Jm  lyhst  openlice  . 

Almachius  hire  andwyr&e  .  Awurp  j?ine  dyrstignysse  332 

and  geonra  J>am  godum  arwurSlice  onsaegednysse  . 

Cecitia  him  cwcecS  to  .  cunna  mid  grapunge 

hwaefter  hi  stanas  synd  .  and  staenene  anlicnysse 

310.  I  supply  of.  x  Leaf  216,  back. 


XXXIV.       SAINT    CECILIA,    VIRGIN.  375 

1  We  believe  that  Christ,  God's  Son,  is  truly  God 

who  hath  in  this  way  received    thee    as    His    handmaid    in  the 

world/ 
Then  were  baptized  four  hundred  men  304 

in  Caecilia's  house  to  the  praise  of  the  Saviour, 
and  the  pope  said  mass  for  the  men  frequently 
in  the  same  house,  and  heathenism  waned. 

Then  the  wicked  Almachius  bade  quickly  fetch  308 

the  blessed  Caecilia,  and  at  once  asked  her 
of  what  family  she  was,  and  they  disputed  long 
until  her  boldness  vexed  the  judge, 

and  he  said  arrogantly  again  to  the  maiden;  312 

'  knowest  thou  not  my  might  ? '    And  the  maiden  said  to  him : 
'  I    will    say,    if    thou    biddest    me,    what    sort    of    might    thou 

hast. 
Every  man's  might  who  walketh  in  pride 

is  verily  like  as  if  a  man  should  sew  up  316 

a  bladder,  and  blow  it  full  of  wind, 
and  afterward  make  a  hole,  when  it  is  puffed  out, 
then,  in  its  greatness,  the  might  departeth/ 

Almachius  said  to  her  as  they  strove  with  words  :  320 

1  Oh  thou,  unhappy  one  !    knowest  thou  not  that  power 
is  given  to  me  to  slay  and  to  make  alive  again. 
And  thou  speakest  so  proudly,  scorning  my  might.' 
The  maiden  said  to  him:  'pride  is  one  thing;  "  324 

steadfastness  is  another,  and  I  spake  steadfastly, 
not  at  all  proudly,  because  we  altogether 
abhor  pride.'     And  again  she  said  to  him  : 

'thou  saidest  that  thou  hadst  power  to  kill  328 

and  to  make  alive  again ;  but  I  say  that  thou  canst 
destroy  the  living,  but  thou 'canst  not  give  life 
again  to  the  dead;   but  thou  liest  openly/" 

Almachius  answered  her :    '  cast  away  thy  presumption,  3.33 

and  offer  to  the  gods  reverent  sacrifice/ 
Caecilia  said  to  him :  '  test  by  grasping 
whether  they  are  stones,  and  stony  images, 


376  XXXIV.      PASSIO   SANCTAE   CECILIE    VIRGINIS. 

jm  J?e  ]>u  godas  gecigst  begotene  mid  leade  .  336 

and  J>u  miht  swa  witan  gewislice  mid  grapunge 

gif  tSu  geseon  ne  miht  pcet  hi  synd  stanas  . 

Hi  mihton  wel  to  lime  .  gif  man  hi  lede  011  ad  . 

nu  hi  ne  fremiaS  him  sylfum  .  ne  socSlice  mannum  .  340 

and  hi  mihton  to  lime  gif  hi  man  lede  on  fyr  . 

pa  wearS  se  arleasa  dema  deoflice  (sic)  gram  . 

and  het  hi  lsedan  sona  .  and  seoftan  on  waetere 

on  hire  agenum  huse  for  }?ses  hselendes  naman  .  344 

pa  dydon  £>a  haej>enan  swa  swa  hi  het  almachius  .• 

and  heo  lseg  on  Jrnm  bsetfe  bufan  byrnendum  fyre  . 

ofer  daeg  .  and  niht  .  ungederodum  lichaman  . 

swa  swa  on  cealdum  wsetere  .  ]>cet  heo  ne  swsette  furSon  .    348 

Hi  cyddon  J?a  almachie  hu  pcet  mseden  Jmrh-wunode 

on  pam  hatum  batSe  mid  halum  lichaman  . 

and  furf>on  but  an  swate  .  J?a  sende  he  senne  cwellere  to  . 

and  het  hi  beheafdian  on  f»am  hatan  waetere  .  352 

Se  cwellere  hi  sloh  pa,  mid  his  swurde 

sene  eft  .  and  ]?ryddan  si(5e  .  ac  hire  swura  nses  forod  . 

and  he  forlet  hi  sona  swa  samcuce  licgan  . 

forJ>am-)?e  witan  cwaedon  pcet  nan  cwellere  ne  sceolde  356 

feower  siSan  slean  to  .  }>onne  man  sloge  scyldigne  . 

Heo  leofode  Jm  J>ry  dagas  .  and  J>a  geleaffullan  tihte  . 

and  hire  msedena  betsehte  J>am  maran  papan  . 

and  hire  hus  weartS  gehalgod  to  haligre  cyrcan  .  360 

paer  wurdon  f>urh  god  wundra  geMome 

and  urban^s  se  papa  bebyrigde  hi  arwurSlice   . 

to  wuldre  f>am  selmihtigan  pe  on  ecnysse  rixa'S  .  amen. 

1  Leaf  217. 


XXXIV.       SATNT   CECILIA,    VIRGIN.  377 

those  which  thou  callest  gods,  being  firmly  fixed  in  lead,       336 

and  so  thou  mayest  certainly  ascertain  by  feeling  (them), 

if  thou  canst  not  see  that  they  are  stones. 

They  would  quickly  become  lime  if  one  put  them  on  a  burning  pile ; 

now  can  they  not  profit  themselves,  nor,  verily,  men;  340 

and  they  would  become  lime  if  one  laid  them  on  fire/ 

Then  the  wicked  judge  became  fiendishly  angry, 

and  bade  men  take  her  straightway,  and  seethe  her  in  water 

in  her  own  house  for  the  Saviour  s  name.  344 

So  the  heathen  did  as  Almachius  commanded  them ; 

and  she  lay  in  the  bath  over  a  burning  fire 

the  whole  day  and  night  with  uninjured  body 

as  if  in  cold  water,  and  she  did  not  even  sweat.  348 

Then  they  told  Almachius  how  the  maiden  continued 

in  the  hot  bath  with  sound  body, 

and  even  without  sweat.     Then  sent  he  an  executioner  to  her, 

and  commanded  him  to  behead  her  in  the  hot  water.  352 

So  the  executioner  struck  her  with  his  sword 

once  and  again  and  a  third  time,  but  her  neck  was  not  pierced  ; 

and  anon  he  left  her  lying  half  alive, 

because  the  senate  had  decreed  that  no  executioner  should     356 

strike  four  times,  when    he    slew   a   criminal. 

Then  she  lived  three  days  and  instructed  the  faithful, 

and  committed  her  handmaidens  to  the  illustrious  pope, 

and  her  house  was  consecrated  as  a  holy  church,  360 

where,  by  the  help  of  God,  miracles  were  often  wrought. 

And  Urban  the  pope  buried  her  honourably 

to  the  glory  of  the  Almighty  who  reigneth  in  eternity.       Amen. 


378  XXXV.       PASSIO    CHR1SANTI    ET   DARI^I. 

XXXV. 

III.  KAL.  DECEMBR :     PASSIO  CHRISANTI  ET  DARI^E 
SPONSE  EIYS. 

[Unique  Copy.] 
f\l$   BAM  TIMAN   BE    NVMEEIANVS    CASERE 

rixode  J?a  ferde  sum  aetSelboren  man 
fram  alexandrian  byrig  to  rome  byrig  . 

polemius  gehaten  .  se  waes  hae£>engilda  .  4 

and  he  heefde  aenne  sunu  gehaten  crisantus  . 
Se  kasere  hine  underfeng  tSa  mid  fullura  wurtSmynte  . 
and  j?a  romaniscan  witan  hine  wurSodon  swySe  . 
pa  befaeste  he  his  sunu  sona  to  lare  8 

to  woruld-wisdome  poet  he  utS-wita  wurde  . 
for-'Sam-fe  on  pam  dagum  ne  mihte  nan  man  beon  gepogen 
buton  he  haef>ene  bee  haefde  geleornod  . 

and  J>a  craeftas  cufe  pe  kaseres  fa  lufodon  .  12 

Crisanto  pa,  leornode  mid  leohtuwi  andgite  . 
and  mid  gleawum  mode  grammatican  craeft  . 
and  pa.  haeSenan  bee  .  op-pcet  J>a  halgan  godspel 
him  becomon  to  hande  .  )?a  cwcetS  he  to  him  sylfum  .  16 

Swa  lange  ic  leornode  J>a  ungeleaffullan  bee 
mid  Ipeostrum  afyllede  .  op-pcet  ic  fserlice  becora 
to  soSfaestnysse  leohte  .  and  ic  snotor  ne  beo 
gif  ic  cyrre  to  J?eostrum  frara  fam  softan  leohte  .  20 

Uton  healdan  fseste  ]x>ne  faegeran  gold-hord 
nelle  ic  hine  for-leosan  .  nu  ic  swa  lange  swanc  ,- 
un-nyt  ic  leofode  gif  ic  hine  nu  forlaete. 

He  began  £>a  to  secenne  swySe  tSa  cristenan  .  24 

dSpcet  he  ofaxode  aenne  arwurSne  maesse-preost  . 
on  fyrlenum  wunigende  .  and  he  faegnode  f>aes  . 
He  wearS  j>a  gefullod  get  pawn  fore-saedan  preoste  . 
and  leornode  his  geleafan  mid  j?am  halgan  lareowe  .  28 

swa  poet  he  jxme  cristen-dom  cutSe  be  fullan  . 
and  began  to  bodigenne  bealdlice  fone  haelend  . 


XXXV.       PASSION    OF    CHRYSANTHUS    AND    DARIA.         379 

XXXV. 

NOV.  29.     PASSION  OF  CHRYSANTHUS  AND  HIS 
WIFE  DARIA. 

At  the  time  when  the  Emperor  Numerianus 

was  reigning,  there  went  a  certain  nobleman 

from  the  city  of  Alexandria  to  the  city  of  Rome, 

called  Polemius,  who  was  an  idolater;  4 

and  he  had  a  son  called  Chrysanthus. 

Then  the  emperor  received  him  with  great  worship, 

and  the  Roman  senators  honoured  him  exceedingly. 

Then  he  straightway  set  his  son  to  the  learning  8 

of  worldly  wisdom,  that  he  might  become  a  philosopher  ; 

because  in  those  days  no  one  could  be  distinguished 

unless  he  had  learned  heathen  books, 

and  knew  the  arts  which  emperors  then  loved.  12 

So  Chrysanthus  learned  with  quick  intelligence 

and  with  skilful  mind  the  grammatical  art, 

and  the  heathen  books,  until  the  holy  gospels 

came  into  his  hand.     Then  said  he  to  himself;  16 

'thus  long  have  I  learned  faithless  books 

filled  with  darkness,  until  I  suddenly  came 

to  the  light  of  truth,  and  I  shall  not  be  wise 

if  I  turn  to  darkness  from  the  true  light.  30 

Let  us  hold  fast  that  fair  treasure ; 

I  will  not  lose  it  now  that  I  have  laboured  so  Ion  g ; 

in  vain  have  I  lived  if  I  now  let  it  go.' 

Then  began  he  earnestly  to  seek  out  the  Christians  24 

until  he  found  out  a  venerable  mass-priest 

living  far  off,  and  he  rejoiced  thereat. 

He  was  thereupon  baptized  by  the  aforesaid  priest, 

and  learned  his  faith  with  that  holy  teacher,  28 

so  that  he  knew  the  Christian  religion  in  its  fullness, 

and  began  boldly  to  preach  the  Saviour. 


380  XXXV.       PASSIO    CHRISANTI    ET    DARI^. 

pa  ge-stodon  Miis  frynd  his  feeder  and  cweedon  . 
To  plihte  J>inre  eehta  and  J>ines  agenes  heafdes  32 

bodacS  }?es  J>in  cnapa  swa  bealdlice  be  criste  . 
wurtSe  hit  J?am  casere  cup  ne  canst  pu.  pe  neenne  reed  . 
pa  gebealh  hine  se  feeder  .  and  gebrohte  fone  sunu 
on  leohtleasum  cwearterne  .  and  beleac  hine  £eer  .  36 

and  on  eefen  symle  sende  him  bigleofan 
lytelne  and  wacne  .  and  he  wunode  psdr  swa  . 
pa  seedon  ]?a  magas  eft  sona  fam  feeder  . 

Gif  )>u  wille  J>inne  sunu  geweman  fram  criste  .  40 

J?onne  most  f>u  him  oleecan  .  and  eft-mettas  beodan  . 
and  do  poet  he  wifige  ]?onne  wile  he  forgitan 
siSoan  he  wer  bi<5  poet  he  wees  cristen  . 

pas  geswencednyssa  .  and  J>as  sweartan  J>eostra  44 

pe  )?u  him  dest  to  wite  .  awendaf>  J?a  cristenan 
him  sylfum  to  wuldra  .  na  to  witnunge   . 
Se  feeder  fa  het  feccan  of  J>am  fulum  cwearterne 
£>one  geswenctan  cniht  .  and  hine  sona  scrydde  .  48 

mid  deorwurftum  reafum  .  and  het  deeftan  his  bur  . 
mid  pallum  .  and  mid  wah-ryftum  .  wurSlice  fam  cnihte  . 
He  funde  eac  sona  fif  meedena  him  to  . 

wlitige  and  ranee  .  to  wunigenne  mid  him  .  52 

and  het  pcet  hi  awendon  mid  heora  wodlican  plegan 
his  ge)?anc  fram  criste  .  and  cwcecS  pcet  hi  sceoldon 
sylfe  hit  gebicgan  .  gif  hi  ne  bigdon  his  mod  . 
He  sende  him  eac  gelome  sanda  .  and  estas  .  56 

ac  se  cniht  forseah  pa  sanda  .  and  drencas  . 
and  )?a  meedena  onscunode  .  swa  swa  man  dej?  needdran  . 
He  leeg  on  gebedum  .  and  forbeah  heora  cossas  . 
and  beed  J>one  heelend  pcet  he  ge-heolde  his  claennyse  .  60 

swa  swa  he  heold  Iosepes  on  eegipta  lande  . 
He  andette  eac  gode  mid  eallum  mode  and  cwaftS  . 
Ic  bidde  pe  drihtm  pcet  p\x  do  J>ees  needdran 
pcet  hi  ealle  slapon  on  minre  gesihSe  nu  .  64 

]>cet  hi  awreeccan  ne  magon  mid  heora  wodlican  ple2gan 
1  Leaf  217,  back.  a  Leaf  218. 


XXXV.       PASSION    OF    CHRYSANTHUS    AND    DARIA.         381 

Then  his  friends  stood  beside  his  father  and  said : 
'to  the  peril  of  thy  possessions  and  of  thine  own  head  32 

preacheth  this  thy  boy  so  boldly  concerning  Christ; 
if  it   become  known  to  the   emperor,  thou  canst  not  save  thy- 
self.' 
Then  the  father  swelled  with  anger,  and  brought  his  son 
into  a  lightless  prison  and  locked  him  therein;  36 

and  in  the  evening  always  sent  him  food, 
little  and  meagre,  and  he  thus  continued  there. 
Then  said  the  kinsmen  to  the  father  again : 
'if  thou  desire  to  entice  thy  son  from  Christ,  40 

then  must  thou  natter  him,  and  offer  him  dainties, 
and  make  him  to  wive;    then  will  he  forget 
after  he  is  a  husband,  that  he  was  a  Christian. 
These  oppressions  and  these  swart  darknesses  44 

which  thou  givest  him  for  punishment,  these  Christians  turn 
to  their  own  glory,  and  not  to  punishment/ 
Thereupon  the  father  bade  fetch  out  of  the  foul  prison 
the  oppressed  youth,  and  quickly  clothed  him  48 

with  costly  raiment,  and  bade  them  fit  up  his  bower 
worthily  with  cloths  and  with  curtains  for  the  youth* 
Also  he  soon  found  five  maidens  for  him, 

fair  and  blooming,  to  dwell  with  him;  52 

and  bade  that  they  should  turn  by  their  foolish  spoH 
his  thoughts  from  Christ,  and  said  that  they  themselves 
should  pay  for  it,  if  they  did  not  bend  his  mind. 
He  sent  him  also  frequently  meats  and  delicacies,  56 

but  the  youth  despised  the  meats  and  drinks, 
and  abhorred  the  maidens  even  as  one  doth  adders. 
He  lay  in  prayers  and  refused  their  kisses, 
and  besought  the  Saviour  that  He  would  preserve  his  chastity,    60 
even  as  He  preserved  Joseph's  in  the  land  of  Egypt. 
He  also  confessed  God  with  all  his  heart,  and  said; 
'I  pray  Thee,  Lord,  that  thou  will  cause  these  adders 
all  to  fall  asleep  now  in  my  sight,  64 

that  they  may  not  arouse  with  their  foolish  sport 


382  XXXV.       PASSIO    CHRISANTI    ET   DARI^lf 

aenige  galnysse  on  me  for-San-fe  ic  truwige  on  pe  . 
Mid-J»am-J?e  crisantus  clypode  }?as  word  to  gode  . 
J?a  slepon  j?a  msedene  swa  swarum  slape  .  68 

poet  man  hi  awreccan  ne  mihte  butan  man  hi  awurpe 
ut  of  )?aes  cnihtes  bure  pe  "5a  claennysse  lufode  . 
Wift-utan  pzim  bure  hi  seton  and  wacodon  . 

and  swa  hratSe  swa  hi  in-eodon  hi  wurdon  on  slaepe  .  72 

pis  wearS  fa  gesaed  sona  fam  fseder  . 
and  he  beweop  J>on£  sunu  swilce  he  dead  waere  . 
pa  cwceft  sum  raedbora  poet  chrisantus  leornode 
dry-craeft  aet  p&m  cristenum  and  ofer-com  mid  J?am  76 

pa  bilewitan  msedene  on  J?am  bure  swa  eafelice  . 
and  tihte  pone  feeder  poet  he  funde  sum  maeden 
on  craeftum  getogen  .  pe  cuf  e  him  andwyr&e  . 
pa  waes  sum  maeden  wundorlice  craeftig  80 

on  j?aere  ylcan  byrig  ae}>elborenre  maegfte 
daria  gehaten  on  haeftenscipe  wunigende  . 
wlitig  on  wsestme  .  and  on  uSwitegunge  snoter  . 
Polemius  J?a  sona  sende  his  frynd  84 

to  J>am  maedene  darian  and  micclum  wass  biddende  . 
poet  heo  chrisantum  gewemde  fram  criste  mid  spraece  . 
and  poet  heo  haefde  hine  hire  to  were  syScSan  . 
Him  gewearS  p&  aet  nextan  poet  heo  wolde  swa  don   .  88- 

and  com  j?a  geglenged  mid  golde  to  J?am  cnihte  . 
and  scinendum  gymstanum  swilce  sun-beam  faerlice  . 
and  hine  frefrode  mid  hire  faegerum  wordum  , 
pa  cwcetS  crisantus  hire  to  mid  claenum  mode  Jjus  .  92 

swySe  j?u  geglengdest  mid  golde  pe  sylfe 
poet  J?u  mid  fjinre  wlite  mine  willan  aidlige  . 
ac  pu  mihtest  habban  j?one  haelend  to  brydguman 
gif  J?u  hine  lufodest  .  and  heolde  pe  claenlice  .  96 

on  ungewemmedum  maegShade  .  and  J?u  wurde  swa  wlitig 
wif-innan  on  mode  .  swa  swa  J?u  wiS-utan  eart  . 
Daria  him  and wyrde  *  ne  J  dyde  ic  for  galnysse 
poet  ic  j?us  gefretewod  ferde  in  to  pe  .  100 

1  Leaf  218,  back. 


XXXV.       PASSION    OF    CHRYSANTHUS    AND  DARTA.         383 

any  lust  in  me,  because  I  trust  in  Thee.' 

While  Chrysanthus  was  speaking  these  words  to  God, 

the  maidens  slept  so  heavy  a  sleep  68 

that  one  could  not  arouse  them  except  by  casting  them 

out  of  the  bower  of  the  youth  who  loved  chastity. 

Outside  the  bower  they  ate  and  kept  awake, 

and  as  quickly  as  they  went  in  they  fell  asleep.  72 

Then  this  was  soon  told  to  the  father, 

and  he  bewept  his  son  as  if  he  were  dead. 

Then  said  a  certain  counsellor,  that  Chrysanthus  had  learnt 

magic  from  the  Christians,  and  had  overcome  therewith  76 

the  innocent  maidens  in  the  bower  thus  easily; 

and  urged  the  father  to  find  some  maiden 

educated  in  arts,  who  could  answer  him. 

There  was  a  certain  maiden,  wonderfully  skilled,  80 

in  the  same  city,  of  noble  parentage, 

called  Daria,  living  in  heathenism, 

fair  in  stature  and  wise  in  philosophy. 

Then  straightway  Polemius  sent  his  friends  84 

to  the  maiden  Daria,  and  greatly  besought  her 

that  she  would  entice  Chrysanthus  from  Christ  by  speech, 

and  that  she  should  have  him  for  a  husband  afterward. 

Then  at  last  it  befell  him  that  she  consented  to  do  so,  88 

and  thus  came  to  the  youth,  adorned  with  gold 

and  shining  gem-stones,  suddenly,  like  a  sunbeam, 

and  comforted  him  with  her  fair  words. 

Then  spoke  Chrysanthus  thus  to  her  with  pure  mind:  92 

'much  hast  thou  adorned  thyself  with  gold 

that  thou,  with  thy  beauty,  mightest  frustrate  my  will; 

but  thou  mightest  have  the  Saviour  for  bridegroom 

if  thou  wouldst  love  Him,  and  keep  thyself  chaste  96 

in  unspotted  virginity,  and  if  thou  wouldst  be  as  fair 

within,  in  your  mind,  as  thou  art  without.'  , 

Daria  answered  him  'I  did  it  not  for  wantonness, 

that  I,  thus  adorned,  came  in  unto  thee;  100 


384  XXXV.      PASSIO    CHRISANTI   ET   DARIM^ 

ac  Jnnes  feeder  wop  ic  wolde  ge-stillan 
poet  J>u  him  ne  losige  ne  huru  J>am  godum  . 
Crisantwa  J?a  axode  betwux  oj^rum  sprsecum  . 
Hwilce  godnysse  hsefde  eower  god  saturcms  104 

f»e  abat  his  suna  J?onne  hi  ge-borene  waeron  . 
swa  swa  his  biggengan  on  heora  bocum  awriton  . 
Olplpe  hwilce  godnysse  hsefde  se  gramlica  Iouis 
se  pe  on  fulum  forligre  leofode  on  worulde  .  iq8 

and  his  agen  swustor  him  geceas  to  wife  . 
and  manega  manslihtas  and  morS-dseda  gefremode  . 
and  dry-crseft  arserde  to  bedydrigenne  }>a  unwaran? 
OfrSe  hwylc  halignyss  wses  on  J>am  hetelan  ercule  ua 

J?am  ormsetan  ente  .  J?e  ealle  acwealde 
his  nehgeburas  .  and  forbsernde  hine  sylfne 
swa  cucenne  on  fyre  .  si&5an  he  acweald  hsefde 
men  .  and  J>a  leon  .  and  ]m  micclan  nseddran"?  116 

Hwilc  beotS  ]?a  lytlan  godas  on  to  gelyfenne 
nu  )?a  fyrmestan  godas  swa  fullice  leofodon? 
Crisantus  }?a  swa  lange  to  geleafan  tihte 

darian  mid  wordum  t  olp-])cet  heo  ge-wende  to  gode  120 

forlsetenum  gedwylde  deoflicra  biggenga  . 
Hi  wurdon  J?a  anraede  .  and  wunodon  eetgsedere 
gehiwodum  synscipe  .  and  gehealdenre  clsennysse  . 
op\>cet  daria  under-feng  fulluht  on  gode  t  124 

and  godes  bee  leornode  set  p&m  gelaeredum  cnihte  . 
and  hire  mod  gestrangode  on  msegtShade  wunigende  . 
Wurdon  f>a  on  fyrste  fela  men  gebigde 

}>urh  heora  drohtnunge  fram  deofles  biggengum  128 

to  cristes  geleafan  and  to  clsenum  life  . 
Cnihtas  gecyrdon  f>urh  crisantes  lare  . 
and  maedenu  J?urh  darian  manega  to  drihtne 
forlsetenum  synscipe  .  and  gesweesum  lustum  .  132 

oplpcet  sume  men  astyrodon  sace  be  J>ysum  . 
and  hi  wurdon  gewrehte  to  J>am  wsel-hreowan  deman  . 
]>e  1  on  Ipone  timan  geweold  j?sere  widgillan  rome  byrig  . 

1  Leaf  219. 


XXXV.      PASSION   OF   CHRYSANTHUS   AND   DARIA.        385 

but  I  wished  to  still  thy  father's  weeping 

that  thou  mayst   not   be  lost    to   him,   or,   at   any   rate,   to  the 

gods/ 
Then  Chrysanthus  asked,  amongst  other  speeches : 
'What  goodness  had  your  god  Saturn  104 

who  devoured  his  sons  when  they  were  born, 
even  as  his  worshippers  have  written  in  their  books; 
or  what  goodness  had  the  horrible  Jove, 

who  lived  in  the  world  in  foul  fornication,  108 

and  chose  him  his  own  sister  to  wife, 
and  committed  many  manslaughters  and  deeds  of  murder, 
and  raised  up  sorcery  to  deceive  the  unwary  1 
Or  what  holiness  was  in  the  hateful  Hercules,  112 

the  immense  giant,  who  killed  all 
his  neighbours,  and  wholly  burnt  himself 
alive  in  the  fire,  after  he  had  killed 

men  and  the  lion  and  the  great  serpent?  116 

What  can  the  lesser  gods  be  to  believe  in, 
since  the  foremost  gods  lived  so  foully  % ' 
Thus  Chrysanthus  for  a  long  while  urged  Daria 
to  the  true  faith  with  words,  until  she  turned  to  God  120 

by  forsaking  the  error  of  the  worship  of  devils. 
Then  they  were  steadfast,  and  lived  together 
in  the  appearance  of  marriage,  their  chastity  being  preserved, 
until  Davia  received  baptism  in  God,  124 

and  learnt  God's  books  from  the  well-taught  youth, 
and  strengthened  her  mind,  continuing  in  virginity. 
Then  after  a  time  many  men  were  converted 
by  their  manner  of  life  from  the  devil's  worship  128 

to  belief  in  Christ  and  to  pure  living. 
The  youths  were  converted  through  Chrysanthus'  teaching, 
and  maidens  through  Daria's,  many  to  the  Lord; 
renouncing  marriage  and  pleasant  desires,  132 

until  some  men  stirred  up  an  accusation  about  this, 
and  they  were  accused  before  the  cruel  prefect 
who  at  that  time  governed  the  wide-spread  city  of  Rome. 

25 


386  XXXV.      PASSIO    CHRISANTI   ET   DARLE. 

Hwset  fa  se  haeSena  dema  het  ge-haeftan  crisantum  136 

and  darian  samod  for  drihtnes  geleafan  . 
and  mid  mislicum  witum  het  hi  gewitnian  otS  deaS  . 
gif  hi  noldon  ge-offrian  fam  arwurSum  godum  . 
Crisantws  wear's  betseht  hundseofontigum  cempum  .  140 

and  hi  hine  bundon  hetelice  swiSe  . 
ac  fa  bendas  toburston  sona  swa  he  gebunden  waes  . 
Hi  gebundon  hine  eft  .  oft  and  gelome 

ac  fa  bendas  toslupon  swa  swycSlice  him  fram  .  144 

]>cet  man  ne  mihte  to-cnawan  hwaeSer  hi  gecnytte  waeron  . 
pa  yrsodon  fa  cempan  ongean  f  one  cristenen  cniht  . 
and  gesettan  hine  fa  on  aenne  heardne  stocc  . 
and  his  sceancan  gefaestnodon  on  fam  fot-copsum  148 

bysmrigende  mid  wordum  fone  halgan  wer  . 
ac  se  fot-cops  awende  wundorlice  to  frexe  . 
and  eall  to  duste  furh  drihtnes  mihte  . 

pa  wendon  fa  cempan  Ipcet  he  cuSe  dry-crseft  .  152 

and  beguton  hine  ealne  mid  ealduwi  miggan  . 
wendon  ])cet  se  migga  mihte  aidlian 
ealne  his  scincraeft  .  ac  hi  swuncon  on  idel 
forSan-fe  se  migga  furh  godes  mihte  156 

wear5  to  swetum  stence  sona  awend  . 
Hi  behyldon  fa  ardlice  aenne  oxan  mid  graman  . 
and  besywodon  crisantum  swa  mid  fsere  hyde 
to  his  nacodum  lice  .  and  ledon  hine  ongean  fa  sunnan  .       160 
He  laeg  swa  ealne  daeg  on  faare  ormaetan  haatan  . 
ac  seo  hyd  ne  mihte  aheardian  .  him  abutan  . 
ne  fam  halgan  derian  on  faere  hatan  sunnan  . 
Hi  tigdon  fa  his  swuran  swiSe  mid  racen-teagum  .  164 

and  his  handa  samod  mid  heardum  isene  . 
and  fa  fet  togaedere  mid  gramlicum  anginne  . 
and  wurpon  hine  swa  gebundene  into  anum  blindum  cwearterne  . 
pa  toslupon  fa  bendas  on  his  swuran  and  handura    ,  168 

and  faer  scean  mi'cel  leoht  swa  swa  of  maniguw  leohtfatuw  . 
pa  cempan  fa  cyddon  f cet  claudio  heora  ealdre  . 
1  Leaf  219,  back. 


XXXV.      PASSION   OF    CHEYSANTHUS   AND   DARIA.        387 

Then  the  heathen  prefect  bade  men  seize  Chrysanthus  136 

and  Daria  together  for  their  faith  in  the  Lord, 

and  commanded  men  to  punish  them  with  divers  torments  unto 

death, 
if  they  would  not  sacrifice  to  the  venerable  gods. 
Chrysanthus  was  delivered  to  seventy  soldiers,  140 

and  they  bound  him  very  harshly  indeed; 
but  the  bonds  burst  asunder  as  soon  as  he  was  bound. 
They  bound  him  again,  oft  and  repeatedly, 

but  the  bonds  slipped  off  so  quickly  from  him  144 

that  one  could  not  perceive  whether  they  had  been  knit. 
Then  the  soldiers  became  irate  against  the  Christian  youth, 
and  set  him  then  in  a  hard  stock, 

and  fastened  his  legs  in  the  fetters,  148 

insulting  with  words  the  holy  man ; 
but  the  fetters  turned  wonderfully  to  rottenness  (?), 
and  all  to  dust  through  the  Lord's  might. 

Then  the  soldiers  supposed  that  he  knew  sorcery,  152 

and  drenched  him  all  over  with  old  urine, 
thinking  that  the  urine  might  frustrate 
all  his  magic ;    but  they  toiled  in  vain ; 

because  the  urine  through  God's  might  156 

became  straightway  turned  to  a  sweet  smell. 
Then  they  quickly  skinned  an  ox  in  their  fury, 
and  sewed  up  Chrysanthus  with  the  hide 

next  to  his  naked  body,  and  placed  him  facing  the  sun.         160 
He  lay  thus  all  day  in  the  overpowering  heat, 
but  the  hide  could  not  harden  about  him, 
nor  hurt  the  saint  in  the  hot  sun. 

Then  they  tied  his  neck  strongly  with  chains,  164 

and  his  hands  together  with  hard  iron, 
and  his  feet  together  with  cruel  intention, 
and  cast  him  so  bound  into  a  blind  prison. 
Then  the  bonds  on  his  neck  and  hands  slipped  asunder,         168 
and  there  shone  a  great  light,  as  if  of  many  lamps. 
Then  the  soldiers  made  that  known  to  Claudius  their  officer, 

25—:* 


388  XXXV.      PASSIO   CHE1SANTI    ET  DAEI^J. 

and  he  sylf  com  f  ser-to  .  and  geseah  \cet  leoht  . 
and  het  hine  utgan  .  and  began  hine  to  axienne  .  172 

Hwset  is  seo  micele  miht  finre  moitS-crsefte 
\>cet  fu  fyllic  gefremast  f  urh  feondlicne  dry-crseft  . 
Ic  ge-wylde  for-oft  fa  anrsedan  dry-men 

and  selcne  wicce-crseft  ic  eatSelice  ofer-swiSde  .  176 

and  fa  chaldeiscan  wigleras  .  and  fa  wurm-galeras 
ic  mihte  gewyldan  to  minum  willan  aefre  . 
and  ic  nsefre  ne  afunde  swa  fsestne  dry-crseft  . 
Ic  wille  nu  swa-feah  Ipcet  fu  awende  fe  sylfne  180 

fram  f  inum  cristendome  and  gecweme  urum  godum  . 
mid  arwurSum  offrnngnm  .  Him  andwyrde  fa  crisantus  . 
pu  mihtest  to-cnawan  gif  fu  cutest  senig  god 
Ipcet  ic  mid  dry-crsefte  ne  dyde  fas  fing  .  184 

ac  me  fylste  god  sylf  mid  god-cundre  mihte  . 
pine  godas  ne  geseof  ne  soSlice  ne  ge-hyra'S 
ac  syndon  emdgitlease  mid  leade  gefsestnode  . 
Claudius  fa  het  hine  hetelice  swingan  1S8 

mid  greatum  gyrdum  for  his  goda  teonan  . 
pa  wurdon  fa  gyrda  wundorlice  gehnexode 
faerlice  on  heora  handum  swilce  hit  fseSera  wseron  . 
pa  fa  hi  man  heold  hi  waeron  hearde  .  and  hostige  .  192 

jxmne  man  sloh  .  sona  hi  hnexodon  . 
Claudius  fa  het  fone  halgan  forlaston  . 
and  hine  sitffSan  scrydan  and  he  sylf  clypode  . 
Nis  feos  miht  of  mannum  .  ac  is  godes  ma3r5  196 

f e  ealle  fas  wita  gewylde  swa  eatSelice  . 
hwset  wille  we  leng  don  buton  licgan  ealle 
get  his  arwurtSum  cneowum  .  and  eadmod-lice  biddan 
f cet  he  us  gefingie  to  fyllicum  gode  200 

fe  his  biggengan  macaf  swa  mihtige  on  gewinne  . 
Hi  feollon  fa  ealle  mid  fyrhte  to  his  cneowum  . 
and  claudius  him  cwceS  to  .  Ic  on-cneow  to  sofan 
f cet  fin  god  is  soS  god  .  and  ic  1  sylf  nu  bidde  204 

]>cet  fu  me  ge-fingie  hu  ic  wurSe  his  biggenga  . 

1  Leaf  220. 


XXXV.       PASSION   OF    CHRYSANTHUS    AND    DARIA.         3^9 

and  he  himself  came  thereto,  and  saw  the  light, 
and  bade  him  come  out,  and  began  to  question  him :  172 

4  What  is  the  great  power  of  thy  criminal  arts 
that  thou  performest  such  things  through  fiendly  magic? 
Very  often  have  I  conquered  the  resolute  sorcerers, 
and  every  witchcraft  I  easily  overcame ;  176 

and  the  Chaldean  magicians  and  the  serpent-charmers 
I  could  ever  subdue  unto  my  will ; 
and  I  never  found  such  stubborn  sorcery ; 

I  desire  now  nevertheless  that  thou  turn  thyself  180 

from  thy  Christianity  and  please  our  gods 
by  worthy  offerings.'     Then  Chrysanthus  answered  him ; 
1  thou  mightest  understand,  if  thou  knewest  any  god, 
that  I  did  not  these  things  by  sorcery,  184 

but  God  Himself  aided  me  with  divine  power; 
thy  gods  see  not  nor  truly  hear, 
but  are  senseless,  fastened  with  lead.' 

Then  Claudius  bade  men  scourge  him  fiercely  188 

with  great  rods  for  his  insults  to  the  gods. 
Then  the  rods  became  wondrously  softened 
suddenly  in  their  hands,  as  it  were  feathers. 
When  men  held  them,  they  were  hard  and  rough  (?) ;  192 

when  men  struck,  immediately  they  softened. 
Then  Claudius  commanded  them  to  let  go  the  saint, 
and  to  clothe  him  again,  and  he  himself  cried: 
'this  might  is  not  of  men,  but  is  God's  greatness  iy6 

Who  hath  overcome  all  these  tortures  so  easily. 
What  will  we  longer  do,  except  all  lie  down 
at  his-  venerable  knees  and  humbly  pray 

that  he  intercede  for  us  to  such  a  God,  200 

Who  maketh  His  worshippers  so  mighty  in  fight?' 
Then  fell  they  all  with  fear  at  his  knees, 
and  Claudius  said  to  him,  'I  acknowledge  of  a  truth 
that  thy  God  is  true  God,  and  I  myself  now  pray  204 

that   thou  wilt   entreat   for   me   how    I    may  become    His    wor- 
shipper.' 


390  XXXV.       PASSIO    CHRISANTI   ET   DAHIM. 

Crisantus  him  andwjrde  .  Ne  J?earft  bu  yrnan  on  fotura 
ac  mid  geleafan  gan  poet  Ipu  god  on-cnawe  . 
Swa  micclum  he  bi(5  andwerd  anum  gehwilcura  men  .  208 

swa  micclum  swa  he  hine  sec<5  mid  sobum  geleafan  . 
Crisantus  hi  Iserde  J»a  op-pcet  hi  gelyfdon  on  god  . 
claud[i]us  and  his  wif  hilaria  gehaten  . 

and  heora  twegen  suna  .  nason  and  maurus  .  212 

and  heora  maga  fela  to  fulluhte  hi  gebugon  . 
and  J>a  hund-seofontig  cempan  pe  claudius  bewiste  . 
wurdon  gefullode  mid  heora  freondum  bses  daeges  . 
Hi  ealle  J?a  wunodon  wuldrigende  heora  drihten  216 

and  geornlice  leornodon  heora  geleafan  eet  crisante  . 
and  wiscton  pcet  hi  moston  wite  browian  for  criste  . 
Hit  bi(5  lang-sum  to  awritene  J?a  wundra  pe  hi  gefremodon 
ealle  be  ende-byrdnysse  for-Jmn-be  we  efstacS  swytSe  220 

eow  mannum  to  secgenne  hu  hi  gemartyrode  wseron  . 
Numerianus  se  casere  J>sere  cristenra  ehtere 
£>a  J»a  him  wearS  cutS  Ipcet  claudius  gelyfde  . 
and  ealle  J>a  cempan  cristene  wseron  .  224 

J>a  het  he  niman  claudium  and  Isedan  to  see  . 
and  wurpan  liine  ut  mid  anum  weorc-stane  . 
He  het  beheafdian  si(5(5an  ba  hund-seofontig  cempan 
butan  heora  hwilc  wolde  awegan  his  geleafan  .  228 

ac  hi  ealle  efston  anrsedlice  to  slsege  . 
and  claudies  twegen  suna  cwsedon  Ipcet  hi  wseron 
on  criste  gefullode  .  and  under-fon  woldon  deaS  . 
mid  j>am  cempum  .  for  cristes  geleafan  .  232 

Hi  wurdon  J?a  ofslagene  samod  for  criste  . 
and  hilaria  se  eadiga  eac  wearcS  gelaeht 
to  bam  martyr-dome  .  fram  fam  manfullan  . 
pa  baed  heo  pa,  cwelleras  .  Ipe  hi  to  cwale  lseddon  236 

pcet  heo  moste  aerest  hi  ardlice  gebiddan  . 
and  heo  swa  dyde  ,  and  drihtnes  ^ichaman  underfeng  . 
and  on  bam  gebedum  gewat  of  worulde  to  criste  . 
Efter  }>ysum  wearS  se  halga  wer  crisantus  240 

1  Leaf  220,  back. 


XXXV.       PASSION    OF    CHRYSANTHUS    AND    DARIA.         391 

Chrysanthus  answered  him ;    '  Thou  needst  not  run    on  thy  feet 
but  walk  by  faith,  in  order  to  know  God  ; 
He  is  so  much  the  more  present  to  each  man  208 

as  he  the  more  seeketh  Him  with  true  faith.' 
Then  Chrysanthus  instructed  them  until  they  believed  in  God, 
namely,  Claudius  and  his  wife,  called  Hilaria, 
and  their  two  sons,  Nason  and  Maurus;  213 

and  many  of  their  kinsmen  consented  to  baptism, 
and  the  seventy  soldiers,  whom  Claudius  had  charge  of, 
were  baptized  with  their  friends  that  day. 

Then  they  all  continued  glorifying  their  Lord,  216 

and  diligently  learned  their  faith  from  Chrysanthus, 
and  wished  that  they  might  suffer  torment  for  Christ. 
It  will  be  top  long  to  write  the  wonders  which  they  performed, 
all  in  order,  because  we  will  hasten  quickly  220 

to  tell  you  men  how  they  were  martyred. 
Numerianus,  the  emperor,  the  persecutor  of  the  Christians, 
when  it  became  known  to  him  that  Claudius  believed, 
and  all  the  soldiers  had  become  Christians;  224 

then  he  commanded  to  take  Claudius  and  lead  him  to  the  sea, 
and  throw  him  out  bound  to  a  hewn  stone; 
he  bade  them  afterwards  behead  the  seventy  soldiers 
unless  any  of  them  would  relinquish  his  faith  ;  228 

but  they  all  hastened  with  constancy  to  death, 
and  Claudius'  two  sons  said  that  they  had  been 
baptized  unto  Christ,  and  would  undergo  death 
together  with  the  soldiers,  for  faith  in  Christ.  232 

So  they  were  slain,  together  for  Christ's  sake; 
and  the  blessed  Hilaria  was  also  conducted 
to  her  martyrdom  from  the  wicked  prefect. 
Then   she    begged    the    executioners    who   were    leading    her   to 
death  236 

that  she  might  first  of. all  pray  in  haste; 
and  she  did  so,  and  received  the  Lord's  body, 
and  in  her  prayers  departed  from  the  world  to  Christ. 
After  this  the  holy  man  Chrysanthus  240 


392  XXXV.      PASSIO    CHEISANTI   ET   DARI^. 

on-  cwearterne  gebrolit  .  swa  swa  se  casere  het  . 
])cet  he  mid  darian  for  drihtnes  ge-leafan 
on  mislicum  witum  gemartyrod  wurde  . 

pcet  cweartern  wearS  afylled  mid  fulum  adelan  .  244 

and  butan  selcum  leohte  atelice  stincende  . 
Daria  seo  eadiga  fraw  ]mm  arwurjpan 
wses  on-sundran  gehseft  .  and  hi  man  sende  ]ra 
to  myltestrena  huse  }>am  manfullan  to  gamene  .  248 

ac  god  hi  gescylde  wiS  ]?a  sceandlican  hseftenan  . 
})cet  an-J?rsece  cweartern  Ipe  crisantus  on  wees  . 
wearS  onliht  sona  wundorlice  Jmrh  god  . 

and  psev  wynsum  braeS  werodlice  stemde  .  252 

and  an  leo  utbserst  ut  of  J?sere  leona  pearruce  . 
and  arn  to  darian  J?urh  drihtnes  sande  . 
J?ser  heo  lseg  on  gebedum  .  and  aleet  to  eorSan 
astrsehtum  limum  wiS  ]?set  geleaffulle  mseden  .  256 

pa  woldon  t5a  hseftenan  habban  hi  to  bysmore  . 
and  nyston  \>cet  se[o]  leo  lseg  inne  mid  hire  . 
eode  J>a  heora  an  into  f>am  msedene  . 

ac  seo  leo  hine  gelsehte  .  and  alede  hine  adune  260 

and  beseah  to  darian  swylce  heo  axian  wolde  . 
hu  he[o]  wolde  be  him  J?a  he  ge-wyld  lseg  . 
Daria  J>a  cwceS  .  to  j?am  deore  Jpus  . 

Ic  J>e  halsige  Jmrh  crist  Ipcet  J>u  f>am  cnihte  ne  derige  .  264 

ac  lset  hine  butan  ege  hlystan  minre  sprsece  , 
pa  forlet  seo  leo  fone  ungeleaffullan  cniht  . 
and  forstod  him  J>a  duru  Ipcet  he  darian  gesprsece  . 
and  \>cet  nan  oJ>er  man  ne  mihte  in  to  him  .  268 

Daria  J?a  cwceft  to  J?am  ofdrseddan  men  , 
Efne  feos  rej^e  leo  arwurSatS  nu  god  . 
and  J>u  gesceadwisa  man  J?e  sylfne  for-dest  . 
and  J?u  fsegnast  earmincg  on  finre  fulan  galnysse  .  272 

Jmrh  J?a  tSu  scealt  weopan  and  wite  frowian  . 
pa  gesohte  he  hi  *and  ssede  mid  fyrhte  . 
Lset  me  gan  gesund  ut  and  ic  sySSan  bodige 

1  Leaf  221. 


XXXV.      PASSION    OF   CHltYSANTHUS   AND    DARIA.        393 

was  taken  to  prison,  as  the  emperor  commanded, 

that  he,  with  Daria,  for  their  faith  in  God, 

might  be  martyred  by  divers  tortures. 

The  prison  was  filled  with  foul  filth,  244 

and  without  any  light,  stinking  horribly; 

the  blessed  Daria  was  confined  apart 

from  the  venerable  man ;    and  they  then  sent  her 

to  a  house  of  harlots,  for  the  sport  of  the  wicked ;  248 

but  God  shielded  her  against  the  shameful  heathen.  " 

The  fearful  prison  wherein  Chrysanthus  was 

immediately  became  wondrously  lighted  up  by  God; 

and  there  a  winsome  breath  sweetly  steamed.  252 

And  a  lioness  escaped  out  of  the  lion's  enclosure, 

and  ran  to  Daria,  by  the  Lord's  sending, 

where  she  lay  in  prayers,  and  bowed  down  to  the  earth 

with  outstretched  limbs  before  the  faithful  maiden.  256 

Then  the  heathen  desired  to  have  her  to  disgrace  her, 

and  knew  not  that  the  lioness  lay  within  beside  her. 

So  one  of  them  went  in  unto  the  maiden, 

but  the  lioness  seized  him  and  laid  him  down,  260 

and  looked  at  Daria  as  if  it  would  ask  her 

what  she  would  wish  to  be  done  with  him,  as  he  lay  overpowered. 

Then  Daria  spake  to  the  beast  thus: 

'I  adjure  thee  by  Christ  that  thou  hurt  not  the  youth,         264 

but  let  him,  without  fear,  listen  to  my  speech.' 

Then  the  lioness  let  go  the  unbelieving  youth, 

and  stood  against  the  door,  that  he  might  speak  with  Daria, 

and  that  no  other  man  might  come  in  unto  them.  268 

Then  Daria  said  to  the  terrified  man  : 

f  behold  this  cruel  lioness  honoureth  now  God, 

and  thou,  a  rational  man,  destroyest  thyself, 

and  thou  rejoicest,  miserable  one,  in  thy  foul  lust  272 

through  which  thou  shalt  weep  and  suffer  torment.' 

Then  he  advanced  towards  her,  and  said  with  fear: 

'let  me  go  out  safe,  and  afterwards  I  will  preach 


394  XXXV.      PASSIO   CHRISANTI    ET   DARIJ3. 

mannum  pone  haelend  pe  p\i  msersast  and  wurftast  .  276 

pa  het  daria  pcet  deor  him  ryman  fit  . 

and  he  arn  ut  arwurSigende  god  . 

and  Ipcet  halige  mseden  hire  mihte  cySende  . 

pa  woldon  fa  hsefenan  hetan  faere  leo  380 

ac  heo  geleehte  sefre  .  senne  .  and  senne  . 

and  brohte  hi  to  darian  furh  drihtnes  mihte  . 

pcet  mseden  fa  cwcecS  to  f am  mannum  f  us  . 

Gif  ge  wyllaft  gelyfan  on  f  one  lifigendan  crist  .  284 

f  onne  mage  ge  gan  un-amyrrede  heonan  . 

gif  ge  f  onne  nellacS  f  one  geleafan  habban  . 

nat  ic  gif  eowre  godas  eow  gehelpan  magon  . 

Hi  ealle  fa  clypodon  swilce  mid  anre  stemne  .  388 

se  (5e  on  crist  ne  gelyfe  .  ne  cume  he  cucu  heonon  . 

and  hi  eodon  fa  ut  ealle  clypigende  . 

Eala  ge  romaniscan  leoda  gelyfaft  to  sofan 

pcet  nan  ofer  god  nys  butan  criste  anura  .  392 

pa  wearS  se  heah-ge-refa  hearde  gegremod  . 

and  het  ontendan  fyr  eetforan  fsere  dura 

fser  daria  inne  wses  mid  fam  deore  samod 

wolde  hi  for-bsernan  butu  setgsedere  .  296 

pa  forhtode  seo  leo  for  j)am  fyre  f  earle 

ac  daria  cwceS  to  fam  deore  pus  . 

Ne  beo  pn  afyrht  fis  fyr  pe  ne  deraS 

ne  f  u  ne  bist  ofslagen  aer-f  an-f  e  pn  sylf  acwele  .  300 

gang  pe  nu  orsorh  aweg  .  and  god  ah  ret  . 

fone  pe  Su  wurtSodest  mid  finum  weorcura  to-dseg  . 

pa  eode  seo  leo  alotenum  heafde 

to-middes  fses  folces  freolice  aweg  .  304 

and  fa  pe  heo  ser  gefeng  wurdon  gefullode 

sitSSan  hi  on-cneowan  crist  f  urh  Sa  leon  . 

pis  wearS  fa  gecyd  p am  casere  sona  . 

and  he  het  mid  graman  his  heah-ge-refan  geniman  308 

crisantum  and  darian  .  and  acwellan  hi  mid  witum  . 

gif  hi  noldon  offrian  p am  arleasum  godura  . 

Se  heah-gerefa  fa  het  on  hengene  astreccan 


XXXV.      PASSION    OP    CHRYSANTHUS   AND   DARIA.        395 

to  men  the  Saviour,  whom  thou  magnifiest  and  worshippest.'  276 

Then  Daria  bade  the  beast  make  way  for  him  out, 

and  he  ran  out,  extolling  God 

and  the  holy  maiden,  making  known  her  power. 

Then  the  heathen  would  have  attacked  the  lioness,  280 

but  it  always  caught  them,  one  by  one, 

and  brought  them  to  Daria,  through  the  Lord's  might. 

Then  spake  the  maiden  to  the  men  thus : 

'  If  ye  will  believe  on  the  living  Christ,  284 

then  may  ye  go  hence  all  unmarred; 

but  if  ye  will  not  accept  the  true  faith, 

I  know  not  whether  your  gods  can  help  you/ 

Then  they  all  cried  as  if  with  one  voice :  288 

'  He  who  will  not  believe  on  Christ,  let  him  not  come  hence  alive.' 

And  thereupon  they  all  went  out,  crying; 

1  Oh !    ye  Roman  people,  believe  ye  of  a  truth 

that  there  is  none  other  god  but  Christ  alone.'  292 

Then  the  prefect  was  bitterly  enraged, 

and  bade  kindle  a  fire  before  the  door 

where  Daria  was  within,  together  with  the  beast, 

desiring  to  burn  them  both  together.  296 

Then  the  lioness  feared  exceedingly  because  of  the  fire, 

but  Daria  spake  to  the  beast  thus: 

'be  not  thou  afraid,  this  fire  shall  not  hurt  thee, 

neither  shalt  thou  be  slain  until  thou  die  of  thyself;  300 

go  thou  now  securely  away,  and  God  will  save  thee, 

Whom  thou  hast  glorified  by  thy  works  to-day.' 

Then  went  the  lioness  freely  away, 

with  bowed  head,  through  the  midst  of  the  people;  304 

and  those  whom  it  had  previously  seized  were  baptized 

after  they  had  acknowledged  Christ  through  the  lioness. 

Then  was  this  soon  made  known  to  the  emperor, 

and  he  angrily  commanded  his  prefect  to  take  308 

Chrysanthus  and  Daria,  and  kill  them  by  tortures, 

if  they  would  not  sacrifice  to  the  evil  gods. 

Then  the  prefect  bade  men  stretch  the  holy  Chrysanthus 


396  XXXV.      PASSIO    CIIRISANTI    ET   DARI^. 

fone  halgan  crisantu??i  .  and  mid  candelum  baernan  312 

buta  ^is  sidan  .  fa  to-bserst  seo  hengen 
mid  eallum  "Sam  crsefte  .  and  fa  candela  acwuncon  . 
Ealswa  fa  ofre  men  fe  yfelian  woldon 

fa  halgan  darian  .  dribten  hi  gelette  316 

swa  pcet  heora  sina  sona  forscruncon  . 
swa  hwa  swa  hi  hrepode  .  pcet  hi  hrymdon  for  ece  . 
Hwaet  Sa  celerinus  se  forscyldegoda  gerefa 

mid  fyrhte  wearS  for-numen  .  and  ferde  to  fam  casere  .        320 
and  saede  him  be  endebyrdnysse  fa  syllican  taciie  . 
Numerianws  fa  se  manfulla  casere 
tealde  pcet  to  dry-crsefte  .  na  to  drihtnes  tacnum  . 
and  het  laedan  buta  fa  halgan  togsedere  324 

to  anuw  sand-pytte  .  and  setton  hi  fser-on 
and  be-wurpan  mid  eorfan  .  and  mid  weorc-stanum  . 
Hi  wurdon  fa  buta  bebyrigde  swa  cuce  . 

swa  swa  se  casere  het  .  and  hi  mid  clsennysse  ferdon  328 

of  worulde  to  wuldre  to  wunigenne  mid  criste  . 
peer  wurdon  gefremode  fela  wundra  f  urh  god  . 
and  pcet  folc  gewur&ode  fa  wuldorfullan  halgan  . 
and  gelome  sohton  mid  geleafan  Jrider  .  332 

Hit  gelamp  fa  on  fyrste  fa  fa  pcet  folc  f  ider  sohte 
to  fam  micclan  screfe  .  fser  fa  martyras  lagon  . 
\>cet  se  casere  het  ahebban  aenne  wah 

to  f ses  scraafes  ingange  .  poet  hi  ut  ne  mihton  .  336 

and  het  afyllan  pcet  clyf  fserlice  him  on-uppan  . 
pcet  hi  ealle  to-gsedere  heora  gastas  ageafon  . 
mid  eorSan  of-hrorene  .  and  hi  rixiatS  mid  gode 
on  fam  ecan  life  for  heora  geleafan  acwealde  .  340 

We  wurfiacS  godes  halgan  .  ac  wite  ge  swa-feah 
poet  fam  halgura  nis  nan  neod  ure  herunge  on  fam  life  . 
ac  us  sylfum  frema'S  poet  pcet  we  secgatS  be  him  . 
serest  to  gebysnunge  .  poet  we  f  e  beteran  beon  .  344 

and  eft  to  f ing-rsedene  f onne  us  f earf  br5  . 
Mycel  ehtnys  waes  fa  ©a  hi  wasron  gemartyrode  . 
1  Leaf  221,  back. 


XXXV.      PASSION   OF  CHItYSANTHUS  AND   DARIA.        397 

upon  a  rack,  and  with  candles  burn  312 

both  his  sides.     Then  the  rack  burst  asunder 
with  all  its  machinery,  and  the  candles  were  extinguished. 
So  also  the  other  men  who  sought  to  injure 
the  holy  Daria,  the  Lord  prevented  them,  316 

so  that  their  sinews  shrunk  immediately, 
whosoever  touched  her,  that  they  cried  out  for  pain. 
Whereupon  Celerinus,  the  vicious  prefect, 

was  seized  with  terror,  and  went  to  the  emperor,  320 

and  related  to  him  in  order  the  wonderful  signs. 
Then  Numerianus,  the  wicked  emperor, 
attributed  it  to  sorcery,  not  to  the  Lord's  tokens, 
and  commanded  men  to  bring  both  the  saints  together  324 

to  a  sandpit,  and  set  them  therein, 
and  cast  upon  them  earth  and  wrought  stones. 
So  they  were  both  buried  alive, 

as     the    emperor    had    commanded,    and     they    with    chastity 
departed  328 

from  the  world  to  glory,  to  dwell  with  Christ. 
There  were  performed  many  miracles  through  God, 
and  the  people  reverenced  the  wonderful  saints, 
and  frequently  went  thither  with  faith.  332 

Then  it  befell  after  a  time,  when  the  people  went  thither 
to  the  great  cave  where  the  martyrs  lay, 
that  the  emperor  commanded  men  to  build  a  wall 
at  the  cave's  entrance,  that  they  might  not  come  out,  336 

and  bade  men  cast  down  the  rock  suddenly  upon  them, 
so  that  they  all  together  gave  up  the  ghost, 
crushed  by  the  earth ;    and  they  reign  with  God 
in  everlasting  life,  slain  for  their  faith.  340 

We  venerate  God's  saints  ;    but  know  ye,  nevertheless, 
that  the  saints  have  no  need  of  our  praise  in  this  life, 
but  that  which  we  say  concerning  them  profiteth  ourselves; 
first,  for  an  example,  that  we  may  be  the  better ;  344 

and  again,  for  intercession,  when  we  are  in  need.- 
There  was  a  great  persecution  when  they  were  martyred, 


398  XXXVI.      PASSIO   SANCTI  THOMiE   APOSTOLI. 

ac  git  cym"5  earfoj^re  ehtnys  on  anticristes  tocyme  . 

for}?an-)>e  }>a  martyras  1worhton  manega  wundra  Jmrh  god  .  348 

and  on  anticristes  timan  ateoriaft  J?a  wundra  . 

and  se  deofol  wyrctS  ]?onne  wundra  J>urh  his  scin-crseft  . 

mid  leasum  gedwimorura  to  dweligenne  J>a  geleaffullan  . 

Mycel  angsumnys  bi(S  Ip&m  arwurcSum  halgum  .  353 

])cet  se  feondlica  ehtere  fela  tacna  wyrce  . 

and  hi  sylfe  ne  moton  swa  J>a  martyras  dydon  . 

wundra  seteowigende  on  ]ram  wyrstan  timan  . 

Hi  beoS  swa-feah  ge-healdenne  J>urh  Ipsds  hselendes  mihte      356 

gif  hi  heora  geleafan  gehealdaS  oc5  ende 

on  fam  earfoSum  ehtnyssum  J^ses  arleasan  deofles  . 

Swa  swa  se  hselend  cwcecS  on  his  halgan  godspelle  . 

se  J?e  \>one  antecrist  eatSelice  forded  .  360 

pam  sy  wuldor  and  lof  a  to  worulde  .  Amen  . 


XXXVI. 

XII.  KALE ND AS  IANUABIAS :     PASSIO  SANCTI 
THOME   APOSTOLI. 

[Collated  with  U.  (  =  Univ.  Library,  Cambridge,  MS.  Ii.  1 .  33  ; )  and  K. 
(  =  MS.  Cotton,  Calig.  A.  xiv,  fol.  in,  back).] 

T\vbitabam  div  teansfeeee  anglice  PASsionem  sancti  thome 

apostfoli     ex     quibusdam     causis     et     maxime     eo     quod. 

augustinus  magnus  abnegat  de  illo  pincerno  (sic)  cuius  manum 

4  niger  canis  in  conuiuium  portare  deheret  .  cui  narrationi  ipse  augus- 
tinus his  uerbis  contra-dicens  scripsit  .  cui  scripture  licet  nobis 
non  credere  non  enim  est  in  catholico  canone  ,  Illi  tamen  earn  et 
legunt  et  tanquam  incorruptissimam  uerissimamqwe  honorant  qui 

8  aduersus  corporales  uindictas  que,  sunt  in  ueteri  testamento  nescio 
qua  cecitate  acerrime  seuiunt  .  Quo  animo  et  qua  distributione 

1-12.  Not  in  U.  8.  K.  corporaeles. 

1  Leaf  222. 


XXXVI.      SAINT  THOMAS  THE  APOSTLE.  399 

but   there  will   come   yet   a   harder   persecution   at   Antichrist's 

coming, 
because  the  martyrs  have  wrought  many  wonders  through  God, 
and  in  Antichrist's  time  these  wonders  will  fail;  349 

and  the  devil  will  then  work  wonders  by  his  enchantment, 
with  false  illusions,  to  deceive  the  faithful. 
Great  anguish  it  will  be  to  the  venerable  saints  352 

that  the  fiendly  persecutor  will  work  many  signs, 
and  they  themselves  may  not  do  as  the  martyrs  did, 
showing  wonders  in  the  worst  times. 

Nevertheless,  they  shall  be  preserved  through  the  Saviour's  might 
if  they  keep  their  faith  unto  the  end,  357 

in  the  troublous  persecutions  of  the  wicked  devil ; 
even  as  the  Saviour  said  in  His  holy  gospel, 
He  Who  shall  easily  destroy  that  Antichrist;  360 

to  Whom  be  glory  and  praise  for  ever  and  ever.     Amen. 


XXXVI. 

DECEMBER   21:      PASSION   OF   ST.   THOMAS   THE 
APOSTLE. 

I  was  for  a  long  while  in  doubt  as  to  translating  into  English  the 
Passion  of  St.  Thomas  the  apostle,  for  various  reasons ;  and  chiefly 
because  the  great  Augustine  denies  the  story  concerning  a  cup- 
bearer whose  hand  a  black  dog  is  said  to  have  carried  to  a  feast. 
In  contradicting  this  story,  Augustine  himself  wrote  in  these 
words — '  which  narrative  it  is  permitted  us  to  disbelieve ;  for  it 
is  not  in  the  catholic  canon.'  Nevertheless  those  who,  owing 
to  I  know  not  what  sort  of  blindness,  are  very  bitterly  opposed 
to  the  bodily  punishments  described  in  the  Old  Testament,  because 
they  are  altogether  ignorant  of  the  spirit  in  which  they  were 
inflicted  and  of  the  dispensations  of  different  times,  both  read  it 


400  XXXVI.      PASSIO   SANCTI   THOM2E    APOSTOLI. 

temporum  facte  sint  omnino  nescientes  .  Et  ideo  uolo  hoc  preter- 
mittere  et  cetera  interpreiari  que,  in  eius  passione  habentur  sicut 
sefelwerdws  uenerabilis  dux  obnixe  nos  praecatus  est  .  12 

*iEfter  faes  haelendes  f  rowunge  .  and  seriste  of  deaSe 
and  up-stige  to  heofonum  fa  fa  his  apostolas 
to-ferdon  geond  fisne  middan-eard  .  fa  becom  thomas 
to  cesarian  byrig  .  and  se  haalend  sylf  16 

of  heofonum  com  him  to  f  us  cweSende  . 
psera  indiscra  kyning  f  e  is  gehaten  gundoforus 
asende  his  gerefan  to  sirian  lande 

to  secenne  sumne  wyrhtan  fe  wel  cunne  on  creefte  .  20 

cum  nu  ic  f  e  asende  sona  fortS  mid  him. 
pa  andwyrde  tHomas  .  Eala  f  u  min  drihten  . 
send  me  fyder  f  e  fu  wille  buton  to  fam  indiscum  . 
Se  hselend  him  cwceft  to  .  Far  nu  and  ic   beo  mid  fe  .  and  fe 
ne  forlsete  .  24 

and  aefter  fan  pe  pn  me  gestrynst  fa  indiscan  . 
f  u  cymst  to  me  mid  wuldor-beage  martyr-domes  . 
THomas  him  andwyrde  .  f  u  eart  min  drihten  . 
and  ic  eom  fin  feowa  gewurfte  fin  \rilla  .  28 

Efne  fa  se  ge-refa  reow  him  to  lande 
abbanes  gehaten  fram  fam  indiscan  kyninge  . 
and  eode  geond  fa  [scira]  his  gerende  secende  . 
Crist  him  fa  eode  to  .  and  cwcetS  openlice  .  32 

Hwset  bigst  fu  Iunglincg?    He  andwyrde  and  cwceft  . 
Min  hlaford  faera  indiscra  cyning 
asende  me  to  fysum  earde  to  axienne  wyrhtan  . 
pcet  ic  hi  gehyrige  .  ham  to  his  weorce  .  36 

off e  ic  hi  bicge  .  gif  hi  beo8  f eowe  . 
fa  fe  on  stane  cunnon  .  and  gecwemlice  on  treowe 

11.  K.  -pretare.  23.  U.  om.  ]>e ;  U.  indiscan. 

12.  K.  aej>e] wardua  uorsebilis  (!).  24.  U.  om.  first  and. 

16.  U.  cesaream.     K.  self.  26.  U.  wulder-;  martir-. 

18.  U.  indisca;  Gundaforus.  29,  30.  U.  abbanes  gehaten  reow 

19.  U.  syrigean.  him  to  lande. 
22,  27.  U.  andwerde. 

1  Leaf  222,  tack. 


XXXVI.       SAINT    THOMAS    THE    APOSTLE.  401 

and  respect  it  as  being  most  uncorrupted  and  true.  And  there- 
fore I  desire  to  pass  over  that  circumstance,  and  to  translate  the 
other  matters  which  are  contained  in  his  Passion,  even  as  the 
venerable  lord  iEthelwerd  persistently  requested  me  to  do.  12 

After  the  Saviour  s  passion  and  resurrection  from  death 
and  ascension  into  heaven,  when  His  apostles 
travelled  throught  this  earth,  then  came  Thomas 
to  the  city  of  Caesarea,  and  the  Saviour  Himself  16 

came  to  him  from  heaven,  thus  saying : — 
'  The  king  of  the  Indians,  who  is  called  Gondophorus, 
hath  sent  his  steward  to  the  Syrian  land 

to  seek  a  workman  who  is  well  skilled  in  his  craft ;  20 

come  now,  I  will  straightway  send  thee  forth  with  him.' 
Then  answered  Thomas  :    '  Oh !   thou  my  Lord, 
send  me  whither  Thou  wilt,  save  to  the  Indians/ 
The  Saviour  said  to  him : — '  Go  now,  and  I  will  be  with  thee, 
and  will  not  forsake  thee;  24 

and  after  that  thou  hast  gained  for  Me  the  Indians, 
thou  shalt  come  to  Me  with  the  glorious  crown  of  martyrdom.' 
Thomas  answered  Him :    '  Thou  art  my  Lord, 
and  I  am  Thy  servant;    Thy  will  be  done.'  28 

Lo  then !   the  steward,  who  was  named  Abbanes, 
(come)  from  the  Indian  king,  rowed  to  land, 
and  went  through  the  province  seeking  his  errand. 
Then  Christ  went  to  him,  and  said  openly,  32 

'  What  buyest  thou,  youth  ? '     He  answered  and  said : 
'  My  lord,  the  king  of  the  Indies, 
hath  sent  me  to  this  country  to  inquire  for  workmen, 
that  I  may  hire  them  home  for  his  work ;  36 

or  I  will  buy  them,  if  they  are  slaves; 
such  as  are  cunning  in  stone,  and  are  approved  of  in  wood, 


31.    U.    scira    {rightly);     A.    K.  34.  TL  kyning. 

scipa  (!).     See  1.  59.  37.  U.  ge-bicge. 

33.  TJ.     bigstu  ;     iungling;     and-  38.  U.  J?a  Sa  on. 
werde. 

26 


402  XXXVI.      PASSIO    SANCTl    THOM^l    APOSTOLI. 

pent  hi  on  romanisce  wisan  sersere  (sic)  his  cynebotl  . 

pa  cwsecS  se  heelend  to  bam  cnihte  son  a  .  40 

Ic  haebbe  eenne  wyrhtan  wurftfulne  and  getreowne  . 

bone  ic  oft  asende  to  senlipigum  burgum  . 

and  swa  hweet  swa  he  begit  his  swinces  to  medes  . 

he  hit  bringcS  to  me  butan  swicdome  .  44 

pisne  ic  wille  sendan  gif  p\i  swa  wylt  mid  pe 

pcet  bu  mid  wurSmynte  sefter  J?am  weorce 

eft  hine  asende  gesundne  to  me  . 

pa  blissode  abbanes  .  and  beah  to  his  cneowum  .  48 

1  and  se  heelend  beteehte  pone  halgan  thoman 

him  ham  to  hsebbenne  .  and  hi  swa  to-eodon  . 

pa  axode  abbanes  J>on#  arwurSan  apostol  . 

Sege  me  to  soban  gif  pu  sy  his  beowa  .  52 

THomas  him  andwyrde  .  Gif  ic  his  sent  nsere 

ic  wolde  forseon  sona  his  hsesa  . 

ac  ic  eom  his  peowa  .  and  j?a  ping  ne  do 

pe  ic  sylf  geceose  .  ac  poet  me  saegtS  min  hlaford  .  56 

Ic  eom  an  his  peowena  of  pam  ungerimum  . 

and  we  ealle  cunnon  crseftas  on  weorcuw  . 

and  fara<5  geond  scira  and  butan  swic-dome 

bringacS  eft  urum  hlaforde  pcet  poet  we  ge-earniaft  .  60 

Hi  eodon  pa  to  scipe   and  heora  segel  arserdon  . 

and  mid  winde  ferdon  swa  swa  him  gewissode  god  . 

Abbanes  pa  cwceS  eft  to  pam  apostole  . 

Gif  bu  canst  on  crseftum  swa  swa  bu  cwsede  nu  ser  .  64 

hwi  wolde  pin  hlaford  pe  alsetan  to  me  . 

Thomas  him  cwceS  to  be  cristes  getimbrunge  . 

Ic  lecge  pa  grund-weallas  pe  gelsestatS  sefre  . 

and  ic  sette  pone  wah  pe  ne  asih(5  nsefre  .  68 

and  pa  egcSyrle  macige  pe  selteowe  beotS 

pcet  fain  huse  ne  biS  wana  paes  healican  leohtes  . 


39.  U.  he  (for  hi) ;  kyne-.  44.  U.  ge-brincS ;  buton. 

41.  K.  getreowe.  53.  U.  andwerde. 

43.  U.  begitt ;  ge-swinces.  54.  U.  haese. 

1  Leaf  223. 


XXXVI.       SAINT   THOMAS    THE    APOSTLE.  403 

that  they  may  erect  his  palace  in  the  Roman  fashion.' 

Then  said  the  Saviour  straightway  to  the  youth  :  40 

'I  have  a  workman,  worthy  and  faithful, 

whom  I  have  often  sent  to  various  cities; 

and  whatsoever  he  getteth  as  meed  of  his  labour 

he  bringeth  to  me  without  fraud.  44 

This  one  I  will  send  with  thee,  if  thou  so  desirest, 

provided  that  thou,  honourably,  after  the  work  is  done, 

wilt  send  him  back  again  safe  to  me/ 

Then  rejoiced  Abbanes,  and  bowed  at  his  knees,  48 

and  the  Saviour  committed  the  holy  Thomas 

to  him,  to  take  home;    and  so  they  departed. 

Then  Abbanes  asked  the  venerable  apostle: 

'  Tell  me,  in  truth,  if  thou  be  His  slave  V  52 

Thomas  answered  him,  '  If  I  were  not  His  property, 

I  should  very  soon  neglect  His  hests; 

but  I  am  His  slave,  and  do  not  the  things 

which  I  myself  choose,  but  that  which  my  Lord  tells  me ; 

I  am  one  of  the  countless  number  of  His  slaves,  57 
and  we  all  know  (various)  crafts  in  works, 

and  go  throughout  provinces,  and  without  fraud 

bring  back  to  our  Lord  that  which  we  earn.'  60 

Then  went  they  to  ship,  and  hoisted  their  sail, 

and  went  with  the  wind  even  as  God  guided  them. 

Then  again  said  Abbanes  unto  the  apostle, 

'If  thou  art  cunning  in  crafts,  as  thou  saidst  but  now,  64 

why  would  Thy  Lord  let  thee  come  to  meV 

Thomas  said  to  him,  concerning  Christ's  building: 

I I  lay  the  foundations  which  shall  last  for  ever, 

and  I  set  the  wall  which  shall  never  sink,  68 

and  make  the  windows  which  shall  be  very  perfect, 
that    there    shall    be    no    lack    to    the    house    of   the    heavenly 
light. 

60.  U.  earniaS.  63.  U.  om.  ])a. 

61.  U.  segl.  68.  U.  ge-sette. 

62.  A.  ferden,  alt.  foferdon  ;  U.  K.  69.  U.  eh]>yrla  macie  ;  seltywe. 
ferdon.     U.  ge-wisode. 

26—2 


404  XXXVI.       PASSlO    SANCTI    THOMiE    APOSTOLT. 

Ic  araere  J?a  ge-timbrunge  .  pcet  bire  hrof  ofer-stih(S 

ealle  gebytlu  .  and  bicS  utan  fseger  .  .72 

and  swa-beah  wlitigre  pcet  weorc  wi(5innan  . 

Swa  hwaet  swa  bi(5  on  marmstane  .  of>be  on  maerlicre  getimbrunge  . 

ic  soblice  wyrce  .  and  gif  p\x  wilt  me  befeestan 

cnapan  to  laerenne  ic  bim  cucSlice  tsece  .  76 

Abbanes  }?a  cwrecS  .  iEnlic  is  se  wer 

pe  swilce  wyrhtan  ha?fS  he  is  selra  bonne  sum  kynincg  . 

THomas  him  andwjrde  .  iEnlice  bu  sprsece 

kyninges  sunu  he  is  ancenned  his  feeder  .  80 

and  hylt  his  feeder  rice  on  healicum  muntum  . 

paer  nan  feond  ne  cym(5  pe  his  fri(5  awyrde  . 

ne  beer  waedla  ne  bi(5  .  ne  wanhal  gemot  . 

Hi  seglodon  pa  forcS  seofon  niht  on  an  .  84 

and  on  land  eodon  .  ac  hit  bi<5  lang-sum  to  secganne 

ealle  pa  wundra  pe  he  *  worhte  on  bam  lande  . 

fortSan  pe  we  onettacS  to  his  arwurSan  browunge  . 

Hi  comon  pa  set  nextan  to  p?em  cyninge  on  india  .  88 

and  abbanes  gebrohte  ardlice  thoman 

to  ba?s  cyninges  sprsece  .  and  he  cwoeS  him  to  . 

Miht  pxx  me  arseran  on  romanisce  wisan 

cynelice  gebytlu  1    He  cwrecS  pcet  he  mihte  .  92 

pa  sceawodon  hi  bone  stede  beer  hit  standan  sceolde  . 

and  tHomas  eode  metende  mid  anre  mete-gyrde  bone  stede  . 

and  cwrecS  pcet  he  wolde  wyrcan  pa  healle 

serest  on  east-daele  and  ba  obre  gebytlu  96 

baeftan  baere  healle  .  baeShus  .  and  kycenan  . 

and  winter-hus  and  sumor-hus  .  and  wynsume  buras  . 

twelf  hus  togaedere  mid  godum  bigelsum  . 

ac  swylc  weorc  nis  gewunelic  to  wyrcenne  on  englalande  .      100 

and  for-by  we  ne  secgacS  swutellice  heora  naman  . 

pa  beheold  se  cyning  and  cwcep  to  bam  apostole  . 

71.  U.  heore.  78.  U.  he;  cyning. 

74.  ^4  ?Z  maerlicre.  79.  U.  andwerde  ;  denlice. 

77.  U.    Abbanes  him    cwoeff    to;  80.  K.  acenned. 

wer.  84.    U.  seofan. 

1  Leaf  223,  back. 


XXXVI.       SAINT    THOMAS    THE    APOSTLE.  405 

I  rear  the  building,  so  that  the  roof  shall  surmount 

all  edifices,  and  it  shall  be  fair  without,  72 

and  the  work  shall  nevertheless  be  more  beautiful  within. 

Whatsoever  there  be  in  marble  or  in  glorious  building, 

I  verily  make,  and  if  thou  wilt  commit  to  me 

boys  to  teach,  I  will  instruct  them  truly/  76 

Then  said  Abbanes:  'Excellent  is  the  man 

who  hath  such  workmen  ;    he  is  better  than  any  king.' 

Thomas  answered  him :  '  Excellently  thou  hast  spoken. 

He  is  a  King's  Son,  only-begotten  of  His  Father,  80 

and  holdeth  His  Father's  kingdom  on  high  mountains 

where  no  enemy  cometh  to  molest  His  peace ; 

neither  shall  be  found  there  poor  man  nor  sick.' 

Then  they  sailed  forth  seven   nights  together,  84 

and  went  to  land;    but  it  would  be  tedious  to  say 

all  the  wonders  which  he  wrought  in  that  land, 

because  we  must  hasten  to  his  noble  passion. 

Then  at  last  they  came  to  the  king  in  India;  88 

and  Abbanes  brought  Thomas  honourably 

to  speak  with  the  king,  and  he  said  to  him  : 

'  Canst  thou  erect  for  me  in  the  Roman  fashion 

a  royal  dwelling  V     He  said  that  he  could.  92 

Then  they  surveyed  the  place  where  it  should  stand, 

and  Thomas  went  measuring  the  place  with  a  meteyard, 

and  said  that  he  proposed  to  make  the  hall 

first,  in  the  east  part;    and  the  other  buildings  96 

behind  the  hall,  both  bath-house  and  kitchen; 

and  winter-house,  and  summer-house,  and  winsome  bowers, 

twelve  houses  together,  writh  good  arches; 

but  it  is  not  customary  to  make  such  work  in  England,         100 

and  therefore  we  shall  not  tell  their  names  clearly. 

Then  beheld  the  king,  and  said  to  the  apostle : 

85.  U.  secgenne.  95.  U.  )>e  (for  ]>a). 

88.  U.  eodon  {for  comon).  U.K.         97.  K.  J>one  (for  j>sere).   U.  kicenan. 
kyninge.  98.  U.  om.  1st  and. 

90.  TJ.  kyninges  ;  om.  he.  101.  U.  swutollice. 

92.  U.  kynelice.  102.  U.  kining ;  Sam  godes  apostole. 


406  XXXVI.       PASSIO    SANCTI   THOMJE    APOSTOLI. 

pu  eart  sefela  (sic)  crsefta  and  kynegum  f  u  sceoldest  wyrcari  . 

Se  cyning  fa  betaehte  fam  cristes  wyrhtan  104 

unge-rim  feos  to  forSigenne  pcet  weorc  . 

and  rad  geond  his  hamas  swa  swa  his  rice  lseg  . 

Thomas  fa  ferde  freolice  bodigende 

godes  geleafan  .  geond  pcet  land  gehwa?r  .  108 

and  fullode  fa  ge-leaffullan  .  and  pcet  feoh  deelde 

rumlice  fearfura  and  arserde  cyrcan  . 

Hit  gelamp  fa  swa  \azt  he  to  geleafan  gebigde 

ungerim  folces  and  fyrSrode  cyrcan  .  112 

and  preostas  gehadode  to  faes  haelendes  biggengum 

binnan  twam  gearu?w  .  ser  se  brema  kyning 

gundoforus  gecyrde  to  Ssere  scire  ongean  . 

Hit  weart5  fa  gecydd  fam  cyninge  fus  .  116 

and  he  het  gebindan  begen  mid  racenteagum  . 

abbanes  .  and  thoman  .  and  on  feostrum  cwearterne 

gramlice  scufan  .  of  f  cet  hi  man  ofsloge  . 

pa  laeg  faes  cyninges  broSor  his  lifes  orwene  120 

se  waes  gad  gehaten  gundofore  swiSe  leof  . 

and  he  elcode  forcSy  hu  he    ]embe  hi  dyde  . 

Mid  fam  fe  he  wolde  hi  to  waefersyne  tuc[i]an 

fa  gewat  se  gad  of  worulde  to  helle  .  124 

Man  heold  fa  pcet  lie  on  fa  haeSenan  wisan  . 

and  se  brotfor  wolde  wurSlice  hine  bestandan  . 

and  kynelice  macian  mid  maerSum  his  byrgene  . 

pa  on  fone  feorSan  claeg  faerlice  on  mergen  128 

aras  se  ylce  gad  araered  furh  god  . 

and  fa  lie-men  wurdon  wundorlice  afyrhte 

for  fam  niwan  wundre  pcet  he  wearcS  geedcucod  . 

pa  clypode  se  ge-edcucode  and  cwceS  to  his  bretSer  .  132 

Gehyr  nu  min  broSor  be  fam  halgan  men 

fone  Se  f u  woldost  to  wsefer-syne  tucian  . 

103.  A.  K.  aejjela  ;  U.  ae})ele.      U.  106.  U.  om.  2nd  swa. 
crseftica.  108.  U.  godas. 

104.  U.  kyning.  112.   U.  cyrican. 

105.  U.  forjrienne.  113.  U.  bigengum. 

1  Leaf  224. 


XXXVI.       SAINT   THOMAS    THE    APOSTLE.  407 

1  Thou  art  a  noble  artificer,  and  shouldest  work  for  kings.' 

Then  the  king  entrusted  to  Christ's  workman  104 

an  unnumbered  sum  to  further  the  work, 

and  rode  throughout  his  towns  as  far  as  his  kingdom  extended. 

Then  went  Thomas  about,  freely  preaching 

God's  faith  everywhere  throughout  the  land,  108 

and  baptized  the  believing;  and  dealt  the  money 

munificently  to  the  poor,  and  reared  Churches. 

Then  it  so  befell  that  he  inclined  unnumbered 

folk  to  the  faith,  and  established  Churches,  1 1 2 

and  ordained  priests  for  the  Saviour's  service 

within  two  years,  before  the  renowned  king 

Gondophorus  returned  to  the  province  again. 

Then  it  was  thus  made  known  to  the  king,  116 

and  he  bade  bind  both  the  men  with  fetters, 

Abbanes  and  Thomas,  and  thrust  them  roughly 

into  a  dark  prison,  until  they  should  be  slain. 

Then  the  king's  brother  was  lying,  despairing  of  his  life,       120 

who  was  called  Gad,  very  dear  to  Gondophorus, 

and  he  therefore  delayed  what  he  should  do  with  them. 

While  he  desired  to  torture  them  for  a  spectacle, 

then  Gad  departed  from  the  world  to  hell.  124 

Then  they  kept  the  body  in  the  heathen  manner, 

and  the  brother  desired  to  'wake'  him  worthily, 

and  to  conduct  his  funeral  with  royal  honours. 

Then  on  the  fourth  day,  suddenly  in  the  morning,  128 

arose  that  same  Gad,  raised  up  by  God ; 

and  the  corpse-bearers  were  wondrously  affrighted 

by  reason  of  the  new  wonder,  that  he  was  brought  to  life. 

Then  cried  the  requickened  one,  and  said  to  his  brother:       132 

'Hearken  now,  my  brother,  concerning  the  holy  man, 

him  whom  thou  desiredst  to  torture  for  a  spectacle ; 

115.  U.  gundaforus.  {rigidly;  seel.  134). 

116.  U.  K.  kyninge.  124.  U.  worolde. 

120.  K.  laeg,  alt.  to  lag.     U.   K.  127.  U.  byrgenne. 
kyninges.  132.  U.  ge-edcucoda. 

1 21.  U.  gad;    gundafore  ;  leof.  134.   U.  woldest. 
123.  A.     K.     tucan ;      U.     tucian 


408  XXXVI.       PASSIO    SANCTI    THOMJE    APOSTOLI. 

se  is  godes  freond  .  and  godes  englas  him  feniatS  . 

Min  sawl  waes  gelsed  soJ?lice  to  heofonura  136 

jmrh  godes  englas  .  and  ic  peer  geseah 

pa,  mseran  gebytlu  pe  thomas  J)e  worhte 

on  psere  gelicnysse  pe  he  hit  gelogode  her  . 

mid  gymstanum  gefreetewod  .  fasgere  geond  call  .  140 

Mid  pam  pe  ic  sceawode  pa,  scinendan  gebytlu  . 

J?a  ssedon  me  pa  englas  .  pis  synd  J>a  gebytla 

pe  thomas  getimbrode  )?inum  brewer  on  eortSan  . 

Ic  wiscte  pa,  pcet  ic  moste  on  pa,m  mseran  huse  144 

hum  dure-werd  beon  .  Drihtnes  englas  J>a  cweedon  . 

pin  brotfor  nis  wyrfte  fuses  weorces  fsegernysse  . 

gif  pu  hit  habban  wylt  we  bidclaS  fone  hselend 

pcet  he  pe  arsere  of  pam  re(5an  deaSe  .  148 

and  J>u  bigst  hit  siSSan  pcet  )?in  broJ?or  underfo 

his  feoh  pe  he  wenS  pcet  him  for-worpen  sy  . 

Miter  J^ysum  wordum  he  efste  to  }>am  cwearterne  . 

and  ge-sohte  pone  apostol  secgende  mid  wope  .  152 

Min  bro]x)r  nyste  leof  pcet  J»u  J?ses  lifigendan  godes 

apostol  wsere  .  and  he  hsefS  healice  agylt  . 

He  un-band  Line  sona  .  and  bsed  pcet  he  under-fenge 

deorwurSe  gyrlan  .   pa  cvrceS  drihtnes  J>egen  .  156 

Git  pu  nast  pcet  ne  weriacS  wuldorfulle  gyrlan 

ne  flsesclice  frsetewunga  J>a  pe  folgiatS  criste  . 

1  and  gewilniaS  to  hsebbenne  J>a  heofonlican  mihta  . 

pes  pallium  pe  ic  werige  wyle  me  geleestan  .  160 

and  min  syric  ne  tosihcS  .  ne  mine  sceos  ne  to-bsersta'S  . 

cer  ]?an  pe  min  sawl  sicSatS  of  £>am  lichaman  . 

Efne  fa  pa,  hi  ut-eodon  of  Jrnrn  ealdan  cwearterne  . 

pa  gesohte  gundoforus  }?one  godes  apostol  T64 

biddende  miltsunge  his  mis-daeda  georne  . 

pa  cwceS  thomas  him  to  .  Crist  min  drihtm 

136.  U.  om.  so))lice.  145.  U.  om  huru  ;  U.  duruward. 

139.  U.  ge-licnesse.  150.  A.    K.    forworpen ;     U.    for- 

142.  U.  ge-bytlu.  worden. 
144.  U.  wyscte.  153.  U.  leof;  godes  halig. 

1  Leaf  224,  back. 


XXXVI.       SAINT   THOMAS  THE   APOSTLE.  409 

he  is  God's  friend,  and  God's  angels  serve  him ; 
my  soul  was  verily  led  to  heaven  136 

by  God's  angels,  and  I  there  saw 
the  glorious  palace  which  Thomas  hath  «made  thee, 
in  the  very  likeness  in  which  he  planned  it  here, 
adorned  with  precious  stones,  fair  beyond  all.  140 

While  I  was  regarding  the  shining  palace, 
the  angels  said  to  me :  "  These  are  the  buildings 
which  Thomas  hath  built  for  thy  brother  on  earth." 
Then  I  wished  that  I  might  be  at  least  a  doorkeeper  144 

in  that  glorious  house.     Then  said  the  Lord's  angels : 
"  Thy  brother  is  not  worthy  of  this  work's  fairness ; 
if  thou  desire  to  have  it,  we  will  pray  the  Saviour 
to  raise  thee  up  from  cruel  death,  148 

and   thou    shalt    buy    it    afterward,    that   thy   brother   may   re- 
ceive 
his  money  which  he  thinketh  to  be  wholly  lost  to  him."' 
After  these  words  he  hastened  to  the  prison, 
and  sought  the  apostle,  saying  with  weeping:  152 

'  My  brother  knew  not,  Lord,  that  thou  wert  the  apostle 
of  the  living  God,  and  he  hath  highly  sinned.' 
Then  he  quickly  unbound  him,  and  besought  him  to  receive 
costly  raiment.     Then  said  the  Lord's  servant:  156 

Yet  knowest  thou  not  that  those  who  follow  Christ 
and  desire  to  possess  heavenly  virtues, 
wear  not  splendid  garments  nor  fleshly  adornings. 
This  pallium  which  I  wear  will  last  me  out,  160 

and  my  sark  will  not  fail,  nor  my  shoes  burst  out 
before  my  soul  departs  from  the  body.' 
Lo!    then,  as  they  went  out  of  the  old  dungeon, 
Gondophorus  came  towards  the  apostle  of  God,  164 

earnestly  beseeching  pardon  for  his  misdeeds. 
Then  said  Thomas  to  him  :  '  Christ  my  Lord 

156.  U.  )>egn.  159.  U.  heofenlican. 

157.  U.  Uyt;    werigaS.  K.  wyld-  161.  U.  K.  to-berstatJ. 
orfylle.  162.  U.  sawul. 

158.  K.  flaescile.  164.  U.  G-undaforus. 


410  XXXVI.      PASSIO   SANCTI   THOMiE    APOSTOLJ. 

hseftS  micel  getifod  J?urh  his  mildheortnysse  eow  . 

pcet  he  wolde  geswutelian  swa  his  digelnysse  eow   .  168 

Nu  syndon  eowre  scira  .  and  eowre  ceastra  . 

afyllede  mid  halgum  cyrcum  .  and  pees  hselendes  geleafan  . 

beoS  eow  sylfe  nu  gearwe  to  ge-wendenne  to  criste  . 

pcet  ge  beon  gefullode  fram  fyrnlicum  synnum  .  172 

and  beon  gehalgode  on  p&m  halwendum  fante  . 

pa  cwceS  sona  gad  to  pscm  godes  apostole  . 

pa  gebytlu  ic  sceawode  pe  pu  minum  bref>er  getimbrodest  . 

and  englas  me  geserndodon  to  psun  selmihtigan  haelende  .        176 

pcet  ic  hi  gebicgan  moste  .  pa  cwceS  blifelice  thomas  . 

hit  stent  on  pinum  brewer  gif  pu  hit  (sic)  gebicgan  most  . 

Se  cyning  J?a  gundoforus  cwceS  to  his  brewer  . 

Nu  hit  me  ge-worht  is  .  ic  wene  pcet  hit  min  beo  .  180 

wyrce  se  apostol  pe  ofer  weorc  fyllic  . 

gif  he  J>onne  ne  mage  macian  pe  ofer  . 

unc  bam  mseg  helpan  to  hsebbenne  Sis  an  . 

pa  c wceS  se  halga  apostol  .  Se  haslend  hsefS  getimbrod  184 

ungerime  wununge  .  and  widgylla  gebytlu 

fram  middan-eardes  frymSe  mserlice  on  heofonum  . 

and  J?a  beoS  geceapode  mid  sojourn  geleafan  . 

Gif  ge  willaS  nu  beon  embe  f>a  gebytlu  swiSor  .  188 

and  embe  pa,  heofonlican  speda  sprecan  on  eornost  . 

fonne  magon  eowre  sehta  yrnan  eow  setforan  . 

and  hi  ne  magon  folgian  on  forSsiSe  eow  . 

LsetaS  nu  eowre  sehta  wydewum  fremian  .  192 

1  wsedlum  .  and  wan-halum  and  witaS  to  soj^an 

pcet  hi  be  hundfealduw  eow  gehealdene  beoS 

J?ser  fser  nan  geendung  eow  on  ecnysse  ne  becymS  . 

pa  asprang  his  hlisa  geond  pcet  land  wide  196 

pcet  to  indian  come  cristes  apostol 

se  pe  mihte  gehselan  mid  his  handa  hrepunge 

deafe  .  and  blinde  .  and  j?a  deadan  arseran  . 

168.  U.  digelnessa.  178.  A.  K.  hit;  U.  hi. 

176.  U.  ge-a?rdodon.  179.  K.  kyning.    U.  om.  J>a;  Gun- 

177.  K.  most.  daforus. 

1  Leaf  225. 


XXXVI.      SAINT   THOMAS   THE   APOSTLE.  411 

hath  of  His  mercy  granted  much  to  you, 

in  that  He  hath  thus  willed  to  reveal  to  you  His  secrets.     168 

Now  are  your  provinces  and  your  towns 

filled  with  holy  churches  and  with  the  Saviour's  faith; 

be  ye  now  yourselves  ready  to  turn  to  Christ 

that  ye  may  be  baptized  from  former  sins,  172 

and  may  be  sanctified  in  the  saving  font.' 

Then  said  Gad  straightway  to  God's  apostle : 

I  beheld  the  buildings  which  thou  buildedst  for  my  brother, 

and  angels  interceded  for  me  to  the  Almighty  Saviour  176 

that  I  might  buy  them.'     Then  said  Thomas  blithely: 

'  It  standeth  with  thy  brother  whether  thou  mayest  buy  them.' 

Then  the  king  Gondophorus  said  to  his  brother : 

'Since  it  is  made  for  me,  I  think  that  it  is  mine;  180 

let  the  apostle  make  for  thee  another  work  like  it ; 

if,  however,  he  cannot  make  another, 

it  may  serve  us  both  to  possess  this  one.' 

Then  said  the  holy  apostle :  '  The  Saviour  hath  builded  1 84 

unnumbered  dwellings  and  spacious  palaces 

from  the  beginning  of  the  world  magnificently  in  heaven ; 

and  they  can  be  purchased  with  true  faith. 

If  then  ye  will  now  rather  be  busy  about  those  buildings,     188 

and  wish  to  speak  in  earnest  concerning  the  heavenly  riches, 

then  may  your  possessions  run  before  you ; 

and  they  cannot  follow  you  at  your  death. 

Let  now  your  goods  profit  the  widows,  192 

the  poor,  and  the  sick ;    and  know,  of  a  truth, 

that  they  shall  be  kept  for  you,  a  hundred-fold, 

where  no  ending  shall  come  to  you  for  ever.' 

Then  sprang  his  fame  widely  throughout  the  land,  196 

that  to  India  had  come  Christ's  apostle, 

one  who  could  heal  by  the  touch  of  his  hands 

the  deaf  and  the  blind,  and  raise  the  dead. 

182.  U.  Sarnie.  193.  U.  wsedlium ;  wann-halum. 

185.  U.  wununga ;  widgille.  194.  K.  gehealdemie. 

192.  U.  om.  uu;    wudewum  fremi-  195.   U.  ecnesse. 
gean. 


412  XXXVI.      PASSIO    SANCTI   THOM^l    APOSTOLI. 

pa  vvende  ])cet  land-folc  pcet  he  wsere  god  sylf  .  200 

and  broliton  him  kynehelmas  .  and  budon  hirn  gyrlan 

kynelice  geworhte  .  and  woldon  him  offrian  . 

hryf>era  .  and  rammas  .  swa  swa  ricum  gode  . 

THomas  J>a  gecwceS  pcet  hi  comon   ealle  204 

to  anum  gemote  ]>cet  he  mihte  him  secgan 

hwset  him  to  donne  waere  .  and  hi  dydon  pa,  swa  . 

Hi  comon  pa  feorran  to  anum  felde  eft  . 

and  manega  Jrider  feredon  mislice  untrume  .  208 

pcet  se  halga  thomas  hi  gehselan  sceolde  . 

pa  het  se  halga  apostol  ahebban  J>a  seocan 

on  anre  stowe  ealle  .  and  stod  him  to-middes  . 

up-astrehtum  handum  to  heofonum  and  cwcecS  .  212 

Eala  pu  halga  god  ungesewenlice  wealdend 

and  un-awendend-lic  J?urh-wunigende  sefre  . 

pu  pe  asendest  us  Jrinne  sunu  selmihtigne  . 

se  forgeaf  us  fa  mihte  pcet  we  mihton  gehaelan  .  216 

adlige  and  un-trume  ealle  on  his  naman  . 

and  behet  us  to-eacan  .  pcet  swa  hwees  swa  we  baedon 

on  his  halgan  naman  set  his  heofonlican  feeder 

pcet  he  us  getifode  swa  swa  aslmihtig  god  .  220 

Nu  bidde  we  on  his  naman  pcet  pxi  gehasle  pas  untruman 

pcet  }>is  folc  tocnawe  mid  fullum  geleafan 

pcet  J>u  eart  ana  god  mid  Jrinum  ancennedan  suna  . 

and  mid  fam  halgan  gaste  heofona  wealdend  .  224 

iEfter  fysre  clypunge  pa,  hi  cweedon  .  amen  . 

pa  com  J?8er  swilc  leoht  .  swilce  faer  liget  brude 

pcet  hi  ealle  wendon  pcet  hi  forwurcSan  sceoldon  . 

and  lagon  astrsehte  lange  mid  pam  apostole  .  22S 

pa  aras  thomas  up  and  het  hi  arisan  and  cwceS  . 

Min  drihten  *  sylf  com  hider  swa  swa  scinende  liget  . 

and  hsefS  eow  geliEeled  ahebbatS  eowre  heafda  . 

202.  IT.  cynelice.  208.  K.  J)idor.     U.  feredon  <5ider. 

203.  11.  rice  vel  [ri]cmrc.  210.  U.  ahebban. 
207.  U.  felda.  212.  U.  npp. 

1  Leaf  225,  back. 


XXXVI.      SAINT   THOMAS   THE    APOSTLE.  413 

Then  weened  the  country-folk  that  he  was  God  Himself,        200 

and  brought  him  diadems,  and  offered  him  robes 

royally  fashioned,  and  desired  to  offer  him 

bullocks  and  rams,  as  to  a  mighty  god. 

Then  Thomas  announced  that  they  should  all  come  204 

to  an  assembly,  that  he  might  tell  them 

what  there  was  for  them  to  do;    and  they  did  so. 

Then  they  came  again  from  afar  to  a  field, 

and  carried  many  thither  diversely  afflicted,  208 

that  the  holy  Thomas  might  heal  them. 

Then  the  holy  Apostle  ordered  them  to  take  up  all  the  sick 

unto  one  place,  and  stood  in  the  midst 

with  hands  upstretched  to  the  heavens,  and  said:  212 

'  O  Thou  Holy  God,  invisible  ruler, 

and  continuing  unchangeable  for  ever, 

Thou  who  didst  send  us  Thine  Almighty  Son, 

Who  gave  us  the  power  that  we  might  heal  216 

all  sick  and  infirm  in  His  name, 

and  promised  us,  moreover,  that  whatsoever  we  asked 

in  His  holy  name  of  His  Heavenly  Father, 

that  same  He  would  grant  us  as  being  Almighty  God  :  220 

now  pray  we  in  His  name  that   Thou  wouldest  heal  these  infirm 

ones, 
that  this  people  may  know  with  full  faith 
that  Thou  art  God  alone,  with  Thine  only-begotten  Son, 
and  with  the   Holy  Ghost,  O  ruler  of  heaven.'  224 

After  this  invocation,  then  they  said,  '  Amen/ 
Then  came  there  such  a  light,  as  if  lightning  flashed  there, 
so  that  they  all  thought  that  they  should  be  destroyed, 
and  lay  long  prostrate  beside  the  apostle.  228 

Then  Thomas  arose  up,  and  bade  them  arise,  and  said : 
'  My  Lord  Himself  hath  come  hither  like  shining  lightning, 
and  hath  healed  you  ;  lift  up  your  heads.' 

215.  U.  sune.  224.  U.  heofena. 

216.  U.  for  {for  forgeaf;  by  mis-  227.  U.  sceoldan. 
fake)  ;  ge-haelen.  228.  U.  astrehte. 

221.  U.  J>is  untruman  folc.  229.  U.  upp. 


414  XXXVI.      PASSIO    SANCTI   THOM2E    APOSTOLI. 

pa  arison  ba  wanhalan  wundorlice  gehselede  232 

[wuldrigende]  pone  selmihtigan  .  and  his  arwurban  apostol  . 

Hwaet  ba  thomas  astah  to  anuw  stane  and  stod 

pcet  hi  ealle  mihton  hine  cenne  geseon  . 

and  clypode  hlude  .  and  cwceS  to  )?am  folce  .  236 

GehyraS  nu  ealle  .  Se  hselend  me  asende 

to  bysum  earde  hider  and  ic  his  feowa  eom 

[mann]  swa  swa  ge  syndon  .  and  he  asende  me  to  py 

pcet  ic  eow  taecan  sceolde  .  hu  ge  f>a  sceandlican  godas  240 

mid  ealle  forlsetan  .  and  mid  geleafan  bugan 

to  eowrura  scyppende  .   se  pe  soft  god  is  ana  . 

and  wile  gehealdan  }>a  pe  on  hine  gelyfaS  . 

He  tsehte  pa,  langlice  geleafan  pa,m  folce  .  244 

and  hu  hi  leahtres  for-bugon  .  and  bysmorlice  dseda  . 

and  hu  hi  on  godum  weorcura  burh-wunian  sceoldon  . 

He  cwcetS  eft  to  bsere  meniu  be  on  p&m  gemote  waeron  . 

Ne  eom  ic  na  god  .  ac  eom  godes  feowa  248 

nimacS  eowre  sceattas  pe  ge  me  syllan  woldon  . 

and  dselacS  hi  fearfura  for  drihtnes  lufan  . 

and  bitS  gearwe  to  fulluhte  mid  fullum  geleafan  . 

Hi  dydon  sona  swa  .  and  on  fone  sunnan-daeg  252 

wurdon  feowertyne  fusenda  gefullode  on  criste  . 

butan  wifura  and  cildura  .  pe  ne  wurdon  ge-tealde  . 

pa  wearS  se  halga  thomas  gewissod  eft  furh  god 

pcet  he  sceolde  faran  to  fsere  fyrran  indian  .  256 

and  gewende  }>yder  .  and  wundra  ge-fremode  . 

He  gehselde  p aer  furh  god  .  healte  and  blinde 

and  ealle  untrumnyssa  .  and  J?a  egeslican  hreoflian  (sic) 

and  deofla  adrsefdon  (sic)  and  fa  deadan  arserde  .  260 

pcet  land-folc  pa,  ne  mihte  his  lare  wi&cwefan  . 

fonne  he  swilce  wundra  geworhte  him  setforan  . 

Sum  wif  hatte  sintice  .  seo  wass  six  gear  blind  . 

and  wearS  fa  gehseled  set  pam  halgan  apostole  .  264 

232.  U.  arisan.  U.  8i  (for  \>y). 

233.  U.  wuldrigende;  A.  K.  wun-  241.  U.  for-laeton;  bugon. 
drigende  (!).  245.  U.  K.  leahtras. 

234.  K.  ]>a  stah  (for  astah).  247.  U.  menigu. 
239.  U.  mann  ;   which  A.  K.  omit.  250.  U.  om.  lufan. 


XXXVI.       SAINT   THOMAS   THE    APOSTLE.  415 

Then  arose  the  sick  wondrously  healed,  232 

glorifying  the  Almighty  and  His  venerable  apostle. 

Lo,  then  Thomas  mounted  on  a  stone,  and  stood 

that  they  might  all  of  them  see  him  at  once, 

and  cried  aloud,  and  said  to  the  people :  236 

1  Hearken  now,  all ;    the  Saviour  sent  me 

hither  to  this  country,  and  I  am  His  servant, 

a  man  even  as  ye  are,  and  He  sent  me  to  the  end 

that  I  might  teach  you  how  ye  should  altogether  240 

forsake  the  shameful  gods,  and  turn  with  faith 

to  your  Creator  who  alone  is  true  God, 

and  will  keep  those  who  believe  on  Him/ 

So  for  a  long  time  he  taught  the  people  the  faith,  244 

and  how  they  should  eschew  sins  and  disgraceful  deeds, 

and  how  they  should  continue  in  good  works. 

He  said  again  to  the  multitude  who  were  in  the  assembly : 

*  I  am  no  God,  but  am  God's  servant ;  248 

Take  your  money  which  ye  desired  to  give  me, 

and  deal  it  to  the  poor  for  the  Lord's  love, 

and  be  ready  for  baptism  with  full  faith.' 

Then  they  quickly  did  so,  and  on  the  Sunday  252 

were  baptized  into  Christ  fourteen  thousand, 

besides  women  and  children  who  were  not  counted. 

Then  was  the  holy  Thomas  again  directed  by  God 

that  he  should  go  to  the  farther  India,  256 

and  went  thither,  and  performed  miracles. 

He  healed  there  with  God's  help  halt  and  blind, 

and  all  infirmities  and  the  horrible  lepers, 

and  drave  out  devils,  and  raised  the  dead.  260 

The  country  folk  could  not  gainsay  his  teaching 

when  he  wrought  such  wonders  in  their  very  presence. 

There  was   a  certain  women    called  Syntyche,  who  had    been 
six  years  blind, 
and  was  then  healed  by  the  holy  apostle,  264 

251.  U.  beoft.  259.  A.  K.  hreoflian;  U.  hreofla. 

257.  U.  and  he  gewende.  260.  A.  K.  adraefdon;  U.  adrsefde  {correctly). 


416  XXXVI.      PASSIO   SANCTI   THOM2E    APOSTOLI. 

and  com  to  hire  magan  migdonia  gehaten 

beorhte  locigende  .  pe  blind  hire  *  fram  eode  . 

pa  cWcecS  migdonia  .  pes  man  is  god  sylf 

o(5(5e  godes  engel  pe  Jrine  eagan  onlihte  268 

swa  butan  Isececrcefte  .  and  hi  swa  lange  sprrecon 

o'cS-pcet  hi  eodon  butu  pser  se  apostol  bodode  . 

Migdonia  pa,  gelyfde  on  pone  lifigendan  god  . 

furh  pses  apostoles  lare  .  and  leng  nolde  cuman  272 

to  hire  weres  bedde  .  sefter  j^sere  bodunge  . 

Seo  migdonia  wses  J?ses  kyninges  wifes  swuster  . 

and  hire  wer  J>a  gemacode  wi(5  migdeum  fone  kyning 

pcet  man  sette  on  cweartern  sona  fone  apostol  •  276 

Migdonia  pa,  com  to  pa.m  cwearterne  dreorig  . 

and  feoll  to  his  fotum  mid  fyrhte  cwec5ende  . 

Ic  bidde  pe  leof  f?ses  lifigendan  godes  apostol 

pcet  pu  for  me  ne  under-fo  .  swa  fullicne  teonan  .  280 

and  godes  yrre  becume  for  J>am  intingan  ofer  me  . 

Se  godes  man  hire  cwcecS  to  .  Gang  pe  ham  ongean  . 

and  ic  cume  ham  to  pe  pcet  }>u  oncnawe  furh  pcet  . 

pcet  ic  sylf-willes  browige  .  for  mines  scippendes  naman  .       284 

and  hu  micel  se  geleafa  ma3g  Jnirh  god  gedon  . 

Heo  dyde  pa  swa  .  and  hire  dura  beleac 

licgende  on  gebedum  on  hire  bure  astreht  . 

Efne  pa,  se  apostol  on  bsere  ylcan  nihte  com  288 

to  migdonian  and  cwceft  .  Swa  swa  f»u  becymst  f>urh  me 

to  pawn  ecan  life  swa  ic  eac  becume 

Jmrh  pe  to  criste  .  mid  kynehelme  martyrdom  e[s] 

beo  nu  swif>e  anrsede  .  Heo  andwyrde  mid  fyrhte  .  292 

La  leof  ic  pe  bidde  pcet  pu  onlihte  mine  sawla  . 

pcet  ic  geseon  mage  fone  softfsestan  weg 

pcet  ic  ne  befealle  on  £>one  fulan  ssecS  . 

Thomas  hire  cwoeS  to  .  cep  pcet  J?u  fseste  296 

266.  U.  lociende.  271,  279.  U.  lyfiendan. 

267.  U.  mann.  286.  U.  heore. 
270.  U.  buta;  bodade.  288.  U.  niht. 

1  Leaf  226. 


XXXVI.       SAINT   THOMAS    THE    APOSTLE.  417 

and  came,  seeing  clearly,  unto  her  kinswoman 
named  Migdonia,  who  had  left  her  blind. 
Then  said  Migdonia  :  '  This  man  is  God  Himself, 
or  God's  angel,  who  hath  enlightened  thine  eyes  268 

thus  without  leechcraft/     And  they  spake  thus  a  long  while 
until  they  both  went  to  where  the  apostle  was  preaching. 
Then  Migdonia  believed  on  the  living  God 

through  the  apostle's  lore,  and  would  no  longer  come  272 

to  her  husband's  bed,  after  that  preaching. 
This  Migdonia  was  the  king's  wife's  sister  ; 
and  her  husband  then  prevailed  with  Mazdai  the  king, 
so  that  the  apostle  straightway  was  put  in  prison.  276 

Then  Migdonia  came  sorrowfully  to  the  prison, 
and  fell  at  his  feet  with  fear,  saying: 
'I  beseech  thee,  master,  apostle  of  the  living  God, 
that  thou  wilt  not  for  me  undergo  so  foul  a  reproach,  280 

lest  God's  anger  come  upon  me  on  that  account.' 
The  man  of  God  said  to  her :    '  Go  thou  home  again, 
and  I  will  come  home  to  thee,  that  thou  mayest  thereby  under- 
stand 
that  I,  of  my  own  will,  suffer  for  my  Creator's  name,  284 

and  how  much  faith  may  accomplish  through  God.' 
Then  she  did  so,  and  locked  her  door, 
lying  prostrate  in  prayers  within  her  bower. 
Behold  then,  in  the  same  night  came  the  apostle  288 

to  Migdonia,  and  said:  'Even  as  thou  shalt  come   through  me 
to  the  eternal  life,  so  likewise  I  shall  come 
through  thee  to  Christ  with  the  crown  of  martyrdom. 
Be  now  very  steadfast/     She  answered  with  fear,  292 

'  Oh  master !    I  pray  thee  to  enlighten  my  soul 
that  I  may  behold  the  right  way, 
so  that  I  fall  not  into  the  foul  pit.' 
Thomas  said  to  her :    '  Take  heed  that  thou  fast  296 

290.  291.  U.  J)urh  Jje  be-cume.  293.  U.  sawle. 

291.  A.  K.  martyrdome  ;   U.  mar-  295.  U.  seaft. 
tirdomes.  296.  U.heore;  kep. 

292.  U.  anrsede ;  awiwerde. 

27 


418  XXXVI.      PASSTO    SANCTI    TIJOMJE    APOSTOLI. 

seofon  dagas  georne  .  and  ic  sySSan  cume  eft  to  pe  . 

and  pe  gefullige  fraw  fyrnlicuwi  synnura  . 

and  selciie  pe  gelyfcS  on  Jxme  lifigendan  god  . 

iEfter  Jjysuw  com  hire  wer  to  fam  kyninge  migdeum  300 

and  baed  georne  J»on«  kyning  pcet  seo  cwen  moste 

gesprsecan  hire  swuster  cunnian  ]  gif  heo  mihte 

hire  mod  gebigan  pcet  heo  his  gebedda  wsere  . 

Ne  mseg  ic  hi  geolsecan  .  ne  mid  ege  gedon  304 

pcet  heo  ete  mid  me  6\>pe  on  me  beseo  . 

pa  gej^afode  se  cynincg  pcet  seo  cwen  J>ider  eode  . 

and  heo  cwcccS  sona  to  hire  swuster  <5us  . 

Eala  pu  migdonia  min  leofe  swustor  .  308 

hwi  forsihst  j?u  J?inne  wer  .  and  geunwurftast  pe  sylfe  . 

Se  kyning  sylf  hit  bemsencS  .  and  his  men  ealle 

pcet  pu  swa  fserlice  forlure  J?in  gewitt  . 

Migdonia  hire  andwyr&e  .  Eala  J>u  min  swuster  .  312 

wistest  j?u  pcet  ic  wat  .  J>as  word  pu  ne  cwsede  . 

Se  apostol  wyrcS  fela  wundra  on  mannim  . 

and  saegS  us  to  soj^an  pcet  sy  o)?er  lif 

undeadlic  and  ece  .  selces  yfeles  bedseled  .  316 

Nu  to  niht  eode  se  ealdorman  him  to  . 

forfan-fe  his  suna  wses  fserlice  dead  . 

and  la?dde  J>one  apostol  to  pam  lifleasan  cnapan  . 

and  he  sona  arasrde  his  suna  of  deaSe  .  320 

nu  he  sitt  .  and  leerS  j?a?r  geleafan  on  pam  huse  . 

and  gehselS  pa  untruman  ealle  pe  him  to  cumatS  . 

Triptia  seo  cwen  cwceS  hire  to  andsw&re  . 

Gif  hit  swa  is  .  swa  pu  ssegst  .  ic  wille  geseon  £>one  man  .     324 

dyslic  bitS  to  forseonne  soSlice  pcet  ece  lif  . 

and  heard-mod  bi5  se  man  pe  ne  mage  pjsum  gelyfan  . 

Hi  eodon  J>a  butu  his  bodunge  to  gehyrenne  . 


297. 

U.  om.  to  pe. 

304.  U.  geolscan. 

298. 

U.  fullige.     K.  fyrlicum. 

305.  U.  sete. 

299. 

U.  lyfiendan. 

306.  U.  cyning  ;  K.  cyningc. 

301- 

U.  cyning;  cwein. 

308.  U.  K.  leofa.     U.  swuster. 

302. 

U.  ge-sprecan. 

309.  U.  Cine. 

1  Leaf 

226, 

back. 

XXXVI.      SAINT   THOMAS   THE   APOSTLE.  419 

for   seven    days    earnestly,   and    afterward    I    will    come    again 

to  thee, 
and  I  will  baptize  thee  from  former  sins, 
and  each  one  who  believeth  on  the  living  God/ 
After  this  came  her  husband  to  the  king  Mazdai,  300 

and  earnestly  prayed  the  king  that  the  queen  might 
speak  to  her  sister,  and  try  if  she  could 
incline  her  mind  that  she  might  be  his  consort : 
{I  cannot  entice  her  nor  by  fear  compel  her  304 

to  eat  with  me,  or  even  to  look  upon  me/ 
Then  the  king  permitted  the  queen  to  go  thither, 
and  she  spake  straightway  to  her  sister  thus: 
'  Oh,  thou  Migdonia  !  my  beloved  sister,  308 

why  despisest  thou  thy  husband  and  dishonourest  thyself? 
The  king  himself  bemoaneth  it,  and  all  his  men, 
that  thou  so  suddenly  hast  lost  thy  wits/ 

Migdonia  answered  her:    'Oh!    thou  my  sister,  312 

knewest  thou  what  I  know,  thou  wouldest  not  have  said  these 

words ; 
the  apostle  worketh  many  wonders  among  men, 
and  saith  to  us  for  a  truth,  that  there  is  another  life, 
immortal  and  eternal,  freed  from  every  evil.  316 

Even  to-night  the  prince  went  to  visit  him 
because  his  son  had  suddenly  died, 
and  led  the  apostle  to  the  lifeless  boy, 

and  he  immediately  raised  his  son  from  death:  320 

now  he  sitteth  and  teacheth  the  faith  in  that  house, 
and  healeth  the  sick,  all  who  come  to  him/ 
Triptia  the  queen  said  to  her  in  answer: 

'  If  it  is  so  as  thou  sayest,  I  will  see  the  man  :  324 

it  would  be  foolish  to  despise  that  eternal  life, 
and  stubborn  is  the  man  who  cannot  believe  this/ 
Then  they  both  went  to  hear  his  preaching, 

310.  U.  cyning  ;  menn.  318,  320.  U.  sunu. 

312.  U.  andwerde.  324.  U.  segst;  raann. 

315.  U.  seigS.  325.  TJ.  orti.  soSlice;  ece. 

317.  U.  -mann.  326.  U.  mann;  maeg. 

27—2 


420  XXXVI.      PASSIO    SANCTI    THOMiE    APOSTOLI. 

hi  gemetton  pa  J^one  apostol  micclum  gebysgod  328 

ofer  pa  untruman  men  pe  he  ealne  dseg  gehselde  . 

]?urh  his  handa  hrepunge  on  }?8es  hselendes  naman  . 

pa  <5a  seo  cwen  geseah  swilce  wundra  set  him  . 

\>a  cwafiS  heo  ofwundrod  .  Awyrgede  synd  J>a  men  332 

pe  nella(5  gelyfan  }?yllicum  weorcum  . 

pa  stod  f>8er  an  hreofla  tohrorenum  lichaman 

atelic  on  hiwe  .  and  hine  geliEelde  thomas  . 

and  hine  gefullode  setforan  fsere  cwene  .  336 

Heo  feol  pa  to  his  fotum  fulluhtes  biddende  . 

and  J?ses  ecan  lifes  mid  geleafan  gewilnode  . 

and  cwceS  pcet  heo  gelyfde  '  on  J>one  lifigendan  god  . 

THomas  pa  bletsode  blif?elice  pa  cwene  .  340 

and  laerde  hi  georne  to  geleafan  and  cwoecS  . 

Min  drihtew  me  clypode  pcet  ic  cume  to  him  . 

and  min  tima  is  nu  pcet  ic  of  middan-earde  fare  . 

nnderfoh  nu  forcSy  fulluht  set  me  hratSe  .  344 

He  gefullode  hi  ]?a  .  and  fela  of)re  mid  hire 

wera  and  wifa  .  and  J?a  unwittigan  cild  . 

and  laerde  hi  georne  pcet  hi  lufodon  heora  cyrcan  . 

and  sacerdas  arwurcSodon  .  and  hi  sif>odon  J>a  ham  .  348 

pa  com  seo  cwen  on  sefnunge  to  pam  cyninge  ham  . 

and  he  cwokS  hire  sona  to  .  Swy(5e  lange  pn  waere  . 

Heo  cwcecS  eft  him  to  .  Ge  cwsedon  pcet  min  swuster  . 

and  ic  sylf  eac  wende  pcet  heo  gewitleas  wsere  .  352 

ac  heo  soj^lice  becom  to  sof>um  wisdome 

on  pam  heo  me  dyde  da?l-nimend  f>ses  ecan  lifes  . 

SoSlice  ic  ge-seah  J>one  sylfan  apostol 

se  pe  halwende  rsed  seghwylcum  men  forgifS  .  356 

Nu  pu  kyning  miht  macian  pe  undeadlicne 

gif  J>u  wilt  gehyran  )?one  halgan  apostol  . 

ne  swyltst  f>u  on  eccnesse  .  gif  }>u  so(51ice  gelyfst  . 

pa  forhtode  se  cyning  .  and  het  feccan  him  to  360 

328.  U.  miclum.  338.  U.  wilnode. 

329,  332.  U.  menn.  339.  U.  lyfiendan. 
337.   U.  feoll.                                            342.  U.  cume  him  to. 

1  Leaf  227. 


XXXVI.       SAINT    THOMAS    THE    APOSTLE.  421 

and  they  found  the  apostle  greatly  busied  328 

over  the  sick  men  whom  he  all  day  healed 

through  the  touch  of  his  hands  in  the  Saviours  name. 

When  the  queen  saw  such  wonders  done  by  him, 

then  said  she,  being  astonished: — 'Cursed  are  the  men  332 

who  will  not  believe  such  works  as  these/ 

There  stood  there  a  leper  with  decayed  body, 

horrible  in  appearance,  and  Thomas  healed  him, 

and  baptized  him  in  the  queen's  presence.  336 

Then  fell  she  at  his  feet  praying  for  baptism, 

and  with  faith  desired  the  eternal  life, 

and  said  that  she  believed  on  the  living  God. 

Then  Thomas  blithely  blessed  the  queen,  340 

and  diligently  taught  her  the  faith,  and  said : 

1  My  Lord  hath  called  me  to  come  to  Him, 

and  my  time  is  now  come  to  depart  out  of  the  world  ; 

receive  now  therefore  baptism  of  me  quickly.'  344 

Then  he  baptized  her  and  many  others  with  her, 

men  and  women,  and  innocent  children, 

and  taught  them  earnestly  that  they  should  love  their  church, 

and  reverence  priests ;    and  so  they  went  home.  348 

Then  came  the  queen  at  evening  home  to  the  king, 

and  he  forthwith  said  to  her :    '  Thou  hast  been  very  long.' 

She  said  to  him  again :  '  Ye  said  that  my  sister — 

and  I  myself  likewise  thought  so — was  witless;  35  a 

but  she  hath  verily  come  to  true  wisdom 

in  that  she  hath  made  me  partaker  of  the  eternal  life. 

Verily  I  saw  the  apostle  himself, 

who  giveth  saving  counsel  unto  every  man.  .  356 

Now  thou,  king,  mayest  make  thyself  immortal 

if  thou  wilt  hear  the  holy  apostle; 

thou  wilt  not  die  eternally  if  thou  truly  believest.' 

Then  feared  the  king,  and  bade  men  fetch  to  him  360 

346.  U.  om.  J>a ;  U.  unge-wittige.  354-  U.  cyclde  {for  dyde). 

348.  U.  om.  j>a.  356.  K.  U.  halwendne.  U.om.men. 

349.  K.  se.  359-  U.  ecnesse. 

350.  U.  heora.  36°-  K-  kyning- 


4'22  XXXVI.       PASSIO   SANCTI   THOM^l    APOSTOLI. 

p one  foressedan  pegen  pe  hire  swustor  haefde  . 

and  clypode  mid  gehlyde  .  and  cwreS  him  sona  to  . 

Mid  Ipam  pe  ic  hogode  helpan  }>inum  wife  . 

mid  J?am  ic  forleas  min  .  and  heo  is  mycele  wyrse  me  .        364 

J?onne  migdonia  pe  .  and  hi  motodon  lange  . 

pa  het  se  kyning  gebringan  on  bendum  him  thoman  . 

and  axode  mid  graman  .  Hwset  is  se  eower  god 

pe  awent  J>urh  pe  swa  ure  wif  us  fram?  368 

THomas  him  cwce<5  to  .  pu  kyning  wilt  habban 

claenlice  f>enunga  and  gecwema  )?enas  . 

wenst  pu  pcet  god  nelle  se  (5e  gewylt  ealle  ping  . 

habban  clsena  )?enas  and  clsenlice  ]?enunga  .  372 

pa  cwcecS  migdeus  se  kyning  .  Gemaca  mid  wordum  eft  . 

pcet  J»a  wif  gecyrran  sylf-willes  to  lis  . 

THomas  him  andwyrde  .  l  Ic  worhte  senne  stypel  . 

and  pu  cwySst  pcet  ic  sceolde  .  sylf  hine  to-wurpan  .  376 

ac  ic  secge  him  swy(5or  soSlice  godes  word  . 

pcet  se  pe  lufaft  on  eorfan  his  eorSlican  feeder  . 

modor  .  ot5(5e  beam  .  o]}J>e  wif  ofer  god  . 

ne  bit5  he  gode  wurtS  .  and  he  cwceS  eft  him  to  .  380 

pu  kyning  ne  miht  ofslean  pa  sawle  mid  wsepnum  . 

feah  "Se  pu  )?one  lichaman  alecge  on  deafte  . 

God  se  soSfsesta  kyning  ma3g  asendan  segfter 

ge  sawle  ge  lichaman  to  p&m  ecan  fyre  .  384 

])cet  wif  moste  J>a  swa  hire  wer  forlsetan 

for-j}an-J>e  he  ha?J?en  wses  .  and  hetol  ehtere  . 

ac  canones  swa-J>eah  cwecS&p  .  and  beoda(5  pcet  nan  wif 

ne  sceole  hire  wer  forlaetan  swilce  for  eawfsestnysse  .  388 

buton  him  bam  swa  gelicige  .  pa  het  se  kyning 

lecgan  hate  isena  sona  under  his  nacodum  fotum  . 

pcet  he  lange  swa  J>rowode  .  ac  faes  am  waeter  up 

wundorlice  sona  and  celde  J?a  isena  .  393 

361.  U.  swuster.  367.  U.  grame. 

364.  U.  micle.  368.  U.  om.  swa. 

366,  369,  381.  U.  cyning.  370.  U.  ge-cweme. 

1  Leaf  227,  back. 


XXXVI.       SAINT    THOMAS    THE    APOSTLE.  423 

the  aforesaid  thane  who  had  her  sister  to  wife, 

and  cried  vociferously,  and  said  to  him  immediately: 

1  While  I  was  thinking  how  to  help  thy  wife, 

I  lost  mine  thereby,  and  she  is  much  worse  to  me  364 

than  Migdonia  is  to  thee/     And  they  consulted  long. 

Then  the  king  commanded  men  to  bring  to  him  Thomas  in  bonds, 

and  asked  with  anger:  'What  is  He,  your  God, 

who  thus  turneth,  through  thee,  our  wives  from  us]'  368 

Thomas  said  to  him :  '  Thou,  king,  wilt  have 

cleanly  attendance  and  fit  servants ; 

thinkest  thou  that  God  will  not,  He  who  ruleth  all  things, 

have  fit  servants  and  cleanly  attendance  1 '  372 

Then  said  Mazdai  the  king :  '  Cause  by  thy  words  again 

that  the  women  return  to  us  of  their  own  will.' 

Thomas  answered  him :    '  I  have  built  a  steeple, 

and  thou  sayest  that  I  should  myself  overthow  it;  376 

but  I  say  verily  to  them  God's  word  rather, 

that  he  who  loveth  on  earth  his  earthly  father, 

mother,  or  bairns,  or  wife  above  God, 

he  is  not  worthy  of  God.'     And  he  said  again  to  him  :  380 

'Thou,  king,  canst  not  slay  the  soul  with  weapous, 

although  thou  lay  low  the  body  in  death. 

God  the  righteous  King  can  send  alike 

both  soul  and  body  to  everlasting  fire.  3K4 

The  wife  should  therefore  leave  her  husband, 

because  he  was  a  heathen  and  a  hateful  persecutor ; 

but  the  canons  nevertheless  say  and  command  that  no  woman 

shall  leave  her  husband  on  the  plea  of  religion  388 

unless  it  so  please  them  both.'     Then  the  king  immediately  ordered 

to  lay  hot  irons  under  his  naked  feet, 

that  he  might  long  thus  suffer  torture,  but  anon  there  ran  water 

wondrously  up,  and  cooled  the  irons.  392 

371.  U.  ealle  ping  ge-wylt.  386.  U.  hetol. 

372.  U.  claene;  penunge.  389.  U.  cyning. 
376.  U.  cwyst ;  scokle.  391.   U.  upp. 

380.  U.  wyrS  ;  him  eft.  392.  U.  aceldo. 

381.  U.  saule. 


424  XXXVI.       PASSIO    SANCTI    THOM.E    APOSTOLI. 

fa  cwce(5  tbomas  him  to  .  Ne  dyde  god  f  is  for  me  .  ac  for  f  e  swif  or 

])cet  fu  swa  huru  gelyfde  on  fone  lifigendan  god 

Witodlice  he  ma?g  fa  mihte  me  syllan 

])cet  ic  butan  wsetere  fin  wite  me  ne  ondrsede  .  396 

pa  het  migdeus  se  kyning  fone  godes  man  gedon 

on  weallende  waeter  .  fa  wearcS  hit  acolod  . 

and  nan  brand  nolde  byrnan  under  fam  wsetere  . 

He  wearS  fa  gelsed  to  fa?7i  lifleasum  godum  .       400 

])cet  he  his  lac  sceolde  lecgan  .  him  on  offrunga  . 

and  his  cneowa  gebigan  fam  bysmorfullum  anlicnyssuni  . 

pa  gebsed  hine  thomas  bealdlice  to  his  drihtne  . 

and  het  f one  scuccan  f e  on  fam  scincreefte  wunode  404 

f  cet  he  ut  eode  of  f sere  anlicnysse  him  to  . 

and  het  hine  on  godes  naman  \cet  he  towende  fa  anlicnyssa  . 

and  f cet  deofles  tempi  .  swa  f cet  hit  ne  derode  nanum  . 

pa  eode  se  deofol  of  f  sere  anlicnysse  ut  .  408 

and  towende  hi  sona  swa  swa  wex  '  formylt  . 

swa  \cet  ne  belaf  hire  an  lim  ge-sund  . 

pa  clypodon  fa  haefen-gildan  .  and  hetelice  grimetodon  . 

andheora  an  sona  ofsloh  fone  apostol  412 

mid  atogenum  swurde  .  ssede  f cet  he  wolde 

his  godes  teonan  wrecan  .  and  se  cyning  gewende  f  anon  . 

for-fan-fe  f cet  folc  wolde  wrecan  fone  apostol  . 

Hi  feredon  fa  his  lie  mid  geleafan  to  cyrcan  .  416 

and  wurSlice  bebyrigdon  .  to  wuldre  fam  aelmihtigan  . 

f  aer  wurdon  gelome  wundra  gefremode  . 

wode  men  faer  weeron  on  gewitte  gebrohte  . 

and  gehwilce  untrumnyssa  hwil-tidum  faer  wurdon  420 

gehaelede  f  urh  god  .  and  se  godes  apostol 

weartS  sy(5(5an  geferod  to  Syrian  lande 

mid  micelre  arwurSnysse  .  fam  selmihtigan  to  lofe 

se  fe  on  ecnysse  rixa(5  riclice  mihtig  .  Amen  .  424 

394.  U.  ge-lyfe ;  lyfiendan.  401.  IT.  offrunge. 

396.  U.  wsetere.  404.  U.  het. 

397.  U.  cyning ;  mann.  406.  U.  anlicnesse. 
399.   U.  wsetere.  407.  U.  he  (for  hit). 

1  Leaf  228. 


XXXVI.      SAINT   THOMAS   THE   APOSTLE.  425 

Then  said  Thomas  to  him :    '  God  did  not  this  for  me,  but  for 

thee  rather, 
that  thou  so  at  least  mightest  believe  on  the  living  God. 
Verily  he  can  give  me  the  power 

that  I,  without  water,  may  not  dread  thy  torture/  396 

Then  Mazdai  the  king  bade  men  put  the  man  of  God 
in  boiling  water;    then  it  became  cool; 
and  no  brand  would  burn  beneath  the  water. 
Then  he  was  led  to  the  lifeless  gods,  400 

that  he  might  lay  his  gift  before  them  in  offering, 
and  bow  his  knees  to  the  shameful  images. 
Then  Thomas  boldly  commended  himself  to  his  Lord, 
and  bade  the  devil  who  dwelt  in  the  magic  work  404 

that  he  should  come  out  of  the  image  to  him, 
and  commanded  him  in  God's  name  to  overthrow  the  images, 
and  the  devil's  temple,  so  that  it  should  hurt  no  one. 
Then  came  the  devil  out  of  the  image,  408 

and  destroyed  it  instantly,  even  as  wax  melteth  away,, 
so  that  not  one  limb  of  it  remained  whole. 
Then  cried  the  idolaters  and  furiously  roared, 
and  one  of  them  immediately  slew  the  apostle  412 

with  a  drawn  sword,  saying  that  he  would 
avenge  the  insult  to  his  god ;    and  the  king  went  thence, 
because  his  people  desired  to  avenge  the  apostle. 
Then  they  carried  his  body  faithfully  to  church,  416 

and  reverently  buried  it,  to  the  glory  of  the  Almighty. 
There  miracles  were  frequently  performed ; 
madmen  were  there  restored  to  their  senses, 
and  all  manner  of  infirmities  from  time  to  time  were  healed  there 
by  help  of  God;   and  God's  apostle  421 

was  afterwards  carried  to  the  Syrian  land 
with  great  honour,  to  the  praise  of  the  Almighty, 
who  reigneth  in  eternity,  gloriously  mighty.     Amen.  424 

408.  U.  ut.  415.  U.  Sam  {for  >an). 

409.  U.  weax.  419.  U.  wode. 

410.  U.  he  {for  nc!).  424.  U.  ecnessu;  rtclice. 
414.  K.  kyning. 


APPENDIX, 


XXXVII. 

XL  KAL.  FEBR.    PASSIO  SANCTI  VINCENTII  MARTYRIS. 

From  MS.  U.  =  MS.  Camb.  Univ.  Lib.  Ii.  i.  33.    Unique  copy. 

1  fY*  ispanian  lande  fsere  speoniscan  leode  . 

"  wses  se  halga  martir  fe  hatte  uincentius 
to  menn  geboren  .  &  mid  his  magura  afedd  . 
on  mycclum  cristen-dome  .  &  he  on  cristes  lare  4 

wel  f eonde  wees  .  otStSaet  he  wearS  ge-hadod 
lo  halgum  diacone  .  fawi  helende  feowiende 
mid  f  am  ma?ran  bisceope  ualerium  . 

se  wses  fa  msere  lareow  on  ispanian  lande  .  8 

swa  swa  seo  gerecednysse  us  segS  on  ledenura  gereorde  . 
fa  aras  seo  ehtnys  faera  arleasra  cwellerae 
wide  geond  fas  world  wodlice  swifte 

on-gean  cristes  geleafan  .  &  on-gean  fa  cristenan  menn  12 

forban  f  e  se  deofol  wolde  adwaescan  f  one  geleafan 
mid  fara  mycelam  (sic)  ehtnessum  .  &  \>am  ormetura  witum  . 
ac  swa  man  ma  of-sloh  fara  martira  fa  . 

swa  faer  ma  ge-lyfdon  fyrh  fa  mycclan  wundra  16 

f  e  fa  halgan  geworhtan  .  furh  faes  helendes  mihte  . 
i'orfam  f e  socSa  geleafa  faes  so<5festan  godes 
ne  byS  naefre  adwaesced  .  furh  fa  deofollican  ehtnysse  . 
ac  bycS  swiSor  ge-eacnod  swa  swa  us  segacS  bee  .  20 

3.  MS.    maguw*    (faegere)  ;     ichcre       cated  in  these  notes  by  marks  of  paren- 
faegere  is  inserted  by  a  later  hand;       thesis, 
there  are  many  such  insertions,  indi-  4.  MS.    mycclum    (J)eavvum)  ;     see 

1  p.  252. 


APPENDIX. 


XXXVII. 

JAN.  22.     THE  MAKTYRDOM  OF  ST.  VINCENT. 

In  the  Hispanian  land  of  the  Spanish  people, 

was  the  holy  martyr,  who  was  named  Yincentius, 

born  among  men,  and  by  his  kinsmen  nourished 

in  much  Christianity;  and  he  in  Christ's  lore  4 

was  greatly  advancing,  until  he  became  ordained 

as  a  holy  deacon,  serving  the  Saviour 

with  the  illustrious  bishop  Valerius, 

who  was  the  illustrions  teacher  in  the  Hispanian  laud,  8 

as  the  narrative  tells  us  in  the  Latin  tongue. 

Then  arose  the  persecution  of  impious  tormentors 

wide  throughout  the  world,  very  madly, 

against  belief  in  Christ,  and  against  Christian  men  ;  1 2 

because  that  the  devil  would  quench  that  belief 

with  great  persecutions  and  unmeasured  torments; 

but  the  more  one  slew  of  the  martyrs  then, 

so  the  more  believed,  through  the  great  wonders  16 

which  the  saints  wrought  through  the  Saviour's  might; 

because  that  the  true  belief  in  the  very  God 

shall  never  be  quenched  through  devilish  persecution, 

but  shall  be  rather  increased,  as  books  tell  us.  20 

note  I.      MS.  cristen  cristen  dome,  6.  MS.  (ercan)  diacone. 

with  cristen  struck  through,  and  &  on  12.  MS.  nienn  (oe  god  lufedon). 

written    opposite   it   in  the   margin.  20.  MS.  us  segaft  (ure)  bee. 
MS.  he  (eac). 


428     XXXVII.     (appendix.)     passio  sancti  vincentii. 

On  pam  dagum  vvses  ]?a  sum  heretoga  wselhreow 

datianus  ge-hatan  swi(5e  hetol  elitere 

on  anre  heafod-byrig  on  pam  fore-seedan  lande  . 

pe  begeat  1set  pam  casere  "pest  he  acwellan  moste  24 

fa  halgan  cristenan  menu  mid  mislicum  witum  . 

Him  geuf>e  ]?a  se  casere  swa  swa  us  cyj>a(5  bee  . 

poet  se  wselhreowa  ehtere  ]xme  anweald  hsefde  . 

pcet  he  moste  acwellan  pn  cristenan  mid  witum  .  28 

ioY-pam-pe,  hi  begen  wseron  mid  bealowe  afyllede  . 

criste  wicSer-winnan  mid  wodlicre  retSnysse  . 

Hwset  J?a  datianus  se  deofollica  cwellere 

on  £>am  anwealde  pe  he  under-fangen  hsefde  .  32 

ge-cydde  his  wodnysse  ofer  pa  cristenan  menn  . 

&  began  to  dreccenne  mid  dyrstigum  anginne 

pa  halgum  bisceopas  .  &  £>a  ge-hadodan  preostas  . 

Wolde  serest  J>a  heafod-men  J?ses  halgan  geleafan  36 

mid  witum  ofer-swiSan  .  pcet  he  sy<S(5an  mihte 

J?a  lsessan  ofer-cuman  &  fram  heora  geleafan  gebigan  . 

pa  efste  se  bisceop  &  se  eadiga 

uincentius  to  pam  secSelan  mar tir- dome  .  40 

pohtan  pcet  hi  wurdon  witodlice  geseelige  . 

gif  hi  mid  est-fulnesse  eardlice  under-fengon 

J>one  wuldor-fullan  cyne-helm  .  heora  martyr-domes 

Jmrh  ]?a  andsetnysse  J?ses  heelendes  ge-leafan  .  44 

Datianus  }?a  se  deofollica  elitere 

het  gebringan  fa  halgan  gebunclene  mid  racenteagum 

into  anre  burig  .  &  hi  begen  be-lucan 

on  leoht-leasum  c wear t erne  .  Let  hi  liggan  swa  48 

on  mete-leaste  micclum  ge-hefegode 

mid  pam  heardan  lsene  .  hopode  pcet  hi  sceolde 

Jmrh  fa  wita  abugan  fram  godes  ge-leafan  . 

Atfter  langsumum  fyrste  he  het  hi  gebringan  him  to  .  52 

wende  pcet  hi  wseron  mid  pam  witum  for-numene  . 

&  mid  peeve  mete-leaste  2miht-lease  gedone  . 

28.  MS.  cristenan  (men).  30.  MS.  ^&)  criste(s). 

1  P.  253.  2  P-  254. 


XXXVII.       (APPENDIX.)      ST.   VINCENT,   MARTYR.        429 

In  those  days  was  then  a  cruel  captain, 

named  Datianus,  a  very  fierce  persecutor 

in  a  head-borough  in  the  aforesaid  land ; 

who  obtained  of  the  emperor,  that  he  might  kill  24 

the  holy  Christian  men  with  various  torments. 

To  him  the  emperor  granted,  as  books  inform  us, 

that  the  cruel  persecutor  might  have  the  power 

that  he  might  kill  the  Christians  with  torments,  28 

because  that  they  both  were  filled  with  mischief, 

to  strive  against  Christ  with  mad  severity. 

So  Datianus,  the  devilish  murderer, 

by  the  power  that  he  had  received,  32 

manifested  his  madness  against  Christian  men, 

and  began  to  oppress  with  a  daring  attempt 

the  holy  bishops  and  the  ordained  priests. 

He  wished,  first  of  all,  to  prevail  over  with  torments  36 

the  chief- men  of  the  holy  belief,  that  he  afterwards  might 

overcome  the  lesser  ones,  and  turn  them  from  their  belief. 

Then  hastened  the  bishop  and  the  holy 

Vincentius  to  the   noble  martyrdom;  40 

they  thought  that  they  would  be  verily  blessed, 

if  they  with  devotion  eagerly  received 

the  glorious  diadem  of  their  martyrdom, 

through  the  confession  of  belief  in  the  Saviour.  44 

Datianus  then,  the  devilish  persecutor, 

commanded  (men)  to  bring  the  saints,  bound  with  chains, 

into  a  city,  and  to  lock  them  both 

in  a  light-less  prison.     He  let  them  lie  so  48 

in  extreme  famine,  heavily  loaded 

with  the  hard  iron ;  he  hoped  that  he  should 

through  these  torments  turn  them  away  from  faith  in  God. 

After  a  long  period  he  commanded  (men)  to  bring  them  to  him;  52 

he  thought  that  they  were  wasted  with  the  torments, 

and  through  the  famine  made  strengthless. 

35.  MS.  preostas  (&  )>a  diacones).  48.  MS.  (&)  Let. 

47.  MS.  begen  (het).  49.  MS.  (swiSe)  miccluw. 


430     XXXVII.    (appendix.)     passio  sancti  vincentii. 

wolde  hi  gewttnian  mid  marum  witum  . 

pcet  hi  swa  eaftelice  ge-endian  ne  sceoldan  .  56 

Hi  comon  J>a  begen  mid  bli(5um  andwlitum 

&  ansundum  lichamum  .  to  J>am  geleafleasan  deman  . 

&  he  wearS  of-wundrod  pcet  hi  wseron  ansunde 

&  faegeres  hiwaes  on  fulre  mihte  .  60 

&  axode  fa  weard-men  hu-meta  hi  dorston 

hi  swa  wel  fedan  mid  wistum  &  drencum  . 

He  ne  mihte  na  to-cnawsen  pcet  crist  sylf  hi  afedde  . 

&  be-fran  pa,  mid  graman  J>on6  fore-ssedan  bisceop  .  64 

Eala  J>u  ualerius  ic  pe  be-frine  nu  . 

hwset  dest  pn  mid  p&m  pcet  pu  durre  winne 

ongean  ]?one  casere  swilce  furh  eawfsestrnysse  . 

ac  pe  bisceop  ne  ge-andwearde  p&m  waelhreowum  swa  hracSe   68 

forf>an  pe  god  wolde  poet  he  wurde  ofer-swiSed 

Jmrh  pewe  diacon  on  pa,m  martir-dome 

pe  pa  gearo  wses  to  J>am  wuldorfullan  sige  . 

&  pcet  se  man-fulla  mihte  eac  to-cnawan  72 

pcet  se  bisceop  mihte  mid  gebyldum  geleafan 

his  wita  for-seon  .  pa  (5a  he  wear<5  ofer-swrSed 

Jmrh  J>one  diacon  mid  his  drihtnes  ge-leafan. 

pa  cwse<S  uincentius  to  p&m  arwyrSam  (sic)  bisceope  .  76 

andweard  p&m  arleasan  mid  anreedum  geleafan  . 

pcet  his  wodnys  swa  wurtSe  to-brut  . 

mid  ealdor-dome  ures  drihtnes  mihte  . 

Seo  ylce  nsedre  specS  nu  furh  J?ises  arleasan  mu'S  .  80 

J>e  pa  frum-sceapenan  men  gefurn  for-lserde  . 

&  mid  nitSfullum  andan  him  be-nsemde  fees  wuldres 

pe  him  god  forgeaf  gif  hi  him  gehyrsumodon  . 

He  ne  ge-earnode  nanes  wuldres  .  84 

ne  he  ne  wunode  on  socSfsestnesse  . 

ac  J>one  dea<5  pe  he  scencte  J>am  frum-sceapenum  mannum  . 

55.  MS.  maruiw,  altered  to  maran.  naj^or  ne  dydon. 

57.  MS.    bliSum     (mode     &    raid  64.  MS.  bisceop.  (Jms  axian). 

fsegerum)  andwlitum.  67.  MS.  casere  (oSSe  ongein  us). 

62.  After  drencuw  is  an  inierpo-  68.  MS.  slc,  altered  to  Ac.    MS.  ne, 

lated  line :  hi  cvv^don  \>f?t  hi  hym  on  altered  to  nolde. 


XXXVII.      (APPENDIX.)      ST.   VINCENT,    MARTYR.        431 

He  would  torment  them  with  greater  torments 

that  they  should  not  so  easily  end  (their  life).  56 

Then  came  they  both  with  blithe  faces 

and  wholly-sound  bodies,  to  the  unbelieving  judge ; 

and  he  was  astonished  that  they  were  wholly-sound, 

and  of  fair  hue,  in  full  strength;  60 

and  he  asked  the  warders  however  they  dared 

so  well  feed  them,  with  victuals  and  drinks. 

He  could  not  perceive  that  Christ  himself  fed  them; 

and  he  asked  then  with  anger  the  aforesaid  bishop,  64 

'  Ha !  thou  Valerius,  I  ask  thee  now, 

what  dost  thou,  inasmuch  as  thou  darest  contend 

against  the  emperor,  as  if  for  religion?' 

But  the  bishop  answered  not  the  cruel  one  so  readily,  68 

because  that  God  would  that  he  should  be  overcome 

by  the  deacon  in  the  martyrdom, 

who  was  then  ready  for  the  glorious  victory. 

And  that  the  wicked  one  might  also  perceive  72 

that  the  bishop  could  with  bold  faith 

despise  his  torments,  since  he  was  (even)  overcome 

by  the  deacon,  through  his  belief  in  the  Lord. 

Then  quoth  Vincentius  to  the  venerable  bishop —  76 

'Answer  the  profane  one  with  prompt  faith, 

that  his  madness  may  thus  be  brought  to  naught, 

by  the  authority  of  our  Lord's  might. 

The  very  serpent  speaketh  now  by  the  mouth  of  this  profane  one,  80 

he  who  formerly  seduced  the  first-created  men, 

and  with  envious  malice  robbed  them  of  the  glory 

which  God  would  have  given  them,  if  they  had  obeyed  him. 

He  deserved  no  glory,  84 

neither  did  he  remain  in  truthfulness; 

but  that  death  which  he  proffered  to  the  first-created  men, 

70.  MS.  diacon  (vincentius).  77*  MS.    (la  leof    ealdor    ge)and- 

73.  MS.  gebyldum  (&  godum).  weard. 

75.  MS.  his  (leofan)   drihtnes  ge-           79.  MS.  (so-Slice)  mihte. 
leaf'an  (altered  to  mihte).  81.  MS.  men  (Adara  &  euan). 

76.  MS.  bisceope  (|ms).  83.  MS.forgeaf(onneorxnavvange). 


432     XXXVII.     (appendix.)    passio  sancti  vincentii. 

f  one  he  dranc  arrest  him  sylfum  to  bealowe  . 

Winne  he  wif  me  on  fisum  ge-winne  nu  .  88 

&  he  wiS  me  feohte  on  his  feondlicum  triiwan  . 

&  he  ge-syh'S  sotSlice  pcet  Mc  swyfor  mseg  . 

f  one  ic  beo  ge-witnod  fonne  he  fe  wit-naf  . 

Forfan  fe  he  sylf  sceal  swserran  witu  frowian  .  92 

&  he  bycS  ofer-swifted  on  minre  geswencednysse  . 

pa  geangsumode  sona  se  arleasa  datianus  . 

&  cwsetS  to  his  gingrum  &  to  his  witnerum  f  us  . 

For-laetetS  fysne  bisceop  &  ge-bringaf  on  witum  96 

uincentium  f  one  witSer-coran  f  e  us  mid  wordum  swa  tyncS  . 

aliotS  hine  on  faere  hengene  .  &  hetelice  astreccacS 

ealle  his  lima  .  ])cet  fa  Ufa  him  to-gaan  . 

pa  ge-faestnodon  fa  cwelleras  fone  cristes  fegn  100 

on  f  sere  heardan  hengene  .  &  hine  hetelice  tihton 

swa  swa  man  web  tiht  .  &  se  wsel-hreowa  him  cwcetS  to  . 

Hwset  segst  f u  nu  uincentius  .  hwa3t  ping  f  e  be  pe  sylfuum 

&  be  finum  earman  lichaman  on  fysum  lafum  witum  .  104 

Se  halga  wer  fa  cweef  to  fam  wselhreowan  fus  . 

pises  ic  ge-wilnode  &  gewiscte  asfre  . 

nis  me  nan  ping  leofre  pcet  me  on  milium  life  getimode  . 

&  fu  swiSost  ge-fwaerlsecst  mines  sylfes  gewilnunge  .  108 

nelle  ic  pcet  p u  ge-swice  .  Forfan  pe  ic  sylf  gearo  eom 

witu  to  tSrowienne    .  for  p am  wuldor-fullan  drihtne  . 

nelle  ic  pcet  Su  wanige  mm  wuldor  for  gode  . 

&  ponne  fu  me  witnast  .  pu  bist  sylf  ge-witnod  .  112 

Datianus  fa  deofollice  yrsode 

&  be-gan  to  sleanne  swifte  mid  gyrdum 

his  agene  witneras  f e  fone  halgan  witnodon 

pcet  hi  swiSor  sceolde  hine  ge-swzencan  .  116 

Se  halga  wer  fa  cwcep  .  Nu  fu  ge-wrecst  on  him 

Sa  witu  fe  ic  f rowige  for  f hire  wselhreownysse  . 

swilce  f  u  sylf  wille  ge-wrecen  me  on  him  . 

94.  Over  the  word  geangsumode  is  written  bealh  hine.       98.  MS.  hine  (ic  hate). 

1  P-  255. 


XXXVII.       (APPENDrX.)       ST.   VINCENT,    MARTYR.  433 

that  lie  drank  first,  to  his  own  bale. 

Let  him  contend  with  me  in  this  strife  now,  88 

and  let  him  fight  against  me  in  his  fiendly  confidence, 

and  he  shall  see  verily  that  I  am  the  stronger. 

When  I  am  tormented,  then  he  will  torment  thee, 

because  that  himself  shall  suffer  heavier  torments,  92 

and  he  shall  be  overpowered  in  my  tribulation.' 

Then  was  vexed  straightway  the  profane  Datianus, 

and  saith  to  his  servants  and  to  his  tormentors  thus : — 

'  Let  alone  this  bishop,  and  bring  into  torments  96 

Vincentius  the  rebel,  who  so  vexes  us  with  words. 

Hang  him  up  in  the  rack,  and  severely  stretch 

all  his  limbs,  that  his  joints  may  give  way.' 

Then  the  tormentors  fastened  the  servant  of  Christ  100 

in  the  hard  rack,  and  severely  stretched  him 

as  a  man  stretches  a  web,  and  the  cruel  one  says  to  him, 

'  What  sayest  thou  now,  Vincentius  1     What  dost  thou  think    of 

thyself, 
and  of  thy  poor  body  in  these  evil  torments  V  104 

The  holy  m  an  then  saith  to  the  cruel  one  thus : — 
'  This  I  desired  and  ever  wished  for. 

Nothing  is  liefer  to  me  that  (ever)  happened  to  me  in  my  life, 
and  thou  agreest  very  much  with  my  own  desire.  108 

I  wish  not  that  thou  shouldst  cease,  since  I  myself  am  ready 
to  suffer  torments  for  the  glorious  Lord. 

I  wish  not  that  thou  shouldst  diminish  my  glory  before  God  ; 
and  when  thou  tormentest  me,  thou  art  thyself  tormented.'    112 
Datianus  then  became  fiendishly  angry, 
and  began  to  strike  severely  with  rods 
his  own  tormentors,  who  tormented  the  holy  man, 
that  they  the  more  severely  might  afflict  him.  116 

The  holy  man  then  saith,  'Now  thou  wreakest  on  them 
the  torments  that  I  suffer  because  of  thy  cruelty, 
as  if  thou  thyself  wouldst  avenge  me  on  them.' 


in.  MS.  for  gode  (&  mtne  gesaelffa). 

113.  MS.  yrsode  (&  waes  graw  on  his  mode. 


28 


434    XXXVII.     (appendix.)    passio  sancti  vincentii. 

He  hrymde  pa  swicSor  &  mid  reftnysse  grymetode  .  120 

&  gyt  swiftor  wedde  sleande  his  c  well  eras 

mid  saglum  &  mid  gyrdum  .  het  hi  swicSor  witnian 

1pone  halgan  wer  on  paere  hengene  . 

pohte  Ipcet  he  mihte  his  mod  ahnexian  124 

purh  pa  ormsetan  wita  .  ac  he  warm  on  idel  . 

forpan  pe  hi  ateorodon  on  paere  tintregunge  . 

Ipcet  hi  leng  ne  mihton  pone  martir  gewitnian  . 

&  he  anrsede  purh-wunode  on  pam  witum  swa  peah  .  128 

Datianus  pa  axode  mid  seblaecum  andwlitan 

his  reftan  cwelleras  .  pus  cwetSende  him  to  . 

Hwar  is  nu  eower  miht  &  eower  maegen  becumen  . 

ne  on-cnawe  ic  eowere  handa  pe  sefre  hetole  waeran  .  132 

swa  oft  swa  ge  ge-witnodon  pa  tSe  waeron  for-scyldegode  . 

oppe  purh  man-slihte  ocSSe  purh  morp-daeda  . 

o(5(Se  purh  dry-craeft  .  ocScSe  dyrne  forliger  . 

aefre  ge  ge-wyldon  mid  witum  hi  ealle  .  136 

&  hi  heore  diglan  daeda  eow  bedyrnan  ne  mihton  . 

Ac  ge  nu  ne  magon  pusne  mann  ofer-swiSan 

Ipcet  he  hiiru  suwige  on  pyswm  scearpum  witum  . 

pa  smercode  se  halga  wer  &  to  pam  hetolan  cwaeS  .  140 

pis  is  pcet  awriten  is  witodlice  on  godes  se  . 

\cet  (5a  ge-seondan  ne  geseop  ne  pa  gehyrendan  ne  ge-hyraS  . 

Drihten  crist  ic  andette  paes  aelmihtigan  feeder  sunu 

mid  pam  halgan  gaste  anne  soSne  god  .  144 

Ac  witna  me  gyt  swiSor  for  pissere  softan  andetnysse 

\>a$t  Su  on  eallum  pingum  pe  ofer-swi(5edne  on-cnawe  . 

Datianus  pa  cwoep  .  to  pam  drihtnes  cypere 

ge-milsa  pe  sylfum  &  ne  a-myr  pine  geogupe  148 

&  pin  lif  ne  ge-scyrt  .  on  pisum  suslum  pus  . 

Ipcet  pu  hure  aet-berste  pisum  heardum  witum 

huru  nu  set  ende  peah  pu  aer  noldest  . 

Uincentms  him  cwcep  to  mid  cenum  ge-leafum  pus  .  152 

ne  ondraede  ic  pine  witu  ne  pine  weelhreowan  tintrego  . 

120.  MS.  grymetode  (swa  leo).  130.  After  reftan  is  a  small  space. 

1  p.  256. 


XXXVII.      (APPENDIX.)      ST.   VINCENT,    MARTYR.         435 

He  cried  out  then  the  louder,  and  with  fierceness  raged,        120 

and  yet  more  he  raved,  striking  his  torturers 

with  rods  and  sticks,  (and)  commanded  them  torment  the  more 

the  holy  man  in  the  rack. 

He  thought  that  he  might  soften  his  mood  124 

by  the  immeasurable  torments;  but  he  strove  in  vain, 

because  that  they  became  tired  in  the  tormenting, 

so  that  they  could  no  longer  torment  the  martyr; 

and  he  constantly  endured  the  torments  nevertheless.  128 

Datianus  then  asked,  with  pale  face, 

his  fierce  torturers,  thus  speaking  to  them : — 

'  Where  is  now  your  might  and  your  strength  gone  % 

I  perceive  not  your  hands,  that  were  ever  severe  132 
as  often  as  ye  tormented  those  that  were  condemned 

either  for  homicide  or  for  murders, 

either  for  sorcery  or  for  secret  adultery. 

Ever  ye  subdued  them  all  with  torments,  136 

and  they  could  not  hide  from  you  their  secret  deeds. 

But  now  ye  cannot  overcome  this  man 

so  that  he  may  at  least  be  silent  in  these  sharp  torments.' 

Then  smiled  the  holy  man  and  to  the  savage  one  spake : —    140 

*  This  is  verily  that  which  is  written  in  God's  law, 

that  the  seeing  ones  see  not,  nor  the  hearing  ones  hear. 

Lord  Christ  I  confess,  the  Almighty  Father's  Son, 

with  the  Holy  Ghost,  one  true  God.  144 

But  torment  me  yet  more  for  this  true  confession 

that  thou  in  all  respects  mayst  confess  thyself  overcome/ 

Datianus  then  saith  to  the  Lord's  witness, 

'Pity  thyself,  and  mar  not  thy  youth,  148 

and  shorten  not  thy  life  thus  in  these  torments, 

that  thou  mayest  at  least  escape  these  hard  tortures, 

at  least  now  at  last,  though  before  thou  wouldst  not.' 

Vincentius  saith  to  him  thus  with  keen  faith: —  152 

I I  dread  not  thy  torments  nor  thy  cruel  tortures ; 

131.  MS.  repeats  &  eower.  140.  MS.  hetolan  (datiaiws  ]ms). 

134.  MS.  man  slihtes,  the  s  being  153.  MS.  ic  (me). 

added  above. 

28—2 


436     XXXVII.     (appendix.)     passio  sancti  vincentii. 

ac  ic  swi<Sor  ondrsede  \>cet  Ipu  ge-swican  wylle 

fnnre  reSnusse  &  swa  me  gemiltsian  . 

Dsic'mnus  f>a  het  liine  gedon  of  faere  hengene  .  156 

&  hine  1  eft  ahon  on  heardum  gealgan  sona 

&  hine  man  J>a  swang  &  mid  saglum  beot  . 

&  mid  blysum  ontende  his  bare  lie  eall 

astrehtm/r  limuw  .  ac  his  geleafa  swa-f>eah  160 

on  his  drihtenes  andetnysse  sefre  }?urh-wunede  . 

Man  ledde  to  his  breostum  brade  Tsene  clutas 

swiSe  glowende  Ipcet  hit  sang  ongean  . 

&  hi  J?a  teartan  wita  mid  witum  ge-eacnodon  .  164 

&  his  serran  wiinda  mid  wundum  of-settan  . 

&  into  his  inno(5um  hine  gewundodon  . 

swa  Ipcet  on  his  lichaman  nan  dsel  ne  be-laf 

\>e  nsere  ge-wundod  on  (Saere  witnunge  .  168 

Him  fleow  }>a  Ipcet  blod  ofer  ealne  Ipcme  lichaman  . 

&  him  se  innof)  eac  geopenode  ongean  . 

&  his  lij>a  to-slupon  on  Jpam  lacSum  tintregum  . 

Ac  he  eall  fis  for-baer  mid  blij>um  andwlitan  172 

&  mid  strangum  gaste  on  godes  andetnysse 

to  f  am  helende  clypiende  Ipe  he  on  gelyfde  . 

Wala  wa  eweep  datianws  we  synd  ofer-swiSede  . 

Ac  seca}?  nu  ic  bidde  an  blind  cweartsern  176 

Ipsdr  nan  leoht  ne  mage  inn  .  &  on  f>am  myclum  J>eostrum 

strewia<5  geoncl  eall  tobrocene  tigelan 

scearpe  ge-ecgocle  .  &  J>3er-on  astrecca)) 

J»ysne  wi(5er-coran  .  Ipcet  he  hine  bewendan  180 

fram  wite  to  wite  &  symble  gearewe  habbe  . 

BeliicatS  hine  \ onne  fseste  fast  he  liege  J>ser  ana 

leohtes  bedseled  on  })am  latSum  bedde  . 

secgaS  me  swa  sona  swa  ge  on-cnawaf  184 

Ipcet  he  cucu  ne  by(5  .  &  pa  cwelleras  swa  dydon  . 

ge-brohton  pone  halgan  wer  on  J>am  blindan  cwearterne  . 

&  be-sseton  hine  sytSftan  .  wakigende  . 

160.   MS.  swa  J>eah  (ne  ateorode).  162.  MS.  (feower)  brade. 

1  P-  257- 


XXXVII.       (APPENDIX.)       ST.    VINCENT,    MARTYR.         437 

but  I  rather  fear  that  thou  wilt  desist 

from  thy  fierceness,  and  so  pity  me/ 

Datianus  then  bade  him  to  be  taken  from  the  rack,  156 

and  afterward  to  exalt  him  soon,  on  the  hard  gallows; 

and  then  they  scourged  him,  and  beat  him  with  rods ; 

and  with  torches  singed  all  his  bare  body, 

his  limbs  being  stretched  out,  but  nevertheless  his  faith  160 

in  confession  of  his  Lord  continued  ever. 

They  laid  on  his  breast  [lit.  breasts]  broad  iron  clouts 

very  (hotly)  glowing,  so  that  it  sang  again, 

and  they  augmented  the  sharp  torments  with  (new)  tortures,  164 

and  afflicted  with  (new)  wounds  his  former  wounds, 

and  wounded  him  (even)  into  his  inward  parts, 

so  that  in  his  body  no  part  remained 

that  was  not  wounded  by  the  tormenting.  168 

Then  his  blood  flowed  over  all  the  body, 

and  his  inward  parts  also  opened  again, 

and  his  joints  slipped  asunder  in  the  cruel  torments. 

But  he  bore  all  this  with  blithe  countenance,  173 

and  with  strong  spirit,  in  his  confession  of  God, 

calling  to  the  Saviour  on  whom  he  believed. 

'Alas!'  said  Datianus,  cwe  are  overcome! 

But  seek  now,  I  bid  you,  a  dark  prison  176 

wherein  no  light  may  come,  and  in  the  great  darkness 

strew  all  over  (it)  tiles  broken-in-pieces, 

edged  sharply,  and  thereon  stretch. 

this  rebel,  that  he  may  turn  him  180 

from  torment  to  torment,  and  have  (one)  always  ready. 

Lock  him  then  fast,  that  he  may  lie  there  alone, 

deprived  of  light,  on  the  loathsome  bed. 

Tell  me  as  soon  as  ye  perceive  it,  184 

that  he  is  not  alive/     And  the  tormentors  did  so. 

They  brought  the  holy  man  into  the  dark  prison, 

and  surrounded  him  afterwards,  watching. 

168.  MS.  witnunge  (soSlice).  171.  MS.  li])a  (eall). 

169.  MS.  blod  (ut).  173.  MS.  mid  (godes}. 

170.  MS.  him  (eac). 


438     XXXVII.     (appendix.)     passio  sancti  vincentii. 

Mid  pam  Se  pa  weard-men  wurdon  on  sleepe  .  188 

pa  com  bser  heofonlic  leoht  in-to  fam  halgan  were 

on  pam  blindan  cweartearne  swilce  beorht  sunbeam  . 

&  him  wearS  gebedadod  mid  hnescre  beddinge  . 

&  he  sylf  fa  sang  his  sealmes  blitSe  192 

his  drihten  heriende  mid  incundre  heortan  . 

pa  wundrode  pa  weard-men  pees  wynsuman  leohtes 

swi(5e  afyrhte  for  paw  fserlican  tacne. 

pa  cwcep  se  halga  wer  of  pam  heofonlican  leohte  .  196 

ne  beo  ge  afyrhte  .  ic  heom  nu  gefrefrod 

mid  engellicre  penunge  .  ga(5  in  &  sceawiacS 

ge  gebrohten  me  on  prystum  .  &  ic  blissige  nu  on  leohte  . 

mine  bendas  sund  to-ly.-.ede  .  &  ic  blissige  mid  sange  .  200 

Ic  eom  nu  gestrangod  &  hnesce  under-  streowod  . 

wundriaS  pises  pcet  se  pe  wurSap  god 

mid  sopre  andetnesse  .  \>cet  he  sige-faest  byp  eefre  . 

Cypap  nu  ardlice  eowerum  arleasan  hlaforde  204 

hwilces  leohtes  ic  briice  .  &  hwilcere  beddinge  . 

Ipcet  he  gyt  mage  asmeagan  sum  syllic  wite 

to  minum  wuldre  ne  wanige  he  nan  ping 

pses  pe  minum  martirdome  mage  to  wuldre  becuman  .  208 

his  mildheortednesse  ane  ic  me  ondrsede  swi$ost 

Ipcet  he  beo  awend  swilce  he  wille  mildscian  . 

Hi  cyddon  pa  pis  pam  hetolan  cwellere  . 

&  he  wearS  geangsumod  [se  arleasa  datianus]  212 

&  aBblsece  on  nebbe  cwrep  him  to  andsware  . 

Hwset  mage  we  him  mare  don  nu  we  synd  ofer-swi(5ede  . 

BeraS  hine  nu  ic  bidde  of  pam  blindan  cwserterne 

to  suman  softan  bedde  Ipcet  he  swa  hine  reste  .  216 

nelle  ic  hine  wyrcan  wuldor-fulran  gyt  . 

gif  he  on  fam  witum  ge  wit  nod  ateoraS  . 

Hi  hine  pa  bseran  blipelice  on  eearmun  (sic) 

190.  MS.  swilce  (an).  206.  MS.  sum  (>ing)  syllic. 

191.  MS.  beddinge  (swifte  senlice).  207.  MS.  wuldre  (ic  bidde}. 
194.  ()>a  Sa  v\ eardmen  awocan)  J>a.           208.  MS.  J?e  (he). 

198.  MS.  sceawiaft  (hu  me  is).  210.  MS.  wille  (me  ge). 

1  p.  258. 


XXXVII.      (APPENDIX.)      ST.   VINCENT,   MARTYR.         439 

Whilst  that  the  warders  were  asleep,  188 

then  came  there  heavenly  light  to  the  holy  man, 

into  the  blind  prison,  as  it  were  a  bright  sunbeam. 

And  a  bed  was  prepared  for  him  with  soft  bedding, 

and  he  himself  then  sang  his  blithe  psalms,  192 

praising  his  Lord  with  his  inward  heart. 

Then  wondered  the  warders  at  the  winsome  light, 

being  very  affrighted  at  the  sudden  miracle. 

Then  saith  the  holy  man,  'Of  the  heavenly  light  196 

be  ye  not  affrighted.     I  am  now  comforted 

with  angelic  ministration.     Come  in  and  behold. 

Ye  brought  me  into  darkness,  and  I  rejoice  now  in  light ; 

my  bands  are  loosened,  and  I  rejoice  with  a  song.  200 

I  am  now  strengthened,  and  softly  underlaid. 

Wonder  at  this — that  he  who  worshippeth  God 

with  a  true  confession,  that  he  shall  be  victorious  ever. 

Tell  now  quickly  your  profane  lord,  204 

what  light  I  enjoy,  and  what  (soft)  bedding; 

that  he  may  yet  bethink  him  of  some  worthy  torture ; 

may  he  diminish  nothing  from  my  glory, 

that  may  turn  to  the  glory  of  my  martyrdom.  208 

His  mercy  alone  I  dread  the  most, 

lest  he  be  turned  away  so  as  to  take  pity.' 

They  told  this  then  to  the  fierce  tormentor, 

and  he  became  vexed,  [the  profane  Datianus],  212 

and,  pallid  in  face,  spake  in  answer  to  them:  — 

'  What  may  we  do  more  to  him,  we  are  now  overcome ! 

Bear  him  now,  I  bid  you,  from  that  blind  prison 

to  some  soft  bed,  that  so  he  may  rest  him.  216 

I  desire  not  to  make  him  more  glorious  still, 

(as  he  will  be)  if,  tormented  in  the  torments,  he  fails  (dies).' 

They  then  bare  him  blithely  in  their  arms 

212.    MS.     geangsumod     (on     his  215.  MS.  bidde  (ut). 

mode).     But  a  half -line  seems  to  be  216.  MS.    he     (mage)    swa    hine 

lost;  seel.  94.  (ge)reste. 

214.  MS.  ofer-swiSede,  altered  io  219.  MS.  hine  (namon  &). 

ofer-cumene  ;  see  1.  175. 


440     XXXVII.     (appendix.)     passio  sancti  vincentii. 

pe  hine  aer  witnodon  on  pam  waelhreowuw  tintregum  .  220 

&  hi  his  fet  cystun  .  &  his  flowende  blod 

geornlice  gaderoden  him  sylfuwi  to  ha?le  . 

&  geleddon  hine  aswa  on  para  softan  bedde 

swa  swa  se  arlesa  het  &  for-leetan  (sic)  hine  swa  .  224 

Hit  gelamp  pa  sona  sefter  litlum  fyrstura  . 

pcet  se  halga  gewat  of  worlde  to  gode 

mid  sige-faestura  martirdome  ofer-switSdura  deofle 

to  pam  ecan  wuldre  mid  para  wel-willendan  drihtene  .  228 

pcet  pcet  he  para  be-het  eallura  pe  hine  lufiaft 

&  pam  pe  his  ge-leafan  healdap  ocS  ende  . 

Datianws  pa  cwcep  se  deofollica  cwellerae 

of-sceamod  swa-peah  .  gif  ic  ofer-swiSan  ne  mihte  232 

liine  ser  cucene  .  ic  hine  witnige  deadne  . 

AwyrpaS  nu  his  lie  on  anum  widgillura  felda  . 

fugelura  to  sese  .  &  fulura  hundum  to  mete  . 

&  para  wiltleorum  .  &  his  wselhreowan  pegnas  swa  dydon  .       236 

sona  ge-feredan  poet  lie  to  pam  feldan  middun  . 

&  hit  par  awurpon  wildeorum  to  mete  . 

Hit  gelamp  pa.  sona  pur[h]  godes  fore-sceawunge 

poet  an  sweart  hrem  paer  fleah  sona  to  .  240 

&  be-werode  poet  lie  wi(5  pa  wildan  fugelas 

&  hi  ealle  afligde  mid  his  fiSerura  aweg  . 

&  eac  pa  retSan  deor  mid  his  on-rsesum  . 

Se  aelmihtiga  god  pe  pe  Elinm  his  witegan  244 

purh  pone  sweartan  hisem  asende  hwilon  mete  . 

&  hine  pa  afedde  pur  pees  fugelas  penunge 

swa  swa  on  cyninga  bocura  fulcuS  is  be  para  . 

pe  ylca  ge-heold  nu  pass  lialgan  weres  lie  248 

puih  pses  hrerames  weardunge  witS  pa  ocSre  fugelas  . 

pis  wearcS  eft  gecydd  para  arleasan  datiane  . 

&  he  pa  ge-angsumod  pus  cwcep  . 

ne  mseg  ic  hine  ofer-swiSan  forfton  swa  deadne  .  252 

226.  MS.  halga  (diacon).  233.  MS.  witnige  (Jms). 

232.  MS.   ofer-swiSan,    altered   to  236.   MS.  wihi(e  d)eorum. 

ofer-cumen.  238.  MS.  (&  fugelum)  to  mete. 


XXXVII.       (APPENDIX.)       ST.    VINCENT,    MARTYR.         441 

who  before  had  tormented  him  in  cruel  torments.  220 

And  they  kissed  his  feet,  and  his  flowing  blood 

carefully  they  collected,  for  their  own  healing, 

and  laid  him  thus  on  the  soft  bed, 

as  the  impious  one  commanded,  and  so  left  him.  224 

It  happened  then  soon,  after  a  little  while, 

that  the  saint  departed  from  the  world  to  God, 

with  victorious  martyrdom,  the  devil  being  conquered, 

to  the  eternal  glory  with  the  gracious  God,  228 

which  He  has  promised  to  all  them  that  love  Him, 

and  that  keep  their  faith  in  Him  to  the  end. 

Datianus  then  saith,  the  devilish  persecutor, 

ashamed  nevertheless,  'If  I  might  not  overcome  him  232 

formerly  when  living,  I  will  punish  him  when  dead. 

Cast  now  his  body  into  a  wide  field, 

as  food  for  birds,  and  as  meat  for  unclean  hounds, 

and  for  the  wild  beasts.'     And  his  cruel  servants  did  so.        236 

Soon  they  bore  that  body  to  the  midst  of  the  field, 

and  there  cast  it  away,  as  meat  for  the  wild  beasts. 

It  happened  then  soon,  through  God's  providence, 

that  a  black  raven  soon  flew  thither,  240 

and  guarded  the  body  against  the  wild  fowls, 

and  drove  them  all  away  with  his  wings, 

and  also  the  fierce  beasts  by  his  attacks. 

The  Almighty  God,  who  to  Elias  His  prophet  244 

by  the  black  raven  once  sent  meat, 

and  fed  him  then  by  the  fowl's  ministration, 

as  in  the  Book  of  Kings  is  well  known  concerning  it ; 

the  same  God  kept  now  the  holy  man's  body,  24S 

by  the  keeping  of  the  raven,  against  the  other  fowls. 

This  was  afterwards  told  to  the  impious  Datianus; 

and  he  then,  irritated,  saith  thus  : 

'May  I  not  overcome  him  even  when  dead1?  252 

245.  MS.    mete,    (on  J>am  westene  248.  MS.  ylca  (god"). 

Se  he  onwunode).  251.   This  line  is  left  in  a  prose 

246.  MS.  afedde  (ftser).  form. 


442     XXXVII.     (appendix.)    passio  sancti  vincentii. 

swa  ic  his  swi(5or  ehte  mid  swicSlicre  ehtnysse  . 

swa  ic  hine  swicSor  wyrce  wuldor-fulran  symle  . 

Ac  gif  peorcSe  (sic)  ne  mseg  pone  maim  forniman  . 

be  he  besenced  on  ^selicum  y(5um  .  256 

pcet  us  swa  oft  ne  sceamige  for  his  anes  sige 

on  manna  gesihpum  .  pe  hit  eall  geseocS  » 

beo  he  hum  be-diglod  on  peere  deopen  sjb  . 

Be  he  be-siwod  on  anum  ssecce  mid  hefegum  stanum  .  260 

&  awurpa<S  hine  on  psere  widgillan  sse  . 

pam  fixum  to  mete  peah  pe  pa  fngelas  nolclon  . 

Da  repan  cwelleras  pa  rape  swa  dydon 

awurpan  fees  halgan  lie  on  psere  widgillan  sse  .  264 

mid  pam  hefegum  stanum  .  swa  swa  hi  het  pe  dema 

pcet  he  huru  ne  sc  olde  psere  sa?  set-berstan  . 

p eah  pe  he  psere  eortSan  seror  set-burste  . 

&  reowan  him  hamweard  mid  healicre  blisse  .  268 

Ac  paes  halgan  weres  lie  purh  pes  hselendes  mihte  . 

to  pam  strande  be-com  serpam  pe  hi  stopon  on  land  . 

&  on  pam  ceosole  ge-leeg  .  oS  pcet  sum  geleafful  wudewa 

swutele  gebicnunge  be  pam  under- feng      .  272 

hwser  se  halga  lichama  lseg  on  pam  strande 

be-worpen  mid  pam  ceosole  purh  pa  sselican  ypa  . 

swilce  he  be-byrged  wsere  purh  godes  wissunge  . 

His  lie  wearS  pa  geferod  to  geleaffulre  cyrcan  276 

mid  mycelre  arwyrSnesse  .  &  par  on  innan  bebyriged  . 

&  his  halgan  ban  wurdon  wide  to-dselede  . 

&  mid  mycelre  lufe  hi  man  wyrSap  ge-hwser 

swa  swa  us  secgatS  bee  for  his  soc5an  geleafan  280 

pam  haelende  to  lofe  pe  leofat5  a  on  ecnesse  .  amm. 

258.  MS.  geseoS.  (&  witon).  260,  265.  hefeguw,  altered  to  hefieguw. 

1  p.  260. 


XXXVII.       (APPENDIX.)      ST.    VINCENT,    MARTYR.         443 

As  I  persecute  him  more  with  greater  persecution, 

so  I  make  him  always  the  more  glorious. 

But  if  the  earth  may  not  destroy  the  man, 

let  him  be  sunk  in  the  waves  of  the  sea,  256 

that  I  may  not  so  oft  be  ashamed  at  the  victory  of  him  alone 

in  the  sight  of  men,  who  behold  it  all; 

let  him  at  least  be  hidden  in  the  deep  sea. 

Let  him  be  sewn  in  a  sack,  with  heavy  stones,  260 

and  cast  him  away  into  the  spacious  sea, 

as  meat  for  the  fishes,  though  the  fowls  would  not  have  him/ 

The  fierce  persecutors  then  quickly  did  so. 

They  cast  the  saint's  body  into  the  spacious  sea,  264 

with  heavy  stones,  as  the  judge  commanded  them, 

that  at  least  he  should  not  escape  from  the  sea, 

though  he  formerly  escaped  from  the  earth ; 

and  they  rowed  homeward  in  high  glee.  268 

But  the  holy  man's  body,  by  the  Saviour's  might, 

arrived  at  the  strand  before  they  stepped  ashore, 

and  lay  on  the  shingle,  till  a  believing  widow 

received  a  clear  indication  concerning  it,  272 

where  the  holy  body  lay  on  the  strand, 

cast  amid  the  shingle  by  the  sea-waves, 

as  if  he  should  be  buried  by,  God's  command. 

His  body  was  then  borne  to  a  holy  church  276 

with  much  veneration,  and  therein  buried; 

and  his  holy  bones  were  widely  distributed, 

and  with  much  love  men  revere  them  everywhere, 

as  the  books  tell  us,  for  his  true  faith,  280 

to  the  praise  of  the  Saviour,  who  liveth  aye  in  eternity.     Amen. 

267.  After  set-burste  is  inserted  $a  hig  269.  MS.  Ac  (softlice). 

swagedon  haefdon.    swa  fte  dema  hi  het.  274.  MS.  (sand)  ceosole. 


NOTES  TO  VOL.   II. 


The  MSS.  are  as  follows : — 

A.  (or  Jul.)  =  Cotton  MS.  Julius  E.  7  ;  adopted  as  the  text. 

B.  =  MS.  Bodley  N.  E.  F.  4.  12  (now  Bodley  343);  described  by  Wanley, 
p.  15.     See  Horn.  XXX I  and  XXXII. 

C.  =  MS.  Corpus  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.,  S.  8  (now  198) ;  described  by  Wanley, 
p.  125.     Horn.  XXV. 

D.  =  MS.  Corpus  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.,  S.  17  (now  303J ;  described  by  Wanley, 
p.  133.     Horn.  XXV. 

G.  =  Gloucester  Fragments,  edited  by  Prof.  Earle.  Horn.  XXIII  (B) ; 
see  pp.  14-17,  28-34,  and  50-52. 

H.  =  MS.  Corpus  Chr.  Coll.  Camb.,  S.  6  (now  178) ;  described  by  Wanley, 
p.  1 20.     Horn.  XXV  (last  part)  ;  see  p.  1 20. 

J.  =  MS.  Junius  23,  in  the  Bodleian  Library;  described  by  Wanley,  p.  36. 
Horn.  XXV  (last  part,  11.  812-862).  But  this  I  have  not  collated,  as  there 
are  five  other  copies. 

K.  =MS.  Cotton,  Caligula  A.  14;  described  by  Wanley,  p.  190.  Horn. 
XXXI  (imperfect ;  11.  374-1495 ;  see  p.  243)  ;  and  Horn.  XXXVI. 

0.  =  MS.  Cottou,  Otho  B.  10  (British  Museum);  described  by  Wanley,  p. 
190.  Much  burnt.  When  perfect,  it  contained  Horn.  XXIII  (B),  XXXII, 
and  XXXIII.  Of  Horn.  XXIII  (B),  the  extant  portion  contains  11.  318- 
401  (pp.  22-28),  and  484-527  (pp.  32-36).  Of  Horn.  XXXII,  I  only  find 
a  few  legible  lines  (11.  128-153) ;  and  this  copy  is  practically  useless.  Of  flora. 
XXXIII,  it  affords  the  only  other  copy,  but  is  very  imperfect,  containing  11. 
64-108  (pp.  338-342)  ;  however,  it  is  useful  for  correcting  the  text. 

U.  =MS.  Camb.  Univ.  Library,  Ii.  1.  33,  described  by  Wanley,  p.  162. 
Horn.  XXIV-XXVII,  XXIX,  XXXII,  XXXVI,  XXXVII. 

V.  =  MS.  Cotton,  Vitellius  D.  1 7  ;  described  by  Wanley,  p.  206.  Much 
burnt.  When  perfect,  it  contained  Horn.  XXIV,  XXV  (as  far  as  1.  811), 
XXVI-XXX,  XXXII,  XXXIV,  and  XXXVI.  Of  these  I  can  only  find 
the  following  fragments,  viz.  Horn.  XXV  (11.  1-29  ;  XXVI  (11.  155-236)  ; 
XXVII  (11.  66-205,  illegible) ;  XXX  (illegible  scrapg)  ;  XXXII  (11.  249- 
276)  ;  XXXIV  (11.  230-304).  Such  readings  as  can  be  made  out  are  some- 
times serviceable. 

MSS.  E.,  F.,  and  W.  (see  vol.  i.  p.  543)  contain  none  of  the  homilies 
printed  in  this  second  volume. 


446  NOTES. 


Homily  XXIII  B  :   St.  Mary  of  Egypt. 

This  Homily  does  not  really  belong  to  the  set.  It  will  be  observed  that 
it  is  not  recognized  in  the  Table  of  Contents,  printed  in  vol.  i.  (p.  8),' where 
Homily  XXIII  is  "  De  Septem  Dormientium"  (sic),  and  Horn.  XXIV  is 
"  De  Abdone  et  Senne."  Moreover,  the  style  varies  so  much  from  that  of  the 
other  Homilies,  that  it  clearly  was  not  written  by  ^Elfric.  Nevertheless,  it  is 
printed  here  because,  though  it  does  not  belong  to  the  set,  it  belongs  to  the 
MS.,  into  which  it  was  thrust  by  the  scribe  who  wrote  it.  The  back  of  fol. 
1 20  of  the  MS.  begins  with  the  words  "to  ephese  ferde,"  in  XXIII.  814, 
vol.  i.  p.  538),  and  the  remainder  of  Homily  XXIII  is  crowded  into  the  same 
page.  After  this  14  extra  leaves  have  been  inserted,  in  order  to  introduce 
this  Homily,  affording  more  than  sufficient  space  for  it ;  hence  the  lower  part 
of  fol.  134,  and  the  back  of  the  same  folio,  are  left  blank,  and  Homily  XXIV 
begins  on  fol.  135. 

The  Homily  is  in  many  places  very  corrupt,  and  no  complete  copy  of  it  is 
known.  At  1.  246  (p.  16),  the  MS.  has : — Da  arisan  hi  butu  of  J);»re  eor]>an. 
J>a  Sincg  pe  be  me  synd,  &c.  Here,  after  the  word  "  eorf>an,"  there  is  a  con- 
siderable gap  in  the  story,  since  the  words  "  )>a  Sincg  ]>e  be  me  synd  "  belong  to 
1.  318  (p.  22).  This  gap  I  have  endeavoured  to  supply,  partly  from  MS.  G., 
down  to  1.  292  (p.  20) ;  and,  where  both  MSS.  fail,  from  the  original  Latin 
text.  In  11.  248-292,  MS.  G.  is  frequently  imperfect  and  illegible,  so  that  the 
missing  words  have  been  inserted  by  guess  in  italic  letters  (p.  16,  footnote  4), 
though  the  Latin  text  gives  some  help. 

Of  this  Homily  there  are  three  copies,  viz.  in  A.  (Jul.  E.  7),G.  (Gloucester), 
and  0.  (Otho  B.  10).  As  explained  above,  even  the  copy  in  A.  is  imperfect, 
the  gap  in  it  extending  from  1.  246  to  1.  317.  MS.  G.  consists  of  three  dis- 
connected leaves,  containing  respectively  11.  219-292,  428-496,  and  771  to  the 
end.  The  first  of  these  leaves  is  particularly  useful,  as  it  supplies  a  part  of 
the  missing  text.  MS.  O.  is  so  imperfect  as  to  be  nearly  useless ;  however, 
it  supplies  some  various  readings  in  11.  318-401,  and  484-527 ;  and  it  is  worth 
notice  that  these  readings  are  frequently  more  correct  than  those  in  A. 
Thus,  in  1.  365,  it  corrects  gerenysm  to  gerecednysse ;  in  1.  367,  it  has  spinle 
for  swingle,  where  the  Latin  text  has  colum ;  and  so  on.  Another  remarkable 
fact  about  this  text  is  that  MS.  A.  actually  repeats  one  passage  (11.  671-682, 
pp.  44-46),  and  there  are  slight  variations  between  the  two  versions,  as  duly 
noted  ;  the  second  version  being  called  B. 

The  edition  by  Prof.  Earle  of  the  "  Gloucester  Fragments  "  has  already  been 
alluded  to  in  vol.  i.  p.  552,  with  reference  to  the  Life  of  St.  Swithhun.  The 
same  edition  also  contains  a  facsimile  of  the  fifth  of  the  six  pages  of  the  Life 
of  St.  Mary  of  Egypt,  beginning  with  the  words  "  waes  genyrwed  "  in  1.  770, 
and  ending  with  "  uvum  drihtne"  in  1.  805,  within  a  couple  of  lines  of  the  end 
of  the  piece.  The  sixth  page  completes  the  homily,  and  adds  a  piece  containing 
moral  precepts,  of  no  great  interest,  beginning  "  JErest  mon  sceal  god  lufian 
of  ealre  heortan  "  ;  which  is  written  in  a  later  hand.  "  The  language,"  says 
Prof.  Earle,  with  reference  to  this  piece,  "  is  about  parallel  to  that  of  the 
Chronicle  under  1102.  We  may  compare  the  "  Anglo-Saxon  Apothegms,"  as 
Kemble  calls  them,  printed  in  Salomon  and  Saturn,  ed.  Kemble,  pp.  258-268. 

In   the    Introduction   (1.  4),  the   English  writer  refers   us  to  "Paul,   the 


NOTES.  447 

venerable  deacon  of  the  church  of  holy  Neapolis,"  who  translated  the  Life 
"  from  the  Greek  language  into  Latin."  The  Latin  original  is  given  in 
Vitae  Patrum  (ed.  Kosweyd).  The  Latin  title  is  "  Vita  S.  Marise  iEgyptiacae 
quae  Peccatrix  appellator,  auctore  Sophronio  Ierosolymae  Episcopo :  interprete 
Paulo  Diacono  Sanctse  Neapoleos  ecclesiae."  It  is  printed  in  Patrologise  Cursus 
Conipletus,  ed.  Migne,  vol.  73,  col.  671,  under  the  date  April  2  ;  also  in 
De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  ab  A.  Lipomano,  under  April  8.  The  Greek  Life  is 
entitled  :  Bios  Mapias  Alyvirrias  rrjs  and  kraipiooov  ooiois  da Krjadarjs  Kara.  tt)i/ 
eprjfxov  tov  'lopSdvov  (Earle).  See  also  Alban  Butler's  Lives  of  the  Saints, 
under  April  9 ;  the  South-English  Legendary,  ed.  Horstmann  (E.  E.  T.  S.), 
p.  260;  Barbour's  Legendensammlung,  ed.  Horstmann,  p.  143;  Legenda 
Aurea,  ed.  Grasse,  2nd  ed.,  p.  247  ;  and  Caxton's  Golden  Legend  (p.  440  of 
the  reprint  by  W.  Morris).  The  date  assigned  to  the  death  of  St.  Mary 
is  about  a.d.  430. 

22.  The  Greek  form  of  the  monk's  name  was  Zcoatpids  (Earle). 

228.  *'  UnderwreSed]  propped  up,  supported,  and  so  authorised.  In  the 
Vita,  *tu  enim  presbyterii  honore  fultus  es.'  In  Exod.  xvii.  12,  where 
Aaron  and  Hur  stayed  up  the  hands  of  Moses,  it  is  in  the  Saxon  version  : 
'  Aaron  and  Ur  underwriJ>edon  Moises  handa.' " — Earle. 

235.  Lat.  version  :  "manifesta  jam  quidem  es  ex  ipsa  visione." 

236-8.  Note  the  variation  in  G.,  where  of  J>am  strengran  dale  refers  to  the 
Latin  "  et  fortiori  parte  mortua  es."  The  version  in  the  text  hardly  makes 
sense. 

240.  Lat.  version :  "  gratia  non  ex  dignitate  cognoscitur,  sed  ex  animarum 
actibus  significari  consueta  est ;  benedic  propter  Deum,  et  orationem  tribue 
indulgentiae  tuae  perfectionis.  Stabilitati  autem  eenis  sancti  compassa,"  &c. 
Hence  onemn-J>rowigan  is  equivalent  to  Lat.  compati. 

245.  tiligende  :  "  qui  salutem  procurat  animarum." 

250.  Lat.  version  :  ci  Tamen  quoniam  quidem  te  gratia  Spiritus  sancti  direxit 
ut  aliquod  ministerium  exhibeas  meae  exiguitatis  corpori  congruum."  Cf. 
gehyddo  in  1.  492  ;  and  see  1.  783. 

274.  swa  swa  mannes  elne :  "  quasi  cubitum  unum  ";  the  length  of  a  man's 
fore-arm. 

275.  Earle  takes  ongan  to  be  put  for  ongdn,  i.e.  he  saw  her,  while  hanging 
in  the  air,  continue  to  pray.  This  avoids  the  awkward  change  to  "  she 
began." 

283.  In  Matt.  xi.  6,  the  Lat.  "qui  non  fuerit  scandalizatus"  is  translated 
by  se"J>e  ne  swicad. 

syrwiende  gebedu  fremme :  "  fictam  orationem  facio." 

291.  Earle  prints  "  anbriwgellan,"  remarking  that  it  is  but  a  guess,  as  no 
such  word  is  known.  The  MS.  has  "anbr"  at  the  end  of  one  line,  and 
"gellan"  at  the  beginning  of  the  next.  For  onbring,  i.e.  instigation,  see 
Bosworth  and  Toller.     But  the  form  is  too  risky  to  be  quoted. 

293.  The  gap  in  the  A.  S.  version  is  treated  very  briefly  in  the  South- 
English  Legendary,  where  the  corresponding  passage  is  as  follows  (11.  201-8) : — 
" '  Moder,  thin  ore,'  the  monek  seide :   and  feol  a-doun  a-kne, 
'  To  schewi  ore  swete  louerdes  mijte ;   thi  lijf  tel  thou  me ! ' 
This  guode  womman  nam  him  up :   '  leoue  fader,'  heo  sede, 
'Schame  it  is  to  heore  telle:  of  mine  sunful  dede. 


448  NOTES. 

Ake  for  thou  me  i-sei'3e  naked  er  :    and  that  mi  bodi  was  al  bar, 
That  was  for  schendnesse  of  mine  foule  dedes  :  of  sunne  beo  euere  i-war. 
So  foule  beth  mine  sunfole  dedes  :    that,  bote  god  the  giue  is  grace, 
3 wane  thou  i-heorst  me  hem  telle:    fleo  thou  wolt  out  of  this  place.'" 

431.  unforbugendlice  :  Lat.  "  indeclinanter  attendens." 

435.  Lat.  version:  "me  sic  horridam  adorare  imaginem  tuam  vel  con- 
templari  oculis,  tantis  sordibus  pollutis,  quae  esse  "virgo  dignosceris  et  casta." 

449.  mundbyrdnesse,  protector;  but  more  exactly,  protection,  as  in  1.  454 
below,  and  again  in  1.  479. 

451.  bysmer-gleow,  disgraceful  pleasure  ;  not  recorded  by  Bosworth. 

479.  licwurdan,  not  "favourable,"  as  at  p.  33,  but  rather  "acceptable,"  as 
in  Bosworth  and  Toller. 

492.  Lat.  version  :  "  hos  accepi  benedictioni  mei  itineris  congruos."  yeblced- 
fastnysse,  provision,  sustenance ;  see  Sweet's  A.  S.  Dictionary. 

557.  There  is  no  other  version  of  the  text,  which  is  hereabouts  very 
corrupt.     The  Latin  text  does  not  always  help  us. 

661.  caricum;  not  an  A.  S.  word.  It  represents  Lat.  cdrica  (sc.  ficm), 
a  dried  fig,  lit.  a  Carian  fig. 

771.  Earle  suggests  that  qfergoten  should  be  supplied  after  swate,  as  the 
Lat.  text  has  madef actus. 

783.  ne  naht  gehyffes  hsebbe :  "  nee  congruum  quid  habeo."  Cf.  note  to 
1.  250. 

793.  bewaefde,  wrapped  round.  Prof.  Earle  notes  the  equivalent  use  of  the 
Gothic  pp.  biwaibiths,  Mk.  xiv.  51,  xvi.  5. 

Homily  XXIV:  Abdon  and  Sennes. 

There  are  but  two  copies  extant,  viz.  in  A.  and  U.  The  third,  in  V.,  has 
entirely  perished,  owing  to  the  burnt  condition  of  the  MS.  The  copy  in 
U.  has  been  collated  throughout. 

Abdon  and  Sennes  (also  spelt  Sennen)  were  Persian  kings  or  princes,  taken 
captive  by  Decius  and  carried  away  to  Cordova  in  Spain,  where  they  were 
martyred  about  A.  D.  250;  according  to  the  legend.  For  the  Latin  account, 
see  Acta  Sanctorum  (July  30),  with  the  title  "Acta  auctore  anonymo," 
p.  137  5  also  De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  ab  Aloysio  Lipomano  episcopo  Veronae 
(Yenetiis,  158 1),  vol.  iv.  fol.  179  b,  under  the  date  Aug.  10.  For  a  short 
account,  see  Aurea  Legenda,  ed.  Grasse,  2nd  ed.  p.  447  ;  Caxton's  Golden 
Legend,  as  reprinted  by  W.  Morris,  p.  664 ;  and  Alban  Butler's  Lives  of  the 
Saints,  under  the  date  July  30.     Cf.  The  Shrine,  ed.  Cockayne,  p.  no. 

The  Letter  op  Christ  to  Abgarus. 

It  is  not  clear  why  this  Letter  is  introduced  at  this  place,  as  it  belongs 
rather  to  the  Life  of  St.  Thomas.  Compare  the  account  of  St.  Thomas,  near 
the  end,  in  Legenda  Aurea,  ed.  Grasse,  Caxton's  Golden  Legend,  and  Alban 
Butler's  Lives  of  the  Saints.  See  the  English  translation  of  the  Letter  in  the 
Apocryphal  Gospels,  by  B.  H.  Cowper,  where  it  is  sufficiently  discussed.  The 
letter  of  Abgarus,  with  Christ's  reply,  first  appeared  in  Eusebius,  Hist.  i.  13. 
Abgarus  was  reputed  to  be  king  of  Edessa. 


NOTES.  449 


Homily  XXV:   The  Maccabees. 

Of  this  Homily  twines  1-81 1)  there  are  several  copies.  Besides  A.  (the  text), 
there  are  copies  in  C,  D.,  U.,  and  V.  That  in  U.  is  imperfect  at  the  beginning, 
beginning  at  1.  319  ;  and  that  in  V.  is  nearly  useless,  as  it  ends  at  1.  29.  All 
these  copies  have  been  collated  with  the  text. 

The  original  is  in  the  Septuagint  version  of  the  Apocryphal  Books ;  but 
^lfric's  translation  was  of  course  taken  from  the  Vulgate  version  of  the 
same.  The  Passion  of  the  Maccabees  was  associated  witli  the  1st  of  August. 
See  Alfred's  Book  of  Martyrs,  in  The  Shrine,  ed.  Cockayne,  p.  in;  where 
we  find — On  ]?one  aerestan  daeg  J)aes  monies  biS  'Sara  martyra  tid  ]>e  we  nemna)) 
machabeos.  There  is  a  britf  allusion  to  the  Maccabees  in  the  Legenda  Aurea, 
ed.  Grasse,  2nd  ed.  p.  454,  and  in  Caxton's  Golden  Legend ;  where  the  story 
occupies  a  position  suitable  for  Aug.  I. 

This  Homily  is  expanded  to  811  lines,  and  is  written  (it  would  seem)  with 
more  than  usual  care ;  the  alliteration  is  usually  well  marked.  iElfric  divides 
the  story  into  eleven  chapters,  and  I  have  indicated  their  sources  at  the  beginning 
of  each  of  them.     The  result  is,  collectively,  as  follows : — 

I.  1  Mace.  i.  1-64  (11.  1-31) ;  2  Mace.  vi.  18— vii.  42  (11.  32-204). 
II.   1  Mace.  ii.  1-70  (11.  205-273). 

III.  1  Mace.  iii.  1-26  (11.  274-327). 

IV.  1  Mace.  iii.  27 — iv.  54  (11.  328-384). 

V.  1  Mace.  v.  1-68  <dl.  385-458);  2  Mace.  xii.  39-45  (11.  459-480). 
VI.  2  Mace.  x.  24-38  (11.  481-529).  " 
VII.  1  Mace.  vi.  1 — vii.  4:  2  Mace.  ix.  i-n  (11.  530-595). 
VIII.   I  Mace.  vii.  5 — viii.  17  (11.  596-646). 
IX.   1  Mace.  ix.  1-22  (11.  647-714). 
X.   1  Mace.  ix.  28— xvi.  24  (11.  715-744). 
XL  2  Mace.  iii.  1-40  (11.  745-811). 

Thus  the  whole  of  Book  I  is  sufficiently  represented,  together  with  portions 
of  chapters  iii,  vi,  vii,  ix,  x,  and  xii  of  Book  II.  The  printing  of  this  piece  is 
a  clear  gain.  The  battle-scenes  are  described  with  some  vigour,  and  we  may 
note  how  the  writer  sometimes  increases  the  length  of  his  lines,  in  the 
usual  manner,  when  he  wishes  to  be  particularly  emphatic.  See,  for  instance, 
11.  582-6. 

Beadsmen,  Labourers,  and  Soldiers. 

This  passage  (11.  812-862)  is  extant,  not  only  in  MSS.  A.,  C,  D.,  and  U., 
but  also  in  H.  and  J.  (fol.  58).     Of  these  I  have  collated  all  but  the  last. 

This  piece  was  probably  introduced  by  way  of  apology  for  the  militant 
tone  of  the  Homily.  It  is  not  to  be  expected  of  beadsmen  that  they 
should  fight  personally ;  their  conflict  is  a  spiritual  one,  against  invisible 
devils  (1.  824). 

The  threefold  division  of  a  king's  subjects  into  Beadsmen,  Labourers,  and 
Soldiers  is  of  great  antiquity.  Prof.  Cowell  refers  me  to  the  laws  of  Manu, 
i.  88-91,  where  we  find  mention  of  the  Brahmans,  who  were  to  teach  and  study 
the  Veda,  sacrificing  for  their  own  tenefit  and  that  of  others ;  the  Kshatriyas, 
who  were  to  protect  the  people,  bestow  gifts,  &c.  ;  and  the  Vaicyas,  who  were 

29 


450  NOTES. 

to  tend  cattle,  to  trade,  lend  money,  and  cultivate  the  land.     See  also  my  note 
to  P.  Plowman,  C.  ix,  16. 

At  1.  833  an  anecdote  is  introduced  about  Julian  the  apostate,  who  was  so 
mistaken  as  to  expect  holy  monks  to  fight. 


Homily  XXVI:   St.  Oswald,  King  and  Martyr. 

Of  this  Homily,  there  is  a  copy  in  U.,  which  has  been  collated.  I  have  also 
given  readings  from  the  very  imperfect  copy  in  V.,  extending  from  1.  155  to 
1.  236. 

The  story  of  St.  Oswald,  king  of  North umbria,  slain  by  Penda,  a.d.  642,  is 
from  Beda,  Hist.  Eccl.  iii.  1-13 ;  who  is  mentioned  at  11.  33,  272.  The  account 
of  him  in  Alfred's  Book  of  Martyrs  extends  but  to  twelve  lines  ;  see  The  Shrine, 
ed.  Cockayne,  p.  113.  Cf.  Acta  Sanctorum,  under  Aug.  5,  at  p.  94 ;  and  the 
South-English  Legendary,  ed.  Hor.stmann,  p.  45. 

This  Homily  was  first  printed,  from  MS.  A.,  by  Mr.  Sweet  in  his  A.  S. 
Reader.  His  copy  agrees  very  closely  with  mine,  though  it  has  been  slightly 
emended  in  a  few  places.  Thus,  in  1.  4,  Mr.  Sweet  inserts  his  after  fram  ;  and 
in  1.  51,  him  after  and.  In  1.  147,  he  omits  )cet ;  and  in  1.  2 2 1,  eac.  In  1.  202, 
he  puts  tvcetere  for  wceter. 


Homily  XXVII :  The  Exaltation  of  the  Cross. 

There  are  but  two  good  copies,  viz.  in  A.  and  U.  A  fragment  exists  in  V., 
beginning  at  1.  66 ;  but  much  of  it  is  illegible.  Hence  the  various  readings 
from  this  MS.  are  very  few. 

This  Homily  was  first  printed,  from  MS.  A.,  by  Dr.  Morris,  in  his  Legends 
of  the  Holy  Rood  (E.  E.T.  S.,  1871),  pp.  98-107. 

The  Latin  version  of  the  story  is  in  the  Legenda  Aurea,  ed.  Grasse,  2nd  ed. 
p.  605  ;  of  which  there  is  a  translation  in  Caxton's  Golden  Legend,  as  reprinted 
by  W.  Morris,  p.  831  l.  Another  translation,  in  English  verse,  is  printed  in 
Altenglische  Legenden  (Neue  Folge),  ed.  Horstmann,  p.  128  ;  cf.  Legends  of 
the  Holy  Rood,  ed.  Morris,  pp.  49,  122. 

The  story  of  the  exaltation  of  the  Holy  Cross  is  the  sequel  to  that  of  the 
Invention  of  the  Holy  Cross  by  St.  Helena,  celebrated  on  May  32.  This  legend 
is  commoner  and  much  better  known.  See  Legends  of  the  Holy  Rood,  ed. 
Morris ;  Cynewulf 's  Elene ;  King  Alfred's  Book  of  Martyrs,  ed.  Cockayne, 
p.  79;  iElfric's  Homilies,  ed.  Thorpe,  ii.  303;  Altenglische  Legenden  (as 
above),  p.  56 ;  Caxton's  Golden  Legend,  &c.  For  the  Latin  text,  see  Acta 
Sanctornm,  May  3,  p.  361  ;  Legenda  Aurea,  p.  303; 

22.  Cosdrue,  i.e.  Chosroes  II,  king  of  Persia,  who  invaded  the  Roman 
empire  in  603.     See  Gibbon's  Hist.  ch.  46. 

186.  The  Legend  of  St.  Longinus  is  in  the  Legenda  Aurea,  ed.  Grasse,  2nd 
ed.  p.  202  ;  and  in  Caxton's  translation. 

1  Also  printed  in  Legends  of  the  Holy  Eood,  ed.  Morris,  p.  161. 

2  The  two  legends  are  given  together  in  the  South-English  Legendary,  ed.  Horstmann, 
pp.  1-19. 


NOTES.  451 

Homily  XXVIII:   St.  Maurtce. 

The  copy  in  MS.  A.  is  unique,  that  in  V.  being  burnt. 

The  story  is  given  in  Alban  Butler's  Lives  of  the  Saints,  under  the  date 
Sept.  22  (a.  d.  286). 

The  Latin  version  occurs  in  the  Acta  Sanctorum,  Sept.  22,  p.  342.  It  is 
entitled  "Passio  SS.  Mauritii  et  Thebseorum  MM.,  Auctore  S.  Eucherio, 
Lugdunensis  episcopo  ;  edita  a  Petro  Francisco  Chiffletio,  S.J.,  et  a  Ruinartio 
cum  aliis  MSS.  collata."  Also  in  De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  by  Lipomanus  (Venet. 
1581),  vol.  5,  fol.  108,  back;  with  the  title:  "  Marty  rium  Fortissimorum 
martyrum  Mauricii  et  sociorum  eius,  ab  Eucherio  Lugdunensi  episcopo 
conscriptum."  Also  in  the  Aurea  Legenda,  ed.  Grasse,  2nd  ed.  p.  628; 
with  which  Caxton's  translation  may  be  compared.  In  JEW  red's  Book  of 
Martyrs,  the  story  is  summarized  in  ten  lines  ;  see  The  Shrine,  ed.  Cockayne, 
p.  132.  The  legend  is  referred  to  in  Gibbon,  Decline  and  Fall  of  the  Roman 
Empire,  ch.  xvi ;  who  refers  to  Eusebius,  Hist.  viii.  4,  17.  Gibbon's  note  is 
as  follows  :  "  He  [Eusebius]  limits  the  number  of  military  martyrs  by  a 
remarkable  expression  (aitaviws  tovtojv  eh  trov  /cat  otvre/ws),  of  which  neither 
his  Latin  nor  his  French  translator  have  rendered  the  energy.  Notwithstand- 
ing the  authority  of  Eusebius  and  the  silence  of  Lactantius,  Ambrose,  Sidpicius, 
Orosius,  &c,  it  has  long  been  believed  that  the  Thebaean  legion,  consisting  of 
6000  Christians,  suffered  martyrdom,  by  the  order  of  Maximian,  in  the  valley 
of  the  Penine  Alps.  The  story  was  first  published  about  the  middle  of  the 
fifth  century,  by  Eucherius,  bishop  of  Lyons  [as  said  above],  who  received  it 
from  certain  persons,  who  received  it  from  Isaac,  bishop  of  Geneva,  who  is 
said  to  have  received  it  from  Theodore,  bishop  of  Octodurum.  The  abbey  of 
St.  Maurice  still  subsists,  a  rich  monument  of  the  credulity  of  Sigismond,  king 
of  Burgundy.  See  an  excellent  dissertation  in  the  36th  volume  of  the 
Bibliotheque  Raisonnee,  pp.  247-454." 

The  Golden  Legend  assigns  the  year  280  as  the  date  of  the  martyrdom  of 
the  Thebsean  legion. 

Homily  XXIX:   St.  Denis. 

From  MS.  A.,  collated  with  U.  The  copy  in  V.  is  burnt.  This  is  the 
Legend  of  St.  Dionysius  the  Areopagite,  who  was  converted  by  St.  Paul 
(Acts  xvii.  34).  It  is  given  in  the  Acta  Sanctorum,  under  Oct.  9,  at  p.  792 ; 
with  the  title — "  Acta  Fabulosa,  S.  Dionysio  Areopagitico  afficta,  auctore 
anonymo."  It  also  occurs  in  the  Legenda  Aurea,  and  in  Caxton's  Golden 
Legend.  In  the  collection  De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  by  Lipomanus,  vol.  5, 
fol.  226,  back,  it  is  entitled  — "  Martyrium  Sancti  Martyris  Dionysii 
Areopagitici  et  sociorum  eius,  authore  Simeone  Metaphraste.  Citatur  autem 
haec  historia  in  Synodo  Florentina."     Cf.  The  Shrine,  ed.  Cockayne,  p.  137. 

The  English  version  follows  the  fuller  account  in  Lipomanus  rather  than 
the  abbreviated  one  in  the  Legenda  Aurea. 

.  Homily  XXX:   St.  Eustace. 

From  MS.  A.;  the  copy  in  V.  is  nearly  all  burnt,  but  a  few  readings  are 
given  where  they  are  legible,  beginning  at  1.  121,  and  ending  at  1.  228. 

The  legend  is  given  under  the  date  Sept.  20  in  the  Acta  Sanctorum,  p.  107  ; 

29—2 


452  NOTES. 

but  under  Nov.  2  in  the  De  Vitis  Sanctorum  of  Lipomanus,  in  vol.  6,  fol.  8, 
back.  It  occurs  also  in  the  Legenda  Aurea,  ed.  Grasse,  2nd  ed.  p.  712,  and  in 
Caxton's  Golden  Legend.  See  also  Horstmann's  South-English  Legendary, 
pp.  ix,  393  ;  and  his  Altenglische  Legenden,  Neue  Folge,  pp.  ail,  472. 

This  Legend  differs  remarkably  from  the  rest,  and  JElfric  has  done  well  to 
present  it  in  prose,  without  alliterative  embellishment.  It  has  a  peculiar 
interest  in  being,  practically,  a  secular  and  romantic  story,  as  far  as  1.  414 ; 
after  which  it  is  turned  into  "a  saint's  life"  by  the  addition  of  the  hero's 
martyrdom.  Even  this  continuation  contains  allusions  to  the  well-known 
stories  of  Androcles  and  the  lion  (1.  444)  and  the  brazen  bull  of  Perillus 
(1.  448).  It  is,  in  fact,  the  story  of  the  knight  Placidas,  appearing  as  Tale 
CX  in  the  Gesta  Romanorum,  ed.  Swan,  which  gives  the  story  in  full, 
with  the  sequel  about  martyrdom.  But  in  the  English  version  of  the  Gesta 
Romanorum,  ed.  Herrtage  (E.  E.  T.  S.,  Extra  Series,  1879),  pp.  87-91,  it  appears 
in  what  was  perhaps  its  original  form,  without  that  sequel ;  so  that  the  story 
there  ends  happily,  as  it  was  clearly  meant  to  do.  u  Tho  went  he  ayen  to  his 
lond,  with  his  wif,  and  with  his  children,  and  endid  /aire  Ms  lif."  For  it  is 
clear  that  the  story  of  Placidas  is  founded  on  the  story  of  Job  (see  1.  126). 
Swan  draws  attention  to  a  resemblance  between  the  story  of  Placidas  and  the 
romance  of  Sir  Isumbras ;  see  the  Thornton  Romances,  ed.  Halliwell  (Camden 
Soc.),pp.  xviii,  88,  267.  And  see  "The  hystorie  of  the  moste  noble  knight 
Plasidas,"  edited  for  the  Roxburghe  Club  in  1873. 

Homily  XXXI:  St.  Martin. 

This  long  Legend,  extending  to  1495  lines,  is  printed  from  MS.  A.,  collated 
with  B.  and  K.  where  practicable. 

MS.  K.  is  imperfect  at  the  beginning ;  it  begins  at  1.  374,  with  the  words — 
"and  ]>a  bsermen  sona "  ;  fol.  125  of  the  MS.  This  is  a  very  good  copy, 
and  agrees  with  A.  so  closely  as  to  be  almost  a  duplicate  of  it ;  for  which 
reason  it  presents  but  few  variants.  It  should  be  added  that,  at  some 
later  date,  some  "  corrector  "  has  altered  forms  which  originally  agreed  with 
A.  to  forms  that  differ  from  it ;  to  such  variations  I  have  paid  no  heed,  as  they 
only  create  confusion.  A  large  number  of  them  are  covered  by  the  statement 
that,  in  many  places  where  se  was  originally  written,  the  se  has  been  altered  to 
a  by  a  partial  erasure.     Similarly,  y  is  often  altered  to  v. 

MS.  B.  is  imperfect  for  a  different  reason.  The  scribe  has  deliberately 
rejected  parts  of  the  story,  as  will  be  presently  shown.  In  the  parts  retained, 
the  variations  are  numerous,  as  the  copy  is  of  later  date,  and  presents  later 
grammatical  forms. 

The  Legend  is  divided,  in  A.,  into  55  chapters,  which  are  duly  numbered. 
The  scribe  of  B.  has  shortened  the  story  by  cutting  out  whole  chapters.  The 
chapters  omitted  are  the  following  :  IV,  VII,  VIII,  X,  XIII,  XVI,  XVII, 
XIX-XXII,  XXIV,  XXV,  XXVII-XXXIII,  XXXV-XXXIX,  XLI- 
XLVII  ;  amounting  to  more  than  half  of  the  story. 

St.  Martin,  bishop  of  Tours  from  371  to  397,  died  in  the  latter  year. 

For  the  original  Latin,  see  De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  by  Lipomanus,  under 
Nov.  11;  vol.  5,  fol.  79,  back.  The  title  is:  "Vita  beatissimi  Martini 
Turonensis  episcopi,  ab  eius  discipulo  Severo  Sulpitio  conecripta."  It  will  be 
observed  that  ^Elfric  mentions  Sulpicius  by  name  (1.  1).     The  Aurea  Legenda 


NOTES. 

gives  the  Legend  in  a  shortened  form ;  so  also  Caxton,  in  his  Golden  Leger 
Compare  also   The   Shrine,   ed.    Cockayne,  p.    146;   Altenglische  Legended, 
Neue  Folge,  p.  152  ;  South-English  Legendary,  p.  449. 

There  axe  four  A.  S.  homilies  on  St.  Martin,  of  which  three  are  by  ^lfric. 
Besides  ^Elfric's  homily  here  printed,  there  are  two  in  iElfric's  Homilies,  ed. 
Thorpe,  vol.  ii.  pp.  498,  516.  The  fourth  is  in  the  Blickling  Homilies, 
ed.  Morris,  p.  210  (cf.  p.  xvi)  ;  of  which  there  is  another  copy  in  MS. 
Junius  86. 

As  for  the  Latin  prayer  at  the  bottom  of  p.  312,  it  seems  to  consist  of 
twelve  short  lines,  rimed  together. 

743.  We  must  translate  J>eah  by  "  if";  Lat.  si. 

11 28.  marm-stdn;  i.e.  the  marble  pavement;  "constratum  marmore 
pauimentum." 

1309.  Candds  or  Cande*,  in  Touraine,  at  the  junction  of  the  Vienne  with  the 
Loire. 

Homily  XXXII :  St.  Edmund. 

The  text  is  from  A.,  collated  with  U.  and  B.  ;  and,  where  practicable,  with 
the  much  damaged  copies  in  O.  and  V. 

The  copy  in  U.  is  a  fair  one  ;  that  in  B.  presents  later  forms.  Of  0.  only  a 
few  words  can  be  read,  on  the  last  leaf  but  two ;  such  as  behydd  (1. 128) ;  hyra 
(152);  clypunge  (153).  In  V.,  the  partially  legible  portion  extends  from 
1.  249  to  the  end. 

St.  Edmund  was  king  of  East  Anglia,  a.d.  854-870. 

The  Latin  life  is  in  De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  by  Lipomanus,  under  the  date 
Nov.  20;  vol.  5,  fol.  148.  The  title  is:  "Historia  Sancti  Eadmundi  regis 
Angliae  et  Martyris ;  authore  Abbone  Floriacensi  abbate,  qui  claruit  Anno 
Christi  970."  Alban  Butler  says  that  Abbo  of  Eleury  was  living  at  Canterbury 
when  he  obtained  the  story  from  St.  Dunstan;  that  he  died  as  abbot  of  Fleury 
in  France ;  and  that  his  account  of  St.  Eadmund  was  published  by  Surius,  i.  e. 
by  the  editor  of  Lipomanus.  For  English  versions,  see  the  South-English 
Legendary,  p.  296 ;  Early  English  Poems  and  Lives  of  Saints,  ed.  Furnivall, 
p.  87  ;  Caxton's  Golden  Legend;  S.  Edmund  and  S.  Fremund,  by  John 
Lydgate,  printed  in  Horstmann's  Altenglische  Legenden,  Neue  Folge,  1881  ; 
P-  376. 

Dr.  Sweet  has  printed  this  life  of  St.  Edmund  (from  MS.  A.)  in  his  Anglo- 
Saxon  Primer,  but  with  normalized  spelling.  Hence  the  numerous  variations 
from  the  present  edition. 

37.  This  reference  to  Alfred  was  inserted  by  iElfric.  The  date  of 
St.  Eadmund's  death  is  870.  iElfred  was  born  in  849,  and  Eadmund 
in  841. 

262.  hire  swustor,  her  sister ;  i.  e.  Sexburh ;  see  vol.  i.  p.  439  ;  1.  96. 


Homily  XXXIII :  St.  Euphrasia,  or  Euphrosyne. 

From  A.,  collated  with  the  very  imperfect  copy  in  0.,  which  begins  at  1.  64 
and  ends  at  1.  108. 

For  some  not  very  obvious  reason,  the  text  of  this  Homily  is,  in  places, 
extremely  corrupt ;  and  it  is  singular  that  the  greatest  difficulties  occur  just 


454  NOTES. 

where  MS.  O.  (originally  a  much  better  copy)  can  be  partially  deciphered. 
This  has  enabled  me  to  mend  the  text,  especially  at  p.  340. 

The  Homily  is  out  of  place,  as  the  day  of  St.  Euphrosyne  (not  Euphrasia)  is 
Feb.  11,  according  to  iElfric  ;  as  he  marks  it  **  III.  Id.  Feb.1'  It  is  entered 
under  Jan.  1  in  Migne's  Patrologiae  Cursus  Completus,  vol.  73,  col.  643, 
where  it  is  entitled,  Vita  Sanctee  Euphrosynse  virgim's,  auctore  incerto ;  and 
under  the  same  date  in  De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  by  Lipomanus  (vol.  I.  fol.  14), 
where  it  is  entitled,  Vita  Sanctae  Euphrosynse  Alexandrinae,  anthore  Simeone 
Metaphraste.  Her  father  Paphnutius  was  commemorated  on  Sept.  25, 
according  to  a  note  in  Migne. 

There  is  an  English  translation  of  "  Eufrosyne"  in  the  Vernon  MS.,  fol. 
103,  printed  in  Sammlnng  altenglischer  Legenden,  ed.  C.  Horstmann,  Heil- 
bronn,  1878  ;  p.  174. 

92.  Here  MS.  A.  is  very  awkwardly  expressed.  It  really  reads :  "  pafnuntius 
)>a  wearS  geblissod  swiSe,  and  mid  him  ferde  to  mynstre.  Ongemang  jnsum 
sende  eufrosina  anne  cniht  swiSe  getrywne  hire  to  J>am  mynstre  and  bsed  Jwet 
ewa  hwilcne  munuc  swa  he  funde  innan  cyrcan  bring  hine  to  me."  MS.  O.  is 
here  of  some  service. 

Homily  XXXIV:   St.  Cecilia. 

From  A. ;  collated  with  a  very  imperfect  copy  in  V,  which  is  partially 
legible  from  1.  230  to  1.  301. 

The  Life  of  St.  Cecilia,  in  Latin,  occurs  in  De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  ed.  Lipomanus, 
vol.  6,  fol.  161,  under  the  date  Nov.  22.  Also,  with  variations,  in  the  Legenda 
Aurea,  ed.  Grasse,  2nd  ed.  p.  771 ;  with  which  compare  the  translation  in 
Caxton's  Golden  Legend.  See  also  Altenglische  Legenden,  Neue  Folge,  ed. 
Horstmann,  p.  159;  The  South-English  Legendary,  pp.  ix,  490;  and,  in 
particular,  Chaucer's  Second  Nun's  Tale,  concerning  the  sources  of  which  see 
Chaucer's  Works,  ed.  Skeat,  vol.  iii.  p.  485. 

25.  Quoted  from  the  account  given  in  the  Legenda  Aurea. 

32.  Cf.  "  angelum  Dei  habeo  amatorem"  ;  Leg.  Aurea.  "  I  have  an  aungel 
that  loueth  me  "  ;  Caxton. 

52.  Pope  Urban  I ;  pope  from  223  to  230. 

Homily  XXXV :  Chkysanthus  and  Daria. 

From  the  unique  copy  in  A. 

For  the  Latin  life,  see  De  Vitis  Sanctorum,  ed.  Lipomanus,  vol.  5,  fol. 
335,  back,  under  the  date  Oct.  25  (not  Nov.  29).  The  title  is,  "  Sanctorum 
Chrysanthi  et  Dariae  historia,  scripta  a  Varino  et  Armenio.  Habetnr  in 
Metaphraste  ;  consentiuntque  antiqui  MS.  codices  Latini."  The  account  in  the 
Aurea  Legenda  is  very  brief,  and  of  little  service.  King  Alfred's  Book  of 
Martyrs  alludeg  to  them  under  Nov.  28  ;  see  The  Shrine,  ed.  Cockayne,  p.  152. 
See  also  the  Acta  Sanctorum,  under  the  date  Oct.  25  (as  above). 

Homily  XXXVI :  St.  Thomas. 
From  MS.  A.,  collated  with  U.  and  K.     MS.  U.  omits  the  Latin  introduc- 
tion (11.  1-12).     The  copy  in  V.  is  burnt. 

There  is  a  short  life  of  St.  Thomas,  under  the  date  Dec.  22,  in  De  Vitis 


NOTES.  455 

Sanctorum,  vol.  6,  fol.  300  ;  entitled — "  Commentarius  rerum  gestarum  sancti 
et  gloriosi  apostoli  Thomse,  authore  Simeone  Metaphraste."  Another  life  is  in 
the  Legenda  Aurea,  ed.  Grasse,  2nd  ed.  p.  32.  The  latter  agrees  with 
^Elfric's  version  very  closely,  and  gives  the  name  of  the  Indian  king  as 
Gundoferus  (cf.  1.  18).  It  also  explains  the  allusion  in  the  Latin  introduction 
as  to  the  story  concerning  a  "  pincerna  "  (1.  3),  to  which  St.  Augustine  and 
JElfric  very  properly  took  objection,  as  it  is  of  a  highly  unchristian  character, 
and  displays  a  shockingly  revolting  vindictiveness,  such  as  would  disgrace 
a  heathen.     Caxton's  version  of  the  incident  is  as  follows  : — 

"  And  they  departed  and  saylled  til  they  cam  in  a  cyte,  where  the  kyng 
made  a  weddyng  of  hys  doughter,  and  had  do  crye  that  all  the  people  si  1  old 
come  to  this  feste  of  this  mariage,  or  ellis  he  wold  be  angry.  And  it  so 
happed  that  the  prouost  [Abbanes]  and  Thomas  wente  thyder,  and  an 
Hebrewe  mayde  had  a  pype  in  her  hande,  and  preysed  euerich  with  somme 
lawde  or  preysyng.  And  whan  she  sawe  the  appostle,  she  knewe  that  he  was 
an  Hebrewe  by  cause  he  ete  not,  but  had  alwey  his  eyen  ferme  toward  heuen. 
And  as  the  mayde  songe  to-fore  hym  in  Hebrewe,  she  said,  The  god  of  heuen 
is  one  only  god,  the  which e  created  all  thynges  and  founded  the  sees.  And 
thappostle  made  her  to  saye  thyse  wordes  agayn.  And  the  botyller  behelde 
hym,  and  sawe  that  Thomas  ete  not  ne  dranke  not,  but  alway  loked  vpward 
to  heuen.  And  he  cam  to  thappostle  and  smote  hym  on  the  cheke,  and 
thappostle  said  to  hym,  that  in  tyme  to  come  it  be  pardonned  to  the,  and  that 
now  a  wounde  transitorye  be  gyuen  to  the,  and  said,  I  shal  not  arysefro  this 
place  tyl  the  honde  that  hath  smeton  me  be  eten  toith  dogges.  And  anon  after, 
the  boteler  wente  for  to  fetche  water  at  a  welle,  and  there  a  lyon  cam  and 
slewe  hym  and  dranke  his  blood,  and  the  houndes  drewe  his  body  vnto  pieces 
in  suche  wise  that  a  black  dogge  brought  the  right  arme  in~to  the  halle  in  the 
myddle  of  the  dyner.  And  whan  they  sawe  this,  alle  the  companye  was 
abasshed,  and  the  mayde  remembred  the  wordes,  and  threwe  doun  her  pype 
or  floyte,  and  fylle  doun  atte  feet  of  thappostle.  And  this  vengeaunce 
blameth  Saynt  Austyn  in  his  book  of  Faustyn  l,  and  saith  that  this  was  sette 
in  of  somme  fals  prophetes 2,  for  thys  thyng  might  be  suspecyonnus  vnto 
many  thynges." 

Other  writers  have  shown  less  taste  than  iElfric.  There  are  at  least  three 
Middle-English  versions  of  the  story.  See  Altenglische  Legenden,  Neue 
Folge,  ed.  Horstmann,  p.  19  ;  Barbour's  Legendensammlung  (same  editor), 
p.  62 ;  and  the  South-English  Legendary  (same  editor),  p.  376. 

The  brief  account  in  Alfred's  Book  of  Martyrs  (in  The  Shrine,  ed.  Cockayne, 
V'  *55)  giyes  an  outline  of  the  story  about  Gundoforus,  but  omits  all 
mention  of  the  fate  of  the  butler. 

Homily  XXXVII:  St.  Vincent. 

On  fol.  283  of  the  same  MS.  (Ii.  I.  33)  is  the  "  Passion  of  St.  George," 
for  which  see  the  present  edition,  vol.  i.  pp.  306-319;  and  p.  549.  There  is 
a  good  deal  of  similarity  between  the  two  poems. 

The  story  of  St.  Vincent's  martyrdom,  in  English  rimed  verse,  occurs  in  MS. 
Laud.  108,  fol.  91-93;  see  the  South-Englifh  Legendary,  p.  184. 

1  "  In  libro  contra  Faustum."  2  "  Manichwi." 


456  NOTES. 

The  legend  of  St.  Vincent  is  given,  in  various  forms,  in  the  Acta  Sanctorum, 
under  Jan.  22.  See  also  the  "Passio  Sti  Vincentii"  at  p.  125  of  Monumenta 
Sacra  et  Profana,  &c,  torn.  1,  fascic.  ii ;  Mediolani,  1866.  The  latter  is  printed 
from  a  MS.  at  Milan.     Hence  I  add  a  few  notes. 

98.     Cf.  "in  eculeo  suspendite  et  torquite"  (sic),  Mon.  Sacra,  &c. 

162.     Cf.  "  ardentes  ferri  laminas,"  &c.  ;  id. 

178.  Cf.  "  Pragmenta  testarum  jubet,"  &c.  ;  Prudentius,  Peri  Stephanon 
liber,  Hymnus  V  (which  relates  wholly  to  the  passion  of  St.  Vincent). 

217,  218.  The  parallel  passage  is,  "Nolo  enim  gloriosiorem  facere,  si 
inter  tormenta  defecerit." — Acta  SS.,  p.  396,  col.  2  of  vol.  2  for  January. 
Cf.  "  si  inter  tormenta  deficerit  (sic),  plus  eum  facimus  gloriosum." — Mon. 
Sacra,  &c. 

271.  The  widow's  name  was  Ionica,  or  Ionice.  "  Passus  est  beatus 
uincentius  leuita  in  ciuitate  ualentina  [Valentia  in  Spain],  die  undecimo  Kal. 
febru.  sub  datiano  preside." — Mon.  Sacra. 


INDEX  OF  WOEDS. 


The  following  is  an  Index  of  some  of  the  more  unusual  words, 
which  are  given  in  the  forms  in  which  they  occur.  The  references 
are  to  the  lines  as  numbered  in  the  A .  S,  text. 


abitst,  24.  23. 

ablicged,  3.  120;  -e,  5.  89. 

abude,  2.  68. 

acolode,  30.  451. 

acuman,  4.  333. 

adeadode,  31.  489. 

adelan,  35.  244. 

adel-sea&e,  5.  458. 

adruwode,  19.  96. 

adumbian,  31.  1133. 

adwsescan,  37.  13. 

adydan,  17.  176  ;  adyd,  4.  428  ; 

7.  171  ;  adyt,  19.  229. 
adylegian,  3.  546. 
seblsece,  37.  213;  -cum,  129. 
sediga,  1.  236. 
sedrena,  3.  569. 
sefen-repsung,  23  b.  154. 
sefter-gencgnysse,  10.  219. 
aehtan,  30.  39. 
selcunge,  34.  220. 
selegraedige,  18.  213. 
aellto-cwysde,  8.  173. 
gelteowe,  36.  69. 
33 merge,  23  6.  286. 
semylnysse,  1.  107. 
seppel,  21.  280. 
serendfsest,  26.  221. 
serenne,  30.  421. 


serrum,  pref.  41. 

aeswicungum,  11.  42. 

aet-bredan,  5.  24 ;  -braid,  31.  126. 

aet-brytst,  3.  544. 

aetfleon,  1.  44. 

aejxd-borene,  31.  335. 

aef>el-borennyss,  2.  85;  -e,  3.  6. 

aet-lumpene,  23.  272. 

aetlutode,  19.  21. 

afeormode,  17.  45. 

afet,  11.  335. 

aflian,  17.  145. 

aflygde,  2.  33. 

agotene,  4.  136  ;  7.  132. 

agrafene,  4.    136 ;    -grofon,   23. 

343- 
a-haccedon,  23.  78* 
ahsebbende,  23  b.  161. 
aheardian,  35.  162. 
ahlaensode,  23.  126. 
ahnexian,  37.  124. 
ah  warned,  23.  393. 
ahwylfdon,  23.  424. 
a-hyld,  31.  407. 
akenned-nysse,  2.  412. 
alefede,  10.  238. 
alotene,  1.  55  ;  -um,  35.  303. 
alynedon,  23.  426. 
ameldian,  2.  179;  -od,  2.  53. 


458 


INDEX    OY    WORDS. 


amet,  19.  108. 

amyltan,  5.  233  ;  -moltenan,  5. 

234. 
amyr,  37.  148;  -ran,  4.  198. 
anbrincgellan,  23  b.  291. 
andfaencge,  4.  280;  -fenge,  33. 

24. 
andode,  31.  35. 
andssete,  4.  246. 
anegede,  33.  321. 
an-haga<5,  33.  72. 
anpolan,  31.  n  20. 
an  timbre,  25.  179. 
ant-saete,  12.  246. 
an-j^raeclic,  31.  565. 
anwearde,  1.  141. 
araefnan,  33.  116. 
ardlice,  32.  94, 
arette,  30.  204. 

asceotan,  20.  63  ;  -scet,  18.  220. 
ascoren,  31.  316. 
asihtS,  36.  68. 
aslacian,  33.  120. 
asmiSigen,  2.  113. 
asolcennyss,  16.  296. 
aspaw,  2.  138;   12.  164. 
asprencde,  8.  213. 
asteald,  2.  310. 
astifode,  31.  375. 
astiindian,  23.  299. 
aswaeman,  17.  203. 
ataesde,  18.  221. 
ateocS,  1.  215. 
af>enod,  3.  500. 
a)?roxene,  31.  121 7. 
ajrwagen,   27.    194;    -Jjwoge,   5. 

126. 
awsegan,  2.  225;  26.  269. 
awecgan,  5.  42;  9.  107. 
awefen,  7.  36. 
awlsette,  6.  285. 
awoffod,  1.  20. 
awrygennysse,  3.  102. 
axan,  12.  18. 
axude,  2.  224. 

bsetan,  8.  85. 


ba3t5hus,  36.  97. 

baling,  31.  69;  -incg,  18.  290. 

baSu,  2.  397. 

beard,  6.  228. 

beateres,  4.  143. 

bebreac,  23  b.  34. 

bebyrigan,  34.  199. 

be-clysedest,  22.  86. 

beddryda,  6.  254. 

be-diglian,  2.  228. 

bedydrodon,  3.  316. 

bedyrnan,  37.  137  ;  -don,  2.  103. 

befotian,  25.  117. 

begeat,  37.  24. 

be-gleddod,  3.  266;  -e,  15.  55. 

begotene,  34.  336  ;  -guton,  35. 

153- 
begra,  1.  37. 

be-hsepsode,  31.  214. 

behsettian,  25.  116. 

behamelod,  25.  127. 

behefast,  33.  252. 

behlaf,  23.  468. 

behwearf,  31.  1423. 

beladian,  2.  205. 

beladung,  3.  185. 

belaewde,  25.  756. 

belifian,  12.  221. 

belisnode,  2.  46. 

be-neemed,  2.  290  ;  -mde,  37.  82. 

beor^rum,  23  b.  46. 

bepeecean,  23.  602  ;  -cet5,  2.  116; 

-cS,  5.  65. 
berene,  3.  212. 
be-rypte,  3.  444. 
besanc,  2.  388. 
besarga'S,  1.  220. 
besceawaS,  1.  125. 
besceofan,  7.  219. 
bescoren,  6.  240. 
besmat,  23  6.  328;  -smytene,  2. 

381. 
besorgesta,  23.  143. 
bestalcode,  32.  40. 
besylede,  23  b.  343. 
beweefde,  23  b.  793. 
bewaepnian,  30.  409. 


INDEX    OF   WORDS. 


459 


bewyste,  3.  61. 

bigelsum,  36.  99. 

blede,  31.  631. 

bleoh,  1.  209;  bleo,  1.  177. 

blysum,  37.  159. 

bodigendlic,  7.  232. 

botle,  2.  262. 

brsec,  3.  213. 

brsece,  5.  292. 

breed,  11.  222. 

brastligende,  31.  429;  -um,  18. 

254. 
brega,  27.  27. 
bremelum,  32.  132. 
brice,  2.  283. 
brosnigendlic,  17.  13;   -an,  30. 

ii3- 
brosnunge,  26.  101. 
bruce,  2.  161. 
brude,  36.  226. 
brymme,  2.  394. 
brywlace,  17.  103. 
bugian,  3.  353. 
burce,  31.  1 132. 
buteruc,  6.  282  ;  butruce,  6.  275. 
byrigena,  7.  426. 
bysmer-gleow,  23  6.  451. 
bytte,  31.  953. 

cafertune,  23  6.  410. 
cancor,  6.  284. 
canones,  36.  387. 
carfulnysse,  2.  127. 
caricum,  23  6.  661. 
cartan,  3.  456. 
catacumbas,  5.  465. 
cathedra,  10.  4. 
ceahhetungum,  23  6.  375. 
ceaster-gewaran,    13.    254;    22. 

167. 
celde,  36.  392. 
ceorlian,  7.  303. 
ceorung,  13.  232;  -e,  2.  355. 
ceosole,  37.  271. 
cepan,  2.  30;  -te,  6.  254 ,  7.  351. 
cild-geogoSe,  30.  320. 
cild-lic,  7.  8. 


cleacode,  23.  493. 

clifer-fete,  25.  79. 

clifrian,  14.  43. 

clifrum,  23  6.  786. 

clud,  30.  38. 

clutas,  37.  162. 

clyfan,  3.  483. 

clysincge,  4.  343. 

clyjmn,  18.  430. 

cnseplingc,  3.  9. 

cneorS-lsecendum,  3.  27. 

cneow-gebedum,  4.  49. 

crset-wisa,  18.  295. 

creopere,  6.  20. 

criccum,  21.  101. 

cristallan,  5.  252. 

cncu,  2.  306. 

cudu,  25.  46. 

culan,  33.  237. 

culfra,  3.  130. 

cunnian,  4.  7. 

cuSlsecan,  25.  644. 

cwealm-bserum,  7.  217;  29.  258. 

cwylmiatS,  17.  61  ;  -iende,  6.  94. 

cy,  31.  1051. 

cyfe,  11.  150. 

cyld-cradole,  7.  188. 

cynebotl,  36.  39. 

cyne-seetle,  1.  196. 

cyrcweard,  3.  258. 

cyrtene,  30.  300. 

cystignyss,  16.  326. 

cyf>era,  11.  150;  -as,  2.  378. 

cyw<5j  4.  386. 

daBd-beta,  3.  423. 

deeftan,  35.  49. 

dsegreed,  34.  257. 

dserede,  2.  138. 

dagian,  21.  123. 

dariaS,  23.  322. 

dimlican,  5.  108. 

discipulus,  29.  50* 

dolh,  20.  67  ;  dolge,  18.  431. 

dolhswa^e,  30.  268. 

doppetan,  31.  131 5. 

drsefe,  31.  1055. 


460 


INDEX   OF   WORDS. 


drece,  7.  115. 
dry,  4.  252  ;  -urn,  2.  108. 
dry-man,  3.  367  ;  -men,  3.  364. 
dwses-menn,  17.  iox. 
dydrunga,  17.  165. 
dynigende,  27.  39. 
dyntas,  4.  147. 
dypan,  11.  271. 

eah-hringas,  7.  48. 
eald-lic,  7.  9. 
earhlice,  3.  160. 
edcucigenne,  34.  329. 
edlesendlice,  1.  119. 
ed-stafeligend,  5.  201. 
edwist,  1.  115. 
efsian,  32.  192. 
eft-mettas,  35.  41. 
eg(5yrle,  31.  n 26. 
elcodon,  31.  n  66. 
elcunge,  3.  607. 
elnunge,  23.  524. 
emptige,  33.  170. 
ende-menn,  12.  281. 
endemes,  2.  314. 
ende-nehstan,  6.  76. 
eorod,  28.  12  ;  -e,  25.  583. 
eorft-fsestum,  32.  109. 
estas,  35.  56. 
eunuch  us,  33.  137. 
exorcista,  31.  141. 

facen-fullan,  2.  190. 
fseder-swica,  19.  224. 
fsegnian,  23  b.  777. 
fser,  25.  441. 
faereht,  23  6.  352. 
faereld,  29.  337. 
fsetels,  2.  175. 
fse(5es,  5.  137. 
fant-ba'Se,  3.  76. 
fante,  2.  90. 
fel-nyss,  1.  183. 
feolan,  32.  203. 
feolode,  32.  203. 
feondrseden,  17.  25. 
fercian,  23.  597. 


feringa,  12.  72. 
finger- eeppla,  23  b.  662. 
fleocS,  1.  54. 
fleow,  6.  165. 
floterodon,  23.  655. 
fnseda,  31.  570. 
fnorum,  17.  89. 
focan,  18.  164. 
folc-woh,  23.  691. 
forbroden,  21.  473. 
forcurfon,  2.  50. 
fordwan,  6.  315;  31.  178. 
foredum,  27.  58. 
fore-maere,  3.  236. 
forestihtode,  30.  134. 
fore-stopon,  4.  416. 
fore-wyrcendum,  2.  156. 
for-fleah,  18.  160. 
for-gsegan,  25.  95. 
forhsefednysse,  236. 131;  26.  75. 
forlugon,  18.  196;  -an,  2.  222. 
for-molsnod,  2.  374. 
forod,  34.  354. 
forpseran,  1.  71. 
forrotige,  26.  101. 
for-ryneles,  23  6.  505. 
forscyldegude,  2.  201;  37.  133. 
for-searia(5,  34.  82. 
for-sewenlic,  31.  1097. 
forspennincgse,  8.  13. 
forsuwiatS,  6.  50. 
forswselan,  16.  76;  -ede,  7.231. 
for<5steppende,    1.    77 ;     -stsep- 

pende,  1.  36. 
forS-Jjegn,  6.  125. 
for'Swyrftum,  28.  128. 
fostercyld,  2.  243. 
fot-wylmum,  18.  354. 
foxunga,  16.  162. 
franca,  3.  266. 
frefrigende,  2.  418. 
fregnSearle,  23.  566. 
freolsige,  27.  14. 
freond-rsedene,  2.  301. 
frig,  17.  262. 
friSian,  2.  209. 
frymdig,  3.  13. 


INDEX    OF    WORDS. 


461 


ful,  12.  70. 
fulgeare,  3.  456. 
fulgode,  6.  124. 
fulworhte,  26.  109. 
fundode,  3.  467. 
fyrdrian,  28.  11. 
fyrd-wicum,  25.  360. 
fyber-haman,  34.  74. 
fyfrer-scyte,  10.  85. 

gselsan,  4.  58. 
gafelucum,  32.  116. 
galdrum,  6.  188. 
garnenes,  32.  116. 
gesebylged,  30.  349. 
geeerndodon,  36.  176. 
ge-sewnod,  10.  219. 
ge-ahnod,  3.  354. 
geanlsehte,  32.  30. 
gearciaS,  3.  579. 
gebserde,  23.  396. 
gebann,  4.  107. 
gebedrsedene,  33.  259. 
gebeoras,  26.  225. 
gebeorhlic,  11.  357. 
gebicnao1,  1. 61 ;  -nunge,  37.  272. 
geblsedfsestnysse,  23  6.  492. 
gebogenan,  2.  88. 
gebogod,  30.  312. 
gebyrd-tide,  2.  411. 
gebyriao1,  pref.  61. 
gecampod,  34.  262. 
geciged,  8.  1. 
gecnsewne,  30.  274. 
gecorenan,  2.  83. 
ge-cuoVlaehte,  31.  207. 
gecwsedene,  1.  117. 
gecwseman,  17.  219. 
ge-cyrrednysse,  3.  149. 
gedseftan,  4.  369. 
gedelfe,  32.  212. 
gedihton,  pref  44. 
gedrefan,  2.  123. 
gedreohlsecan,  6.  121;   18.  371. 
ge-dwimore,  31.  346. 
ge-dwimorlice,  21.  474. 
gedwola,  1.  19;  -ena,  1.  8. 


gedwol-mannum,  3.  669 ;  -menn, 

1.5. 
geedcucod,  36.  131. 
ge-edlsece,    12.    161  ;    -lecst,   8. 

73- 
ge-efsod,  2.  232. 
ge-euenlaehton,  2.  101. 
gefadige,  13.  326;  -a,  3.   285; 

-ast,   3.  303;    -acS,    1.    235; 

-od,  6.  86. 
gefserredena,  3.  395. 
gefeged,  20.  82. 
geferlseht,  7.  47. 
gefredde,    31.    884  ;    -fretst,    4. 

147;  -fret,  1.  184. 
gefyrn,  pref.  47;  23.  550. 
gefyrn-dagum,  23.  588. 
gegader-wyrbtum,  6.  186. 
gegadum,  7.  164. 
gegaf-sprsece,    21.    315;    -cum, 

13.  78. 
gegearcod,  2.  62 ;  -georcode,  2. 

196. 
geglsengde,  1.  150. 
gegodode,  6.  147  ;  -on,  2.  267. 
gehadod,  37.  5. 
gehat-heort,  2.  191. 
gehat-hyrt,  8.  112;  22.  220. 
ge-healdsum,  3.  2. 
gehealdsumnysse,  2.  311. 
geheortran,  23.  241. 
gehnexian,   16.  174;    -ode,   35. 

190. 
gehoferod,  21.  95. 
gehradode,  20.  78. 
gehyrtan,  5.  19. 
gehyftes,  23  b.  783. 
gehycSSo,  236.492. 
ge-inseglian,  3.  329. 
gelsehton,  pref.  39. 
gelaetum,  17.  148. 
gelangian,  3.  94  ;  -igan,  23.  680. 
geleaf-leaste,  5.  no. 
geleorednysse,  33.  285. 
gelignod,  2.  210;  -e,  23.  686. 
gelimplicum,  11.  275. 
gelioe-waca,  11.  192. 


462 


FNDEX    OF    WORDS. 


ge-liSgode,  3.  194. 

gelogige,  32.  256  ;  -ode,  2.  421  ; 

-od,  16.  6. 
ge-lomum,  31.  10 19. 
gelustfullunga,  30.  245. 
gelyffseste,  34.  160. 
gemsensumedon,  23  b.  113. 
gemaete,  7.  157;  20.  103. 
gemsetegian,  1.  161. 
ge-mahlice,  29.  53. 
gemancS,  1.  186. 
gemetegung,  1.  16  r;   16.  314. 
gemundode,  2.  283. 
gemynte,  23.  112;  31.  131. 
geneosode,  2.  130;  4.  231. 
genere,  23.  50. 
genycSredan,  23  b.  14. 
geortruwod,  38.  178;  -ad,  4.  310. 
geracenteagod,  31.  35. 
gersededum,  25.  509. 
gereorde,  pref.  40. 
gerihte,  pref.  76. 
geriht-lseced,  2.  61. 
gerihtu,  2.  342. 
gerim-craefte,  10.  1. 
gerip,  29.  128. 
geristS,  pref.  64. 
gessetlan,  2.  237. 
gescead,  1.  99. 
gesceadwislic,  1.  98. 
gesceote,  3.  267. 
gescifte,  23.  414. 
gescyrpan,  30.  298. 
ge-scyrt,  37.  139. 
gesewen,  4.  54. 

gesicelod,  7.  65 ;  -sicclod,26.  205. 
gesmyrode,  2.  136. 
gesta3(S(5ig,  31.  296. 
ge-stedegod,  31.  242. 
gestodon,  12.  52. 
gestylj?,  1.  132. 
ge-sweencan,  37.  116. 
geswearc,  25.  329. 
geswegum,  7.  44. 
geswel,  20.  51. 
geswinc-ful,  34.  142. 
get,  s.  27.  108. 


get,  v.  31.  1114. 

geteld,  20.  86. 

getele,  2.  421  ;   5.  320. 

gcteraian,  23.  810. 

geteohhode,  31.  677. 

gefensuma,  23.  4. 

gej>inc(5e,  pref.  61. 

ge-<5reate,  2.  384. 

ge-J>ryngce,  23.  92. 

geoungenra,  3. 151 ;  -an,  16.  372. 

gefweerleton,  1.  85;  -leecst,  37. 

108. 
gefynnod,  33.  236. 
ge-timode,  8.  221  ;  37.  107. 
getingnysse,  2.  21. 
ge-togu,  31.  973. 
getwyfyld,  33.  269. 
geunrotso'S,  16.  290. 
geutlagod,  34.  131. 
gewsedu,  2.  233. 
gewseterian,  18.  125. 
gewealdan,  23  b.  792. 
gewealdenan,  6.  275. 
geweman,  4.  199;   35.  40. 
ge  wen  ode,  25.  559. 
gewilnigendlic,  1.  97. 
ge-wra(5,  31.  11 44. 
gewuldor-beagode,  11.  128. 
gewyrdelican,  6.  366. 
gewysigen,  1.  148. 
gewytleas,  1.  67. 
geyrsian,  7.  113. 
glencga,  7.  22. 
gneacSe,  31.  1296. 
goldfellenum,  31.  752. 
grsedan,  18.  245. 
grseftas,  8.  61. 
gramena,  2.  173. 
grammatical^  35.  14. 
greow,  30.  190. 
grimmeteS,  15.  189. 
grund-lunga,  2.  387;  31.  1244. 
guSfana,  27.  148. 
guton,  29.  181. 
gynde,  25.  636. 
gynigende,  31.  538. 
gyrlan,  2.  231 ;  -urn,  31.  270. 


INDEX    OF    WORDS. 


463 


hadingdseg,  33.  59. 

hadunga,  7.  284. 

hsefe,  1.  176. 

hseftlingas,  5.  122;   8.  149. 

hseftnedum,  21.  167. 

hseftnyd,  30.  345. 

hgeftnydlincg,  30.  194  ;  -lingas, 

30.  39. 
heemed-Jnng,  3.  204. 
hsepsan,  32.  202. 
hsepte,  31.  477. . 
hser,  30.  454. 
haeran,  12.  36;  31.  445. 
heetse,  18.  350. 
haetu,  1.  73. 
hafen-leaste,  3.  187. 
hafenleasum,  23.  200. 
hakelan,  19.  36. 
halsigend,  31.  141. 
halwendlice,  9.  29. 
ham-fsest,  21.  33. 
hamme,  30.  312. 
handbredum,  26.  118. 
handlinga,  11.  247. 
hand- tame,  8.  86. 
harwencge,  8.  131 ;  25.  33. 
hatigend-licum,  3.  605. 
heafod-cla'S,  31.  1425. 
heafod-leahtras,    16.    267 ;     25. 

699. 
heafod-leas,  29.  307. 
heah-msegnu,  16.  246. 
healtian,  18.  98. 
heard-mod,  36.  326. 
hel-cnihtum,  3.  371. 
helware,  4.  292. 
hengene,  37.  98,  101,  156. 
hentan,  5.  424. 
heorcnode,  31.  1391. 
heorunge,  29.  272. 
herehuj>e,  30.  390. 
hetan,  35.  280. 
hiwcutSe,  31.  1191. 
hlaeddre,  1.  22. 
hlaf-msessan,  25.  200. 
hleorende,  23  b.  752. 
hlosnode,  3.  157. 


hlydan,  8.  70. 

hnah,  5.  92. 

hnexian,  5.  48. 

hnipiende,    23.    46 ;    hnipedon, 

23.  248. 
hoh-ful,  2.  121. 
holdode,  23.  106. 
hord-cleofan,  5.  260. 
hors-baere,  21.   181. 
hostige,  35.  192. 
hrsedincge,  15.  43. 
hreafigende,  23  b.  544. 
hreminas,  23.  77  ;  hrem,  37.  240. 
hreppe,  1.  220., 
hrepsunge,  23  b.  663. 
hrepung,  1.  199. 
hrocas,  23.  77. 
hryfera,  36.  203., 
hu-meta,  37.  61. 
hwil-tidum,  36.  420. 
hwilwendlic,  1.  25. 
hwitatS,  34.  113. 
hwomme,  23  b.  422. 
hylfe,  31.  154. 
hyrd-rsedenne,  32.  158. 
hyrwde,  18.  19. 

igles,  32.  118. 

ilas,  5.  388. 

iles,  5.  428. 

incofan,  31.  530. 

incundum,    19.    192;    -dre,    37. 

193- 
infa3r,  31.  655. 
ingehyd,  1.  237;  -e,  2.  163;  7. 

3o5. 
ingejmnces,  23.  552. 
inn-hyrede,  5.  308. 
insaeglan,  23.  756. 
insseglunge,  3.  537. 
intingan,  2.  280. 
isihtan,  23  b.  572. 
iunglincg,  36.  33. 

kertare,  18.  295  (footnote). 
kyneborene,  2.  351. 
kynehelm,  1.  168;  -e,  36.,  191. 


464 


INDEX    OF    WOEDS. 


lsece-wyrtum,  24.  160. 

lapian,  18.  210. 

leadenum,  34.  280. 

leah,  12.  247. 

leas-breda,  6.  314. 

leax,  31.  1275. 

lece,  31.  296. 

ledenbocum,  pref.  48. 

leden-sprasce,  pref  51. 

legere,  3.  564. 

lenticula,  23  6.  663. 

leogore,  25.  756. 

let,  12.  211. 

liccetan,  pref.  49. 

liccian,  18.  210. 

licreste,  26.  181. 

lic-J^enungum,  31.  1429. 

lic-ftrowere,  3.  480. 

liget,  36.  226;  -tas,  25.  495. 

liferan,  18.  23. 

lijmesse,  2.  96. 

locstan,  23.  345. 

lof-georn,  16.  302. 

lote,  23.  711. 

lot-wrencas,  16.  224. 

lugon,  2.  303. 

lust-baere,  4.  116. 

lutodest,  5.  413. 

lyffettan,  31.  626. 

lyffetimge,  7.  86. 

msecca,  33.  103. 
maegen-faestum,  13.  108. 
maercode,  4.  172. 
maessian,  6.  209. 
mastS,  10.  18;  maeSe,  3.  515. 
maeft-leasum,  31.  1322. 
manfwaere,  16.  124. 
man-fwyrnysse,  16.  55. 
martyr-race,  23.  334. 
maSon,  4.  212. 
mattuc,  23  6.  765. 
mechanise,  5.  251. 
medemnysse,  23  6.  240. 
medes,  36.  43. 

meox,  2.  241 ;  -es,  7.  20 ;  -e,  3. 
528. 


messode,  3.  350. 
mete-gyrde,  36.  94. 
metsode,  23  6.  126. 
migga,  35.  154. 
mire,  23.  810. 
mislicum,  37.  25. 
mis  went,  1.  102. 
mittan,  18.  63. 
modegodon,  25.  242. 
mor-berian,  25.  576. 
munde,  pref.  7 1 . 
munuc-regol,  3.  145. 
murcnunge,  2.  105. 
myltestre,  2.  169. 
mynet-isena,  23.  477. 
mynetsleges,  23.  475. 
mynster-menn,  pref  44. 
mynum,  7.  37. 
myrcelse,  5.  426. 
myrige,  19.  108. 

neah-gangele,  23.  130  (131). 
neb-wlite,  7.  104. 
neod)?earf,  1.  47. 
neofter,  1.  58. 
nige-hwyrfedan,  5.  126. 
nitwyrSum,  1.  10 1. 
niwel-licum,  7.  66. 
niwelne,  14.  155. 
norSmenn,  29.  177. 
nydwraeclice,  23  6.  404. 

of-aheawen,  29.  293. 
ofclypode,  2.  219. 
ofer-braedels,  8.  227. 
oferbraedelse,  23  6.  584. 
ofer-done,  1.  163. 
ofer-eaca,  33.  155. 
ofergsegendne,  30.  411. 
ofer-getiligende,  23  6.  185. 
oferstlgan,  1.  20;  -ge,  23.  555. 
ofer-swaS,  2.  4. 
oferswitSod,  1.  8. 
ofer-]x)gen,  3.  209. 
offerde,  18.  339. 
ofgange,  18.  175. 
ofhroiene,  25.  843. 


INDEX    OF    WORDS. 


465 


oflicao\  21.  240. 

of-lyst,  3.  42. 

ofnas,  5.  291. 

ofsaettum,  2.  132. 

of-sceamod,  2.  178. 

ofteon,  8.  129. 

ofj^efod,  34.  144. 

of-torfod,  5.  365. 

ogan,  23.  61. 

olsecst,  4.  133. 

olecunge,  2.  162. 

onadyde,  7.  156. 

on-sel,  4.  260. 

onbryrdan,  1.  4;  -de,  3.  58. 

ondret,  1.  44. 

onfeormegauda,  23  6.  426. 

ongeancymes,  30.  292. 

onhagode,  jyref.  37. 

onhawoden,  2.  261. 

onhraese,  3.  274. 

onrses,  31.  95;  -urn,  37.  243. 

onscunigend-lic,  2.  330. 

on-saegednisse,  3.  108. 

onsigendan,  31.  550. 

onswiolicum,  31.  281. 

ontendnysse,  3.  387. 

on-J>reagunge,  23  b.  672. 

onwuldrodest,  4.  382. 

ord  and  ende,  16.  308. 

ordfruma,  1.  12. 

orhlice,  32.  234. 

orle,  7.  36. 

ormsettum,  1.  144. 

orJ?ung,  1.  214. 

pallium,  36.  160. 
palmdseg,  23  6.  140. 
paralisin,  10.  235;   25.  724. 
pearruce,  35.  253. 
pilum,  5.  388. 
pin-treow,  31.  390. 
plegol,  21.  292. 
plihte,  35.  32. 
port-weallas,  23.  75. 
praettas,  16.  160. 
prasse,   23.    26 ;    25.    302  ;    29. 
208. 


priuilegium,  6.  148. 
profost,  31.  1268. 

racen-teagum,  4.  183. 

rsed,  32.  179. 

raedde,  5.  323. 

reef,  3.  69. 

raepte,  31.  785. 

ranee,  35.  52. 

reada)?,  34.  112. 

reafigende,  15.  122. 

reccinge,  30.  375. 

reliquium,  26.  258. 

reocendum,  18.  57;  -des,  7.  20. 

reowte,  31.  1478. 

reppan,  4.  405. 

riccetere,  32.  233. 

riccran,  1.  45. 

rodorlice,  5.  83. 

rude,  18.  342. 

rum-gyfolan,  5.  330. 

rumlicor,  23.  467. 

rununga,  2.  149. 

ryftere,  31.  12 18. 

ryman,  35.  277. 

ssegne,  3.  185. 

Bse-grunde,  31.  899. 

sgelican,  2.  395. 

sselran,  1.  144. 

ssep,  3.  162. 

saecS,  36.  295. 

saga,  7.  193. 

saglum,  5.  455. 

sagol,  4.  143. 

sah,  23.  650;  31.  466;  sah,  20. 

64. 
sam-cwicne,  S3.  302. 
samtingas,  31.  1037. 
sanda,  35.  56. 
sawlode,  10.  291. 
scat,  3.  73;  sca?t,  11.  211. 
sceade,  31.  357. 
scealfran,  31.  13 14. 
sceamelum,  21.  432. 
sceande,  2.  172;   18.  350. 
sceattas,  2.  140. 

30 


466 


INDEX    OF    WORDS. 


scencte,  30.  259. 
sceocca,  3.  375. 
sceopleofa,  23  6.  539. 
scimodon,  7.  153. 
scincrsefte,  36.  404. 
scip-lif>ende,  33.  188. 
scyccels,  23  6.  210. 
scyddon,  31.  971. 
scyld-truman,  25.  423. 
scyp-tolles,  30.  167. 
scyre,  2.  29,  292. 
scytelses,  3.  348  ;   scyttelsas,  31 

863. 
sealtere,  31.  275. 
seare-crseft,  30.  456. 
seaSum,  16.  81. 
segene,  2.  190. 
seodura,  23.  262. 
seolcen,  32.  179. 
seon,  31.  588. 
setSende,  25.  541. 
sidefulnysse,  13.  120. 
sidfaexede,  19.  221. 
sigan,  31.  409. 
sil-hearwan,  4.  285. 
singian,  1.  88. 
sifcfaet,  2.  62. 
siwige,  34.  316. 
sleette,  12.  72. 
slawedest,  23  6.  224. 
slecge,  32.  202. 
smsetum,  2.  113. 
smearcode,  14.  126. 
smea-J>ancollice,  3.  44,  509. 
smeh,  31.  952. 
smic,  31.  770;  -es,  23.  36. 
smyltinga,  4.  165. 
snad,  3.  161  ;  snsed,  25.  87. 
snore,  33.  191. 
sott,  13.  132. 
spadu,  23  6.  765. 
spaw,  12.  63. 
spearn,  7.  64. 
spellian,  13.  69. 
spent5,  3.  390. 

spice,  25.  in  ;  spices,  25.  87. 
splottes,  23.  415. 


sprot,  31.  1 27 1. 

spryt,  13.  159. 

spyrcendum,  9.  118. 

stsefcyste,  23  b.  593. 

stsegre,  5.  438. 

stan-clude,  6.  279. 

stapum,  1.  22. 

stariende,  3.  133. 

sta]x>lf8estnys,  23  b.  87. 

steaflice,  25.  73. 

stede-fseste,  31.  375. 

stedeleas,  1.  24. 

steman,  27.  113. 

steop-bearn,  25.  755. 

strangunge,  18.  275. 

strut igende,  32.  208. 

strutnode,  23.  268. 

stuntan,  8.  172. 

stuntnis,    1.   228;  -nyssura,   17. 

23- 
stypel,  36.  375. 
styrigende,  1.  131. 
subdiaconum,  5.  348. 
sulphore,  8.  219. 
sumor-hus,  36.  98. 
sutere,  15.  23. 
suwige,  37.  139. 
sweec,  1.  198. 
swaegende,  2.  260. 
swaBsnyssum,  5.  56,  58. 
swang,  37.  158. 
sweartodon,  18.  151. 
swer,  3.  499. 
swingele,  9.  69. 
sworetunga,  23  6.  201. 
swur-beagum,  20.  57. 
syde-full,  5.  280. 
sylfrenan,  26.  90. 
synscipes,  4.  37;  -pe,  35.  123. 
syric,  36.  161. 

tabulan,  23.  342. 
taenel,  23  6.  661. 
tale,  23.  624. 
tallic,  5.  281. 
teage,  23.  344. 
teame,  8.  18. 


INDEX    OF    WOllDS. 


46/ 


teartum,  8.  156;   37.  164. 

tel-crseftas,  23.  699. 

tengdon,  28.  66;  34.  234. 

teonraedene,  31.  305. 

tigdon,  32.  109. 

tige,  21.  45. 

tihte,  2.  142  ;  -ende,  4.  103. 

tihtingum,  28.  66. 

tilaft,  19.  172. 

tintrego,  37.  153. 

tintregunge,  37.  126. 

to-brysede,  8.  169. 

to-bryte,  25.  350;  -brut,  37.  78. 

to-cleofaft,  25.  55. 

to-cwysede,  4.  164. 

to-cyrcan-werd,  31.  902. 

to-feol, -2.  374. 

tohrorenum,  36.  334. 

torfiacS,  3.  424. 

toscsenede,  23.  496. 

to-scset,  1.  187. 

to-sceacerode,  23.  23. 

tosihcS,  36.  161. 

to-slopenum,   6.    255 ;     -slupon, 

35.  144. 
tostencte,  33.  194. 
to-tser,  2.  233;   3.  458. 
tofimden,  34.  318  ;  -um,  3.  249. 
to-twsemede,  4.  45  ;    30.    443  ; 

-twsemde,  1.  189. 
to-weard,  1.  43. 
towerdum,  ptref.  52- 
treowenan,  5.  232. 
trumweall,  7.  127. 
trutS,  12.  59. 
trymmincge,  pref.  52. 
tucian,  36.  134. 
tunrsede,  30.  297. 
twig,  30.  191. 
twirsednyss,  17.  26. 
twyniaft,  5.  107. 
tymde,  3.  152. 
tyrgdon,  18.  52. 
ty$a,  3.  513. 


lice,  23  b.  370. 
j?eah,  10.  246. 


}?eawf8estiiysse,  pref.  62. 

feodraedene,  33.  14. 

J>eonde,  4.  77. 

J?eowet-lincg,  8.  6. 

feow-racan,  7.  87  ;   11.  178. 

J^ihJ?,  1.  no. 

J^inene,  2.  109;   7.  164. 

fnngion,  pre/.  72. 

J?iwracan,  3.  432. 

J>oden,  31.  416. 

oolmod,  17.  56. 

oYeage,  6.  313. 

freale,  33.  217. 

frexe,  35.  150. 

J?rex-wolde,  31.  529. 

<5ruh,  7.  289. 

brutigendum,  10.  273. 

orutunge,  7.  76. 

jmrhbeorhte,  23.  820. 

J?urh-f>yn,    12.   225;  -J>ide,    15. 

24;  -£>ydde,  3.  273. 
Jrurres-deege,  23  6.  621. 
fjyfelas,  32.  143. 
J>ywrace,  4.  114. 

unafylledlice,  16.  285. 
unarsefnedlic,  30.  133;  33.272. 
unassecgendlic,  1.  33. 
unasmeagendlic,  1.  33. 
unateorigend-licj  7.  127. 
unawendendlice,  22.  219, 
unbegunnen,  1.  16. 
unbesmitenum,  4.  69. 
unbrosnigendlic,  27.  146. 
under-fangene,  31.  730. 
under-hnah,  16.  115. 
under-kyning,  32.  54. 
under-msel,  30.  319. 
unearh,  27.  47. 
unearhlicere,  23.  164. 
ungesendod,  1.  16. 
ungefoge,  23.  199. 
unge-rydelic,  31.  926. 
ungeryme,  pref.  69. 
ungesewenlice,    1.   51;  -can,   5. 

60. 
ungewitendlic,  34.  298. 

30—2 


468 


INDEX    OF   WORDS. 


ungyrdan,  30.  409. 
imhlidode,  23.  765. 
un-hlisan,  2.  205. 
unlifes,  18.  203. 
unmseftlic^,  2.  147;   29.  231. 
unmedemre,  23  b.  447. 
unriht-hgemeras,  17.  38. 
unsocSsagul,  21.  58. 
anscyttan,  31.  863. 
unst9et5(5ian,  5.  67. 
unjoeslic,  31.  1076  ;  -ce,  1.  204. 
un-j?ances,  2.  254. 
untwylice,  1.  85. 
upahefednyss,  27.  140. 
uppflora,  10.  58. 
ut-drsefe,  21.  85. 
uj>wytan,  1.  96. 
uftwytegunge,  2.  21,  23. 

wacmod,  16.  40. 

waefer-huse,  24.  49. 

waege,  23  b.  18. 

wafige,  27.  152. 

wan-hafele,  10.  65. 

wawan,  17.  158. 

wealh-stod,  3.  525. 

weall-geweorce,  6.  173. 

wealwigende,  26.  206. 

weardmann,  11.  293. 

wearrum,  5.  139. 

weg-fserende;    28.    154;   faren- 

dum,  31.  992. 
wella,  3.  627. 
weollon,  4.  212. 
wiccan,  7.  209. 
wicnere,    23.    217  ;     -ras,  pref. 

60. 
wif-hades,  33.  319. 
wig-hus,  25.  561. 
wigleras,  18.  464. 
wiglunga,  17.  99. 


winter-lius,  36.  98. 
wischeras,  21.  466. 
wissigend,  18.  295. 
wistum,  37.  62. 
wiSer-coran,  37.  180. 
wiber-ssec,  3.  408. 
wiogynde,  23.  541. 
wiSsloh,  29.  324. 
wi'ScSan,  8.  113. 
witnian,  37.  112  ;  cf.  91. 
wit-seocan,  7.  392. 
woffode,  21.  298. 
wogere,  2.  349. 
woruld-cempa,  25.  820. 
woruld-cynincg,  pref.  59. 
worunge,  6.  99. 
wra?genne,  2.  184. 
wrasgistre,  2.  208. 
wri)?an,  23.  608. 
wuldorfaBstlicnysse,  23  6.  603. 
wurm-galeras,  35.  177. 
wyccum,  2.  108. 
wylian,  8.  170. 
wyllen,  20.  44. 
wyln,  2.  211  ;  8.  44. 
wylspringum,  17.  131. 
wyrms,  20.  64. 
wyrt-brseS,  4.  36  ;  34.  107. 
wyrtigan,  30.  312. 

yip,  25.  572. 
ymbhydig-nysse,  7.  307. 
ymbrynum,  5.  270. 
ymbwlatunge,  1.  182. 
ymlan,  3.  642. 
yrfe-numa,  30.  222. 
yrre,  1.  103. 
yrsige,  1.  104. 
yrsigendlic,  1.  97. 
yr5-lande,  3.  224. 
ytStogenan,  23.  317. 


INDEX  OF  PEOPEE  NAMES. 


Aaron,  19.  134. 

Abbanes,  36.  30,  48,  77. 

Abbo,  32.  4. 

Abdon,  St.,  24.  2,  &c. 

Abednego,  16.  72. 

Abel,  16.  13. 

Abgarus,  24.  82,  113. 

Abiram,  12.  221. 

Abraham,  16.  25. 

Absalom,  19.  198. 

Achaia,  15.  157. 

Achaius,  30.  230. 

Adrian,  30.  393. 

^Elfheah,  12.  69. 

Alfred,  king,  32.  37. 

jElfric,  pre/.  35. 

^Elfstan,  12.  41. 

JEneas,  10.  42. 

^Ethelmar,  2>ref.  38. 

^Ethelred,  32.  2. 

^Ethelstan,  32.  5. 

^Ethelthryth,  St.,  20.  2  ;  32.  262. 

^Ethelwerd,  pref.  35. 

JEthelwold,  12.  65  ;  21.  16,  28. 

Agapitus,  (1)  30.  97,  356;    (2) 

33.  156,  232. 
Agatha,  St.,  8.  1,  &c. 
Agnes,  St.,  7.  7,  &c. ;   31.  702. 
Agricola,  11.  10,  52. 
Ahab,  18.  45. 
Ahaziah,  18.  228. 
Ahitophel,  19.  196. 
Aidan,  26.  53,  68,  88. 


Alban,  St.,  19.  13,  &c. 
Alcimus,  25.  596,  722. 
Alexander  (the  great),  25.  1. 
Alexandria,  2.  8,  10,  34  ;  7.  399  ; 

15.  13,  40;  23  b.  326;  33.  1; 

35.  3. 
Almachius,  34.  197,  22 1,  277. 
Amalek,  13.  5,  8,  17. 
Ambrose,  St.,  7.  1,  5;  31.  1412. 
Amiens,  31.  59. 
Ammon,  18.  452. 
Anastasius,  3.  466. 
Anatolius,  31.  792. 
Angles,  26.  106;  see  East. 
Anna  (king),  20.  5. 
Antioch,  3.  83,  298 ;  4.  2,  105  ; 

10.  12;  22.  2. 
Antiochus  (soldier),  30.  230. 
Antiochus,  25.  7,  223,  328,  379, 

53°- 
Antonius,  4.  230. 
Aphrodosia,  8.  10. 
Apollinaris,  St.,  22.  14,  &c. 
Apollonius,    (1)  25.    289,   295; 

(2)  25.   757;   (3)  abbot,   25. 

836. 
Aquileia,  31.  648. 
Arborius,  31.  574. 
Arcadius,  23.  352. 
Arius,  16.  206. 
Armenia,  11.  n. 
Arthemia,  7.  311. 
Aspasius,  7.  216,  243. 

30-3 


470 


INDEX    OF   PROPER   NAMES. 


Athanasius,  14.  50,  67. 

Athens,  3.  1 1  ;  29.  4. 

Attica,  7.  311. 

Auguries,  17.  1. 

Augustine,  St.,  (1)  17.  67;    35. 

3;  (2)  19.  150;  26.  1. 
Avitianus,  31.  1143,  1161,  1192. 
Avitus,  2.  17,  238,  425. 

Babylon,  18.  439;  25.  535. 
Bacchides,  25.  720. 
Bamborough,  26.  174. 
Bardney,  26.  178. 
Bardon,  7.  363. 
Basilissa,  St.,  4.  26. 
Basilius,  St.,  3.  1,  &c. 
Basilla,  2.  327,  333. 
Beda,  20.  20;  26.  33,  272. 
Benedict,  St.,  3.  148;  6.  3,  48,  70. 
Benedict's  stow,  32.  2. 
Birinus,  26.  120,  135. 
Bonifacius,  22.  72. 
Bosor,  25.  413. 
Britons,  26.  106. 

Csesarea,  3.  664;  10.  114;  36.  16. 
Caius,  5.  322. 
Candidus,  28.  19. 
Canterbury,  20.  72. 
Cappadocia,  3.  9,  665;  11.  16; 

14.  7,  29. 
Carinus,  5.  326. 
Carthage,  23.  18. 
Cassino,  Monte,  6.  365. 
Castulus,  5.  384. 
Catana,  9.  4,  134. 
Ceadwalla,  26.  9,  28. 
Cecilia,  St.,  34.  2,  &c. 
Celerinus,  35.  319. 
Celian  hill,  23.  203,  416. 
Celsus,  4.  187,  202,  355. 
Chaldeans,  18.  438. 
Chartres,  31,  1103. 
Christ  (life  of),  16.  106. 
Chromatius,  5.  32,  152,  190. 
Chrysanthus,  St.,  35.  5,  &c. 
Clarus,  31.  795,  814. 


Claudia,  2.  15,  105,  236. 
Claudius,  (1)  22.  1 ;  (2)  35.  170, 

188,  210. 
Clement,  29.  121,  125. 
Cologne,  31.  1385. 
Commodus,  2.  6. 
Constantia,  7.  264,  299. 
Constantine   (emperor),    7.    262, 

287;  23.  811;  24.  73;  31.  8. 
Constantinople,  23.  17,  813;  27. 

136. 
Constantinus,  23.  7. 
Cornelius,  2.  336;   10.  118,  136. 
Cosdrue  (Chosroes),  26.  22,   62, 

74,  124. 
Cuthbert,  26.  279;  32.  261. 
Cymry,  21.  450. 
Cynefrith,  20.  62. 
Cynegils,  26.  121,  129. 

Dadissus,  30.  213. 

Daniel,  16.  78. 

Daria,  St.,  35.  82,  124,  246,  277, 

316. 
Dathan,  12.  221. 
Datian,  14.  7,  33,  41,  82;  37.  22. 
David,  12.  248;   13.  240,  257; 

16.  55;   18.  14,  32. 
Decius,  23.  12,  476;  24.  1,  28. 
Defensor,  31.  271,  283. 
Demetrius,  25.  594,  598,  647. 
Demosthenes,  22.  206. 
Diocletian,   4.   89 ;    5.   409 :    9. 

132;   19.  1. 
Dionysius,  St.,   (1)    29.   6,  &c.  ; 

(2),  23.  5. 
Domitian,  29.  96,  190. 
Dorchester,  26.  135. 
Dunstan,  21.  458;  32.  2. 

Eadgar,  21.  1. 

Eadsige,  21.  26. 

Eadwine,  26.  7,  no. 

East  Angles,  20.  5;  32.  13. 

Ecfrid,  20.  14. 

Edmund,  St.,  32.  5,  &c. 

Egypt,  2.  10. 


INDEX    OF    PROPER    NAMES. 


471 


Eleazar,  (i)  25.  33,  85;  (2)  25. 

580;  Maccabee,  25.  211. 
Eleutherius,  29.  214,  319. 
Elijah,  16.  60;   18.  53,96,138; 

31.  835. 

Elisha,  18.  276,  309. 
Ely,  20.  38  ;  32.  262. 
Enoch,  16.  16. 
Ephesus,  23.  19. 
Ephrem,  3.  493,  502,  560,  637. 
Eraclius  (HeracliuB),  27.  67. 
Etna,  Mount,  8.  222. 
Eubolus,  3.  12,  41,  50. 
Eugenia.  St.,  2.  2,  &c. 
Eupator,  25.  548. 
Euphrates,  3.  270. 
Euphrosyne,  St.,  33.  23,  62. 
Eustace,  St.,  30.  96,  &c. 
Eutropius,  2.  67. 
Eutychia,  9.  5. 
Evantius,  31.  941,  954. 
Exuperius,  28.  18,  60. 
Exekiel,  15.  179, 

Fabianus,  5.  368,  404. 
Felicula,  10.  249,  272. 
Flaccus,  10.  252,  280. 
Florus,  6.  126,  140,  181. 
Frankland,  26.  240;  27.  2. 
Franks,  the,  6.  54,  91 ;  29.  177. 
Fricg,  31.  717. 

Gad,  36.  121,  129. 
Gaius,  23.  366. 
Galaad,  23.  403. 
Gallicanus,  7.  296,  328,  343. 
Gallinaria,  31.  194. 
George,  St.,  14.  2,  &c. 
Gloucester,  26.  285. 
Gondophorus,   36.  18,  115,  164, 

179. 
Grantchester,  20.  78. 
Gregory  (pope),  3.  20;  19.  151 ; 

32.  240. 

Hampshire,  21.  15. 
Heavenfield,  26.  40. 


Hedda,  26.  14 1. 

Helena,  27.  6. 

Helenus,  2.  58. 

Heliodorus,  25.  761,  777,  800. 

Hengest,  19.  148. 

Hexekiah,  18.  389. 

Hilaria,  35.  211. 

Hilarius,  31.  133,  190. 

Hingwar,  32.  30,  58,  101,  119. 

Horsa,  19.  148. 

Hubba,  32.  30. 

Idispis  (Hydaspes  ]),  30.  308. 
India,  36.  18,  197,  256. 
Ireland,  26.  240. 
Isaac,  16.  28. 

Jacinctus,  2.  43,  102. 

Jacob,  16.  29. 

Jambres,  17.  115. 

Jannes,  17.  115. 

Jehoram,  18.  268,  334. 

Jehu,  18.  317. 

Jerome,  St.,  12.  180;   15.  106. 

Jerusalem,    3.   56;    25.    9,    18; 

27.  19. 
Jezebel,  18.  50. 
Job,  16.  36. 
John,    St.,    15.    159,    200;   the 

baptist,    16.    94  ;    Maccabee, 

25.    210,    741;    abbot,  23  6. 

632,  801  ;  the  sleeper,  23.  6. 
Jonathan   (Maccabee),  25.  212, 

401,  716. 
Joppa,  10.  53. 
Jordan,  23  6.  133,  149. 
Joseph,  3.  567. 
Joshua,  13.  6. 
Josiah,  18.  458. 
Judas  (Maccabee),  25.  211,  266, 

295,  329,  365,  385,  &c. 
Judoc,  21.  116. 
Julian,  St.,  4.  1,  &c;  (emperor), 

3.  16,  246,  266;   7.394,404; 

25.  833;  31.  19,95- 
Julius,  19.  134. 


472 


INDEX    OF    PROPER    NAMES. 


Landferth,  21.  412. 

Lawrence,    St.,    29.    243;     32. 

241. 
Leofstan,  32.  231. 
Levroux,  31.  439. 
Licinius,  11.  4. 
Licontius,  31.  1277. 
Lindisfarne,  26.  168. 
Lindsey,  26.  177. 
Loire  (river),  6.   159;   31.   317, 

1479. 
Longinus,  27.  186. 
Lucina,  5.  462. 
Lucy,  St.,  9.  7,  &c. 
Luke,  St.,  15.  150,  192. 
Lupicinus,  31.  240. 
Lydda,  10.  39,  60. 
Lysias,  25.  331,  362,  377. 

Macarius,  St.,  21.  471. 
Maccabees,  the,  25.  210. 
Malchus,  23.  4,  218,  242,  460. 
Manasses,  18.  434. 
Marcellianus,  5.  26,  135. 
Marcellus,  (1)  10.  195,  234 ;  (2) 

31.  1233. 
Marcus,  5.  26,  135. 
Marinus,  23.  642,  725. 
Mark,  St.,  15.  1,  141,  188. 
Martia,  5.  35,  131. 
Martianus,  4.  104,  127,  161. 
Martin,  St.,  31.  3,  &c. 
Martin's,  St.,  church,  6.  299,  320. 
Martinianus,  23-5. 
Mary  of  Egypt,  St.,  23  6.  3,  &c. 
Maserfield,  26.  155. 
Mattathias,  25.  208,  240,  674. 
Matthew,  St.,  15.  128,  185. 
Maurice,  St.,  28.  18,  &c. 
Maurus,  St.,  6.  1  ;  (2)  35.  211. 
Maximianus,   9.    133;  emperor, 

28.  1,  54;  the  sleeper,  23-4, 

163,455-    , 
Maximinus  (bishop),  3.  63. 
Maximus,     emperor,     31.     610, 

647;  martyr,   34.   225,    235, 

274. 


Mazdai;  see  Migdeus. 
Melantia,  2.  134,  178,  202. 
Mercians,  26.  150;  Mercia,  26. 

176. 
Mercurius,  3.  245,  250. 
Meshach,  16.  72. 
Migdeus  (Mazdai),  36.  275,  300, 

373- 

Migdonia,    36.    267,    274,   289, 

308. 
Milan,  5.  2;   31.  189,  1413. 
Modin,  25.  674. 

Naaman,  18.  310. 
Naboth,  18.  171,  199. 
Nason,  35.  212. 
Neapolis,  23  b.  5. 
Nero,  10.  15;  29.  108. 
Nicanor,  25.  600,  620. 
Nicea,  3.  325. 
Nicomedes,  10.  265,  287. 
Nicostratus,  5.  33,  112,  127. 
Ninevites,  12.  275. 
Noah,  13.  185;   16.  22. 
Northmen,  29.  177. 
Northumbria,  26.  3,  8,  71. 
Numerianus,  35.  1,  222,  322. 

Obadiah,  18.  76. 
Octavius,  27.  210. 
Octodurum,  28.  36. 
Odin,  31.  715. 
Onias,  25.  749,  754,  790. 
Oswald,  St.,  26.  2,  &c. 
Oswig,  26.  164. 
Oswyn,  32.  189. 

Palestine,  23  b.  19. 
Pannonia,  31.  11. 
Paphnutius,  33.  1,  &c. 
Paris,  29.  146;  31.  563. 
Paschasius,  9.  58,  103. 
Patmos,  29.  95. 
Paul  (deacon),  23  b.  4. 
Paulinus,  31.  585. 
Penda,  26.  150. 
Peter,  St.,  10.  16. 


INDEX    0E    PROrER    NAMES. 


473 


Petronilla,  10.  201,  253. 

Philippus,  2.  2,  5,  &c. 

Philistines,  25.  321. 

Picts,  26.  106. 

Placidas,  30.  2,  &c. 

Poitiers,    31.   134,   206;  Poite- 

vins,  31.  1443,  1470. 
Polemius,  35.  4. 
Polycarp,  5.  125,  199,  256. 
Pompeius,  2.  350. 
Protus,  2.  43,  102. 

Quintianus,  8.  3,  39,  72,  128. 
Quirinus,  24.  69. 
Quirio,  11.  67. 

Raphael,  23  b.  6. 
Ravenna,  22.  19,  62. 
Rhone,  the,  28.  33. 
Rufinus,  23.  332,  773. 
Rufus,  22.  98,  123. 
Rusticus,  29.  213,  319. 

Sabaria,  31.  11. 

Samaria,  25.  290. 

Saul,  18.  1. 

Scotland,  26.  5  ;  Scots,  21.  450  ; 

26.  106. 
Scythians,  7.  300,  345. 
Sebaste,  11.  11. 

Sebastian,  St..  5.  i,  &c. ;  32. 1 18. 
Seleucus,  25.  750. 
Sempronius,  7.  15,  81,  116. 
Sennacherib,  18.  396. 
Sennes,  St.,  24.  2,  &c. 
Senones,  31.  12 15. 
Seraphion,  23.  6. 
Sergius,  2.  17,  238,  425. 
Seron,  25.  298,  318. 
Severinus,  31.  1385. 
Severus,  2.  270. 
Sexburh,  20.  70. 
Shadrach,  16.  72. 
Sicily,  8.  2. 
Simon  (Maccabee),  25.  210,  264, 

406,  733  ;  (sorcerer),  10.  196  ; 

17.  118  ;  (tanner),  10.  79. 


Sins  (eight),  16.  267. 
Sisinnius,  29.  204,  226. 
Sleepers,  the  Seven,  23.  1. 
Smaragdus,  33.  149,  284. 
Sodom,  13.  192. 
Spain,  31.  833  ;   37.  1. 
Sulpicius,  31.  1,  689,  774. 
Swithhun,  St.,  21.  5,  &c. 
Syinsethus  (river),  8.  208. 
Syntyche,  36.  263. 
Syracuse,  9.  2,  31. 
Syria,  36.  19. 

Tabitha,  10.  55,  67. 

Taurus,  22.  166. 

Terentianus,  7.  409. 

Tetradius,  31.  506. 

Thaddeus,  24.  128,  150,  175. 

Thecla,  31.  702. 

Theodorus,    (1)    23.    331,    773; 

(2)  23.  377. 
Theodosius  (emperor),  23.  352, 

411 ;  33.    231 ;   (abbot),    33. 

95- 
Theodred,  32.  225. 
Theophistis,  30.  96. 
Theophistus,  30.  97,  356. 
Thomas,  St.,  36.  1,  &c. 
Thor,  31.  714. 
Tiburtius,     (1)     5.    288,    317, 

335;  (2)  34.  91,  117,  140. 
Ticinum,  31.  12. 
Timotheus,  25.  431,  482. 
Timothy,  29.  91. 
Titus,  10.  236;  29.  91. 
Tobit,  23  b.  6. 

Tours,  31.  254,  1181,  1199. 
Trajan,  30.  1. 
Tranquillinus,  5.  34,  190. 
Treves,  31.  487. 
Triptia,  36.  323. 
Tyrrhenian  sea,  31.  1135. 

Urban,  34.  52,  129,  362. 

Valens,  3.  294,  318. 
Valentinian,  31.  646,  650. 


474 


INDEX    OF    PROPElt   NAMES. 


Valerian,    (i)    24.    31,    58;  (2) 

34.  12,  58,  85. 
Valerius,  37.  7,  65. 
Victor,  28.  91,  99. 
Victorinus,  5.  343. 
Vienne,  river,  31.  1478. 
Vincent,  St.,  37.  2,  &c. 
Virtues  (eight),  16.  312. 
Vitalis,  28.  19. 

Wessex,  26.  128. 


Wight  (isle  of),  21.  156,  338. 
Wilfrid,  20.  19. 
Wiltshire,  12.  42. 
Winchelcombe,  21.  33. 
Winchester,  21.  14;  26.  142. 

York,  26.  109. 

Zoe,  5.  100,  128. 

Zosimus,  23b.  22,  70,  109,  149. 


END   OF   VOL.    11, 


( . 


m 


i 


■'I  v 


v 


PR  Early  English  Text 

1119  Society 

A2  cPublications3 

no.94  Original  series,     no.  9^114 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 


CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 
UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 

CIRCULATE  AS  MONOGRAPH